Cornell XDlniverstt^ OF THE 1Rew l^ork State CollCQC of Horiculture Qy.c^^.v^'^ a.\'r\\^o« CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 3 1924 052 395 344 ^^ Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924052395344 Cyclopedia of American horticulture Jj^^ Cyclopedia of American Horticulture COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI- CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES New York State College of Agricultufe- 3^ LIBRARY. L. H. BAILEY Professor of Horticulture in Cornell University ASSISTED BY WILHELM MILLER, Ph.D. Associate Editor AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS Ultt^tvaun toitg SDrisinal Cngtabinffg In Four Volumes Vol. IV—R-Z JI3eto gork THE MACMILLAN COMPANY LONDON : MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd. 1904 The riahts of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved (9of f\ «,- \^-i Copyright, 1902 By the macmillan company Set up and electrotyped, J902 Printed February, 1902; reprinted January, 1303, and May, 1904' Wount pleasant It^rcss J. Horace McFaeland Company Harrisburg • Pennsylvania OW THAT THE CYCLOPEDIA OP AMERICAN HORTICULTURE is completed, it is due the reader that some information be given him of the methods by which it has been made and of the resources that have been at command. It is due to the Editor that he be allowed to state his own point of view in respect to the meaning of the work. These remarks are made in no feeling of personal pride, for the writer is keenly aware of the many shortcomings of the book; but they may acquaint the reader with some of the difficulties with which such work is attended, and they may be suggestive to those who may desire to prosecute similar studies. RETROSPECT /. THE PROJECT The most difficult part of the making of a cyclopedia is to project it. Its scope and point of view must be determined before a stroke of actual work is done. This much done, the remainder is labor rather than difficulty. The lay-out of the enter- prise cannot be made in a day. It is a matter of slow growth. One must have a mental picture of the entire field and must calculate the resources. The plan once perfected, it remains only to work out detail after detail, taking up the tasks as they come, not earing nor even daring to look forward to the work that piles mountain high farther down the alphabet. So far as the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture is concerned, the Editor had resolved and reviewed the enterprise for more than ten years. The first suggestion was a vague idea that a comprehensive work was needed. There were several hundred special works on American horticulture. Some subjects were well worked ; others were untouched. There was no means of determining the extent of our wealth in cultivated plants. There were no suggestions, even, as to what that wealth might be. No. survey had been made. Only a full inventory can tell us whether we are rich or poor ; it gives us a scale by which to measure progress. The first tangible result of this desire for some comprehensive view of American horticulture was the publication of "Annals of Horticulture for 1889." Some years before this time an endeavor had been made to interest a publisher in the project, but without success. This annual volume was designed to be "a witness of passing events and a record of progress." Pive years these annual volumes were issued, the last one containing a summary sketch of horticulture at the World's Pair, at which was made the greatest single effort to display our horticultural achievements and possibilities. In these annual volumes all the new plants and tools and movements of the year were intended to be recorded. Special investigations were made for some of the volumes. The issue for 1889 contained a list of all the kitchen- garden vegetables sold in North America in that year ; that for 1891 contained a census of all the native plants which had been introduced into cultivation, showing that 2,416 species had become known to the horticulturist in Europe or America, although (v) vi RETROSPECT many of these probably were not then in cultivation ; that for 1892 made an annotated inventory of the varieties of apples that had been and were in cultivation in North America, showing that 878 varieties were actually offered for sale by American nur- serymen in that year. But these volumes were isolated; they picked up the work piece by piece. An inventory of the whole field, critically and laboriously made, was needed before mere annals of yearly progress could signify much. We needed to know our status; thereafter chronicles would have a meaning. From 1893, attention was given to the larger and comprehensive effort. A gar- den herbarium had to be made, for there was none in the country. The first plant had been put into this herbarium in 1889 ; it was a mere sprig of the greenhouse shrub Boronia megastigma. There are difficulties in making a garden herbarium : there are no professional collectors and one cannot buy specimens ; many cultivated plants are too valuable to allow of specimens to be made. This herbarium now has more than 12,000 mounted specimens. Although small, nevertheless it has been in- valuable. If it does not show nearlj' all the species, it shows the range of variation in some, and thereby suggests what may take place in all. It also shows what is actually cultivated under a given name, whether that name be correct or not. Trial excursions were made into the evolution of various perplexed garden plants. Some of these essays have been published. Out of these efforts grew the volume, "Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits." The study of garden plants is a different subject from the study of wild plants. Mere descriptions are often of little value. The plant may have been bred away from the description within a decade. Specific descriptions of many of the common garden plants do not exist in books : the plants are not species in the book sense. American horticultural books must be collected, for the comprehensive work, if it came, must contain American advice. One must know the range of New World ex- perience and the occidental point of view. It has been the misfortune of many Ameri- can writings that they have drawn too heavily from the experience of the Old World. Once this was necessary, but now it is time to break away. Fifty authors have written on viticulture in America, j'et scarcely one has caught the spirit of the American grape- growing. Nearly twenty years of collecting by the Editor has brought together the completest library of American horticultural books. The details entering into any comprehensive cyclopedia of horticulture are astonish- ing in number and variety. Consider some of the items: More than 10,000 species of plants in cultivation; almost every important species phenomenally variable, sometimes running into thousands of forms; every species requiring its own soil and treatment, and sometimes even minor varieties differing in these requirements; limitless differences in soils and climates in our great domain, every difference modifying the plants or their requirements; a different ideal in plant-growing and plant-breeding in the mind of every good plant-grower; as many different kinds of experience as there are men; many of these men not facile with the pen, although full of wholesome fact and experience; the species described in books which deal with the four corners of the earth; very few botanists who have given much attention to the domestic flora. It was desired that the Cyclopedia be new — brand-new from start to finish. The illustrations were to be newly made ; the cultural suggestions written directly for the occasion from American experience, a'nd often presented from more than one point oi view ; few of the precedents of former cyclopedias to be followed ; all matters to be worked up by experts and from sources as nearly n% possible original. Of course it RETROSPECT vii has been impossible to reach the ideals. There are limitations of expense and time as well as of capability : for it is yet a question whether our new country is ready for such a laborious work. In America there has been but one cyclopedic work on horticulture, Henderson's "Handbook of Plants," 1881; second edition, 1890. This is in one volume. The most complete similar recent work in the English language is Nicholson's "Illustrated Dic- tionary of Gardening," four volumes, 1884-87. It is the work of the talented ex-Curator of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, England. Mottet's French edition of Nicholson, five volumes, 1892-99, is the largest modern cyclopedia of horticulture, and the only one which excels in size the present American venture. Another popular English work in one volume is Wright & Dewar's revision of "Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary," 1894. Another recent French work, also in one volume, is Bois' " Dictionnaire d' Horticulture," 1893-99, with colored pictures printed in the text. In German is Rumpler's "lUus- triertes Gartenbau-Lexikon," in one volume, with a recent new edition; also Siebert & Voss' "Vilmorin's Blumengartnere," one volume of text and one of plates, 1896, the most critical of all similar works. In judging the American work, the reader must bear in mind that there is really no critical horticultural-botanical writing in this coun- try back of the present decade. The present Cyclopedia reflects the imperfection of our literature as well as the shortcomings of the Editor. II. TEE OFFICE DETAILS Before the actual writing was begun, other cyclopedias were searched for sugges- tions of subjects to be inserted. Also, a card index was made to portraits of plants in the leading horticultural and botanical serials, to descriptions of plants in current publi- cations, to monographs, and to the names of leading horticultural varieties in some of the larger groups. This card index grew during the progress of the work, and it now comprises about 35,000 cards. The "trade lists" were also made. These lists were intended to afford a record of the plants actually in cultivation in North America north of Mexico. 'Catalogues of more than one hundred leading seedsmen, florists, and nurserymen were cut up, and all the information respecting the various genera pasted on yellow sheets of standard letter- paper size. Thus, on one sheet, or one set of sheets, would be all the entries on Abies, Boeconia, Saxifraga, and the like. On these "trade lists" were made notes respecting persons who are skilled in the culture of the particular plants, together with extracts from letters, items of experience, and other incidental information. The name of the catalogue from which the cuttings were made was preserved, in order that doubtful questions might be traced. In special groups, it has been impossible to determine just what species are in cultivation because they are not all recorded in printed cata- logues and they are known chiefly to a few fanciers or collectors. This limitation is particularly apparent in orchids; also in such large special genera as Acacia and Eu- calyptus. In such cases it is practically impossible to make complete lists, and it is probably scarcely worth while to make the effort ; but all the species that are generally known are almost sure to have been recorded. Since the Cyclopedia is designed as a permanent work of reference, mere horticultural varieties have been omitted, as a rule- but an effort has been made to indicate the dominant types or races, the evolution of garden favorites, the good and bad "points" of important variations, and to sug- gest possible lines of progress. vm RETROSPECT These trade lists were " standardized " in order to determine the proper nomenclature for the various entries; for Virgilia had to be brought forward to Cladrastis and Amian- thium placed with Zygadenus. This preliminarj' work had to be done with care. It necessitated, also, the adoption of some one work as a standard ; and the only work which covered the field and answered other requirements is Index Kewensis. This work has been followed in the main, although every contributor has been free to express his own ideas of genera and species, and the recent monographs have been followed for special groups. The work for a whole letter — as the letter A — was laid out in advance. The gen- eral theory was to assign every article to an authoritative writer. Articles that could not be assigned, or for which no person would hold himself responsible, fell to the editors. It therefore happened that many of the most critical puzzles fell to the office. On very important subjects, two to six persons were asked to contribute. If these persons wrote from experience, no effort was made to cause their statements to be uniform, although it was desired that they should harmonize whenever possible. It was desired that the work have personality, for this is vitality. In horticultural matters there is no final opinion. The articles have been written by busy men. Serious delays have resulted in securing the manuscripts; and yet the Editor must express his gratification with the general promptness of the contributors. With scarcely an exception, the collaborators have seemed to feel a personal responsibility in the success of the undertaking. The manuscripts have been much edited, yet they have not been copied. Not a single par- cel is known to have been lost in the express or mails. The Cyclopedia has had a patient printer. On all kinds and sizes of paper, and in every style of script, with cabalistic editorial marks in pencil and in inks of various colors, these manuscripts have gone to the compositor. Returning from the printer, they have been sorted and filed, and finally tied in bundles, in which condition they now constitute a part of the archives of the Cj'clopedia. Usually the printer received copy for one letter at a time. In large letters, as C, P, S, one section — as Ca, Po, St — comprised one sending, for it has been impossible to keep far ahead of the compositors. When all the manuscript was received from the various writers, cyclopedic works were consulted to see that no entries were omitted. The titles of all entries were copied when the manuscripts went to the printer, and the entries were checked off when they appeared in galleys and pages. Failure to check up entries in the letter A resulted in. the loss of the article "Aubrietia," and the plate had to be recast in order to insert it. The type -matter was first seen in "galleys" on green paper, with the cuts separate, known in the office as "the long green." Six proofs were received by the Editor, who sent four or five of them to specialists on the various subjects. Every line in the work has been read in the proof by experts. It requires from a week to ten days to get back the proofs from the various readers. The matter is then made up into pages, and read again. It is then cast, and the final proofs are placed on file. The galley proofs are gone over several times by the Editor, aside from the regular reading, each time for- a specific purpose: once for alphabetic order of the entries; once for spelling of names; once for accent marks; once for signatures to the articles; • once for references to the cuts; once for legends to the cuts; once for general style. A-full page of the Cyclopedia contains 14,000 pieces of metal. The reader will be lenient when he finds a misplaced letter. A clerk was employed to verify all references by hunting up the references themselves. R^ITROSPECT ix In the "make-up" it is an inviolable rule that wherever the book opens, an en- graving will be seen. Adherence to this rule has made trouble in some cases. In one instance it was necessary to have a new cut made after the forms were made up, and to renumber the legends of more than one hundred pictures. The mechanical make-up was in the hands of I. B. Kraybill, foreman of the composing-room of the Mt. Pleasant Press, who gave the work loving and thoughtful care until, in the letter T, he was called to lay down his labors. The Editor hopes that the reader will regard his memory whenever the arrangement of the pictures is a source of satisfaction and pleasure. The Cyclopedia has been edited in a room eighteen feet square, kindly allowed for this use by Cornell University. In this room were two long tables, which allowed of the disposition of manuscripts and pictures in delightful abandon; the garden herbarium of Cornell University; and a large collection of books, mostly loaned from the Library of Cornell University. Aside from monographs, botanical manuals, local floras, horticultural handbooks, dictionaries, the following works were on the shelves : Index Kewensis (intended to contain all species of flowering plants down to 1885 — about 125,000 names) ; Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum ; Engler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ; DeCandolle's Prodromus (17 vol- umes), and his Monographic Phanerogamarum (9 volumes thus far); the Kew List of new species introduced into cultivation between 1876 and 1896. Next in import- ance were the periodicals, containing perhaps 50,000 pictures of plants, many of them colored and mostly authentic. First rank must be accorded the peerless Curtis' Bo- tanical Magazine, with its 125 volumes, containing over 7,600 colored plates. Edwards' Botanical Register, Loddiges' Botanical Cabinet, L'lllustration Horticole, Flore des Serres, Paxton's Magazine, Revue Horticole and The Garden are extensive works provided with colored plates, for details of which the reader may consult Vol. I, pp. xvii and xviii. Less extended periodicals containing colored plates have been used, as The Botanist by Maund, The Florist and Pomologist, Knowles & Westcott's Floral Cabinet, Meehan's Monthly and an incomplete set of Gartenflora and Revue d'Horticulture Beige. Of horticultural periodicals not containing colored plates, the Gardeners' Chronicle is a great store of botanical knowledge, being published since 1841. It is full of botanical monographs of garden genera, and is a rich repository of description of new species. A complete set of the Journal of Horticulture has been available and all the pictures in its third series have been indexed. Of American periodicals, Garden and Forest, American Gardening, American Florist, Florists' Exchange, Florists' Review and Gardening have been very helpful. The three most useful bibliographical works on botany have been Pritzel's Thesau- rus, Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany, and the Catalogue of the Kew Library. About two dozen cyclopedic works were thoroughly examined and kept at hand for various periods, as those of Nicholson, Mottet, Siebert and Voss; the Bois' Diction- naire d'Horticulture, Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary, Paxton's Botanical Dictionary, Riimpler's Illustriertes Gartenbau Lexikon, Loudon's Encyclopsedia of Gardening, Lindley and Moore's Treasury of Botany and various editions of the prototype of all such undertakings, — Philip Miller's Gardener's Dictionary. The floras of foreign countries have been as indispensable as those of America. Flora Capensis (4 vols, thus far), Flora Australiensis (7 vols.) and the Flora of British India (7 vols.), have been used the most. On European plants, Koch's Synopsis Florae Germanicse et Helveticse, Grenier & Gordon's Flore de France, Ledebour's Flora Rossica, and Bentham's Illustrated Handbook of the British Flora, and others, have been constantly at hand. X RETROSPECT On Asiatic plants the following have been studied: Boissier's Flora Orientalis, Post's Flora of Syria, Palestine and Sinai, Siebold and Zuccarini's Flora Japoniea, Franehet & Savatier's Enumeratio Plantarum Japonicarum, Maximowiez's Diagnoses Plantarum Asiatiearnm and Diagnoses Plantarum Japonicse, Bentham's Flora Hong- kongensis, Forbes & Hemsley's Flora of China in vol. 23 of the Journal of the Linnean Soc, Blanco's sumptuous Flora de Filipinas, Baker's Flora of Mauritius and the Sey- chelles, and Hooker's Flora of British India. The ofSce force consisted of the Editor and Associate Editor, the latter giving all his time to the work for four years. For a time, Alfred Rehder was employed at the Ar- nold Arboretum, near Boston, to work on the hardy trees and shrubs. For two months F. W. Bai'clay, a former student at the Massachusetts Agricultural College and now gardener for C. A. Griscom, Haverford, Pennsylvania, joined the office at Ithaca, giving most of his attention to herbaceous plants. Heinrich Hasselbring, graduate of Cornell University and trained as a florist, joined the office force for a time, devoting his attention mostly to orchids. No other writers have been employed otherwise than as contributors. The Associate Editor has had particular charge of indexes, trade lists, bibliographical matters, and editing of manuscripts. Aside from constructive and ad- ministrative matters, the Editor has had special charge of illustrations, proof-reading, arrangements with contributors and the make-up of the galleys into pages. He has read every line of the work, much of it several times over. The Editor desires to express his appreciation of the aid which the Associate Editor, Wilhelm Miller, has rendered to him and to the Cyclopedia. With unbounded zeal, persistent industry and painstaking thoroughness, he has given his best effort to the work from start to finish. The pictures have been made by a score and more of artists. With the exception of the fifty half-tone full-page plates, they are all line drawings. The greater part of these drawings have been made from the living plants or other objects. Many have been drawn from photographs, of which a large collection was made. Some have been composed from combined suggestions of authoritative prints, botanical specimens, and other information. Some of the pictures are from the American Garden, having been made for that journal in the years 1890 to 1893, under the supervision of the present Editor. These engravings passed into the hands of the J. Horace McFarland Company, and by this company have been used for the present publishers. A number of the cuts have been borrowed from the Cornell University Experiment Station. Some of the illustrations are those used in the books in which the Editor is interested and which are published by The Macmillan Company. The pictures are intended to represent the average excellence of the plants, and, therefore, they are not idealized. The artists who have made the largest number of illustrations directly for the Cyclopedia are: Charles W. Furlong and W. C. Baker, Instructors in Drawing in Cornell University; B. N. Fischer and C. H. L. Gebfert, Jamaica Plain, Mass., who had access to the Arnold Arboretum; Miss H. A. Wood, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies, who has drawn tropical economic plants; G. R. Chamberlain, who has drawn many plants, particularly annuals, in the gardens of Cornell University; Miss R. M. Huntington, who had access to the gardens at "Smith College, Northampton, Mass.; Mrs. K. C. Davis and Miss Marie L. Robertson (now Mrs. B. M. Duggar) , then at Ithaca, N. Y. The artistic work has been aided at almost jvery point by the personal interest of J. Horace McFarland, proprietor of the Mt. Pleasant Press, Harrisburg, Pa., where the type-setting and presswork have been done. Himself an expert photographer, RETROSPECT xi Mr. McFarland has given freely of photographs and advice; and he has also overseen the mechanical construction of the Cyclopedia with rare devotion and skill. ///. HOW A GENUS IS WRITTEN UP The method of writing up a genus differs with the various writers. The Editor can speak only for himself, but the frequency with which persons ask for a specific method of procedure suggests that a brief narrative may be useful to students. The first question that arises when a new genus is to be written up is the num- ber of species to be accounted for. The "trade list" and the card index are con- sulted, and a list is made of all the species that are to be included in the account. The writer first standardizes the names with Index Kewensis as a working basis, and then consults some analytic account of the genus itself, as Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum, and Engler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Herbarium specimens are examined. A characterization is made of the genus. All available works are consulted for suggestions as to its horticultural and economic importance. Then follows the really important part of the undertaking — the accounting for all the species. All monographs of the genus are consulted ; herbarium specimens are studied in detail; horticultural cyclopedias and handbooks are searched for descrip- tive notes of the species. Every effort is made to understand the species as a whole before any one species is actually described, for in this cyclopedia the species are com- pared and contrasted, not arranged alphabetically. A key to all the species must be outlined before the work of description can be undertaken. This means that every species must be studied and properly classified. This making of the key or classifi- cation comprises more than half the average work of writing up the various genera. Cultivated plants comfe from many parts of the world. In many cases no single account of the genus contains all the species. One or two species from outlying regions may not fit into any scheme of classification made in the books. The descriptions of them may be inadequate. Often a whole day will be spent in the endeavor to find characters that will allow these outlying species to be included in a common key. Moreover, botanical keys are often too minute and technical to be used in a horticultural work. The key-scheme once made, the description of the species is drawn from every available source; — from specimens and personal experience when possible; from authoritative monographs; from horticultural journals and treatises; from notes sent by correspond- ents; from the information contained in trade catalogues. On doubtful points corre- spondence is opened with persons who know the plants, particularly with those who advertise the given kinds. The fulness of the descriptions will depend on how difficult the plants are to distinguish anC how important the group is to the cultivator. It has been the custom with the Editor to work mostly with bare outlines at first, afterwards filling in the matters of secondary and incidental importance from subsequent reading and investigation. It has been the custom of the Associate Editor to devour and digest all the incidentals, as well as the fundamentals, before beginning the writing. In the editing of manuscripts, the first effort is to determine whether the author has accounted for all the names in the trade. Too often the troublesome names have been omitted, although he worked from lists sent from the Cyclopedia office. These omitted names must be inserted, often necessitating the entire reconstruction of the classificatory scheme. The second attention is given to the scheme itself, to see that it xii PROSPECT is properly coordinated or balanced; for a scheme is of no value unless the coordinate parts are contrasts of similar characters. Yet the failure to coordinate the keys was common, particularly in the earlier part of the work. For example, there is no service in the key that runs A. Lvs. long -lanceolate, entire AA. Fls. blue, in long racemes and yet it has been constantly necessary to eliminate examples of this type. The third effort in the editing of manuscripts is the revision of nomenclature, for uniformity in this matter is of the utmost editorial importance. The fourth effort is to look up and insert all references to portraits of the plants. Beyond these efforts, the editing of the manuscripts had to do chiefly with matters of' literary form. To the looker-on, the actual writing of the articles may appear to be the larger part of the work. As a matter of fact, however, it has required more labor to secure articles from correspondents than it would have required to have written them ourselves. This is not because correspondents have been negligent, but because of the inherent difiBculties of doing work at long range. The value of the material, however, is vastly improved and broadened because of the number of persons who have been engaged in preparing it. It is probable that two -thirds of the labor in preparing the Cyclo- pedia has been of a character that is not directly productive of written articles, — as correspondence, keeping of accounts, filing of material, securing illustrations, proof- reading. PROSPECT The Editor hopes that this Cyclopedia will never be revised. If new issues are called for, mere errors should be corrected; but beyond this, the plates should be left as they are, for it is the purpose of the book to make a record of North American horti- culture as it exists at the opening of the twentieth century. It is hoped that subsequent progress may be recorded in annual supplemental volumes. It is planned to issue each year a supplement of say 75 to 100 pages, in the same size of page as the present book, with cumulative index, in paper covers; every five years these supplements may be com- pleted into a volume. They should record the introductions of new plants and methods, contain revisions of important genera, encourage historical studies, and make reviews of the tendencies of plant culture in North America. The manuscript for the first two proposed supplements is already prepared. The first is a complete key to all the fami- lies and genera in the Cyclopedia, designed to enable the student to run down any species that he may have in hand. It was hoped that this key could be printed as a supplement to Volume IV, but the size of the volume forbids it. The second manu- script is a bibliography of the North American book writings on horticulture. These supplements are not definitely promised, but they will be made if there is sufficient demand for them. It may not be out of place for the Editor to indicate what he conceives to be the most important features of the general plan of the Cyclopedia. (1) The book represents a living horticulture. It has attempted to account for the species that are actually in cultivation in the country, rather than those that chance to have been described or pictured in other cyclopedias or in periodical publications. The best way of determining what plants are actually in cultivation is to make a list of PROSPECT xiii those that are offered for sale within a space of ten or fifteen years, supplemented with lists submitted by actual cultivators. It is not the fact that these plants are bought and sold that is important, but the fact that they are in cultivation at the present time in this country. These lists give us a census of our horticultural resources. A species - name which occurs in trade lists must be run down and inserted. Not knowingly has any been omitted. (2) The species are compared and contrasted, as well as described. In all genera containing several species, keys or classificatory schemes have been devised. This makes it incumbent apon the writer that he understand each species, not merely copy a description of it. It enables the reader to name the species he has in hand. It is an analj'tic rather than a compilatory method. The reader will be surprised to know how much labor the mere introduction of keys has added to the making of the book. It has certainly more than doubled the labor. The Editor believes that he could make the entire Cyclopedia in two years' time if ali the species were to be arranged alphabetically under the genus and without introductory keys. (3) The leading articles are signed with the name of the writer. Thereby is responsibility fixed and due credit given. The chief value of the signed article, how- ever, is the fact that it gives personality to the writings and presents a wide range of experience and achievement. It is singularly gratifying that horticulturists and botan- ists have responded with the gi-eatest good will to the repeated calls for help. Their inspiration has saved the book. The botany of large and difficult groups has been placed bodily in the hands of specialists. The number of contributors is large and has grown with each volume. More than 450 persons have aided in the making of the Cyclopedia. The great number of signed articles gives the work a somewhat hetero- geneous character, and this may be considered by some persons to be a disadvantage; but the Editor has not accepted the current idea that a cyclopedia must necessarily be uniform and consistent in its treatment of various and unlike subjects. (4) The book is primarily a cyclopedia of horticulture, rather than of gardening. It has endeavored to catch the large -area and commercial spirit of North American plant culture, while still holding to the many and varied amateur interests. Not all the entries are names of plants. (5) It has attempted to represent plants as living and growing things that are still undergoing evolution. It has tried to indicate the range and extent of variation, rather than to treat plant-names as representing entities in nature. Whenever possible it has been the purpose to suggest the general lines of evolution in the important groups. This has introduced the historical method of treatment. Of course only the merest touch can be had with these subjects, because knowledge of them is yet to come; but it is hoped that the sympathetic reader will feel the drift of an evolutionary motive. Other points of view that seem to the Editor to be important are: The effort to present a new set of horticultural pictures; to give biographies of persons who have had an important influence on the trend of American horticulture; to present geo- graphical and historical subjects; to give special attention to tropical and subtropical economic plants ; to cite freely references to literature. It must be admitted that the foregoing categories are ideals. At all points, it is feared, the accomplishment has fallen far short of the purpose. The Editor would like to do the work all over again, so many are the improvements that might be made. One must make a book in order to learn how to make it. The work has grown as it XIV PROSPECT has progressed. At first it was intended to make a three-volume cyclopedia, but before the first volume was half written it was found that a fourth volume must be added in order to present the subject adequately. The observant reader will discover that the letter A is treated on the three- volume basis. The article "Apple" is wholly inade- quate, but partial penance is done under "Pomology." The article "Asparagus" is the first that began to feel the fuller and larger treatment. "Whatever usefulness the Cyclopedia may have has been rendered possible by the liberal policy of the publishers with whom it has been a joy and an inspiration to work. The actual writing on the Cyclopedia was begun in January, 1899. A year had then been spent in making indexes and collecting data. The proof of the letter Z was received December 31, 1901. On the 8th of January, 1902, the Cyclopedia office was vacated. It was a sad parting. The pleasantest associations of a pleasant life had come to a finish. We knew that it was a turning-point. Hundreds of books had be- come familiar friends. We would never see them all together again. Like a child, the Cyclopedia had grown. Like the mature youth, it had left us. It was no longer ours. L. H. BAILEY. Ithaca, New York, January 11, 10OS. STATISTICS I. The Number of Articles. Total number of entries or articles, including cross-references : Volume 1 1270 Volume II 1263 Volume III 659 Volume IV 1165 4357 II. The Number of Plants. The number of genera described: Volume 1 820 Volume II 623 Volume III 351 Volume IV 461 2255 Total number of species fully described (in black-faced type) : Volume 1 2924 Volume II 2675 Volume III 1405 Volume IV 1789 8793 Total number of varieties (of species) of all grades: Volume 1 1187 Volume II 982 Volume III 628 Volume IV 838 3635 Total number of synonyms (in Italic type): Volume 1 2446 Volume II 2104 Volume III 1243 Volume IV 1689 7482 Total number of species in supplementary lists (in Italic type) : Volume 1 2351 Volume II 864 Volume III 576 Volume IV 733 4524 Total number of Latin binomial and trinomial plant names accounted for (approximate) 24434 III. The Number of Species (in black -faced type) Native to North America north OF Mexico : Volume 1 668 Volume II .- 631 Volume III 416 Volume IV 704 2419 IV. The Dates of Publication: Volume I February 14, 1900 Volume II July 18, 1900 Volume III April 23, 1901 Volume IV February 26, 1902 (XV) COLLABORATORS J. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO THE CTCLOPMDIA *The asterisk designates the contributors to the fourth volume. Many of the contributors have also assisted in reading proofs and in other ways. *Adams, Geo. E., Asst. Horticulturist, E. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, E. I. {Rhode Island. Rhubarb.) *Adams, J. W., Nurseryman, SpringfieW, Mass. {Stephanandra. Viburnum.) y *Allen, C. L., Author of "Bulbs and Tuberous- rooted Plants," Floral Park, N. Y. (TuUpa.) Ames, Oakbs, Asst. Dir. Botanic Garden, and Instructor in Botany in Harvard Univ., Cam- bridge, Mass. {Several genera of orchids.) Andrews, D. M., Nurseryman, Boulder, Colo. {(Enothera. Opuntia. Help on native we,stern plants, especially hardy cacti.) Archdeacon & Co., Commission merchants, New York, N. Y. {Mushroom.) Arnold, Jr., Geo., Gardener (formerly grower of aster seed), Eoehester, N. Y. (China Aster.) Atkins, F. L., Florist, Eutherford, N. J. {Platy- cerium.) Atkinson, Geo. F., Prof, of Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Mushroom.) *Balmer, Prof. J. A., formerly Horticulturist, Wash. Exp. Sta. (Washington.) *Barclay, F. W., Gardener, Haverford, Pa. (Herbaceous Perennials, Rhexia, Sanguinaria, Silphium, Sisyrinchium, Smiladna, Statice, and many others, mostly hardy herbs.) *Baekee, Michael, Editor of "Gardening" and "American Florist," Chicago, 111. (Solandra. Vallota. Many suggestions.) *Baenes, Charles E., Prof, of Plant Physiology, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. {Fertilization. Flower. Teratology. Has read proof s of physio- logical subjects.) Barnes, William H., Secretary Kans. State Hort. Soc, Topeka, Kans. (Kansas.) *Barron, Leonard, Editor "American Garden- ing," New York, N. Y. (Rose. ) Bateesdorfer, H., Dealer in florists' supplies, Philadelphia, Pa. {Everlasting Flowers.) *Beach, Prof. 8. A., Horticulturist, N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Corn. Thinning Fruit.) Beadle, C. D., Botanist and horticulturist, Bilt- more, N. C. (Bamboo.) Beal, W. J., Prof, of Botany. Mich. Agric. Col- lege, Agricultural College, Mich. (Grass. Has read proofs of many genera of grasses.) Beckert, Theo. F., Florist, Allegheny City, Pa. ( Bougainvillma . ) *Berckmans, p. J., Pomologist and nurseryman, Augusta, Ga. (Lawns for the South. Magnolia. Melia. Michelia. Persimmon. Pomegranate. Trees. Vines. Has rea Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Indian Territory. Okla- homa. ) *Mott, Jr., Samuel R., Manager of Genesee Fruit Co.'s Freezing and Cold Storage Dept., Roch- ester, N. Y. (Storage.) *MuNSON, T. v.. Nurseryman and grape hybridist, Denison, Tex. (Grape culture in the South. Texas.) *MuNSON, Prof. W. M., Horticulturist, Me. Exp. Sta., Orono, Me. (Maine. Vaccinium.) *MuERELL, Geo. E., Fruit-grower, Pontella, Va. ( Virginia.) *Nehrling, H., Milwaukee, Wis. (Phcenix, Sabal, Serenwa, TaberncBmontana\ Tecoma, Thunbergia and other plants cultivated in his garden at Gotha, Fla.) Newbury, H. E., Specialist in tuberose culture. Magnolia, N. C. (Polianthes.) XSXl COLLABORATORS Newell, A. J., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. {Certain wchids, e.g., Odontoglossum.) *Newman, J. S., Vice Dir. S. C. Exp. Sta., Clemson College, 8. C. {South Carolina.) *NoRTON, Prof. J. B. S., Pathologist Md. Exp. Sta., College Park, Md. {Genera of Euphor- TnacecB. Phyllanthus. Numerous botanical puzzles.) Ogston, Colin, Gardener, Kimball orchid collec- tion, Rochester, N. Y. (Dendrobium.) *Oliver, G. W., Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. {Many articles on palms, aroids, succulents and rare plants, and much help on proofs. Alstroemei-ia. Amaryllis. Nepenthes. Ochna. Pennisetum. Petrea. Sarracenia.) OlmsteI), Jr., F. L., Landscape Architect, Brook- line, Mass. {Park. Help on Landscape and Railroad Gardening.) O'Maba, Patrick, of Peter Henderson & Co., New York, N. Y. {Potting. Has read various important articles, suggested contributors and given other aid.) Orpet, Edward O., Gardener, So. Lancaster, Mass. {Border. Cyclamen. Dianthus, and certain orchids.) Parsons, Jr., Samuel, Landscape architect. New York, N. Y. {Lawn. Help on Park.) Peacock, Lawrence K., Dahlia specialist, Atco, N. J. {Dahlia.) Pennock, F. M., Horticulturist, San Juan, Porto Kico. {Porto Bico.) *Peterson, Wm. a., of the firm of P. S. Peterson & Son, Nurserymen, Chicago, 111. {Pceonia. Transplanting of large trees.) *Piebce, Newton B., Pathologist Pacific Coast Laboratory, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric, Santa Ana, Calif. {Walnut.) *PiETERS, A. J. , Botanist in charge of Seed Labora- tory, Bureau of Piant Industry, TJ. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. {Seed Testing.) Powell, Prof. G. Harold, Div. of Pomology, U. 8. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. {Cherry. Delaware. Melp on Peach, etc.) Powell, George T., Dir. School of Practical Ag- riculture and Horticulture, Briar Cliff Manor, N. Y. {Pear. Has read proofs of other impor- tant fruits.) *Price, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Texas Exp. Sta., College Station, Texas. {Texas.) Prince, L.B., Pres. Board of Regents, New Mexico Agric College, Santa Fe, N. M. {The article ^'■Prince.") *PuRDy, Carl, Specialist in California bulbs, Ukiah, Calif. {California native plants, as Brodima, Calochortus, Erythronium, Fritillaria,- Stropho- Urion. Help on Lilium.) Rane, F. W., Horticulturist and Prof, of Horti- culture, N. H. College, Durham, N. H. {New Hampshire . ) Rawson, Grove P., Florist, Elmira, N. Y. {iMn- iana.) Rawson, W. W., Seedsman and market-gardener, Boston, Mass. {Cucumber. Lettuce.) *Reasoner, E. N., Nurseryman and horticulturist, Oneeo, Fla. {Many articles, and much help on extreme southern horticulture. Coesalpinia. Co- cos. Gnava. Kumquat. Lemon. Lime. Mango. Musa. Orange. Sabal. Tamarindus.) *Rehder, Alfred, Asst. at the Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. {Botany and culture of most of the hardy trees and shrubs. The article "Trees.") Roberts, Prof. I. P., Dir. College of Agric, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Drainage. Fertility. Manure. Potato.) Rolfs, Prof. P. H., Botanist, S. C. Exp. Sta., Clemson College, 8. C. {Eggplant, Florida. Okra. Onion. Pineapple.) Rose, J. N., Asst. Curator, U. 8. Nat. Herb., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. {Agave. Prochnyanthes.) Rose, N. Jonsson, Landscape Gardener, Dept. of Parks, New York, N. Y. {Various exotics.). Roth, Filibert, Chief of Div. of Forestry, De- partment of the Interior, Washington, D. C. (Fagus.) *R0WLEE, Prof. W. W., Asst. Prof, of Bot- any, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Liatris. Salix.) RoYLE, Mrs. Emily Taplin, Asst. Ed. "Rural New-Yorker," New York, N. Y. {Nepenthes.) *8andsten. Prof. E. P., Horticulturist Md. Exp. Sta., College Park, Md. {Self -sterility.) Sargent, Prof. C. S., Dir. Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. {Abies. Has read proofs of Picea, Prunus, etc.) *SC0TT, Wm., Florist, Buffalo, N. Y. {Important florists' plants and flowers, as Acacia, Conval- laria. Cyclamen, Cytisus, Smilax, Metrosideros, Peperomia, Perilla, Piqueria, Stephanotis, Syringa, Verbena, etc. Also Packing Flowers.) Scott, Wm., Gardener, Tarrytown, N. Y. {Ber- tolonia and other tender foliage plants.) *ScRiBNER, F. Lamson, Dir. Dept. of Agric, Philippine Islands, formerly Chief Div. of Ag- rostology, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. {Teosinte.) *8ears. Prof. F. C , Dir. Nova Seotia School of Horticulture, Wolfville, N. S., formerly Horti- culturist Utah Exp. Sta. {Utah. Help on Canada.) *Seavey, Mrs. Frances Copley, Landscape Gar. dener, Chicago, 111. {Railroad Gardening,) COLLABORATORS XXlll Semple, James, Specialist in China asters, Bellevue, Pa. (Aster.) Sexton, Joseph, Founder of the pampas grass industry, Goleta, Calif. {Gynerium.) ■*SHEPARn, Charles U., Special agent U. S. Dept. Agrie. in charge of experiments in tea culture, Summerville, S. C. (Tea.) *Shinn, Charles H., Inspector of Experiment Stations, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. (California, Fig, Loganberry, Sequoia, etc.) *Shore, Robert, Gardener, Botanical Dept., Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Various articles, as Acalypha, Bedding, Dichorisandra, Episcea, Fittonia, Symenophyllum, Thyrsacanthus, Tra- chelospermum, Vases.) *Siebrecht, Henrt a.. Florist and nurseryman. New York and Rose Hill Nurseries, New Eo- ehelle, N. Y. (Much help on rare greenhouse plants, particularly orchids and palms. Draccena. Ficus. Fuchsia. Gardenia. Ixora. Lapageria. Laurus. Nerium. Nepenthes. Puya. Sonerila. Tococa, and others.) *SiMONDS, O. C, Landscape Gardener, Buena Ave., Chicago, 111. (Landscape Cemeteries . Shrubbery.) Slingerland, Prof. M. V., Entomologist Cornell Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Insecticides. Insects.) Smith, A. W., Grower of cosmos and moonflower seed, Americus, Ga.- (Cosmos.) Smith, Elmer D., Chrysanthemum specialist, Adrian, Mich. (Chrysanthemum.) Smith, Irving C. , Market-gardener, Green Bay, Wis. ( Onion. JSelp on Kohl-Babi and Strawberry.) ^Smith, Jared G., Dir. Hawaii Exp. Sta., Hono- lulu, H. Terr. (Nearly all palms, some aroids and various other genera, as Centaurea, Cerastitim, Cotyledon. ) *Smith, J. M. (deceased). Fruit-grower and market- gardener. Green Bay, Wis. (Strawberry.) Spencer, John W. , Fruit-grower, Westfield, Chau- tauqua Co., N. Y. (Grapes in the North. Help on important fruits .) *Stalet, Arthur, Walnut-grower, FuUerton, Calif. ( Walnut.) ■^Starnes, Hugh N., Prof, of Agriculture and Horticulture, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga. (Georgia. Sweet Potato. Tomato. Watermelon. Steele, E. S., Bureau of Pla^^t Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Perfumery Gardening.) "*Steblb, W. C, Fruit-grower, Switzerland, Fla. (Talinum. Help on floriculture in Florida.) Stinson, Prof, John T., Dir. Mo. Fruit Exp. Sta., Mountain Grove, Mo. (Arkansas.) Strong, Wm. C, Nurseryman, Waban, Mass. (Kenrick.) Stubbs, W. C, Dir. La. Exp. Sta., Baton Rouge, La. (Orange.) *Stubenrauch, Arnold V., Instructor in Hort., Univ. of 111., Urbana, 111., formerly Calif. Exp. Sta. (Olive, Plum and Baisin in Calif. Pilo- carpus. Pimelea. Platycodon. Sequoia. Tulipa.) Taber, G. L., Nurseryman, Glen St. Mary, Fla. (Persimmon.) Taft, Prof. L. E., Horticulturist, Mich. Agrie. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Green- house heating. Hotbeds.) *Taplin, W. H., Specialist in palms and ferns, Holmesburg, Philadelphia, Pa. (Culture of many palms, ferns and foliage plants.) Taylor, Frederic W., Dir. Dept. of Horticul- ture; Pan-American Exposition, Buffalo, N. Y. (Nebraska.) Taylor, Wm. A., Asst. Pomologist, Div. of Po- mology, U. S. Dept. Agrie., Washington, D. C. (Articles on nuts, as Hickory, Pecan.) Thilow, J. Otto, of H. A. Dreer, Inc., Philadel- phia, Pa. (Leek. Muskmelon.) Thompson, C. H., formerly Asst. Botanist, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Some genera of cacti, as Echinocereus, Epiphyllum.) *Thorbuen & Co., J. M., Seedsmen, New York, N. Y. (Hyacinth. Seed Trade. Have read many proofs of bulbs, annuals, vegetables, herbs, etc.) *TouMEY, Prof. J. W., Yale Forestry School, New Haven, Mass. (Arizona. Date. Opuntia. Moot-Galls.) Tract, S. M., Horticulturist, Biloxi, Miss. (Mis- sissippi.) *Tracy, W. W., Seedsman, D. M. Ferry & Co., Detroit, Mich. {Cabbage. Lettuce. Michi- gan. Pea. Badish. Seedage. Help on many vegetables.) *Trelease, Dr. Wm., Dir. Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Certain desert plants of the lily family, as Aloe, Apicra, Gasteria, Hawm-thia, Yucca. Shaw. Sturtevant. Oxalis.) *Teicker, Wm., Specialist in aquatics, Dreer's Nursery, Riverton, N. J. (Aquarium. Aquatics. Most aquatics, as Limnanthemum, Limnocharis, Nymphcea, Nelumbo, Ouvirandra, Victoria.) Troop, Prof. James, Horticulturist, Ind. Exp. Sta., Lafayette, Ind. (Indiana. Persimmon.) *Tucker, Gilbert M., Publisher and editor of "The Country Gentleman," Albany, N. Y. (J. J. Thomas. Luther Tucker.) Turner, Wm., Gardener, Oceanic, N. J. (Forc- ing of Fruits. Mushroom.) Tuttlb, H. B., Cranberry-grower, Valley Junc- tion, Wis. (Cranberry.) *Underwood, Prof. L. M., Columbia University, New York, N. Y. (Botany of all ferns. Selag- inella and some other flowerless plants. ) *Van Deman, H. E.,. Pomologist, Parksley, Va. (Date. Nut Culture. Strawberry.) XXIV COLLABORATORS Vaughan, J. C, Seedsman and florist, Chicago and New York. {Christmas Greens. ) ViCK, James, D. Landreth's Sons, Philadelphia, Pa. {Malvaviscus. Melothria ) VooRHEES, Prof. Edward B., Dir. N. J. Exp. Sta., New Brunswick, N. J. (Fertilizers.) Waldeon, Prof. C. B., Horticulturist, N. Dak. Exp. Sta., Fargo, N. D;ik. (North Dakota.) *Walker, Prof. Ernest, Horticulturist, Ark. Exp. Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. (Annuals. Basket ttants. Heliotrope. Watering.) Ward, C. W., Wholesale florist. Queens, L. I. (Pelargonium. Help on Carnation.) *Wardee, E. H., Supt. Lincoln Park, Chicago, 111. ( Warder. ) *Watrous, C. L., Nurseryman and pomologist, Des Moines, lo. (Iowa. Pear. Trees on Plains.) *Watson, B. M., Instructor in Horticulture, Bus- sey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Colehicum. Cuttage. Forcing Hardy Plants. House Plants. Bhododendron. Rose. Winter Protection.) *Watts, K. L., formerly Horticulturist of Tennes- see Exp. Sta., Scalp Level, Pa. (Tennessee.) *Wadgh, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Vt. Exp. Sta., Burlington, Vt. (Beet. Carrot. Cucumber. Ch-eens. Lilium. Plum. Salad Plants. Vei-mont.) *Webber, Herbert J., In charge of Plant Breed- ing Laboratory, Veg. Phys. and Path. Inves- gations, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Citrus. Pomelo. Murraya, Triphasia, and other citrous genera. Plant- Breeding. Help on Zamia.) Wellhouse, Feed, Fruit-grower, Fairmount, Kans. (Kansas.) Wheeler, C. F., Asst. Prof, of Botany, Michigan Agric. College, Mich. (Pyrola.) Wheeler, H. J., Chemist, R. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, K. I. (Lime.) *WHiTNEy, Milton, Chief. Div. of Soils, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Irrigation. Soils.) Whitten, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Exp. Sta., Columbia, Mo. (Missouri.) Whyte, R. B., Amateur, Ottawa, Ont. (Hemero- callis. Lilium. Narcissus. Papaver. Help on Tagetes, Tulipa, Zinnia, etc.) *WiCKSON, Edward J., Prof, of Agricultural Prac- tice, Univ. of Calif., an Horticulturist, Calif. Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Almond, Apricot, Cherry, Grape, Lemon, Lime, Nectarine, Pear, Strawberry, Walnut and Vegetable Gardening in California. ) *WlEGAND, K. M., Instructor in Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Coreopsis. Cordyline. Cyperus. Dracaena. Juncus. Lysimachia. Musa. Myosotis. Potentilla. Scirpus. Steironema.) *WooDS, Albert F., Chief of Office of "Veg. Phys. Investigations, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washing- ton, D. C. (Variegation.) WooLSON, G. C, Nurseryman, Specialist in hardy herbaceous perennials, Passaic, N. J. (Mer- tensia. Has read numerous proofs. ) WoRTMAN, S. W., Mushroom -grower, Iselin, N. J. (Mushroom.) Wright, Charles, Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del. (Peach. Help on Delaware.) *Wyman, a. P., Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Land- scape Architects, Brookline, Mass. (Dirca, Epigcea, Exochorda, Halesia, Hypericum, Kerria, Liquidambar, and other hardy trees- and shrubs. Also Lathyrus, Lupinus, Ver- onica.) *Yeomans, L. T., Fruit-grower, Walworth, N. Y. (Pear. Help on Evaporation of Fruits. Rasp- berry.) ZiRNGiEBEL, Dents, Plorist, Needham, Mass. (Pu/nsy.) II. LIST OF THOSE WHO HAVE ASSISTED BY READING PROOF, AND IN OTHER WAYS Abraham, Charles, Nurseryman, San Francisco, Calif. (Trees in Calif.) Allen, R. C, Fruit-grower, Bonita, Calif. (Olive.) Alverson, a. H., Growei of cacti, San Ber- nardino, Calif. (Cacti.) Apgar, Austin C, Prof, of Botany, N. J. State Normal School, author of "Trees of the North- ern U. S.," Trenton, N. J. (Trees.) Bailey, W. W., Prof, of Botany, Brown Univ., Providence, R. I. (Rhode Island.) Ball, C. D., Wholesale florist, Holmesbnrg, Phila- delphia, Pa. (Palms and decorative plants.) Barker, Charles, Fruit-grower, Milford, Del. (Peach.) Bassett & Son, Wm. P., Nurserymen, Hammon- ton, N. J. (Native plants, as Hibiscus.) Beal, W. H., Office of Experiment Stations, U. S Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Vigna.) Berger & Co., H. H., Importers, New York, N. Y.. (Japanese and Californian plants.) Betscher, C, Florist, nurseryman and seeds- man. Canal Dover, Ohio. (Gladiolus.) Blanc, A., Seedsman and plantsman, Philadel- phia, Pa. (Cacti. Canna. Novelties.) Boardman, S. L., Sec. Maine Hort. Soc, Augusta,. Me. (Maine.) Brackett, G. B., Pomologist, U. S. Dept. Agric.,. Washington, D. C. (Hicoria. Hickory. Jug- hius. ) COLLABORATORS XXV Beeck & Sons, Joseph (Corporation), Seeds- men, Boston, Mass. ( Portrait of Joseph Breck. ) Beeese, J. S., Nurseryman, Fayetteville, N. C. North Carolina. ) Brotherton, Wilfred, Mich. Wild Flower Co., Rochester, Mich. {Native hardy herbaceous perennials. ) Brown, O. H., Amateur, Bordentown, N. J. (Aquatics.) BuDLONG & Son Co., J. A., Manufacturers of pickles and vinegar, marliet-gardeners, Provi- dence, R. I. [Cucumber. Martynia.) Bruggerhof, F. W., Seedsman, Pies. J. M. Thorburn & Co., New York, N. Y. {Seed Trade. Various suggestions. ) Burpee, W. Atlee, Seedsman, Philadelphia, Pa. {Seed Testing.) Bush & Sons, Vitieulturists, Bushberg, Mo. {Grapes.) Caldwell, Geo. C, Prof, of Agric. Chemistry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Fertility. Ferti- lizers. Lime.) Chamberlin, John, Journalist, Buffalo, N. Y. (Native plants. Ranunculus. ) Clark, Mis^ Josephine A., Librarian, U. S. Dept. Agric, and author of a card index of new species of North American plants, Washington, D. C. (Information as to species after the date of Index Kewensis.) Clark, J. C, Dreer's nursery, Riverton, N. J. (Pansy.) CoviLLE, Frederick V., Botanist, Dept. of Agric. Washington, D. C. (Juniperus. Suggestions on various matters. ) Cranefield, Frederic, Asst. Horticulturist, Wisconsin Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. (Irri- gation. ) Dailledouze Bros., Wholesale florists, Flatbush, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Mignonette.) Dailey, Charles L., Fruit-grower, Salem, Ore. (Prune. ) Danby, Charles E., Prune-grower, Salem, Ore. (Prune.) Dandridge, Mrs. Danske, Amateur, Shepherds- town, W. Va. (Hardy plants.) Davenport, Geo. E., Botanist, specialist in ferns, Medford, Mass. (Several genera of ferns.) Day, Miss Mary A., Librarian, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Rare books.) Devol, W. S., Editor and agriculturist, Redlands, Calif. (Vegetables in California.) Devron, Dr. G., Amateur of bamboos, New Or- leans, La. (Bamboo.) Dock, Miss M. L., Lecturer on plant life, for- estry and village improvement, Harrisburg, Pa. (Bartram. Village Improvement.) DoscH, H. E., Sec'y. State Board of Hort., Hills- dale, Ore. (Oregon.) Downer's Sons, J. S., Fruit-growers, Fairport, Ky. (Kentucky.) Dreer, Henry A. (Inc.), Seedsmen and Plants - men, Philadelphia, Pa. (Many and varied ser- vices, especially in aqiMiics, ferns, foliage plants and rare anmials.) EisEN, GusTAV, Author of Gov't, bulletins on figs and raisins, San Francisco, Calif. {Fig. Baisin.) Elliot, J. Wilkinson, Landscape Architect, Pittsburg, Pa. {Kochia, Oak, and some herba- ceous perennials.) Ellwanger & Barry, Nurseryman, Rochester, N. Y. (Hardy plants. ) Emerson, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Neb. Exp. Sta., Lincoln, Neb. (Nebraska.) Parnham, J. E C, Ex-Pres. R. I. Hort. Soc, Providence, R. I. (Rhode Island.) Fernald, M. L., Asst. in Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass. (Salvia.) Fields, John, Dir. Agr. Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Oklahoma.) Fisher, Dr. Jabez, Fruit-grower, Fitchburg, Mass. (Massachusetts.) Ganong, W. F., Prof, of Botany, Smith College, Northampton, Mass. (Cacti, and many proofs of physiological subjects.) GiPFORD, John C, Asst. Prof, of Forestry, Col- lege of Forestry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Poindana. ) Goodman, L. A., Fruit-grower, Kansas City, Mo. (Missouri.) Greenman, J. M., University Museum, Cam- bridge, Mass. (Zinnia.) Halliday, Eobt. J., Florist, Baltimore, Md. (Azalea. Camellia.) Harris, J. 8., Fruit-grower, La Crescent, Minn. (Minnesota.) ^ Hays, Willet M., Prof, of Agric, Univ. of Minn., Minneapolis, Minn. (Plant- Breeding.) Heiges, S. B., Pomologist, York, Pa. (Penn- sylvania.) Heiss, J. B., Florist, Dayton, Ohio. (Palms.) Heller, A. A., Botanist, Lancaster, Pa. {Porto Rico.) Herbst, J. L., Fruit-grower, Sparta, Wis. (Strawberry.) Hewson, Wm., Orchid-grower for Wm. Scott, Buffalo, N. Y. (Odontoglossum. Oncidium.) Hicks, D. C, Fruit-grower, No. Clarendon, Vt. ( Vermont.) Hill, Robert T., U. S. Dept. Agric, Washing- ton, D. C. (Porto Rico.) HosMER, A. W., Botanist, Concord, Mass. (Po- lygala, and some other native plants. ) XXVI COLLABORATORS Howard, A. B., Seed-grower, Belohertown, Mass. ( Verbena . Zinnia . ) HuTT, H. L., Prof, of Horticulture, Out. Agrio. College, Guelph, Ont. (Kale. Kohlrabi.) Jack, Mrs. Annie L., Chateauguay Basin, Prov. Que. [Native Plants.) Jepson, Willis L., Botanical Dept., Univ. Calif., Berkeley, Calif. {Afe%ij Californian sub- jects.) Jennings, E. B., Specialist in pansies, South- port, Conn. (Pansy.) Jones, Rev. C. J. K., Los Angeles, Calif. ( Vari- ous Californian plants.) Jordan, W. H., Dir. N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Fertility. Fertilizers.) Katzenstein, Otto, Manager Pinehurst Nurser- ies, Pinehurst, N. C. (Stillingia.) Kedzie, Dr. E. C, Prof, of Chemistry, Mich. Agrio. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Fertility. Fertilizers. . Lime.) Kellogg, Geo. J., Pomologist, Lake Mills, Wis. (Wisconsin.) Kerman, John, Market-gardener, Grimshy, Ont. (Tomato). Kinney, T. L., Fruit-grower, South Hero, Vt. ( Vermont. ) King, F. H., Div. of Soils, XJ. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Irrigation, Mulching, etc.) Ladd, E. F., Prof, of Chemistry, N. D. Agric. Coll., Agricultural College, N. D. (Nwtli Dakota.) Lake, D. S., Nurseryman, Shenandoah, Iowa. (Trees on Plains.) Latham, A. W., Sec. Minn. Hort. Soc, Minne- apolis, Minn. (Minnesota.) Leib, S. P., Prune-grower, San Jos6, Calif. (Prune.) LiNDLEY, J. Van, Nurseryman, Pomona, N. C. (North Carolina.) Luke, Fred K., Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (South Dakota.) LuPTON, J. M., Market-gardener, Gregory, L. I. ( Cabbage. ) Lyon, Wm. S., Census Bureau, Washington, D. C. ^Palms.) MacDowell, J. A., Nurseryman, City of Mexico, Mex. (Cacti.) MACPARLANE,'Prof. J. M., Dir. U. of P. Botanic Garden, Philadelphia, Pa. (Hybridization. Nepenthes. Pinguicula.) Mackenzie, E. E., Sec. J. M. Thorburn & Co., New York, N. Y. (Many important bulbs. ) Makepeace, A. D., Cranberry-grower, West Barnstable, Mass. (Cranberry.) Manda, W. a.. Horticultural expert. South Orange, N. J. (Ch-chid pictures.) Manning, C. H., Sheridan, Wyo. (Wyoming.) Manning, Jacob W., Nurseryman, Beading, Mass. (Dried specimens of herbaceous perennial plants.) Manning, Egbert, Sec. Mass. Hort. Soc, Boston, Mass. (Biographical sketches. Horticulture.) Maxwell Bros., Fruit-growers, Geneva, N. Y. (Quince.) McDowell, Prof. E. H., Agriculturist and horti- culturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Eeno, Nev. (Nevada.) McTear, John, Gardener, Monteoito, Calif. (Some plants cult, in Calif.) Mead, Prof. Elwood, Cheyenne, Wyoming. ( Wyoming.) Meehan, Thos., Nurseryman, Germantown, Pa. (deceased). (The article " Hoi-tieulture.") Meriam, Dr. Horatio C, Salem, Mass. (PcBonia. Papaver.) Merrill, L. H., Prof, of Chemistry, Me. Agric. Coll., Orono, Me. (Maine.) Miller, E. S., Specialist in Bulbs, Floral Park, L. I. (Many articles on bulbs.) Miller, H. H., Paw Paw., W. Va. (West Virginia.) Moon, Wm. H., Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa. (Pennsylvania.) MooRHEAD, James E., Grower of Cacti, Cactus Farm, Moorhead, Texas. (Cacti.) Moses, Wallace E., Fruit-grower, West Palm Beach, Fla. (Orange. Pineapple.) Mudge, W. S., Fruit-grower and melon raiser, Hartland, N. Y. (Muskmelon.) Nanz &Neuner, Florists, seedsmen, and nursery- men, Louisville, Ky. (Kentucky.) Nash, Geo. V., Gardener, N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. (Genera of grasses .) Nickels; Miss Anna B., Grower of Cacti, Laredo, Texas. (Certain genera of Cacti.) Ohmer, Nicholas, Fruit-grower, Dayton, Ohio. (Ohio.) OsTERHOUT, W. J. v.. Botanical Dept., Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. ( Variegation.) Parsons, Samuel B., Nurseryman, Flushing, L. I. (Tlie articles ^^Horticulture" and ^^ Po- mology." Pendergast, W. W., Pres. Minn. Hort. Soc, Hutchinson, Minn. (Minnesota.) Pennock, C. J., Florist and Gardener, Kennet Squ3,re, Pa. (Tomato.) Pericat, Alphonse, Gardener, West Philadel- phia, Pa. (Lailiocattleya.) PiERSON, F. E., Nurseryman, Tarrytown-on- Hudson, N. Y. (Bulbs.) Ragan, W. H., Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Indiana.) Eamsay, F. T., Nurseryman, Austin, Tex. (Texas.) Eea, Frederic J., Nurseryman, Norwood, Mass. (Polemonium.) COLLABORATORS xxvu Rebmann, Jeremiah, Lincoln, Neb. {Philippine Islands.) Richardson, E. A., Landscape gardener, Boston and Albany, 40 Austin St., Newtonville, Mass. (Railroad Gardening.) Rider, Prof. A. J., Philadelphia, Pa. (Cran- ierry.) Robinson, Prof. B. L., Curator, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. [Furious articles on native plants .) Robinson, Charles Mulford, Author of "The Improvement of Towns and Cities." Roches- ter, N. Y. ( Village Improvement. ) Robinson, John, Author of " Perns in their Homes and Ours,'' Salem, Mass. [Several articles on ferns.) Rock, John, Fruit-grower and nurseryman, Niles, Calif. [Plum. Prune.) Rohnert, Waldo, Specialist in sweet peas, Sar- gent, Calif. [Sweet P-ea.) Root, A. I., Dealer in bee-keepers' supplies, Medina, Ohio. [Tomato.) Ross, J. J., Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del. [Peach.) Rothrock, J. T., Commissioner of Forestry, West Chester, Pa. [Eothrockia.) Rtals, G. M., Market -gardener. Savannah, Ga. [Tomato.) Saltford, Wm. G., Florist and specialist in violets, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. (Violet.) Sander & Co., Nurserymen of St. Albans, Eng. (A. Dimmock, New York agent). [Recent im- portations, particularly orchids and palms.) Sandiford, Robert, Specialist in pelargoniums, Mansfield, Ohio. (Pelargonium.) Schneck, Jacob, Amateur botanist, Mt. Carmel, 111. (Vitis.) Schultheis, Anton, Florist, College Point, N. Y. ( Woody plants from Australia and the Cape, as Erica.) SCOON, C. K., Fruit-grower, Geneva, N. Y. [Cherry.) Scott, Alex. B., of Robert Scott & Son, Sharon Hill, Pa. (Rose.) Shady Hill Nursery Co., Boston, Mass. (Herba- ceous perennials.) Shaw, Thos., Prof, of Animal Husbandry, Univ. of Minn., St. Anthony Park, Minn. (Medicago. Melilotus.) Shinn, J. C, Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Pear.) Sievees, John H., Specialist in pelargoniums, San Francisco, Calif. [Pelargonium.) Simpson, J. H., Botanist, Braidentown, Fla. [Vitis, Zamia and some Florida subjects.) Slaymakee, a. W., Fruit-grower, Camden, Del. [Delaware.) Small, John K., N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. [Polygonum.) Smith, Archibald, Manager Joseph Breck & Sons Corporation, Boston, Mass. (Seeds.) Stewart, W, J., Sec. Soo. American Florists, Boston, Mass. (Syringa.) Soltau, Chris, Grower of pansy seed, Jersey City, N. J. (Pansy.) Stanton, Geo., Ginseng specialist, Apulia Station, N. Y. [Ginseng.) Stockbridge, Prof. H. E., Dir. Fla. Exp. Sta., Lake City, Fla. (Tomato.) Stores & Harrison, Nurserymen, Painesville, Ohio. ( Various plants. ) Sturtevant, Edmund D., Specialist in aquatics. Station E., Los Angeles, Calif. (Victoria and other aquatics.) Suzuki & Iida, Yokohama Nursery Co., New York, N. Y. (Japanese plants.) Thompson, Mrs. J. S. R., Spartanburg, S. C. [Perfumery Gardening.) Thuelow, T. C, Nurseryman and specialist in peonies. West Newbury, Mass. (Pceonia.) Todd, Frederick G., Landscape Architect, Mon- treal, P. Q. (Hardy trees and shrubs.) Teoth, Henry, Photographer of plants and land- scapes, Philadelphia, Pa. (Photography.) Vick's Sons, James, Seedsmen, Rochester, N. Y. (Various plants.) Watson, H. D. , Farmer and fruit-grower, Kearney, Neb . ( Trees for the Plains . ) Webb, Prof. Wesley, Dover, Del. (Delaware.) Wedge, Clarence, Fruit-grower, Albert Lea, Minn. [Minnesota.) Whilldin Pottery Co., Philadelphia, Pa. (Pots.) White, J. J., Cranberry- grower. New Lisbon. N. J. (Cranberry.) WiLLARD, 8. D., Nurseryman, Geneva, N. Y. (Important fruits, as Cherry.) Wittbold Co., The Geo., Florists, Chicago, 111. [Palms and ferns. Nephrolepis Wittholdi.) Young, B. M., Specialist in nut culture, Morgan City, La. (Pecan.) ABBREVIATIONS cult, . diam. JS. . . ft. . in. . ■ N. . . S. trop. W. I. OF GENERAL EXPRESSIONS . . cultivated, etc. .... . . diameter . east. ... . feet. inches . north. . south, tropics, tropical. . . . west. II. OF BOTANICAL TERMS fl. fls. fld- fr. V- Ift. Ivs. St. . flower. . flowers. . flowered. . fruit. . height. . leaf. . leaflet. . leaves. . stem. . stems. . synonym, variety. III. OF BOOKS AND PERIODICALS To aid the student in the verification of the work, and to introduce him to the literature of the various subjects, citations are made to the por- traits of plants in the leading periodicals to which the American is most likely to have access. These references to pictures have been verified as far as possible, both in the MS. and in the proof. A uniform method of citation is much to be de- sired, but is extremely difficult, because periodi- cals rarely agree in methods. "With great reluc- tance it was decided to omit the year in most eases, because of the pressure for space, but the student who lacks access to the original volumes may generally ascertain the year by consulting the bibliographical notes below. An arbitrary and brief method of citation has been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indi- cate whether the cited picture is colored or not. This accounts for the two ways of citing certain publications containing both kinds of pictures, as The Garden, Eevue Horticole, and Gartenflora. The figures given below explain the method of citation, and incidentally give some hints as to the number of volumes to date, and of the number of pages or plates in one of the latest volumes. A few works of the greatest importance are mentioned elsewhere by way of acknowledgment (p. xv). The standard works on the bibliography of botany are Pritzel's Thesaurus and Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany ; also, Jackson's Catalogue of the Library of the Eoyal Botanic Gardens, Kew. A.F. A.G. B.B. B.P. B.H. B.M. B.R. Em. P.C. The American Florist. Chicago. A trade paper founded August 15, 1885. The vol- umes end with July. Many pictures re- peated in " Gng. " ( 14 : 1524=vol. and page. ) . American Gardening. New York. Represents 14 extinct horticultural periodicals, includ- ing The American Garden (1888-1890). Founded 1879(?) (20:896=vol. and page.) , The Botanist. Edited by Maund. No years on title pages. Founded 1839. 8 vols., 50 colored plates in each vol. (8:400= vol. and col. plate.) Cumulative index. . Britton & Brown. An illustrated Flora of the Northern U. S., etc. New York. 1896-1898. (3:o88=vol. and page.) , See F. . La Belgique Horticole. Ghent. 35 vols. (1851-1885.) . Curtis' Botanical Magazine. London, Founded 1787. The oldest current peri- odical devoted to garden plants. The vol. for 1899 is vol. 125 of the whole work. Index to first 107 volumes by E. Tonks. London. (7690=col. plate.) . Botanical Register (1815-1847). Vols. 1-14 edited by Edwards: vols. 15-33 by Lind- ley. In vols. 1-23 the plates are num- bered from 1-2014. In vols. 24-33 they are numbered independently in each vol. There are 688 plates in vols. 24-33. "An Appendix to the First Twenty-three Vol- umes" (bound separately or with the 25th vol.) contains an index to the first 23 vols. An index to vols. 24r-31 may be found in vol. 31. (33:70=vol. and col. plate.) . Dana. How to Know the Wild Flowers. New York. 1893. (298=page.) . Emerson, G. B. Trees and Shrubs of Mas- sachusetts. Boston. 2 vols. 149 plates. . The Florist. London. 1840-1884. (1884: 192=year and page pp. col. plate. ) Editors and title pages changed many times. Known as the Florist, Florist's Journal and Florist and Pomologist. Sometimes improperly called British Florist. . Floral Cabinet. Knowles & Westcott. Lon- don. 1837-1840. (3:137 vol. and col. plate). (xxix) XXX ABBREVIATIONS F.E. . . . The Florists' Exchange. New York. A trade paper, whose pictures sometimes are repeated in "A.G." Founded Deo. 8, 1888. (ll:1298=vol. and page.) P.J. . . .See F. F.M. . . . Floral Magazine. London. Series I. 1861- 1871, 8vo. Series II. 1872-1881, 4to. (1881:450^year and col. plate.) F.P. ... See P. F.R. . . . Florists' Review. Chicago. A trade paper. Vol. 1, Dec. 2, 1897, to May 26, 1898. Two vols, a year. (4:660=vol. and page.) F. S. . . .Flore des Serres. Ghent. (1845-1880.) Inconsistent in numbering, but the plate numbers are always found on the plate itselJE or on, the page opposite. Valuable but perplexing Indexes in vols. 15 and 19. (23:2481=vol. and col. plate.) G. C. . . . The Gardeners' Chronicle. London. Se- ries I. (1841-1873) is cited by year and page. Series II. or "New Series" (1874- 1886), is cited thus: II. 26:824=series, volume and page. Series III. is cited thus: III. 26:416. Two vols, a year, be- ginning 1874. A select index is scattered through 1879 and 1880. Consult II. 12:viii (1879), and similar places in sub- sequent vols. G. V. . . . Garden and Forest. New York. 1888-1897. (10: 518= vol. and page.) G.M. . . . Gardeners' Magazine. London. Ed. by Shirley Hibberd. Founded 1860. Vols. 31-42 are cited. (42:872=vol. and page.) Gn. . . - The Garden. London. Founded 1871. Two vols, a year. (56:1254=vol. and col. plate. 56, p. 458=vol. and page contain- ing black figure.) An Index of the first 20 vols, was separately published. Com- plete Index of Colored Plates to end of 1897 in vol. 54, p. 334. Gng. . . . Gardening. Chicago. Founded Sept. 15, 1892. Vols, end Sept. 1. (7:384=vol. and page.) Gt Gartenflora. Berlin. Founded 1852. (Gt. 48: 1470= vol. and col. plate. Gt. 48, p. 670=vol. and page containing black figure.) G.W.F. . . Goodale's Wild Flowers of America. Bos- ton, 1886. (50=col. plate.) HBK. . . Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Nova Genera et Species, etc. Paris. 1815-25. 7 vols. Polio. K.W. ... See F. C. L In vol. 1 of this work, sometimes means Lindenia, sometimes Lowe's Beautiful Leaved Plants. See "Lind." and "Lowe." L.B.C. . . The Botanical Cabinet. Loddiges. 1817- 33. 100 plates in each vol. Complete index in last vol. (20:2000=vol. and col. plate. ) Lind. . . . Lindenia, Ghent. Founded 1885. Folio. Devoted to orchids. Lowe . . . Beautiful Leaved Plants. E. J. Lowe and Howard. London. 1864. (60=oo'. plate.) M A. B. Freeman-Mitford. The Bamboo Gar- den. London. 1896. (224=page.) M.D.G. . . MoUer's Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung. Erfurt. Founded 1886. ( 1897 ;425=year and page. > Mn. . . . Meehan's Monthly. Germantown, Phila- delphia. Pounded 1891. (9:192 = vol. and page opposite coL plate. ) N. . . .Nicholson. Dictionary of Gardening. Vols. 1-4 (1884-1887). Vol. 5 in preparation. P.F.Q. . . Lindley & Paxton. Flower Garden. Lon- don. 1851-53. 3 vols. 4to. P.G. . . . Popular Gardening. Buffalo. 1885-90. (5: 270= vol. and page.) P.M. . . . Paxton's Magazine of Bptany. London. 1834-49. I (16: 376 = vol. and page oppo- site col. plate.) Vol. 15 has index of first 15 vols. E Reiohenbachia. Ed. by Fred. Sander. Lon- don. Founded 1886. Folio. R.B. . . . Revue de 1' Horticulture Beige et Etrangfere Ghent. Founded 1875? (23: 288= vol. and page opposite col. plate. ) In the first vol. of the Cyclopedia "R.B."so7netimes means Belgique Horticole, but the confusion is corrected in later vols., where Belgique Horticole is abbreviated to "B.H." R.H. . . . Revue Horticole. Dates from 1826, but is now considered to have been founded in 1829. (1899:596=year and page <>pposite col. plate. 1899, p. 596=year arid page opposite black figure. ) S Schneider. The Book of Choice Ferns. Loudon. In 3 vols. Vol.1, 1892. Vol.2, 1893. S.B.F.G. . Sweet British Flower Garden. London. Series I., 1823-29, 3 vols. Series II., LH. J.H. 1831-38, 4 vols. L'llIustrationHorticole. Ghent. (1854-1896.) „ o cj • o- ^- i r^t. 4. -u, .j j ioot (43:72=vol. and col. plate.) The volumes ^.H. . . . Semaine Horticole Ghent. Founded 1897. were numbered continuously, but there (3:548=year and page.) were 6 series. Series I.=1854-63. Se- S.M. . . . Semaine Horticole. Erroneously cited in ries II.=1864-69. Series III.=1870-80. this fashion a few times in first vol. qf'^\J^;rvT*^"^®s<.Alf'^VTk=.^wI: S.S. . . .Sargent. The Silva of North America. 93. Series VI. =1894-96. -The plates 13 vols. Vol. 1, 1891. Vol. 12, 1898. were numbered continuously in the first n9-fi2n— vol arid nl ate not colored ) 16 vols, from 1 to 614: iu vols. 17-33 (12. 620- vol. and plate, not colored.) they run from 1 to 619 : in series V. from S.Z. . . . Siebold & Zuccarini. Flora Japonica. Vol. 1 to 190: in Series VI. they begin anew 1, 1835-44. Vol. 2 by Miquel, 1870. with each vol. Valuable indexes in vols. (2:150=vol. and plate.) 10 and 20. Series V. in 4to, the rest 8vo. v. or V. M. Vick's Magazine. Rochester, N. Y. Founded Journal of Horticulture. London. Pounded 1878. Vols, numbered continuously in 1848 as The Cottage Gardener. Series through the 3 series. Vols, begin with III. only is cited, beginning 1880. (III. Nov. (23:250=vol. and page.) Some- 39:504=series, vol., page.) times cited as "Viok," #% Additional abbreviations and explanations will he found in the introductory pages of Vol. /. Cyclopedia of American Horticulture EADISH {Sttphniins sativiis). Plate XXXI. The Radish is one of the most papular of garden vegetables. It is of quick growth, and the product is secured at the time of the year when fresh vegetables are in demand. In order that Radishes may be of tne best quality, they should have made a rapid growth. The soil should be rich, light and loose, — one that drains readily and does not bake with heavy rains. Radishes fit for the table may be had in three to six weeks from the sowing, de- pending on the variety and the "quickness " of the soil. They are often grown as a catch-crop with other vege- tables. They may be sown in the rows with early beets, peas or other crops, and they are usually maturfe enough for use before they seriously interfere with the main crop. Sometimes seeds of Radishes are sown in the rows of slow-germinating things, like carrots and par- snips, in order that the seedlings may mark the row and thereby facilitate tillage. Many of the Radishes may be allowed to remain long enough to produce an edible tuber. Aside from the root-maggot, the Radish is rela- tively free from insects and diseases. When the root- maggot appears in any place, it is usually best to discon- tinue the growing of Radishes in that area for two or three years, until the insects have been starved out. The maggots may be killed by an injection of bisulfide of carbon into the earth about the plants; but this is usually more expense than the product is worth. Early Radishes may be grown in hotbeds or coldframes with the greatest ease, and in these places they are usually less subject to the attacks of the cabbage maggot, since the crop is matured in advance of the maggot season. Radishes are readily forced in the winter months. It is necessary that the house be light. The soil should be a sandy loam, free from silt and clay. It is best to grow Radishes in solid beds rather than on benches. They thrive best in a low temperature. The temperature during the day should not exceed 65° to 75° in the shade, and at night it may drop to 45° to 50°. If the tempera- ture is too high, and particularly if the plants are given bottom heat, the plants tend to run to top rather than toroot. TLieseed isusually sown iurowsfrom5-8inches apart, and they are thinned in the row until they stand 2 or 3 inches apart. In order that the crop shall be uni- form and mature simultaneously, it is advisable either to sift the seed or to transplant the young Radishes. Galloway has found by experiment that Radish seeds mens. In a certain experiment, he secured from two pounds of commercial seed 19}^ ounces of large seed, 10% ounces small seed, the remainder being bits of gravel, sticks and other impurities. The chief value of this sorting lies in the greater uniformity of the crop. "■^==^^Sii#, 2060. Long Scarlet Radish ( X /^) . two-twenty-fifths of an inch in diameter are too small to.glve a satisfactory and uniform crop. He therefore advises that seeds be run through sieves with a mesh of that diameter in order to separate the small speci- 2061. A dainty bunch of Radishes {X ^). Almost every plant can then be relied upon to reach maturity. It is the practice in some houses to trans- plant the young Radishes. The seed may be sown in fiats or in beds at one end of the house, and when the Radishes have made two or three leaves, they are trans- planted into permanent quarters. In this operation, all the small and weak plants are discarded and the crop is therefore more uniform. It is supposed by some grow- ers, also, that the breaking of the tap-root in the process of transplanting tends to make the tuber shorter and thicker and to induce an earlier maturity. By means of transplanting, the use of the house may be economized. Whilst one crop is growing, another may be started in a seed-bed or in flats. As soon as the first crop is re- moved, the ground may be thoroughly raked, fertilized, and the new plants put in. In some cases the new crop is transplanted between the rows of the old crop a few days before the latter is removed; but, unless the soil is rich and in good condition, it is better to wait until the crop is removed in order that the land may be thoroughly fitted for the new plants. Rad- ishes are often forced in connection with let- tuce, and they thrive well in the same tem- perature. The varieties most used for forc- ing, as also for the early spring crop in the garden, are the globular or half -long kinds. With these varieties, a depth of soil of 4 inches is sufficient for good results. The Radish is variable in size, shape, color and consistency of root and in season of ma- turity. Varieties may be classified as spring, summer and winter Radishes; or as globu- lar, half -long and long Radishes; or as red, white, gray and black Radishes. Figs. 2060- 2062 show some of the forms. The origin and nativity of the Radish are questions of dispute. For geographical rea- sons, it is supposed that the Radish is wild in temper- ate Asia, probably in the oriental part, although truly indigenous Radishes are not yet known. Not infre- quently the Radish runs wild about gardens, and in 94 (1487) 1488 RADISH RADISH 2062. French Breakfast and Olive-shaped Radishes, two of the early or spring: Rad- ish class (X %). that case the root soon deteriorates into a small, slen- der, woody and more or less fibrous member. It has been thought by some that the Radish is only a modi- fled form of the wild charlock, or Bajiihanus Saphanistrum. In fact, experiments were made ... . „ on the charlock by Carri^re, fB 5 W who was able in a few years to llll iB produce edible Radishes from "/ W the wild plant. While these *y ff inTestigations seem to be con- ^]^& elusive that the Radish can be Z^.^^ft produced from the charlock, they nevertheless do not prove that such was the actual origin of the garden Radish. DeCan- doUe, whilst accepting Car- ridre's experiments, was unable to understand how the Rad- ishes of India, China and Japan could have originated from the charlock, since that plant is un- known in those countries and the Radish has been grown there for centuries. It is pos- sible that the Radish was car- ried eastward from western Asia and Europe, but such has not been the general course of the migration of plants. It is possible that the Radishes of the Orient are a different species from those in Europe, although they are generally regarded as the same spe- cies. See Haphanus. The experiments of E. A. Carrifere with the wild Rad- ish {Journ. d'Agric. Prat., 1869, also separately printed) form a classical example of the possibilities of plant- breeding. In five years by means of cultivation and selection alone he was able to produce from a trouble- some weed practically all the important type-forms of Radish in cultivation. Carrifere began by gathering seeds of the wild Haphanus Saphanistrum (Pig. 2063), which he collected as far as possible away from all cultivated plants of the same family. Duplicate sowings were made in light, dry soil at Paris and in strong clay soil in the country. The roots at Paris were mostly white or rose and the long form dominated; in the country all the colors and all possible forms were obtained. The roots of the wild plant were very slender, dry, fibrous, always the same shape, always white, hard, woody and inedible. The roots of the same species after four gen- erations of seed were large, various in form and color, fleshy, the flesh white, yellowish, rosy or violet, succu- lent, and good to eat. Figs. 2064, 2065. Carrifere gives three pictures of the wild type with which he began, and eight pictures of various types produced after five years of intelligent cultivation and selection. The original root was about 7 inches long, but it was half an inch thick for a distance of barely an inch and a half. Taking extreme cases, the length of root was increased from lK-10 inches, the thickness from %-5 inches, the weight from 22 to 651 grams. In terms of percentage the length was increased 666 per ^ent, the thickness 1,000 per cent, the weight .338 per cent. Among the forms pictured by Carrifere were the ■common long, the carrot shape, the turnip shape, the beet shape and others,— in all 8 types, the length and •diameter of which are given in every instance. All ihese roots had the characteristic flavor of the Radish -well developed. There were others which in flavor ap- iproached turnips and other root crops of the mustard family. The Rat-tail RadLsh, Fig. 2066, is grown for its much- ■developed soft pods, which may be used as Radishes .are and in the making of pickles. It is rarely grown in American gardens, although it is well worth raising as .« curiosity. It is annual, and its cultivation presents no ■difacultles. L. H. B. Garden Notes on Radish.— A very small area will furnish an abundance of Radishes for a family. Rad- ishes are of easy culture, and as they are at their best when not more than an hour out of the ground they make one of the most desirable vegetables for the home garden. In order to secure high quality it is essential to use well-bred seed, secure a quick growth, and use the product when in prime condition. Spring Sadishes.— The earlier quick - growing sorts will reach a usable size in 20-40 days from planting, and become pithy and worthless within 10-12 days later. Therefore repeated sowings are necessary to insure a continuous supply. The plant is very hardy, and the first sowing should be made as soon as the ground can be worked. The richer and more friable the soil can be made the better, and there is little danger of over-ma- nuring provided that the manure is fine ; and the older and better decomposed it is the more satisfactory will be the results. Having mixed the fertilizer with the soil and made it as fine and smooth as possible, form drills about I in. deep and 10-18 in. apart, and drop 15-30 seeds to the foot, covering with about % in. of soil well firmed down with the hand or hoe. From 2 to 4 feet of drill will furnish an abundant supply for one person during the time those from a single sowing are usable, and sowings should be repeated once in 10 or 12 days. Early Radishes are often ruined by "maggots." We know of no certain preventive other than covering the soil just after planting with a heavy dressing of un- leached wood ashes. A still thicker dressing of tobacco dust will often enable one to get good roots when other- wise the crop would be a failure. Market-gardeners 2063. Root of the wild Radish, with which Carriere began his experiments (X %). often scatter a few seeds of early Radish in their rows of onions and beets. The Radishes start quickly and enable the gardener to see and cultivate the rows sooner ; and the Radish crop is matured and pulled before the space is all needed for the more permanent crops. Petite Cote, Ontario, is a little hamlet of French set- RADISH BAILROAD GARDENING 1489 tiers on the Detroit river, in which nearly every cottage has a Radish garden, ranging from a few rods to an acre. On the product of these gardens the owners depend for a large share of their income. The soil is rich, black, sandy and alluvial with permanent water at a depth of 6 ft. or less, though the surface is by no means wet or marshy. The gardens are heavily manured, not only in the spring but before each crop is started. They make at least two, and sometimes as many as five crops during the season. The beds are manured, spaded and replanted within a day or two after the roots have been pulled. Weeds are never seen in a Petite Cote Radish gar- den. The only tools used are a spading fork, a steel rake, a marker (made by fixing a row of pegs }i-% in. in diameter and %- 1% in. long, 1 in. apart in the rounded edge of a narrow board), and a standing boaid 8-12 in. wide and as long as the beds are wide. Having made the soil as fine and smooth as possible, they lay the board across the bed and, standing on it, they make a row of holes by pressing the marker into the soil along its inner edge. They tlu-n drop one or two seeds into each hole, co\- ering them with soil with the edge of the standing board as they turn it over and re- peat the process. Only a small part of the garden is planted at once, but sow- ^ ings are made once or twice a week throughout the season, so that there is a constant succession of roots in prime / condition. The variety used is the Long Scarlet. There is a large list of varieties of these spring or forcing Radishes, all of them tracing back to the Scarlet Turnip, Scarlet Half-Long or Long Scarlet type. Summer Radishes. — These are a little slower in growth than the preceding but re- main longer in condition. The Long Scar- let type appears in both summer and win- ter Radishes', but the Chartier, Celestial, Stuttgart, etc., are used only for summei- or late fall supply. The culture of the sum- mer sorts is the same as that of the spring sorts, except that they should be given more room. Winter Radishes. — These are of sti slower growth and firmer flesh and can be held in good condition almost as read- ily as turnips. The seed may be sown from the last of July till the middle of September, and at the approach of severe freezing weather the roots should he gathered, packed in sandy soil and either buried out of doors or stored in a cool, damp cellar, where they will remain in good condition all winter. Seed-Growing.— \a growing seed the summer sorts are treated as annuals. The seeds are sown in early spring, and as soon as the plants reach usable size they are taken up, topped, care- fully sorted and the best ones reset, . whereupon they will speedily take root and throw up seed-stalks. Sometimes seed is grown without transplanting the roots, but as there can be no selec- tion nor even rogueing, the seed so grown is necessarily unreliable. The seed requires a long time to mature, and is not thoroughly ripe until long after the pods have turned brown, and growers are in the habit of cutting and partially dry- ing the stalks and allowing them to stand in the stack or mow for some time before threshing. The later sorts are treated as biennials, the roots being stored during the winter. Most of the Radish seed used in this country is imported, though there is no reason, unless it be the question of cheap labor, to prevent its being grown to advantage here. W. W. Tkacy. BAFFIA is the Malagasy name of a palm which fur- nishes a staple article of commerce called raf&a fiber. It is indigenous to Madagascar, where it grows without cultivation or attention of any kind. Oue palm leaf, or frond, produces 80-100 long green divisions 2-5 ft. in length, like the leaves of the sugar cane, but of a dark lustrous green color and thicker and stiffer. The under part of this green leaf is of a pale greenish yellow color, and from that side the inner skin is peeled off in the same manner as the skin on the outside of a pea pod, ex- cept that it peels off straight to the tip without breaking. It is then of the pal- est green, and after being dried in the sun assumes a, light straw color. This is the raffia fiber of commerce. Raffia fiber is extensively used by the natives for making cloths called silk lambas and rebannas, which bring fancy prices in Europe and America, where it is used in the manufacture of various kinds of hats, etc. A large trade is also done in raffia fiber in Europe for use in the manufacture of fancy baskets, but in America, while raffia fiber has been used to a limited extent in the manufacture of hats, its principal use is for tying vines, flowers, asparagus and celery bunches and for grafting. It is soft as silk and not affected by moisture or change in temperature so as to risk cut- ting or wounding the most delicate tissues, and it does not break or ravel when folded or knotted. These qualities bring it into general use in Europe, especially in the vineyards of France, where it is extensively used, and conse- quently maintain its price. It is virtu- ally inexhaustible in Madagascar, the supply being limited only by the scar- city of labor. For export, the fiber is collected in large skeins, twisted or plaited, and then packed in compressed bales of about 100 kilograms (220 lbs.) each. About 20,000 bales are exported annually. Chas. W. Jacob & Allison. BAGGED LAD7. cena. BAGGED BOBIN. cueuli. Nigella Damas- Jjychnis Flos- BAGGOUBD. lAtffa. BAILBOAD GA3DEXING. Plate XXXII. This expression usually refers to the formal use of flower beds about railroad stations . Such work is ornamen- tal gardening, not landscape gardening, the latter being the art of arranging plants so as to make nature-like pictures. Most of the so-called landscape garden- ing that is done at railroad stations is really ornamental gardening. Carpet beds are relatively costly as compared with hardy shrubbery. They last but a few months and then leave bareness, while the best hardy trees and shrubs skilfully arranged are interesting all the year round. This making of nature- like pictures with relatively simple, inexpensive and permanent materials is a much higher art than that involved in creating and maintaining formal flower beds. However, both things have their places. Many a tired traveler is cheered by the bright colors of a neatly kept railroad station. Such displays are suitable at the stations if anywhere along the line. They are always preferable to dirt, ugliness and a general air pi in- difference. 2064. Ameliorated Rad- ish at the end of four eenerations. After Carriere. 1490 RAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING It may be well to begin an account of railroad garden- ing with an historical sketch. The Movement in England.— Y\a,Ti.trag has been done on the station-grounds of some English railways for many years, but it is almost exclusively limited to 2065. Ameliorated Radishes, fourth ereneration (X ^). After Carritee. (See Badish, page 1488.) purely ornamental gardening. The corporations do little beyond offering prizes to station-masters and their as- sistants. This system has been in operation for about twenty-five years on the Great Eastern, since 1885 on the Midland, and for a shorter time on the Great West- ern railway. The prizes range from 5s. to £5, and in 1900 aggregated £300 on the Midland railway. The little planting that is done by the railway; companies themselves is confined to afewVrees of low growth near stations, to a background of shrtibs for somfe of the so- called "platform gardens," and to sowing' broom and gorse on certain slopes of the perhaanentyway between stations. The " allotment gardens " tnlaijiittract attention on English roads are small tracts near stations that are rented to employees of the roads, who use them as vege- table, fruit, and, to some extent, as flower gardens. The Railway Banks Floral Association is a new and interesting factor in the improvement of English rail- way rights of way. Lord Grey was the originator of the novel and excellent scheme. The society is an organi- zation for interesting owners of adjacent property, and for collecting money and materials for sowing and planting railway "banks" (downward slopes) and "cut- tings" (upward slopes) of the permanent way, to the end of making them more attractive. The results have been eminently satisfactory. Denmark's Progress.— In Denmark the railways be- long almost without exception to the government, and improvements are begun when the roads are constructed. These consist of &ve classes of work: (1) planting of station-grounds; (2) hedges as a substitute for fences; (3) snow shelters; (4) vegetation on embankments as a protection against erosion; (5) allotment gardens near block signal stations. Planting on station-grounds is purely for esthetic purposes; the other features, while possessing some attractions, are maintained chiefly for their economic advantages. The materials for planting are obtained from nurseries ("planteskoler" ) owned by the roads and consist for the most part of shrubs, largely coniferous. These nurseries, as well as the entire planting, are under the supervision of a " plantoer," i.e., a chief botanical instructor. The allotment gar- dens, like their English namesakes, are tracts near the block signal stations where railway employees conduct vegetable and fruit gardens foi: their own use, and sometimes care for a few flowering plants. Conditions in Siocdew. — Ornamental planting has been universal on government railways, as well as on the majority of private railways in Sweden since 1862. According to the Royal Administration of the Swedish State Railways, the following distinctions are made: (1) decorative and fire protective plantings on station- grounds; (2) mixed plantings (decorative and economic) on "habitation grounds"; (3) plantings along the railway lines as hedges or for protection against snow. Station planting consists of trees selected to suit the climate of various parts of the country, of shrubs, and of peren- nials and annuals (flowering as well as bedding plants). At the largest stations (only about 75) annuals are exclusively used for "modern or elegant combinations." The planting at habitation grounds consists of fruit trees, small fruits, a few ornamental shrubs, some flowering plants, and a small kitchen-garden. The state railways yearly plant out about 40,000 hard-wooded plants (trees and shrubs), and 400,000 soft- wooded plants (perennials and annuals), which are nearly all grown at five greenhouses, hotbeds and nurseries situated in different parts of the country. About 20,000 fruit trees and 500,000 gooseberries and currants are at present planted out on the habitation grounds. On private raiK ways the same scheme is followed on a smaller scale. (See G.F. 2:36 for further facts regarding railway planting in Sweden.) In various other countries there are scattered in- stances of ornamental, economic and protective plant- ing on railways, including the cultivation of fruits along the rights of way of certain railways- of Germany and of Prance. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company has planted a considerable part of its right of way to tamarack and '^other suitable trees to supply the tie ma- aterial of the future. The director of the association called Het National Belang, at Utrecht, says that the association has contracts with the State Railway Com- pany and the Holland Railway to plant the dykes of their roads. Different kinds of willows, low apple and pear trees ( half - stam appel en peeren- bloomen) and wild prune trees are used, the fruit of the last be- ing "used for jams." The common quince is used to a limited extent in Uruguay for binding earth on em- bankments, and the Paradise tree for shading station plat- forms. "The Ombu is the national tree of Uruguay,— useless as fuel or as timber, use- less as food, but as welcome as Jonah's gourd at midday at certain seasons." The Royal Railway De- partment of Siam reports through M. Kloke, acting Director General of Rail- ways, that efforts have for- merly been made to estab- lish protective Tamarind hedges along embankments in the Korat section, which were destroyed by cattle ; Eucalyptus trees grown from seed received from Australia have developed quickly into "stately trees"; and good success has also resulted from the introduction of a tree from Manila which is said to "strongly resemble the cherry 2066. Rat-tailed Radish (X %). Grown for its enormous pods. (See Radish, page 1488.) PAILKOAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING 1491 tree, and is well suited for making shady alleys"; and that India rubber trees are used at smaller stations. Remarkable work has been done in Algiers. The di- rector of the P. L. M. Railroad Company writes that about 525,000 trees have been planted between 1869 and 1875, of which 495,000 were forest trees and 30,000 fruit trees. The preyailing forest trees are eucalypts and lo- custs ; others are mulberry, plane, pine, cypress, wil- low, poplar, oak, sycamore, mimosa. About one-fifth of the forest trees were planted about stations and watch- towers for ornament, and the remaining four-flfths were evinced an interest in the care of the grounds that at- tracted the favorable attention of the assistant engi- neer, who sent him men and material for grading and sodding. This so encouraged the baggage-master that he solicited the townspeople for money to buy seeds and plants, and with such success that he maintained for three years a flower garden that favorably impressed the higher offlcials of the road, and led to the establish- ment of similar gardens at other points, and eventually 2067. Plans of Railroad Qardenine. On the left, Auburndale Station, Boston & Albany R. R. The plan provides for a porte cochere, driveways, steps to an overhead bridge and to an underground passage. On the right, Chestnut Hill Station, Mass. Both reproduced from "Garden and Forest." used in protective plantings. The fruit trees include mandarin, orange, lemon, medlars from Japan, pome- granate, apricot and almond. This information comes through Daniel S. Kidder, U. S. Consul at Algiers. In Mexico some companies, notably the Mexican Cen- tral, maintain flower gardens and parks at larger stations. Mailroad Gardening in the United States. — The flrst traceable indications of the approach of the move- ment in this country date back to about 1870. It was not until several years later that infrequent allusions to the work crept into print. From the year 1880, how- ever, the movement gained in favor so rapidly that the late W. A. Stiles said of it in Garden and Forest, Mar. 13, 1889: "Railroad gardening has come to be con- sidered a necessary part of construction and mainte- nance among prosperous and progressive companies seeking to develop local passenger business." Leading Spirits.— As nearly as can be determined with certainty, the first railroad garden made in this country occupied the triangular plot of ground formed by the main line and the " Y " of the Baltimore & Ohio railway, at Relay Station, where the through line from Washington joins the main line from Baltimore to the west. Frank Bramhall, of the passenger department of the Michigan Central R. R., says of this plot: "I first saw it just before the Civil War." "Harper's Magazine " for April, 1857, gives a wood-cut of this station and its surroundings, but makes no mention of the planting. The flrst example of gardening known to have been made by official order, as far as can be learned, was to be seen in 1869, on the line of the Central railroad of New Jersey, on the stretch between Elizabeth and Bound Brook. The credit for this was directly due to the late president of the railroad, J. T. Johnston. That gentleman was therefore one of the pioneers, if not actually the first American railway official to recognize the advantages, and to encourage the development of such improvement of station-grounds. Another early example, also on the Baltimore & Ohio roaS, is a little flower garden which has been main- tained for flfteen years or more at Buckhorn Point, on a narrow strip of ground between the tracks and the edge of a precipitous height overlooking the valley of the Cheat river. In 1880, the Boston & Albany Company built a new station at Newtonville, Mass., and a baggage - master (name unknown) who took charge at that point in 1881 to the adoption of a system of planting which has, under intelligent, artistic supervision, been radically changed in style till it now stands as the nearest approach to a comprehensive and consistent example of railroad gardening known in this or in any other country. ' Among the flrst railway companies to improve their station-grounds by planting were the Central of New Jersey (1869), the Baltimore & Ohio (date uncertain), the Boston & Albany (1880), the New York Central & Hudson River (1880), the Erie (1881), the Southern Pacific (1885), the Pennsylvania (1886), and the Austin & Northwestern of Texas (1887). Summary of Present Condition.— At the present time one or two of the pioneer roads in this work have aban- doned it, while others have greatly increased its extent and improved its style, and many new ones have taken it up. Prominent among the latter are the Michigan Cen- tral, the Chicago & Northwestern, the Illinois Central, the Delaware & Hudson, the Philadelphia & Reading, the Lake Shore & Michigan Southern, the Chicago, Burling- ton & Quincy, the Atchison, Topeka & Santa P^ with its San Francisco &San Joaquin Valley line, the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis, the Boston & Maine, the Long Island, the Union Pacific, and the Northern Pacific railroads, all of which have planted more or less tender material, with the use of an increasing proportion of per- manent planting. A number of others have reserved plots for future improvement, and some have turfed such spaces. Several prominent companies do no di- rect planting, but seek to secure the embellishment of station-grounds by offering annual prizes to certain employees. This plan has proved fairly satisfactory and should become far more so under a uniform, well- defined system of impravement and with competent supervision. The planting so far done consists largely of strictly ornamental gardening, that is, of formal grouping, car- pet-bedding, and of similar planting composed of tender material, but it is encouraging to note evidences of growing dissatisfaction with this ephemeral style of horticultural improvement. The most brilliant and pro- gressive railroad men are quick to recognize its limi- tations and defects, once their attention is directed to the matter, and, seeing its radically inefifeotual results, to look for something better. Examples of increasing knowledge in this direction are seen in the a«tion of 1492 RAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING various companies that are even now turning from the inartistic and fleeting summer show of perishable ma- terial. For instance, the New York Central «Si Hudson River Railway Company reports : "Heretofore the planting has consisted largely of bedding plants. Since the towns and villages have now reached a stage where their commercial importance can be determined with some degree of accuracy, and permanent facilities pro- vided in the way of side-tracks, freight and passenger stations, we have adopted a liberal policy towards the permanent improvement of station-grounds with orna- mental trees, shrubs and vines instead of annuals." So with the Michigan Central road ; the extensive summer bedding that has been made a feature at cer- tain stations is being limited to those points, while per- manent planting is used for any additional grounds that are improved. Similarly the Boston & Maine, the Philadelphia & Reading, the Pennsylvania, the Lake Shore & Michigan Southern and several others are con- stantly increasing the amount of hardy material used, while an official of the Chicago & Northwestern says: "The tendency on our line is to replace flower beds with hardy flowering shrubs and plants to the greatest ex- tent possible, partly because the greater part of our planting is seen by passengers while traveling at a high rate of speed, and shrubbery and hardy plants attract more attention than small, low flower beds; and partly because the use of shrubs entails very much less labor in their care during winter, and also obviates the neces- sity of planting out and taking up the plants each sea- son." Thus, by one train of reasoning or another, progres- sive railroad men are gradually sifting out the chaff and retaining the good grain of correct methods and artistic results in their gardening. But it would seem that, as a class, they are not reaching the pith of the subject as directly as is their custom in the more prac- tical features of railroad business. Prom Mr. Stiles' editorial (previously mentioned) we find that in 1889 the highest authority in the art of plant- ing held the opinion that : " Up to the present time, with few exceptions, railroad gardening has failed to accom- plish what the public has a right to expect of it from an artistic point of view. Instead of using their opportuni- ties for increasing the taste and knowledge of the com- munities they serve, railroad managers have generally been satisfied to reproduce all that was glaringly bad in the prevailing horticultural fashion of the time. Per- haps this is inevitable, and it will continue so as long as they feel that they need not call for the advice of an expert of a higher class than the ordinary jobbing gar- dener. It is the old story— a man employs an architect to build his house, but thinks he needs no advice in lay- ing out the park that surrounds it. "The principles that underlie good railroad gardening are simple. They relate,— so far as such gardening has been attempted,— to the immediate surroundings of country stations and to the shaping and turfing of the slopes rising and falling from the permanent way. "The essential features are: convenient and abun- dant approaches, and some treatment of the ground not needed for approaches. This treatment should be at once economical and permanent, and of a character simple enough to be successfully maintained by the sta- tion-master and his assistants, under the inspection and with the occasional advice of a higher official charged with the management of the horticultural affairs of the corporation. "The selection of a system of general treatment is the only difiicult thing, and it is here that railroad managers have usually failed. Most railroad gardens,— and this is as true of Europe as of America,— consist of a badly laid out and constructed approach, bordered with turf in which are cut as many large and often grotesquely- shaped beds as can be crowded in and filled during four months of the year with the most showy and ill-assorted plants, and quite bare of all covering during the remain- ing eight months; of a few shrubs, mutilated almost past recognition by bad pruning, and by a clump of pampas grass to complete the decoration; also often the name of the station in stones (mere ' toys '). As Bacon wrote three centuries ago, ' You may see as good sights many times in tarts.' Such grounds are not artistic, therefore bad from the point of view of the public. They are enormously expensive and difficult to main> tain, therefore bad from the point of view of the rail- road. "If railroad gardening is ever to become a potent and permanent means of public education, it must be orga- nized upon a more economical basis, and with more re- gard to the laws of good taste and good business. This subject has already occupied the attention of st few thoughtful men, and we are confident that some progress has at last been made." Mr. Stiles goes on to commend the plans of the then new station - grounds of the Boston & Albany railway for "convenience, neatness and simplicity. No beds, no brilliant flowers, no startling effects. They rely for at- tractiveness on convenient, well-kept roads, neat turf, a few good trees, and masses of well-selected and well- planted shrubs, among which herbaceous and bulbous plants are allowed to grow. The plan is simple, and when thoroughly carried out in the beginning it is easy to maintain." This editorial seems succinctly to express the crystallized ideas of the lamented editor of Garden & Forest on the subject of railroad gardening. In 1882 and 1884 several new and exceptionally artistic stations had been built for the Boston & Albany Railway Company after designs by the late eminent architect, H. HI Richardson, and the latter date marks the adop- tion of a consistent scheme of permanent planting, aim- ing at nature-like effects instead of the purely orna- mental, i. e., formal gardening, previously used. This happy result was due to the influence of Prof. Charles S. Sargent, oi the Arnold Arboretum, a director of the road, and to Mr. Wm. Bliss, its president. Designs for the improvement of the grounds around these stations were made by P. L. Olmsted, the veteran landscape architect, and since 1884 the development of these plans, as well as all of the horticultural interests of the road, have been in charge of a competent landscape gardener, Mr. E. A. Richardson, who says: "The plan followed is to conform the treatment and development of the sta- tion-grounds to the adjacent ground: a natural style being followed amid natural surroundings, and a more cultivated style in highly cultivated regions; to utilize all natural advantages of ground surface, rocks, water and native growths:' to make large use of trees, shrubs, vines and plants indigenous to the locality where im- provements are being made; to supply beds for shrubs with from eighteen to twenty-four inches of good loam; and to plant so closely in the beginning that as the plants grow they can be thinned to supply other grounds as needed." It goes without saying that these methods are not only the most practical but that they insure the most artistic results. Railroad Garderdng in Florida. — Possible develop- ment of railway horticulture is limited in the southern states only by the taste and work expended. With logi- cally treated station-grounds southern railways would become pleasant highways studded with charming groups of foliage and bloom, expressing the type of the country traversed and marking the advance into a differ- ent climate. Florida, especially, should become cele- brated for its railroad gardens. Its chief "crop " is con- ceded to be the winter tourist, and nothing appeals more strongly to this class than the contrast of luxuriant vegetation with northern ice and snow. Each station- ground should be planted to emphasize this contrast on a gradually increasing scale, to reach its climax in the novel and effective semi-tropical vegetation possible in the southern part of the state. Such a planting scheme should commend itself as the best advertisement for securing both pleasure-seeKing and home-seeking pat- ronage. Little has been done so- far, although the Florida East Coast Railway Co. has improved several of its station-grounds, notably, with decorative plants at St. Augustine and with roses at Ormond, but the planting on this line is largely in the way of demon- strating horticultural possibilities for the benefit of home-seekers and property-owners (peach trees around its section houses being an example of practical results shown) , and viewed in that light is considered a success. The Florida division of the Southern Air Line, and the Jacksonville & Southwestern railroads have done simi- lar planting. All that has been done is ineffectual com- RAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING 1493 pared to the possibilities, for roses and half-hardy shrubs thrive throughout the state, while south of the 27th parallel semi-tropical plants make fine growth and bloom profusely. Possibilities in California. — California offers limit- less opportunities for railway horticultural development ranging from the serai-tropical growths of the citrous belt to the alpine plants on the verge of the everlasting snow that caps the mountains. A few examples of railroad gardening that existed in the southern part of the state about 1890 were maintained wholly by private enter- prise as a means of advancing real estate interests. Some years later, however, embellished station-grounds aggregating a goodly number existed. But these were scattered, the state being so large that no railway com- pany could afford to establish gardens throughout the extent of its lines at once, and the most progressive com- munities secured the first improvements of this class. The Southern Pacific Railway Company was the origina- tor of the work and has expended large suras in beauti- fying choice spots along its route, as at Merced, Fresno, Santa Monica, Pomona, Pasadena, Riverside. The range of soil and climate is wide. At Los Angeles there are palms dating from the Spanish occupation, a collection of semi-tropical shrubs, and a display of yuccas, cacti and other curious vegetation from the Arizona desert. (Sterculia) and casuarina, which latter does excep- tionally well, eucalypti, acacia in all except the most tender varieties, grevillea, ligustrum, magnolia, Frax- inus C'alifornicus and F. exeelsa where water is available, crape myrtle, abutilon, oleander and pome- granate (both the last do magnificently), olive and carob which do finely, and roses, which are inclined to burn and to stop flowering during the heat of mid- summer away from the coast. Vines used are passi- floras, which thrive in the heated valleys, bignonias and wistarias, also jasmines, which incline to bmn when used in the interior of the state, as do also maple trees. Of palms, Pritchardia and Washingtonia are as easily grown as onions; Phosnix Oanariensis does well, and Chamajrops grows slowly. A long list of plants, tender in the east, are mentioned, among them gera- niums, which are spoken of as being "killed to the ground away from the coast some winters." The plants that have proved best adapted to alkali soils are; Phoenix, Pritchardia and Washingtonia among palms, the European sycamore, cottonwood, olive, crape myrtle and some eucalypti. Mr. Reimers is of the opinion that: "The gardens of California should be given a classic Mediterranean aspect. It has the climate, the coloring of rock, of soil and of sky, together with the warm blue sea of Italy, Spain and Greece. The state- 2063 One method of treating a railway ground Roses in bloom all winter are the special attraction at several points. Along the ocean, where difficult hor- ticultural problems are met, the use of mesembryan- themums, eucalypti and other succulents is general. Where water is available, passifloras, ipomeas and the tropical hibiscuses make a wonderful show. In some places acres of bamboos, planted closely in shifting sands, are of great value. (Water is essential for their establishment. ) Some of the best railway gardens are on the Monterey line from San Francisco past San Jos6 to the ancient capital of the state. At Castroville there is a picturesque "wilderness " garden overflowing at all seasons with fragrance and bloom, and the little railroad gardens along the "peninsula " (San Mateo county) have a more finished aspect than any others in the state. Johannes Reimers, landscape gardener of the San Francisco & San Joaquin Valley Branch of the Santa F^ road, furnishes the following information; "For lawns, we use exclusively a mixture of Australian rye grass 90 per cent and white clover 10 per cent. We find that this mixture gives a lawn better able to withstand the heat, drought and poor soil usually furnished for filling than any other. The grass retains its dark, rich color even when almost dying from thirst, and makes a strong turf that is not likely to burn even when watered in the heat of a cloudless summer day; and it also re- quires less water and less fertilizer than either blue- grass or timothy. We make much use of a regular form of the Pride of China tree (Melia Azedarach), known as the Texas umbrella tree, for shade around buildings and for avenues. Its low, spreading form makes it harmonize with the broad-roofed Spanish style of archi- tecture used for our buildings. It is a rapid grower and is not deformed by the continuous northwest trade- winds." Other trees and plants mentioned include the paul- ownia, pepper, catalpa, mulberry, fig, the brachychiton 2089 A better method of treating the area liness of the cypress has not been appreciated here; and what might not be done with the fig, the olive and the palm on these hillside slopes?" Mr. Chas. H. Shinn, of the California Experiment Station, says: "There seems no doubt that the time will come when one of the special features of travel in California will be the horticultural display at thousands of small railroad gardens scattered along every valley and mountain from San Diego to Siskiyou." . Treatment of the Sight of Way Between Stations.— On this point the Garden & Forest editorial previously quoted says: "What is needed is a ground covering that will be more permanent than turf and will not need its constant cutting and attention, and which can be se- cured without the enormous first expenditure for accu- rate grading and the deep soil that makes a grass slope presentable," and adds: "Such low plants as wild roses, dwarf willows and sumacs, sweet fern, bayberry, etc., when once established will prevent surface soil from washing, will not grow tall enough to interfere with operating the road, and if destroyed by fire would soon grow again from the root and re-cover the ground." The proof of these deductions is seen yearly on many roads, where thousands of miles of railroad rights of way which, in the spring and early summer, are like ribbons of flowered brocade linking the towns together but later in the season become blackened wastes from accidental or intentional fires. Year by year this mourn- ful program is repeated. »* Railway officials offer no practical objections to the use of small trees and of shrubs between stations that apply when they are placed with discretion; viz., on the outer boundaries of rights of way that are 100 or more feet wide, on straight stretches, or on long tangents, and not on short curves or near grade crossings. The tracks should never be menaced by the danger of trees falling across them in wind storms, nor should the telegraph 1.494 RAILROAD GARDENING RAILROAD GARDENING wires and poles be interfered with, nor the view of the line obstructed. The danger to planting from fire can never be entirely eliminated until some non-spark-pro- ducing fuel is substituted for coal. Can the horticultural department of a railroad he made partly self-supporting i There seems little doubt that by one means or another this department might be made at least partly self-supporting, but the consensiis 2070. Railroad yard in southern California. of opinion among railroad men is distinctly against the advisability of malting it so, except indirectly. It is conceivable that railroad nurseries and green- houses might supply planting stock to individuals to their advantage; and possibly railway rights of way aggregating immense areas might be planted to crops, perhaps to fruit trees as is done to some extent in Eu- ropean countries (a project which has also been recently suggested for the roads of India), but the opinion is general that legitimate railroad business is limited to • the transportation of people and of freight. Even if this is true, it is still certain that the department may legitimately be made to yield substantial financial re- turns. This feature of the department work is as yet in a preliminary stage that makes definite conclusions as to the extent of its benefits impossible, but enough has already been done to demonstrate the usefulness of a well-conceived and correctly developed policy of protec- tive and economic planting. Planting for Profec<«o«.— Planting for protection, as practiced so far, includes: (1) covering banks with vegetation to prevent erosion, and (2) planting for pro- tection from wind and snow, and from landslides. All this has been successfully done in various parts of the world. Snow hedges are comparatively common at home and abroad. A notable example of confidence in the advantage of belts of trees for this purpose is seen in the groves planted recently by the Northern Pacific Railway Company. About 600,000 trees were set out in 1900, and the chief engineer of the road says: "This ex- periment has been undertaken to determine the possi- bility of substituting groves for snow fences. It is necessary to protect all railway cuts in these prairie regions in some manner, as the strong winds across the treeless prairies cause the snow to drift badly. A strip 100 feet wide is cultivated to keep down weeds and over- come danger from fire, and through the middle of it runs a grove 60 feet wide, the inner edge being 125 feet from the center line and parallel with the tracks through cuts. The trees are planted in parallel rows spaced 6 feet apart at right angles with and 3 feet apart par- allel with the track. The two outer rows on each side are golden Russian and laurel - leaved willows ; the third row from the outer margins, box elder and ash; and the five central rows, cottonwood. This arrange- ment is expected to produce a dense grove, increasing in height from both sides to the center, which will fur- nish an effective wind-break." The feasibility of planting for protection against the encroachment of shifting sand on the seacoast, along rivers and on so-called desert lands, has been demon- strated by the researches and experiments of the Divi- sion of Agrostology of the United States Department of Agriculture. The advantages of such plantings are sure to be eventually recognized and utilized by railway cojn- panies whose lines are exposed to this danger. Planting for Economic Piw^osfs.— Possibilities are considered great in the direction of producing timber for furnishing cross-ties, poles and posts. It is asserted that under competent supervision this branch can be made not only to pay the en- tire expenses of the department but to become a source of revenue. This branch of the work ap- peals to practical railway men as perhaps no otiier phase can be expected to, and to what ex- tent the fortunes of various groves of locust, catalpa and tamarack infiuence the happiness of dignified chief engineers it would be difficult to learn, but that numbers of them are turning otherwise unoccupied railway lands to this use is certain. In the state of Indiana some railway companies h ave planted a part of their holdings with trees for the double purpose of growing timber for economic uses and to secure the re- sulting reduction in taxes, which is a feature of the state forestry law. Protection of Natural Scenery. — Notwithstand- ing the prominence given in railway advertising to fine natural scenery, little credit seems due to railway companies in general for protecting such scenery. That they might wield a mighty influence for their own and the public good is proved by a few instances. It is learned that the unofficial work of representatives of the New York Cen- tral and the Michigan Central roads did much to create the public sentiment that led to the formation of gov- ernment parks on each side of Niagara Falls, and that the same roads should be credited with comprehensive and extended efforts to secure legislation looking to the prevention of further defacement of the palisades of the Hudson. Disagreeable Features and their Suppression.— There are two important classes of disfigurement: defacement by signs and defacement by abused and neglected grounds adjoining railway rights of way. The more noticeable of these is the display of hideous sign-boards that disfigure railway rights of way and, indeed, seem to have the right of way on highways of every descrip- tion. These amount to a public nuisance that should be legally controlled, but as they are placed on adjacent land or buildings instead of on railway property, their direct suppression by railway officials is out of the question. These eyesores, however, furnish an added and cogent reason for massing plantations of small trees, shrubs and vines at certain points along rights of way where the topography of adjacent land invites such disfigurement. These gaudy signs not only blot out or mar most fine landscape views (being adroitly placed to that direct end), but are allowed to distort otherwise unobjectionable farm buildings, while the approach to villages and towns is announced in screaming colors by the crowding togetlier of these frightful adjuncts of civilization. While railway companies are not strictly responsible for these conditions, it is certain that they might sway public opinion and effect a much needed reform by con- tinuous, systematic work in the way of "planting out" the disfigurements, and by establishing attractive plan- tations wherever possible. . This policy is likely to result in a reformation in the direction of the second source of unpleasant views from trains; viz., the un- kempt, sordid and often wretchedly squalid appearance of grounds adjoining rights of way through villages, towns and small cities. If a park is maintained on the station-grounds, near-by residents are likely to catch the good spirit and improve the looks of neighboring back yards. To this end, a rule against dumping on railway ground should be strictly enforced. The objec- tionable features that obtain in large cities must prob- ably be endured until mitigated by the efforts of municipal art and social service leagues. Attainable Ideals.— RnU-waj companies can do no a^g- o V 4 s ^ I =■ s. — a P 5-S S S " a t K} -i ■rai ^ ^"^ HI ^ wK^" ^ sST^i* *' Hi fc^ g2^.^^ In a g^l^^ V ^ ^^•4±l ^^^^' M^^ ^p^#J ^K4 mK^^ RAILROAD GARDENING RAISIN 1495 more effective advertising than by demonstrating the possibilities of the country traversed for home-making. Instead of dreary wastes of dust and cinders, their way- station grounds should present refreshing scenes of shade and verdure. Their grounds should be treated according to the rules of landscape art that hold good in all planting. Where adjacent land drops away giving good vistas, these should be preserved; objectionable features should, as far as possible, be "planted out;" sky lines should be varied, banks clothed, and variety and views supplied, particularly in flat and uninterest- ing regions. ' In short, railroad gardens should be in the hands of those who will adorn instead of deface them; who will look to the formation of features that will take care of themselves after planting is established— features that require considerable expenditure, a good knowledge of trees and of shrubs, and a large amount of taste in the ■designer at the outset, but after being established, like the island gardens of Paris, "the hand of man might be withheld for half a century without their suffering in the least." Mailroad Gardening Xdterattire.— "Seven Lamps of Architecture," by Ruskin. "Landscape Gardening," by Samuel Parsons, Jr. "Ornamental Gardening for Ameri- cans," by Elias A. Long. "Der Stadtebau" (Vol. 9 of Part i of "Handbuch der Architektur"), Press of Bergstrasser, Darmstadt, 1890, by J. Stiibben. Bul- letins of the U. S. Dept. of Agric, Division of Forestry, ■especially No. 1(1887) and No. 7 (1893). "Garden and Forest," Jan. 16, 1889; Mar. 13, 1889; Apr. 3, 1889; May 1, 1889; Oct. 4, 1893; Oct. 23, 1895. "Railroad Gazette," June 2, 1882; May 9, 1884; Oct. 7, 1887; Oct. 21, 1887; Mar. 10, 1893; Apr. 7, 1899; Nov. 3, 1899; Feb. 16, 1900. "Railway and Engineering Review," Oct. 25, 1890; Oct. 23, 1897; Sept. 9, 1899; Sept. 23, 1899; Apr. 14, 1900; Sept. 29, 1900. "Railway Age," Sept. 28, 1900. "Railway World," Apr. 7, 1877. ."Park and Cemetery," July, 1899. " Park and Cemetery and Landscape Gardening," March, 1900; May, 1900. "Country Gentleman," Aug. 23, 1900; Aug. 30, 1900. Frances Copley Seavey. BAIN-BEBBY. Shamnus cathartica. KAINBOW FLOWEE. IHs. BAISIN. Fig. 2071. Up to about 30 years ago, practi- cally the entire Raisin industry of the world was con- fined to the Mediterranean districts of Europe and Asia. While it is time that Raisin vines were planted in other widely distant countries at a much earlier date, e.g. — Chile, where it is said they were known 200 years ago— it was not until the early 70's that the Chilean Raisins, as well as those of the newer districts of California and Australia, were actually found in the markets of the world. Since that time, however, the development of the industry in these new districts has been most rapid, and it has been shown that even higher quality and flavor are possible. In California the growth of the Raisin industry has been enormous, the output now reaching about 100,000,- 000 pounds annually, or more than the entire yearly consumption of the United States a few years ago. In 1894, the growers found themselves face to face with what was then thought to be a serious problem of over- production. The price of Raisins fell below the cost of 'production. Lack of system in marketing has sinee been shown to have been the cause, for by cooperative meth- ods in grading, packing and marketing, the industry has again been placed on a sound and fairly remunerative basis. The first importation and planting of the vines were made in 1851, but it was not until 1863 that the first California cured Raisins were exhibited at the State Pair, and it was not until 10 years later that the first large-scale vineyards (one at Davisville, Solano county, and another at Woodland, Yolo county) came into full bearing. One hundred and twenty thousand pounds were produced that year, nearly all by these two vineyards. Planting in various parts of the state followed. Fresno, Riverside, El Cajon valley in San Diego county, Los Angeles and Orange counties soon became important centers of the industry; but the production of citrous fruits has now largely superseded Raisin-growing in all the last mentioned except the Fresno district, where at present three-fourths of the entire output of the state is produced. The acreage is now about 50,000, with nearly 45,000 of these in the Fresno district, including Tulare, Merced and Kern counties. The climate of this region is eminently suitable for Raisin culture. The summers are hot and dry and the winter rains scanty and late, thus insuring a high saccharine content of the grapes and ample opportunity for sun-curing, by which means alone, it is thought. Raisins of high quality can be produced. As the system in vogue in all districts is essentially the same as that in Fresno, a short r^sum^ of the practices of that region will suffice. Alluvial soils and deep upland loams of the plains are considered the best. Irrigation is absolutely necessary. At first flooding and furrow irrigation were practiced, but since the placing of the ditches the water has escaped into and completely filled the loose soils (in some cases originally 60 ft. deep) from below, thus producing a system of "subirrigation," as it is called there; and it is in this way that most of the vineyards are supplied with water at present. Indeed, in some localities, it is no longer a question of how to bring the water to the land, but more how to keep it out. Serious damage has resulted in some of the lower vineyards, where the seep- age water has completely swamped the land. "Tight" canals and ditches at the start would have avoided this trouble, but it was not realized until too late. The vines are all headed low, six inches being the favorite height for the stump. With the exception of the "Seedless Sultanas" and the "Thompson Seedless," which require long pruning, the canes are cut back to 2 or 3 eyes; the number of canes left varies from 5 to 15, according to the age and size of the stump. Summer pruning is seldom practiced. Clean, thorough tillage is maintained until the vines cover the ground and obstruct operations. The grapes ripen about Sep- tember 1, and are allowed to become thoroughly ripe before they are gathered. When the sugar percentage has reached 23 or 24 per cent, the fruits are considered ripe. The bunches are then cut with small shears (care being taken not to rub off the bloom), placed on wooden trays and exposed to the sun. The time required for full curing ranges from 10-12 days for the earlier grapes to as long as three weeks for the later ones. When the juice has reached about the consistency of jelly the Raisins are placed in " sweat boxes " to undergo the "sweating" process, in order to equalize the moisture -content throughout the whole mass. The Raisins are then ready for grading and packing. A great many brands and grades have been packed, desig- nated at first much the same as the imported ones, but lately, the Association has endeav- ored to establish and maintain distinctly Cali- fornian brands. "6- Crown Imperial Clus- ters," "5 -Crown De- hesas," "4-Crown Clus- ters , " " 3 - Crown " and "2-Crown London Lay- ers " are some of the principal brands. The loose or detached berries are, of course, always marketed separately as distinct grades. A great many have lately been " seeded " by means of a specially designed machine, put up in 1-pound and ?i-pound packages, and marketed for cook- 2071. Table or cluster Raisins and "loose cooking" Rai- sins (XK). 1496 RAISIN Ing purposes. Some "bleached" Seedless Sultana and Thompson Seedless are prepared, and command a higher price for no other reason than that they are con- sidered more pleasing to the eye. The delicious flavor and aroma are entirely destroyed in the bleaching with sulfur, and all possible efforts should be made to dis- courage the practice. Few, if any, "dipped" Eaisins are now prepared. The varieties planted are : White Muscat of Alexan- dria, the Muscatel Gordo Blanco and Malaga; and for seedless Raisins, the Seedless Sultana and Thompson Seedless. It is safe to say that the first two are the prevalent varieties and produce the finest Raisins. The Gordo Blanco is the favorite with some on account of Its large uniform berries and full, even symmetrical clusters. The seedless varieties are both small. "Cur- rants" (which, by the way, are not "currants" at all, but the cured fruit of the Zante or Corinth grape-vine) are only partially successful, and as they command a lower price, are not considered profitable in Cali- fornia. The Raisin vines are subject to the same diseases and insect pests as are the wine and table varieties of the Vitis vinifera type, and these are combated by the usual methods. Downy mildew is unknown in Califor- nia, and up to the season of 1900 no phylloxera had made its appearance in the Fresno vineyards. In the fall of that year, however, it was discovered in the district, and to what extent it will reduce the acreage, will, of course, depend upon the vigilance of the growers and prompt- ness with which replantings with resistant stocks are made. Of late years high assertions have been made for the Salt river and Gila valleys of Arizona as Raisin regions. It is said the grapes ripen earlier and have that advantage over the California districts, as well as that of being nearer to market. How far these advantages will count against the California Raisin in the competition remains as yet to be seen. For a complete and detailed account of Raisin-grow- ing and curing, as well as a bibliography of the subject, see "The Raisin Industry," by Gustav Eisen; also, "California Fruits, and How to Grow Them," by E. J. Wickson. Arnold V. Stubenbauch. BAISIN-TBEE, JAPANESE. Bovenia dulcis. BAMCNDA (L. F. E. von Ramond de Carbonni^res, French botanist and traveler, 1753-1827). Often spelled Ramondia, but originally written Ramonda. Gesnerd^cece. Mamondia Pyrenaica is one of the choicest and most popular alpine plants. Few, if any, inhabitants of rock gardens have been so often pictured. It is a small, tufted, hardy perennial herb, like most alpine plants, and its scapes bear one or few fls. in spring. These are an inch or so across, and normally purple or violet, but there is a pure white variety which is in great favor. The Ramondas varj' in the number of their petals, or rather ooroUa-Iobes. For example, P. NatJialice often has 4-lobed and 5-lobed fls. on the same plant. The floral parts in the genus are in 4's, 5's or 6's. These plants are rare and local in Europe and are interesting as being among the few alpine survivors of a family that is now essentially tropical. A genus of about 3 species : corolla with scarcely any tube, rotate or broadly bell-shaped : perfect stamens as many as the corolla-lobes, affixed at the base of the co- rolla: ovary superior: capsule oblong: seeds minus. Ramondas are woolly or villous plants with soft, wrinkled leaves. The plants require perfect drainage. Although three Ramondas are in the trade, only one is well known. This is B. Pyrenaica, which is hardy in the eastern states. It is a beautiful, dwarf, alpine plant well adapted for the rock garden. It is rather hard to establish but can be easily grown from seed. If seeds are sown in the spring, and the small plants grown along in pots for the first summer and kept in a cool shady position, they will make neat little plants by the end of autumn. They should be kept in a coldframe for the winter. These one-year-old plants grown in pots are much easier to establish than younger plants. They can be planted in small pockets in the rockery in a slightly shaded and elevated position, and given good. RAMPION deep, peaty soil. When the plants get established they will blossom freely, and if allowed to ripen their seed they will sow themselves freely amongst the rocks. Old plants can also be increased by division. They ought to 2072. Ramonda Pyrenaica (X K). be covered in winter with some hay or dry leaves so that they will not be heaved out of the ground by the alter- nate thawing and freezing. A. Color of fls. purple or white. ^ B. Corolla 5-parted, rotate. PyrenMca, Rich. Fig. 2072. Sometimes called Ro- sette Mullein. Well-grown specimens may have 6-12 scapes, each bearing 3-4 fls. 1% in. across. Native of Pyrenees. Many inferior forms have been sent out in the name of var. alba. Gn. 26, p. 129 (repeated in 27, p. 197); 29, p. 343 (repeated in 44, p. 555); 27, p. 197; 37:735 and p. 31; 51, p. 205; 56, p. 228. G.C. III. 12:vii. J.H. HI. 34:187. R.H. 1866:330. B.M. 236 ( Veriasciim Myconi). BB. Corolla 4-parted, more concave, short iell-shaped to funnelform. H^ldrelchl, Janka (Jancaia, or JanKvea, Hildreichi, Boiss.). Lvs. ovate, entire, obtuse, silky white above, rusty -woolly below: scapes 1-2-fld. : fls. violet. Ac- cording to Boissier it normally has a 5-parted calyx, 4- lobed corolla and 4 stamens. Thessaly. Gn. 55, p. 394. AA. Color of fls. yellow. S^rbica, Pauc. This is said to be distinguished by its blue anthers; also the fls. are said to be normally 5- lobed. Servia.— J?. Nathdliw seems to be a variety that is more commonly 4-lobed than the type. S.H. 1:161. Robert Cameron and W. M. BAM6NDIA. See Ramonda, above. BAMFION (Campanula Sapunculus) is a vegetable sometimes cultivated for winter salads. The roots are chiefly used, generally in a raw state, but the leaves may also be used as a salad. The roots are white, a foot or so long, and spindle-shaped, like a long radish. They are ready for use in Oct. or Nov. and may be used all through the winter. According to Vilmorin's "Vegetable Garden," the seeds of Rampion are the smallest of all kitchen-garden seeds, and their germinating power lasts five years. The seed may be sown in the open ground, either broadcast or in drills. The precautions usually taken with minute seeds must be observed. In order not to sow the seed too thickly it is well to mix it with sand. The seed should not be covered, merely firmed into the soil. Frequent and careful waterings are necessary un- til the plants become established. Thinning is an impor- tant operation. Every plant allowed to remain should have at least 4 inches each way for development. The plants like a light, rich soil, partial shade and water during the hot season. Although Rampion is a biennial plant it sometimes runs to seed the first year, especially if the seed be sown early. It is, therefore, sometimes advisable to postpone seed - sowing until June. For botanical description, see Campanula. BAMPION EAMPION, HOBNED. Phyteuma. RAM'S HEAD. Cypripedium arietinum. BAMSTED. Linaria vulgaris. BAXDIA (Isaac Rand, author of an Index of plants cult, at Botanical Gardens of the Society of Apothe- caries at Chelsea, published 1730 and 1739). StibUcece. A genus of about 100 species of tropical shrubs, trees, and woody climbers. Plants often spiny: Ivs. opposite, obovate - oblong to lanceolate, frequently coriaceous; stipules between the petioles and stem, short, and usu- ally joined together: fls. white, yellow or reddish, small or large, axillary or rarely terminal, solitary, corym- bose, or fascicled : fr. a berry, globose or ovoid, 2-loculed, many-seeded. For distinctions from Mitriostigma and Gardenia, see Gardenia. A. Shrnbs having spines. dumetdrum, Lam. {B. floribunda, DC). A small tree or rigid shrub with stout, straight, often long spines: Ivj. 1-2 in. long, short-petioled : fls. white or greenish yellow, fragrant, not large, solitary or rarely 2-3 on a peduncle; corolla %-% in. across: berry globose or ovoid, %~1% in. long, yellow. Tropical Asia. Cult, in S. Pla. AA. Shrubs or trees without spines. B. Corolla-tube K in. long. Fitz&lani, F. Muell. A glabrous tree ; Ivs. often over 6 in. long, shining, obovate-oblong or elliptical, obtuse; petiole rather long: fls. about 1 in. across, in loose, few- fld. cymes or the fertile fls. solitary: fr. globular, 1% in. thicli or ovoid and longer, hard. Australia. Cult, in Fla. BB. Corolla-tube 4-10 in, long. c. Lobes of corolla obtuse. macul&ta, DC. (Oardinia Stanley ci,na, Hook.). A much-branched shrub 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. elliptical or obovate-oblong, lK-5 in. long, %-2}^ in. wide, charta- ceous, acuminate, narrowed at base ; petiole usually with glands near its union with the midrib: fls. usually purple with white lobes, solitary, terminal or at ends of short lateral branches, sessile: fr. oval, oblong or glo- bose, pointed, lM-3 in. long. Tropical Africa. R.H. 1894:60. B.R. 31:47. B.M. 4185. Gn. 38:773. 00. Lobes of corolla acute. Buizitoa, DC. A tender shrub with dark green, lan- ceolate, acute Ivs., and white or pale yellow fls. termi- nal, solitary, sessile : corolla-tube somewhat hairy ; lobes spreading: fr. cylindrical, yellow, 10-uerved. IBrazil, Peru. p. w. Barclay. BAN£jT£A (anagram of Ravenea, and now first pub- lished). Mavenea of Bouch^. Palmicece. One species of palm allied to Hyophorbe, from which it differs, among other things, in its dwarfer habit, usually dice- oious flowers, and in the flowers being arranged alter- nately on the short branches of the spadix. Bouch^'s generic name Mavenea dates from 1878. It appears in Bentham & Hooker (3:883) as JRavenia. In spelling it is so similar to JRavenia of Vellozo, 1825, that the two cannot be distinguished by pronunciation. In the inter- est of perspicuity, therefore, the name is here changed to Banevea, since both this plant and Mavenia occur in the American trade. Hildehrandtii (Bavenea Hlldebrandtii, Bouch6). Becoming 8-12 ft. high, but flowering under cultivation when half that height, spineless, erect: Ivs. elliptic-ob- long or ovate-oblong in outline, long-stalked, pinnate, the pinnae 20 or more pairs and narrow-lanoeolate-acute : spadix long-stalked, the staminate recurved and with short densely flowered spreading branches, the pistillate erect with filiform strict branches thickened at the base: fls. pale straw-color, the calyx 3-lobed, the petals 3 and joined at the base, the stamens 6: fr. black. Co- moro Islands (east of Africa). I.H. 27:403. B.M. 6776. G.F. 4:259.— An excellent dwarf palm, described by W. Watson to be "as elegant as Geonoma gracilis and as Sturdy as a Kentia. It deserves to take a prominent place among garden palms, its small size, free habit, eleganoe, good constitution, being all in its favor, while RANUNCULUS 1497 2073. Flower of Buttercup —Ranunculus acris. Natural size. in the freedom with which it flowers and produces seed we have an exceptional character among dwarf palms." Perfect flowers are sometimes produced, although the plant is habitually dioecious. Ranevea is one of the most valuable Palms of recent introduction. L. H. B. BAN^NCULUS (Latin diminutive for frog; many of the species grow in wet places). Ranunculd,cem . But- tercup. Crowfoot. The genus is by far the largest in the family, comprising fully 200 species. Ninety of these are native or naturalized in North America. Most members of the genus are naturally hardy, being found in mountainous regions and in cold and temperate parts of the globe. Generic description: Perennial (rarely annual) herbs: Ivs. alternate, simple, entire, lobed, dissected or divided : fls. yellow, white or red; sepals usually 5, deciduous or marcescent, persistent; petals 5 or more, conspicuous or minute, nectar pit and scale at base; carpels many, 1-ovuled; akenes generally flattened, smooth, papillose or spiny, borne in a head or spike; styles minute or elon- gated. For structure of the flower and fruits, spe Figs. 1874, 2073, 2074. For the botany of the species native to Amer- ica, seethe Syn- optical Flora of North America, vol. 1, part 1, faso. 1, pages 20-39. The writ- er of the present 2C74. Head of article has treat- akenes of ed the wild and Buttercup, cultivated spe- cies of America in Minnesota Botanical Studies, series 2, part 4, pages 459-508 (1900). The cultivated forms of B. Asiaticus are constantly increasing in number. They are of two main types: (1) the florists' section, called Persian Ranunculi, or true B. Asiaticus. These require more care than the others. They are quite variable in form and color, and are the most highly cultivated members of the genus. (2) The gardeners' section, called Turban Ranunculi, or var. Africanus. Compared with the first section, these have larger, broader, 3-parted Ivs., not so much cut: fls. larger and broader, with many crisp petals, not flat and spreading but erect and curved inward, forming a spherical flower, as in the double peonies. See No. 7. K. C. Davis. Culture of the Asiatic Ranunculuses. — The cul- ture of Ranunculuses in gardens and by florists has been confined chiefly to the Persian and T-^rban Ranun- culus, B. Asiaticus, since the Asiatic species is far more attractive than the European. In England and in other European gardens, B. Asiaticus has been in cul- tivation a very long time. Parkinson mentions it in his Paradisus, published in 1629. He termed it "the double-red crowfoot of Asia." Since his time B. Asiat- icus and its varieties have been greatly improved, both in size of flowers and variety of colors. The flowers are very double, almost globular in outline, and often ex- ceed 2 inches in diameter, while the colors now embrace almost every shade except blue, and some are striped and variegated. A well-grown mass of these charming flowers when in full blossom Is a sight not soon for- gotten. They are not as well known in American gardens as in those of England or at least not in the eastern states, since the writer has rarely met with them or seldom seen any reference to them in the horti- cultural periodicals. They are not adapted to either spring or summer bedding. Their season of blossoming in this country is about the last week in May and the first week in June, which is too late for spring bedding, while the season of blossoming is too short for summer bedding. Therefore a position should be given them in the herbaceous border where they will receive some shade during the warmer parts of the day, or a level place in a rock garden with a northern aspect. The roots are tuberous, being like miniature dahlia roots. 1498 RANUNCULUS They are not hardy, at least not in any of the northern states. The tubers should be carefully lifted after the foliage has all "ripened off" (which occurs usually toward the end of August), and stored until the follow- 2073. Ranunculus amplexicaulis (X K)- ing spring in some cool shed where they will not freeze. They should be planted as soon as the frost is well out of the ground in spring, about 2 inches in depth and about 6 inches apart, making the soil very sandy on top so that the leaves will push through readily without heaving the soil. Like their congeners the European Ranunculi, they like plenty of moisture at the roots dur- ing the growing season, and if they can be shaded from the sun when in iiower their blossoming period will be materially lengthened. They may also be grown for flowering in the greenhouse. The writer usually grows a few pans each year, planting the roots in pans of light soil towards the end of January and placing them in the coolest greenhouse, where they will blossom towards the middle of April. The writer also prefers the Tur- ban varieties, since they are stronger-growing and rather larger than the Persian. The species may be propa- gated by seeds, but this process is not worth while for most people because the bulbs may be procured so cheaply. Of the native and European species of Ranunculus, those of the Batrachium section, such as M. aquatilis and its varieties, are interesting aquatic plants, while H. repens, var. flore pleno, and JR. dmplexicaulis are useful as subjects for the bog garden. For herbaceous borders or moist comers in the rock garden S. aconitifolhis , var. flore pleno, R. cortusafo- lius, a. anemonoides , S,. parnassifolius and B. Ficaria are the only species worth growing. These are readily propagated from seeds or by division of the plants in spring. Edward J. Cannino. INDEX. {See also the supplementary list.] aconitifolius, 12. acris, 11. adoneus. 2. ampiexicaulis, 1. Asiaticus, 7. bulbosus, 5. Calif omicus, 10, Carpaticus, 4. cortusEefolius, 9. dentatus, 4. flore-pleno, 11, 12. luteus-plenus, 12. maxvmus, 8. montanus, 4. orthorhynchus, 8. platyphyllus, 8. plenus, 12. repens, 3. spedosus, 5. Suksdorfli. 6. superbissitnus, 7. RANUNCULUS KEY TO SPECIES. A. Jjvs. entire : hlades of stem-lvs. amplexicaul: fls. white AA. I/vs. somewhat lobed or divided. B. Ifls. yellow '{iH'cept^ in' some double forms of B. Asiaticus). c. Foliage much lobed and parted into linear segments. CO. Foliage with rather broad lobes or divisions. D. Plant spreading by runners or rootstocks . E.Akenes compressed, margined 3. EE. Akenes turgid 4. DD. Plant not spreading by run- ners nor rootstocks. E. Boots decidedly bulbous.. 5. EE. Boots not bulbous. F. Plants very low and glabrous 6. FF. Plants usually mueh taller and more or less hairy. G. Fruit borne in a spike. 7. GQ. Fruit borne in a globose or oval head H. Jieak of akene as long as the body, straight UK. Beak of akene nearly as long as the body, but re- curved 9. HHH. Beak of akene very short. I. Upper stem - Ivs wanting: petals normally 6-15. .10. CalifomicuB II. Upper stem- Ivs. present: petals normally only 5. \\. acris EB. Fls. white [except in some double forms ) 12. aconitifolinB 1. amplezicadlis, Linn. Fig. 2075. Stems erect, 5-10 inches high, with 2-3 flowering branches, glabrous : Ivs, entire, ovate to lanceolate, amplexicaul, acuminate, 1. amplezicaalis 2. adoneus repens montanus 5. bulbosus 6. Suksdorfii 7. Asiaticus 8. orthorhynchaB cortussBfolius 2076. Ranunculus repens. Double-flovirered (X %), Tip of a decumbent plant, which roots at the joints. RANUNCULUS RANUNCULUS 1499 glabrous or at first with hairy edges soon becoming glabrous, glaucous: fls. 3-6, either terminal or axillary, purfi white, with yellow stamens; sepals pointed; pet- als much larger, obtuse. Mts. of S. E. Eu. B.M. 266 (poor). L.B.C. 16:1593. J.H. III. 35:345. G.C. IL 19:788. 2. addneus, Gray. Plant shaggy-hairy, 4-12 in. high, sometimes becoming decumbent: root slender- fibrous: Its. usually 2-3-times 3-parted and lobed; lobes all nar- row-linear, acute ; primary divisions of Ivs. sessile or nearly so; petioles of basal Ivs. membranous in lower part; stem-lvs. sessile or on a sheathing base, usually borne opposite, resembling an involucre: petals 5 (or 6 to 8), large, yellow, rounded outwardly, cuneate at base, much exceeding the lanceolate sepals which are hairy beneath: akenes somewhat compressed, acutish; style long, straight, subulate: head globular to oblong. Sum- mer. Rockies of Colo., altitude 10,000 ft. - Int. 1881. Procurable from dealers in Colorado plants. 3. ripens, Linn. Plant more or less hairy, spreading by runners: roots fibrous: fl. -stems often ascending C- 12 in.: Ivs. petioled, 3-divided; middle 1ft. or all Ifts. stalked, often again 3 -lobed or cleft, and somewhat coarse-toothed, bases cuneate or truncate: petals obo- vate, 5-6 lines long ; sepals much shorter, spreading, hairy below: akenes compressed, margined; beak short, stout, slightly bent: head globose. May-July. Low places, from Nova Scotia and Newfoundland to Va. and westward; also Eu. and Asia. —A double-flowered form [var. flore plena), Fig, 2076, is not uncommon in gardens. 4. montinus, Willd. Mountain Buttercup. Plant 6 in. high, pubescent, with soft appressed or spreading hairs, especially toward the top : rootstock creeping, 1-3 in. high, H in. thick: radical Ivs. few, petiolate, smooth, orbicular in outline, 3-parted, and lobed into blunt-toothed segments; stem-lvs. sessile or nearly so, clasping the stem, 3-5-parted into narrow somewhat toothed or entire lobes: fls. solitary, terminating the simple or once-branched stem, 1 in. across or larger; sepals concave, acute, yellowish green, slightly hairy; petals 5, large, broadly obovoid, bright yellow, with small scale and pore at base: akenes turgid, glabrous; beak strongly hooked, puberulent. May-July. Eu. B.M. 3022. L.B.C. 17:1610. Var. dent^tus, Baumg. {S. Carpdticus, Herbich). Lvs. much more toothed than in the type: plant much taller: fls. larger. B.M. 7266. Gn. 52:1138. 5. bulbdsus, Linn. {JR. speeidsus, Sort.). Plant from a true bulb, erect, about 1 ft. high, hairy: lvs. petioled, 3-5-parted, the divisions sometimes stalked; segments lobed : fls. terminating the branches, bright yellow, large ; petals large, obovate, shining above ; sepals much smaller, often reflexed: akenes compressed, with short beak, and borne in a globose head. Spring and summer. Per^a, Eu., N. Africa.— The double form is perhaps best suited for cultivation. 6. Suksdorfii, Gray. Roots fibrous: stems slender, 3-6 in. high, glabrous, radical and lowest stem-lvs. small, about 6-8 lines long, subreniform to broadly fla- belliform, with truncate base, deeply 3-5 -cleft or parted ; divisions cuneate, again 2-5-cleft or Incised; upper stem-lvs. with linear divisions : fls. 1-3, deep yel- low; petals round-ob^vate, retuse: akenes turgid-len- ticular, sharp-edged, glabrous; style persistent for a time, slender, % line long, equaling the akene body: head of fruit globular. July, Aug. Damp places, 6,000- 8,000 ft. altitude; Mts. of Wash., Oreg. and Mont.-This rare species was offered by F. H. Horsford in 1889. 7. Asiiticus, Linn. Fig. 2077. Plant erect, either simple or branched, 3^-1 ft. high: roots fleshy: lvs. petiolate, becoming sessile upwardly, ternate or biter- nate; segments toothed or deeply 3-lobed: fls. termi- nating the stems and branches, variable in color among the cultivated forms; calyx spreading, becoming re- flexed ; petals large, obovate, blunt : fr. in a spike. May, June. Asia Minor. F.S. 16:1679 (fl. pi.). R.B. 16:133 (var. superbissimiis) .Sighly bred double fls. of many kinds are in cult. Roots are sold as "bulbs." The Persian and Turban Ranunculuses belong here. 8. OTthOTh^nchuB, Hook. Plant 10-18 in. high, erect, branched, hirsute to nearly glabrous : root thick, fibrous : lvs. oblong in outline, pinnately compound; Ifts. 5-7, cleft and incised, quite variable; upper Ifts. often con- fluent and sessile or nearly so, lower ones well stalked: petals 7-16, yellow, rarely purple beneath, obovate; se- pals much shorter, pubescent beneath, reflexed, decidu- ous : 'akenes glabrous, obliquely ovoid, compressed, margined; style of same length, straight, rigid, persist- 2077. Persian Ranunculus— R. Asiaticus (X K). ent: head globose. May-July. Wet places, Brit. Col. to.. Ore. and Mont. — Var. platyphyllus. Gray {B. mdxi- mus, Greene). Often 3 ft. or more high: lvs. larger, 2-4 in. across; Ifts. often 3 in. long, and laciniately cut: petals often larger than the type. 9. oortussefblius, Willd. Root of thick, fleshy, fascic- ulated fibers; plant velvety hairy, 1-3 ft. high: lower lvs. long-petioled, roundish to reuiform, incised, and with cut and toothed lobes; stem-lvs. divided into 3-5 narrow lobes; upper ones sessile: fls. several or many, terminal and axillary, rather paniculate; sepals 5, ovate to lanceolate, green with pale margins; petals 5, large, broadly obovate, glossy yellow : akenes compressed , hairy on sides, tapering into recurved styles nearly their own length; head of fruit short-oval. May. Island of Ten- eriffe, Canary group. Int. 1893. Gn. 45:944. B.M. 4625. —Not very hardy and needs DOBtection in winter and early spring. It is well suited'?or pot culture. It is in-- creased by division of the rQjj^^ in autumn. 1500 RANUNCULUS RAPHANUS 10. Caliidmicus, Benth. Plant rather weak, %-2 ft. high, usually pubescent or hirsute, branching and with- out leaves in upper part: roots fibrous: Ivs. ternately divided or parted, or palmately 5-divided into linear or narrow, often 2-3-parted divisions: petals 6-15, glossy yellow, oblong or narrowly obovate: akenes flat, slightly margined, beak very short. Rather dry places, W. Calif, and adjacent Ore. 11. 4.oris, Linn. Figs. 1874, 2074, 2075, 2078. Plant hairy up to the sepals, erect, K-3 ft. high, often branched: radical Ivs. on long, slender petioles; others with shorter petioles sheathing the stem or nearly ses- sile; Ivs. 3-parted nearly to the base, the divisions ovoid-cuueate, 2-3-Iobed and coarsely toothed or out: bracts linear, lobed or entire: fls. yellow, 9-12 lines across, several, on rather short peduncles; sepals hairy beneath, ovate, shorter than the petals; petals 5, gla- brous, obovoid, obtuse, bearing a prominent scale at base: akenes compressed, coriaceous on margins; style very short: head globose. May-Sept. Newfoundland, Canada, eastern states. Said to be naturalized from Eu- rope.— Var. flore-pl^no, Hort., is more common in cult. The best forms are deep, glossy, golden yellow and very double. Called Bachelor's Buttons. B.M. 215. 12. aconitifdlins, Linn. Plant pubescent, %-3 ft. high, branched: Ivs. palmately 3-5-parted, parts cut-toothed, upper ones sessile and with oblong to linear-lanceolate 'obes: fls. white, several on a stem; sepals flat, pubes- jnt; petals oblong, cuneate to orbicular. May, June. Mountains of middle Europe.— Var. flore-plino, Hort. (va,r. pUnus), called White Bachelor's Button and Fair Maids of France, has very ornamental, double, white, globose flowers. Gn. 45, p. 29, and 48, p. 506. Var. Ititeus-pWnns, Hort. Fls. much doubled but of a golden yellow color. The type and varieties are suited to borders and half wild places 2078. Buttercups— Ranunculus acris. - Natural size. Ji.anemonoldes,Za,li\. 6in. : fis.wMte or tinged rose. Austria. Gn. 22:354.— R. aqudtilis, Linn., sometimes called Lodewort, Ram's Foot, etc., is an interesting aquatic plant common in temperate regions, the floating Ivs, often broad and 3-lobed, while the submerged Ivs. are cut up into numerous thread-like segments.— JK. bulldtus, Linn., is a yellow-fld. species offered in single and double forms by Dutch bulb dealers. Mediterranean region.— B. cardiophyllus, Hook. , offered in Colo, in 1900, is con- sidered by Gray as R. aiHnis, var. validus. It is an American species pictured in B.M. 2999 with yellow fls. 1/^ in. across.— i2. ^aficiCTi^dm, MuhL Height 1ft. June. N.Am. Mn. 2:1.— R. Ficdria, Linn., called Lesser Celandine or Pilewort in Eng- land, is a native of JBurope and the Caucasus region. It has yel- low fls. about 1 in. across. A double form is procurable from Dutch bulb dealers.- J2. lanugindsus, Linn., is a European spe- cies of which a double form is advertised by Krelage, of Haar- lem, Holland,— iJ. Ldallii, Hook, f,, the New Zealand Water Lily, grows 2-4 ft, high, has peltate Ivs, and waxy white fls. 4 in. across, borne in many -flowered panicles. In Europe it 2079. Dwarf Essex Rape (X 1-12). is considered a cool greeiihouse plant. It is a gorgeous spe- cies and ought to succeed somewhere in North America. G.O. II. 15:724; 23:371,— JJ, pamassifblius , Linn,, is a white-fld, European mountain plant 6 in, high, procurable from Dutch bulb dealers. J.H. III. 30:37. L.B,C, 3:245, BM. 386— R. peddtus, Waldst, & Kit,, a native of the Hungarian Alps, has yellow fls, nearly an inch across,- i2. rvtcefblius, Liiin,, a native of the higher Alps, has yellow fla,: petals 8-10; claw orange Offered by Dutch dealers,— J2, septerUriondlia, Poir., is advertised. It is a native plant allied to R, repens, — R. spicdtus, Desf., is figured iuB.M. 4585, with showy 5-petaled yellow fls. fully 2 in. across. It is an Algerian species but is said to be perfectly hardy in England and of easy culture in any good garden soil. — R. superbissimua, Hort., is used in some catalogues for the double French Ranun- ciUi, known also as R. Asiaticus, var. superbissimus.— J2. viri' diflbrus, Hort. VanTubergen, is a scarlet and green-fld. variety of the "Turban class of R. Asiaticus. g q D^yig^ 'AA.'B'E [Brassica Napus). Fig. 2079. In recent years this has become an important forage plant. The name Rape includes several varieties which are grown fop two purposes : ( 1 ) for seed from which oil is expressed ; (2) for the purpose of furnishing animals with succu- lent feed during late summer and autumn, when pas- tures become bare. Varieties used for the latter pur- pose usually do not produce seed in this climate the same season, though they are usually classed with annuals. Dwarf Essex is an example of the kind used for soiling (green feeding) purposes. Rape is of considerable im- portance to the fruit-grower as a cover-crop. The seed germinates readily, will often grow where a clover catch is impossible, and furnishes excellent sheep pasturage late in the season. When grown strictly as a soiling plant the tops are cut and hauled to the feed-lot or stable. Dwarf Essex Rape much resembles a ruta- baga turnip at first. It is like a rutabaga with an exag- gerated leafy top and without a swollen fleshy root, Rape is a cool weather plant and may be grown in al- most any part of the United States by sowing it at the proper time. As a cover-crop in the orchard in the East it may be sown as late as September 15 with good re- sults. It is an excellent pioneer plant in the work of renewing humus in worn-out lands. In the Middle West, where shade is needed, Rape is used as a 'nurse plant for clover when the latter is sown in orchards in midsummer. Turnips may be used for the same purpose, John Craio. BAFHANUS (classical name, from the Greek). Cm,- ciferce. Radish. Charlock. Annual or biennial branch- ing herbs, of about 6 species in Europe and temperate Asia, of which one, JR. sativus, is the Radish (which see ) . They bear small but rather showy slender-pedi- oelled flowers in rose-lilac or white, or in some species yellow, in open terminal, racemes. Leaves various and variable, the radical and sometimes the cauline lyrate- pinnatifid. Stamens 6, free. Sepals erect, the lateral ones somewhat saccate or pouch-like at base. Pod a .--At ^J p. ^ % '^ ,5 rt ® ^^ "5 O P5 s 5 a I— I -^ §? KAPHANUS BASPBEBBY 1501 long cylindrical fleshy or soft-corky silique, with spongy tissue between the globose seeds, indehiscent. The genus is divided into two natural groups, one (Eaphan- istrum) with the pod longitudinally grooved and con- stricted between the seeds, the other (Baphanus proper) with the pod not grooved nor prominently constricted. To the former group belongs B, Baphanistrum, Linn., the Jointed or White Charlock (sometimes, but erro- neously, known as Rape). It is an Old World annual weed, now naturalized in fields and waste places in the easternmost states. It is an erect, sparsely hairy herb, with slender tap-root and radish-like Ivs., growing 2-3 J^ ft. high: fls. rather showy, yellowish, turning white or purplish: silique 1-3 in. long, few-seeded, with a long beak. It is from this species that Carrijire pro- duced Radishes by means of plant-breeding (see Radish ) . To the second section belongs B. satlvus, Linn., the Radish, generally considered to be native to Europe and Asia, but unknown in an aboriginal wild state. It is usually an annual, although commonly spoken of as bien- nial, because the roots can be kept over winter and planted the following spring. The winter Badishes are truly biennial in northern climates. Radish has pink-lilac or nearly white fls., and short, thick, spongy, taper-pointed pods. Sometimes it runs wild in waste places, and then bears a long, hard tap-root like that of B. Baphanistrum. The Radish is extensively culti- vated for its thick roots, which have been developed into many shapes and colors. There are Chinese types of Radish that have a hard root little more than 1 in. in diani., and sometimes becoming nearly 1 ft. long. Some forms are scarcely distinguishable from short turnips. The Madras Radish (India) is grown for its soft, tender pods, which are eaten raw or in pickles. The Rat-tailed or Serpent Badish, var. caudd.tU8 (B.caud&tus, Linn.), has enormously long pods ( see Pig. 2066), which are eaten either pickled, or raw as Bad- ish roots are. Frequently the pods are 1 ft. long. The root is slender and hard. This is a cultural variety, coming true from seed. l_ jj_ g EAPHIA. See Baffin. BAFHIDOFHOBA. See Bhaphidophora . KAPHI6LEFIS (Greek, ra- phis, needle, and lepis, scale; referring to the subulate bracts). Sometimes spelled Bhaphiolepis. Boscicew, Ornamental evergreen shrubs, with alternate or obscurely whorled, usually serrate Ivs., white or slightly pinkish fls. in termi- nal racemes or panicles and small pea- sized black fruits. None of the species are hardy north, but all are handsome broad-leaved evergreens for cultivation in the southern states and California. They will thrive in any good, well- drained soil, and if cultivated in pots, sandy loam and leaf -mold or peat will suit them. Prop by seeds or by cuttings of ripened wood under glass late in summer; also by layers, and sometimes grafted on hawthorn. Two species in southern Japan and China, allied to Sorbus and Photinia, but fls. in racemes or panicles, with deciduous calyx; stamens 15-20; styles 2-3. connate below: fr. small, bluish or purplish black, bloomy, with one globular seed. Jap6nica, Sieb. & Zucc. (B. ov&ta, Briot). Shrub, to 12 ft., with stout, upright branches: Ivs. short-petioled, broadly oval or obovate, obtuse or acutish, narrowed at the base, orenate-serrate, dark green and lustrous above, pale beneath, floocose-tomentose when young, thick, l>i-3 in. long: fls. white, %m. across, fragrant, in dense, tomentose panicles or racemes; petals obovate, obtuse: fr. to 3^ in. across. May, June. S. Japan and adjacent islands. S.Z. 1:85. E.H. 1870, p. 348. Gn. 22, p. 43; 32, p. 20; 34, p. 158.— Var. integirrima, Hook, Lvs. entiie or nearly so, to 3% in. long. B.M. 5510. tndica, Lindl. (B. rtibra, Lindl. Gratcegus Indica, Linn.). Indian Hawthobn. Shrub, to 5 ft., with slender, spreading branches: lvs. obovate to oblong- lanceolate, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed at the base, serrate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when unfolding, iyi~2% in. long: fls. white or pinkish, about K in. across, in glabrous or somewhat tomentose, rather loose panicles; sepals lanceolate, acute, usually red like the filaments; petals acute: fr. Ji-3^ in. across. May, June. S.China. B.M. 1726. B.B. 6:468; 17:1400. —A very variable species; several forms have been de- scribed as distinct species, as B. Phwostemon, rubra and salicifolia, Lindl. The last named, which is var. salici- f61ia, Nichols., is the most ornamental: lvs. oblong- lanceolate, acuminate: panicles rather large and many- fid.; stamens white or purplish, shorter than sepals. B.B. 8:652. B. H. 1874:270. Gn. 9:26. B. rubra, ad- vertised by the S. Calif. Acclim. Asso., is Pyracantha crenulata, which see. A hybrid between the two species is B. Delacotirii, Andr6, forming a compact shrub witli rather large panicles of blushed fls. and the foliage in- termediate between the two parents. B.H. 1900:698. Alfred Behdeb. BASPBEBBY is a name applied to those brambles in which the fruit separates from the receptacle when ripe. Plate XXXIII. Three species are of importance in American fruit-growing. JBub^^s Idmus, the European Baspberry, has been longest in cultivation and is least important now in this country. Though brought to America by our forefathers among their earliest fruits, and the parent of many varieties tere produced, the species has never fully adapted itself to the American climate. Owing to this fact, the work of Brinckl^ and others, in improving it, in the early part of the century, proved of compost little permanent value. The fruit is of superior quality and con- tinues to ripen through a long period, but tlie plants are deficient in hardiness and productiveness. Biibus strigosus, the American red Baspberry, is very like its Euro- pean congener. Though slightly in- ferior in quality of fruit, its greater hardiness and productiveness have sufficed to confine the commercial growing of red Raspberries in America almost wholly to this spe- cies. It has been under domestica- tion only within the last half of the century. Cuthbert, the leading va- riety, is shown in Pigs. 2080, 2081. To show habit of fruit- -'^"'"'■' o ccidentalis, the black bearing. Baspberry, is commercially the most important Baspberry in the United States at the present time. It lends itself read- ily to cultural methods, the plant is hardy and produc- tive and the fruit is better able to meet the exigencies of market demands, though relished less by most per- sons, than that of the reds. The growing of black-caps in field culture for evaporating has added greatly to the importance of the species. This can be done where 2080. Cuthbert Rasp- berry (XK). 1502 RASPBERRY RASPBERRY conditions would not warrant the growing of fruit to be sold fresh. Hybrids of Ji. stric/osus and S. oeciden- talis — known as B. neglectus—h&ve given the purple- cane class, of which Shaffer (Pig. 2082) is a leading example. For further notes on species of Raspberry, see Jiubus. Raspberries are extensively grown in the northeastern states. They thrive best in deep, moist soil. The lighter loams are preferable for reds and theheavier loams for blacks. The prime essentiali is that the land shall be able to withstand drought well ; but it must not be over- wet. Much may be done to improve the drought-resist- ing quality of soils. If the subsoil is hard and impervi- ous it may be improved by underdralning or subsoiling. This will provide a deeper reservoir for the storage of moisture. Still more important is the proportion of vegetable matter. A soil rich in humus admits water more readily and in larger quantities, retains it longer 2081. Box of Cuthbert Raspberries (X %). and therefore resists drought better than one that is de- ficient in humus. Humus may be increased by the ap- plication of stable manure and by plowing under green crops, but the process must be gradual. Undecayed vegetable matter is not humus, and its addition in large quantities may augment the difficulty which the increase in humus is designed to correct. Thorough soil preparation must therefore begin several years pre- vious to planting, if the land has been improperly handled theretofore. Other important offices of humus are the holding of nitrogen to prevent its loss, and the unlocking of mineral elements from the soil. The well- known fact that brambles thrive so well in virgin soil, is, no doubt, largely due to the abundance of humus which such soil contains. Stable manure is permissible as a fertilizer, except for red Raspberries when growing on moist, rich soil, in which case it forces growth too much. Leguminous crops may furnish all the nitrogen needed. Floats, ground bone or basic slag will supply phosphoric acid, and potash may be obtained from wood ashes or muriate of potash. Upon the soil of the Rhode Island Experi- ment Station, which is a light sandy loam with gravelly subsoil, the addition of nitrogen does not increase the yield, although the soil is not naturally fertile and ni- trogen has been applied annually for a series of years. Other crops have been upon the land until recently. Even plots from which mineral elements have also been omitted do not fall far behind those which have been liberally dressed with the three essential fertilizing ele- ments for a series of years, judging from the first crop only. No one can tell the grower how to fertilize his plants f the question must be settled upon his own farm. Cover-crops have not been extensively used, but are likely to receive more attention. Where crimson clover will thrive it is well adapted to the purpose, although somewhat difficult to uproot in spring. Planting may be done in fall or spring, but spring is to be preferred for black-caps. Plants secured from young plantations are preferable, since they possess greater vigor and are less likely to carry disease. The individuality of the parent-plant, while generally dis- regarded, may be a determining factor in the profitable- ness of the offspring. Black-cap plants are obtained by burying the tips of the growing canes, late in summer, when they begin to thicken and throw out roots. When thoroughly rooted, the layer is severed and the "tip" (Pig. 2083) is used for planting. Reds throw up numer- ous suckers from the roots and these are oftenest used In planting, though root-cuttings are available. For near-by planting the young suckers, moved in early summer, may be used. Plants are preferably set in check-rows, six or seven feet apart, with plants four to six feet apart in the row. Cross-cultivation in early spring and after fruiting will materially aid in keeping a plantation in good condition. Without it the reds quickly form thick hedge-rows. With intensive methods hoed crops may be grown between the rows the year of planting; with common farm methods they are better omitted. Thorough tillage should be given till midsummer, when a cover-crop should be sown. In especially dry climates, as upon the Plains, tillage should be continued throughout the season. Plow- ing between the rows in spring is undesir- able and is unnecessary if tillage has been good the previous year. With reds some form of cultivator with square-pointed teeth or cutting-blades is advantageous in de- stroying suckers. Tender varieties may be protected in win- ter by laying them down and covering them with earth. To do this loosen the soil at one side of the root and bend the plant in that direction. The plants are usually bent in the direction of the row so that the tops will lap over the crowns. The young shoots of black-caps should be nipped off as soon as they reach a height of eighteen to twenty -four inches, that a well-branched self-supporting bush may be obtained. In spring following, the branches should be shortened to one to two feet. This spring pruning is the fruit-thinning process of the year and should be done with judgment. The poorer the soil or the less able it is to withstand drought, and the less intensive the culture, the more severe should the prun- ing be. Anthracnose may give less trouble, and the plantation will last longer, without summer pinching, but the yield will be much lower. With reds summer pinching is undesirable after the year of planting, unless with exceptionally vigorous varieties on strong soil. The older canes are best removed as soon as fruit- ing is over. They are more easily out then and their removal gives a good opportunity for cross-cultivation (in case the check-row system is used) and a thorough cleaning-up before the season's tillage is abandoned. Early removal may also help to check the spread of certain enemies. Plantations may be kept in bearing many years if desired, but it is seldom profitable to do so. The fruit demands care in picking and in handling thereafter. It should never be picked when wet. Red raspberries are especially difficult to ship and are usually marketed in pint baskets rather than quarts. Reds yield less than blacks and usually sell at a higher price. Enemies are numerous. Crown- and cane-borers must be controlled by cutting out and destroying the infested canes. Red rust sometimes sweeps awaj' plantations of black-caps. A plant once attacked can never be cured and should be rooted out and burned at once. Anthrac- nose is especially troublesome. Only plants free from it should be set, and the plantation should be aban- MASl'BERRY RA VENALA 1503 doned before it becomes badly diseased. Spraying will reduce it but is not entirely satisfactory. Crown-gall, due to the growth of a specific organism of a very low order, belonging to the slime-molds, is often serious, particularly with reds. Neither affected plants nor 3082. Shaffer Raspberry— Rubus neelectus (XK). apparently healthy ones from a diseased lot should be planted, as the trouble is readily communicated to .other plants and trees. pked W. Card. BAT-TAIL CACTUS. Gereus flagelliformis . RATTAN. See Calamus. HATTLE-BOX. The species of Crotalaria ; also Ludwigia alternifolia. BATTLESNAEE WEED. See Eieracium venosum. RATTLESNAKE PLANTAIN. Goodyera. RATTLESNAKE ROOT. Prenantlies. RATJWdLFIA (Leonhart Rauwolf, physician of Augs- burg, published a book in 1583 on his travels in the orient; often erroneously stated to be of the eighteenth century). Apocyndcem. About 40 species of tropical trees and shrubs with Ivs. in whorls of 3 or 4, rarely opposite, and small fls. often borne in dichotomous or trichotomous clusters. Calyx 5-cut or5-parted; lobes obtuse or acute: corolla funnel-shaped; tube cylindrical, dilated at the insertion of the stamens, usually con- stricted at the throat, devoid of scales; lobes 5 : disk cup- shaped or ring- shaped : carpels of the ovary 2, distinct or considerably grown together : style short or long: ovules in each carpel 2 : drupes 2, distinct or connate into a 2- stoned fruit, the stones 2-grooved or2- cut: stones 1-seeded: seeds ovate; albumen fleshy, smooth, not ruminate, rarely wrinkled. These plants are little known horticulturally . The only species in the American trade, apparently, is S. Ghinensis, Hort. Several years ago the 9S 2083. "Tip" or layer of Raspberry. undersigned received from the Botanical Garden at Hong Kong a few seeds of this small evergreen shrub. The seeds germinated well and the plants grew rapidly, attaining a height of about a foot in a year. During the summer of the second year the rather bushy plants flowered well and bore a crop of shining red berries which were very conspicuous throughout the winter. When well grown and bushy the plant is quite orna- mental, its habit being dense and the color of its leaves dark green. The flowers are white, and are >>orne in dense trusses at the extremity of each shoot. 1 Dough an individual flower does not make much show, the plant is very ornamental when covered with masses iif blossoms. The plant needs a rich, light soil, much w siter when in full growth and protection against the liiirce rays of the sun. Every spring the old soil should "vs. shorter than petioles. Uadagascariinsis, J. F. Gmel. Travelers' Tree, so called from the clear watery sap found in the large box-like cells of the leaf -stalks and which affords a re- freshing drink. Fig. 2084. Lvs. often 30 ft. high. m\i- sa-like, very large, fibrous; fls. white, in spathes about 7 in. long. Gng. 5:153. V. 23, p. 136. F.S. 21:2254. A.P. 12:535. R.H. 1890, p. 152. G.C. III. 2:693. A.Q. 2084. Travelers' Tree-Ravenala MadaEascarii 1504 EAVENALA RENANTHERA 20:870.-Cult. in Fla. and S.Calif.; also rarely under glass in the northern states. AA. Lvs. as Jong as the petioles. Gnyan^nsis, Steud. Becoming 15 ft. high: lvs. oval- elongated: fls. white: spathes 1-lJ^ ft. long. Offered 1893 in S. Fla. -p. W. Barclay. BAVSlfEA. See Banevea. BAVflNIA (name not explained). ButAcecn. A genus of 2 species of tender shrubs from Cuba and Brazil: lvs. opposite, 1-3-foliolate; Ifts. lanceolate, entire: fls. red or white, borne on rather long axillary peduncles; sepals unequal, the 2 outer being somewhat foliaceous; corolla-tube straight, rather long ; the limb nearly regu- lar. spect&bilis, Engl. [Lembnia speetdbilis , Lindl.). Tender shrub: Ifts. 3: fls. purplish red, about 1 inch across, solitary or in open, few-fld. clusters on axillary peduncles as long as the lvs. Cuba. B.R. 26:59. R.H. 1844:25.— The plant offered in Fla. as Lemonia spec- tablHs apparently belongs to some other genus. F. W. Barclay. RAY GRASS, Lolium perenne. BEANA. Consult Teosinte. RED BAT, Carolina. Bed Bud. See Cercis. Red Campion, Lychnis dioica. Bed Cedar, Juniperus Vir- giniana. Bedhead, Asclepias Curassivica. Red-hot Foker Plant, Kniphofia. Bed Morocco, Adonis au- tumnalis. ii,ed Osier, Oomus stolonifera. Bed Pepper, Capsicum. Bed Bobin, Geranium Bobertianum. Bed- root, CeanofAws Aniericanus ; JJacJinanthes . Red Spi- der. See Insects. Redtop, See Agrostis. Redwood, Sequoia; also Ceanothus, Pterocarpus, etc. BEED, See Ariindo and Bamboo. Beed Canary Grass is Phalaris arundinacea, Beed Mace or Cat - tail is Typha. BEED, INDIAN. See Canna. EEEVfiSIA (John Reeves, English botanist, who re- sided for a time at Canton). StercuHdceoe. A genus of 3 species of trees from tropical Asia, with coriaceous, entire leaves and terminal corymbose panicles of white fls. Calyx club-shaped or campanulate, irregularly 3-5- lobed; petals 5, oblong, furnished with a ciaw; stami- nal column long, adnate to the gynophore; anthers 15, sessile, in a globular head: ovary 5-loouled, usually 10- seeded: capsule woody: seeds winged. thyrsofdea, Lindl. A small, glabrous tree : lvs. ever- green, 2-6 in. long, petioled, ovate-lanceolate to lanceo- late, entire, rounded at base: fls. white, in terminal, sessile corymbs shorter than the lvs. ; calyx 3 lines long ; petals somewhat longer : capsule oblong-pear- shaped, 1 in. long, 5-angled. China. B.M. 4199. B.R. 15:1236.— Cult, in S. Calif. ji, yT. Barclay. REIN£CKIA (J, Reinecke, a German gardener). Zdliitcece. A genus of a single species from China and Japan, a tender perennial herb, with attractive foliage in tufts 1-1 K ft. high from a thick, creeping rootstock. Lvs. rather long, channeled: scapes leafless: fls. sessile, in a loose spike; perianth-tube cylindrical; lobes re- curved, spreading: ovary 3-loculed, with a few seeds to each cell : berry globular, usually with one seed to each cell. The following is procurable from Dutch bulb- growers. c&mea, Kunth. Fls. dull flesh or pink: bracts rather large, tinted red: fr. red, 3-4 lines in diam. B.M. 739. — Var. variegd,ta is also offered. I.H. 9:323. REIN ORCHIS. Babenaria. BEINWABDTIA (Kaspar Georg Karl Reinwardt, 177.3-1822, scientist of Leyden; traveled in East Indies 1815-1822). Ziindcece. A genus of two species of sub- shrujbs from India with handsome yellow, 5-petaled fls. borne in midwinter. They are old favorites in conser- vatories. They require warmhouse treatment. Thegenus is closely allied to the flax (Linum), and Beinwardiia trigyna is known to this day as Linum trigynum by the gardeners, who usually accent trigynum on the second syllable instead of the first. Reinwardtia is distinguished from Linum by the yellow fls., 3-4 styles and unequal or deflcient glands; Linum has mostly blue, rosy or white fls. , 5 styles, and equal glands. Other generic characters : sepals 5; petals 5, contorted, fugacious; stamens 5, alternating with as many staminodes; glands 2-3, ad- nate to the staminal ring: ovary 3-5-loculed. Reinwardtias are showy subshrubs about a foot high with bright yellow flowers. They are useful for the dec- oration of the conservatory in winter time, at a season when yellow is scarce. To have presentable plants, it is necessary to give them a good deal of attention. It is difficult sometimes to get suitable cuttings ; the strong growths which start away from the base when the plants are cut down make the best plants. Top-shoots will grow, but seldom make good plants, as they are liable to go to bloom prematurely. Sandy loam is the best compost. Plants that have been grown in pots for a season may be planted out in the early summer, and these will make good plants and furnish cuttings. They will have to be topped frequently and carefully lifted. Young stock is better kept in pots, as the plants do not lift well. Sunshine is essential during the winter season to get the best development of Reinwardtias. They thrive best in a temperature of 55-60°. a. Lvs. entire: styles 3. trigyna, Planch. Pig. 2085. Lvs. elliptic-obovate, entire or minutely toothed, tip rounded or subacute. B.M. 1100. Gn. 29, p. 279. -Grows 2-3 ft. high in the wild. AA. Lvs. toothed: styles 4 or 3. tetr&gyna. Planch. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, acumi- nate, crenate-serrate. B.M. 7130. G.C. 111. 16:721. R.H. 1867:291. t. D. Hatfield and W. M. 2085. Reinwardtia tngyna (X ^Q. RENANTHfiBA (named from the reniform anther). Orchidd,cece. Tall, climbing epiphytes, with branched stems sometimes 12-14 ft. high: lvs. distichous on the stem: fls. in large, drooping racemes or panicles; sepals and petals spreading, similar or the lateral sepals often larger and of a different color ; labellum small, movably joined to the column, spurred or spurless, often with small, erect, lateral lobes. Culture is similar to that o( jErides and Vanda. coccinea, Lour. Stems 8-10 ft. high, branched, climb, ing by means of white fleshy roots: lvs. in 2 rows, obc long, notched at the end, 4-5 in. long: fls. open, 2-3 in, across, in loose, branching racemes 2-3 ft. long, very brilliant; petals and dorsal sepal linear-spatulate, deep red, blotched with orange ; lateral sepals larger, oblong, broader toward the apex, undulate, deep crimson, with paler transverse lines; labellum small. Autumn. Cochin China. B.M. 2997, 2998. B.R. 14:1131. P.M. 4:49. F.S. 7, p. 163. G.C. 1845:491.-Does not flowei readily in cultivation, but is very showy. RENANTHERA RESEDA 1505 Stdriei, Reiohb. f. Stem slender, climbing, 10-12 ft. Mgli: ivs. alternate, oblong to linear-oblong: panicle about 1 ft. long and nearly as broad: fls. 2K-3 in. long; petals and dorsal sepal erect, linear-spatulate, orange- red, mottled with orim.son; lateral sepals pendulous, obovate-spatulate, undulate, crimson with large blood- red blotches; labellum very small. Philippines. B.M. 7537. Gn. 53, p. 119. G.M. 39:659. Ldwei, Reichb. f. (Vdnda LbwH, Lindl.). Fig. 2086. Stems very long, climbing, somewhat branched: Ivs. rather crowded, strap-shaped, 2-3 ft. long: racemes from the upper axils, 6-12 ft. long, bearing 40-50 fls. : fls. of two kinds, the lowest pair tawny yellow with crimson spots, the others larger, pale yellowish green, irregularly blotched with reddish brown; sepals and petals lanceolate, acute, undulate, on the lowest pair shorter, blunter and more fleshy. Borneo. B.M. 5475. I.H. 11:417. R.H. 1868:110; 1884, p. 343. F.S. 21:2256. tit. 37, pp. 108, 109. Gn. 11, pi 524; 16, p. 3.54, 355; 32, p. 197. G.C. ir. 20;657; HI. 27:3.-A very remarkable orchid. Heinrioh Hasselbbinq. BESilDA (from the Latin to calm ; said to allude to supposed sedative properties). Heseddcem. Migno- nette. The family Resedaceee includes between 60 and 70 species of small, not showy plants, mostly herbs, widely distributed in warm -temperate regions. These species fall into 6 genera, of which only Reseda is cul- tivated to any extent. This genus contains 53 species (MuUer, DC. Prodr. 16, pt. 2), most of which are native to the Mediterranean basin, Arabia and Persia. They are herbs (sometimes partially woody at the base) with alternate, simple or compound Ivs., and terminal spikes of inconspicuous perfect flowers. The flowers have 4-7 small greenish toothed or cleft petals and 8-40 small stamens; pistil 1, ripening into a 3-6-horned capsule that opens at the top at maturity (Fig. 2087), and con- tains several to many seeds. Only one species, the common Mignonette {H. odorata), is generally known, but two or three other species are sometimes grown. Two other species are occasional weeds in the East,— B. I/uteola, Linn., the Dyer's Weed, 1-2 ft. tall, with entire Ivs., 4 or 5 greenish petals of which the lowest one is entire; and H. Iktea, Linn., with pinnatifld Ivs. and petals usually 6. A. IDtts. entire or only notched. odorata, Linn. Common Mignonette. Figs. 1401, Vol. II, 2087. Branching annual herb, at first upright but becoming wide-spreading and more or less decum- bent: Ivs. spatulate or oblanceolate, mostly obtuse, usu- ally entire but sometimes notched: fls. yellowish white, in spicate racemes that become loose and open with age, very fragrant. N. Africa, Syria. B.M. 29. Gn. 55, p. 409.— Much grown for its strong and agreeable fra- grance. It has been greatly modified under domestica- tion. The following garden names seem to belong to this species: ameliorata, eonipacta, eximia^ gigantea, grandiflora, multiflora, piimila. Var. suffrutic6sa, Edw., is woody at the base. B.R. 3:227. Forty to 50 named varieties of li. odorata are in the trade. See Mignonette. glatica, Linn. Glabrous and some- what glaucous perennial, less than 1 ft. tall, with many spreading stems : Ivs. narrow -linear, entire, or 2- toothed near the base: petals 5 or 6, the upper ones 3-lobed ; stamens about 14. Pyrenees.— Recommended for dry places, as a border plant. See p. 737. AA. I/vs. usually prominently lobed or pinnatifid. dlba, hinn. ( JS.suffruticdsa, Lioet.) . White Upright Mignonette. Fig. 2088. Straight - growing erect gla- brous annual or biennial plant, 1-3 ft., weedy: Ivs. nu- merous, long-stalked, deeply and irregularly pinnatifld, the segments usually linear and sometimes toothed: fls. white, in a very long, slender spike. S. Eu. G.C. III. 20:45.— A good plant for growing as an ornamental sub- ject in the flower border with other plants. It bears many spikes on tall branches, making it a conspicuous plant. Treated as a half-hardy annual. Odor not pleasing. crystalllna, Webb. Glabrous, sparingly branched, somewhat glaucous annual: Ivs. usually 3-parted, or the lowest ones entire: fls. deep yellow, in racemes. Canary Islands.— Has been offered as a garden annual. L. H. B. 2087. Pod of Reseda odorata (X 2). Notes on Reseda odorata. — In the improvement of the Mignonette less attention has been paid to the individ- ual flower than to the spike as a whole. What the florist has desired is as large a spike as possible. The color and form of the flower and habit of the plant were sec- ondary in importance when compared to size and abun- dance of spikes. Under such circumstances we can ex- pect comparatively little change to have taken place in the individual flower. In fact, we flnd that all the floral parts, with the exception of the color and size of the anthers, have changed little. In the double-flowering varieties, the character of the flower has been changed by the replacement of the stamens with petal-like organs. In some cases traces of the anthers still remain. These double varieties are usually characterized by the small- ness of their spikes, the pungency of their odor (being in some cases even unpleasant), and the tendency of the flowers to produce monstrosities. In the more improved varieties, and especially in those plants that have been highly fed, the size of the flowers is sometimes con- siderably larger than in the average specimen. The average size of the individual flowers is undoubtedly larger in improved varieties than in the unimproved va- rieties ; this increase in size is no peculiarity of the petals alone, but is shared by all parts of the plant alike. The peculiar and characteristic fragrance for which the Mignonette is chiefly cultivated has undergone marked changes during the improvement. It is stated by some writers that the odor of the old garden form was sweeter than that of the more improved forms. This seems to be true. All questions of odor, however, must be left to the discrinjination of the individual ob- server. The old garden form has a sweet, pleasant odor, which is not so strong as that of the improved varieties but has a more penetrating and yet a light and agree- able quality. It reminds one somewhat of the wild sweet-scented blue violets. Philip Miller compared It to the odor of ripe raspberries. The odor of such im- proved varieties as Allen Deflance, White Diamond, Urania, etc., is heavy, strong and less delicate thaa 1506 RESEDA RESTEEPIA .-i>^J, 2088. Reseda alba. that of the old forms. It reminds one, when the flowers are fresh, more of the fragrance of ripe nectarines or apricots than of violets. It is only after the spikes have been picked and begin to wilt that one recognizes the sweet violet-like scent. The modem improved varieties are likely to have very little scent when forced or fed high, and in cases of excessive forcing they become nearly or quite scentless. But if we let them wilt slightly, or on sunny days after the moisture has dried up, the powerful odor becomes very apparent. The old forms seem to have the power of volatilizing the ethereal oils freely un- der normal conditions, while the more highly bred only attain this power, to its fullest extent, when the root pres- sure is reduced. Gardeners frequently assert that Mign- onette if grown in given kinds of soil will be less fragrant than when grown in certain other soils. Aa^Thus Henderson, in his f* "Handbook of Plants," states that "Mignonette should always be grown in light, sandy soils, if possible; as when grown in a rich loam it loses its fragrance." To test this matter, a number of plants of the same variety (Im- proved Victoria) were grown in soils varying in proportion of sand and clay and amount of ma- nure as follows: Soil 1. 3 parts sand, 14 loam, % dung, a mortar; Soil 2. 2 sand, lloam, Kdung; Soil 3. 1 sand, 2 loam, 1 leaf- mold; Soil 4. 1 sand, 2 loam, 1 mortar, 1 dung; Soils. 2 loam, 1 mortar, 5^ dung; Soil 6. Clay loam with some dissolved bone, NaNOa and charcoal; Soil 7. Loam, clay and K2SO4 (NH^Ja SO4, FjOs and char- coal. The plants varied considerably in the rapidity and amount of their growth. The difference in fragrance was difficult to estimate on account of the difference in the state of maturity of the various spikes. By making independent estimates on different days as long as all the plants were in bloom and trying to strike an aver- age, the conclusion was reached that the plants grown in the lighter soils had a stronger and more pronounced fragrance than those grown in the heavy clay soils. The amount of fragrance given by wilting flowers on the heavy clav soils is very perceptibly less than that given off by flowers from the lighter soils. In plants grown in a heavy clay loam richly manured, the fra- grance was hardly perceptible and very faint even on wilting. The influence of the different proportions of manure and soil used was not measurable, as the differ- ence, if any, in the strength of the odor given off by the different spikes was too slight to measure. Heavy manuring seems to have a deleterious effect on the fragrance of Mignonette. Two plots of the same number of plants growing in a solid bed were taken. One was manured weekly with liquid manure ; the other was left unmanured. The manured plants made more growth and produced less but larger flowers than the unmanured plants. As long as the manuring was con- tinued, the unmanured plot was the most fragrant. After discontinuing manuring for two weeks, the difference became imperceptible and ultimately the plot which had teen manured became more fragrant than the un- manured plot. The plants in the unmanured plot were first to bloom. It has been asserted that Mignonette is most fragrant when grown at a low temperature, it being a plant which loves a cool atmosphere. In order to test the effect of temperature on the fragrance of Mignonette, plants of the same varieties were grown in houses whose mean temperature was 50° P., 65° F. and 75° F. The plants had the same soil. Those in the house whose temperature was 50° were grown in flats and benches, while those in the other two houses were grown in 5-inch pots. All were sown November 16. Those in house of 75° germinated two days ahead of those in house of 65° and three days ahead of house of 50°. In relative amounts of growth the plants stood as follows (May 15) : Hot house, first; cold house, second; medium, third. But in fragrance they stood as fol- lows: Medium house, first; hot, second; cold, third,— until the outside temperature became high enough to raise the temperature of the cool house to that of the medium house (steam being off), when the plants in the cool house began to equal if not surpass those of the medium house in fragrance. At certain stages of the spike-development, the fragrance seemed stronger in the hot house than in the medium house, but did not last nearly as long as in the medium house. The cool house surpassed both in lasting power of the fragrance, due to the spike lasting longer and not volatilizing its ethereal oils so fast. The fact that the plants grown in the cool house were less fragrant at first than those grown in the warmer houses brought up the question whether this difference in fragrance was permanent or temporary and dependent on the temperature in which the plant was blooming at the time. Plants were taken from the cool house to the temperate (65°) house an. Lvs. more elongated and not so deeply lobed. h^bridum, Murr. Petiole long, canaliculate above and sulcate beneath: leaf -blades ovate, 3-5- ribbed, the base ouneate or scarcely cordate, incise-dentate, puberulent beneath: panicle lax, leafy : akene large, ovate. — Seems to be unknown wild. Perhaps a hybrid series between B. palma- tum and B. Bhaponticum. Per- haps B. officinale is concerned in it. This name does not occur in the American trade, but it is not unlikely that the plant is in cult, in this country. CoUini&nnm, Baill. Probably one of the B. hybridum series, with much-cut broad lobes that extend half the depth of the leaf- blade: fls. red. China. oEficin&Ie, Baill. Figs. 1045, 2099. Robust, with a short branching stem or crown 4-10 in. high : lvs. very large, 1-3 ft. across, round-oval, more or less pointed or acuminate, hajry,3-7-lobed,the lobes extending one-third or one-half the depth of the blade and sharply angled-notched : flower-stems 3-5 ft., much branched. 2098. Ocrea or stipular sheath of Rhubarb. (XM.) EHEUM BHIPSALIS 1513 bearing numerous greenish lis. that give a feathery ef- fect to the panicle: akene red, winged. Thibet and W. China, on high table-lands. B.M. 6135. R.H. 1874, p. 95. Gn 'So, p. 243; 48, pp. 199, 208. -Probably the best plant of the genus for general cultivation, making a most striking foliage plant. It is from the short, thick, branching stem or caudex of this plant that most of the true officinal Rhubarb is derived. Although known to the Chinese for centuries and the product long imported into Europe, the plant was not described botanioally until 1872. Fig. 2099 is adapted from The Garden. K. acuminatum, Hook. f. & Thom. ''Probably only a small form of R. Emodi, with acuminate Ivs., but the fls. are consid- erably larger, and though long iinder cultivation it does not at- tain half the size of that plant, or vary in its character."— Hooker. Himalayas. B.M. 4877.— ie. ndbile, Hook, f, & Thorn. Stem simple and densely clothed with imbricated downward- pointing bracts that conceal the short axillary peduncles: Ivs. ovate-oblong or rounded, entire. When the fruit is ripe, the shingled bracts are torn away by the winds, leaving the long panicle exposed. 3 ft. Himalayas. R.H. 1876, p. 266. I. H. 22:209. G.C. II. 13:793. A remarkable alpine plant.— ii. Ribes, Linn. 3-5 ft.: Ivs. 1 ft. across, cordate to reniform, the margins crisped or undulate, the blade puckered or blistered: fls. green, drooping: frs. about 1 in. long, oblong-cordate, narrow- winged, blood-red, showy. Asia Minor to Persia. B.M. 7591. "Rivas " or "Ribes " is its Arabic name — R. spieifdrme, Royle. Dwarf: Ivs. thick, orbicular or broadly ovate: fls. white, in a dense spike rising about 2 ft. Western Himalaya. L. H. B. EHEtTMATISBr BOOT. Jeffersonia binata. BH£XIA (Greek, rupture; referring to its supposed properties of healing). Melastomdcece. Meadow Beauty. A genus of about 10 species of N. American perennial herbs, with opposite sessile or short-petioled, 3-5-nerved Ivs. and showy flowers borne in late summer. Pis. terminal, solitary or in cymes; calyx-tube urn- to bell-shaped, narrowed at the neck, 4-lobed; petals 4, obovate; stamens 8, equal, the connective being thick- ened at the base, with or without a spur at the back. Bhexia Virginica is found wild in company with side-saddle plants {Sarracenia purpurea) and cranber- ries in the low meadows of Massachusetts. It is what we should call a bog plant. It is a pretty, low-grow- ing, tuberous - rooted plant blooming in summer and chiefly interesting as being one of few species of a genus belonging to a family almost wholly composed of shrubby plants from tropical countries, siich as Centradeuia, Plerc ma and Medinella. It increases by means of tubers and seeds, and under suitable condi- AA. stem angled. B. Petals yellow. Ifltea, Walt. Stem becoming much branched, 1 ft. high: Ivs. smooth, serrulate, the lower obovate and ob- tuse, the upper lanceolate and acute: fls. small, in nu- merous cymes. July, Aug. Pine- barren swamps, N. C. to Pla. and west. BB. Petals not yellow. c. Iais. 6-10 lines long. cilidsa, Miohx. Stem nearly simple, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. ovate, sessile or very short-petioled, 3- nerved: fls. violet-purple, 1-lK in. across, short -pedioelled, in few -lid. cymes; anthers not curved and not spurred at the back. June-Aug. Swamps, Ind. to Pla., west to La. CO. Lvs. 1-^ in. long Virginica, Linn. Fig. 2100. Boots tuber-bearing: stems about 1 ft. high, branched above and usually clustered, forming a com- pact, bushy plant : lvs. sessile, ovate, acute, rounded or rarely narrowed at the base, 1-2 in. by K-1 in., usually 5-nerved : fls. rosy, 1-lK in. across, in cymes; petals rounded or slightly retuse ; anthers minutely spurred on the back. July-Sept. Sunny swamps, Me. to Fla., west to Mo. B.B. 2: 474. B.M. 968. -This is one of the prettiest of the small wild flowers. When transplanted, it seems to thrive as well in good clay loam as in peaty soils, although it sometimes _ grows in the latter. P. W. Barclay and T. D. Hatfield. BHIKH-BEREY. Bham- nus cathartica. EHIPIDODfiNDEON. See ,.v-"V^'.''!^''y*' ^As'v^c H til J, 2099. Rheum officinale. tions soon makes large clumps. Tubers potted in the autumn and kept in a coldfrome force nicely in spring- time. ». Stem cylindrical. Mariana, Linn. A slender, erect, usually simple- stemmed plant with reddish purple fls. about 1 in. across, in loose cymes: lvs. short-petioled, oblong to linear-oblong, 1-lKin. long, 2-5 lines wide, 3-nerved; anthers minutely spurred at the back. June-Sept. Pine barrens, N. J. to Pla., west to Ky. B.B. 2:474.- Grows in drier places than S. Virginica. EHIPID6PTEEIS is un- der Acrostichum. 2100. Rhexia Virginica. (XH). EHtFSALIS (Greek, r/iips, wlckerwork). CactcLcece. A mixed assemblage of lengthened epiphytic forms, brought together by a common character of small fls., with the tube short or wanting; here including Hariota, Lepismium and Pfeiffera. Fls. white or greenish white, except JR. cereiformis, rosy, and S. salicornioides, JR. pachyptera and ^K. rhombea, yellow. Fruit without spines or wool, except in H. cereiformis. For culture, see Cactus. alata, 14. brachiata, 2. Cassytha, 5. cereiformis.'!. comjnune, 11. funalis, 4. grandifiora, 4. Houlletiana, 15, INDEX. Houlletii. 15. ianthothele, 7. mesembrianthe- moides, 3. myosums, 12. pachyptera, 14, paradoxa, 9. pentaptera, 10. rhombea, 13, Saglionis, 2. salicornioides, 1, sguamnlosa, 11. Swartziana, 13. trigona, 8. virgata, 6. A. Branches round or nearly so in cross-sec- tion: fls. white except in the first species : berry small, white, round. B. The branches of two Tcinds i. salicomoides 2. Saglionis 3. mesembiianthemoldei 1514 EHIPSALI3 EHIPSALIS BB. The branches all alike AA. Branches angular: fls. and fr. not immersed . AAA. Branches angular, often nearly covered with roots: areola; hollowed, the fl. and fr, i m - mersed, with copious bristles : AAAA. Branches flat, rarely triangular, erenate or serrate, with middle- and visually side-ribs; rarely setulose: fls. yellow or yellowish. . . grrandiflora Cassytha viri^ata ianthothele trigona paradoxa pentaptera squamulosa myosuruB Thombea pachyptera HouUetiana 1. salicotnioides, Haw. {Baridta salicomioldes, DC), Plant upright, reaching a height of 18 in., richly branched ; areolae hardly setulose or lanate: stems cereiform, with cylindric or oblong-elliptic joints : ma- ture or fruiting branches withvertioillate, club- or flask- shaped joints, with slender base, all apparently, as well as the fls. and fr. growing from the tops of joints: fls. yellow, funnelform, K in. long; berry small, whitish. Brazil. B.M. 2461. 2. Saglidnis, Otto {li, brachi&ta, Hook. Haribta Saglibnis, Lem.), Pig. 2101. Reaching a height of 2ft., 2101. Rhipsalis Saglionis (XM). richly branched: long or cereiform branches ^-Ift. long; secondary or fruiting branches oblong-elliptic or short- cylindric, rounded at the ends, spirally or rarely verti- cillately arranged, sometimes weakly grooved, not more than X in. long: areolse with very scanty wool and 2-4 short bristles, which on the end branches project as a little brush: fls. near the tops of the short branches, flat, % in. in diam., with 12 white leaves with yellow- ish midstripe: berry white.' Uruguay and Argentina. B^.M. 4039 {M. braehiata}. 3. mesembrianthemoldes, Haw, {Haribta mesembriaU' themoides, Lem.). Upright, the ends drooping, richly branched : long branches 4-8 in. long, 1 line in diam. ; fruiting branches 3-5 lines long, not more than 2 lines in diam., spirally attached, thickly crowded : areola sparsely woolly, with 1-2 bristles which project from the ends of the branches : fls. near the top of the joint, about 5 lines in diam., formed of 10 white with yellow midstriped leaves: berry white. Brazil. B.M. 3078.— Hardly more than a slender variety of the preceding. 4. grandiildra, Haw. (jB. fandiis, Salm.). Branching, cylindrical, rather stout, the branches reaching a height of 3 ft., with a diameter of more than % in.; ultimate branchlets short, often verticillate : areolae depressed, bordered by a red line, sometimes in old branches bear- ing a bristle: fls. wheel-shaped, lateral on the branches, nearly 1 in. in diam. Brazil. B.M. 2740. 5. CassJ'tha, Gaertn. Richly branching, pendulous, sometimes 10 ft. long; branches rarely 2 ft. long, 1-1}^ lines in diam., pale green; ultimate branchlets spirally attached : areolae with sparse woolly hairs and fre- quently 1-2 minute bristles: fls. lateral on the terminal joints, 2-3 lines in diam. : berry like that of the mistle- toe, 1-2 lines in diam. Widely dispersed in Central and S. America, West Indies, Mex., Mauritius, Ceylon and Africa. B.M. 3080. 6. virgS.ta, Web. Richly branching, pendulous, be- coming a yard long; terminal branchlets hardly more than a line thick, spirally attached : areolae bearing sparse woolly hairs, with an occasional bristle: fls. lat- eral, 3-4 lines in diam.: berry only IK lines in diam, Brazil.— Very much like the preceding. 7. ia,n.t'hot'lii:le, Weh, (Pfelffera ianthothilus, Weh, H, cereifdrmis, FoTBt. Pfelfferaeereifdrmis,Sa,\m,), Stems pendent, 1-2 ft. long, branching, less than 1 in. in diam., 4-, rarely 3-angled; ribs tuberculate; areolae at summit of tubercles short- woolly, soon na- ked, bearing 6-7 short bristles: fls, with very short tube, but the fl. bell-shaped, pur- ple-red without, pure white with- in, nearly 1 in. long, little more than half as much wide: fr. the size of a cherry, rose- red, with bristles like those of the stem. Argentina. 8. trigona, Pfeiff. Richly branched, becom- ing a yard long: branches Kto nearly 1 in. in diam., 3-angled: areolae sparsely woolly and brist- ly, the blooming areolae much more copiously so: fls. greenish outside, white within, 4 or 5 lines long. Bra- zil. 9. paTad6za, Salm. Sparingly branched, 1-2 ft. long ; branchlets 1-2 in. long and %-l in. in diam., twisted at the joints, so that the angles alternate with the sides : fls. % in. long, white. Brazil. 10. pentaptera, Pfeiff. Richly branched, 1-2 ft. long, 4-5 lines in diam. : branchlets 2-5 in. long, 5-6-angled or almost winged : areolae in crenatures of the angles with scanty wool and an occasional bristle: fls. greenish white, 3-4 lines long: fr. white, bright rose-red above crowned by the withered flower. South Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina. RHIPSALIS BHODE ISLAND 1515 11. squamuldsa, Sebum. (Lepismium commime, Pf eiff .) • Somewhat branched, reaching a length of 2 ft. ; branches very unequal in length, %-l in. thick, triangular, the angles winged: fls. 1-2, from the deep areolae, 5 lines long, greenish without, yellowish within. Brazil, Ar- gentina. B.M. 3763. 12. myostirus, Schnm. {Lepismium myositrus , Pfeiff.). Somewhat branched, a yard long: branches 3-6 lines thick, 3-4-angled, the angles not winged, the terminal branchlets generally acuminate, often tipped by a pencil of bristles: fls. solitary in the deep areola, 4-5 lines long, rosy white: fr. red. Brazil. B.M. 3755. 13. rhdmbea, PfelfE. (B. SwartsUna (?), Pfeiff.). Branching, reaching a yard in length ; joints green, leaf- like, crenate - oblong or rhombic, 1-5 in. long, K-2 in. broad: fls. yellow, about 5 lines long. Brazil. 14. pachyptera, Pfeiff. (B. alAta, Steud.). Erect, branching, reaching a height of nearly 1 yard; joint.s flat, rarely 3-winged, rather thick, usually somewhat concavo-convex, 3-8 in. long, blunt, 2-5 in. broad, often purple-red : fls. about 8 lines long, yellow with reddish tips. Brazil. B.M.. 2820 {Cactus alatus). 15. HouUetiana, Lem. (B. HoulUtii, Lem.). Stem richly branched, becoming 3 ft. or more long, 1-lK in. broad, often tapering to the round midrib for a consider- able distance, then becoming again broad and leaflike: fls. 8-9 lines long, yellowish white to yellow: berry red. Brazil. B.M. 6089. Katharine Beandegee. BHIZOFHOBA is discussed under Mangrove. The plant is now offered for sale in S. Calif. EHODANTHE. See ffeliptenm. BHODEA. See Bohdea. BHODE ISLAND, HOKTICULTUBE IN. Figs. 2102, 2103. Rhode Island, the most thickly populated state in the Union, is distinctly a manufacturing center. This condition of things, which brings the larger portion of the population together into the cities and villages, to- gether with the steadily increasing popularity of its famous summer resorts and the rapid transportation both by rail and water which place the New York and Boston markets within easy reach, affords opportunities for horticultural developments which are equaled by few and excelled by none of the eastern states. At present the growing of vegetables, both in the fleld and under glass, is the most highly developed horticul- tural industry. The towns of Cranston and Warwick are the center of this industry, where the soils are light sandy loams which are capable, under the skilful man- agement they receive, of producing large crops of excel- lent quality. The following flgures, which are taken from the Stale Census for 1895, give some idea as to the extent of the market-garden industry for that year: Green corn, 1,138,983 doz.; tomatoes, 106,2fi; bushels; cucumbers, 66,268 bushels; lettuce, 2, 852,20^1|jeads ; beans, string, 40,706 bushels; peas, green, SSi" S bushels; celery, 579,016 heads; melons, 624,980. V The greater proportion of the lett\» grown is of the hard-heading type, which is produced"^ -ing the months from October to May. Over$100,000 is mi^ested in glass for the production of this crop within a radius of five miles of the city of Providence. The greater portion of the rauskmelon crop is produced upon the sandy plains of Warwick. The early crop is grown from plants which are either started in pots in the glass-houses and trans- planted to the fleld or planted under sash in the fleld. The early varieties used for the crop are of the small Gem type, which always finds a ready sale at fancy prices, while the main crop, which is planted the last of May, is largely shipped in car-lots to Boston. For the main crop the large oblong type of melon is the most popular. Besides the large market-gardeners who are located near the cities, many of the farmers who live Within a short distance of the manufacturing villages find there a ready and profitable market for the many vegetables which they produce, as the people found in these villages are good Jbuyers who consume large quan- tities of vegetables when they have work. During the past decade the fioriculture of the state has been developing rapidly, not so much, however, irl the number of establishments as in the area of glass. Where ten years ago the figures were given in hun- dreds, to-day they are increased to thousands of square feet. This development is especially noticeable in the towns which have a population of from 2,000 to 3,000. The carnation is still the most popular flower, although many flne roses are grown, with a steadily increasing demand for rare flowers, as orchids and forced stock, during the winter months. There are in the state nine local nurseries. The greater part of the btisiness is the growing of specimen plants for use in localities where immediate effects are Narragansett Pier A TLA IT T I C O C SA vV aioa. County map of Rhode Island. desired, rather than the propagation and sale of young nursery stock. The fruit-growing industry is but poorly developed, only a very small proportion of the fruit consumed be- ing produced within the state limits. Apples are grown more than any other fruit, the largest orchards being located in the northern part of the state, the fruit being more highly colored than that grown in the orchards along the coast. Baldwin, Rhode Island Greening, Rox- bury Russet and Spy are planted more than other va- rieties. Many of the old, orchards are past their prime, and there are excellent opportunities offered for the planting of profltable orchards upon the hilly and de- serted farms. Among the enemies of fruit, the follow- ing are the most troublesome: apple scab, codlin-moth, curculio and maggot. The original Rhode Island Green- ing apple tree, still standing in the town of Foster is shown in Fig. 2103, as it looked in 1900. Peaches are receiving much attention at present. From orchards which are favorably located, crops are obtained two out of three years; the average for the state is about three out of five. Aside from the winter- killmg of the buds, the most serious trouble is the rot- tmg of the fruit. This trouble causes much greater losses m the towns bordering upon the salt water. 1516 RHODE ISLAND EHODODENDRON 2103. Original tree of Rhode Island Greening apple, as it looked in lOQO. Pears are found growing in abundance all over the state, nearly every village lot having a few trees of the more popular varieties. There are several small com- mercial orchards, the principal varieties produced being the Bartlett, Bosc, Clapp, Lawrence and Sheldon. Strawberries are produced in abundance in those towns bordering upon the eastern shore of Narragansett Bay, where they are the principal horticultural crop. The majority of the growers use the wide matted row. Some, however, use a very narrow row, or the hill sys- tem. This is a proiitable crop to grow, as, according to the 1895 State Census, the average price received was 9K cents per quart. Currants, gooseberries and raspberries are grown in limited quantities, mostly for home consumption. The demand for these fruits is always greater than the sup- ply, so that the prices obtained are always remunerative. In Providence and Washington counties considerable attention is given to the growing of cranberries. Upon many farms are found wild bogs, to which the only, care given is an occasional cutting of the wild growth to prevent its encroachment upon the bog. These bogs are usually found upon lowlands which are naturally overflowed by streams during the winter months. The most profitable bogs, however, are those which are care- fully cared for and have a water supply which may be controlled at will, thus often preventing damage from late spring and early fall frosts. At the present time excellent opportunities are of- fered for the growing of all kinds of fruits, to those persons who are willing to invest their capital and con- duct the work upon a practical and scientific basis, as there are a number of markets which are never sup- plied with home-grown fruit in sufficient quantities. While it is true that fruit-growing, as an industry, is not largely developed within the state, yet it is a pleasant fact to note that excellent horticultural results are obtained by the amateur. Numerous home gardens, of small area, about many of the homes in the cities and larger villages of the state are beautiful and attrac- tive with their artistic flower beds, varied shrubs, and fine fruit trees. q. e. Adams. RHODE ISLAND BENT GRASS. Agrostis canina. RHODOCHlTON (Greek, red cloak; alluding to the large rosy red calyx). ScrophulariAcece. A genus of a single species, a free-flowering, graceful vine from Mexico. Lvs. cordate, acuminate, sparsely and acutely dentate: fls. solitary, pendulous, axillary, long-pedun- cled; calyx conspicuous, large, membranous, broad bell-shaped, 5-cleft; corolla-tube cylindrical, the throat not personate, 5-lobed; lobes oblong, nearly equal; capsule dehiscent by irregular perforations. yoltibile, Zucc. Purple Bells. A vine with habit of Maurandia, to which it is allied, but more vigorous and having curious, distinct purplish red fls. over 2 in. long on red peduncles : lvs. about 3 in. long. B.M. 3367. B.R. 21:1755. I.H.. 42:31. -Blooms the first season from seed and may be treated as a tender annual. F. W. Barclay. RHODODENDRON' (Greek, rhodon and dendron, rose- tree; alluding to the beautiful flowers and the habit; the Rhododendron of the ancient writers is Nerium). Mricdeew. Highly ornamental evergreen shrubs or trees, with alternate petioled, entire lvs. and terminal clusters of large, showy fls., varying in all shades of purple, scarlet, pink orange, yellow and white. None of the evergreen shrubs suitable for cultivation in colder climates are more effective in bloom than the Rhododendrons. The large clusters of showy flowers often nearly cover the entire plant, while the handsome foliage is attractive at evei-y season (Fig. 2104). Hardiness of the Various i^pecies. — Although mostof the species are hardy only in warm temperate regions, there are many which are hardy at least as far north as Massachusetts. They are li. maximum, Catawhiensey Caiicusicuni, brachycarpuin, Metterniclii, Smirnowi, mucromtlatum, Valiuricum, Lapponicnm , ferruginetim^ hirsiiftini, pimctafjtm, eind probably also ehrysanthum, JPrzeivalski, campatiulatum , OaUfornicum,Ungerni, and KotsoJiiji. Somewhat more tender are Ji. ±'onticum, iiiveiiin, Hodgsoni, Thomsoni, AnthopogoH. South of Philadelphia such species as^. cinnabaritmm, glaticum, ciliatum, Fortunei, lepidotwm, Colletianum, and the Yunnan species, as R. decorum, irroratiiyn and racemo- sum, are probably hardy; also J2. arboreum, barbatum, Falconeri, Keysi, triflorum and Wrighti in very shel- tered positions. Species like H. Dalhousiee, Edge- worthi, Griffithianum,, formosum, Maddeni, X^uttaili and pendulum stand only a few degrees of frost. The Javanese species, as R. Javanicum, jasminiflorum^ Brooheannm and Lobhi grow and bloom continually and stand no frost at all. Variation in Height.— Most of the species are shrubby; a few only, and these mostly Himalayan species, grow into small or medium-sized trees, attaining 60 ft. in the case of jB. barbatum , 40 ft. in R. gravde and arboreumf 30 ft. in Falconeri and maximum. A number of north- ern and alpine species always remain dv\arf, as R. fer- rugineum, hirsutum, Lapponicum,, virgaium, lepido tum, racemosum, and others. A few Himalayan and Malayan species are often epiphytal and grow on branches of large trees like orchids; e.g., R. Dal' Jiousice, pendulum, Nuttalli and most of the Malayan species. Their Place in Ornamental PZaw/iwg.— Rhododen- drons are equally effective and desirable for single specimens on the lawn or when massed in large groups, and are especially showy when backed by the dark green foliage of conifers, which at the same time afford a most advantageous shelter. The dwarf species, which are mostly small-leaved and flower at a different time, should not be grouped with the large-leaved ones, as they do not harmonize with them ; however, they are exceed- ingly charming plants for rockeries or in groups with other smaller evergreens. It is certainly true that the Rhododendrons have not yet received the attention they deserve. They are still far from being as popular as they are in England. The beautiful Himalayan species and their numerous hybrids especially are still almost unknown in this country, although without doubt they could be grown as well outdoors in the middle and southern Atlantic States as they are in England, if the right situation were selected. Formerly it was con- sidered impossible to grow the beautiful hardy hybrids in the New England states, but now it has been shown by such splendid collections as those of Mr. H. H. Hunnewell at Wellesley, Mass. (see A. P. 13:24-31 and Gng. 5:375-377), that, even in a trying climate, they can be grown to perfection if the right situations are se- lected and the right way of cultivation is followed. Outdoor Cultivation.— The selection of a suitable situation is of foremost importance. If possible the beds should be sheltered against drying winds and the burning sun by tall conifers, but the shelter should be always light and natural, as too much shelter by dense hedges or walls close to the plants is worse than no shelter at all. Any open, well-drained soil which does RHODODENDRON RHODODENDRON 1517 not contain limestone or heavy clay and has a moist and fresh subsoil will prove satisfactory. Where limestone or heavy clay prevails, beds must be specially prepared and filled with suitable soil. They should be at least 2 to 3 ft. deep, or deeper where the subsoil is not porous, and in this case the bottom should be filled in about 1-2 ft. high with gravel or broken stones for drainage. A mixture of leaf-mold or peat and sandy loam will make a suitable soil. In dry spells during the summer, watering is necessary if the subsoil is not very moist; it is most essential that the soil never become really dry. In the fall the ground should be covered with leaves, pine needles, hay or other material to protect from frost. This mulch should be allowed to remain during the summer, especially where the plants are not large enough to shade the ground. An occasional top- dressing of well-decayed stable or cow manure will prove of much advantage. The ground should never be disturbed, as the roots are very near the surface. After flowering, the young seed-vessels should be removed. The Rhododendrons are easily transplanted either in spring or in fall, especially if they grow in peat or turfy loam, and a good ball of earth can be preserved in mov- ing. They should be planted firmly, especially in porous, peaty soil, and thoroughly watered after plant- ing. If they are carefully handled they are not much affected by transplanting, and tender kinds may be dug in fall, heeled-in in a frost-proof pit, and planted out again in spring. Potted and well-budded plants trans- ferred in January into a temperature not exceeding 60° will develop in about six to eight weeks into very attrac- tive and showy specimens for decoration. Hardy Varieties .—Thf, following varieties have proved hardy in the vicinity of Boston and may be recommended for planting in similar climates and for experimental trial farther north. They are mostly hybrids of S. Ga- tawbiense with i2. maximum, Ponficum, Caucasicuvi and with some infusion of S. arboreum and perhaps a few other species. As in most of them the parentage of if. Catawbiense is the most predominant, they are all usually called "Catawbiense Hybrids." Choice kinds are: AlMim elegans, blush, changing to white; Album grandiflorum, blush, changing to white: fls. larger, less spotted; Alexander Dancer, bright rose, paler in center; AtrosanguineuTn, rich blood-red; August Van Geert, bright carmine, spotted dark purple; Bacchus, crimson, large fls. ; Sico/or, purplish pink, spotted; Blandianum, rosy crimson; Carnsctactis, deep crimson; Charles Bag - V'!l, cherry-red ; Charles Dickens, dark red, spotted brown, one of the most striking red ones; Ccerulescens, ytale lilac; Coriaceum, white, spotted yellow, dwarf and free-blooming; Crown Prince, carmine spotted greenish yellow; Delicatissimum, blush, edged pink, changing to almost white, late; J^ in. long. Himal. B.M. 4930. F.S. 11:1173. I.H. 3:112. B.H. 7, p. 47. G.O. 1856:548 and 1871:236. Gn. 15:169 (as R. cinnabarinum).- J?. Bodthii, Nutt. Shrub, 6 ft. high, often epiphytal: lvs. ovate-oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, hirsute above when young, minutely lepidote beneath, 4-5 in. long: fls. in dense clusters, campanulate, yellow, l^in. across. Himal. B.M. 7149. I.H. 5:174.— i2. Brookednum. Low shrub, often epiphytal, with glabrous purple branches; lvs. oblong-lanceo- late, pale beneath, 6-9 in. long: fls. funnelform-eampanulate, orange- or golden yellow, 2% in. across. Borneo. B.M. 4935. F.S. 5, p. 477 and 12:1238-39. G.C. III. 9:621.— J2. calendu- 2111. Rhododendron maximum (X M)< lAceum, Torr. == Azalea calendvl&cea.—R. caloph^llum, Nutt. Shrub, 3 ft. high: lvs. oblong-ovate or elliptic, glossy above, lepidote beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. 4-5, tubular-campanulate, white, slightly tinged yellowish green, 3 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5002. F.S. 22:2340.— i2.cameZ;ice«drwm, Hook. f. Shrub, 6 ft. high, often epiphytal : lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, ferrugineous- lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long; fls. 1-2, short-pedicelled, broadly campanulate, white or slightly tinged rose, 1^ in. across; sta- mens 16. Himal. B.M. 4932. — B. eampylocdrpum. Hook. f. Shrub, 6 ft. high: lvs. elliptic, obtuse, mucronulate, glabrous and glaucous beneath, 2-3/4 in. long: fls. several, campanulate, yellow, fragrant, to 2^4 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4968. Gn. 54:1186. G.C. IL 21:833; III. 11:501 and 12:699.— i2. Canadinse, Dipp.=Azalea Canadensis, described on p. 122, Vol. I.—B. Cavrdni, Andr6. Hybrid of R. formosum and Veitchi. Fls. white, usually slightly tinged rose, fragrant, 3/^ in. across. R.H. 1885:60.— i2. Chdmpionce, Hook.=Azalea Championse, O. Ktze. It seems not yet introduced. B.M. 4609. — B. chrys- dnthum. Pall. Low shrub, 2 ft. high: lvs. elliptic-oblong, acute, 1-2 in. long, fermgineous beneath: fls. few, slender-pediceled, broadly campanulate, yellow, 1% in. across. Siberia, Kams- chatka. Hardy. — R. cilidtum. Hook, f. Small shrub, 2-4 ft.: lvs. elliptic, acuminate, pilose above, ciliate, pale and lepidote beneath, 2 in. long: fls. several, campanulate, pale purple, iM in. across. Himal. P.F.G. 3:83. Var. roseo album, Hook. Fls. larger, white, tinged rose. B.M. 4648. F.S. 8:766. Gt. 16:563.— Ji, ciliicdlyx, Franch. Small shrub: lvs. elliptic- obovate, shortly acuminate, ciliate, pale and lepidote beneath: fls. 7-10, campanulate, white, 2 in. across. Yunnan. R.H. 1899:36.— jR. cinnabarinum, Hook, f. Slender-branched shrub: lvs. elliptic to elliptic -lanceolate, lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. many, nodding, tubular-campanulate, rose-orange or brick-red, 1% in. long. Himal. Var. pallidum. Hook. Lvs. glaucous beneath: fls. pale rose, spotted red within. B.M. 4788. Var. Eoylei, Hook. Lvs. ferrugineous beneath : fls larger, of brighter color. Gn, 44:940. G.C. II. 21:765 and III. l:2709.-ie. clividnum. Hook. Hybrid of R. arboreum album and Catawbiense. Fls. white, blushed and spotted carmine. B.M. 4478.— B. dtrlnum^ Hassk. Small shrub: lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse, lepidote and pale beneath, l3^-2in. long: fls. several, nodding, campanulate, pale yellow, ^ in. long, fragrant. Java. B.M. 4797. Tender. — R. Collettidnwm, Aitch & Hemsl. Shrub, 10 ft. high: lvs. ellip- tic-lanceolate, brownish lepidote beneath, 1/^-3 in. long: fls. short-pedicelled, funnelform, white, 1 in. long. Afghan. B.M. 7019. G.C. III. i:2Q7.—R.C'dnni?ighami, Hort. Hybrid of R. arboreum, var, cinnamomeum and E. maximum, var. album. Fls. white, spotted purple. Moore, Gard. Mag. Bot. 1851:121. Not to beconfounded with R. Cunningham's White, a variety or hybrid of R. Caucasicum, which is a dwarf and hardy shrub, much used in Germany as a stock for grafting hardy varieties. R, Ddlhousice, Hook. f. Straggling shrub, attaining 8 ft., often epiphytal: lvs. elliptic, rusty-lepidote beneath. 4-5 in. long: fls. 3-5, campanulate, yellow, changing to white, fragrant, 43^in. across. Himal. B.M. 4718. Gn. 28:511. F.S. 5:466-68. Gn. 48, p. 108. Remarkable for the large, lily-like fragrant fls. A double-fld. variety is figured in Gn. 13, p. 517. R. Dalhousige hybridum (B.M. 5322) is a hybrid with R. formosum and R. Dalhousise Victorianum (F.S. 23:2466), a hybrid with R. Nuttallii. — R. Ddviesi, Hort. Hybrid of R. Javanicum and re- tusum, with tubular orange-red fls. F.M. 20:474. Not to he- confounded with Azalea Daviesi, see Vol. I, p. 120.— iS. dScorum, Franch. Shrub: lvs. oblong-ovate, glabrous, glaucous beneath: fls. broadly campanulate, white or pink, to 2 in. across; sta- mens 16. Thibet, Yunnan.— i2. Delavdyi, Franch. Tree: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, rufous -tomentulose beneath: fls. in large, dense heads, deep red, broadly campanulate, 1 in. across. Yunnan.— i2. Bdgeworthii, Hook. f. Straggling shrub, often epiphytal: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, blackish green and reticulate' above, fermgineous-tomentose below, 3-4 in. long: fls. few, broadly campanulate, white, tinged rose, with broad, waved lobes, 43^ in. across. Himal. B.M. 4936. F.S. 8:797-98.—^. eximium, Nutt. = R. Falconeri, var. eximixiTa.—R. Fdlconeri, Hook. f. Shrub or tree, attaining 30 ft.: lvs. elliptic or obo- vate, rusty-tomentose beneath, 8-10 in. long: fls. many, eam- pamilate,8-10-lobed, while, with a dark purple blotch within, 1-2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4924. F.S. 5:477-80; 11:1166-67. Gt. 19 : 658. Gn. 48, p. 103 ; 49, p. 441. G.C. III. 20 : 749* Remarkable for its very large lvs., sometimes to iK ft. long. Var. eximium, Hook. Fls. rose-colored and not spotted.— i2. fastudsuTn, var. flore pleno, Vanhoutte. Hybrid of R. Catawbiense and R. Pon- ticum. Fls. lilac-purple, semi-double. F.S. 2:143. Almost hardy. — B. Fdrrerce, Tate = Azalea Farrerse.- J2. fldvum, Don = A. Pontica.— J2. Fdrdii, Hemsl. Shrub: lvs. lanceolate,, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, pure white, l3^in. across. S. China.— .E. formbsxim^ Wall. (R. Gibsoni, Paxt.). Slender shrub, 8 ft. high: lvs. oblong-obovate, ciliate, pilose above, glaucous and lepidote beneath, 1-2% in. long: fls. few, lunnel- f orm-campanulate, white, tinged pink, lJ^-2 in. across. Hima- laya Mts. B.M. 4457. P.M. 8:217. G.C. IIL 17:711.— iZ. JFors- teridnum, Hort. Hybrid of R. Edgeworthii aiid Veitchii. Fls. large, white.— i2. Fdrtunei, Lindl. Shrub, 12 ft. high, with stout branches, glabrous: lvs. oblong, acute, glaucous beneath, 5-7 in. long: fls. many, broadly campanulate, 7-lobed, rosy lilac; stamens 14. B.M. 5596. Almost hardy.- iZ. Mlgens, Hook. f. Allied to R. campanulatum, but smaller: fls. deep blood-red, in a dense head. Himal. B.M. 5317. F.S. 8:789.— Ji. Gibsoni, JPaxt. = R. formosum.— i2. glailcum. Hook, f . Small shrub, 3 ft. high: lvs. elliptic -oblong, lepidote, glaucous be- neath, 2-4 in. long: fls. 5-8, campanulate, rose-colored, 1% in. across. Himal. B.M. 4721. F.S. 7:672.— JR. £rrdnde, Wight (R. argenteum. Hook. f.). Tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. oblong-obovate, acute, glabrous, white beneath, 8-12 in. long: fls. in a dense- head, campanulate, 5-8-lobed, rosy at first, changing to white, 2-3 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5054. Gn. 48:1026. F.S. 5:473-76. G.C.II.17:suppl.JunelO; IIL 4:158 (suppl.) ; 27:105. R.H. 1888, p. 197. Var. roseum, Hook. Fls. rose-colored. B.M. GMS.—B. Griffithianum,, Wisht. Shrub, 8 ft. high, glabrous: lvs. oblong, pale beneath, fr-12 in. long: fls. 4-6, broadly campanulate, white, fragrant, 3 in. across or more. Himal. Gt. 15:517. Var. Aucklandi, Hook. Fls. 7 in. across. B.M. 5065. Gn. 20:303. R.H. 1855:81.. G.C. II. 22:657; III. 12:697. Remarkable for its very large fls.— i2. Halopednum, Andr6. Hybrid of R. arbo- reum and Grif&thianum. Fls. large, blush. R.H. 1896:428.— i2. Hdrrisii, Hort. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Thompsoni. Pis. deep crimson, spotted within.— 72. JS6dgsoni, Hook. f. Shrub or small tree, attaining 20 ft.: lvs. narrowly obovate-oblong, whitish or brownish tomentose beneath, 8-18 in. long: fls. in a dense head, broadly campanulate, pale purple, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5552. R.H.1855:421; 1866:191.- JZ.^odfcfin, Nutt. Shrub, 14 ft. high: lvs. oblong-oval, glabrous, glaucous below and sparingly chaffy on the veins: fls. campanulate, deep crim- son, l-l54in. across; calyx cup-shaped. Himal. B.M. 4926.— R. Indicum, Sweet = Azalea Indica.—^. irrordtum, Franch. Shrub, several feet high, glabrous : lvs. oblong to oblong-lanceo- late, pale beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. many, funnelform-eam- panulate, IM in. long, white, tinged pink. Yunnan. B.M. 7361. —R.Javdnicum>,'Blam&. Large shrub, glabrous: lvs. elliptic to oblong, acute, minutely lepidote beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. many, funnelform, orange-yelloW to brick-red, 2 in. across. Winter. Malayan Archipel. and Penins. B.M. 4336. F.S, 3:293-94; 6:576. P.M. 15:217. Var. tubiflorum. Hook. Lvs. smaller: fls. smaller and with longer tube, salmon-pink. B.M, 6850. — B. Jenkinsi, Nutt.=R. Maddeui. — B. Kamschdticum,, Pall. = Azalea Kamschatica.— -K. K^ndrichii, Nutt. Large BHODODENDEON RHODOLEIA 1525 shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous, pale beneath, 4-7 in. long: fla. many, campanulate, bright scarlet, 2 in. across. Himal. Var. latifolium, Hook. Lvs. broader, oblong lanceo- late, glandular pubescent beueatb when young. B.M. 5129.— i;f. Kew^nse, W. Wats. Hybrid of R. Griffithiamun and Hookeri. Fls. large, in loose heads, crimson, pink or almost white. Gn. 42:885; 52:U89. G.C. III. 23:291. -J?, mysii, Nutt. Shrub, 2-6 ft. high, with ferrugineous branches: lvs. elliptic-lanceo- late, glabrous, pale and sparingly scaly beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. many, tubular, with short erect lobes, brick-red, 1 in. long. July. Himal. B.M.4875. F.S. 11:1110. Gt.l2:415. Gn.48,p.l06.~ i2..K'(5iscAj/i,Simk.(R.myrtifolium,Schott&Kotschy,notLodd.). Low shrub: lvs. oblong-obovate, obtuse, mueronul ate, shining above.ferrugineous-lepidote beneath. J^-1 in. long: fls.few.tubu- lar-fnnnelform, with the tube outside pubessent, inside villous, carmine, ^ in. long: style shorter than ovary. July. Carpathian Mts. Gn. 56, p, 159. Reichenb. Ic. Flor. Germ.^l7:1157, figs. 2, 3. —R. lacteuTTbt Franch. Tree: lvs. cordate, 'elliptic-ovate to- mentulose beneath : fls. in dense heads, broadly campanulate, 6-lobed, white, 1 in. across. Yunnan.— i2. landtum. Hook. f. Shrub or small tree: lvs. obovate to obovate-oblong, with tawny woolly tomentum beneath, and also above when young, 3-5 in. long: fls. 6-10, broadly campanulate, yellow, spotted red within, 2-2Kin. across. Himal. F.S. 7:684. R.H. 1855:161. Almost hardy.— J2. landfdlium, Moench = R. Fontieujn.— ^. lancifdlium. Hook. f. = R. barbatum.— JK. Lappdnicum, Wahl. Depressed shrub; lvs. oval or oblong, obtuse, ^-% in. long: fls. 3-6, broadly campanulate, purple, J^ in. across; stamens 5-8. July. Mts. of N. Amer., N. En.. N. Asia. B.M. 3106. Hardy.— ^. ledifblium, Don = Azalea rosmarinifolia.— JB. iepi- ddtum,WaM. (R. elseagnoides, Hook. f.). Slender shrub, 4 ft. high: lvs. obovate to lanceolate, glaucous-green, lepidote be- neath, y4~l}i in. long: fls. 1-3, sometimes many, slender-pedi- celled, broadly campanulate, yellow or dull purple, spotted within, 3^ in. across; stamens usually 8. Himal, B.M. 4657. Gn. 15:159. G.C. II. 22:297. Var. chloranthum. Hook. (R. salig- num, Hook. f.). Fls. greenish or pale yellow, spotted greenish: lvs. narrow. Var. obovatum, Hook. Fls. dark purple, larger: lvs. obovate.— -R, leucdnthum, Bunge = R. rosraarinifolia, var. alba.— iZ. linearifdlium, Sieb. & Zuec. = Azalea linearifolia. — M. Ldbbi, Veiteh. Slender shrub, allied to R. Malayanum: lvs. elUptic-oblong: lis. almost salver-shaped, with slender, curved tube, bright crimson. Winter. Borneo. TheR. Lobbianum, T. Moore (F.M. 1:10J, belongs to R. Brookeanura.— J2. Lils- eombei, W. Wats. Hybrid of R. Fortunei and Thomsoni. Fls. large, rose-red to crimson.— iZ. macrdnthum, Don^ Azalea Indica, var. macrantha. — R. macrocdrpos, Griff. = R, Dal- housiae.- -E. macrostpalum, Maxim. = Azalea macrosepala. — a. Mdddeni, Hook. f. Shrub, to 8 ft.: lvs. elLipfcic-lanceolate, ferrugineous-lepidote beneath, 4-7 in. long: fls. 3, funnel- shaped, white, faintly blushed, to 4 in. across: stamens 18-20. Himal. B.M. 4805. F.S. 9:912. R.H. 1855:301. I.H. 4:140. Gt. 9:277 (as R. Jenkinsi).— i2. Malaydnum, Jack. Small shrub or small tree: lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, red-brown-lepidote beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls. few, salver-shaped, dull scarlet, 54 in. long. Winter. Malacca, Java. B.M. 6045. — K. Mdnglesi, Hort. Hy- brid of R. Griffithianum and R. hybridum album elegans. Fls. large, white, spotted. G.C. II. 24:49; III. 12:1G7. —R.modSstum, Hook. f. Small shrub, glabrous: lvs. elliptie-oblong, greenish yellow and lepidote beneath. 2-3 in. long: fls. 6-10, broadly funnelform. pale pink, spotted red within, 1% in. across. Himal. B.M. 7686.— iS. m(5/?e, Sieb. &Zucc = Azalea Sinensis. — jR. Moulrnainense, Hook. t>hrub: lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, glabrous, 4-5 in. long: fls. many, white, funnelform-eampanu- late, l3^-2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4904. — R. multicolor, Miq. Small, slender shrub: lvs. whorled, narrowly elliptic -lanceo- late, 2-3 in. long; fls. few, funnelform campanulate, 1 in. long, yellow or dark red. Winter. Sumatra. B.M. 6769. Tender. The red-fld. form is distinguished as var. Ourtisi, Hort. Gn. !y(i, J}- G2.—R. myrtifblium, Schott & Kotschy, not Lodd. = R. Kotschyi. — ii. nlveum, Hook, f., Small shrub, allied to R. campanulatum : lvs. obovate-oblong, whitish tomentose all over at fir.st, later glabrous above, 3-6 in. long: fls. broadly campanulate, light rose-lilac at the base, withiij with 5 purple spots, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4730. Var. fulva, Hook. Lvs. light brownish tomentose; fls. deep purple-lilac. B.M. 6827. — -B. Nohlednwm, Lindl. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum. Fls, rosy crimson. B.R. 21:1820.— .E. nudiflbrutn, Torr. = Azalea nudiflora. — R. NUttalli, Booth. Shrub, sometimes epi- phytal, or tree 30 ft, high: lvs. elliptic-oblong, reticulate, pale and lepidote beneath, 6-12 in. long: fls. 4-12, broad funnelform, white, tinged yellow within, fragrant, to 6 in. across; calyx large. Himal. B.M. .5146. F.S. 13:1326-27. Gn. 54, p. 106. G.C. II. 20:49; III. 12:436 ( suppl. ) .— J?, ocddentdle, Gray=f Azalea occidentalis. — R. obovdtum, Hook, f. = R. lepidotum, var. obo- vatum.— J?. obtilsuTn, Planch. — Azalea Indica, var. obtusa.— R. ovdtum. Planch. = Azalea ovata,— 5. parvifdlium, Adams. Shrub, 3 ft. high, allied to R. Lapponieum, but larger: lvs. not revolute at the margin, larger: fls, larger, purple or white; style much longer than stamens. Sibir., Kamsch., Japan. Gt. ^■Mi.—R. pindulum, Hook. f. Slender shrub. 4 ft. high: lvs. elliptie to oblong, acute, ferrugineous- tomentose beneath, lX-2 in. long: fls. few, broadly campanulate, white, about lin. across". Himal. F.S. 7:662. G.C. II. 17:429.— i2. Przewdlskii, Maxim. Allied to R. brachyeai-piim. but lvs. glabrous and pale green beneath: fls. white, spotted pnrpJe within. China, Hardy .—R. pulckerrimum , Lindl. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum, Fls, pink, paler in center, spotted. B.R. 21:1820. —R. racemdsum, Franch. Small upright shrub: lvs. elliptic, glaucous and lepidote beneath, %-l%iTi. long: fls. from axillary buds, crowded toward the end of branches, campanulate, light pink, %-l in. across, slightly fragrant. Yunnan. B.M. 7301. Gn. 42:878. G.C. III. 12:63.— iZ. refwsitm, Bennett, Shrub, 2 ft. high: lvs. obovate to obovate-oblong, glabrous, lepidote be- neath, 2-2K in. long: fls. 6-9, tubular-funnel-shaped, bright scarlet, to l>^in. long. Java. B.M. 4859. F.S. 10:1044. I.H. 2:70. Tender. — J2, Rhbdora, Don = Azalea Canadensis. —J2. rhdmHcum, Miq. = Azalea rhombica.— J?. Rdlliaaoni, Past, Small tree, 30 ft. high, allied to R, arboreum and probably va- riety: lvs. oblong, wrinkled above, tawny-tomentose beneath: fls. iu a dense head, campanulate, deep blood-red. Ceylon, P.F.G. 1:7. B.R. 29:25.— R. Rovellii, Leroy. Hybrid of R. ar- boreum and Dahuricum. Fls. rich crimson. R.H. 1868:190.- R. R6ylei, Hook. = R. einnabarinum, var. Roj'lei.- iZ. Russelli- dnum. Sweet. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Catawbiense. Fls, rosy crimson. S.B F.G. II. 1:91, — R. rubiginbsum, Franch. Rigid shrub, 3 ft. high: lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate, densely ferrugineous lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, broadly funnelform, brightrose-red, Ij^ in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7621. —R. salignum, Hook. = R. lepidotum, var. chloranthum.— iC. scabrifblium, Franch. Small rigid shrub, hispid: lvs. oblong- lanceolate, ciliate, hispid above, pale and lepidote beneath, 2^-33^ in. long; several few-fld. clusters at the end of branches : fls. broadly campanulate, blush, 1% in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7159.— J?. Schlippenbacki, Maxim. = Azalea Schlippenbachi.— R. semibarbdtuin, Maxim. = Azalea semibarbata.— iZ. serpyl- Ufblium, Miq, = Azalea serpyllifolium.—J2. SesteHdnum, Hort. Hybrid of R. Edgeworthi and f ormosum. Fls. large, white.— R. Sh&pherdii, Nutt. Shrub: lvs, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, pale beneath, 3-4 in. long: fls, in a dense head, campanulate, deep scarlet, 2 in. across. Himal. B.M. 5125.— iZ. ShiUoni, Hort. Hybrid of R. barbatum and Thomsoni. Fls. dull red. Gn. 57, p. 261.— J?. Sin&nse, Sweet= Azalea Sinensis.— -J2. Smimowi, Trautv. Shrub or small tree, 20ft. high: lvs. ellip- tic-oblong, grayish white-tomentose beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. in a compact head, broadly funnelform, rosy-lilac, spotted within, 3 in. across. Caucasus. Gt. 35:1226. B.M. 7495. R.H. 1899:500. G.C. III. 20:15. Hardy.— iZ. 5m«Aw, Sweet. Hybrid of R. arboreum and Ponticum. Fls. rosy purple. S.B. F.G. II. 1:50.— iZ. SmithU, Nutt. =R. barbatum. var. Smithi.— .E. Teys- tnannii, M.iq. Closely allied to R.Javanicura: lvs. more shining, not lepidote beneath: fls. somewhat smaller, pale lemon-yellow. Sumatra, Java. — R. Thdrnsoni, Hook. f. Shrub, 15 ft. high; lvs. obovate-oval, glabrous, glaucescent beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. 6-8, campanulate, deep blood-red, 2 in. across; calyx large. Himal. B.M. 4997. R.H. 1855:121. F.S. 7 -.688-690. —R. tnf lb- rwm. Hook, f. Shrub, 6 ft. high: lvs, ovate-lanceolate, glau- cous beneath and with ferrugineous scales, 2-3 in. long: fls. mostly 3, slender-pedicelled, broadly campanulate, greenish yellow, 2 in, across. Himal. F.S.7:673. G C. II. 18:45. J.H. 111.30:193. — R. Tschondskii, Maxim. = Azalea Tschonoskii,— R. tubiflbrum, DC. = R. Malayanum.— JZ, TJngemi, Trautv. Closely allied to Smimowi, but fls. white: calyx with longer, narrower lobes. July. Caucasus. Gt. 35:1226. — R. Ydsepi, Gray = Azalea Vaseyi.— -E. Veitchidnum, Hook. Shrub, 6 ft. high: lvs, obovate, glaucous beneath and with scattered fer- rugineous scales, 3-4 in. long: fls. 3-5, broadly funnelform, with crisped lobes, pure white, 5 in. across. Himal. B.M. 4992. F.S. 14:1416. A.F. 11:14.5, Gix. 51, p. 178 — iZ. ■ye7nls<«m, Sweet. Hy- brid of R. arboreum and Caucasicum. Fls. rich pink. S.B. F.G. II. 3:285.— R. virgdtum, Hook, f . Slender shrub: lvs, oblong- lanceolate, glaucous and scaly beneath: fls. 1-2, from axillary buds at the end of branches, funnelform, rose-colored, l%in. across. Himal. B.M. 5060. F.S. 14:1408. Var. album, Hort. Fls, white. R.H. 1866:251.— i2. viscbsum, Torr. = Azalea vis- cosa,— J2. Wlgkti, Hook. f. Shrub, attaining 14ft.: lvs, obo- vate-oblong, cinnamomeous -tomentose beneath, 6-8 in, long: fls. many, campanulate, yellow, spotted red within, 2% in. across. Himal. F.S. 8:T92-93.— iJ. Yunnaninse, Franch, Up- right shrub: lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, ciliate, pilose above, pale and sparingly lepidote beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. few, funnel- form, white, spottedblood-red, 2 in. across. Yunnan. B.M. 7614. Alfred Rehder. RHODOLEtA (Greek, rose and smooth; alluding to rose-like fls. and smooth stem), Hamameliddceoe . A genus of 2 species of small tender trees, one from China and the other from Java and Sumatra. Lvs. evergreen, glabrous, long-stalked: fls. about 5 together in a com- pact head, having the appearance of a single flower sur- rounded by bracts, hermaphrodite; petals of each flower turned toward the circumference of the head; stamens 7-10: ovary of 2 carpels united at base; capsule several- seeded. Ch&mpioni, Hook. A tender tree: lvs. shining, coria- ceous, usually ovate, 4-5 in, long; petioles l?^-2 in. long: fl.-heads resembling a semi-double Camellia, 1^ in. across, bright pink, each head surrounded by several rows of imbricate bracts: petals 15-20 to each fi,-head. China. B.M. 4509.-Cult. in S. Calif. F. W. Barclay. ;; 1526 EHODOMYETUS RHtEO BHODOMfBTUS (Greek, rose-myrtle; from the rose- colored fls. of some species and the myrtle-like foliage). Myrtdeem. Five species of tender trees or shrubs, one of which is a promising fruit-plant known in the South as Downy Myrtle, and in India as the Hill Gooseberry. This is a handsome .evergreen shrub growing 6 ft. or more high and covered with broad, glossy Ivs. of great beauty. The pink, 5-petaled fls. are borne through sev- eral weeks in greatest abundance, and are larger than those of the peach. They resemble small single roses. The fruits are as big as cherries and taste like rasp- 2112. Rhododendron arboreum (X M). No. 6. (Seepage berries. The color of the berries is dark purple and the flesh is sweet and aromatic. The fruits are produced in quantity and ripen for weeks, beginning in late summer. They are eaten raw or made into ,iam. The Downy Myrtle is recommended as a fruit- plant for Florida by the Ameri- can Pomological Society and it is being tried in S. Calif. In the South it is generally known as Myrtus tomentoaa. The distinction between Rhodomyrtus and Myrtus rests in the number of locules of the ovary. Myrtus is normally 2-3-loculed, with many ovules in each; Rhodomyrtus has 1-3 locules with spurious partitions, making the ovary appear 2-6-loculed, or it is divided into numerous 1-ovuled, superposed locules. Myrtles have feather- veined foliage; the Downy Myrtle has 3-nerved Ivs. The Downy Myrtle is a native of India, Malaya and China; the four other species of Rhodomyrtus are Australian and not in cult. Other generic characters: Lvs. oppo- site, 5- or 3-nerved : fls. axillary; calyx-lobes persistent; petals 5, rarely 4; stamens numerous, free; berry glo- bose or ovoid, with few or many seeds. tomentdsa, Wight (J!fiyr(j(s tomentdsa. Ait,). Downy Myktle. Branches downy above: lvs. elliptic or obo- vate, short - stalked, hoary below: peduncles shorter than the lvs., 1-3-fld.: berry 3-celled : seeds com- pressed, forming 2 rows in each cell. B.M. 250. E. N. Reasoneb and W. M. BHODOBA, See Azalea Canadensis. BHODOBHlZA (Greek, rose root; the root and wood furnish the fragrant powder known as bois de rose). Convolvul&cew. S. florida is a tender subshrub, 6-9 ft. high, which bears white fls. something like a morning- glory. The blossoms are about an inch across and last only a day, but a succession is maintained ( in southern France) from early June till August. A striking fea ture of the plant is its terminal, panicled inflorescence. These panicles are often a foot high, 10 inches wide at the base and contain at one time as many as 20 full- blown flowers and 100 buds. It is a native of Teneriffe, and has been introduced into southern California in 1901. Rhodorhiza is a group of about 7 species, all from the Canary Islands, which Bentham and Hooker regard as a section of the genus Convolvulus. The Rhodorhizas differ from typical Convolvulus in having the capsule by abortion usually 1-seeded, and rupturing irregularly at the base instead of dehiscing by 4 valves. They are prostrate or climbing herbs or erect subshrubs, some- times spinescent: lvs. entire, dentate, undulate or lobed : corolla broadly or narrowly bell-shaped; limb 5-angled or 5-lobed: ovary 2-loculed, 4-ovuled. fl6rida, Webb, (perhaps more properly Convdlvulus fUridus, liinn.). Erect subshrub: lvs. persistent, alter- nate, lanceolate, stalked, entire: fls. long-peduncled, funnel-shaped, white, sometimes pinkish white. R.H. 1892:156. -w. M. BHODOTHAMNUS (Greek, rhodon, rose, and tham- ■iiox, shrub; small shrub, with rose-colored flowers). J^ricdcea;. Dwarf evergreen shrub, with alternate, small, entire lvs. and rather large pink fls., usually soli- tary at the ends of the branchlets. Charming little al- pine shrub, hardy north, but somewhat difficult to culti- vate. It thrives best in peaty, porous soil of constant, moderate moisture in a partly shaded situation, and is best suited for rockeries. Prop, by seeds or layers, also by cuttings of ripened wood under glass. Monotypic genus, allied to Kalmia, but* anthers not in pouches: lvs. alternate: sepals 5, half as long as corolla: corolla rotate, deeply 5-Iobed; stamens 10, slightly longer than corolla: fr. a 5-celled, manj- seeded dehiscent capsule. ChamsBCistns, Eeichb. (Shododindron Chamcecistus, Linn. Adodendron Cham- eeelstus, O. Kuntze). Diffusely branched shrub, to 1 ft.: lvs. cuneate-oblong, acute, setosely ciliate, H-H in, long: fls. on slen- der, glandular-hirsute pedicels, solitary, rarely 2 or 3 at the end of the branchlets, light purplish pink, to 1 in. across. May. Alps of Eastern Eu. B.M. 488. L.B.C. 15:1491. F.S. 19:1962 Alfred Rehder. EHODOT'i'POS (Greek, rhodon, rose, and, typos, type; alluding to the resemblance of the flowers to those of a single rose. ). Bosciceoe. Ornamental deciduous shrub, with opposite serrate lvs. and large white fls. solitary at the end of branchlets, followed by black and shining berry-like drupes persistent during the winter. A hand- some and distinct shrub, hardy as far north as Mass., with bright green foliage, conspicuous by its white fls. in spring and by its shining black fr. in autumn and winter. It thrives well in any good soil. Prop, by seeds and by greenwood cuttings under glass early in sum- mer, also by hardwood cuttings. Monotypic genus, al- lied to Kerria: lvs. stipulate, opposite: fls. solitary, short-pedioelled ; sepals large, half as long as petals, outside with 4 small alternate bracts; petals 4, orbicu- lar; stamens numerous; carpels usually 4, developing into black, dry, one-seeded drupes, surrounded by the large persistent calyx. kerrioides, Sieb. & Zucc. Much-branched shrub, usu- ally 3-6 ft. high (in Japan 15 ft.) : lvs. ovate to ovate- oblong, acuminate, sharply and doubly serrate, silky- pubescent beneath when young, lK-3 in. long: fls. pure white, 1^ in. across. May, June. S.Z.1:99. B.M. 5805. Gt. 15:505. R.H. 1866, p. 430. Gn. 6, p. 229; 34, p. 159; 43, p. 138. Alfred Rehder. BHffiO (name unexplained). Commelin&cew. One species, from Mexico and the West Indies, B. discolor, Hance, known also as Tradescantia discolor, L'Her., T. spathacea, Swartz, and Uphemenim bieolor, Moench. B.M. 1192. From Tradescantia the genus is distin- guished by having 1 ovule (rather than 2) in each locule EHCEO RHUBARB 1527 ot the ovary. K. discolor is a short-stemmed erect- growing long-leaved plant, not unlike a broad-leaved small Pandanus in habit. Fls. white, small and manj' in a boat-shaped spathe-like structure arising from the axil of the leaf and which is sessile or nearly so; sepals 3, free, more or less petal-like; petals 3, soon withering; stamens 6. Var. vittAta, Hook. {Tradescdntia discolor, var. vittata, Miq. T. discolor, var. variegdta, Hook. T. vuriegdta, Hort.), is the common form in cult. The Ivs. are 8-12 in. long, dark purple beneath and longitudinally striped above with pale yellow. A striking plant for the warrahouse, or for the open in the South. B.M. 5079. F.S. 11:1169-70. Cult, as for warmhouse Tra- descantias. L. jj, B. BHOFALA, See Roupala. KHOPALOSTYLIS (name refers to the club-shaped spadix). Palmdeece. Two species of pinnate palms, both of which are favorite conservatory palms and nearly always sold as species of Areca or Kentia. How- ever, Rhopalostylis belongs to the large group in which the ovule is borne on the side and is more or less pen- dulous, while in Areca and Kentia the ovule is at the base and erect. From the 5 cultivated genera listed under Hedyscepe (which see) Rhopalostylis differs as follows: sepals of staminate fls. awl-shaped to lanceo- late, not imbricated: stamens 6-12; pistillate fls. with short petals, valvate at the apex. The two species are spineless palms with medium ringed caudices: Ivs. ter- minal, equally pinnatisect ; segments equidistant, numer- ous, narrowly sword-shaped, acuminate, the margins not thickened, recurved at the base, the midveins promi- nent, with 1-3 nerves on each side ; rachis concave above, scurfy ; petiole very short ; sheath elongated : spadices short, spreading, with a very shoi-t, thick peduncle, and fringed, rather thick, densely-fld. branches: spathes 2, symmetrical, oblong, flattened, the lower 2-winged: bracts adnate to the flower-bearing areas, subulate at the apex: bractlets scaly: fls. medium: fr. small or medium, ellipsoidal, smooth. stipida, H. Wendl. & Drude {Ar&ea sdpida, Soland. KSntia sdpida, Mast.). Stem 6-10 ft. high, 6-8 in. in diam., cylindrical, green: Ivs. 4-6 ft. long, pinnate; segments very narrow, linear ; margin replicate ; nerves, midrib and petiole covered with minute scales: fls. pale pinkish: fr. brown. New Zealand. B.M. 5139. Baderi, H. Wendl. & Drude (Areca Baueri, Hook. Kintia Baiieri, Seem. Seafdrthia robilsta, Hort.). Stouter aud taller than S. sapida: Ivs. larger and broader; segments linear-lanceolate, acuminate ; nerves, midrib and petiole sparsely scaly: fls. white: fr. more globose, scarlet. Norfolk Isl. I.H. 15:575. B.M. 5735 Jaked G. Smith. BHUBABB, or Pie-plant (see Bhetim), is com- monly grown by division of the roots, and this is the only method by which a pai-tlcular type can be in- creased. Propagation from seed, however, often proves satisfactory, and always interesting, as the seedlings vary greatly. The seed germinates easily, aud if started early the plants become fairly large and strong the same season. Although the crop is so easily pro- duced, and so certain and regular after a plantation has once been started, it is one of the most profitable of market-garden crops, even in small places and neigh- borhoods. A large number of home gardeners are still ■without it on their premises, although everybody seems to want Rhubarb .pie as soon as spring opens, this plant giving the first available material in the year for pies. Rhubarb delights in extremely rich soil. Very large and brittle leaf -stalks cannot be secured except from soil that is really "filled with manure to overflowing." The seedlings, however, may be started in any good clean garden soil. Sow seed in early spring, in rows a foot apart and not over an inch deep. Thin the plants promptly to stand a few inches apart in the rows, and give the same thorough cultivation allowed to other garden crops. In the following fall or spring take the seedlings up, and set them in the well-prepared perma- nent patch, not less than four feet apart each way, and cultivate frequently during the entire season. Ten to twenty plants will supply the demands of one house- hold, possibly with some to spare for the neighbors. In spring of the next year the stalks may be pulled freely. When soil fertility forces a rampant growth, the stalks will be large and brittle enough without the aid of boxes or kegs ( bottomless and coverless ) placed over the plants. The beds should be renewed every 4 or 5 years at the least, as the clumps of roots grow so large, and have so many eyes, that the stalks soon be- come more numerous than desirable, and run down in size. Take up the entire roots and cut them to pieces, leaving only one strong eye to the piece, and plant the pieces in a newly-prepared bed (or even in the old one if properly enriched and prepared) four feet apart each way as before. Seed-stalks are produced freely during the entire season. These should be promptly pulled up, unless seed is wanted. A few may be left to mature the seed crop. Rhubarb can be forced in coldframes, under the greenhouse benches, or even in an ordinary house cellar. The plants need warmth ( even that of a lantern set among them will do), but require no light. Take up good strong roots (2-year seedlings being best) in autumn; leave them out until after exposure to freez- ing, then crowd them together in boxes with a little soil between and under them, and set them under the green- house bench, or wherever wanted, or plant them out on the cellar bottom. T. Geeiner. Rhubarb is a hardy plant and will withstand consider- able neglect, but, like most cultivated vegetables, it responds readily to proper care and good treatment. The large fleshy stems desired in culinary use are produced in part by the great store of plant-food held in reserve by the many big roots of the vegetable. Everything should be done to increase this supply of reserve food. Tillage and fertilizing, therefore, are fun- damentals. In the selection of a site the writer prefers a southern exposure, with sufficient slope to the south to give good drainage. Plow the ground 6-8 in. deep, draw furrows 5 ft. apart, set the plants 3 ft. apart, with the buds one inch below the level of the ground. If the soil lacks in fertility mix compost with the dirt that is placed about the roots; never put fresh manure next to the roots. As soon after planting as possible start the cultivator, and give a thorough stirring at intervals of 6-8 days up to the middle or last of August. After the ground is frozen cover the rows 3-4 in. deep with manure that is as free as possible from weed and grass seed. As early in the spring as the ground can be worked to advantage, start the cultivator and work the manure into the soil. Each alternate season the sur- face of the soil should have a good dressing of manure. The third or fourth year after planting the hills should be divided. Remove the earth from one side of the hill and with a sharp spade cut through the crown, leaving 3-4 buds in the hill undisturbed. This work should be done in the fall or early in the spring. As a forced vegetable. Rhubarb is growing in popu- larity. The plant has no choice as to whether it is grown in light or darkness. Blanching improves the flavor and reduces the acid, lessening the quantity of sugar needed in cooking. Divided roots, with 1-3 buds, which have been grown in highly fertilized, well-tilled soil will give the best results. Plow out the plants any time after killing frosts, divide the roots and place them in single layers on top of the ground, covering with earth sufficiently to protect the roots from the air. Leave them in this condition until the roots have been slightly frozen, and then place the roots either in a root cellar, a frame heated by pipes, a hotbed, mushroom house or under benches in a green- house. Pack the roots close together, filling in and packing closely with good rich soil. The crowns should be covered 4-6 in. Keep the soil moist and maintain a genial temperature of 55-60°. Avoid over- watering. The roots may be packed in a family cellar without any bad effect to other things, as there is no odor from the plants. Judgment must be exercised in pulling the stems. The work should always be done by an experi- enced person. The writer has grown seedWhgs for ten successive years. Fully 75 per cent of all the seedlings showed a tendency to degenerate, and 25 per cent were almost as coarse as burdocks in appearance. Half of one's seed- 1528 RHUBARB RHUS lings are likely to be of weak vitality. Not more than 15 per cent can he counted on to be fairly true to the varietal type. In the writer's experiments 4 ounces of seed was sown each season. The seed was selected from ideal plants that had been propagated by division. As to varieties, the writer has had best results with Linnaeus and Victoria. S. H. Linton. Forcing of Rhubarb. — The forcing of Rhubarb has now become quite a profitable industry in the vicinity of many of the large cities. It may be forced either in the field where the roots are growing or lifted and placed in hotbeds, under green- house benches or in a dark cellar. See Fig. 2113. Much the largei'part of the Rhubarb which is offered for sale dur- ing the winter months is grown in rough forc- ing houses which are built over the plants in the field. Fig. 2114. These houses are sim- ply and cheaply con- structed, the sides usu- ally being about five feet high, of rough boards, which are covered with cheap building paper. The roof is formed of hotbed sash. These buildings are usually from 24 to 36 feet in width and of any desired length. Artificial heat is generally provided, steam being the most popular, although the sun is at times depended' upon to give the required heat. The soil moisture is usually suffi- cient, so that no water is given. Plants for forcing should be set not more than two by three feet apart and should be fertilized annually with liberal dressings of compost, that made from cow and hog manure being considered the best. The sash should be placed upon the house during the first part of February, and may be removed for use on hotbeds and coldframes in from four to six weeks. The stalks are usually pulled twice, the returns being from $1.25 to $2 per sash, depending upon the season at which it is placed upon the market. The cost of production is often greatly reduced by grow- ing a crop of spinach or dandelions between the rows, the price obtained for these fillers usually being sufB- cient to pay for all cost of labor and maintenance. 2113. Stalks of forced Rhubarb. The leaf -blades do not develop. the benches, all spaces between them should be filled with soil to prevent evaporation. When the plants start into growth they should be given an abun- dance of moisture. When forced in this manner light is not necessary ; therefore any convenient place may be used, provided the proper amount of heat and moisture is supplied. If grown in the dark the development of leaf is much less than in the light, while the color, in- stead of being green, is usually a dark cherry-red, which gives to the product a very attractive appear- ance. The temperature may range from 45° to 75°, although the lower the temperature the larger the yield and higher the quality of the product. The time re- quired for bringing a crop to maturity under the benches is about the same as that required for forcing in the field. The method which is to be followed in the growing of this crop for the winter market will depend largely upon local conditions. When grown by any method which requires the lifting of the roots, it must be remembered that they are worthless after having pro- duced a crop; therefore this method cannot be practiced with economy except where land and labor are cheap, so that the roots may be produced at a slight expense, or where roots may be secured which would otherwise be destroyed. Be the method what it may, the roots to be forced should be well developed and allowed to freeze before forcing is attempted, otherwise failure to secure a profitable crop is certain. q j;. Adams. BHtfS (ancient Greek name). AnacardiAcece. Su- mach. Trees or shrubs with alternate, usually odd- pinnate Ivs. and no stipules: fls. in axillary or terminal panicles, small, whitish, greenish or yellow; calyx 5-parted; petals 5 or sometimes 4 or 6; stamens 4-10: fr. a small dry drupe or berry, usually 1-seeded. Plants with resinous or milky juice, wood often yellow: bark and foliage abounding in tannin, and for this reason used in dressing leather. All the species are beautiful and have been apparently much neglected by planters. Any one who has observed our native Sumachs covering rooky hillsides or barren railway banks with their rich fern-like verdure during summer or when autumn has given them colors of fire, should appreciate their value as subjects for orna- mental planting. Some species, too, retain their crim- son fruit throughout the year, and help to make bright spots amid the snows of our northern winters. Some of the stronger-growing species answer very well in subtropical planting and may be cut to the ground every year to encourage the strong young shoots that give the most ample foliage. Some are admirable as single specimens, having a picturesque character that illliiflfliniiiiii^ tM 'i«:..'-<"»'. ^'■^'^^/.'t-^ 2114. House for the forcing; of Rhubarb, covered with movable sash. Roots for forcing under greenhouse benches and in hotbeds should be from beds at least three or four years old, as the larger and more vigorous the roots the better the results. Satisfactory results cannot be ob- tained from inferior roots. The roots should be dug early in the fall before the ground freezes and allowed to remain exposed to the weather until they are frozen solid, when it is best either to remove them to a shed or cover them with litter in the field to prevent alternate freezing and thawing. Care should be taken to leave as much dirt upon the roots as possible when they are dug. As soon as the roots are placed in position under is quite refreshing. When grown as standards, how- ever, they are likely to be short-lived, and so the suc- cession must be provided for. The laciniate varieties of two of our native species seem to give more leaf- age than the types and are very useful in mass-plant- ing. All the species are easily propagated by seed, layers, root-cuttings and some of them by top-cuttings. The tendency that some of them have to spread by suckering is a disadvantage where they are used in fine lawns. Of over one hundred known species only about six- "een have been in cultivation in this country, and these all species of temperate regions; none of the tropica) RHUS RHUS 1529 ones haying appeared in tlie trade, so far as the writer knows. In the following enumeration, two species of Cotinus (Nos. 3 and i) are included. aromatica^ 5, atropurpurea, 3, Canadensis, 5. copallina, 15. Coviaria, 14. cotiuoides, 4. Cotinus, 3. diversiloba, 7 INDEX, glabra, 8. integrifolia, 1. laciniata, 8, 11. Osbeckii, 16. ovata, 2. pumila, 12. radicans, 6. semialata, 16. suooedanea, 10. Toxicodendron, 6. trilobata, 5. typhina, 31. venenata, 9. vemicifera, 13. Yernix, 9. A, Foliage simple. B. Peduncles not plumose in fruit. 1. integrifoUa 2. ovata BB. Peduncles phimose in fruit 3. Cotinus i. cotiuoides AA. Foliage compound. B. Lfts. normally S 5. Canadensis 6. diversiloba 7. loxicodendTon BB. Lfts. many. c. Lvs. smooth on both sides... 8. glahra 9. venenata 10. succedanea CO. Zivs. pubescent beneath 11. typhina 12. pumila 13. vemicifera D. Hachis margined 14. Coriaria DD. Saehis winged between lfts 15. copallina 16. semialata 1. integrifdlia, Benth. & Hook. Shrub, 2-8 ft. high : lvs. oval, entire, or occasionally long-petioled, with 3 lfts.: panicles and new growths puberulent; fls. white or rose-colored : fr. very large. California. S.S. 3:109. —An evergreen species. 2115. Rhus glabra (X%). 2. ovftta, Watson. Another Californian species re- sembling the last, but with larger and smoother leaves. 3. C6tinus, Linn. Smoke Bush. Venice Sumach. A bush 10-12 ft. high, with simple obovate lvs. and brown bark: fls. purple, in ample loose panicles and on very long pedicels, which become profusely plumose, giving the plant the smoky appearance from which it derives its common name. Early summer. Eu., Asia. Var. atropurpdrea, Hort., is distinguished by the darker 2116. Young plants of Rhus typhina, var. laciniata. color of its inflorescence.— This species used to be com- mon in cultivation, but it does not seem to reproduce itself as readily as some species, and in many cases when killed by borers or other causes, it has not been replaced. Gng. 5:118. Gn. 34, p. 162; 54, p. 505. 4. cotinoides, Nutt. A small tree, 20-40 ft. high: lvs. undivided, oval or obovate, smooth, thin: fls. greenish yellow, in large panicles : pedicels becoming plumosfe as they develop. Flowers in spring, and the foliage as- sumes most brilliant autumn tints. Mississippi valley. S.S. 3:98-9. — Known also as Cotinus Americanus, Nutt. Sometimes called "Chittam-wood." 5. Canadensis, Marsh. {B. aromdtica, Ait.). Spread- ing shrub, 3-8 ft. high, with 3-follate, crenate, pu- bescent, petiolate, aromatic lvs. : fls. yellow, small, in clusters or short spikes, either axillary or sometimes terminal: fr. globular, coral-red, sparsely hairy, and comparatively large. Flowers in spring before the lvs. appear. Eocky woods, eastern N. Amer. Var. trilobilta has the lfts. deeply cut or 3-lobed.— This is one of our best cover plants or under-shrubs and spreads naturally by layers. Will flourish in any soil and is especially adapted to dry, rocky banks. 6. Toxiood^ndron, Linn. Poison Oak. Poison Ivy A scandent or climbing plant.: lvs. smooth or often pubescent on veins, ovate, sinuate, or lobed, petiolate- panicles short-stalked; fr. ribbed when dry. June. N Amer. V. 10:103. — Care should be taken in planting this species, as it is very poisonous to many, and for this reason it should be extirpated from our ornamental plantations, rather than added to them. The autumn color is attractive. As here understood, it includes S. radicans, Linn. 7. diversiloba, Torr. & Gray. A Californian species closely allied to the preceding, equally poisonous, and therefore not to be recommended for planting. 8. glabra, Linn. Smooth Sumach. Fig. 2115. Smooth, glaucous, 10-15 ft. high: lfts. many, green above, white beneath, narrowly oblong, with serrated edges: fls. in terminal panicles ; fr. crimson, hairy. July. N.Amer.— One of the best species for mass or other planting. Var. laciniata, Carr., has the lfts. deeply cut, giving the lvs. a very fern-like appearance. Like the type, it colors in autumn. R.H. 1863, p. 7. V. 10:101. 9. venenata, DC. Dogwood. Poison Sumach. Usu- ally taking the form of a tree, 10-20 ft. high : lfts. 7-13 on a red petiole and midrib, smooth, shining green above, pale beneath: fls. in a narrow panicle, drooping: fr. small, flattened, white. June. Moist ground, eastern N. Amer. - One of the most beautiful, but unfortunately 1530 RHUS the most poisonous of the Sumachs. The name JB. Vernix, Linn., is used by some authors for this species and by others for H. vernicifera; in order to avoid con- fusion, it seems best to drop the name and to substitute those proposed by DeCandolle. 10. sucoedanea, Linn. Lao Sumach. Plant 10-15 ft. high; Ivs. shining above, whitened beneath ; Ifts. 9-15: fls. yellowish: fr. white, large. E.Asia. R.H. 1863, p. 130.— Poisonous. 11. typhina, Linn. Staghorn Sumach. A densely velvety-hairy species growing to a height of 30 ft. in favorable : situations. Lfts. many, oblong-lanceolate, ser- rate: fls. in a dense, terminal panicle: fr. red, with crimson hairs. June, July. Eastern N. Amer. S. S. 3 : 102-3. - Var. laeiniita, Hort., in which the lfts. are deeply cut, is the most distinct form. Fig. 2116. Trained in tree form this spe- cies is decided- Jy picturesque. In mass - plant- i n g where dense foliasre is 2117. Rhus semialata, OsbeckiiCX Va). required it should be cut over occasional- ly to provide young vigorous shoots, which produce the largest leaves. Its brilliant fall coloring and the persistence of ,iT:s crimson fruit- clusters render this plant of great value where a warm color effect is desired. It will grow in the driest soils. Gn. 54, p. 505. 12. ptunila, Michx. A low, procumbent, villous pubes- cent shrub, with 9-13 oblong coarsely serrate lfts.: fls. in nearly sessile thyrsoid panicles : fr. scarlet, globose, tomentose. Mts., N. C. to Ga. G.B\ 8:405.— Poisonous. 13. vernicifera, DC. Vaenish Tree. Lacquer Tree. Tree-like, 20-30 ft. high: Ivs. ample; lfts. 11-15, smooth above, pubescent beneath, midrib more or less broadly margined: young growth also pubescent. This is the plant from which the Japanese obtain the lacquer for the finely polished ware. It is poisonous, and it is said that people have been poisoned by handling the articles coated with the lacquer. Gn. 34, p. 158.— Cult, in S. Calif. 14. CoriS,ria, Linn. Height 15-20 ft. : Ivs. large, with 11-15 elliptical coarsely toothed lfts. ; petiole margined, villous: fls. greenish, in a large, loose, terminal panicle : fr. red. July. S. Eu.— Thisis the Mediterranean spe- cies, much used in that district for preparing the finer grades of leather. 15. copalllna, Linn. Black Sumach. Shining Su- mach. A shrub or small tree, sometimes growing to the height of 25 or 30 ft. : lfts. numerous, entire or sometimes indented or cut near the apex, smooth above, usually pubescent beneath ; shoots also tomentose; midrib winged between the lfts. : fls. small, greenish, in dense panicles at the end of the branches : fr. slightly flattened, hairy, crimson. July, Aug. Eastern N. Amer. to the Great Plains; succeeds well in dry soils. S.S. 3:107-8.-This beautiful Rhus is the latest of our species to bloom. It makes a fine specimen plant and is also useful in masses. RIBES 16. semialita, Murr. Plant 15-20 ft. high: lfts. 9-13, smooth above, brown-pubescent beneath; petiole some- what winged between the lfts.: fls. small, in a large, many-branched panicle. July, Aug. China and Himalaya region. Var. Osbeckii, DC. (B. Osbeckii, Carr.). Fig. 2117. Rachis strongly winged. Japan. More hardy than the type and the only form in cult, in this country. EHYNCHOSPfiBMUM jasminoides, a fine shrub of the dogbane family, is referred to Trachelospermum . There is, however, a good botanical genus named Rhyn- cospermum, but it belongs to the composite family. It has only one species, B. verticillatiim, a plant not in cultivation. RHYNCHOSTYIIS (Greek, beaked column). Orchi- dAceo!. This genus includes a few species closely re- lated to Sacoolabium and usually sold under that name. Epiphytic herbs with mouopodial stems and 2-ranked, crowded, leathery or fleshy Ivs.: fls. in dense racemes from the axils of the Ivs., medium-sized; dorsal sepal and petals sub- similar, lateral sepals broader, decurrent on the foot of the column; labellum firmly Joined to the base of the column, obovate, inflexed at the apex, not 3-lobed, spurred, the spur straight or curved backwards. For culture, see Saccolabium. retisa, Blume (Saccolibium gutt&tum, Lindl. S.prcem6rsum,UiiAl. S. Bheedii, Wight. S. retii- siim, Voigt. S.Bliimei, Lindl.). Stem stout, with channeled Ivs. 6-20 in. long: fis. in dense, cylindrical ra- cemes about as long as the Ivs., 54 in. across, white, blotched with pink or violet. June, July. Trop. India and Malay Islands. B.M. 4108. P.S. 7, p. 92; 14: 1463.1464. B.R. 17:1443 (as Sarcanthus guttatus). G.C. 1845:364; II. 1:219 and 23: 573; III. 15:812. Gn. 31, p. 537. A.G. 20:317. S.H. 2, p. 375. — Several varieties are in the trade. Var. mdijus, Hort. Larger in all its parts. I.H. 15:545. Gn. 31, p. 69; 36, p. 230 (all as Saccolabium Blumei, var. majus). Var. Holdfordiina, Hort., an old form with large ra- cemes of waxy white fls., spotted with crimson, the lip being also crimson. Var. gigant^a, Hort., very much like the type. Var. Djtyi and var. sup6rba are offered. viold,cea, Reichb. f. {SaccolAbiitm violctceutn, Reichb. f. ). Lvs. 10-12 in. long: racemes 1 ft. or more: fls. 1 in. across, white, spotted with pale mauve; labellum dark violet. Jan. Philippines. B.E. 33:30. -The blos- soms are said to have a disagreeable odor. Var. Harri- Boni^num, Hort. {Saeeol&Hum Sarrisoniinvni , Hook. ). Lvs. distichous, oblong, obliquely bifid at the apex: ra- ceme dense, cylindrical, pendulous : fls. white, fragrant ; sepals ovate-oblong, somewhat incurved; petals nar- rower, oblong-spatulate; labellum oblong-obovate, with a thick blunt apiculus, saccate toward the apex; spur blunt; disk with a single thickened line. Malay Islands. B.M. 5433.- F.S. 23:2412. The racemes grow to a length of 2 feet. Heinrich Hasselbring. BIBBON GBASS, Phalaris arundinacea, var. varie- BIBBON TBEE. BlBES (said to have come from the German riebs, a vernacular name for currant). Saxifrag&cece. Currant and Gooseberry. Shrubs, of ten spiny and prickly, with simple, alternate, palmately veined lvs.: fls. 5-, rarely 4-parted, borne singly or in racemes; calyx-tube co- herent with ovary; lobes commonly colored petals; usually small, borne on throat of calyx, alternating with stamens: fr. a berry, tipped with remains of calyx. Fig. 2118. Largely North American, although well represented in Europe, Asia and South America. RIBES RIBES 1531 Species 60 to 70. For culture, see Currant and Goose- herry. Cuttings of hard wood in autumn or spring; mound-layers in summer; new varieties by seeds. See Thory, Monographie ou Histoire Naturelle du Genre Grosseillier; Card, "Bush-Fruits" (from which Figs. 2119, 2122, 2124-6 are taken). Aside from domestic Currants and Gooseberries (which see in Vols. I and II), Ribes contains few plants that are generally prized for cultivation. The most popular ornamental species is the Buffalo Currant, Rihea aureitm, which is hardy and productive everywhere. The hybrid S. Gor- donianum is also popular for its long cluster.? of bright pink flow- ers, its vigorous habit and its hardiness. li. sanguineum is also fairly well known, and is hardy in the northeastern states. There are horticultural forms with white, very dark red, and purple flowers. Some of the species are useful in shrubbery masses for their foliage and habit. INDEX TO SPECIES IN AMEKICAN TRADE. U18. Flower of Garden Currant, to show struc- ture (X 4). albidum. 16. album, 16. alpinum, 11. ATnericauum, 15. atrorubens, 16. ' aureum, 11, 18. bracteosum, 13. eereum, 19. Chinense, 12. Cynosbati, 5. fasclculatum, 12. flore-pleno. 16. floridum, 15. Gordonianum, 17. Grossularia, 4. hyhridum, 17. inebrians, 19. Lobbii, 7. lacTistre, 6. multiflonim, 8. nigrum, 14. oxyacanthoides, 3. prostratum, 9. rotundifolium, 2. rubnim, 10. sanguineum, 16. saxatile, 11. setosum, 3. speciosum, 1. suhvestitwm, 7. tonulflorum, 18. triftorutn, 2. Cva-crispa, 4. variegatum, 16. viseosissimum, 20. A. Stems hearing thorns telow the leaf - clusters : branthes often with numerous scattered prickles; berry sometimes prickly. (Gooseberries.) B. Fls. red and showy, 4-parted: stamens long, exserted, 1. specidsum, Pursh. Fuchsia - floweked Goose- BEKKY. Fig. 2119. Branches covered with fine reddish prickles and glandular-tipped hairs: thorns long, slen- der, commonly in 3's; Ivs. small, thick, shining, par- tially evergreen : peduncles slender, drooping, 2-4-flow- ered: fls. showy; calyx cylindraceous, %-% in. long; stamens exserted % in. or more beyond calyx, both bright red: berry small, prickly, dry, few-seeded. California, B.M. 3530. B.R. 18:1557. Gn. 31, p. 3.S3; 34, p. 230.— The most showy member of the genus, but not hardy in the northern states. ciliate on margins and veins: calyx-lobes narrow or ob- long, greenish or dull purplish, shorter than the sta- mens; berry small, agreeable. Along the Alleghany mountains. L.B.C. 11:1094 (a.s S. triflorum}. — Some- times offered by dealers in native plants. 3. oxyacanthoides, Linn. Fig. 2120; also 926-9, Vol. II. Branches .slender, reclined, but often crooked : thorns single or triple, slender, very finely pointed, i4-% in. 2119. Ribes speciosum. the Fuchsia-flowered Gooseberry (X 3^). BB. JTls. greenish or dull purplish, small, 5-parted: stamens little or not at all exserted. c. Berry smooth. 2. TOtundifdlium, Michx. Thorns mostly single, very Short: Ivs. wedge-shaped, smooth or slightly downy. 2120. Ribes oxyacanthoides (X K). Parent of the American garden Gooseberries. long, sometimes nearly wanting : Ivs. thin, roundish, cuneate to cordate, finely pubescent, glossy when grow- ing: calyx greenish white, smooth or pubescent with- out; lobes oblong orobovate, thin and petal-like, equal- ing or exceeding the stamens; petals broadly ovate or spatulate, reaching half way to the anthers : ovary gla- brous: berry round, perfectly smooth, but with delicate bloom, small or medium, red. 3''i^^™ps ^^^ iow grounds, eastern United States. B.M. 6892. B.R. 15:1237 (as. -K. sefos«>n). — Parent of the representative American Gooseberries of gardens. cc. Berry rough-hairy or prickly. 4. Gro3Sul4ria, Linn. {B. Uva-crispa, Linn.). Euro- pean Gooseberry. Figs. 922-5, Vol. II. Bush stocky, rigid: branches thick: thorns mostly triple, heavy and thick at base, the central one %-% in. long: Ivs. thick, very glossy, pubescent: calyx strongly pubescent; lobes, broadly ovate, thickish, leaf-like, longer than the sta- mens ; petals obovate, reaching to base of anthers : ovary pubescent or glandular; berry generally oval, large, green, yellow- ish green or red, mi- nutely but roughly pubescent, often with glandular hairs or prickles. Eu., north- ern Africa and west- em Asia. ^ 5. Cyn6sbati, Linn. Fig. 2121. Thorns commonly single, slender, fine-pointed: petioles and pedun- . cles pubescent and glandular; peduncles long, filiform: calyx- lobes narrow, oblong, acute, half as long as tube: ovary glandu- lar-hispid : berry large, prickly or rare- ly smooth, reddish purple. Eastern North America.— Fruit edible, varia- ble; sometimes cult, for its fruit, and worthy the atten- tion of the plant-breeder. 6. lacustre, Poir. Swamp Gooseberry. Upright shrub, with many slender and straight prickles, and weak solitary or whorled thorns: Ivs. cordate, with 3-5. 1532 BIBES 2122. Ribes Lobbii. Natural size. deeply cut or notched lobes, the stalks glandular: pe- duncles long and filiform: fls. small, reddish, open and the tube nearly wanting; berry small and bristly. Cold bogs, N. Eng. to Calif. B.M. 6492. L.B.C. 9:884. -Of- fered by dealers as a bog shrub. Intermediate between Currants and Gooseberries. Fls. in short racemes. 7. L6bbu, Gray. Fig. 2122. Upright shrub, to 5 ft., the young shoots glandular-pubescent, without prickles, but provided with slender, mostly triple thorns: Irs. small (rarely 1 in. across), round-cordate, 3-5-cleft and notched, glandular on both surfaces : peduncles droop- ing, 1-2-fld. : fls. showy, with purple tube and reflexed lobes, the small, erect petals white, the anthers ex- serted: berry glandular-hairy. N. Calif, to B. C. B.M. 4931 (as B. sutvestitum). G.C. 11. 19:ll.-Showy. AA. Stems thornless and prickleless. {Currants.) B. Fls. small, wide open, greenish white or yellowish. c. Zivs. without resinous dots: fr. red. 8. multifldrum, Kit. Younger parts pubescent, bear- ing glandular-tipped hairs : Ivs. glabrous above. whit- 2121. Ribes Cynosbati (.X %). ened downy beneath : racemes long, dense, pendulous : fls. green or reddish green: fr. dark red, large as a pea. Southeastern Europe. B.M. 2368. L.B.C. 14:1331.- Grown for ornament. 9. prostr4tum, L'Her. Fetid Currant. Stems trail- ing and rooting, bearing erect branches: Ivs. cordate, D-7-lobed, the stalks long and slender: racemes erect, bearing flattish greenish white or greenish purple fls. : fr. glandular hispid, red, fetid. Cold swamps, eastern United States and Canada. — Offered as a bog and rock- work plant. Lvs. bright colored in the fall. 10. rtibmm, Linn. Garden Currant. Fig. 2123 ; also Fig. 610, Vol. I. Branches thick and stocky: lvs. pu- bescent when young, becoming glabrous: racemes droop- ing: fls. small, yellowish green or purplish ; calyx saucer- shaped: fr. thin-skinned, shining, bright red, yellowish white or striped. Eu., Asia and N. Amer. B.H. 1861: 191.— Parent of all the domestic red and white Currants. 11. alplnum, Linn. (S. saxatile, Hort., not Pall.). Mountain Currant. Branches upright, whitish: lvs. slightly hairy above: fls. yellowish green, dioecious, staminate clusters 20-30-fld., pistillate clusters 5-10-fld. : peduncles glandular-hairy: bracts longer than pedicel and flower: calyx flat: fr. smooth, scarlet, insipid or sweetish. Mountains of Europe and the Orient.. L.B.C. 15:1486. Var. aitreum, Hort., has yellow foliage. 12. laBoicuiatum, Sieb. & Zucc. Very likejB. aZpiMMm. Plant reaching 4 ft.: fls. all green, often imperfect, the male fls. somewhat larger than the female by reason of the longer sepals: lvs. firmer than those of JR. alpinum, bright green, the lobes and serratures more obtuse, the younger ones pubescent below and on the nerves but be- coming glabrate: fr. sweetish musky, scarlet. Japan.— Var. Chininse, Maxim., from N. China, with lvs. soft pubescent, is offered by Franceschi. S. Calif. M.D.G. 1899:.)71. cc. Lvs. hearing resinous dots on the under surface: fr. hlack. 13. braotedsum, Dougl. California Black Currant. Strong, erect bush, often several feet high, glabrous or nearly so, the young growths resinous-dotted: lvs. large (sometimes 9 in. across, 5-7-cleft, coarsely and doubly serrate, hairy and resinous: racemes erect or ascending, 4-8 in. long, many-fld.: fls. small, greenish or purplish: berry K in. in diam., black and resinous-dotted, edible. N. Calif, to Alaska. B.M. 7419. 14. nign^m, Linn. European Black Currant. Fig. 611, Vol. I. Stem upright: branches thick, grayish : lvs. sprinkled with minute bright yellow resinous dots be- neath: racemes drooping, 5-10-fld. : fls. greenish white ; calyx-tube broadly urn-shaped; lobes small, thick and greenish : ovary and calyx pubescent and resinous- dotted: fr. black, mawkish. Eu. and Asia. —Parent of the domestic Black Currants. 15. Amerieinum, Mill. (B. rtdnditm, L'Her. ). Ameri- can Black Currant. Fig. 612, Vol. 1. Bush spreading: branches slightly angular: lvs. bearing bright yellow resinous dots, few above, many below: racemes long, pendulous, many-fld.: fls. greenish white or yellow, yi~% in. long ; calyx -tube bell -shaped, not resinous- dotted; lobes large, petal-like: ovary smooth: fr. black, resembling S. nigrum in flavor. Nova Scotia to Vir- ginia, westward to Colorado and Manitoba. RIBES RIBES 1533 BB. Fls. large, tubular, red or yellow. c. Macemes leafless. 16. sangnlneum, Pursh. Red -flowered Cubkant. Pig. 2124. Branches red, smooth ; young parts pu- bescent or glandular-hairy: Ivs. 2-4 in. broad, round- cordate : racemes long, pendulous : bracts obovate, mem- branous, as long as the pedicel: fls. purple-red or rose- colored; calyx, ovary and peduncles beset with short, glandular-tipped hairs: fr. bluish black, rough, glandu lar-hairy, dry and bitterish. British Columbia, through California and Mexico to South America. B.M. 3335. B.R. 16:1349. Gn. 51:1110. Var. vatieg&tum, Watson. Bush low: racemes short and dense, ascending, barely glandular: ivs. thicker, downy beneath. Var. ^Ibidum, Hort. {JR. albidum, Hort.), is a form with whitish, dirty yellow or yellowish red flowers and light-colored fruit. R.H. 1843:419. Gn. 51:1110 (as B. album). Var. atr6mbens, Hort , one with dark, blood- red flowers. Var. fl6re pl^no, Hort., has dark, clear double flowers. R.H. 1845:245. G.C. 11. 14:144. All the forms of this species are worthy ornamental plants. 17. Gordoni&num, Lem. A hybrid between jR. san- giUneum and R. aureum, intermediate in character: fls. resemble JR. sanguineum, but lighter: bush resembles JR. aureum, but generally fruitless. P.S. 2:165 and plate. Gn. 51:1110 (as JB. hybridum).— Ot English origin. Hardy and useful. 00. Racemes leafy. 18. afiretun, Pursh. Missouri, Flowering, Golden or Buffalo Currant. Fig. 2125; also Pig. 613, Vol. I. Plant free-growing, sprouting from root: Ivs. cuneate or truncate, smooth, shining, when very young densely cov- ered with brown or yellow resinous beads, which disappear with age: peduncles short, few-fld. ; bracts large, leaf- like: fls. spicy-scented, yellow and showy; calyx-tube %-% in. long; petals red: fr. dark brown or black, with blui-sh bloom. Mississippi valley to Rocky Mts. B.R. 2:125.— Much grown for its yellow fragrant flowers. It has given rise to the Crandall and some other fruit-bear- ing sorts. Var. tenuif IdTum, Torrey . Leaves light green , broadly 3-5-lobed: fls. usually scentless: berries amber-colored, approaching a pale cherry-red, acidulous, without aroma. The Pacific coast, eastward' beyond the Rocky Mts. B.R. 15:1274. 19. cdreum, Dougl. Fig. 2126. Upright branching shrub, reaching 3-4 ft., the young parts minutely pu- bescent and more or less glutinous : Ivs. nearly orbicu- lar to reniform, rather small (seldom more than 1 in. across), 3-5-lobed and crenate-toothed, waxy-dotted: racemes short and drooping, glandular-hairy: fls. % in. or less long, narrow tubular, white or pinkish : fr. bright red, rather small, sometimes glandular, sweet but mawkish. Rocky Mts. and west. B.M. 3008. B.R. 15:1263; 17:1471 (as R. inc6Wa»s). — Sometimes grown for ornament. 20. viscosissimum, Pursh. Branchy, upright, to 6 ft., the young growths viscid : Ivs. round-cordate, 3 in. or less wide, 3-5-lobed with obtuse doubly crenate some- what out divisions: racemes erect, viscid: fls. large, fragrant, yellowish or whitish green, the calyx -lobes not 2123. Ribes rubrum. the common Currant. Natural size. reflexed, the petals small and white : berry black, mostly glandular-hairy, scarcely edible. Rocky Mts. and west R. acerifblium, Hort,=rubrum. — iZ. am^cium, Greene. Fls large, showy, purple. Related to Oalifornicum. California, —JR. JBkatonii, Hort.=Gordonianum.— ii. Califdmicwm, Hook. & Am. Branches zigzag; fls. showy: fr. very prickly. Calif.— R. cot/ndtum, Greene. Related to leptanthum. Ore.- iJ. cur^ vdtum. Small. Related to gracile. Ga. — R. erythrocdrpum, Co' ville & Leiberg. Trailing: related to prostratum. Ore. G.F, 10:184. — JJ. frdgrans, Lodd. = R. aureum. -ij. glutinbsum, Benth. Related to R.sanguineum: blooms earlier: fr.largeas a Gooseberry. Pacific Coast.— ij. grdeile, Michx. Fls. fragile, flnely divided: fr. good. The Gooseberry ot the Plains. Mis- sissippi Basin.— iZ. Sudsonidnum, Rich. Resembles R. nigrum in fruit and odor. Hudson Bay region and northward.— R.leptdnthum, Gia,y. Sturdy, rigid shrub: Ivs. and its. small: berry smooth. Rocky Mts., westward.— iS. Loiidoni, Hort.=R. Gordonianum.— if. malvdcmm. Smith. Resembles R. sanguin- 2124. Ribes sanguineum 2125. Yellow-flowering Currant— Ribes aureum (X K). 1534 RIBES RICHARDIA eum, but less ornamental. Calif. Card, p. 480.— JJ. Uinziesii, Pursh. Extremely prickly both in plant and fruit. Calif, and Ore. B.R. 33:56.— iJ. Missouriinse, Hort.=K. Americamim.— JJ. Mogolldnicum, Greene. Perhaps the western representative of R. Americanum. New Mex.— .R. odordtutn, Hort.— R. aureum. —R. suhvestituin, Hoolc. & Arn. Related to R. Menziesii : fr. densely glandular-hispid. Coast Ranges of Calif.— i2. mburni- fdlium. Gray. Jjvs. scarcely lobed, resinous-dotted with pecu- liar pebbled, leathei'y appearance. Lower Calif.— iJ, Watsonid- num. Koehne. The western representative of R. Cynoabati. Washington. P^ed W. Card. 2126. Ribes cereum (X %. BtCCIA (P. P. Eieci, Italian nobleman, patron of the botanist Micheli). RiecilXcece. Hiccia fUiitayis, Linn., is one of the few flowerless or cryptogamous plants in cultivation aside from the ferns, mushrooms and se- laginellas. It is cultivated by one specialist in aquatics presumably for the benefit of students of botany. It is not generally advertised among aquarium plants. In this family of plants the plant-body is a thallus (i. e., a green, flatfish body not differentiated into root, stem and leaves') . The thallus of Riccia spreads out in green patches which are at first radiately divided, and the center of the plant often decays quickly. B. fluitans is distinguished from other species by the linear, dichot- omous, floating thallus, with the capsule protuberant from the lower surface. For full description, see Gray's Manual. RICE. See Oryza. EICE FLOWER. Pimelia. BICE, MOUNTAIN. Oryzopsis. BICE PAPER. The Chinese rice paper is made from FaUia Japonica, which see. RICHABDIA (L. C. Richard, 1754-1821, French botanist). Ardoeie. Calla Lilt. Perennial herbs with many long-petioled leaves from a thick rhizome: peduncles appearing with the leaves: petioles spongy, often bristly below ; blade sagittate or lanceolate, the numerous primary and secondary nerves ex- current: peduncle as long or longer than the leaves; spathe large, open, with a flaring, pointed, recurved tip: spadix staminate above and pistillate below (Fig. 2127). Differs from Peltandra in floral characters. So. Africa. Species 10-12. See Gn. 46:446; R.B. 23:13. Engler, DC. Monogr. Phaner, vol. 2. The true Calla is not of this genus; see Calla. For the Black Calla, see Arum. When grown for the flowers only, Richardias may be planted out permanently on a bench, using very rich soil and giving an abundance of water while growing. They may be kept growing continually or given a sea- son of rest as desired. Plants in pots are usually started late in summer from dry tubers. The species having yellow and pink spathes seem to do best when grown without a resting period. A. Leaves lanceolate. R^hmanni, Engler. Pink or Rose Calla. Dwarf perennial: 'ivs. lanceolate: spathes about 4 in. long, erect, trumpet-shaped, with a caudate tip 1 inch long. B.M. 7436.— In Natal the spathes are said to be dull rose without, rose-purple within, with a dark crimson blotch at the base inside. In cultivation the spathes are white, with a faint rose tinge to the back and margins. aa. Leaves sagittate or cordate. B. Foliage spotted. albo-macnl4ta, Hook. Spotted Calla. Fig. 2128. Petioles short ; blade 12-18 in. long, white-spotted all over, hastate, three to four times longer than broad, acute, the basal lobes widely spreading, triangular, ob- tuse or acute, 3-4 in. long: spathe trumpet-shaped, 4-5 in. long, 2 in. wide, dull creamy yellow with a blotch of crimson at the base. B.M. 1540. I.H. 7:255. F.S. 21:2258. -Will stand in the open with good protection for the roots. Not of much value ex- cept in botanical collections. N61soni, Hort. Allied to B. albo - maculata : very vigorous and floriferous, reaching3-4 ft., the scape overtopping the foli- age: lys. sagittate, bright green, sprinkled with pellucid dots or spots, as in S. FlHottiana : spathe scarcely spreading, the limb short, very pale yellow with a purple blotch at the bot- tom.— One of the most recent species, melanoleiica. Hook. f. Black- THBOATED Calla. Scape and petioles, bristly below: Ivs. 6-12 in. long, hastate-ovate-acuminate, 'the basal lobes obtuse, marked all over with oblong, white, trans- lucent spots: spathe pale straw-colored, widely flaring and open from the base, the margins and cuspidate tip recurving, with an ample black-purple spot at the base within. Natal, 1868. B.M. 5765. Elliotti4na, Knight {Cdlla Flliottidna, Hort.). Gol- den Calla. Petiole mottled; blade light green, with a few white or translucent spots, broadly sagittate, with undulate margins, about as large as those of B. Afri- cana : spathe a rich lustrous yellow, lasting about two weeks, becoming greenish with age. Tuber proliferous. S. Africa, 1890. Gn. 46:989. BB. Foliage without spots. c. Base of the leaf-blade cordate. ■ ASTicd.na, Kunth (Cdlla ^fhibpica, Linn. R, ^thib- pica, Hort.). Common Calla. Lily-of-the-Nile. Fig 2127. Common Calla Lily— Richardia Airicana (X }4.). Left-hand specimen shows the spadix, the spathe being removed. EICHABDIA lilCHARDlA 1535 2127. Blade about twice as long as wide, cuspidate at the apex, cordate-sagittate at the base, both leaves and spathes varying greatly in size: spathe 3-10 in. long, white, creamy inside at the base, flaring outwards and narrowing to a cuspidate tip. S.Africa. B.M. 832. Gn. 33:654.— Fragrant. Sports with double and triple spathes often occur. A.F. 5:83. Gn. 46, p. 447. See Fig. 2129. Var. n4na compActa, Hort. {B. nclna compdcta, Hort. ). Little Gem. Fig. 2130. Lilie the type, but only 12-16 in. high: spathes 3-4 in. long. Var. Devoni- dnsis, Hort. (M. Devonihisis, Hort.). Dwarf; freer bloomer than Little Gem, and more fragrant. There are many forms of the Calla Lily in cultivation, a number of which have received Latin names. Some of these horticultural names are: candidlssima, spathe large, pure white; gigantda, plant very large; Gode- freyina, dwarf, white; grandifldra, spathe large. F6ntlandii, Whyte. Erect perennial: Ivs. ovate-cor- date, acuminate - caudate, with an open sinus, basal lobes rounded: midrib thick: spathe golden yellow, broadly trumpet-shaped, its lower margins convolute one-third, flaring above, the subulate tip abruptly re- curved, margins recurved, slightly warty and with a black-purple blotch at the base within. Basutoland, S. Afr. B.M. 7397.-Hooker writes (in B.M. 7397) that "^. Pentlandii is much the largest-leaved species, and is the only one with a deeply gamboge yellow spathe within, which is much the largest and broadest of any." First flowered in 1892 by E. Whyte, Pentland House (Lee, England). oc. Base of the leaf-blade hastate. haBtJkta, Hook. f. {B. Lutwijehei, N. E. Br.). Pbide OF THE Congo. Yellow Calla. Petioles bristly below: blades dull green, hastate-ovate, twice longer than wide, rather flaccid, 8-16 in. long, cuspidate at the apex, basal lobes separated by a narrow sinus : spathe cup-shaped, 5 in. long (with a tail 1 in. long), greenish yellow, the tate. bright green, and somewhat exceeding the scape: spathe short and rather open, creamy white with a black or purple throat. S. Afr. Distributed by Max Leichtlin (Germany) in 1898. There are hybrids of this and R. EUiottiana.— JB. angusU- loba, Schott. Leaf-blade liastate, narrow, the basal lobes one- 2128. Richardia albo-maculata (X 1-5). tip erect, black-purple at the base within, the lateral nerves usually rather prominent above. B.M. 5176. Gn. 18:262. a. Adlami, Hort. Leichtlin. Strong-growing, with Ivs. sagit- 97 2129. Calla with double spathe (X 3^). fourth the length of the apical one, 20 in. long. 3 in. wide at the base: peduncle 4-4^ ft. long. Angola. — B. aurdta, Hort., said to be a hybrid of hastata and albo-maculata, but better regarded as a variety of hastata: leaves spotted; spathes large, yellow. Said to be a hybrid of R. albo-maculata and R. hastata.— "ii. suffilsa. A distinct dwarf-habited plant with a creamy white spathe, the base in the inside of a rich violet-purple shade. It is apparently a plant of good constitution." Gn. 55, p, 317. Jaked G. Smith. Culture of G alias.— Bichardia Africana has been known for generations as the Calla Lily. Though often grown as a window plant, it is very unsuitable and sel- dom blooms under house treatment. When grown for winter flowers, it is customary to give the roots a rest during summer time. They may be dried and stored if necessary. It is in this condition that we get Cali- fomian Callas. It is the opinion of the writer that summer-resting would be the best treatment for those grown as house plants, as well-grown dried roots are more likely to bloom. But rest must be enforced, for Callas will grow all the year round, increasing in size and numbers when planted out. We always get the largest blooms from summer-grown plants. They are taken up in the autumn, given good loam and plenty of root-room, with a liberal allowance of liquid fertilizer when well established. They thrive best under good light, and in a minimum temperature of 55°. There are several varieties, all differing only in size, from those which grow six feet to "Little Gem"— one foot. Some are said to be more odorous than others, though all are fragrant. Besides being invaluable pot- plants, they can be used with good effect in indoor winter gardens, growing luxuriantly when partly sub- merged; and also in "bog" gardens, and on the margins of ponds, to give subtropic^ effects. B. EUiottiana, although introduced to cultivation about ten year.s ago, is yet rare. It is undoubtedly an acquisition. It is a South African species, about which we know comparatively little. From what scraps of in- formation we have gathered regarding it from time to time, we conclude it is rather an upland species, and our experience with it would indicate that frost may occasionally visit its habitat, or at least that it will endure a lower temperature than Bichardia Africana and succeed. When introduced, we thought it diffi- cult to grow. It was first grown in this country by William Robinson, gardener to F. L. Ames, North Easton, Mass., Mr. Harris, gardener to H. H. Hunne- well, Wellesley, Mass., and Mr. Joseph Tailby, of Wellesley. The last named is a commercial grower, who looked upon his importation as an investment. The bulbs (corms or roots) were expensive,-a guinea 1536 RICHARDIA RICINUS or thereabouts— and about as big as marbles. Mr. Tailby now has bushels of them, and some as large as turnips, — anyway, four inches in diameter. Tailby's experience is interesting and it may be valuable to the reader. He came near losing his whole stock by cutting out the eyes, with the object of getting separate plants. There had been no sign of natural division, nor has there since; though Mr. Tailby is still of the opinion that by proper manipulation they may be increased by division, as we now do potatoes, but the wounds must be given time to heal over. The roots are kept over in a cellar at a temperature of 45° P., or thereabouts, until April, when they will show signs of starting. They should be potted then, but kept rather dry until the roots develop. The pots will be fairly well filled with roots before much growth shows, and we can keep them under benches in a cool house, or even in the cellar, for two weeks after potting. With the roots well started, they come along quickly, coming into bloom in 10-12 weeks. A good bright, intermediate house suits them best, and some liquid fertilizer will help them when the flower- stems appear. The blooms last a long time, opening greenish yellow, turning to pure orange-yellow, and finally green when aging. Seeds are formed plenti- fully; and by these, though slow, is yet the surest and quickest method of propagation. During the ripening period of seeds, they must have the very best attention. They usually do not become thor- oughly ripened until August. Pot -grown plants are better stored in pots. The whole culture is easy when we know it. Seeds germinate quickly. Those sown in November come up strong, but the plantlets are difficult to handle and liable to go off when very young. It is the safest way to let them stay in the seed -boxes, ripen there, and plant them farther apart next sea- son. This is what we have been doing and we cannot complain of the results. Tailby has sown seeds outdoors with very gratifying results. Al- most a year is gained in this way, as the roots (or bulbs) are considerably larger than box-grown seedlings. Older roots held over until settled weather, and, planted like potatoes, bloomed freely all summer^ making fine roots; they were green when cut by frost in October, but hardly ripening seeds. To do this takes a longer sea- son, and the plants must be started indoors. T. D. Hatfield. The Biclmrdia in California.— In considering the Calla in California, it is necessary to treat it under two general heads : first, as an ornament ; and second, as an article of commerce. The popular and growing demand for Calla bulbs (or tubers) speaks much for the plant as an ornamental. Many, indeed, are the uses to which it is put. It is, perhaps, most commonly used as a belt along fences, and not infrequently asa hedge between two properties; or nearly as often is found along one side of a house in a long, narrow bed. For effective planting it is much in demand for group- ing around hydrants and unsightly objects in damp places, at watersides; sometimes as a border around a fish or lily pond, oftentimes growing in bunches or masses in the water itself; or massed on a slope near water; mixed with other tropical vegetation ; or as a border to tropical jungles; and very effective, indeed, is it in the lower tiers of basins around a large fountain with Myriophyllum hanging down from the base of the Callas. For all of these purposes the foliage is of even more importance than tlie flowers. As it grows luxu- riantly here in almost any location, it is very seldom 2130. Richardia Africana, Little Gem (X J^J. seen as a pot-plant either in the dwelling or on sale at the nurseries. In the most favored places only is it en- tirely secure from the frost, though the damage to it from this source is not serious in or around Los Angeles. Though doing fairly well in the full sun, our summer climate is too dry for it to attain its greatest beauty and luxuriance wholly without protection, and it may therefore only be seen in perfection when grown in par- tial shade. A good supply of water and manure is also an important factor in its proper development. The spathe is subject to many variations in form, both in size and shape, some being long, rather narrow, and pointed, ending in a decidedly recurved awn, while oth- ers are nearly circular, with the sharp point almost want- ing and standing upright the same as the balance of spathe. It frequently happens that the spathe is double and even triple, sometimes in its entirety but often only partially so. In the latter case it often assumes some very strange forms. The spadix is not so variable and seldom departs from the type, though an occasional double or abnormal spadix is found. Other species or varieties than H. Africana are found, but sparsely in California gardens, the most common ones being the spotted-leaved and the dwarf form known as the Little Gem. Commercially, the growing of the bulbs for eastern and foreign markets is a sure source of revenue, and is carried on extensively throughout southern California. The local market for the so-called flowers is of course limited, but if grown in a practically frostless belt, the blooms will more than pay for the cultivation of the winter field, as in that season of the year flowers of all kinds are scarce. The average retail price for good blooms in midwinter is 50 cents per dozen; the whole- sale price about $11 per 100. Bulbs at retail cost about one-half, or even less, what they do in the East. Our commercial growers get at present (January, 1901), $25 to $60 per 1,000, according to size, the market calling for tubers IM to 3K inches in diameter. Larger sizes are quoted as "fancy" and command extra prices. Though they can be grown in almost any soil with some success, a free, cool, blackish loam is best, and they do not thrive in a hot, gravelly or stony soil. The lands near the coast, where swept by the cooling sea breeze, are productive of the best results, both in bloom and tuber. Land containing sufficient alkali to prevent the growth of many common crops will produce good Callas if other requirements are present. In field plant- ing it is much better to put in small bulbs about 4 inches apart than to sow the offsets promiscuously in the row ; when the sets are thus sown, they should be taken up the following year and the small bulbs properly planted. Offsets sown as above and left 4-6 years (the usual time for a good crop) have never produced satis- factory results. No pest seriously attacks foliage pr bloom, but in dry years more especially, the common sow-bug eats into the tubers very seriously and receives considerable assistance from millipedes. Both these pests are quite a nuisance to the California nurseryman and gardener. The much-photographed "Acres of Callas in Bloom," so familiar to visitors and much used to illustrate articles on California, fancy stationery, etc., was grown by Capt. M. E. Walker, of Los Angeles, to whom the writer is indebted for many of the leading facts in this article regarding the culture of the Calla for the gene- ral market. Ernest Braunton. BICtNUS (Latin name, from the resemblance of the seeds to certain insects). EuphorMd.cem. Herbaceous or becoming tree- like in the tropics, glabrous: Ivs. large, alternate, peltate, palmate- ly 7- to many - lobed, the lobes serrate, monoecious: fls. without petals or disk, in terminal and ap- parently lateral racemes, large for the order: the upper short- pedicelled or sessile and starai- nate; calyx 3-5-parted, valvate; stamens many, erect in the bud. 2131. Fruit of Castor Bean, showing the seeds inside. Natural size. RICINUS EOBINIA 1537 filaments much branched, each with very many anthers; rudiment of pistil none: the lower fls. longer pedicelled, pistillate; sepals very deciduous; styles 3, plumose: cap- sule 3-loculed, 3-seeded, explosively separating into 2- valved coccse when ripe: seeds ovoid, with a large ca- 2132' Ricinus communis. runole, crustaceous testa and fleshy, oily albumen; coty- ledons broad. A great many forms are known, many of which have been distinguished as species by some, but most botan- ists follow MUUer (DeCandolle's Prodromus, vol. 15, part 2:1061, 1866), in referring them all to varieties of the one species, i?. communis, Linn., in which the fol- lowing, listed as species in the American trade, may doubtless be placed: S. Africctmis , Borioni^nsis , Cam- bodgSnsis, coeruleus, Gibsoni, giganteus. macrocdrpus, maerophijllus , Obermanni, Philippininsis, sangidnetis, spectdbilis, tricolor, Zanzibarinsis . See Vilmorin, BIu- mengartnerei, p. 903 (1896). commtinis, Linn. Castok Bean. Castor Oil Plant. Palma Chbisti. Pigs. 2131-3. Half-hardy annual, 3-15 ft. high in the central United States, 30-40 ft. in the tropics. The large handsome leaves (6 in.-2J^ ft.) and stems bright green to dark red:, capsules prickly or smooth. July to frost. Probably originally from Africa or In- dia, now scattered widely and naturalized in all tropical lands. B.M. 2209.— Cultivated in most tropical and temperate countries from the earliest times, for the oil of the seeds (castor oil, Oleum Sicini) used in medicine and in the arts, and in some places as a food- dressing oil. The seeds contain a poisonous principle. Also much used as a decorative plant singly or in bed centers, giving a rich tropical effect. Of rapid growth in any rich soil. The seeds may be planted in May where they are to grow, or sown singly in pots in early spring and afterwards transplanted. The species varies greatly in size and in the form and size of the capsule, the form, size and color of the seeds and color and glau- cosity of the stem and leaves. The follow- ing are some of the principal varieties : Var. Cambodg6nsis, Hort. Lvs. dark colored; stems nearly black. Var. Gibsoni, Hort. Dwarf, 5 ft., lvs. bronzy purplish. Var. lividus, Jacq. (-B. sanguin- eus. Hort. B. Obermanni, Hort.) Slender; stem and fruit blood-red, 8 ft. E.H. 7:182,183. Var. Borboni^nsis, Hort. Fifteen feet, lvs. large, shining, green or reddish. Var. Zanzibar6nsis, Hort. A recent introduction of large size with enormous various colored lvs. and very large flat seeds. A.G. 16:383. l.H. 41:100. J. B. S. Norton. BIGID£LLA (Latin, somewhat rigid; referring to the pedicels, which after the petals fall become erect and stiff). Iriddeece. A genus of 3 species of Mexican half- hardy bulbous plants allied to the well-known Tigridias and distinguished by the inner perianth - segments ; these are inconspicuous in Rigidella, being very small, ovate and erect, while in Tigridia they are larger, flddle- shaped and spreading. Lvs. broad, plicate, with chan- neled petiole ; fls. fugitive, bright red, pedicelled ; peri- anth-tube none; segments very unequal, outer oblong, connivent in a cup in the lower third, then spreading or reflexed ; inner very small, erect, ovate, with a narrow claw. Baker's Irideae, Baker, p. 70. immaculita, Herb. Stem 2-3 ft. long, forked: lower lvs. lK-2 in. long including petiole: fls. bright crim- son, not marked with black. B.E. 27:68. F.S. 5:502; 21:2215 (fls. brick-red), p. -w. Barclay. RIVtNA (A. Q. Kivinus, professor of botany, etc., at Liepzig, 1691-1725). Phytolaccdcece. A genus of 2 or 3 species of shrubs with herbaceous branches bearing usually axillary racemes of small flowers, followed by red berries the size of peas. Lvs. ovate, ovate-lanceo- late or cordate-ovate : perianth-segments 4, small, equal; stamens 4-8; style short; stigma capitate. The species are natives of tropical America. The following makes a good pot-plant for a warm greenhouse, and it is also useful for growing as a summer annual in the open. htimilis, Linn. Eodgb Plant. Fig. 2134. Stem with spreading branches, K-2 ft. high: lvs. 1-3 in. long: racemes slender, pendulous, many-fld., as long as the lvs.: fls. white, 1-1 K lines long: calyx pale rose: fr. 1-lJ^ lines long; S. Florida. B.M. 1781. V. 5:75. S.H. 2:111. Gn. 22, p. 68 (as B. Icevis). F. W. Barclay. BOAN or BOWAW. Sorbus Aucuparia. BOBlXIA (in honor of the two early French botanists Eobin). Leguminbs(e. Trees or shrubs, with odd -pin- nate leaves and often spines for stipules : Ifts. stipel- late: fls. in drooping axillary racemes : fr. a'S-valved pod or legume, with several bean-like seeds. A genus of plants of much merit for ornamental planting, and in one case for its enduring timber. All are of rapid growth when young, reaching effective stages in a short time. The facility with which they increase, both by seed and by suckers, is sometimes a disadvantage. Va- rieties are propagated by cuttings or by grafting. The 2133. Clump of Ricinus communis. 1538 ROBINIA beauty of B. Pseudacacia was early renognized and it was extensively planted, but the attacks of the borer have caused great loss and checked the planting of a beautiful tree. 2134. Rivina humilis CX %). (See page 1537.) FseudacHcia, Linn. Locust. False Acacia. Black Locust. Fig. 2135. This species is the largest of the genus, growing to a height of 80 ft. Lfts. short-stalked, 9-19, 1-2 in. long, oval or ovate, smooth, often emargi- nate or mucronate; bark on young wood brown and glandular; stipules glandular, enlarging with age and becoming strong thorns on the 2-year-old wood : fls. white and fragrant, in drooping racemes: fr. a broad, brown, many-seeded pod or legume. May, June. East- ern N. A. — Wood very lasting, and adapted to many uses. Many varieties of this species are in cultivation, the following being sold in this country : atirea, Hort. , has pale yellow Ivs.; bella-rdsea, Hort., rose-colored fls., and is probably a hybrid of JB. Pseudacacia and R. vis-: cosa; var. inlrmis, DC, is a thornless variety, with large dark foliage ; bnllata, Hort. , is much like Bessoni- ana (below), but more compact; Secaisne&na, Carr.,is a form with handsome rose-tinted fls. K.H. 1863:151. F.S. 19:2027. l.H. 12:427. Gn. 34, p. 174; Bpect^biliB, Du Mont Cour., is a strong-growing thornless var.; mono- ph^lla, Pelz. & Kirehn., is the Single-leaf Locust, and of this there is a slightly pendulous sub-var. ; p^ndula, Loud., is a form with broad, spreading, somewhat drooping branches ; Bemper{16reus, Hort., is said to flower throughout the summer; vars. gl6bula, stricta and mimoBsefdlia are horticultural forms, which are suf- ficiently described by their names; pyramid^liB, Petz. & Kirehn., is a distinct narrow-growing form; umbra- cnlifera, DC. Umbrella Locust. Thornless, the gla- brous branches densely crowded : lfts. ovate. Vars. ruira, stricta and Bessoniana are forms of this. Very distinct. ' hiBpida, Linn. Rose Acacia. Fig. 2136. A shrub 2- 8 ft. high, all parts of the plant except the fls. bristly or hairy; lfts. 9-13: racemes loose : fls. on long pedi- cels, rose color. May, June. Va. to Ga., in mountains. B.M. 311. Gn. 34, p. 175.— Like the next species, it spreads from the root and should be planted where it will not interfere with other plants. Seldom matures seed. viscdsa, Vent. Clammy Locust. A small tree, rarely growing to the height of 30-40 ft. : shoots, petioles and seed -pods covered with viscid - glandular hairs: lfts. 11-25: fls. in a short and usually rather erect ra- ceme, rose color. June. Va. to Ga., in mountains. S.S. 3:115. B.M. 560.— The var.bella-rdsea,Nich.,is JJ. Pseud- acacia, var. bella-rosea. Neo-Mexic4na, Gray. A shrub 5 or 6 ft. high, with stout stipular prickles : peduncle, raceme and calyx glandular-hairy: fls. in drooping axillary racemes, rose color. Southwestern N. Amer. S.S. 3:114. Gt. 41:1385. B. Kilseyi is " a new species discovered and introduced In 1901, by Harlan P. Kelsey. The bark much resembles R. Pseud- acacia and the plant is sparingly pubescent." It is H. Boyn- toni, Ashe. John F. Cowell. ROCHEA ROBIN'S PLANTAIN, ^Wi/erom ielKdifolius . ROCAMBOLE (Allium Seorodoprasum, liinn.), is a humble member of the onion tribe, the underground bulbs of which are used abroad like garlic, known in America amongst the Canadian French. The plant is a hardy perennial, with a stem that is twisted spirally above and bears at the top an umbel of flowers, some or all of which are changed to bulblets. The presence of these bulblets distinguishes the plant from garlic. The spe- cies can be propagated by the bulblets, but quicker re- sults are secured from the cloves of the underground bulbs. In mild climates, the bulbs should be planted in autumn or not later than February ; in cold climates, plant in spring. In the autumn when the leaves decay, the bulbs are lifted, dried in the sun, and stored. Rocambole is a native of Europe, the Caucasus region and Syria. It has flat or keeled leaves, short spathe, bell-shaped, 6-parted perianth, and the 3 inner stamens broader than the rest, 3-cleft, and not longer than the perianth. It is a perennial plant. Good seeds are rarely produced. ROCCAEDIA. Consult Helipterum. RdCHEA (de la Roche, French botanist). Crassu- Idcea'. A genus of 4 species of succulent plants from S. Africa, with opposite, oblong-ovate or lanceolate Ivs. and fls. in terminal, few-to many-fld. heads. For generic characters, see Crassula. The best species is Ji. coc- cinea. The following points concerning its culture are condensed from Gn. 46, p. 360: This species enjoys an abundance of light and sun-heat, and needs to have its wood thoroughly ripened in the autumn to insure a dis- play of bloom. If small plants can be procured they should be nipped about February 1. If a few leaves are removed, after the top is pinched out, shoots will start more evenly. After pinching, the plants are put into considerably larger pots, a peaty soil being generally used and good drainage given. They should be given a night temperature of 50°, day temperature of 75-80° in sunshine, with plenty of atmospheric moisture until the new growths are freely produced, when they should 2135. Robinia Pseudacacia (X ^). be inured to more air. A shading of the glass may be necessary in summer, or the plants may be placed in a sheltered position outside. About August, when the plants have made as much growth as can be ripened that season, they may be placed in a warm, dry, sunny EOCHEA ROCK GARDENS 1539 place to induce perfect and early maturity. During winter the plants may be kept in a sunny frame or cool, light greenhouse, with only sufficient water to prevent shriveling. A. Clusters usually S-flowered. jasminea, DC. (Cra'sst«Za jasmmea,Ker-Gawl). Stem herbaceous, 4-12 in. high, decumbent, branched, flower- ing part erect: Ivs. fleshy, oblong-oval, %-% in. long, 2136. Rose Acacia — Robinia hispida. (XK.) 1-2 lines wide: fls. white, tinted with crimson, sessile, not fragrant, IX in. long. B.M. 2178.-Hybrids with M. coccinea are figured in A. P. 5:433. AA. Clusters many-flowered. coccinea, DC. (Kalosdnthes eoeclnea,H.&w. Crdssula coccinea, Linn.). Plant robust, shrubby, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. very closely imbricated, 1-lK in. x %-l in. : fls. bright scarlet, lX-2 in. long, fragrant, borne in sum- mer. Cape. Gn. 46, p. 360. B.M. 495. R. falcdta, DC. See Crassula falcata. p^ -^^ Barclay. BOCK-BKAKE. See Cryptogramma. BOCK-CKESS^ Arabis. BOCK GARDENS. Figs. 2137-40. Nature in time will make a garden even on the unbroken surface of a rock, by clothing it with lichens, algae and mosses of many exquisite forms having much variety and often striking brilliancy in coloring. If there are soil-filled cracks and pockets then ferns and flowering plants will find a place. At low elevations, however, these flowering rook-plants are comparatively few, for soil accumulates rapidly and strong-growing herbs, shrubs and trees, aided by favor- able climatic conditions, soon cover the rock surface or furnish so dense a shade that only mosses, lichens and ferns will thrive. The ideal rock or alpine gardens are within that region on mountain summits between the limits of tree growth and the edge of perpetual snow, and in the correspond- ing regions toward the poles, where the plants are pro- tected from the rigors of a long winter by blankets of snow and are quickened into a short period of rapid growth by a comparatively low summer temperature. Here, where there are deep, cool, moist rock crevices and pockets filled with fragments of broken stone and porous decayed vegetable matter, are the favorable con- ditions wherein the real alpine plants can multiply their neat and dainty cushions, tufts and rosettes of dense and matted foliage and their abundance of exquisitely formed and brilliantly colored flowers. A successfully grown collection of these plants in contrast with ordi- nary garden flowers would be like a collection of cut gems as compared with one of rough minerals and rocks, for they have an exquisiteness of finish and depth of coloring that gives them as unique a place in the vegetable kingdom as they have in the plan of na- ture. Surely there are men and women who, if they knew these plants well, would be fired with an ambition to excel in their cultivation; and in so doing they may enter a comparatively untrodden path if they will limit their work chiefly to the alpines of this continent. They are represented in the New England mountain region by such species as Arenatia Grcenlandiea, Loiseleuria proeumbens, Silene aeatilis, Diapensia Lapponica, Arctostaphylos alpina, Vaccinium emspitosum, Saxi- fraga rivularis, Veronica alpina, Oeum radiatum, var. Peckii, Sibbaldia proeumbens, Hhododendron Lapponicum, SryantJius taxifolia, ,Primula farinosa, Saxifraga oppositi folia , Aisoon and aisoides. Aster polyphyllus and Woodsia glabella; and in the Rocky- Mountains and Pacific Coast Ranges by Srigeron uni- florus, lanatus and ursinus, Actinella Brandegei and andiflora, Artemisia borealis, scopulorum and al- pina, Senecio Soldanella, Fremontii, pe- trceus, uniflorus and wernerimfoUus, Crepis nana. Campanula uniflora, Primula Parryi and suffruticosa, Androsace Chamcejasme and septentrionalis , Gentiana prostrata, frigida, Ifewberryi, Parryi and simplex. Phlox bry- aides and cmspitosa, Polemonium confertum, Oassiope Mertensiana, JBryantJius Mreweri, Draba streptocarpa, Parryi and nudicaulis, Arabis Lyallii and platysperma, Smelowskia calcycina. Lychnis moniana and Kingii, Ca- landrinia pygmcea, Olaytonia megarrhisa, Spraguea ttmbellata, Dryas octopetala, Geum Rossii, Saxifraga ehrysantha and bryophora, Cysopteris alpina, Aplopappus pygmmus, Lyallii and acaulis, Omphalodes nana, var. aretioides, Chionophila Jamesii, etc. (Not all of these names are accounted for in this work. They may be found in the Current Man- uals of North American Plants.) The uncultivated American plants in this class are quite as numerous and attractive as are the European species that have been long cultivated there. Here alpines have been but little cultivated. A very few easily grown European kinds, like Aubrietia deltoidea, Achillea to- mentosa, Campanula Carpatica and Arabis albida, are offered by American nurserymen and cultivated in the open border. On a few private places small rock gardens have been established, or advantage ,has been taken of favorable local conditions to cultivate some additional species, and in one or more botanic gardens considerable collections have been at times maintained, chiefly in frames. Generally what have passed for rock gardens have been rockeries— mere piles of cobbles raised from the surface of turf or piled against dry banks in such a manner as rapidly to disperse instead of slowly conserve all soil moisture. Even the most 2137. A rockery bordering a lawn, self-assertive weed fails to thrive in such a garden. A little better than this was the rock garden at the World's Pair, in which was the alpine plant exhibit of the Royal Botanic Garden of Berlin, comprising 103 species, of which only 23 were alive in August. In general, we have a smaller rainfall, less humidity and a larger proportion of sunny days than in England, to which we must look for the best instruction in the cultivation of alpine plants. This must be regarded in 1540 ROCK GARDENS the arrangement of our rock gardens. Every precau- tion should be taken to secure the full advantage of rainfall and any natural water supply, and there should also be a liberal and constant artificial water supply. It must be kept in mind, too, that at low elevations the long, hot summers do not allow the period of rest that such plants require. This condition must be met by de- vices, methods and locations that will retard the growth in spring, check it at an early period in autumn, and keep the plants fully dormant in winter, such as shade, mulching, and, in the case of particularly difa- cult plants, the protection of frames. It is essential that conditions Toe provided that will enable the roots to extend for a long distance, often many feet, in narrow crevices and pockets between rocks to depths where there is a uniform temperature and uniform moisture supplied by moving water, for frequent freezing and 2138. A packet in the rocks. thawing and stagnant water are fatal. These cavi- ties should be filled with such loose material as frag- ments of rock mixed with decayed vegetable matter, without manure, and arranged to provide for the free passage of hair-like roots, for perfect drainage and the free access of air. To provide these unusual conditions on the average private place in a large way would be so difficult and so expensive that it is not to be recom- mended. A small collection comprising a few easily cul- , tivated alpines and the similar rock plants referred to in a later paragraph may, however, be successfully grown on reconstructed stone walls, on ledges, in small rock gardens and in the open borders of almost any country or city place. Persons who desire to cultivate a large col- lection of true alpines should seek a situation where favorable natural or existing conditions can be taken advantage of. Such locations are likely to be found at the seashore and in rocky and hilly regions— such re- gions, for example, as are selected by many people for summer homes. A ledge, a natural mass of boulders or an abandoned quarry will often provide them. Pockets and crevices of ledges can be cleared of unsuit- able material, and if they are not deep enough to hold moisture and have an equable temperature their depth may be increased by the judicious use of wedges, bars and explosives. Boulders can be arranged in such a manner as to secure suitable deep pockets and crevices of soil, springs can be diverted to supply a constant flow of water, underground pipes can be carried from an artificial source of supply to various points where conditions require them. However favorable the condi- tions are, it will be found that much can be done to advantage in different localities to meet the special re- quirements of different groups of plants. In such work, however, it should be kept constantly in mind that there are plants that will grow in all sorts of surroundings, and that it will often be much better to seek such as are ROCK GARDENS adapted to existing conditions than to go to the ex- pense of radically modifying such arrangements. If an artificial rockery is to be constructed, it should be borne in mind that it is not for the purpose of dis- playing a collection of curious rocks fantastically ar- ranged, but to provide a place for growing a class of plants that cannot be as well grown elsewhere. It would be better never to think of securing mountain, valley and rock effects in the disposition of the material to be used, but only to think of providing many varied con- ditions and situations as regards exposure to sun and shade, depth of pockets and crevices, the character and depth of soils, subterranean and surface water supply, and whether it be permanent or fluctuating. In select- ing and arranging the rocks freshly broken raw faces should not be exposed, but rather such faces as are already covered with a growth of lichens for sunny places and with mosses for shady spots. To take full advantage of surface water, pockets and crevices should have a decid- edly downward direction from the exposed surface and not be sheltered by over- hanging rock. That this does not apply in all cases, those who are familiar with the habitats of rock -plants know full well. The natural habitat of Pellwa gra- cilis in the upper Mississippi bluffs is in horizontal crevices well back from the edge of the overhanging rock, where it is absolutely protected from all surface water. It finds sufficient moisture in the horizontal seams. Pellma atropurpurea will grow in narrow cracks and small pockets on the face of dry limestone boulders where there can be no possible internal supply of moisture. These in- stances go to show that the general prin- ciples that will apply to such plants as a class will not apply to all species, and it simply gives emphasis to the importance of trying a plant under all sorts of condi- tions before assuming that it can not be grown. The writer remembers well an at- tempt to grow that most exquisite alpine flower, Gentiana verna, in the open border on a little pile of rocks to give it suitable drainage. It was transplanted a number of times to places where its environment appeared to be about the same, and finally a situation was secured, where, instead of barely holding its own, it increased and produced a number of its great deep blue flower-cups. The importance of protection from drying and cold winds and of securing shade in many situations must not be overlooked. Sometimes advantage may be taken of an existing deciduous or evergreen tree or shrub growth, or rapid-growing varieties can be planted to make a screen. While shelters of this character are of value about the outer limits of a rock garden, they can hardly be used for separating its smaller compartments. For this purpose slow-growing, dense-foliaged ever- greens with a restricted root range are best. This would include the Yuccas, a few of the dwarf forms of Thuya, Juniperus, Picea, Retinispora and practically all the broad-leaved evergreens. The latter, especially the Rhododendrons (of which Rhododendron maximum can be secured in large plants at low cost), are particularly useful owing to their habit of growth, restricted root area, and the facility with which they can be moved from place to place as desired. As these shelter-belts and groups form the background and setting of the rock garden and are the dominating landscape feature in views from a distance, their composition and disposition is a matter of much importance. The disposition must be governed, however, by the general arrangement of the grounds, but in this arrangement an agreeably varied sky-line and composition of plant forms and of shades of green should be sought for. In the composi- tion of the background, and in the planting of the rock garden as well, a decided character should be given to the whole and to each distinct compartment by using some few effective plants in quantity rather than a great number of varieties in small quantities. Variegated and distorted garden freaks should be excluded, for EOCK GARDENS ROCK GARDENS 1541 they would only distract the attention from the rock garden, the primary object. Even more inappropriate are stationary fountains and vases. For more specific instructions as to the construction of rocl£ gardens and the care and propagation of rock- plants (for European conditions) see Robinson's "Alpine Flowers," London, 1875, and Sutherland's "Hardy Her- baceous and Alpine Flowers," Edinburgh and London, 1871. Up to this point reference has been made for the most part to distinctly alpine plants; that is, plants that are confined exclusively to the region on mountains above the tree and shrub line. They are the ones that will test the skill of the cultivator. There are, however, many rook-plants ; that is, plants that grow naturally on rocks, or plants having a tufted, matted and more or less persistent and evergreen foliage similar to alpines that can be used with them in less favorable positions in the rook garden or in the open border. Many of such plants can be readily procured from American nursery- men and collectors. They are easy of cultivation and attractive in habit and flower. The writer would include also low-growing bulbous plants, especially such as have inconspicuous foliage. They can be planted with the low ground-covering plants to push up through them. Prom this list are omitted such plants as belong more properly in the wild garden, especially such as spread rapidly by underground shoots and are likely to become a pest. (In a rockery conditions are such that it is almost impossible to extirpate deep-rooting, weedy plants, and they above all others should be rigidly ex- cluded.) Among desirable rock -plants the writer would include Geranium sanguineum, Andrewsii and Sobert- ianum, Gypsophila muralis, Melianthemiim vulgare, Helleborus niger, 1/eontopodium alpinum, l/inaria Gymbalaria, Jjotus corniculatus, Lychnis Visearia, Pa- paver alpinum and nudicaule, Oeratostigma Larpentw, Saponaria ocymoides, Veronica Teucrium and rupestris, Arabis alpina, Campanula fragilis, Daphne Cneorum, species of Alyssum, Bellis, Cerastium, Arenaria, Draba, Epimedium, Iberis, Thymus, Arabis, Armeria, Ajuga, Dianthus, Sedum, Sagina, Primula, Aquilegia, Saxi- fraga, Corydalis, Myosotis, Sempervivum, Parnassia, Viola, Hepatica, Opuntia, Houstonia, Anemone patens, var. Nuttalliana, dwarf and creeping Campanulas, Oornus Canadensis, Dicentra eximia, Calluna vul- garis. Iris cristata, verna and pumila, Leiophyllum buxifoUum, Phlox subulata, amcena, reptans, Saxi- fraga Virginiensis , Silene Pensytvanica and Virginica, Anemone thalictroides , Waldsteiniafragarioides, Galax aphylla, Asperula odorata, low-growing ferns, mosses, eto. Warren H. Manning. A rook garden or rockery is, or should be, an imita- tion (though of necessity in a limited and smaller way) of a natural rooky slope such as is often seen on mountain sides, but made more interesting and at- be artificial in the sense of made by man, because few gardens contain a natural bank or slope upon which one might be constructed. In any case, it should be characterized by simplicity and naturalness. In fact, in no part of a garden has the gardener more opportunity to give expression to his natural taste than in the con- struction and planting of a rockery. If a garden does 2139. An isolated rockery under a tree, Southern California. tractive by the planting of a large variety of alpine and other plants. The meaningless mounds of stones too often seen in gardens, planted with summer-bed- ding plants or vines, do not represent the true concep- tion of a rockery. A rockery must of necessity often 2140. A picturesque rockwork, for the wilder parts of the grounds (European). contain a natural bank or slope, the position or aspect may not be an ideal one. A southern slope, unless within the shade of tall trees, is not as good an aspect as a northern one, owing to the soil becoming too hot and dry, just the opposite conditions for true alpine plants. Some of the best rockeries are what are known as underground rockeries; for instance, the one in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, London, England, is an underground rockery. Before this rookery was con- structed the ground was perfectly level. A cutting was begun at one entrance, at first shallow, but gradually deepening till a depth of some 6 or 7 feet was reached, and an average width of about 10 feet at the bottom. All the soil taken out was placed on the top of the slopes, thus still further increasing the height. The cutting was madeMn a winding manner, not formal or zigzag, but in such a manner that when completed, not only would a variety of aspects be secured to suit the requirements of different plants, but each turn should seem to possess a peculiar charm of its own. The whole cutting is perhaps some 200 yards in length. The rocks are placed in the banks in as natural a man- ner as it would seem possible to place them ; now they stand out boldly, almost perpendicular with the edge of the path, then again they recede into hollow recesses. There are not too many rocks, nor yet too few. In one place a cascade falls over the rocks into a small pool which not only provides a habitat for aquatic and bog plants, but also adds greatly to the beauty of the rockery. B'or the convenience of the public a broad gravel path runs through the whole rockery. Rhodo- dendrons and other shrubs are planted on top of the banks in groups, and not in straight lines, while behind these for protection and shade are planted pine« and other conifers, as well as some deciduous trees. The rocks are placed in most cases so as to form "pockets" of good size into which the plants could be planted, and the soil made in the pocket to suit the requirements of the different plants. With such a variety of aspects and conditions this rockery is able to accommodate one of the largest collections of alpine and rook plants in the world. As this rockery was for a time the special charge of the writer while a student at Kew, well does he remember the deep carpets of mossy Saxifrage, Au- brietia, Arabis, Cerastium, Sedum, eto.,which hung over projecting ledges of rocks, while in fissures and holes m the rocks were growing those dainty rosette-making saxifrages, S. longifolia, S. Cotyledon, S. Crustacea and S. caesia, as well as the charming androsaoes. In the deeper recesses of the rockery were to be found the 1542 ROCK GARDENS KODRIGUEZIA large-leaved saxifrages, sueh as S. crassifolia, S. Hgu- lata, S. Stracheyi and S. ptirpurascens . Quite at home and in suitable positions were alpine primulas, auriculas, and cyclamens. There were Iceland poppies, Himalayan poppies {Meconopsis Wullichi and Nepalensis) , gentians from the tiny blue Genfiana verna to the tall G. sep- temfida, and many kinds of Funkia, Fritillaria, Erica, Epimedium, Cypripedium, Orchis, Lilium, Erythronium, Allium, Alyssum, Ajuga, Achillea, Armeria, Sagina, Sempervivum and creeping Veronica, besides other plants too numerous to mention. Particularly promi- nent positions, as on top of the rocks, or at a turning point in the path, were occupied by some stately plant, such as Sheum palmatum, Acanthus mollis, or Gunnera manicafa, or scabra, while foxgloves, ver- bascums and such like plants would till up the recesses in the shrubs on the top of the rockery. One end of the rockery beneath the shade of overhanging trees was devoted to hardy ferns, which grew with wonderful luxuriance. With the variety of rare and interesting plants, together with the artistic yet natural appearance of the whole rockery, a more beautiful place it would be difficult to conceive. With these pleasant remembrances in mind the writer built a rockery in 1898, in the Botanic Gardens of Smith College, Northampton, Mass., somewhat after the pattern of the one at Kew, but at present on a very much more limited scale. The position chosen (the only one available) is near the outskirts of the garden proper, on what was formerly a grassy southern slope. A cutting was made through the slope in much the same manner as the one at Kew, but to secure good northern aspects the soil was all banked on the south- ern side. The path, which is quite level, varies in width from 3 to 6 feet. The height of the banks in which the rocks are placed ranges from 2 feet at the entrances to some 8 or 10 feet at the highest point. For rocks we used large, water-worn boulders collected in the vicinity. One shaded recess, with a northern aspect, is devoted to na- tive ferns, which at the present time, 1901, number some 40 species. The whole rockery outside is banked with flowering shrubs, and on the southern bank out- side are planted some trees, chiefly catalpas, for the purpose of shading the southern aspect of the rock- ery, as well as for ornament. Water is laid on so that the plants might not suffer in dry weather. The writer has not been successful with alpine primulas, mossy saxifrages, tufted gentians, and several other subjects which delight in a cool, moist climate, perhaps from his not having provided the ideal conditions for such plants, but more probably due to our extremes of cli- mate. Still there is a large variety which does well here. The writer has found most of the low-growing veronicas, sedums, sempervivums, arabises, alyssums, achilleas, alsines, erysimums, aquilegias, campanulas, stellarias, pachysandras, the beautiful shrubby little Daphne Cneorum, and many others, do- very well in the more sunny or southern aspects of the rockery, while on the northern aspects cerastiums, iberises, ajugas, Ice- land poppies, rosette and large-leaved saxifrages, moss pinks, epimediums, herniarias, arenarias, cardamines, armerias, dianthuses, native orchises, cypripediums and many other plants do well. On the top of the rockery, to flU in recesses in the shrubbery, are planted fox- gloves, verbascums and tall veronicas, while at conspic- uous points are planted clumps of Bocconia cordata, Telekia speciosa, Aruncus Sylvester, or any herbaceous plant which looks well as an isolated specimen. In among the plants in irregular colonies are planted hardy bulbs, such as crocuses, scillas, ornithogalums, nar- cissi, snowdrops, chionodoxas, and grape hyacinths; these come up the first thing in the spring and blossom before the other plants get well started into growth, and are a decided acquisitiou to a rookery. Almost all alpine plants may be readily propagated by seed, cuttings or division of the plants. The writer raises some from seed each year to fill up any vacancies in the spring. His plan is to sow the seeds in 4-inch pots early in February in a finely-prepared light soil, and place the pots in a moderately warm greenhouse ; here they soon germinate, and as soon as large enough to handle they are transplanted either into other pots similarly prepared, or into small, shallow boxes. They grow vigorously through the early spring months, and by the first of May they may be planted out perma- nently. Seeds may also be sown in some shaded frame in spring and the plants transferred to the rockery in the fall. All the plants in the rockery should have a light covering of leaves or light strawy manure to pro- tect them from excessive freezing and thawing during the winter, especially those planted on the southern exposure, or they may be protected with a few hemlock branches laid lightly over them. These should be re- moved as soon as the weather will permit in early spring. In planting a newly made rockery it is a mistake to plant too thick. Each plant should be allowed room to develop so as to show its true character, and the plant should then be limited in a measure to that space, especially if a much more rampant grower than its neighbors. As in other parts of the garden, weeds will insinuate themselves wherever they can gain a foot- hold. These must be removed as soon as they appear, and the whole rockery should be gone over at least once in ten days to keep each plant from encroaching on its neighbors, and to keep all in good order. Edward J. Canning. ROCKET. See ffesperis. ROCKET CANDYTUrX. See Iberis coronaria. ROCKET, YELLOW. Barbarea vulgaris. ROCK ROSE. ^Qe Cistus ; silso B'elianthemuni. ROCKY KOnNTAIN BEE PLANT. folia. C'leome integri- RODG^RSIA (Commodore Rodgers, U. S. Navy). SaxifragAcece. A genus of one species, a hardy herba- ceous perennial for which the following names have been proposed: Rodgers' Bronze Leaf, Bronze Leaf of Japan and Stately Five-Leaf. It grows 3-4 ft. high, and the leaves are finger-shaped, the 5 lobes being bold in outline, angled and serrate. In the spring the foliage is light green; in summer it assumes a metallic bronzy hue. The plant is a vigorous grower, and under favor- able circumstances has been known to make a clump 9 ft. in diameter, the largest Ivs. being a yard across and borne on stalks 3 ft. long. The fls. are borne in mid- summer on stalks 4-5 ft. high. The general style of inflorescence is that of the popular Astilbe, to which it is closely allied. The fls. are very small, but make a feathery spray of fluffy white bloom. The panicle is a foot or more long and as wide at the base. Technically the fls. have no petals; what seem to be petals are the white calyx-segments. As a flowering plant it has been said by enthusiasts to be superior to Astilbe, but the bloom is scantier, rather greenish at first, and perhaps does not last as long. It may not be so amenable to forcing. Bodgersia is a native of the subalpine regions of Japan and is presumably hardy in our northern states. It is offered by importers of Japanese plants. The plant is highly esteemed by English connoisseurs, but seems to be nearly unknown to American gardens. Although any deep, rich garden soil will do, it is said to prefer a moist peaty soil. It should be placed in a sunny position, with plenty of room, where high winds cannot damage the foliage. Easily propagated. Botanically Rodgersia is close to certain species of Astilbe, having 10 stamens and no petals; it differs in having connate carpels, scorpioid inflorescence and 5- cut rather than thrice ternate foliage. Other generic characters are: calyx-lobes 5 ; ovary 2-3-loculed ; styles 2 or 3; stigmas capitate : ovules many. podoph^lla. Gray. Rhizome thick, scaly: radical Ivs. 5-lobed; stem-lvs. 3-lobed: cymes scorpioid, forming a large panicle. B.M.6691. G.C. II. 20:141. G.M. 33:477. Gn. 36, p. 171; 38, p. 125; 46, p. 434. ■^. ji. B0DRI6TT£ZIA (Emanuel Rodriguez, Spanish bot- anist and apothecary). Orchid&cece. A small genus of South American orchids, a few of which are cultivated for their graceful racemes of delicate flowers. The flowers are nearly always fragrant. The plants vary somewhat in habit. Some species form neat, compact EODEIGUEZIA tufts, while others, like M. decora, have long, strag- gling rhizomes difficult to keep within the limits of a block or a basket. Pseudobulbs small, compressed, 1-2- Ivd. and bearing sheathing Ivs. at the base: racemes erect or pendulous: dorsal sepal and petals similar, free, erect; lateral sepals united, concave, but scarcely saccate: labellum spurred or saccate, with a long claw parallel to the column, and a spreading blade usually exceeding the sepal: column slender. Robert Brown's genus Gomesa (sometimes written Gomeza), found on G. recurva, is now referred to Kodriguezia. 6. recurva is M. vlanifoUa. Grow Bodriguezias in very shallow pots filled with tough peat, and well drained. Rest them in a tempera- ture of 50°, giving little water. The growing tempera- ture should be from 65-75°. Give plenty of moisture and shade from direct sunshine. The stronger-growing kinds will need thicker potting material in baskets; they do well wired on tree-fern stocks. During season of growth, syringing is necessary. A. Fls. large, white, spotted or rose. B. Baeeme erect 1. fragnrans 2. decora BB. Baeeme pendulous 3. venusta 4. Candida 5. pnbescens AA. Fls, small, deep rose or spotted red.. 6. secunda AAA. Fls. greenish 7. crispa 8. planifolia frdigrans, Reiohb. f. (Burlingtbnia frAgrans, Lindl.). Lvs. tufted: racemes erect: fls. pure white, except the middle of the labellum, \frhieh is stained with yellow, very fragrant; lower sepals united, entire: 'dorsal se- pal acute; labellum cucuUate behind, with a 2-parted, pubescent appendage on the disk. April, May. Brazil. G.C. III. 4:757 (the plant is here figured with a pendu- lous raceme). decora, Reichb. f . (Burlingtbnia dicora, Lem. ) . Plant with a long, slender rhizome, with oval, 1-lvd. pseudo- bulbs : .scape nearly erect, 9 in. high, bearing 5-10 blos- soms in a loose raceme: sepals and petals ovate, acute, connivent, white or pale rose spotted with red; labellum twice as long as the petals, white; middle lobe rounded, bifid, contracted into a broad claw which has several fringed lamellse; column with falcate hairy ears. May, June. Brazil. B.M. 4834. F.S. 7:716.-Var. picta, Hort. (Burlingtbnia dicora, v&v. picta. Hook.). Pseu- dobulbs orbicular, compressed: fls. short, acute; sepals and petals spotted with deep purple-red. B.M. 5419. veniista, Reichb. f. (Burlingtbnia veniista, Lindl.). Lvs. linear-oblong, forming compact masses: fls. in drooping racemes, large, white or tinged with pink and having a yellow stain on the lip; dorsal sepal acute, the lateral pair entire; labellum transversely plicate near the middle. Flowers at various seasons. Brazil. I.H. 5:188.— Very near B. Candida. Candida, Batem. (Burlingtbnia cdndidajUnAl.). Lvs. oblong, firm : racemes pendulous, 4-6-fld. : fis. white, with a light stain of yellow on the labellum, 2 in. long ; dorsal sepal obovate, emarginate, the lower pair united Into a concave, bifid blade, saccate at base; petals obo- vate, with the apex recurved ; labellum with a broadly cuneate, bifid middle lobe, longer than the sepals and petals; base and lateral lobes parallel to the column, throat with many lamellae. April, May. Guiana. B.R. 23:1927. F.M. 1871:548. pub^scens, Reichb. i.(Burlingtbnia piibiscens , Lindl.). Lvs. tufted, dark green, keeled: racemes many, pen- dulous, from the tuft of lvs.: fls. pure white; labellum 2-lobed, hastate; lateral lobes erect, furnished with lamellae; column pubescent, in which it differs from the other species. seclinda, HBK. Fig. 2141. Pseudobulbs bearing sev- eral thick, linear-oblong lvs.: raceme erect, secund, 6 in. high: fis. deep rose; sepals erect, ovate, convex, the lower pair keeled and gibbous; petals like the dorsal sepal; labellum obovate-oblong, emarginate, undulate, scarcely longer than the sepals. Aug. Trinidad, Gui- ana. B.M. 3524. B.R. 11:930. L.B.C. 7:676 (as i?. Zan- ■eeolata). EOLLINIA 1543 crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongate-ovate: lvs. ob- long-lanceolate, spreading, undulate: raceme pendulous, rather dense: fls. green, with yellowish borders; sepals all free, undulate-crisp; petals similar; labellum lanceo- late, sigmoid. Brazil. B.R. 26:54. planifdlia, Lindl. Pseudobulbs clustered, compressed : lvs. lanceolate: raceme long, drooping: fls. greenish yellow, fragrant; sepals oblong, waved, acute, the lower pair united except at the end; petals like the dor- sal sepal ; labellum broadly oblong, acute, reflexed, shorter than the lower sepals. Feb. Brazil. B.M. 1748, 3504. L.B.C. 7:660 (as Gomesa recurva). Heinkich Hasselbring and Wm. Mathews. B06I£BA. See Bondeletia. 2141. Rodriguezia secunda (X/^). BOHDEA (Mich. Rohde, physician and botanist of Bremen). Znlidcea:. A monotypio genus from Japan, essentially a tender foliage plant with luxuriant radical lvs. 1-2 ft. long. The fls. are borne among the lvs. in short, thick, dense spikes a few inches high; perianth globular-bell-shaped; anthers sessile; stigma peltate; style nearly wanting: fr. a globular, usually 1-seeded berry. Rohdeas are excellent plants for dwelling- house decoration, doing well in the cooler positions. They are perfectly hardy at Washington, the foliage being but slightly browned during the coldest weather. Jap6mca, Roth. Root a long, nearly cylindric root- stock with fleshy -fibers: lvs. typically green, 9-12 in a rosette, erect, oblanceolate : berry about the size of a small olive, with a red pulp. B.M. 898. Gn. 30, p. 541. — The following varieties, which differ in shape and color of the lvs., are offered by Dutch bulb growers: Vars. aureo-stri&ta, falc&ta, falcata var,, latimacul&ta macroph^lla, margin&ta minor, pygmsea, zebrlna. G. W. Oliver and F. W. Barclay. BOLLfNIA (Charles Rollin, of Paris, 1661-1741, aided Tournefort). AnonAcece. About 20 trees and shrubs of tropical America, differing from Anona in having the petals united into a 3-6-lobed tube, the exterior lobes wing-appendaged, the interior small or none: fr. some- times of separate carpels : fls. 1-5 on peduncles that are terminal or opposite the lvs. The general remarks un- der Anona will apply to these plants. SiSberi, A. DC. (Anbna muscbsa, Jacq.). Low tree, the young growth nearly or quite smooth: lvs. oblong, taper-pointed, smooth : exterior petals oblong and blunt (K-1 in. long), greenish, the interior smaller but promi- nent, reddish: fr. about 4 in. in diameter, greenish, somewhat globose, the surface bearing tubercles. Na- tive in the islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique, and in Guiana; probably in various West Indies islands.— Introduced into southern Florida as a fruit plant, but it is yet very little known within our limits, l H B 1544 ROMNEYA RONDELETIA BOMNfiYA (after the astronomer T. Romney Rob- inson, friend of T. Coulter, who discovered it about 1845). PapaverAcece . The California Tree Poppy (Fig. 2142) is a somewhat shrubby plant with splen- did 6-petaled white lis. measuring 6 in. or more across. Botanically, the genus is unique, having only one spe- cies and being distinguished from the other members of the poppy family by the fact that the numerous stigmas are connate at the base into a little ring, and are diver- gent at the apex. It is one of the few long-known plants that has acquired no synonym. Generic characters: sepals 3, with a broad, membranous, dorsal wing; pet- als 6, all alike; stamens very numerous, free; filaments filiform but thickened above; stigmas free: capsule 7-U-loouled, dehiscing to the middle, the valves separat- ing by their margins from the firm persistent placentas. Cofilteii, Harv. California Tree Poppy. Matilija Poppy. Lvs. glaucous, 3-5 in. long, pinnately cut: petals broadly obovate: seeds black, a line or less long. Gn. 13:129; 26:465; 29, pp. 207, 211; 46, p. 405; 55, p. 208; 56, p. 239; 57, p. 263. G.F. 10:353. F.M. 1877:252. A.F. -5:397. A.G. 19:314 (sup. Apr. 16, 1898). —Ever since 1889 and 1890, when it was one of the lead- • ing novelties, the California Tree Poppy has been a much-talked-of plant, owing to its extraordinary beauty and the difficulties of cultivation. It has the largest flowers of any member of the poppy family, except pos- sibly Papaver orientale. Though not considered hardy in the eastern states, it has been successfully grown in the open in northern New Jersey. Romneya grows wild in California from San Diego to Santa Barbara county; also in Mexico. In the wild it blooms chiefly during June and July, but in cultivation from May to August. It is one of the characteristic features of California floriculture. Ernest Braunton writes from Los Angeles : '" It should be grown here on dry, rocky soil ; it will positively not grow in a wet or heavy soil. It needs no water here except the winter rains. It is very hard to grow either from seed or divi- sions." W. M. 2143. Top sprig of Romneya Coulteri (X Vs). Romneya is difficult to transplant, due to the scarcity of fibrous roots ; in middle California we transplant suckers (which are produced in great abundance) with- out any loss, provided a good, firm ball of earth is kept around the stout, thick roots in transit, and if the stems are cut well back, almost to the base. At San Francisco it grows luxuriantly in a heavy adobe soil, producing immense flowers. The name Matilija Poppy (pronounced Ma-til'li-ha) is the favorite in California. It comes from the Matilija canyon, Ventura county, where the plant grows in particular abundance. Miss Parsons writes: "Many people have the mistaken idea that it grows only in that region. It is not common by any means; but it is found in scattered localities from Santa Barbara southward into Mexico. It is very abundant near River- side, and also upon the southern boundary and below in Lower California, where the plants cover large areas. It not only grows in fertile valleys, but seeks the seclu- sion of remote canyons, and nothing more magnificent could be imagined than a steep canyon-side covered with the great bushy plants, thickly covered with the enor- mous white fis." The blossoms remain open for many days. J. BuRTT Davy. The Romneya can be transplanted safely if cut to the ground before lifting and the transplanting is done during its dormant season and soon before growth commences. The writer has transplanted it— and that without cutting it all back— twice a year; in fall into a cold pit, and in April back from the pit to the bed in the garden, and with perfect success. There is no difficulty in growing it from seed; any careful person can do it. Get fresh seed,— that is the only secret, and this is im- perative in all papaveraceous plants. But under artifi- cial conditions in localities where the Romneya is not hardy, it requires a few years between the germination of the seeds and the blooming of the seedlings ; hence the people will not bother with raising it in this way. William Falconer. EOMTJLilA {JSomulus, fabled as one of the founders of Rome). IridAcem. A genus of about 33 species of crocus-like bulbs from the Mediterranean region of Eu- rope, the Cape and tropical Africa. They are small and slender plants with fls. an inch or so across, varying from crimson and purple through rose and lilac to white and also yellow. They are closely allied to Crocus, but differ in being less hardy, and in having a long peduncle and short flower-tube. Generic characters : lvs. linear, radical, with a few similar but smaller ones on the scape: fls. solitary in a spathe, on a simple or branch- ing peduncle; perianth-segments oblong, much exceed- ing the short tube ; spathe valves herbaceous. These bulbs seem to be unknown to the American trade. A. Fls. rosy or crimson. r6sea, Eckl. {Tricnonima rbsea, Ker. ). Corm glo- bose, 3^-M in. thick: lvs. 3^-1 ft. long, setaceous: pe- duncle 1-6 in. long, 1-3-fid. : outer spathe % in. long: perianth with a short funnel-shaped tube with a yellow throat and a red-lilac limb, about 1 in. long, the outer segments with 3 faint purple stripes outside. S. Africa. B.M. 1225 (as T. roseum). P.S. 8:799 (as S. Celsii). Var. specidsa, Baker (T. specidsum, Ker.), has a larger perianth and outer segments, with 3-5 dark purple stripes of which the outer are feathered. B.M. 1476. A. Fls. yellow or white. GIuBid,na, Baker [Triconetna CJusidva, Lange). Fls. bright yellow, tipped with lilac. Spain. A white var. has been int. by Barr, of England, p ^ Barclay. BONDELtTIA (Rondelet, 1507-1566, physician and naturalist of Montpellier, France). Hubidcece. About 60 species of tropical American shrubs and trees, with small 5- or 4-lobed, salver-shaped fls. of red, yellow or white, generally borne in showy terminal corymbs. The whole family is noted as furnishing numerous desirable stove plants, and Rondeletia is a highly esteemed genus. The following species are shrubs growing 4 ft. or more high. The flowers are generally fragrant, and the clus- ters 4 in. or more across. In the favorite species (i?. odorata) the flowers number 10-30 in a cluster, each flower being fully an inch across ; in the other species the flowers may number 150-200 to a cluster, each flower being less than % in. across. Known also as JRogiera, Generic characters : calyx-lobes short or long, equal: corolla-tube usually slender, swelled or not, throat gla- brous or bearded, mouth with or without a ring; limb 5-lobed (in some species 4-lobed) ; stamens inserted in the throat, included: ovary 2-loouled: capsule loculicidal. a. anomala is the only species described below that does not have opposite lvs. JB. cordata is often said to have a 4-lobed flower, a mistake that dates back half a century to a typographical error. -^ jf Bondeletia anomala is a half-shrubby plant, stool- ing out when given root -room, but when confined to a pot it makes a compact mass of shoots, about two feet high, which bloom in the winter time, in termi- nal, flat-topped clusters of rosy purple flowers. It is not profuse at any time, but continues in bloom for two or three months. An additional good feature is handsome foliage, so that it is always presentable. Cuttings root BONDELETIA KOOT- GALLS 1545 easily at any time, and these may be grown in pots for a season. Barring thie tendency to stooling, they do well planted out. Sandy loam and leaf-soil is the best compost, and a warm greenhouse, with sunshine, fur- nishes the best conditions. ip p Hatweld. A. Fls. red. B. Jjvs. opposite. odOT&ta, Jacq. (SondelUia specidsa, Lodd.). Lvs. ovate, nearly sessile: clusters 10-30-fld. : fls. crimson to brick-red, with a conspicuous yellow throat; lobes 2143. Rondeletia cordata (X /i). elliptical to roundish. Cuba. Mex. B. 2:53. B.M. 3953. B.B. 22:1905. P.O. 1:36. L.B.C. 19:1893. P.M. 2:242; 16:354. E.H. 1891:522 (throat not conspicuously yellow). BB. I/eaves in S's. andmala, Hort. Pigured in J.H. III. 35:251 with 8 fls. in a cluster, the fls. % in. across, with roundish lobes. The color is said to be coral-red or deep scarlet and the throat is presumably yellow. Habitat ( ? ) . Imperfectly known. AA. Fls. pink to white. B. Sase of lvs. more or less cordate. cord&ta, Benth. {B. corddta, Planch. B. thyrsiflbra, Hort., not Both.). Pig. 2143. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, cordate; generally said to have pink or flesh-colored fls. with a yellow throat (as in P.S. 8:754, page 13), but in B.H. 1878:230 they are shown as pure white. Guate- mala. Pranceschi says it is native to Mexico. BB. Base of lvs. not cordate. c. Corolla-lobes ovate: stipules broadly ovate. amoena, Hemsl. {B. amcena, Planch.). Lvs. elliptic, broader than in B. gratissima, and shorter acuminate, 2-5 in. long: fls. rose-pink, with a conspicuous yellow throat. Guatemala. P.S. 5:442. See also B. versicolor in supplementary list. 00. Corolla-lobes obcordate: stipules subulate. gratissima, Hemsl. {B. gratissima, Linden). Lvs. oblong - elliptic, 1-2 in. long, short -petioled, mostly rounded at the base: fls. with a bright rosy tube, the lobes fading from pale rose to whitish ; throat not con- spicuously yellow. Trop. Amer. I.H. 28:424. P.S. 15:1570 (corolla-lobes often obovate; stipules narrowly ovate). St. 490 (as B. elegantissima). The following species would probably be desirable additions, as they represent other colors than the above: B. Americdna, Linn. White-fld. West Indies and S. Amer.— 72. Sdckhousii, Hook., a pink-fld. species from trop. Amer., is easily distin- guished from those mentioned above by the much longer calyx- lobes, which are pink. B.M. 6290. — R. Pilrdiei, Hook,, a beau- tiful pale yellow-fld. species from Colombia, has a great pyra- midal cluster 5 in. across and 4 in. deep, with an astonishing number of fls., perhaps 150-200 in B.M. 5669.— iS. versicolor, Hook., is referred to R. amoena by Index Kewensis but seems distinct. The fls. are said to be "remarkable for their play of colors; the tube is yellow: the limb in bud deep rose-color,, changing when they expand to pale rose and then to white, with a yellow disk, and having a two-lobed green spot in the center from the color of the stigmas, which protrude a little. beyond the mouth." B.M. 4579. \y, ]\j_ BOOT CELLARS. See Storage. BOOT-GALLS. Abnormal enlargements often appear on the roots of plants. These enlargements are much more frequent than is generally supposed, but from their position under ground are rarely observed. Prom an economic standpoint they have not received the attention that they merit. Although the term root-gall is usually applied to the abnormal enlargement of roots due to insects and other- animal organisms, it has a much wider application as used by most plant-growers. The presence of nodules or local enlargements on the roots of plants has been discussed by different authors under the names root- galls, root-knots, root-swellings, etc. In cases in which the cause of the nodules of hypertrophied tissue is. known, special names have been assigned to the enlarge- ments. Thus the gall formed by the eel-worm (Setero- dera radicicola) is known as the nematode root-gall (Pig. 2144) ; the enlargement on the roots of cabbage and related plants by the myxomycete {Plasmodiophora Brassicce) is called club-root; the swellings on the roots of the peach, apricot and many other plants, which are of characteristic appearance and usually appear at the crown of the plant, are known as crown-gall. Boot tubercles are small gall-like bodies found on the roots, of many leguminous plants. They are symbionic in nature, the organism causing them being helpful to the plant. See Legumes. Abnormal root enlargements are due to the following- causes: (1) animal parasites, as in the nematode root- gall (Pig. 2144), the galls formed on the roots of the grape by the phylloxera, and the galls frequently- observed on the roots of our indigenous oeanothi; (2) vegetable parasites, as in the club-root and the crown- gall (Pig. 2145); (3) mechanical injury, causing exces- sive callous development, root-burls, etc. In addition to the above, the causes of these enlarge- ments are oftentimes obscure or unknown. The fomoi 2144. Root-ealls due to nematodes-Tomato roots. of crown-gall on the apple, blackberry and a large- number of other plants is as yet unknown so far as cause is concerned. It may be caused by a similar organism as that causing the crown-gall on the peach. 1546 BOOT -GALLS EOSA and apricot in the Southwest, but as yet it remains to be investigated. Swellings on the roots of the mulberry are said to be due to the hypertrophy of the lenticels. Some inves- tigators have attributed gall-like root-growthS in some instances to the hypertrophy of adventitious buds. The root-galls caused by the nematode {Heterodera radieicola) may usually be readily recognized from other forms of hypertrophied tissue, by the numerous knotty enlargements on the smaller roots infested by the worms. By careful search, in most instances, the distended female worms may be found in the infested tissue, where they appear as small, nearly spherical, pearl-like bodies, readily seen with the unaided eye. This minute worm, commonly called eel-worm, feeds upon the roots of a great variety of cultivated plants and is particularly destructive in the South. It is only injurious in the northern states to plants growing under glass. The most effective remedy in the case of field crops is t the removal of all rubbish that would harbor the worms during the winter. In greenhouses steam can be forced through the infested soil. When potted plants are badly affected they may be severely root-pruned and re- potted in soil free from worms. They are not troublesome in soil that has been frozen since an infested crop was grown in it. The root-swellings caused by the grape-vine gall-louse {Phyl- loxera vastatrix) may be read- ily recognized from other root- galls by the presence of the insects. The young insects, by puncturing the epidermis of the roots and sucking the sap, cause the galls to develop. The in- sect is found on the diseased roots in all stages of develop- ment during the summer. The most effective method of holding the insect in check appears to be in the use of re- sistant roots, i. e., the grafting of the more tender varieties on roots of those that are stronger and better able to re^ sist the attack of the insect. Bisulfide of carbon in some in- stances has proved effective in killing the lice. The crown - gall appears to be the most harmful of root diseases affecting cultivated plants in this country. These galls have been reported upon the roots of the peach, apricot, almond, prune, plum, apple, pear, walnut, grape, raspberry, blackberry, cherry, poplar and chestnut, and without doubt further investigation will find it upon other plants as well. As yet it is not known whether the crown-gall as at present known always arises from the same cause, as the galls vary considerably on different plants and the cause has been definitely ascertained only in a few instances. The fleshy outgrowths so abundant in the Southwest on the roots of the peach, apricot and allied plants, known under the name of crown-gall, are caused by a slime-fungus ( Dendrophagus globosus), which is parasitic in the infested roots. Seedlings from one to six months old appear to be most susceptible to this disease, hence it is particularly destructive to nursery stock. When the galls appear on young trees they almost always occur on the side of the main root a few inches below the surface of the soil, or in the region of the crown. With more mature trees they are likely to occur at greater depth on lateral roots. At first the gall has a uniform outer appearance, but later it becomes warty from unequal growth. The 2145. ARoot-eall. tissue of the developing gall is soft and succulent, with nodules of woody tissue scattered through it. The galls vary much in size and may reach a diameter of ten inches. But little is known as to remedies for crown-gall. As the disease is primarily a nursery disease, the most effective remedy is in securing stock for planting from a non-infested nursery. The disease can be held in check to some extent in infested orchards by cutting off the galls that appear on the tree boles at the surface of the soil and applying to the w.Dunds a paste made from bhiestone and lime. j, ^ff_ Toumey. ROftUETTE or BOCKET-SALAD (Eriica saHva, Mill.), a low-growing hardy annual from southern Eu- rope, whose leaves resemble those of radish and turnip, is much used by the French as a spring and autumn salad and pot-herb. The flavor of the young, tender leaves, which are the parts used, bears a strong resem- blance to that of horse-radish. In America it is but little grown. The first sowing may be made in early spring, the seed being dropped thinly in shallow drills a foot apart, with successional plantings each second or third week through the season. The soil must be rich and well supplied with moisture, else the leaves will probably be tough and acrid. Inter-culture is the same as for spin- ach, lettuce and similar crops. Frequent watering and tillage in hot, dry weather to insure rapid, vigorous growth should result in succulent, mild-flavored leaves. In summer the plants run rapidly to seed; in spring and autumn they will produce abundantly after being cut. The pale citron-yellow flowers emit a perfume re- sembling that of orange blossoms, jj;_ (j_ Kains. BOSA (ancient Latin name). Sos&cem. Rose. Orna- mental deciduous shrubs, upright or climbing or creep- ing, usually with prickly stems, alternate, stipulate, odd-pinnate, rarely simple leaves, showy purplish, car- mine, pink or white flowers, and conspicuous, often or- namental, usually scarlet fruits. There is probably no flower more popular and better known than the Eose. From time immemorial poets have sung its praise, and the love of it can be traced through the most ancient documents in the literature of the Aryan race. It is re- markable to note, however, that the Eose has played a far inferior part in the horticulture of the Chinese and Japanese. It is probably the first flower known and cultivated in a double state, and it is the double-flowered Garden form whose image the word "Eose" almost in- variably brings to our mind, while to the wild single- flowered Roses much less attention has been given. The ornamental value of single Roses is rarely fully appre- ciated. The Wild Eoses have a simple charm and graceful beauty of their own. No doubt the bold and dominating beauty of the double Eoses has eclipsed the more modest attractions of the single Eoses. The longer blooming season of the Garden Roses is also a factor in their favor. Though the Wild Roses cannot, perhaps, be compared with their more noble sisters of the gar- den, they are nevertheless fully able to rival other ornamental shrubs for the adornment of park and plot. According to the habit peculiar to each species, they can be used for a variety of purposes. Most of the spe- cies are shrubby, rarely exceeding 6 or 8 ft., and may be used for borders of shrubberies or for covering slopes and rooky ridges, especially S. rugosa, Ji. hu- milis and various American species. Some kinds, like a. rugosa and H. lucida, make handsome ornamental hedges. The climbing species are used for covering walls, trelliswork, arbors, porches or pillars, but per- haps display their beauty to the most advantage when allowed to ramble over shrubs or rooks. The half-ever- green if. Wichuraiana makes a beautiful ground-cover and may also be used for edging groups and flower beds. The fruits of most species are decorative and often remain on the branches all winter. The red stems of most of the species of the CarollniB and Cinnamomese groups are effective in winter also. The foliage of most of the American species turns purple-orange or yellow in autumn, and so does that of S. rugosa, which is in g n •a i 3" a w ROSA ROSA 1547 regard to the foliage the handsomest of the hardy Roses, with its dark green leathery and glossy leaves. Most of the species are hardy or almost hardy north, as R. ntgosa, setigera, Carolina, Virginiana, lueida, humilis, canina, nibiginona, spinosissima, alpina, ar- vensis and nmlHflora. Some species, as B. Wichiirai- ana, sempervirens, sericea, microphylla, Ohinensis and Eglanteria, require protection north. Others, as R. Banksia, iracteata, Icevigata and gigantea, are hardy only south. With few exceptions the Roses are of easy cultivation and grow in almost any kind of soil, except in a loose and very sandy one. They are readijy transplanted. The Wild Roses need little pruning; they should only be thinned out and the weak and old wood be removed ; long and vigorous shoots should not be shortened, es- pecially in the climbing varieties, as these shoots are the most floriferous. All true species can be propagated by seeds. The hips should be gathered as soon as ripe, the seeds washed out and sown at once or stratified and sown in spring. They germinate the first year, but if kept in the hips during the winter and allowed to become dry, they usually do not germinate until the second year. Mice are very fond of the seeds. Almost all species grow readily from cuttings of nearly ripened wood in summer under glass. Many species, especially the climbing Roses, can be propagated by hardwood cut- tings taken in fall and planted in spring. Layering is less often practiced, except with a few species, like R. lutea and ll. hemisph(erica, which do not grow readily from cuttings. Some species, especially those of the groups of Oinnamomeae, Carolinae and Galliese, can be increased by root-cuttings; the roots are taken up in fall, stored during the winter in sphagnum or sand in a frost-proof room, and sown in spring in drills and covered about 2 inches deep. The species of the last- named groups and some others are also often increased by suckers and division. Budding and grafting is less often done with the Wild Roses and should be avoided for Roses in shrubberies where the individual plants cannot be carefully watched ; the stock usually throws up suckers and outgrows the cion, often in a short time. '^d'^ 2146. A 5-foliolate Rose leaf. Rosa is a widespread genus, easily distinguished by well-marked characters from allied genera, but in the limits of the genus itself the characters are exceedinglj' variable and it is very difficult to group into sections and species the innumerable forms which often pass gradually into each other. In no other genus, perhaps, are the opinions of botanists so much at variance in regard to the number of species. While some, as Bentham and Hooker, estimate the number at about 30, 2147. A 9-foliolate Rose leaf. the French botanist Gandoger actually describes from Europe and western Asia alone 4,266 species. The majority of botanists recognize over 100 species. The Roses are almost equally distributed through the colder and temperate regions of the northerly hemisphere, In America extending to North Mexico, in Africa to Abys- sinia, and in Asia to India. They are all shrubs of upright habit, or climbing or sarmentose, with usually prickly stems: Ivs. stipulate, alternate, odd-pinnate, with 3 to many Ifts. (Figs. 2116, 2147), rarely simple: the fls. are mostly large and showy, pink, purple, white or yellow, and appear usually solitary or corymbose at the end of short branchlets ; petals and sepals 5, rarely 4; stamens numerous; pistils numerous, rarely few, in- closed in an urn-shaped receptacle, which becomes fleshy and berry-like at maturity, containing several or many bony akenes, usually erroneously called seeds; the fr. itself is called a "hip." Fig. 2148, 2149. The fls. show a remarkable tendency to become double, and such forms have been known and cultivated frota time im- memorial. These innumerable garden forms, increas- ing every year, are almost exclusively of hybrid origin and are therefore omitted in the botanical classification of the genus. Many attempts have been made to subdivide the genus with more or less satisfactory results; the more important are those by A. DeCandolle, Lindley, Regel and Baker. Nowadays the arrangement proposed by Cr^pin is considered the most natural and satisfactory and has been followed in the account given below. No good general monograph has been published since Lindley's Monographia Rosarum (1820), except a rather short one by Regel in 1877. Of the more recent publi- cations the most important are those of Cr^pin, espe- cially his "Primitiae Monographiae Rosarum." In con- sulting his publications one has to bear in mind that the author changed his opinion somewhat respecting the value of the species during his studies of the genus. In his later publications he takes a broader view in regard to the specific value of the Rose forms and unites under one species many forms which he for- merly considered as distinct species. An illustrated monograph valuable for the knowledge of the older garden forms and species is Thory and RedoutS's "Les 1548 ROSA Roses," with 160 colored plates (1817-1820). It is quoted below as Red. Ros. As the first edition in folio is found in only very few libraries, the smaller edition is cited in parenthesis by volume, groups and the sequence of the plates, neither pages nor plates being numbered continuously in this edition. The economic properties of the Rose are of little im- portance. The most valuable product is attar of Roses, a highly fragrant essential oil. It is chiefly manu- factured in southeast Europe and western Asia from Mosa alba and M. Damascena, and of late this industry has been successfully transplanted to Germany. See Perfumery Gardening, Vol. III. The fruits of some species, especially of R. villosa and R, canina, are made into preserves. For general notes on culture, see Rose. Abyssinica, 8. acicularis, 40. Agatha, 16. alba, 18, 41. alba-plena, 14, 41. alpina, 36. Altaica, 42. Andre(s, 41. Arkansana, 39. arvensis, 7. Austriaca, 16. Banksias, 14. Sengalensis, 11. berberifolia, 1. bicolor, 43. bifera, 17. blanda, 38, 39. blanda setigera, 39. Borbonica, 13. Bourgeauiana, 40. Boursaulti, 37. bracteata, 5, 48. Brunoni, 8. Burgundiaca, 16. calendarum, 17. Californica, 33, calocarpa, 41. Camellia, 49. canina, 22. capreolata, 7. camea, 2. Carolina, 24. centifolia, 16. Cherokensis, 49. Chinensis, 11. cinnamomea, 35. corymbosa, 24. cristata, 16. Damascena, 17. Dawsoniana, 2. Devoniensis, 11. Dijonensis, 16. Eglanteria, 21,43. Engelmanni, 40. Fendleri, 31. ferox, 41 and suppl. ferruginea, 23. florida, 2. foecundissima, 35. foliolosa, 28. Fortuneana, 15. fragrans, 11, Francofurtana, 19, fraxinifolia, 38. IKDEX. Galliea. 16. gigantea, 10. glaucophylla, 44. grandiflora, 42. gymnocarpa, 29. Hardii, 1. Harisoni, 44, hemisphasrica, 44. Hibemica, 42. hispida, 34, 42. humilis, 25, 26. incarnata, 16. Indiea, 11 and snppl. inermis, 42. interimedia, 2. Iwara, 2. Kamschatica, 41, lasvigata, 49. Lawrenciana, 11. Leschenaultii, 8, longifoha, 11. Luciae, 5 and suppl. lucida, 25. lutea, 43. lutea- plena, 14. lutescens, 42. Jjyoni, 26. Macartnea, 48. macrantha, 16. Manetti, 11. microphylla, 50. minima, 11. minutifoUa, 46. mitissima, 42. mollis, 20. mollissima, 20. moschata, 8. multiflora, 2. muscosa, 16, niyriacantha, 42. Nipponensis, 40. nitida, 27. Noisettiana, 12. Nutkana, 34. Nuttalliana, 24. odoratissima, 11. ofB-Cinalis, 16. palustris, 24. parviflora, 26. parvifolia, 16. pendulina, 36. Pennsylvanica, 24. Persica, 1. pimpinellifolia, 42. pisocarpa, 30. Fissardii, 8. platyphylla, 2. polyantba, 2, 11. pom/ifera, 20. pomponia, 16. pratincola, 39. prostrata, 6. provindalis, 16. pulchella, 16. pumila, 11 and 16. punicea, 43. Pyrenaica, 36. Rapa, 25. Rapini, 44. reclinata, 37. Regeliana, 41. repe7is, 7, reversa, 42. rosea. 41. rabeUa, 42. rubiginosa, 21. rubifolia, 4. rubra, 5, 41. rubra-plena, 41. rubrifolia, 23. rugosa, 41. Sayi. 40. scandens, 6. semperflorens, 11 sempervirens, 6. sericea, 45. setigera, 4 and 39, silvestris, 7. siTnplidfolia, 1. Sinica, 49, spinosissima, 42, stellata, 47, stylosa, 9. sulphurea, 44. temata, 49, tetrapetala, 45. Thunbergiana,2, 41. tomentosa, 4, trigintipetala, 17. turbinata, 19. villosa, 20, 26, Virginiana, 38, viridifl-ora, 11. vulgaris, 11. Watsoniana, 3. Wichurce, 2. Wichuraiana, 5. Woodsii, 32, KEY TO THE GROUPS. (For a horticultural classification of Roses, fotmded prima- rily on garden values, see the article Rose.) A. Lvs. simple, without stipules: fls. yellow ... Subgenus Hulthemia (Species No. 1) AA. Lvs. pinnate f stipulate Subgenus Eurosa (Species Nos. 2-50) E. Styles exserted beyond the mouth of the re- ceptacle. 0. Exserted styles connate into a column. (See Fig. 2150 right.) Climbing or creeping : style about as long as stamens Section I. Systyks: (Species Nos. 2-8) Upright, with arching branches: styles shorter than stamens Section II. Stylos.^ (Species No. 9) ROSA CC. Exserted styles free. Z/fts. usually S-5: petals 5 or m,ore Section III. Indict (Species Nos. 10-13) Jjfts. usually 7-9, small: petals usually 4, white.. Section XI. Sebice^ (Species No. 45) BB. Styles reaching only the mouth of the re- ceptacle and stigmas forming a sessile head over it (see Fig. 2150). C. Stipules free or almost free: sarmentose or climbing shrubs: fls. white or yellow. D. Branches glabrous: Ifts. 3-5, stipules small, entire. Fls. small, umbellate, yellow or white: pedicels and receptacle smooth Section IV. Banksi^ (Species Nos. 14,15) Fls. large, solitary, white: pedicels and recep- tac le prick ly Section XIV. L.a;viGAT^ (Species No. 49) DD. Branches tomentose or pubescent: Ifts. 7-9; stiptiles pectinate: fls. 1 or few, white, with large bracts at the base of the short pedicel: receptacle to- mentose Section XIII. BracteatjE (Species No. 48) CO. Stiptiles adnate. D. I/vs. of flowering branchlets 3-~5-folio late, large and firm: stems usually with prickles and bristles: fls. up- right, on long pedicels: receptacle bristly: sepals reflexed after flower- ing, caducous Section V. Gallic-e (Species Nos. 16-19) DD. I/vs. of flowering branchlets 5-9-folio- late {rarely S-foliolate, the fls. then short-pedicelled, with smooth recep- tacle). See DDO, next page. E. Fls. usually corymbose; if solitary, pedicels with 1 or more bracts. F. Stems with only one kind of prickles, sometimes fnixed with glandular bristles: prickles xisually hooked, stout, scattered: outer sepals usually pinnate... Section VI, Caninje (Species Nos. 20-23) FF. Stems, at least at the base, with V usually straight often slender prickles and numerous bristles gradually passing into prickles. Sepals after flowering spreading, usually entire, caducoiis: fr. usually hispid, with the akenes only at the bottom. (See Fig. 2148c.) Section VII. Carolin.^ (Species Nos. 24-28) Sepals after flowering upright, usually entire, rarely caducous : fr. usually smooth, with the akenes at the bottom and wall. (See Fig. 2148 a,b.) Section VIII. Cinnamomea (Species Nos. 29-41" 2148. Various forms of Rose hips. About natural si^e. u, Rosa rugosa; b, R. pendulina; c, R. humilis. KOSA 1549 2149. A spray of Rose hips. EE. Fls. solitary, withoiit tracts, only occasionally corymbose; sepals erect, persistent. F. Sepals entire: Ivs. on the flowering hranchlets usually 9-foliolate: prickles stralgM, slender, scat- tered, usually mixed with bristles: fls. white or yellow, rarely pink Section IX. PimpinellipolIjE (Species No. 42) TF. Sepals pinnate at the outer edges: Ivs. on flowering branch- lets S-7-foliolate. J'ricliles straight or hooked, rather stout: fls. yet- low Section X. Lute^ (Species Nos. 43, 44) JPricklPS slender, straight: fls, pink or white: Ifts. not over i4 in. long, incised Section XII. Minutifoli^ (Species Nos. 46,47) DDD. Iws. of flowering branchlets 11-15- foliolate. Prickles regularly in pairs below the base of petiole: inflorescence corymbose: fr. large, very prickly Section XV. Miceophyll^ (Species No. 50) SUMMARY op SECTIONS. i^umber. Name. Species. I Systyl^ 2-8 II Stylos^ 9 III IndiO/E 10-J.3 IV Banksi^ 14, 15 V Galliot 16-19 VI Canine 20-23 VII Cabolin^ 24-28 VIII ClNNAMOME.^ 29-41 IX PiMPiNELLiPOLi.a: 42 X LUTE^B 43,. 44 XI SEKIOE.E 45 XII MiNUTiPOLi^ 46, 47 XIII ftRACTEAT^ 48 XIV L^ffiViGAT^ 49 XV M10ROPHYLL.E 50, SUBGENUS HULTHEMIA. Only one Asiatic species, distinguished from all other Moses by the simple, exstipulate leaves. 1. F^rsica, Michx. (i?. simplicifdlia, Salisb. S. ber- berifdlia, Pall. Lbwea berberifdlia, Lindl.). Low straggling shrub, 2 ft. high, with slender, prickly branches : Ivs. short-petioled, oval to oblong, acute at both ends, serrate, bluish green, pubescent, %-lii in. long : fls. solitary, yellow, with red eye, about 1 in. across : fr. prickly. June. N. Persia to Siberia. B.M. 7096. B.R. 15:1261. G.C. III. 6:8, 9, 78.-This peculiar Rose is very rare in cultivation, since it is very difficult to grow. It has been successfully cult, in a cool green- house, exposed to the full sun, kept moist during sum- mer and dry from October to March. The only way to propagate it seems to be by suckers; seeds are occa- sionally introduced from its native country. A hybrid of this species with S. involucrata is B. Hdrdii, Cels., with 5-7-foliolate Ivs. and large yellowish white fls., with a deep orange eye. G.C. II. 24:469. Gn. 19, p. 473 (as B. simplicifolia) . P.M. 10:195. SUBGENUS EUEOSA. Section I. Systyl.^;. A group of about 1% species {one of them American], well marked by the styles being connate into a slender exserted column. Stems sarmentose or climbing, with hooked prickles : fls. in corymbs, few or many : outer sepals pinnate, rarely entire, reflexed after flowering, caducous. Key to Species of Section I. A. Stipules pectinate: prickles usimlly in pairs 2. multif lora AA. Stipules entire or denticulate: prickles scattered. B. Lvs. of flowering branches S-5- foliolate, pubescent beneath 3. 4 BB. lyvs. of flowering branchlets usu- ally 9, glabrous 5. Wichuraiana BBB. tivs. of flowering branchlets 5-7- foliolate. c. Sepals ovate, abruptly acumi- nate: fl.-buds broadly ovate, abruptly pointed : corymbs usually few-fid 6 7 cc. Sepals lanceolate, gradually acuminate: fl.-buds elon- gated: corymbs usually many-fid Watsoniana setigera sempeTYirena arvensis ,8. moschata 2. multifldra, Thunb. (B. polydntha, Sieb. & Zucc. B. intermedia, Carr. B. Wiehiirm, Koch). Deciduous shrub, with vigorous, long, recurving or climbing branches: Ifts. usually 9, obovate to oblong, acute or obtuse, serrate, pubescent, %-!% in. long: fls. in many- fid, pyramidal corymbs, usually white, % in. across or more ; sepals ovate, abruptly acuminate ; styles glabrous : fr. small, globular. June. Japan, China. B.M. 7119. G.F.3:405; 4:5.35; 6:316, 317. A.G.18:677. A.F.6:1003. Gn. 49, p. 368 (as B. microcarpa); 55:432. Gng. 5:120, 121.— Var. Jhtmbergikna,, Thory, is the typical form, with small white sin^gle fls. Var. c&rnea, Thory (var. joilna, Dipp. B.fldrida,Poir,). With double light pink fls. B.M. 1059. B.R. 5:425. Var. platyphylla, Thory, with larger Ivs. and larger double, deep pink fls., is per- haps a hybrid. B.R. 16:1372. Many other hybrids have originated in cultivation; they usually show their par- entage by the pectinate stipules. A hybrid with B. rugosa is B. Juidra, Sieb., with single, rather small fls. B. polydntha, Hort., not Sieb. & Zucc, is a trade 2150. Section of Rose flowers (X i^). To show two forms of styles. name for hybrids with B. Chinensis. Gn, 29:530. The Dawson Rose, or B. Dawsonidna, is a hybrid with General Jacqueminot. A very beautiful hybrid and one of the best climbing Roses is Crimson Rambler (Fig. 2151), a vigorous grower, with large corymbs of bright 1550 KOSA ROSA crimson fls. A. G. 16:233. Hybrids with JS. se/iffera and -B. Wichuraiana have also been raised. 3. Watsoni^na, Cr^p. Deciduous shrub, with sarmen- tose or recurving branches: Ifts. 3-5, linear-lanceolate, with entire wavy margin, pubescent beneath, 1-2K in. long: fls. in many-fld. pyramidal corymbs, K in. across or less, white; style glabrous: fr. small. June, July. R.B. 14, p. 183. G.F. 3:477.-A very curious Eose of unknown origin, supposed to have been introduced from Japan, but not known in a wild state. Not quite hardy north. I 4. setigera, Michx. Pbairie Rose. Figs. 2152-4. Shrub with prickly branches attaining 6 ft., with long and slender recurving or climbing branches : Ifts. 3-5, oblong-ovate to lanceolate, shortly acuminate, serrate, tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. in rather few- fld. corymbs, deep rose, fading to whitish, about 2 in. across, almost scentless : pedicels and receptacle glandu- lar-hispid; style glabrous: fr. globular, % in. across. June, July. Prom Ontario and Wis. to Tex. and Pla. Mu. 8:C5. G.F. 10:.S23. A. G. 13:196, 197; 16:229. Gng. 1:325. M.D.G. 1900:423.-Var. tomentosa, Gray (B. rubifdlia, R. Br.). Lvs. more tomentose beneath: corymbs with more, but smaller fls. A valuable hardy climbing Rose. Several varieties with double fls. are in cultivation ; some are probably hybrids with H. arvensis, multtflora, and other species. 5. Wichnraiana, Cr^pin {JR. braete&ta, Hort., not Wendl.). Memoeial Rose. Fig. 2155. Half -evergreen shrub with prostrate and creeping branches : Ifts. roundish or broadly obovate, usually obtuse, serrate, glabrous, shining above, %-% in. long: corymbs few- fid, or many-fld., pyramidal: fls. white, fragrant, lK-2 in. across; styles pubescent; pedicels slightly glandu- lar-hispid: fr. ovoid, to K in. high. July-Sept. Japan. .B.M. 7421 (as B. Inteim). G.F. 4:569; 6:337. G.C. III. 22:99. R.H. 1898:105, 106. M.D.G. 1898: 580-585. -A handsome Rose for covering banks and rockeries. A number of hybrids, especially with Hybrid Tea Roses, have been raised. G.F. 6:337. Mn. 8, p. 27, 156. Gng. 6:353-355. Var. rtibra, Andr^, with single carmine fls., lX-2 in. across, and the lvs. with 5-7, somewhat larger Ifts., is a hybrid of B. Wichuraiana and B, inultiflora, var. Crimson Rambler. R.H. 1901, p. 20. 6. sempfirvirens, Linn. Evergreen shrub with long and slender sarmentose, somewhat reddish branches: Ifts. 5-7, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, gla- brous, shining above, %-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. corymbs white, to 2 in. across, slightly fragrant ; -^...^fe 3151. Crimson Rambler Rose. See No. 2. 3152. Rosa setigera (X nearly %). See No, 4. pedicels glandular-hispid; style usually pubescent: fr. subglobose or ovoid, orange-red. June, July. S. Eu- rope, N. Afr. B.E. 6:465.-Var. prostr&ta, Nichols. {B. prostrdta, hinil.). Lfts. smaller, oval, acute: fr. ovoid. Var. Bcdndens, Nichols. {B. scdndens, Mill.). Lfts. ob- long or oval, obtuse: fr. subglobose. There are some double-fld. garden forms, probably hybrids with other climbing Roses. Less hardy than the preceding and the following. 7. arv6nsis, Huds. {B. ripens. Scop. B. silvistris, Herrm.). Deciduous shrubs, with sarmentose or creep- ing stems : lfts. usually 7, ovate to ovate - elliptic, acute, serrate, dull above, glabrous or slightly pubes- cent beneath, rather thin, %-iyi in. long: fls. in few-fld. corymbs, sometimes solitary, white, scentless, lJ^-2 in. across; style glabrous: fr. ovoid. June, July. Europe. B.M. 2054. Var. capreol&ta, Neill. Ayrshire Rose. Lfts. usu- ally 5, larger: fls. double, white to deep pink. It may be a hybrid with B. Gallica. Hardy. 8. moschita. Mill. (J?. .Bn««dmi, Lindl.). Musk Rose. Deciduous shrub with sarmentose or climbing branches : lfts. 5-7, oval or oblong, mostly acuminate, serrulate, usually pubescent beneath, 1-2X in. long: fls. white, fragrant with the odor of musk, lJ^-2 in. across, single or double; styles pubescent: fr. ovate, small. July. S. Asia, Abyssinia. B.R. 10.829. F.S. 4:366-367. B.M. 4030.— Naturalized in some localities in Ala. in a form with rather broad, acute or obtusish lvs. Var. Abyssln- ica, Crfip. {B. Abyssinica, Lindl.). More prickly: flow- ering branchlets shorter; inflorescence more compact; sepals with smaller lobes. Var. Leschenaiiltli, Cr^p. (B. Leschenaiiltii, Wight & Am.). Fls. larger, in few-fld. corymbs; pedicels and receptacle glandular-hispid. B. Pissdrdii, Garr., a vigorous-growing Rose with numer- ous white. fls., figured in R.H. 1880, p. 314, 315, is also a form of the Musk Rose. Several hybrids are known ; the most important is B. NoisetHana (See No. 12). The Musk Rose is a handsome free-flowering climbing Rose, but is not hardy north. ROSA ROSA 1551 Section II. Stylos^. Contains only one Huropean species, with the appearance of a hybrid between JS. arvensis and R. canina. 9. styldsa, Desv. Shrub, with long, arching branches, prickly: Ifts. 5-7, ovate-oblong, acute, serrate, pubes- cent beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. infew-fld. corymbs, white or light pink, 1)4-2 in. across; styles glabrous. June, July. W.Europe. Red. Kos. (1:5, 2). -Of little orna- mental value. Section III. Indic.e. Fetv Asiatic species xcith upright or procumbent stems; prick- les scattered, hooked, few : Ifts. SS, rarely 7: inflores- cence 1-many-fld.; sepals en- tire or the outer ones spar- ingly pinnate, reflexed after flowering ; bracts and stip- ules narrow, the latter with small, divergent auricles. 10. gigantSa, CoUett. Pro- cumbent : flowering branches usually unarmed : Ifts. usually 5, oval to broadly elliptic, ser- rate, glabrous, firm, 1^-3 in. long : fls. solitary, usually with- out bracts, white, 5-6 in. across ; pedicels and receptacle smooth ; sepals entire, long - acuminate. Burma. G.(J. III. 6:13. -Hardy only south. It is possible that Fortune's Double Yellow (Beauty of GlazenwoodI, with large, double, salmon -yellow fls., figured in B. M. 4679, is a var. or hybrid of this species. 11. Chiufinsis, Jacq. {M. In- dica , Lindl. , not Linn. ) . China Rose. Bengal Rose. Low, upright shrub, with slender branches, sometimes almost un- armed: Ifts. 3-5, sometimes 7, ovate to oblong, acute, finely serrate, coriaceous, shining and dark green above, pale beneath, glabrous, 1-2% in. long : fls. usually few or solitary, crim- son, pink, white or yellowish, sometimes 3 in. across, fra- grant: fr. usually obovate. Flowering all summer and fall. China. Prom this species and jB. Gallica and its forms most of the Garden Roses have orig- inated. Several vars. are known. Var. Devoni^nsis, Hort., is probably a hybrid: it is of vigorous growth, almost climbing, and has large, yel- lowish white, double flowers. P.M. 8:169. Var. fxEtgrans, Thory (M. Indica, var. odoratissima, Linn,). Tea-scented or Tea Rose. Similar to the fol- lowing but fls. more fragrant, salmon-pink or light rose : fr. ovate. B.R. 10:804. More tender than tbe other vars. var. Indioa, Koehne {S. Indica, var. vulg&ris, Lindl.). Monthly Rose. Stems rather stout, 3-5 ft. high, glaucous green, with brownish red prickles: fls. pink to whitish, with glandular pedicels : fr. obo- vate. Var. Iongi!61ia, Thory [R. longifbUa,'\fli\\&.). Lfts. lanceolate : fls. single, deep pink. Red. Ros. (3:25, 8). Var. minima, Curt. {R. Lawrenci&na, Hort. R. In- dica, var. piimila, Thory). Dwarf shrub, usually not over 1 ft. high, with small rose-red fls. about 1% in. across; petals often pointed. There are single- and double-fld. forms. The Faiby Roses belong to this variety. B.M. 1762. Red. Ros. (3:25, 6, 7). Var. gemperfldrens, Nichols. (R. semperfldrens , Curt. R. BengaUnsis, Pers.). Crimson Chinese Rose. Low shrub, with slender, prickly or almost unarmed, dark 98 green branches: lfts. rather thin, mostly stained with purple : fls. usually solitary on slender pedicels, crim- son or deep pink. B.M. 284. Var. yiridifldra, Dipp. Green Rose. With mon- strous green fls. ; the petals are transformed into small, narrow green Ivs. F.S. 11:1136. Var. Man^tti, Dipp. (R. Manitti, Hort.). Fig. 2156. Of vigorous growth, upright; pedicels hispid-glandular: fls. deep pink, single or semi-double. This variety has 2153. Rosa eetieera, or Prairie Rose. No, i. been recommended as a stock fcr forcing Roses; grows readily from cuttings, but is not quite hardy. 12. Noisetti^na, Thory. Noisette Rose. Champnet Rose. Supposed hybrid of R. Chinensls and R. mos- chata. Stems upright to 6 ft., with hooked reddish prickles: lfts. 5-7, usually oblong-lanceolate or oblong- ovate, glabrous: fls. usually in corymbs, light pink to red, sometimes yellow; styles glab'ous. Blooms in summer and fall.— Numerous garrt»n forms. The Noi- sette Rose was raised about 1817 by John Ghampney, of Charleston, S. C, from seed of the Musk Rose fer- tilized by a blush China Rose. From the seed of this hybrid Philippe Noisette, a florist at Charleston, ob- tained a Rose which was afterwards distributed as Blush Noisette by his brother Louis Noisette, of Paris. 13. Borbdnica, Morren. Bourbon Rose. Supposed hybrid of R. Chinensis and R. Gallica. Upright shrub, with prickly and often glandular-hispid branches : Iv,B. usually 7, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, shining: fls. double or semi-double, usually purple, blooming in summer and fall. The Bourbon Roses are hardier than the Noisette, China and Tea-scented Roses, but require protection north. R. Chinensis and its varieties and hybrids (hybridizing with the hardier Roses of the Gal- lica group) have given rise to the Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant class. See Nos. U and 16. 1552 ROSA ROSA v\^nvim V 2154. Baltimore Belle Rose— Rosa selieera (X K). No. 4. Seoti6n'IV. Banksi^s. Contains one Chinese species with climbing, sparingly prickly or unarmed stems: stipules quite free, subulate, caducous: sepals entire, reflexed after flowering, caducous. \i. B&nksise, R. Br. Banks' Rose. Climbing to 20 ft., evergreen: Ifts. 3-5, sometimes 7, elliptic-ovate to ob- long-lanceolate, acute or obtusish, finely serrate, shin- ing, glabrous except at the base of midrib beneath; fls. on slender, smooth pedicels in many-fld. umbels, yellow and single in the typical form, about 1 in. across, slightly fragrant. May, June. S. China. B.M. 7171.— Var. alba-pl^na has double v?hite fls. B.M. 1954. B.R. 5:397. Var. lutea-plSna has the fls. double yellow. B.R. 13:1105. 15. Fortuneina, Lindl., is a hybrid of B. and R. lavigata. Climbing shrub, with sparingly prickly stems: Hts. 3-5: fls. large, double, white, on hispid pedicels. P.F.G. 2, p. 71. Section V. Gallic^;. Contains only one very variable species, native of Europe and W. Asia. Low, upright shrub; the steTns with usually hooked prickles mixed with bristles: fls. few and often with narrow bracts or solitary on a usually bracfless pedicel: sepals reflexed after flowering, caducous, the outer ones pinnate; upper stipules not dilated. A. Lfts. doubly and glandular serrate. .16. Gallica AA. Lfts. simply serrate, not glandular. Supposed hybrids of B. Gallica.. .17. Damascena 18. alba 19. turbinata 16. Gdllica, Linn. Upright shrub, rarely attaining 5 ft. high: lfts. 3-5, broadly oval or ovate, rounded at base, usually doubly serrate with glandular teeth, ru- gose above, pubescent beneath, deflexed, 1-2 in. long; rachis glandular-pubescent and often prickly: fls. on rather stout, upright, glandular-hispid and bristly pedi- cels, deep pink to crimson, 2-3 in. across; receptacle glandular-hispid: fr. subglobose or ovate, brick-red. June. M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. — The following are the most important forms: Var. Agatha, Thory. With rather small, very double purple fls., the outer petals spreading, the inner ones concave. Red. Ros. (2:17, 17-21). Var. incarnita, Voss (B. incarndta. Mill.). Lfts. narrower, elliptic-ovate: rachis not prickly: flow- ering branches unarmed: fls. large, pale crimson, soli- tary : fr. ovoid. B.M. 7035. Var. macrdntha, Hort. , sim- ilar to the preceding, but fls. pale pink. Gn. 52:1148. Var. officiiiEllis, Thory {B. provincidlis. Mill. Var. pUna, Uegel), is the typical form but with double£fls. Var. ptimila, Jacq. {B.Austriaca, Cvantz). Dwarf form, with creeping rootstock: fls. red, single. Red. Ros. (2:17, 2). Var. centifolia, Regel {B. eentifdlia, Linn.). Cabbaob Rose. Lfts. usually 5, pubescent on both sides or only beneath, larger and thinner ; rachis not prickly: fls. on longer and more slender pedicels, nod- ding, fragrant; petals inflexed. June, July. This Rose has been usually considered as a distinct species, but is without doubt only a form of B. Gallica, originated in cultivation. It has not been found wild, except with double fls., probably escaped fi'om gardens. The follow- ing are forms of the Cabbage Rose: Var. muscosa, S6r. (B. muscdsa. Ait.). Moss Rose. Pig. 2157. Fls. rose or white, with peduncles and calyx glandular-mossy. B.R. 2:102. B.M. 69. Gn. 18:242. Var. crist^ta, Curt., is similar, but the sepals are doubly and incisely lobed: fls. rose-colored, large. B.M. 3475. Var. pompdnia, Nouv. Duh. (B. pompdvia, DC). Dwarf form, with small Ivs. and small double fls., about 1% in. across, varying from white to red. B. Burgundlaca, Pers., B. Dijoninsis, Roessig, B. puUhilla, Willd., and B. par- vifdlia, Ehrh., belong here. Prom B. Gallica, with its varieties, and B. Damascena , the Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant Roses have originated by hybridizing with B. Chinensis and its forms. 17. Damascena, Mill. (B. bifera, Pers. B. calendd.- rum, Borkh.). Damask Rose. Attaining 5 ft.: stems usually with numerous stout and hooked prickles, some- times mixed with glandular bristles: lfts. usually 5, sometimes 7, ovate-oblong, serrate, more or less pubes- cent beneath, 1-2 J^ in. long; stipules sometimes pecti- nate; petioles prickly: fls. usually corymbose, double, red, pink or white, sometimes striped ; pedicels and re- ceptacles glandular-hispid: fr. obovate. June, July, and again in autumn. Origin unknown ; introduced to Europe from Asia Minor in the sixteenth century.— Var. trigintip^tala, Dieck, with semi-double red fls., is con- sidered to be the Rose chiefly cultivated in southeast Europe for the manufacturing of attar. Gt. 38, p. 129. G.C. m. 7:45. Rosa Wichuraiana (X ^). See No. 18. Alba, Linn. Upright shrub, becoming 6 ft. high: stems with scattered hooked prickles and sometimes with bristles: lfts. usually 5, broadly ovate, serrate, pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long ; upper stipules dilated : ROSA EOSA 1553 fls. single or double, solitary or several, white. or blush, fragrant; pedicels glandular-hispid; receptacle usually smooth: fr. oblong, scarlet. June. Probably hybrid of a, Gallioa and M. caiiind. 19. tur1)ind,ta, Ait. [B. FrancofiirtAna, Borkh. ). Up- right shrub, attaining 6 ft. ; stems with straight or hooked prickles: flowering branches almost unarmed; Kts. 5-7, oval, serrate, pubescent beneath; upper stip- ules much dilated : fls. 1-3, single or double, purple, 2-3 in. across, slightly fragrant; pedicels and receptacle glandular-hispid only at the base; sepals erect after flowering, entire or nearly so: fr. turbinate. June. Supposed hybrid of H. Gallica and M. cinnamomea. Red. Bos. (3:23, 1). •Section VI. Canin.*:. Many species in JSurope, N. Africa and W. Asia. Upright shrubs, with scattered usually hooked and numerous prickles: upper stipules dilated: corymb usually tnany - fid., with dilated bracts: outer sepals pinnate, reflexed after flowering and caducous or erect and persistent. A. Foliage pubescent on both sides or densely glandular 20. villosa 21. rubiginosa AA. Foliage glabrous or nearly so 22. canina 23. ferruginea 20. villdsa, Linn. (B. pomlfera, Herrm.). Upright shrub, attaining 8 ft., with almost straight spines: Ifts. 5-7, oval to ovate-oblong, acute or obtuse, doubly glandu- lar-serrate, grayish green, pubescent above, tomentose beneath, ?i-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, pink, 13^-2 in. across on prickly pedicels: fr. scarlet, ovoid or subglobose, to 1 inch across, hispid, with persistent erect sepals. June, July. Eu., W. Asia. —Hardy Rose, with large orna- mental fruit. Var. moUissima, Roth (B. mdllis, Sm. ). Lower, with shorter prickles, smaller, silky-pubescent Ifts.: fr. smaller, less hispid. 21. rubigindsa, Linn. (B. Eglanteria, Mill., not Linn.). SwEETBRIER. EGLANTINE. Dense shrub, attaining 6 ft., with hooked prickles often mixed with bristles: ifts. 5-7, orbicular to oval, doubly glandular-serrate, dark green above and glabrous, pale beneath and often pu- bescent, glandular on both sides, V^-l in. long: fls. 1-3, on hispid short pedicels, bright pink, lJi-2 in. across; receptacle usually glandular-hispid: fr. subglobose or ovoid, orange-red to scarlet, with upright-spreading, usually caducous sepals. June. Europe ; naturalized in some localities in the East. B.B.2.232.— A handsome hardy Rose of compact habit, with bright green foliage exhaling a very agreeable aromatic odor. There are some double forms and hybrids with other species. glabrous or slightly pubescent or somewhat glandular beneath, %-l% in. long: fls. 1-3, light pink, on usually glabrous pedicels; sepals reflexed, caducous: fr. ovate, orange-red or scarlet, glabrous. June. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia; naturalized in some localities.— Much used as a stock for grafting. ■^>s^ 2156. The Manetti Rose (X %). Much used as a stock. See No. 11. 7 22. canina, Linn. Dog Rose. Upright shrub, attain- ' ing 10 ft., with often recurving branches: prickles stout, hooked: Ifts. 5-7, oval or elliptic, doubly serrate, Moss Rose. See No, 16. 23. ferruginea, Vill. {B. rubrifblia, Vill.). Upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender, purplish branches covered with glaucous bloom: prickles few, hooked or straight: Ifts. 7-9, elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, simply serrate, bluish green and more or less tinged with red, %-l% in. long: fls. 1-3 or more, pink, IX in. across, on usually hispid-glandular pedicels; sepals long, with dilated apex, upright spreading, tardily caducous : fr. subglobose, scarlet. June. Mountains of M. and S. Eu. B.R. 5:430.-Efeective by its reddish foliage: fls. less conspicuous. Hardy. Section VII. CAEOLiN.a;. Contains only American, species. Upright, mostly low shrubs: stems slender, with usually straight prickles, placed in pairs and often mixed with bristles: upper stipules usually narrow: corymbs generally few-fid.: sepals spread- ing after flowering, caducous, the outer ones entire or- with few erect lobes: akenes inserted exclusively at the bottom of the usually depressed-globose receptacle. A. Pedicels rather long: Ifts. 5-9. B. Lfts. finely many-toothed: prickles usually hooked: stipules convolute.24. Garolinft BB. 1/fts. coarsely toothed: prickles usu- ally straight and slender: stipules flat 25. luoida 26. humilis 27. nitida AA. Pedicels very short: lfts. 7-11, small and narrow 28. foliolosa 24. Carolina, Linn. (B. paMstris, Marsh. B. corym- bdsa, Ehrh. B. Pennsylvdnica, Michx.). Pig. 2158. Upright shrub, attaining 8 ft., with slender stems: lfts. usually 7, elliptic to narrow-oblong, acute at both ends, usually pubescent beneath, %-2 in. long; stipules nar- row: fls usually corymbose, pink, about 2 in. across: fr. depressed - globose, glandular - hispid, about ^ in. high, like those of the following species. June-Aug, Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Miss., prefer- ring swampy and moist ground. G.W.F. 35. Em. 2:488. Mn. 1, p. 86. -Var. Nuttalli4na, Hort., has larger fla. appearing later and continuing until September. 1554 ROSA 2o. liicida, Ehrh. {B. himiUs, var. Ificida, Best), htirub, 6 ft. high, with few or no suckers: prickles sometimes hooked: Ifts. 7-9, elliptic to obovate-elliptic, dark green and shining above, thickish, often slightly pubescent beneath, K-IJ^ in. long; stipules somewhat dilated: fls. usually few or solitary, about 2 in. across: sepals usually entire: fr. like that of the preceding. June, July. Newfoundland to N. Y. and Pa. B.B. 2:231. Gn. 55, p. 428. -Well adapted for borders of shrubberies, handsome in summer with its shining foli- age and bright pink flowers ; ornamental in winter with the brownish red stems and red fruits, remaining plump until the following spring. Var. aba, Hort., has white fis. and green stems. A. P. 12:1098. Gng. 5:306. Var. pldna, Hort. With double fls. ij. Bdpa, Boso, is also supposed to be a double-fid. var. or perhaps hybrid of this species. 26. Mmilis, Marsh. {B. parvifldra, Ehrh. M. Lponi, Purshi. Fig. 2148c. Shrub, 3 ft. or sometimes 6 ft. high, spreading by means of numerous suckers, with slender prickles and usually numerous bristles: Ifts. 5-7, resembling those of the former but narrower, thin- ner, not shining, usually pubescent beneath : fls. often solitary; outer sepals lobed. June. Maine to Ga., west to Wis. and Ind. Terr. Much resembling the preceding, which is often considered a var. of this species.— Var. TilUsa, Best. Lvs. villous-pubescent beneath, thickish. 2158. Rosa Carolina (X K)- See No. 24. 27. nitida, Willd. Low upright shrub, 1% ft. high: branches covered with straight prickles and numerous bristles: Ifts. 7-9, narrowly oblong, acute at both ends, bright green and shining above, glabrous, %-l in. long: fls. usually solitary, 1-2 in. across, on slender glandular- hispid pedicels; sepals entire. June, July. JTewfound- land to Mass. B.B. 2:231. 28. Jolioldsa, Nutt. Low shrub, IX ft- high: stems ■with rather few slender prickles, sometimes almost un- armed: Ifts. 7-9, narrow or linear-oblong, bright green and shining above, glabrous or pubescent on the midrib beneath, %-l in. long: fls. solitary or few, pink, about 1% in. across; pedicels and receptacle smooth or spar- ingly glandular -hispid: fr. globose, with rather few akenes. May, June. Ark. and Ind. Terr, to Tex. G.F. 3:101.- Like the preceding, a handsome dwarf shrub with graceful foliage. Section VIII. CinnamomEjE. Many American, Asiatic and European species. Erect shrubs, with usually straight prickles, in pairs or scattered, and often with numerous bristles: Ifts. B-9; upper stipules dilated: corymbs usually many -fid., with dilated bracts: sepals generally entire, upright after flowering and persis- tent, rarely deciduous; receptacle usually smooth. EOSA A. Prickles in pairs at the base of petioles: branches glahroiis. B. Sepals deciduous: fr. about H in. across, with very few akenes .. .29. gymnocarpa BB. Sepals persistent, erect after flowering . c. Stipules flat. D. Fls. in visually many-fid. corymbs, usually lyi in. across ( larger and some- times solitary in JVos. SI and 32): fr. about }i in. across: stipules usually entire and narrow. E. li^r. globose, with no or very short neck, about Yz in. high {sometimes ovate in No. SI). F. Sepals quite entire 30. pisocarpa 31. Fendleri FF. Sepals with few lobes on the outer margins ....32. Woodsii EE. Er. globose - ovate, with prominent neck, /4 in. high 33. Califoinica DD. Fls. usually solitary, 2 in. across or more : fr. 3^ in. across: stipules dilated, g7andular-ciliate 34. Nutkana cc. Stipules convolute, dilated 35. cinnamomeA AA. Prickles scattered, sometimes in pairs in No. 41. B. Stems and branches almost un- armed, without bristles 36. pendulina 37. reclinata 38. Virginiana BB. Stems and branches with numer- otis prickles and bristles. c. Branches and prickles gla- brous. D. Fls. corymbose : fr. with spreading sepals 39. Arkansana DD. Fls. solitary: fr. with erect sepals 40. acicularis oc. Branches and prickles tomen- tose or pubescent 41. mgosa 29. gymnocirpa, Nutt. Stems slender; attaining 10 ft., with straight slender prickles and bristles: Ifts. 5-9, broadly elliptic to oblong, doubly glandular-serrate, usually glabrous, %-l in. long: fls. solitary or few, pale pink, about 1 in. across; sepals short; fr. orange- red. June, July. Brit. Col. to Calif.', east to Mont. 30. pisocArpa, Gray. Stems slender, with slender, straight or ascending prickles, without bristles, some- times unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, oblong to oblong-obovate, simply serrate, pubescent beneath, J^-IK in. long: fls. pink, about 1 in. across, on short usually smooth pedi- cels: fr. globose, with a very short neck. June to Aug. Brit. Col. to Ore. B.M. 6857. 31. F6ndleri, Cr^p. Stems 8 ft. high, with slender or recurved prickles, sometimes unarmed : Ifts. 5-7, oblong to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base, simply serrate, usually glaucous, iinely pubescent beneath or glabrous, sometimes glandular, yi-lVi in. long: fls. sometimes solitary, pink; pedicels short, smooth: fr. globose, sometimes ovate, bright red, with little or no neck. June, July. Brit. Col. to W. Tex. and New Mex. B.B. 2:230 (as B. Woodsii).— Y&ry decorative in fruit, which remains during the whole winter. 32. Wofidsii, Lindl. Stems 3 ft. high, with slender, straight or recurved prickles, often bristly: Ifts.' 5-7, obovate to oblong, simply or doubly glandular-serrate, pubescent or glabrous beneath, J^-IK in. long: fls." often solitary, pink, 1^-2 in. across, on very short smooth pedicels: fr. globose, with short neck. June, July. Saskatchewan to Colo, and Mo. B.B. 12:976.— The two preceding species may be only vars. of B. Woodsii. 33. Galifdmica, Cham. & Schlecht. Stems 8 ft. high, with stout, hooked or straight prickles, often bristly: Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, simply or ROSA ROSA 1555 doubly glandular-serrate, pubescent beneath or on both Bides, often glandular, rarely glabrous, %-l^ln. long: fls. on slender, usually smooth pedicels, over 1 in. across. June-Aug. Brit. Col. to Calif. Pis. pink. 2159. Rosa cinnamomea (X %). One of the old-fashioned hardy Roses. No. 35. 3t. Nutkina, Presl. Stems stout, 5 ft. high, with Msually straight prickles and sometimes bristly; Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, generally rounded at the base, usually doubly glandular-serrate, almost glabrous, often glandular beneath, %-2 in. long. June, July. Alaska to Ore. and Utah. G.P. 1:449.— Has the largest fls. of the western species ; pink. Var. hfspida, Fernald, has the receptacle glandular-hispid. 35. cinnamdmea, Linn. Cinnamon Rose. Pigs. 2159, 2160. Stems slender, 6 ft. high, with hooked prickles, flowering branches sometimes unarmed; Ifts. 5-7, some- times 3 on Ivs. of flowering branchlets, oblong, simply serrate, dull green, densely pubescent beneath, }4-l^ in. long; fls. solitary or few, purple, about 2 in. across, on short, naked pedicels: fr. depressed-globular, soar- let. May, June. Europe, N. and W. Asia. A. G. 13:343. — Var. Joecundisaima, Voss {B. faicundissima, Muench). With double fls. Sometimes escaped from cultivation in the East. 38. pendullna, Linn. (B. alplna, Linn.). Pig. 21486. Stems slender, 3 ft. high ; Ifts. 7-9, oblong-ovate or ob- long-elliptic, obtuse, doubly glandular-serrate, usually glabrous, Vi-lX in. long: fls. pink, usually solitary or 2-5, to 2 in. across; pedicels and receptacle usually smooth: fr. usually nodding, oblong or ovate, with elongated neck, scarlet. May, June. Mts. of Europe. B.R. 5:424. —Handsome free-flowering shrub. Var. PyrenMca, W. D. Koch {S. Pyrendica, Gouan.). Dwarf, with the pedicels and usually also the receptacles glandular-his- pid. B.M. G724. Gn. 27:496. 37. reolinita, Thory {S. Boursaiilti, Hort.). Sup- posed hybrid of H. penduUna and JR. Chinensis. Climbing to 12 ft., with slender, sparingly prickly branches: Ifts. 3-7, oblong - ovate, glabrous: fls. in corymbs, purple, double or semi-double, nodding; fr. subglobose, smooth. Red. Ros. (3:26, 3). — Varying with lighter and deeper colored and more or less double fls. 38. Virgini4na, Mill. (JJ. 6Wn(Jffl, Ait. B. fraxinifblia, Borkh.). Stems slender, 5 ft. high, with few slender prickles or unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, elliptic to obovate-ob- long, usually acute, simply serrate, glabrous or pubes- cent beneath, %-2% in. long; stipules dilated: fls. usu- ally several, pink, 2-2J^ in. across, on smooth pedun- cles: fr. globular, sometimes elongated. May, June. Newfoundland to N. Y., west to Wis. and 111. B.B. 2:229. corymbose, rarely solitary, pink, sometimes white, 13^-2 in. across; outer sepals with one or few lobes. June, July. Minn, and Brit. Col. to New Mexico. B.B. 2:230. Mn 3:116.- Adapted for covering dry slopes and barren places. According to E. L. Greene, the true B. Arlean- sana is restricted to Colorado and perhaps New Mexico, while the form common in the regions north and west of these localities is a different species, for which he proposes the name B.pratincola; this form is described above. The true B. Arkansana, Porter, differs by its glabrous foliage, glandular and bristly stipules and re- flexed sepals. At the same place (Pittonia, 4:10-14) Greene describes four other new species belonging to this section. 40. aoiculiris, Lindl. Stems low, densely prickly: Ifts. 3-7, broadly elliptic to narrowly oblong, rounded at base, simply or doubly serrate, pubescent beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. solitary, deep rose, 13^-2 in. across, fragrant; sepals entire and nearly glabrous; fr. globu- lar to oblong, K-1 in. long. May, June. Alaska to On- tario and Colo., N. Eu., N. Asia, Jap.— A very variable species. Var. Skyi, Rehd. (B. aeicul&ris, var. BourgeauiAna, Cr^p., partly). Pig. 2161. Lfts. glandular and pubescent beneath, usually somewhat doubly glandular-serrate : fls. larger, often 214 in. across ; fr. usually globular. Ontario to Brit. Col. and Colo. B.B. 2:1967. Var. Engel- manni, Cr4p. in herb. (B. Mngelmanni,'Wa.ts. ) Similar to the preceding: lfts. distinctly doubly glandular-ser- rate; fr. oblong, to 1 in. long. Colo, to Brit. Col. G.F. 2:377. Var. Nippon^nsis, Hook. f. Lfts. smaller, H-% in. long; petioles bristly; branchlets and pedicels glan- dular-hispid: fls. IX in. across. Jaoau. B.M. 7646. 2160. Rosa cinnamomea. See No. 35. 39. Arkanstaa, Porter (B. bldnda, var. setlgera, Cr^p., and v^r. ArknnsAna, Beat). Stems'low, sometimes 6 ft. -? 41. rugdsa, Thunb. Figs. 2148a, 2162-4 Upright shrub high;.lft.s. 7-9, broadly elliptic to obovate, usually cu- /attaining 6 ft., with stout stems densely beset with neate at the base, simply serrate, more or less pubes-/ prickles and bristles: lfts. 5-9, oval to obovate oval cent beneath, %-2 in. long; stipules usually entire: fls. rugose, shining and dark green above, glauoesoent and 1556 EOSA pubescent beneath, thick and Arm, %-2 in. long; peti- oles tomentose and bristly; stipules dilated: fls. soli- tary or few, purple or white, 2%-3X in. across : bracts large ; pedicels prickly ; receptacle smooth : fr. de- pressed-globose, brick-red, to 1 in. across. May-Sept. N. China, Corea, Jap.— Very variable species. Vara. f^rox, C. A. Mey. (var. Thunbergidna., C. A. Mey. S. tirox, Lawr. H. Begeli&na, AndrS & Lind. S. Andrew., Lange). Stout and densely armed: Ivs. thick, very rugose and shining: fls. large, 35^ in. across: fr. 1 in. across. S.Z. 1:28. B.E. 5:420. Gt. 30:1049; 42, p. 537. G.C. II. 14:372. Gn. 46, p. 324; 52:1144; 55, p. 434. I.H. 18:47. Gng. 1:7; 5:339. A.G. 13:342, 344; 18:567. Var. Kamschitica, Kegel (JR. Kamschdtiea, Vent.). Iiess densely armed : Ivs. thinner, less rugose : fls. and fr. smaller. B.K. 5:419. B.M. 3149. Besides these the following forms are often cultivated: Var. &lba, with large white fls. Gn. 9:20; var. alba pUna, with double white fls.; var. rdsea, with pink fls.; var. rdbra, with purple fls. ; var. riibra pUna, with double purple fls. Gt. 24:846. B. rugdsa is one of the most ornamental Single Roses, especially for shrubberies ; it is very hand- some on account of its dark green shining foliage, large fls. appearing during the whole summer, bright red con- spicuous fruits, and its beautiful orange and scarlet fall coloring. It is also attractive in winter by reason of its stout, densely armed stems. Large numbers of hybrids have been raised. By crossing with double-fid. Garden Roses JR. rugosa has given rise to a new race of hybrid Roses remarkable for their hardiness and long blooming season; one of the best known is Mme. George Bruaut (ITig. 2165), with double white fls., a cross of Jf. rugosa and the Tea Rose Sombreuil. Another cross with a form of -K. Ghinensis is S. rugosa, var. calocarpa, Bruant, with single rose-colored fls. and handsome fr. produced very abundantly. Gn. 46, p. 548; 52, p. 384. R.H. 1895, p. 446, 447. I.H. 42, p. 15. Hybrids are also known with B. muUiflora, B. cinnamomea, B. microphylla, B. spinosissima, B. Wichuraiana and B. humilis, and there are probably others. Section IX. Pimpikellifoli^. Few Old World species . Upright shrubs, usually low: prickles straight, scat^ tered, usually numerous and mixed with bristles: Ifts, very small, usually 9; stipules narrow, with di- vergent and dilated auricles: fls. solitary, without bracts; sepals entire, erect and persistent. 42. spinoBissiiua, Linn. (B. pimpinellUblia, Linn,). Scotch Rose. Low shrub, with upright recurving or ROSA ROSA 1557 spreading branches, 3 or 4 ft. high, usually densely beset ■with slender prickles and bristles; Ifts. 5-11, usually 9, orbicular to oblong-ovale, simply or doubly serrate, gla- brous, sometimes glandular beneath, M-?4 in. long: fls. solitary, but usually very numerous along the stems, pink, white or yellowLsh, lJ^-2 in. across; pedicels smooth or glandular-hispid; fr. globular, black. May, June. Eu., W. Asia to China. Gn. 55, p. 425.— Very variable. Var. Altiica, Thory (i?. ^iidica, Willd. B. grandiflbra,\Aa&\.). More vigorous ; fls. large, white; pedicels smooth. B.R.11;888. Gn.53:1159. A.F.12;1099. Gng. 5:307. Var. hispida, Koehne (JR. Mspida, Sims. S. luUscens, Pursh). Taller: Ifts. simply serrate, pedicels smooth: fls. yellowish, rather large. B.M. 1570. Gn. 56:1249. Var. mitissima, W. D. Koch (var. inh-mis, Thory. a. mitissima, Graelin). Branches almost unarmed: fls. pink. Var. myriacAntha, W. D. Koch (B. myriacantha, DC.) . Branches very prickly: Ivs. doubly glandular-serrate, verysmall: fls. small, white, blushed. Red. Ros. (1:6,7). There are also vars. with double or semi-double, pink, white or yellow fls. (Gn. 29:544). Several hybrids are known. B. HiMrnica, Smith, a low shrub with glaucous green foliage and small pale pink fls., is a hybrid with B. canina. B. rubilla, Smith, with dark green foliage, red fls. and scarlet, pendulous ovate-oblong fruits, is a hybrid with B. pendulina. B. revirsa, Waldst. & Kit., is similar and probably of the same parentage. Section X. Lute^. Two Asiatic species. Upright or somewhat sarmentose shrubs, with scattered, straight or hooked prickles: stip- ules usually narrow, with diver- gent and dilated auricles: fls. yel- low, without bracts: sepals entire. B.M. 1077. Gn. 53, p. 23; 55, p. 425. Var. pltoa, Hort. With double fls. Gn. 53:1152. See No. 21. 44. hemisphs^rica, Herrm. (B. glaucoph^Ua, Ehrh. B. sulphiirea. Ait. B. Baplni, Boiss. & Bal-). Closely allied to the preceding : stems slender, with hooked prickles : Ifts. obovate, cuneate at the base, simply ser- rate, bluish green; fls. usually solitary, scentless, light yellow; pedicels glandular-hispid. June. W. Asia.— 43. Eglant^iia,Linn.,notMiIl. (iP. Zttica, Mill.). Shrub with long, slender often sarmentose or climbing stems, '-^T Fruits of Rosa rugosa (X M) No. 41. Natural becoming 10 ft. high, usually with straight prickles ; Ifts. 5-9, broadly ovate to oval, doubly glandular-serrate, dark green above, often glandular, %-2 in. long; stipules glandular-serrate: fls. sometimes several, but without bracts to the main pedicel, bright yellow, 2-2K in. across, of unpleasant odor: fr. globular. June. W. Asia. B.M. 363. Gn. 53:1152. —Var, punioea,Thory (J?.p««{c«a, Mill. B. blcolor, Ssuaq.). Fls. orange - scarlet within, 2164. Semi-double Rosa rueosa. (XK.) No. 41. Var. pldna, Hort. With double fls., often cult, under the name of Per- sian Yellow. B.R. 1:46. F.S. 4:374. S.B.F.G. II. 4:353. Var. Hirisoni, Hort., Harrison's Yellow Rose, is of paler color and a little less double than Persian Yel- ' low, but it blooms more freely, is more vigorous, hardier and easier to grow. It is of American origin and may be a hybrid of Persian Yellow with Bosa spinosissima. Section XI. Sebice.«;. One Asiatic species. Erect shrub, with the prickles in pairs: stip- ules narrow, with erect dilated auricles: fls. solitary, without bracts: sepals entire, persis- tent and upright. {B. tetrapMala, 'Roy\e). At- taining 12 ft., with prickly and often bristly branches: Ifts. 7-9, oval or obovate, serrate, glandular or silky pubescent beneath, K-Ji in. long: fls. white, lK-2 in. across ; petals usually 4, sometimes 5: fr. globose or turbinate. May, June, Himal. B.M. 5200. R.H. 1897, p. 444, 445. Section XII. MinutifoiJjE. Two Ameri- can species. Low .ihrubs with slender, scattered prickles : Ifts. small, incised- serrate ; stipules with dilated and di- vergent auricles: fls. solitary, without bracts: sepals erect, persistent, the outer ones pinnate. 46. minutifftlia, Engelm. Dense spreading shrub, i ft. high: Hts. 5-7, ovate to oblong, inciselv dentate, puberulous, %-% in. long; fls. short-pedicelled, pink or white, about 1 in. across : fr. hispid. April, May. Calif. G.P. 1:102. 1558 ROSA 47. Stell4ta, Wooton. Similar to the preceding: Ifts. d-5, broadly cimeate - obovate : fls. 1J4-2M in. across, ol^J'o^'""^^"''"'''^'®- ^^"^ ™^^- ^"''- Torrey Bot. Club 45: 335. -This and the preceding would be handsome Shrubs for rookeries, especially the latter, on account of Its larger fls. Both are probably tender and probably are not yet in cult. ROSA states. B.M. 2847. B.R. 23:1922. G.C. III. 6:497. Gn. 53, p. 207. — Handsome climbing Rose, but not hardy north. A hybrid with B. Hanksice is H. FortuneAna (see No. 15). A hybrid with a Tea Rose is the Anemone Rose, with large single light pink fls. M.D.G. 1896:345. Section XV. Miorophyll^. One Asiatic species. Upright spreading shrub, with the straight prickles in pairs: fls. 11-15; stipules very narrow, with subu late divergent auricles: fls. usually several, with small and quickly caducoiis bracts; sepals broad, erect and persistent, the outer ones pinnate; carpels only at the bottom of receptacle. 50. microphylla, Roxb. Much - branched spreading shrub (i ft. high, with straight or ascending prickles: Ifta. U-15, elliptic to oblong-elliptio, acute, sharply ser- rate, glabrous or pubescent beneath : fls. pale pink, often solitary, 2-2 j^ in. across, short-pedicelled ; sepals and receptacle prickly: fr. depressed- 2165. Bud of Madame Georges Bruant Rose (X %). One of the Rugosa hybrids. No. 41. Section XIII. BracteatjE. Two Asiatic species, with erect or sarmentose and tomentose or pubescent stems; prickles in pairs: stipules slightly adnate and pectinate: inflorescence with large bracts: sepals reflexed after flowering , entire; receptacle to- mentose. 48. bracteata, Wendl. {B. Maedrtnea, Dum.). Ma- cartney Rose. Stems usually procumbent or sarmen- tose, villous-tomentose, with stout hooked prickles: Ifts. 5-9, oval to obovate, crenately serrulate, bright green above and somewhat shining, almost glabrous beneath, K-2 in. long: fls. one or few, short-stalked, white, 2-254 in. across ; sepals and receptacle densely tomentose. June-Oct. S. China, Formosa; naturalized in Fla. and La. B.M. 1377. —Handsome half -evergreen climber, not hardy north. Section XIV. ljMviaAi:M. One A sialic species . Climb- ing shrub, with scattered hooked prickles: Ifts. gen- erally S: stipules almost free: fls. solitary, without bracts, large, white: sepals erect, entire, persistent. 49. Isevig&ta, Michx. (R. Sinica, Murr. B. Ohero- kinsis, Donn. B. ternAta, Poir. B. CamMia, Hort. ). Figs. 2166, 2167. High climbing shrub, with slender green prickly branches: Ifts. 3, rarely 5, elliptic-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sharply serrate, shining and gla- brous, 114-2J4 In. long: fls. solitary, white, rarely rose, 2J^-3J^ in. across, fragrant; pedicels and receptacle densely bristly : fr. large, obovate, bristly. June. China, Formosa, Japan ; naturalized in the southern 2166. Cherokee Rose— Rosa laevieata (X K). Commonly known as E. Sinica. No. 49. globose, lK-2 in. across, very prickly. June, July. China, Japan. B.M. 6548.— Var. pl^na, Hort. With double fls. B.M. 3490. B.R. 11:919. Not quite hardy north. Sometimes hybrids with B. Ohinensis and with B. rugosa are cult, under the name of B. microphylla. The hybrid with B. rugosa has large single purple fls., handsome bright green foliage and very prickly branches ; it is of vigorous growth and will probably make a good hedge plant. ROSA ROSCOEA 1559 Supplementary List. (The Roman figure indicates tlie group to which the species lelougs.) B. agristis, Savi. (VI). Allied to R. nibiginosa. Without bristles; pedicels smooth: tls. small, pale pmk or whitish. Eu., N. Afr.— li!. Alberti, Kegel (VIII). Allied to R. acioularis. Branches slender, recurving: Ifts. ovate, pubescent beneath: tls. white; pedicels smooth. Songaria, Turkestan. — li. Aitioy- •Snsis, Hance = R. microearpa. — Ji. anemoidfibra, Port. (I). Half-evergreen climbing shrub: Ifts. 3-5, dark green, glabrous ■and shining- fls. few, deep carmine, double. China. Half- hardy.— ii. anserincefdiia, Boiss., is a variety of R. Beggeriana, with silky pubescent Ifts.— li. .B('i/f/eri«fta, Schrank (VIII). Dense shrub, to 3 ft.: prickles in pairs: Ifts. very small and bluish green: fls. corymbose, white; calyx and apex of fr. fall- ing off, leaving the small, globular fr. with an opening at the top. N. Persia to Altai and Song.— i^. clinophplla, Thory (XIII). Closely allied to R. bracteata. Branches silky pubes- -cent: prickles straight: Ifts. elliptic-lanceolate, tomentose be- neath: fls. white. India. B.R. 9:7au. Tender.— li. collina, ■Jacq. (V). Allied to R. alba, but fls. rose-colored; sepals -shorter. Probably hybrid of R. Gallica with R. canina, var. 'dumetortim. — J2. coriifdlia, Fries (VI). Allied to li. canina. Jjfts. pubescent beneath; petioles tomentose: fls. pink, short- :pedieelled; bracts large; sepals upright after flowering. Eu., W. Asia. Very variable. Var. Frcebeli, Rehd. (R. canina, var. Froebeli, Christ.). Of vigorous growth: Ifts. simply or doubly ■serrate, bluish green; fls. small, white. — R. Davurica, Pall. (VIII). Allied to R. cinnamomea. Prickles straight and slen- der; stipules narrow: Ifts. smaller, doubly serrate: pedicels longer, glandular: fr. ovate. Manchuria, Dahur., Saghalin.- R. Ecce, Aitch = R. xanthina.— 7i. eWipiica, Tausch (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa: Ifts. cuneate-obovate, pubescent beneath: pedicels short, usually not glandular: fls. pinkish or whitish. Eu.—Ji. .Biymaiiica, Boiss. & Hausskn. (VI). Dwarf shrub, to 3 ft., with, prickly zigzag branches: Ifts. small, usually 5, glaucescent: fls. 1-3, small, pink: fr. globular, small. N.Persia. —B. Fedtschenkoana, Regel (VIII). Probably variety of R. Webbiana, of more vigorous growth and with larger Ifts, 'Turkestan.— i2. f&rox, Bieb. (VIJ. Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf: Ifts. glandular on both sides: pedicels short, not glandular. S. E. Eu., W. Asia.— iZ. Froebeli, Hort. =R. corii- folia, var. Froebeli.— i?. glaitca, Vill. (VI). Allied toR. canina. Lfts. broadly ovate, bluish green: fls. pink; sepals upright after flowering. Eu.— JJ. glutindsa, Sibth. & Sm. (VI) . Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf, densely prickly; lfts. densely glandular on bothsides; fls. small, pink. S. E.Eu., "W.Asia. —ii. ife{:A:eKdna, Tratt. (R. Hackeliana, Nym.) (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf: lfts. tomentose on both side.s: fls. usually solitary, ■small, pink. S. 'Evi.—B.graHsBi'ma, Greene (VIII). Allied to R. Californica. Lfts. glabrous, bright green and glandular, fragrant, thin. Calif.— J2. Indica, Linn. =R. microearpa,— i?. invotucrdta, Roxb. = R. clinophylla.— i?. involuta. Smith (VI). Probably hybrid of R. spinosissima and R. villosa. Lfts. doubly glandular-serrate, tomentose beneath: fls. whitish. — R. JundzilU, Bess. (VI) . Allied to R. canina, but resembling also R. Gallica. Upright shrub, with straight spines: Ifts. almost glabrous, doubly glandular-serrate, rather large: fls. larg?, pink; fr. subglobose. Eu., W. A^iSL.—R.ldxa, Retz. (VIII). Upright shrub, with hooked prickles in pairs: lfts. 7-9, small, light green; fls. small, white: fr. oblong-ovate, small. Turke- stan to Song, and Altai. — R. Idxa, Lindl. = R. lucida. — R. Idxa, Hort. =B. coriifolia, var. Froebeli. — R, LucicB, Franch. & Boehebr. (l). Allied to R. Wichuraiana. Habit more upright : lfts. usually 7, narrower and thinner: fls. smaller. Japan. — R. Jjpelli, Lindl. Probably hybrid of R. moschata and R. clino- phylia. Climbing: lfts. usually 7, oblong, shining: fls. corym- bose, large, white, single or double. Introduced from Nepal.— R. macrophylla, Lindl. (VIII). Upright shrub, with straight spines in pairs: Ivs. to 8 in. long, 7-9-foliolate, dull green, pu- bescent bene.ath: fls. 1 or few, large, pink: fr. pyriform. Himal. Not hardy north.— iS. mierdntha, Smith (VI). Allied to E. rubiginosa. With hooked prickles, without bristles: lfts. slightly pubescent beneath; fls. pale pink, small; styles slightly exserted, glabrous. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia.— iS. microcdrpa, Lindl. (R. Indica, Linn., nOt Lindl.) (I). Branches slender, with scattered, hooked spines; lfts. 3-7, ovate-lanceolate; stipules almost free: fls. corymbose, small, white: fr. small, globose; sepals deciduous. China.- iJ. microcdrpa, Hort. = multiflora.— J2. rnon^dna, Chaix. (VI). Allied to R. canina. Of vigorous growth, with strong spines: lfts. broader, tinged red- dish: fls. pink; pedicels and receptacle glandular-hispid. S. Eu., i^.Ati.-R.orieiitdlis, Dup. (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Dwarf; prickles slender, stibulate: lfts. 5-7, simply serrate, pubescent on both sides: fls. pink, solitary, short-pedicelled. W. Asia.— ie. Phoenicia, Boiss. (I). Allied to R. moschata. Lfts. usually 5, obtuse or acute: corymbs usually many-fld., pyramidal; styles glabrous. Asia Minor.— iJ. platyacdntlia, Schrank = R. xanthina.— ie. sipium, ThuiU. = R. agrestis.— Jt. Sonomensis, Greene (VIII). Allied to E. Californica. Low shrub, to 1 ft., with straight prickles: lfts. broadly <"ate, doubly glandular-serrate; fls. small, in dense corymbs. Calif. —ie.«j)i(Ad?/iea, Wats. (VIII). Allied to R. Californica. Stems usually not over 5^ ft. high, sparingly branched; lfts. doubly glandular-serrate: fls. usually solitary. Calif.— JJ. tomentdsa, Smith (VI). Allied to R. villosa. Stems slender, often arching: prickles often slightly curved: lfts. smaller, grayish green: fls. pale rose, on longer pedicels: fr. smaller, with the sepals up- right-spreading, caducous at maturity, Eu.— .K. Webbiana, Wall. (VIII). Erect shrub, with prickly stems: lfts. 5-9, very- small, orbicular or oblong, usually glabrous: fls. mostly soli- tary, pink, large: fr. ovoid. Himal. to Afghan, and Turkestan. —R. xanthlna, Lindl. (XI). Rigid shrub to 4 ft., with stout, straight prickles: lfts. very small, 5-9, glandular beneath: fls. solitary, golden yellow, 1 in. across. Afghan, to N. China. B.M. 7666. Alfred Rehder. ROSANdWIA. See Sinningia. B0SCH£BIA (name unexplained). Palmdcece. A genus of one apecie.s, a palm from Seychelles allied to Hyophorbe, which see for differences. It is slender, erect, spiny at the nodes: Ivs. terminal, long-petioled, at first 2-fld, later unequally pinnatisect; segments nu- merous, linear-lanceolate, 2-fid at the apex, the numer- ous nerves scaly beneath; petiole spineless, somewhat 3-sided, concave above; sheath long, prickly; spadix 2-6 ft. long : peduncle long,, slender, compressed ; branches slender, rather simple, divaricate: spathea many, entire, narrowed, compressed, naked, the 2 lower ones persistent, the upper deciduous: fls. pale: fr. fusi- fprm, small, black. melanochcetes, Wendl. (Verschatfiltia melanocJiMes, Wendl.j. Trunk 15-25 ft. high, 2-3 in. in diam., with many aerial roots, and when young with a ring of spines below each leaf -scar: Ivs. 4K-7 ft. long; petiole 1K-2K ft. long, smooth, with a pale band running from the top of the sheath down the back of the petiole; sheath 1%-2K ft. long, with a few fine black spine.s; leaf -blade pale green, 3-5 ft. long, 2-3 ft. broad, entire when young, unequally pinnate; segments 1-lK ft. long, 2-fld at the apex, clothed beneath with peltate scales. Seychelles. I.H. 18:54. Jared G. Smith. SOSCOEA (Wm. Roscoe, founder of the Liverpool Botanic Garden). Scitamindcece , A genus of 6 species of half-hardy perennial herbs from the Himalayas, with 2167. Rosa Isevieata. Eun wild in the South and known as Cherokee Eose. No. 49. 1560 ROSCOEA Lvs ltic«"o^»?oy^"°J ''^- terminating tlie leafy stems, fld SDike^° h I"" °''^°?S= ^^- '" terminal, usually few- slit dow^'n^- 5 ''•'''^'^'®"*' ^-^^■' calyx long-tubular, eal^Zi^ ^'^V '^oroUa-tube slender, as long as staminoLl 17= '^^''^^ segments spreading; lateral deS f .w/'"""°'^*«'.P«teloid; lip large,^cuneate, uenexea, ^-eleft or emarginate. Ian3^t**' ^^".V-^*^™ ^-1 "■ ^'SK with 5-6 sessile, lanceolate, sheathmg Ivs. about 6 in. long: fls. few, pur- ple, rarely lilac or white, in a sessile spike, appearing T^ ^ ?'."^*' '" ™''^S"™™er. B.R. 27:61. B.M. 4630. i^.B.C. 15:1404. G.C. III. 8:191.-The most hardy spe- Jw,"* *''^.Se°'is. Var. Sikkimfinsis, Hort. Elwes (B. bikkiminsis, Van Tubergen), is said to differ in having the epiphytic habit and more numerous fls. of a different shade. Consult G.C. III. 8:221. p. w. Barclay. EOSE (see also Rosa). The article Rose will probably be consulted oftener than any other in this Cyclopedia. Therefore, the subject is presented from many points of view, even at the risk of repetition. Every pains has been taken to procure reliable information and ad- vice from specialists in the different parts of the sub- ject. It has been said that the garden Rose does not thrive in North America as it does in Europe; but how- ever true this may have been, it scarcely holds to-day. The success of the Rose in this country is very largelv a question of the selection of adaptable varieties. These varieties are mostly the compounds of various types and species. In most garden Roses it is now impossible to trace the original species with accuracy. For horticul- tural purposes, a purely botanical classification is of minor consequence, although, in the main, the leading garden-groups follow old specific lines. For a garden classification that follows botanical lines closely, see Baker in Gardener's Chronicle, II. 24, p. 199 (1885). The leading contemporaneous American text on the Rose is EUwanger's. American Rose books are: "The Rose Manual," Robert Buist, Philadelphia, 1844, and later editions; "Manual of Roses," William Robert Prince, New York, 1846; "The Rose," Samuel Parsons, New York, 1847, and later editions; "American Rose Culturist," New York, 1856; "Book of Roses," Francis Parkman, Boston, 1866; "The Rose," Henry Shaw, St. Louis, 1882; "The Rose," H. B. EUwanger, New York, 1882, 2d ed. 1892; "Secrets of Rose Culture," W. J. Hatton, Huntington, N. Y., 1891. For a list of Rose books in all languages, see "Bibliografla de la Rosa," by Vergara, Madrid, 1892. Following are the equivalents of some of the common names of Roses: Ayrshire B. arvensis, var. capreolata' Banks Rose -K. Banksiw. Bengal -K. Chinensis. Bourbon S- Borboniea. Champney -K. Noisettiana. Cherokee S. Icevigata. Cinnamon B- cinnamomea . Damask -B- Damascena. Dog B. canina. Eglantine -K- rubiginosa. Memorial R- Wichuraiana. jjogs -K. Gallica, var. muscosa. jl^glj B. moschata. Noisette -K- Noisettiana. Prdirie • -B- setigera. Provence -K* Gallica. Scotch -^- spinosissima. Sweetbri'ei -B- rubiginosa. rpg^ B. Chinensis, var. tragrans. L. H. B. Horticultural Classification of Boses.- The garden classification of Roses presents considerable difficulty as the several groups have been so much mixed that The original characteristics of each overlap at nearly all points. This is particularly true of the Perpetuals of which any close classification is impossible. The diffl- Tuldes increase as one advances. Certain clear-cut Characters may be taken to mark certain distinct groups in the summer Roses, with which the horticulturist has not busfed himself so much. Nearly all of these char- ROSE acters are reproduced in the Perpetuals, and, Leing blended together, give rise to endless confusion; thus the following scheme is merely suggestive and should be studied in comparison with the botanical classifi- cation (see page 1548) . American Rose culture, so far as garden varieties are concerned, can hardly be said to have found itself as yet. Our growers are to-day striving to overcome the short-lived character of the blooms, so as to import into our gardens something of the Rose beauty of Europe. The Wichuraiana, Rugosa, and Multiflora Roses, com- bined with our native species and blended again with the best representatives of the garden groups already grown, seem to offer the solution. The beginning has already been made. The hot sun and trying climatic conditions of our summers are fatal to the full beauties of the Roses of Prance and England. The flower is developed so quickly that it has no opportunity to "build" itself; and once developed it fades as rapidly. What has been done for other florists' flowers remains yet to be accom- plished for the Rose, and the American Rose of the future will have to be developed to suit the circum- stances in the same way that the American carnation has been produced. A special society has been formed to foster this work and is now in its third year of exis- tence. Class I. Summer-flowering Roses, blooming once only. A. Large-flowered (double). E. Growth branching or pendulous : leaf wrinkled 1. Provence Moss Pompon Sulphurea BB. Growth firm and ro- bust: leaf downy . . 2. Da^nask SiuA French Hybrid French Hybrid Provence Hybrid Bourbon Hybrid China BBB. Growth free: leaf whitish above , spineless 3. Alba AA. Small flowered {single and double). B. Growth climbing:- fls. produced singly.... 4. Ayrshire BB. Growth short-jointed, generally , except in A Ipine 5. ^^ers Austrian Scotch Sweet Penzance Prairie Alpine BBB. Growth climbing: fls. in clusters 6. Multiflora Polyantha BBBB. Growth free : foliage persistent {more or less, shiny 7. Evergreen Sempervirens Wichuraiana Cherokee Bauksian BBBBB. Growth free; foliage wrinkled 8. Pompon Class II. Summer- and autumn-flowering Boses, bloom- ing more or less continuously. A. Large-flowered. B. Foliage very rough.. . 9. Hybrid Perpetual 10. Hybrid Tea 11. Moss BB. Foliage rough 12. Bourbon 13. Bourbon Perpetual BBB. Foliage smooth 14. China Tea Lawrenceana (Fairy) EOSE ROSE 1561 JlJl. Smaller flowered. B. Foliage deciduous , c. ffabit climbing 15. Mush Noisette 16. Ayrshire 17. Polyantha Wichuraiana Hybrids OC. Hal)itd'wart,l)UshyA&. Perpetual Briers Rugosa Lucida Microphylla Berberidifolia Scotch BB. Foliage more or less persistent 19. Evergreen Macartney Wicliuraiana Garden-group 1. Provence. Fragrant: brandling or pendulous: fls. generally globular: foliage bold, broad, wrinkled, deeply serrate : prickles uncertain ; sometimes fine and straight, sometimes coarse and hooked. Rich soil. Prune closely unless very vigorous. Types are Moss Rose, a crested form of the Provence (Pig. 2157). Pompon, a dwarf group; cupped flowers. See also No. 8. Sulphurea, an undesirable yellow form of difBcult cultivation. Garden-group 2. The Damash and French. Damask Roses are fragrant: growth robust; spinous: Ivs. light green, downy, coriaceous. Hardy: free - flowering : scent destroyed on drying. French Roses: Fragrant (moderately) : more upright and compact in growth than the Provence: prickles smaller and fewer: fls. generally flat. Very hardy, growing in any soil; petals bleach in strong sunlight; makes abundance of wood, which should be thinned out; perfume develops in the dried petals. Hybrid French or Hybrid Provence, a less robust group with smoother, short-jointed wood and gener- ally light-colored flowers. Type Princess Clementine. Other subdivisions include hybrids with nearly all of the Perpetual group. Madame Plantier is a Hybrid Noisette. Coupe d'Hebe is a Hybrid Bourbon. Hybrid China (China x French and Provence, par- taking more of those parents ) . Growth more diffuse than the French Rose; foliage smooth, shining and remains on the bush late in the year; thorns nu- merous and strong. Vigorous of growth; very hardy, and generally well adapted to poor soil ; requires but little pruning. Garden-group 3. Alba^ or White Hoses. A very distinct group; all light-colored flowers of moderate Garden-group 4. Ayrshire. Climbing Roses; very hardy: slender shoots suitable for trellises and trunks of trees: fls. produced singly. Useful for pot cultiva- tion when trained over a frame; fls. vary from white to l!168. American Beauty Rose (X M). Probably the most famous Rose now cultivated in America. One of the Hybrid Perpetual class. size: leaf whitish above, deep green below: spineless (some hybrids with other groups are very thorny), of free growth; prune closely. Type, Felecite Parmentier and Maiden's Blush. 2169. Paul Neyron (X }4). A popular rose-colored variety of the Hybrid Perpetual type. deep crimson. Type, Queen of the Belgians, Dundee Rambler. Ruga is a hybrid between this group and one of the Teas ; fragrant. Garden-group 5. Briers. Under this heading may be grouped most of the well-defined types of garden Roses, mostly small-flowered and which do not readily respond to high cultivation. They are more useful as flowering shrubs in the garden than for cut-flowers. The blooms are generally short-lived. Austrian or Yellow Briers, Small leaflets: solitary flowers: bark chocolate-brown. Very hardy, but re- quire pure air and dry soil; will stand very little pruning, producing flowers from the upper ends of the old wood. Types, Harisoni, Austrian Copper and Persian Yellow. Scotch or Spiny. This group is well recognized by its excessive spininess; the spines are also very sharp : compact, low bushes, flowering abundantly and early: flowers small, double. Multiply by under- ground suckers; fragrant. One hybrid of this group, Stanwell, is a Perpetual. Sweetbrier. Distinguished by the fragrance of its leaves: the fruits are also decorative: foliage small: flowers light-colored generally and not held of much account. Lord Penzance Briers. This is a group of hvbrids of B.rublginosa (the Sweetbrier), and theolderlarge- flowered varieties, especially Bourbon and Damask. The results are hardly distributed in America as yet; a few are to be found in select collections. Generally speaking they may be described as very greatly im- proved Sweetbriers. Brenda is particularly desirable for its fruit. Prairie Rose (R. setigera) . A native species; prom- ises under cultivation to develop some valuable ac- 1562 ROSE BOSK quisitions, especially in hybridizatiou with other groups: Type, Baltimore Belle. Fig. 2154. Alpine or Boursault. Native of the Swiss Alps; semi-pendulous, long, flexible, smooth shoots: flowers in large clusters: mostly purple or crimson flowers. Good for pillars, very hardy, especially suitable for shady places ; should be well thinned in pruning, but the flowering wood left alone : type Amadis. Pro- duced by crossing Teas and Ji. alpina. Garden -group 6. Multiflora. The Multiflora group ■divides itself naturally into the Multiflora true and Polyantha. R. multiflora, the parent type, is charac- teristic of the varieties here, the flowers being produced in large corymbs and continuing over a comparatively long time. This group is particularly well adapted to the wild garden. There are many hybrids, which are 2170. La France, a famous Hybrid Tea Rose (XX)- This picture was made from the White La France, The origi- nal La France is pink. known in cultivation under the general term of Eam- J)ler Roses. The Polyantha section has given a fairly hardy variety in Crimson Rambler. Useful as pillar and trellis Roses and respond to high cultivation. In pruning remove only the old canes, leaving the young new growth to carry flowers next year. Some cluster Roses of the Indica or Tea alliance popularly called Polyanthas do not belong here. Garden-group 7. Hvergreen. The so-called Evergreen Roses hold their foliage until very late in the year and in hybridization appear likely to yield varieties which are practically evergreen. Sempervirens, useful as pillar Roses, producing flowers in corymbs: very hardy: vigorous growth: free bloomer: requires considerable thinning in prun- ing. Types, Felicite perpetuella. Wichuraiana (Fig. 2155), most popular of all the rampant Roses : very hardy : growing in any soil: this promises to be the basis of a very valuable race of American Roses : flowers in the type white. Hy- brids have been raised from Hybrid Perpetual and Tea varieties giving large flowers, scented; such are Gardenia and Jersey Beauty. Several hybridists are now working on this species, and he next few years promise remarkable developments. W. A. Manda in New Jersey, M. H- Walsh in Massachusetts and M. Horvath in Ohio are thus engaged. Cherokee (i?. Icevi^ata) of the southern states can be grown satisfactorily away from its native regions only in a greenhouse. Figs. 2152-4. The Banksian (B. Banhsim) , Two varieties of this are known, the yellow and the white. Requires greenhouse treatment: evergreen: needs very little pruning, merely shortening the shoots that have bloomed. Yellow variety scentless, white variety pos- sessing the odor of violets: flowers are produced in graceful drooping clusters. Garden-group 8. Pompon. A small-flowered Provence Rose. See No. 1. Garden-group 9. Sybrid Perpetual, or Hybrid He- montant. A large and comprehensive group of much- mixed origin. The mixture with other groups has be- come so involved as to render separation practically impossible. The characteristics may be described as stiff,, upright growth, sometimes Inclined to pendulous: fls. of all types : foliage dull green, wrinkled, not shiny: embracing generally the characteristics of the Provence, Damask, French and the Chinese groups: fls. large, in- clined to flat, generally of dark colors. By far the largest and most comprehensive division. Figs. 2168-9. Garden-group 10. Hybrid Teas form a section of the Hybrid Perpetual group crossed back on to the Tea- scented China, gradually losing all identity. They dif- fer from the pure Hybrid Perpetuals by having foliage of a deeper green and less wrinkled. Some of the best forcing Roses are in this group, which promises the greatest development for American rosarians; Robert Scott is a type of this class and is raised from Mer- veille de Lyon, H. P., and Belle Siebrecht Hybrid Tea. The La Prance type belongs here. Fig. 2170. '*' Garden-group 11. Moss. A perpetual flowering group of the Provence. See Summer Roses and Fig. 2157. Garden-group 12. Sourbon. Dwarf and compact growth, with rounded, more or less shining leaflets: very florif erous : brilliant colors: good outline: in per- fection late in the season: requires close pruning. Type, Hermosa (or Armosa). Garden-group 13. Botirbon Perpetual. Very flor- iferous: ilowers moderate-sized, well formed, in clus- ters. Type, Madame Isaac Pereire. Garden- group 14. China. The China or Monthly Rose is characterized by its positively perpetual man- ner of flower. Its blooms become much darkened in color from the action of the sun's rays: fls. small and irregular in shape. Somewhat tender. Chiefly interest- ing as the parent of the true Teas. The Tea-scented China or Tea Rose. Fig. 2171, Large, thick petals, with the characteristic tea scent: flowers generally light colored, pink and creamy yel- low: growth free; the best for forcing. The group has been hybridized with all other sections and the Tea influence is seen throughout the Rose family. Some of the varieties are climbing. Type, Bou Silene and Homer. Lawrenciana. Dwarf forms, requiring the same treatment as the Teas. Commonly known as the Fairy Rose. Garden group 15. The Musk. Very fragrant: rather tender: derived trom Sosa moschata : fls. of pale color. This group has been much hybridized with others, and its identity is lost as a garden plant in that of its deriv- atives, especially the Noisette. The flower buds are elongated and the flowers produced in clusters. Noisette. Fig. 2172. Larger flowered than the true Musk Roses: flowering very late: free growth: more hardy. The group bears a certain superficial resem- blance to the Teas and requires moderate pruning; will grow in any soil. This sub-group has been largely blended with the Teas and with a loss of har- diness. In consequence it has fallen into disuse. Garden-group 16. Ayrshire. Perpetual forms of tha Ayrshire. For characters, See Summer Roses. Plate XXXV. A Tea Rose.- Bridesmaid. ROSE K03E 156a Garden-group 17. Polyantha. Perpetual - flowering varieties of the Multiflora group. The term in gardens is taken to include a large nijmber of small cluster-flow- ered, climbing Roses, and is particularly important in American Rose culture, as the basis of a new section of hybrids with the Teas and (erroneously) including hy- brids of Wiohuraiana and Teas. M. H. Walsh in Mas- sachusetts, M. Horvath in Ohio, and Jackson Daw- son in Massachusetts have accomplished important work in this field. Some of Walsh's recent introduc- tions, as Debutante and Sweetheart, not as yet fairly tried, and the Dawson Rose may be classed here. They are valuable as trellis and pillar Roses for garden deco- ration. Garden-group 18. Perpetual Briers. Of this group there are about five important types. Rugosa or Japan Rose, a low-growing bush: hardy: useful as a hedge plant, and specially adapted for ex- posed situations near the seashore. Figs. 2162-4. Hybrids have been made with other Perpetual groups, especially Teas and H. P's. Mme. Georges Bruant is a type. The Rugosa blood is strongly seen in all cases. Luoida, a small insignificant group, having some connection with the Macartney. Miorophylla has minute leaflets. Berberidifolia has leaves somewhat resembling bar- berry. Perpetual Scotch, a perpetual -flowering form of Rosa spinosissima, probably a hybrid from the Dam- ask. Garden- group 19. Evergreen. Two types, as follows : Macartney, slender: sweetly scented and very florif- erous throughout the season. Is derived from R. bracteata. Wichuraiana. The Wichuraiana hybrids already re- ferred to in the Polyantha group may dubiously be included here. They have not yet been Sufliciently tested Leonard Babeon. Rose Gardens for Rose Lovers.— The Hybrid Per- petual or Hybrid Remontant Rose (hybrids of Bosa Bamascena, Borbonicaj etc. } is the largest and most im- portant group of hardy Roses. The common varieties are crosses of Provence and Damask Roses upon Bour- bons, Bengals and Teas, and vice versa. Of all Roses, Hybrid Perpetuals, in regions of severe winters, offer the amateur the greatest promise of success. A warm sunny spot shielded from strong or bleak winds should be chosen for the Rose garden. A piece of woods or a hedge offer good protection if they are far enough away from the bushes so that they do not shade them or rob them of nourishment. Dean Hole says, "The Rose garden must not be in an exposed situation. It must have shelter, but it must not have shade. No boughs may darken, no drip may saturate, no roots may rob the Rose." A hillside is less exposed to late frosts than valley and is therefore better. The ground must be well drained. If nature has not pro- vided such a spot the Rose-grower must make one. The ideal soil for the Hybrid Perpetual Rose is a strong rich clay or loam. Though Tea Roses sometimes do well in gravel or sandj' soil. Hybrid Perpetuals never do. The ground should be spaded up to a good depth and all stones, grass and roots carefully removed. Late autumn is the best time for setting out hardy Roses. The writer has set out over a hundred Hybrid Perpetuals and Hybrid Teas when he was compelled to shovel away several inches of snow and break up the frozen crust of the earth with crow-bar and pick-ax before he could dig the trench in which he planted them, and yet he did not lose one of them. Put out late in the fall with the earth well firmed around them and properly protected, hardy and half-hardy Roses are almost sure to come through the winter all right and make a good bloom the first summer. In no other way can Roses be set out so quickly and so well as in a trench dug the proper depth and width. Budded plants should be set so that the joints will be three inches under the surface of the ground. This is the only way to secure immunity from suckers growing from the root into which the bush has been budded. The best fertilizer for Roses is rotted cow manure. The next in value is the manure from the pig-sty. Nearly all of the Hybrid Perpetuals and Mosses will stand the severe winters in the northern states without protection, but it is best to protect them. Ah Bourbon, Hybrid Noisette, Hybrid China and Hybrid Teas in the northern, and in some of the middle states, must be protected; "excelsior" tied around the bushes to the height of 12 or 15 inches gives sufficient protection. When the leaves are out and the buds well formed a mixture composed of three parts of wheat flour and one of white hellebore sprinkled on the foliage when wet after a rain or dew disposes of the most dangerous foes of the Hybrid Perpetual. The dew and flour make a paste that holds the hellebore on till its work is done. A tea made of tobacco stems will destroy the insects most troublesome in July and August. Trimming should be done in the spring before the sap begins to flow. The following embrace the best of the Hybrid Per- petuals: Alfred Colomb, Anne de Diesbach, Baron de Bonstetten, Baroness Rothschild, Clio, Earl of Dufferin,. 2171, Yello^v Tea Rose, Madame Honore Defresne, popular in the South (X ^). Fisher Holmes, Francois Michelon, Gloire de Margottin,_. Gen. Jacqueminot, Gustavo Piganeau, Heinrich Schul- theis, Jean Liabaud, Jeannie Dickson, Jubilee, La Rosiere, Louis Van Houtte, Mabel Morrison, Mme. Ga- briel Luizet, Marchioness of Lome, Margaret Dickson, Marie Baumann, Marshall P. Wilder, Mrs. John Laing, Pierre Netting, Prince Camille de Rohan, Queen of ■ Queens, Xavier Olibo, Paul Neyron, Ulrich Brunner. The Moss Rose (Bosa .GaUica, var. muscosa) is a universal favorite. The best varieties are Crested, Gra- cilis and Common Moss. Fig. 2157. Seven leaflets are found on most of them. They must be closely pruned. The Perpetual Moss Rose (Bosa GalUca, var. mun- cosa) : These are like the Moss Roses except that they are autumnal bearers. Mme. Edward Ory, Salet and Soupert-et-Notting are the best of this class. The best results can be secured only by close pruning. Sweetbrier (Bosa rtMginosa): Eglantine is a name given to a Rose found in a wild state in various coun- tries. One variety known as Common Sweetbrier, a native of England, is prized wherever known. It owes its popularity not to its flower but to the perfume of its foliage. The attempts made to develop the flower and still retain the fragrance of its foliage have not yet been successful. No better Rose can be found for hedge-, making. Austrian Brier {Bosa Uglanteria ) : This Rose has 7 or9 h 1564 ROSE BOSE leaflets and single flowers of a coppery yeliow color. It is so hardy that it can brave the most rigorous climate where man tills the soil. Persian Yellow, Harisonii and Copper are the most valuable varieties. They should be pruned sparingly. Hybrid Climbing Roses. These are especially useful as pillar Roses. The most valuable are Climbing Jules Margottin (See Fig. 2179, page 1567) and Glory of Ches- hunt. The Prairie Rose (Sosa setigera) is the hardiest of climbers. This quality, with the rapidity and vigor of growth, has given them a wider popularity than any other climbers. The Gem of the Prairie is the only fra- grant Prairie Rose. Baltimore Belle (Pig. 2154) is the least hardy but most beautiful. Other valuable varie- ties are: Queen of the Prairie, Anna Marie and Trium- phant. The pruning knife should be used sparingly. Hybrid China Rose (Sosa Ghinensis forms): Many Roses catalogued as Hybrid Perpetuals properly be- long here. If Ellwanger's suggestion that all French, Provence, Damask and Hybrid Bourbon be grouped un- der the Hybrid Chinas is adopted. Rose classification will be much simplified and little will be lost in accuracy. Madame Plantier Is the best known and most valuable of all the group. Half-hardy Roses: Bourbon Rose {Sosa Botirbon- ica) : This group for the most part is composed of au- tumnal bloomers. They are popular as garden Roses. Hermosa is the freest bloomer. Appoline is the most beautiful. George Peabody and Malmaison are also de- servedly popular. The moderate growers of this group should be closely pruned. The Hybrid Noisette {Sosa Noisettiana, var. hybrida) has made several contributions to the rosarian. The least hardy but the most beautiful members of this group are Madame Noman, Mile. Bonnaire and Eliza Boelle. Rivals in beauty and more hardy are Co- quette des Alpes, Coquette des Blanches. The pruning knife should not be spared with this class. The Hybrid Tea Rose {Sosa Ghinensis, various forms) is more hardy than the Tea Rose and less hardy than the Hybrid Remontants. It is a group destined to have many additions in the not distant future. La France, Captain Christy, Kaiserin Au- guste Victoria, Caroline Testout and Liberty are the best of this class. Some persons like to train Roses to a few canes and tie them to stakes (Fig. 2173). Another practice is to bud them high on brier stocks and to grow them as standards. Most Americans prefer the free-growing bush, blooming from near the ground (Fig. 2174). Edmund M. Mills. Another View of Gar- den B s e - Growing. Roses may be success- fully grown in any soil that will produce fair crops of grain, vegeta- bles or grass. Certainly the best results will be obtained in the more favorable soils and sit- uations, but every one who loves a Rose and possesses a few feet of ground with plenty of sunshine can have his own Rose garden and find pleasure and health in cultivating the queen of flowers. Of course the ideal soil is a rich, deep loam, but a good Rose bed can be made in clay, sand or gravel at little expense and labor. Even the city resident, whose house has been erected on the site of an exhausted brick-yard, can at a from the adjacent stables to make a Rose garden that will grow as good plants and flowers as those of his more favored friends who have acres at their disposal, provided always that the sunlight can reach the beds for at least half of the day. The preparation of the ground is the first step of importance. Roses abhor wet feet, and if the soil is wet it must be thoroughly drained. This can be accom- plished by digging out the bed to a depth of three feet and filling in one foot with broken stone, bricks, cinders or anything that will allow a free passage of the water through the soil. If this is not sufficient and the water is not carried away, provision must be made for this by tile-draining; but, except in very extreme cases, the drainage before mentioned will be found amply suiScient. The composition of the soil should depend on the class of Roses to be grown, for the Hybrid Remontants do best in a heavy soil containing clay, while those having Tea blood prefer a lighter, warmer soil. The beds may be made of any desired shape, but a width of 4 ft. will usually be found the most satis- factory, as a double row can be planted at intervals of 2K ft., which will be all that is necessary for the strongest grojwing varieties, and the blooms can be gathered from each side without the necessity of tramp- ling on the soil. Space may be economized by planting as in the following diagram; 2172. Marechal Niel Rose (X K)- small expense secure sufficient good One of the most popular of the Noisettes, soil from the outskirts and manure Color yellow. The plants will then be 1 ft. from the edge and 30 in, apart, and each plant will be fully exposed to the light and air and will not interfere with its neighbors. In preparing a bed on a lawn, the sod and soil should first be entirely re- moved and placed apart; then the best of the subsoil may be taken out and placed on the other side of the trench, and, lastly, the portion to be discarded, making in all a depth of at least 2 feet. The floor is then loosened to the full depth of a pick-head, the good subsoil replaced and mixed with a generous dress- ing of well-decomposed stable manure; lastly the surface soil and sod well broken up and also thoroughly en- riched with manure, and the bed filled to the level of the ad- joining surface with enough good soil added to replace the dis- carded earth. When the bed has settled the surface should be at least one inch below that of the adjoining sod, in order that all the rainfall be re- tained. The writer be- lieves it to be a serious mistake to make any flower bed higher than the adjacent surface, as in hot weather the soil dries out and the plants suffer for want of moisture. If the bed is intended for the hardy Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant class, it should contain a fair proportion of clay well mixed with the soil. A suf- ficient amount is always present in what is known as a heavy loam. If ROSE EOSE 1565 the soil does not contain this naturally, it should be added and thoroughly incorporated with the other in- gredients. If the bed is intended for Hybrid Teas, Teas, Bourbons or Noisettes, the soil should be lighter, and if naturally heavy should have added to it a proper amount of sand or leaf-mold, and be thoroughly mixed as before. Roses are rank feeders; therefore b6 liberal with manure for every class. Garden Roses can be obtained from the dealers grown in two ways: on their own roots, and budded on the Manetti or briar stock. Figs. 2156, 2175. There is much difference of opinion as to the relative value of the two sorts, and it must be admitted that some of the stronger varieties will do equally well either way; but the opinion of the writer, based upon the experience of nearly a quarter of a century, is that all of the less vigorous varieties are far better budded than on their own roots, and some are utterly worth- less unless budded : notably, Reine Marie Henriette and Vis- countess Folkestone, both charming Roses when well grown. The budded plants are mostly grown in Eu- rope, taken up as soon as the wood is ripened in the autumn, and shipped to us in the dormant state in time for planting in the lati- tude of Philadelphia before the ground is frozen. They are usu- ally received in such excellent condition that rarely one in a hundred of the hardy sorts fails to make a good growth and a fair bloom in the following season. With the tender sorts, dormant plant- ing out of doors in late autumn is attended with much risk, be- cause of the inability of these plants to en- dure the rigors of "our , winters before becom- ing established. Con- sequently they need much more protection than the hardy varie- ties. It is really much better to have the planting deferred until the early spring, if the plants can be safely housed throughout the winter. After they have become successfully established their safety is assured, and they will repay in vigor and excellence the extra work expended upon them. Few amateurs, however, have the conveniences for caring for a number of plants under cover throughout the winter. Therefore they must take the risk of planting in the autumn or culti- vate plants grown on their own roots. The best budded stock the writer has yet found was obtained from nur- series in Ireland, and it has been the uniform testimony of all who have examined them that they had not seen finer out-of-door Roses grown in this section. (For fur- ther discussions of budded and grafted Roses, see page 1574.) Planting Budded Bases.— Koles at least 1 ft. in depth and 15 in. wide should be made for each plant, the collar or point where the bud was inserted and from which the new growth starts placed 2 in. beneath the surface of the soil, the roots spread out and downwards (care being taken that no roots cross each other) and all roots covered with fine soil free from lumps of manure. Fig. 2176. Manure should never be placed in actual contact with the roots, but near at hand, where the new feeding roots can easily reach when growth begins. 2173. Rose trained to a few shoots. See p. I.=i64. 3174. A Rose bush for the corner of the garden. The remaining soil should then be packed in firmly, the surface leveled and covered with about 3 inches of coarse litter and manure, and the long wood cut back to about 18 inches to prevent the plant being whipped and loosened by high winds. This extra wood is left to encourage root action in the spring and should be cut back to three or four eyes as soon as they can be detected when pushing out. Always cut above and close to a strong outside bud, without in- juring it, to develop an open and free head, thus admitting light and air. If the uppermost bud is on the inside surface of the shoot, the new growth will be directed inward, dwarfing and hampering the plant and preventing proper development. The deep planting above de- scribed is necessary to pre- vent suckers from being thrown out by the roots, as these will speedily choke and kill the less vigorous wood which we are endeavoring to de- velop. From the writer's point of view tne only ob- jection to budded plants is this danger of suck- ering from the roots ; therefore no one should attempt to cultivate budded Roses who cannot distinguish the brier should it appear, or who is too careless or indifferent to dig down at once and cut the wild shoot clean off at the root, rubbing it smooth to prevent its starting again. Do this just as soon as you discover it. A very little experience will enable any one to dis- tinguish the brier. The canes are covered with minute thorns and bear seven leaflets, instead of the usual number of five. Should any doubt remain, follow the shoot down through the ground and if it starts below the collar, it is a brier. Remove it. These wild shoots usually appear a few inches outside of the regular growth, rarely inside; consequently there is little diffi- culty in detecting and removing them. Planting Hoses from Pois. — Should Roses grown on their own roots be preferred, they should be planted as soon as the spring weather has fairly settled and all danger of frost is over, that the plants may be firmly established before the heat of summer. Roses planted late in the season never do well, as they cannot attain sufficient vigor to withstand the burning heat of our summer sun. The holes need only be made a little larger than the pot in which the plant is growing. Choose a cloudy day, or the time just before a rain, or late in the afternoon, and, after making the hole, knock the pot off by inverting the plant and striking the edge sharply on a firm substance (the handle of a spade which has been firmly placed in the ground in an upright position will answer nicely). Press the ball of earth firmly between the hands to loosen the earth without injuring the roots, fill the hole with water, insert the plant a very little deeper than it stood in the pot, fill in with soil and pack the earth around firmly. Pot- 2175. Flower of the Manetti Rose, used aj a stock. 1566 ROSE grown plants will always require staking i£ the varie- ties are of upright growth. Tea -ffioscs.— Where the climate is too cold to winter out Tea Roses successfully, a charming effect can be obtained by planting in a bed 6 ft. in width, the rows one foot from the edge and 2 ft. apart, and the bed of any desired length or any multiple of 3 ft. A sectional frame made from tongued and grooved white pine fenc- ing, 2yi ft. in height at the back and 2 ft. in front, fac- ing east or southeast and fastened together with hooks and eyes or screws, the whole covered with ordinary coldf rame sash (6 x 3 ft. ) , will preserve the tender va- rieties through a severe winter. The sash should be freely opened when the temperature is above 30° F. and air admitted during the day when it is 10 or 15° lower. Always close before sunset and open as soon as the sun shines each morning. Opening the sash to keep the plants cool and prevent growth is just as essential as covering to protect from cold, if abundance of flowers is desired. A few days' neglect in opening the sash when the temperature is above 30° will destroy most of the buds for the coming June, as they will be forced out, and one cold night will kill them. Protect from rains or snows, and do not water. Sufficient moisture reaches the roots from the outside to keep the plants in a healthy condition. The writer has a num- ber of Teas that have been grown successfully in such a bed for many years. They give hundreds of fine blooms from May until November and remain so vigorous that many of the new shoots are half an inch in diameter. 2176. A typical dormant Rose Climbing Bases. — These as it should be planted, make a very effective back- A, point where bud was inserted, ground, and if trained on a high wire fence give a beautiful display. The strong-growing varieties should be planted 8 ft. apart and will each easily fill a trellis 9 ft. high. They also look well trained on the house porch, but are much more likely to be attacked by insect enemies there than when planted in the open, where the birds have free access to them, with no fear of disturbance. The birds will not do good work where they are in constant danger of interruption, so Roses grown on porches are usually attacked by aphides and slugs, the leaves becoming riddled and skeletonized, which rarely occurs when they are planted in the open. If Roses are wanted around porches the Microphyllae, white and pink, and the Crimson Rambler can be safely planted, as they are not attacked by the slug, but the blooms do not compare favorably with many other Roses of their habit. The other varieties can also be grown around porches, provided that they can be planted where the drippings from the roof will not fall upon them and they are kept free from slugs. This can be accomplished by free syringing with the hellebore in- fusion to be described later on. Only a few of the climbing Teas can be grown suc- cessfully in the latitude of Philadelphia. Many of the finer varieties are worthless here, in spite of all the pro- tection that can be given them, unless they are covered with glass.. Laraarque, Bouquet d'Or, Cloth of Gold, Triomphe de Rennes, Mar^chal Niel and RSve d'Or have, in the writer's experience, all perished in the first winter, but Reine Marie Henriette, Gloire de Dijon, William Allen Richardson and Celine Porestier will do well and yield satisfactory results. The finest climbing Tea for this latitude is Reine Marie Henriette. It blooms finely and makes a magnificent growth, as may be seen in Fig. 2177. The trellis is 10 ft. wide and 9 ft. high. These varieties should be pruned sparingly by simply ROSE shortening-in the too vigorous shoots and cutting the laterals back to two eyes. Tie all to the trellis in a fan shape, dividing the space as evenly as possible. Fig. 2178 shows the same Reine Marie Henriette pruned and trained on trellis. These continue in flower until November, the early bloom in June being the finest, but many good Roses may be gathered throughout the summer and autumn. With the hardy June-flowering varieties the writer has not had much experience and 2177. Reine Marie Henriette. the finest climbing Tea Rose for the latitude of Philadelphia. This shows the vigorous growth, the trellis being 10 feet wide and 9 feet high. can only recommend Crimson Rambler and Cheshunt Hybrid from actual observation. Both of these are effective in their masses of bloom for about three weeks in each year. Space has been so precious in the garden from which these notes were made that only the most satisfactory varieties were cultivated, and such kinds as Baltimore Belle and Prairie Queen do not compare favorably with others that occupy no more room and give much more gratifying results. . Hybrid Sweetbriers. — The recent introduction of the Marquis of Penzance Hybrid Sweetbriers is a val- uable addition to our collection. All of the 16 varie- ties given in the accompanying list are desirable. The foliage is abundant, healthy, vigorous and fragrant, and the exquisite shading of each variety forms a beautiful contrast with the others. It would be difficult to choose among them, for all are worthy of a place in any garden where there is sufficient space for them to revel. They should have a high trellis and be planted fully 8 ft. apart. The only pruning necessary is to shorten back over-vigorous growth and occasionally remove some of the oldest shoots to prevent overcrowding. Pruning the dwarf growing Hybrid Perpetuals may be commenced late in March and can be regulated by the quantity or quality of the blooms desired. If the ef- fect of large masses be wanted, 4 or 5 canes may be left 3 ft. in height and all very old or weak growth entirely removed. This will give a large number of flowers, effec- tive in the mass but small and with short, weak foot- stalks scarcely able to support the weight of the heads and not effective as cut-flowers, as this sort of pruning is entirely for outside show. After the bloom is entirely over, the long shoots should be shortened back, that the plant may make good and vigorous wood for the next season of bloom. But if quality be desired, all weak growth should be removed, every remaining healthy cane retained and cut back to 6 or 8 inches. Always cut just above an outside bud, to make an open head that will admit light and air freely. After the first season's growth, there may be about three canes to be retained, but with good care and'cultivation the number will increase yearly, until after 15 or 20 years there will be at least as many canes to be utilized. The writer 2178. Illustrating the pruning of ^^^ ^ bed over 20 years the Rose shown in Fig. 2177. '""o™ planting, in which each plant, after close pruning, will measure from 15-18 inches in diameter, each cane throwing up from four to six shoots 1 or 2 ft. in length and sufficiently vigorous in most varieties to hold up the largest flowers and to give magnificent speci- men flowers for cutting. Roses grown in this way do not ROSE HOSE 1567 need stakes. They are sufficiently strong and vigorous to hold erect any weight they may be called upon to bear; but late in the autumn, before the high gales of November arrive, they should be out back to about 2 ft. to prevent their being whipped by the winds, for this would loosen the plant and break the newly-formed feeding roots. The plane should not be cut back to the point suggested for spring pruning, as in the hot Indian summer the upper eyes will surely be forced out and the promised blooms for the ensuing season destroyed; so in pruning for protection from November blasts, enough wood should be left to avoid all danger of the lower buds being forced out. The upper bu.ds always develop earliest. Some varieties will not produce large footstalks under any method of treatment, notably Prince Oamille de Rohan, La Rosarie and Rosieriste J:Li'obs; but almost all the other kinds do better under this method than any other, if quality is desired. Pnming D warf -growing Tea Roses. — Tea Roses will not endure such vigorous cutting back as the Hybrid Remontants. All good strong shoots should be retained unless they form a very close head, when it is better to remove a few from the center. The canes should be shortened about one-third of their length, the branches cut back to 1 or 2 eyes, and after each period of bloom the longest shoots should be trimmed back sparingly. Bourbons need even less trimming. Souvenir de Mal- niaison, Mrs. Paul and others of this class should have only the weak ends of each shoot removed, and no more wood cut away than is necessary to remove weak and unhealthy portions; otherwise very few flowers will be produced. Cultivation.— Jnst before gi'owth commences in the spring, the surplus rough manure should be removed from the beds and all the remaining fine particles forked in. Deep cultivation is not desirable, as the roots are likely to be injured or broken. Three inches in depth is quite sufficient to cultivate a bed that has not been trampled upon, and this should be done with a 4- tined digging-fork, which is less likely to cause injury to roots than a spade. The beds should then be neatly edged and the surface raked off smooth and even. Fre- quent stirring of the surface with a sharp rake is all that is necessary afterwards, until the buds begin to develop. Then half a gallon of weak liquid manure ap- plied around the roots of each plant just before a shower will be eagerly appreciated and assimilated. The manure water should be prepared beforehand, and as soon as a good promise of rain appears, all hands should be called into service and every plant given a full ration. One person should dig a shallow trench with a garden trowel around each plant, the nest follow and fill with the liquid manure, being careful to avoid be- smirching tlie leaves ; afterwards the bed can be raked over level and the rain will wash the dainty food to the eager roots, and thrift and glory will result. This feed- ing may be repeated with benefit every week until the season of bloom is over, after which stimulation should cease and the plants be permitted to perfect the new wood for the next season's growth. Little pruning is necessary with "cut -backs." So much wood has been removed in gathering the blooms that but little more is left than is needed to keep the plants vigorous and healthy. There is another advantage from the system of close pruning : all growths are so strong and vigor- ous that they are better able to resist any inroads either of insects or disease. The greenfly seldom ap- pears, but when detected may be readily kept down by repeated syringing with tobacco-water or Quassia infusion. The belief that Roses exhaust the soil in a few years and require to be changed into new ground is generally accepted, and is true in most cases; but when beds are formed as previously described and budded Roses planted, the vigorous feeding roots find sufficient nutri- ment in their far-reaching growth to support a healthy development of wood and flowers for many years, espe- cially if a generous top-dressing of manure be applied each autumn and liquid manure supplied liberally dur- ing the development of the buds. A top-dressing of wood ashes after the first spring cultivation will restore the potash to the soil and materially increase the vigor of the wood and flowers. Insect Enemies. — The most formidable is the Rose beetle, which revels in the petals and buds of our choicest plants, usually selecting the light-colored varieties and workine havoc and ruin wherever he appears. Hand-picking is the only eflfective remedy, and a quart can half filled with kerosene oil is a good place into which to drop the offender. He is easily caught when discovered, as he may readily be upon examination of each bud and flower. The aphis or greenfly is found on the extreme ends of the shoots and young buds. This is the cow of the ants and is tended and milked by them. The aphis in- creases with enormous rapidity, and unless destroyed robs the plant of its vitality by sucking out the sap. A decoction of tobacco stems is made by half filling a barrel with refuse stems from a tobacco factory and filling the barrel with water. After this has been macerated, syringe the plants every day with the decoc- tion until the enemy is defeated. In extreme cases, where the aphis has become firmly established, the remedy proposed by Mr. B. R. Cant, an English rosarian, may be required. He says: "Take four ounces of Quassia chips and boil them ten minutes in a gallon of soft water; strain it and while cooling dissolve in it four ounces of soft soap (or whale-oil soap). To this maybe added another gallon or two of water. The plants should be syringed with this and all badly infested shoots dipped into it. Pure water should follow the next day to cleanse the shoots." If, at the flrst appear- ance of these pests, the finger and thumb are used to rub them oft and destroy them, much subsequent trouble will be saved. Slugs are usually found on the under side of the leaves and may be discovered by the skeletonized appearance of the leaf. To destroy them, make a decoction of powdered white hellebore, with one heap- ing tablespoonful to a pail (about four gallons) of boll- 3179. Climbing Jules Margottin (X /i). One of the Hybrid Climbing Roses. See p. 1.564. ing water. After cooling, apply with a syringe or, better, with a whisk broom. Push the top of the plant away with the left hand and, with the broom dipped in the solution, throw the drug up and against the leaves. One thorough application will usually suffice, but if the slug has appeared in previous years, anticipate his com- 1568 ROSE ROSE ing and apply the hellebore solution before any mischief has been done and repeat later, should any evidences of his presence be detected. This aggressive offender is the larva of a small winged moth, and the presence of any insect of this sort in the vicinity of a Rose should always be regarded with suspicion. The bark louse, or white scale, survives the winters and is usually found on old wood. It can best be treated before the growth begins in the spring. A solution of fifteen grains of corrosive sublimate to one pint of water, brushed over the stalks wherever the lice harbor, will speedily destroy all. As corrosive sublimate is a very powerful poison, great care should be taken in its use. List of Roses that have been tested by the writer and can be recommended for gardens : ffybrid Perpetual Bases.— Alfred Colomb, Alfred K. Williams, Annie Wood, Baroness Rothschild, Captain Hayward, Caroline d'Arden, Charles Lefebvre, Clio, Countess of Oxford, Dinsmore, Dr. Andry, Duke of Edinburgh, Duke of Teok, Etienne Levet, Eugenie Verdier, Fisher Holmes, Fran?ois Michelon, General Jacqueminot, Giant of Battles, Heinrioh Schultheis, Her Majesty, James Brownlow, Jeannie Dickson, John Hopper, James D. Paul, Lady Helen Stewart, Mabel Morrison, Madame Gabriel Luizet, Magna Charta, Mai'chioness of Lome, Margaret Dickson, Marie Bau- mann, Marie Verdier, Merveille de Lyon, Mrs. John La- ing, Mrs. R. G. Sharman Crawford, Paul Neyron (Fig. 2169), Pride of Waltham, Prince Arthur, Prince Camille de Rohan, Rosslyn, Rev. J. B. M. Camm, Suzanne Mario Rodocanachi, Ulrich Brunner, Xavier Olibo. Mylirid Tea.— Augustine Guinoiseau, Captain Christy, Caroline Testout, Gloire Lyonnaise, Kaiserin Augusta Victoria, Madame Joseph Combet, Miss Ethel Richard- son, Souvenir du President Camot, Souvenir de Madame Eugenie Verdier, Viscountess Folkestone. Mr. Alexander B. Scott recommends the following additional H. T. varieties : Antoine Rivoire, Baldwin, Bessie Brown, Gruss an Teplitz, Killamey, Lady Clan- morris, Madame Jules Grolez. Tea-scented Moses .— Alptionse Karr, Comtesse Riza du Pare, Duchesse de Brabant, Etoile de Lyon, Francisca Kruger, Innocente Pirola, Isabella Sprunt, Madame Lambard, Madame Moreau, Maman Cochet, Madame Joseph Schwartz, Marie van Houtte, Papa Gontier, Sa- frano. Souvenir d'un Ami, The Queen, White Maman Cochet. Moss Bases.— Comtesse deMurinais, Blanche Moreau, Crimson Globe, Laneii, Princess Adelaide. Climbing Boses.-Crimso-a Rambler, Cheshunt Hy- brid, Gloire de Dijon, Celine Porestier, Reine Marie 2180. The old-fashioned yellow uprieht Rose (X 34). Henriette, Pink Microphylla, White Microphylla, Madame Alfred Carriere. Hybrid Siveetbriers.— Amy Rohsart, Annie of Geier- stein, Brenda, Catherine Seyton, Edith Bellendeu, Flora Molvor, Green Mantle, Jeannie Deans, Julie Mannering, Lady Penzance, Lord Penzance, Lucy Ashton, Lucy Bertram, Meg Merrilies, Minna, Rose Bradwardine. The Hybrid Wichuraianas look promising, but have not been tested by the writer. It is not intended that this list is by any means com- plete. There must be many good Roses that will do well under favorable conditions of which the writer has no personal knowledge. The collection is sufficiently large, Rosa rueosa ( X K) ■ however, for a beginning, and any one who has the time, energy and means may add to it, if he can bear disappointment cheerfully If one in a dozen of the highly lauded va-. rieties in the dealers' catalogues prove satisfactory, the experimenter should be well satisiied. He can dig out and throw away the other eleven and try it again, in the hope that he may find a new queen worthy of his hom- age. Much of the charm of growing Roses is derived from the accurate knowledge of each variety by name. Yet few amateurs ever accomplish this, chiefly because the labels have been lost or misplaced, and not infrequently a plant becomes known to the cultivator by a name be- longing to a neighboring specimen whose label has been misplaced, and replaced on the wrong plant. To obviate this a record should be made in a book kept for the pur- pose, with a chart for each bed. This should be done at once after the plants are set out and before the labels have become detached. Many vexatious mistakes might be prevented by some such plan as the following: 19 17 15 13 11 20 18 16 14 12 10 7 5 1 to 6. Her Majesty, 7 to 12. Margaret Dickson, 8 to 15. Gloire Lyonnaise, 16 to 20. White Baroness. ROBEKT HuEY. Garden Roses near Chicago. — Climatic conditions surrounding the bluff lands bordering Lake Michi- gan, some twenty miles north of Chicago, are not congenial to the successful cultivation of outdoor Roses as a class, and only those possessing the most robust constitution among the Hybrid Perpetuals should be grown. Ample winter protection must be given along the lines indicated in the article in this work entitled Winter Pratection. The soil is all that could be de- sired, being a rich yellow clay loam. The trouble seems to be in the severity of the winters, where heavy falls of snow are infrequent, and the springs late and fickle, warm winds from the southwestern prairies alternating with chilling moisture-laden breezes from the lake. The beds are excavated to a depth of 2 ft., good drainage given, and then filled with a compost of rotted ^1, 'P' v^ »i-^3^<; \..jf.j >f. ..^. .„.. > r. -^!? ^C Plate XXXVI. Kosr. Ameiicsn Beauty. ROSE EOSE 1569 BOd and cow manure. Each spring following, some ma- nure and bone meal is forked into the surface. Liquid manure is given in June when the Roses are in full bloom, and a few times thereafter. The Roses are thoroughly sprayed with Bordeaux mixture when the leafage is fairly out, and once every three or four weeks 2182. Russian form of Rasa rugosa (X M). "afterwards. Hand-piolcing seems the best method of destroying the worms affecting the buds, and frequent drenchings with the hose abolish the other enemies. In the fall the canes are bent down and fastened to the base of their neighbors, and remain procumbent until the spring cutting-in, which is delayed as late as possi- ble in order not to incite too early a start and to force the buds to "break" low down. After the leaves used in the winter protection have been removed, and the board roof also, the sides of the "box" are allowed to remain a short time in order to shield from the winds. The winter of 1898-9 was unuisually severe and did "more damage to the Roses and other material than any other winter which the writer has experienced at Highland Park. Following is a list of the so-called Hy- brid Remontants (H. R.) that wintered then— under pro- tection—and came out in good condition. These varie- ties may therefore be considered the most suitable for this and kindred climates: Prince Camille de Rohan, H. R. ; Magna Charta, H. Ch. ; Mrs. R. G. Sharman Craw- ford, H. R. ; General Jacqueminot (Rousselet), H. R. ; Captain Christy, H. T. (Hybrid Tea); La Rosiere, H. R. ; Captain Hayward, H. R. ; Mrs. Paul, Bour. ; Gar- den Favorite, H. R. ; Louis Van Houtte, H. R. ; Paul Neyron, H. R. (Fig. 2169) ; John Hopper, H. R. The following dozen were in fair condition after the winter and recovered their form during the season: Mme. Victor Verdier, H. R. ; Pierre Netting, H. R. ; Anne de Diesbach, H. R.; Ulrich Brunner, H. R. ; Bar- onne Prevost, H. B. ; Eugene Furst, H. B. ; Prince of Wales, H. R. ; Alfred Colomb, H. R. ; Lyonnaise, H. R. ; Mme. Gabriel Luizet, H. R. ; Countess of Oxford, H. R. The list of those that winter-killed is too numerous to give, but it is a singular fact that the first list contains forms classed among the Teas and Bourbons. Of the climbing forms that were unprotected, Sosa setigera and its offspring, Prairie Queen, were somewhat injured ; but Greville (Seven Sisters), Crimson Rambler, Thalia, Paul's Carmine Pillar, Multiflora and the Dawson Rose were in fairly good condition when wintered under protection. The failures even when protected were Aglaia, Alister Stella Gray, Euphrosyne, Russell's Cottage, Baltimore Belle, Tennessee Belle. The typical Sweetbriers proved hardy unprotected, but the hybrids of them were killed. Protected S. Wichuraiana and its hybrids killed back to the roots ; H. rugosa and most of its hybrids, especially those of Jackson Daw- son and Prof. J. L. Budd, unprotected, were all right; Mme. Georges Bruant (Fig. 2165), protected, was killed. Most of the Moss Roses stood well unprotected, espe- cially Crested Moss. Clothilde Soupert and Hermosa are the best bedders for permanent planting when protected, and the so- called Fairy Roses stand fairly well, especially Mile. Cecile Brunner. Papa Gontier and Kaiserin Augusta Victoria are among the best of the more tender class that require the protection of a pit in winter. They seem to stand the biennial root disturbance well. La France browns in the bud under our sun, and, strange ' to relate, the writer cannot grow that splendid Rose Mrs. John Laing successfully, either on its own roots or budded. S. rtibrifoHa (or ferrnginea), S. spinosis- sima, var. Altaica, R. nitida, K. lucida and -K. humilis were hardy without protection. -yf. C. Egan. Future Boses for the Prairie States.— West of Lake Michigan, and north of the 42d parallel, the fine Rosea grown in the open air in the eastern and southern states can be grown only by systematic pruning and winter covering. Of well-known old varieties liardy enough to winter without protection, the list is short. Madame Plantier, White Harison, and Jlosa rugosa with some of its hybrids, are hardy between the 40th and 44th parallel, and still farther north the East Eu- ropean -K. rugosa and such of its hybrids as Snow- light; Empress of the North and Sosa majalis fl. pi,, are grown successfully. Figs. 2181 and 2182 show forms of Sosa rugosa; also Figs. 2162-64. Of the newer hybrids of S. rugosa now quite widely tested, the most desirable are I. A. C. (Fig. 2183) , Ames, Madame Georges Bruant (Fig. 2184), Madame Charles Frederick Worth, and Thusnelda. Kaiserin (Fig. 2185) is also to be commended. It is suggestive that these have come from crossed seeds of what is known in Europe as Sosa rugosajV&i. Regeliana (p. 1556), and which we know as the Russian Bosa rugosa. The first two named came from seeds of Mosa Segeliana introduced by the writer in 1883 crossed with pollen of General Jacqueminot, and the last three were developed from seeds of M. Segeliana in Germany as stated by L. Spath, of Rixdorf near Berlin. They are all fine double Roses of the class shown in Fig. 2183, of the two produced at Ames, and all have retained to a large extent the foliage and habit of blooming of S. rugosa. The Russian S. rugosa as introduced from Russia by the writer is divided into two very distinct classes. Tiie one from the Amur valley in 2183. The I. A. C. Rose (X %). One of the best hybrids of Bosa rugosa for the prairie states. (I. A. C.=Iowa Agricultural College.) North Central Asia is a very strong, upright grower with lighter colored bark, stronger thorns, thicker and more rugose leaves, and larger flowers than the Japan type, but its hips are smaller. The one from Russia in Europe is spreading and pendent in habit. When 4 ft. in height it has a spread of top of fully 6 ft. Its leaves 1570 EOSE ROSE also have a darker shade of green than the Japanese type, and its buds are longer, more pointed, and show between the narrow folded petals shades of rich red. and crimson. Its clusters of flowers also differ, As it has four to five flower-buds together, while the Japanese type has only two to three. In addition, we now know by trial that both these Russian types may be grown suc- cessfully two degrees farther north than the Japanese a. rugosa. The work of crossing the Russian H. rugosa began at the Iowa Agricultural College in June, 1892. The pollen of over a dozen of the best garden varieties was used, but that of General Jacqueminot was used most exten- sively, as it produces pollen most freely. The flnal result was quite unexpected, as no double variety with rugose leaves was produced when the pollen of any variety was used except that of General Jacqueminot. JFrom497 flowers of JR. rugosa fertilized with pollen from General Jacqueminot, we grew 255 plants. From these we were able to select over 20 varieties with double flowers ranging in number of petals from 15 to 150, with handsome rugosa foliage and surprising vigor of growth. Nearly all showed the crimson color of petals of the male parent. At the same time we pollinated the blossoms of our native species Hosa blanda and JRosa Arkansana with pollen of General Jacqueminot and other Hybrid Per- petuals, but wholly without valuable results, as the crosses seemed too violent. Most of the hybrids showed modified foliage and habit of growth, but all except three bore single flowers. The three double varieties developed blossom-buds freely, but in no oases have the blossoms expanded into perfect flowers. When appar- ently ready to expand they began to turn black in the center and drop off. It is also well to state that the pollen of White and Yellow Harison used on Sosa rugosa, var. Segeliana, developed remarkably vigorous hybrids which gave clusters of promising buds, but up to the present not a single flower-bud has fully ex- panded. The late E. S. Carman, however, reported better results with this cross of Harison's Yellow and rugosa (A. G. 1890, p. 665), and a picture of one of his hybrids is shown in Pig. 2186. As in Europe, our marked success has been with the pollen of General J acqueminot, which seems to show a near affinity to all the types of B. rugosa. With increased experience other cultivated varieties will be discovered that will cross in a profitable way with R. rugosa. and still others will be found that will cross profitably with our native species. At present, how- ever, the east European JR. rugosa seems to be the most promising progenitor of the future Roses of the North- west. We already have fine double varieties with 60 petals, such as the I. A. C, with the rich color of General Jacqueminot and the fine leaves of H. rugosa. The main trouble at present is in propagation. As with the type, the best hybrids of S. rugosa are difficult to grow from cuttings. We find that they can be budded readily on strong seedlings of our native species. It may be in the near future that the seeds of the large-growing Wild Roses of the Black Hills will be used by propagators for stock-growing. When that time comes we already have varieties hardy enough for the North that compare favorably with the best varieties of more equable climates. Strong-growing stocks are advised, as the vigor of some of the hybrids is remark- able. On the writer's lawn is a bush of the Ames variety three years old that stands 7 ft. high, with several stems three-fourths of an inch in diameter. J. L. BUDD. Boses in Southern Caliiomia. — In many localities in southern California the Queen of Flowers attains a per- fection probably found nowhere else. That this perfec- tion is not general throughout southern California is partially owing to adverse conditions, such as great range of temperature during each twenty-four hours, heavy fogs at critical periods, etc., but as a rule, failure in whole or in part is due to the lack of intelligent treat- ment. The chief obstacle to successful culture is the attempt to produce blooms every day of the year. Although this practice is quite an impossibility with any Rose, the evil is still persisted in by ninety-nine in every hundred possessors of a garden. While Roses are grown in great profusion -in' Los Angeles, few, if any, do as well here as in Pasadena, which, although only nine miles distant, has the advantage of being several hundred feet higher than Los Angeles, and therefore less subject to fog or great range in daily temperature. In some places a certain few Roses will produce an astonishingly flne crop of bloom, when but a mile or two distant, with no change of soil and very slight difference in altitude, they will be utterly worth- less; while a like number of other varieties will give as good returns as those first mentioned. Consequently the common inquiry at a nursery as to "What are the best dozen Roses I can grow?" is usually met by the equally pertinent query: "In what part of the city do you live?" Many Roses do fairly well everywhere, and among these Duchesse de Brabant more nearly produces a con- tinuous crop of blossoms than any other. For this reason it stands in a class by itself and is not consid- ered in the appended list of the best dozen Roses for southern California, though every one should grow at least one bush of this variety. Along with the Duchesse might well be placed the Polyantha Madame Cecil Brunner, and the climbers Cherokee, Banksia, Ophire (or Gold of Ophir), Beauty of Glazenwood or Fortune's Double Yellow. AH these produce most wonderful crops, but none more so than the last mentioned, which in favored regions produces a wealth of flowers simply dazzling to behold. Many well-known Californian writers assert that Gold of Ophir and Beauty of Glazen- wood are one and the same Rose, but this is by no means the case and the writer can furnish satisfactory ocular proof to any who choose to doubt this statement. Gold of Ophir was here for many years before the other made its appearance, and some of the original plants are still growing on many of the old homesteads of Loa Angeles and vicinity. All the Roses named thus far are worthy of a place in any garden. One of the chief causes of failure by the average amateur is the lack of an intelligent knowledge of the plant's first requirement— recurring periods of absolute rest. These necessary resting periods are best secured by the withholding of the water supply. Most amateurs, and a majority of self-styled "gardeners," persist, against all rules of common sense, in planting Roses either in the lawn or in mixed borders with other plants. In either case, all but the Roses require a con- stant watering. Having planted in this fashion, the grower has cast away all chances of first-class results. Rose beds should never be made a feature in landscape gardening, as the plants when dormant and judiciously pruned are unsightly objects at best. The most obscure spot obtainable with the proper exposure is the place to grow flowers. To obtain the best results the Rose requires the same amount of rest here that it secures where the winter season leaves the grower no alterna- tive. But the same amount of rest may here be given semi-annually, with equally as good and perhaps better results than is possible with one long annual period of inactivity. The writer firmly believes that with a proper exercise of intelligence in the selection of varieties and subse- quent care of plants, better results can be obtained in California than in any other state in the Union. Though some few localities must be excepted, they form but a very small area and may be passed with a mere men- tion of their existence. Climate is the all-important feature of Rose culture in this section, and if that be satisfactory the character of the soil makes little dif- ference. Our dry summer air is a serious drawback to the growth of many Roses, there being few places where Moss Roses thrive, and these must be grown in whole or partial shade. Niphetos and Marechal Neil are good examples of Roses requiring partial shade if good re- sults are desired. Many localities cannot grow the two last mentioned, or such as Perle des Jardins, Meteor, Catherine Mermet, Francisca Kruger, Reine Marie Henriette, and many others, on account of mildew. Even among varieties whose buds are immune, it is often impossible to get foliage unaffected. Injudicious watering is more largely to blame for these unfavorable conditions than any other agency. Laurette is a Rose which often produces the only perfect flowers to be ROSE BOSB 1571 found among a nundred varieties, and this is particu- )ii'ly the case in places visited by heavy frosts, Lau- lette remaining unscathed, while all others are more or less blasted. The great Rose of the eastern United States, American Beauty, is almost a complete failure here and is not worth 1,'rowiug except in a very few, well -favored gardens, and even there it is far from being perfect. Many Roses, too, are of little value here unless b u d d e d or grafted. Of this class Mareclial Niel is the most striking example. Instances may be found where this Rose has thrived unusually on ils own roots, but such cases are mariied exceptions. Some few peo pie maintain that all Roses are best on their own roots, but such opinions are easily refuted by con- sulting any of our veteran rosarians. The undersigned does not advise the purchase of auy such stock, no matter how much is claimed for it, or how widely advertised it may be. The best Roses he has ever seen were root-' grafted, but of course th procedure is too expensive for the general nurseryman, and the l>ulk of our local winter and spring. Jja France for many years was the leading Rose in California and grew well, budded or on its own roots, in almost any locality, but is now rapidly becoming a thing of the past, though it can never be wholly discarded, for it is still, in a few gardens, the queen of the family. Its involuntary retirement from our Rose gardens is due entirel}' to a "die back" (an- thracnose), which affects many other plants than the Rose, but seems to have a special liking for La France. Thus far no cure has been found. 2184. Full-blo\vn flower of Madame Georges Bruant Rose. NiLturul size stock is budded on Mauetti or Maiden's Blush, though the Dog Rose {Jiosa eanina) and even the Banksia are often used. Those Roses grown on their own roots are usually propagated from hardwood cuttings, grown out of doors, and December is usually the best month, though the writer has successfully rooted them from October to March, according to the variety. Bust bothers us but little; likewise scale, though in many neglected gardens the bush and climbers alike maybe found covered with both the rose scale and the red scale of the orange. Fuller's rose beetle is a nuisance only in small areas, but green aphis is quite a pest in Below will be found a list of the best dozen bush and half dozen climbing Roses for southern Cali- fornia, compiled from lists furnished the writer by the best six nurserymen and growers in Los Angeles. An increasing demand for ]\Iaman Cochet is quite marked, and the few "White Maman Cochet yet grown here seems to mark it as the coming white Rose for this section. The following lists place the varieties in the order of their desirability for either florist or fancier, \\hen grown out of doors; Biisli Itosex. — Marie Van Houtte, Madame Lanibard, Maman Cochet, Papa Oontier, Kaiserin Augusta Vic- toria, Laurette, The Bride, Catherine JNlermet, Meteor, Perle des .lardins, Caroline Testout, Elise Sauvage. (?n«iiit clean, and practically all the inside of the house thoroughly cleaned. When this is done, take two or three lumps of stone sulfur or brimstone and burn it in the house, preferably in the afternoon *hile the sun is still hot. As soon as the sulfur is set on fire and burn- ing suiHciently, shut up the house as tight as possible and leave it till the next morning. After this the benches should be thoroughly washed with hot lime over the en- tire inside surface. The house is then ready for the new soil to be put in. This should be composed of good fresh loamy soil, preferably of a rather heavy texture; to each part of manure add 3 or not more than 4 parts of soil, the whole thoroughly fined and all lumps broken up. This compost should be prepared some time in ad- vance and be turned over several times before it is wanted for the greenhouse. If this has been done, all that is necessary now is to bring in sufficient soil to fill the benches. Level it all over without treading or press- ing in any form; then start to fill the house with plants. For the ordinary varieties such as Bride, Bridesmaid, in fact nearly all the Tea varieties, an average of 14-15 inches apart from plant to plant each way is about the right distance. When planting press the soil firmly around the ball of each plant and when the whole house is planted water the plants sufficiently to soak the soil to the bottom of the bench, but do not saturate the whole of the soil. It is far better to direct the water straight to each individual plant and then syringe the whole; this will moisten the other soil on the surface without making it unduly wet. Give all air possible to the plants day and night during hot weather. Syringe in very hot weather twice a day if it is necessary to keep humidity in the house and get the plants started into clean, vigorous growth. This treatment can be fol- lowed for four or five weeks until the plants begin to start their roots into the new soil ; then go over the whole of the benches and press the soil as firmly as pos- sible. Be careful not to break the plants in doing so, but it is absolutely necessary that the soil should be thoroughly settled and firm. After this, rake the whole surface over with a blunt - pointed rake so as just to make it level, water as before and as soon as the plants recover from this; in other words, as soon as they show they are starting new growths mulch the soil with a lit- tle manure, but in putting on the mulch never exceed half an inch at a time, as the plants need air at the roots as they do at the tops. If the flowers are not wanted early, it is better to pinch all the buds off the plants as fast as they appear up to the end of September. This gives the plants an opportunity to make strong, sturdy growth and build up a constitution equal to withstand the pressure of winter forcing. As the fall approaches and cooler nights come on, the air should be reduced proportionately at night, although it is better to maintain a little night ventilation as long as possible, even if it is necessaiy to use a little fire heat to expel the damp. After the plants begin to bloom they will need careful watching, as the days will be get- ting shorter and somewhat cloudy. It is important to avoid overwatering, but, at the same time, they should never be allowed to suffer for the want of moisture. Syringing should be done more carefully at this sea- son of the year, or black-spot and various other dis- eases may appear. To obtain the best class of flowers during the entire winter the average night temperature should not be al- lowed to exceed 56° on bright warm days. Of course, with an abundance of air on, the temperature can be al- lowed to run up to 75°, 80° or even 90° on some very bright warm days. Mildew, which is one of the worst pests of greenhouse- grown Roses in the fall of the year, can be largely avoided by an abundance of air at all times. Should it ROSE ROTHBOCKIA 1577 make its appearance, sulfur on the heating pipes is the best remedy that can be applied. Bed spider also will become troublesome if the plants are allowed to get dry in any spots, or too high a temperature is carried. This can be avoided by liberal syringing on all bright days, thoroughly soaking the under side of all the foliage. If the greenhouses are constructed to grow plants on the solid bed instead of rjiised benches, the same method of cultivation should be followed and not more than 5 or 6 inches of soil should be used on the surface; have a thoroughly drained border ; in all other respects cultivation would be the same as for bench system. After the plants get into thorough, strong, vigorous growth and producing abundance of flowers, say from Christmas onwards, a mulching of well-de- composed manure every five or six weeks in very limited quantities will be beneficial, and if the plants have made exti'a strong growth and all the soil is occupied with roots in the benches towards the end of February, liquid manure can be applied once in very three or four weeks with considerable benefit. This treatment should carry the plants success- fully through to the end of their blooming season. If the plants are kept in good, healthy, vig- orous condition they could be carried through for a second season's work if necessary. To do this it would be necessary to dry them off somewhat, say through July and part of Au- gust for four to six weeks, so as to ripen the wood thoroughly without wilting the leaves completely. Then they could be pruned back to good, sound, plump eyes at the base of the strong shoots and all the small spray growth cut out. Then the plants can be lifted with a good ball of earth, so as to save as much of the roots as possible, replanted into new soil, and practicilly treated the same as young stock. If grafted stock is preferred instead of own-root cuttings as above described, they can be treated according to regular instruc- tions given by many authorities on grafting. Cultiva- tion of these is in all respects identical with the above, except as to the rooting of the cuttings. John N. May. BOSE ACACIA. SoMnia hispida. EOSE APPLE. Eugenia Jambos: EOSEBAY. Same as Oleander. See Iferium. Epilo- bium angustifoUum is sometimes called Hosebay, EOSE CAMPION. Lychnis Coronaria. BOSE, CHEISTMAS. Efelleborus niger. EOSE, JAPANESE. Kerria Japoniea. EOSE MALLOW. Eibiscus. EOSEMABY or OLD MAN. See Bosmarinus. EOSE OF CHINA. Hibiscus Rosa- Sinensis. EOSE OF HEAVEN, Lychnis .Cceli-rosa. BOSE - or - JEEICHO is Anastaiiea Sierochuntica. See JResurrection Plants. EOSE OF SHAEON. Eibiscus Syriacus. BOSE, BOCK, Oistus and Selianthemum. BOSE, SUN. Selianthemum. I Jink i BOSIN PLANT. BOSm WEED. Silphium. Silphium laciniatum. 2190. A forcine Tea Rose — Mrs. v/ , c. Whitney (X Ys). EOSMABINUS (Latin, sea-dew; the plant is common on the chalk hills of the south of France and near the seacoast). LabiAtce. Rosemary is a nearly hardy sub- shrub, with aromatic leaves which are used for season- ing. It has small, light blue ilowers, which are much sought for by bees. Oil of Rosemary is a common preparation in drug stores. It is a volatile oil distilled from the leaves. The Ivs. are also used in making Hun- gary water. In northern herb gardens it lasts for years . if given well-drained soil and some winter protection. Pranceschi recommends it for hedges in S. Calif., espe- cially for dry and rocky places near the coast. Generic characters : calyx 2-lipped ; posterior lip con- cave, minutely 3-toothed; anterior 2-cut; corolla with posterior lip erect, emarginate, anterior lip spreading, 3-out, the middle lobe longest, concave, declined: per- fect stamens 2 ; style 2-cut at apex. The genus is . placed near Salvia, being distinguished by the calyx being only shortly 2-lipped, not hairy in the throat and the connective of the anthers continuous with the fila- ment and indicated only by a slender reflexed tooth. officinMis, Linn. Rosemary. Old Man. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. numerous, linear, with revolute mar- gins : fls. axillary, iu short racemes, borne in early spring. Mediterranean region. V. 3:61. -^ jj BOTHBOCKIA (Prof. J. T. Rothrock, head of Penhsyl- vania forestry dept., and author of the botanical part . of Wheeler's U. S. geological surveys of the region in which the plant was discovered). Aselepiaddcece. A genus of a single species, a perennial herb, with some- what woody stems, spreading and twining: Ivs. woolly: fls. in loose racemes, in axils of the- Ivs.: follicles 4-5.. in. long, glabrous, fusiform, ofteuiusedias a vegetable. . where native: corolla rotate, deeply 5-cleft; crown sim- ple, inserted at the junction of oorell* ajid ,stamen-tube, 1578 ROTHROOKIA RUBUS 5-parted; stigma abruptly produced from the top into a column having a 3-orested apex. Syn. Flora N. Amer., vol. 2, part 1, p. 403. cordifdlia, A. Gray. Lvs. opposite, slender-petioled, cordate, acutely acuminate: fls. white or whitish, in racemes; corolla - lobes 3-4 lines long. Along water- courses near the borders of Arizona. Cnlt. in S. Calif. F. W. Barclay. EOTIGE PLANT. Bivina humilis. EO'&PALA (probably a native name in Guiana). Also spelled Xopala, Mhopalu, etc. Prote&cece . A genus of about 40 species of the tropical regions of S. America. They are mostly woody plants, with handsome ever- green lvs., either simple or pinnate: fls. usually incon- spicuous, in axillary or lateral racemes, pedicelled in pairs, hermaphrodite, regular ; perianth cylindrical, rather straight, but little dilated at the base; the limb somewhat globular: ovary sessile; ovules 2, pendulous, orthotropous. A. Hairs rust-colored. Pdhlii, Meisn. (R. Coreovadinsis, Hort.). A tree with branches clothed with rusty colored woolly tomeutum: lvs. 1 ft. or more long, pinnate, with 5-8- pairs of Hts. which are 3-5 in. long, on stout petiolules 1 in. or less long, ovate or ob liquely ovate, acuminate, acutely serrate: fls. K in. long, white or yellowish, in nearly ses- sile axillary racemes 3-5 in. long. B.M. 6095 AA. Hairs golden. [^ afirea, Linden. According to Belg, Hort. 1866:202, this species was named ■ for the golden hairs covering the upper parts of the stem and pet- ioles. Brazil.— Rare and imper- fectly known, but still offered in America. U. Jdnghei, Hort., is a plant offered by Siebrecht which does not appear in botanical works. F. W. Baeolat. ROWAN. Sorbus Aucuparia. ROYAL CROWN. Unicornis. ROYAL FERN. Osmunda re-, galis. ROYAL PALM. Oreodoxa regia. ETJBBER PLANTS. Various plants furnish Rubber. The best gutta percha is said to be produced by Isonan- dra Outta (which see), a native of India. For the Rub- ber Tree of South America, see Hevea Brasiliensis, p. 741. The Rubber Tree of tropical Africa is Landolphia florida; see B.M. 6963. The Rubber Plant of horticul- turists is Ficus elastica. Rt'BIA (Latin, red; referring to the color of the dye extracted from the root). Bubld.ce(B. B. tinctorum is the dye-plant called Madder, the long, fleshy roots of which are ground to powder. According to Thorburn, Madder furnishes a good green fod- der if cut the second year when in flower. The genus consists of about 30 species of scabrous, hispid or prickly herbs widely scattered about the world, mostly in the temperate regions. Lvs. in whorls of 4-8 or rarely opposite: lvs. small to minute, in axillary or terminal cymes, 5-mer- ous ; involucre none ; calyx - limb wanting ; corolla rotate or rotate- bell-shaped, 5-lobed; ovary 2-loculed or abortively 1-celled. tinctdrum, Linn. {B. tinetdria, Salisb.). Maddeb, A scandent herbaceous perennial: lvs. 2-4 in. long, sessile or very short-petioled, mostly lanceolate, not cordate, in whorls of 4-6: cymes terminal, panicled, spreading, leafy. p^ y7. Barclay. 2191. To illustrate the fruit - bearing of the black Raspberry. ROYAL PEACOCK FLOWER Poinciana regia. If the mam cane or ROYfiNA (Adrian van Royen, stem on the left grew in professor of botany in Univ. of rot?B)|S^^"?nSf Leyden; died 1779). Ehendcem. and at the close of the Boyena lucida is one of the old- season of 1900, the whole time Cape shrubs formerly cult, cane had died or be- under glass for ornament in Eng- come very weak. If the land and lately offered in S. Call- cane had been examined fornia. It has small white fls. S.^'rn™^ ^i^^been about % m. across, with 5 more ^^^^ (^g above A) from or less reflexed lobes. Royena which was to grow the is a genus of about 13 species of fruit-bearing shoot, evergreen shrubs or small trees, 2 of which are native to tropical Africa and the rest to the Cape. The genus is distinguished from the 4 or 5 other genera of the ebony family by the flowers being hermaprodite instead of dioecious and the stamens in a single series. Other generic characters (taken from the Flora of Tropical Africa) : calyx often accrescent in fruit; lobes 5, rarely 4; corolla bell- or urn-shaped, 5-cleft; lobes reflexed; stamens 10, inserted at the base of the corolla -tube: ovary conical; styles or style- branches 2^: fr. globose to oblong, leathery, indehis- cent. ' Iticida, Linn. Tender shrub: lvs. ovate, the younger ones silky: peduncles about a third as long as the lvs.: corolla bell-shaped. S. Africa. B.R. 32:40. R'&BIIS (Latin name, ultimately connected with ruber, Tei). Bosiceie. Bramble. Blackberries and Raspberries. A most variable and puzzling genus, containing perhaps 200 fairly well-marked species and numberless intermediate forms. As many as 1,500 spe- cies have been described. The genus is particularly strong in Europe, where the greatest number of specific names have been made (see Weihe & Nees, "Rubi Germanici," 1822-7; Focke, "Synopsis Ruborum Germa- nic," 1877; Babbington, "British Rubi," 1869; W. M. Rogers, "Key to the British Rubi," Journ. Botany, 1892). Pocke describes 72 species inhabiting Germany. There is also a large extension of the genus in the Himalayan region, about 50 species being recognized (J. D. Hooker admits 41 species in the "Flora of British India"). The species extend eastward into China and Japan. Hemsley, in his "Flora of China," admits 41 species. In Japan, Pranchet and Savatier admit 22 species. In North America, about 40 species are now recognized, but they have not been studied critically, and it is probable that many more specific types will be recognized in the near fnture. No end of species could be made, but it is doubtful whether a great multiplication of species- names would contribute anything more than confusion to the literature and knowledge of the genus. There is no monograph, of the American species. The species that are valuable for their fruits are reviewed by Card in "Bush-Fruits" and by the present writer in "Sketch of the Evolution of our Native Fruits," 1898. Rubus is widely distributed in the northern hemisphere, particu- larly in temperate and warm-temperate parts. Some of them are alpine and arctic. In tropical countries the genus is relatively poorly represented. Oliver admits only 4 in the " Flora of Tropical Africa." Only 2 species are described in Grisebach's "Flora of the British West Indies." Baker admits 3 species in the "Flora of Mau- ritius and the Seychelles." Hillebrand describes 3 spe- cies in "Flora of the Hawaiian Islands." The southern hemisphere has few species. Bentham's "Flora Austra- liensis"has but 5 species. Kirk's "Flora of New Zea- land" mentions only 4 indigenous species. There are also 5 species described in Harvey and Bonder's work ("Flora Capensis") on the flora of the Cape of Good Hope region. Rubus is closely allied to Rosa, from which it differs chiefly in the structure of the flower. In Rosa, the torus is hollow (formerly said that the calyx is hollow or urn-shaped) and contains the dry fruits or akenes. In Rubus the torus is convex, conical or eldngated, and bears the mostly soft or pulpy fruits on its surface. Rubi are chiefly shrubs with stems (canes) that die EUBUS RUBUS 1579 after one or two years, but some of them have uerba- ceous tops. Most of them are more or less prickly. Many of the species are creeping, decumbent or half- climbing. Leaves simple or compound, alternate, the compounding on the pinnate order and the leaflets mostly 3 (several in some of the tropical and oriental species). The flowers are mostly white or rose-colored, usually in corymbs or racemes but sometimes solitary; calyx 5-parted, the lobes persistent; petals 5, usually obovate; stamens many, inserted on the calyx-rim oi torus -rim; pistils many, closely packed on the torus, usually becom- ing drupelets but sometimes dry when ripe. The drupelets are usu- ally more or less coherent at matur- ity, the collective body forming the "fruit" or "berry" of horticultur- ists. In the Raspberries, the co- herent drupelets separate from the torus at maturity, causing the berry to be hollow or concave on the under side. In the Blackberries, the co- herent drupelets also adhere to the torus, which separates at maturity and forms the "core " of the berry. Relatively few of the Rubi have horticultural merit, although some of them are of great im- portance. As pomological subjects they are more Important in North America than elsewhere in the world. Here we grow not only Raspberries, which are popular elsewhere, but also great quantities of improved Blackberries, a fruit that is little known as a cultivated product in other countries. These Blackberries are the product of our native species, JR. nigrobaceus being the chief. Closely allied to them are the Dewberries or trailing Blackberries, which also have been developed from indigenous species, chiefly from M. villosus and S. invisus. Although the European Raspberry, JJ. Idaus, is grown in North America, it is mostly unreliable, and the leading commercial sorts are produced from the native H. oecidentalis and JR. strigosus and from hybrids of the two. Various Japanese species, recently introduced, also produce fruits of value. A number of the species are useful as orna- mental subjects, particularly the Rocky Mountain JR. deliciosus, the old-fashioned Brier Rose (R. roscefolius), Wineberry {M. phcenicolasius), and JR. cratcegifoUus . For its graceful, finely cut foli- age, and sometimes tor its fruit, S. laciniatus is occasionally grown. Some of the unimproved native species are offered by dealers in native plants as worthy subjects for wild borders and rock gardens. The beauty of most shrubby Rubi de- pends largely on the removal of the canes after tliey have bloomed once. After flowering, the cane becomes weak or may die outright. It should be removed to the ground. In the meantime other canes have arisen from the root, and these will bloom the following year. That is, the stems of Rubi are usually more or less perfectly biennial: the first year they make their growth in stature; the second year they throw out side branches on which the flowers are borne; after fruiting, the en- tire cane becomes weak or dies (Pig. 2191). Removing these canes not only contributes to conserve the vigor of the plant, but it also adds to its appearance of tidi- ness. These remarks apply with particular force to the cultivation of Raspberries, Blackberries and Dewberries. For other accounts of Rubi, see Blackberry, Dewberry, Loganberry , JRaspberry . Focke (Engler & Prantl, "Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien") divides the genus Rubus into H sections, seven of which are concerned with the species to be described in this work. These seven are as follows : A. Herbaceous species; flowering shoots arising from the crown of the plant. Section la. Dalibarda. Stamens about 5: fr. scarcely juicy: fls. perfect, on creeping leafy stems: Ivs. simple, not lobed. The present writer prefers to con- sider Dalibarda as a distinct genus, and it is so treated on p. 453 of this work. Section 1. Chamaemorus. Stamens numerous ; fr. , juicy: fls. dicBcious, borne singly on upright leafy stalks : Ivs. simple, lobed. The Cloud-berry or Bake- apple Berry, of arctic or subarctic regions, and much prized for its fruits, belongs here. Section 2. Cylaotis. Fls. perfect or polygamous, singly or several together at the ends of the shoots: Ivs. ternate or peditorm (o-parted), or sometimes only lobed. AA. S'trubby species: flow- ering shoots arising front troody canes of 2 or more years' growth. B. Plant spineless. Section 3. Anoplobatus (batns is Greek for bramble). Upright rather soft-wooded shrubs, usually with shreddy bark : large, lobed Ivs., large erect fls., and broad torus. BE. Plant spiiie-htiiring (exceptions in some Blackberries). Section 4. Batothamnus. Upright shrubs, with simple or ternate Ivs., small leaflets and droop- ing fls, in mostly short clusters. Section 5. Idaeobatus. Raspberries, with the co- herent drupelets separating from the torus. Section 6. Eubatus. Blackberries and Dewberries, with the drupelets adhering to the torus when ripe. INDEX. aculitissiTnus, 28. albiuus, 22. albus, 16. Allegheniensis, 23. Americanus, 2. arcticus, ]. arg:utiis, 25. Baileyanus, 31. Caijadensis,'21, 32. ChamtBmoms, 1. eoronarius, 12. cratfiegifoljus, 9. cuneitolius, 28. deliciosus, 5. duraetorum, 36. ellipticus, 14. Buslenii, 31. flavuB, 14, floribunda, 32, floridus, 26, frondosus, 25, fruticosus, 19 grandiflorus, 12, heterophyllus, 24, hispidus, 30, hutnifusus, 31, Idffius, 15, invisus, 33, laciniatus, 20, leucodermis, 18, macropetalus, 35, Menziesii, 11, Michiganensis, 32. microphyllus, 8, Millspaughii, 21, montanus, 23, morifolius, 10, negleetus, 17. nigrobaceus, 22, Nutkanus, 7, obovalis, 30, occideiitalis, 18, odoratus, 6, pallidus, 18, palmatus. 8, parviflorus, 7, phcenicolasius, 13. pomponius. 19. Potanini, 3. Bandii, 27. roribaccus, 32. rosoeflorus, 12, rosffifolius, 12, sativus, 22, Savatieri, 10, sempervirens, 30. setosus, 29, Sinensis, 12. sorbifolius, 12. spectabilis, 11, 19. strigosus, 16, suberectus, 25, 29. trifidus, 4. triflorus, 2. trivialis, 34. ursinus, 35, villosus, 22, 32, vitirolius, 35, xanthocarpus, 3. 2193. Cloudberry— Rubus Chamsemorus. Natural size. Section 1, CHAM,aEM0Bus. 1. Chamsemdrus, Linn. Cloudberkt. Bake- applb-Berky. Yellow Berry. Fig. 2192 (after Card). Creeping: branches her- baceous, covering the ground, pubescent or almost glabrous: Ivs. round - cordate or reniform, shallowly 3- to 5 -lobed, finely dentate: fls. large and white, on solitary terminal peduncles: fr. large, globular, red or yellowish, composed of few soft drupelets, edible. Entirely across the continent in high northern regions, and reaching as far south, in the East, as the high land of Maine and N. H.; also in Eu. and Asia.-The Cloudberry is an inhabi- tant of peat bogs. It grows within the arctic zone. It is much prized for its fruit, which is gathered from the wild in large quantities. It is sometimes planted farther south as a rock garden plant. JB. arctictis, Linn., a pink-fld. species with trifoliolate Ivs., occurs in nearly the same range, and produces small edible berries. This species belongs to Section 2. Section 2. Cylactis. 2. triildrus, Rich. {B. Americdnus, Britt.). Stems slender and trailing, 1-2 ft. long, herbaceous, without 1580 RUBUS RUBUS 2193. Rubus deliciosus. from the Rocky Mountains- prickles, glabrous or nearly so: Its. thin and soft, light green, with 3 or 5 ovate or rhombic-ovate, coarsely ser- rate Ifts. : fls. 1-3 on each peduncle, small and white, the calyx reflexed: fr. small, reddish. Cold swamps, N. J. west and north.— Offered as a rook garden plant for moist places. 3. zanthoc^rpus, Bur. & Franchet {S. Potanini, Regel ) . Trailing, the stems dying back every year, the stems pilose and weak-spiny; Ivs. pinnately 3-foliolate, the leaflets ovate, acute or obtuse, strongly and un- equally dentate, the terminal one twice larger than the others: fls. solitary or twin in the axils of the upper Ivs., the peduncle and calyx weak-prickly, the petals white: fr. large, ovate, bright yellow, fragrant and palatable, the calyx persistent China; discovered in 1885 in the Province of Kansu, 40° north latitude, and later found in provinces Sze-Chuen and Tun-nan.— Int. into the U. S. in 1898 by the Dept. of Agrio. through Professor N. E. Hansen, to be tried for its edible raspberry-like fruit. At Brookings, S. Dakota, the plants suffered from the phenomenal winter of 1898-9, but mulched plants have subsequently endured the winters well. Section 3. Anoplobatus. A. Jjvs. mostly 7-lohed, 4. triSidus, Thunb. Fire Raspberry. Strong-grow- ing and erect, 7-10 ft. tall: Ivs. large, palmately ribbed, 3-5- or even 7-cleft, serrate: fls. subsolitary, the pe- duncles villous: berry of medium size, scarlet, with pointed drupelets. Japan. — Sparingly introduced, and prized for its bright autumn foliage (whence the name "Fire Raspberry"). aa. Lvs. 5- or lens-lobed. B. Peduncles mostly 1-fld, 5. delicidsus, James. Rooky Mountain Flowering Raspberry. Pig. 2193. Compact, bushy grower, reach- ing 5 ft.: Ivs. large, orbicular or reniform, shallowly 3-5-lobed, unequally serrate, somewhat glandular: fls. borne in great profusion, pure white, 1-2 in. across, in early summer and continuing for a long season: berry hemispherical, purplish or wine-color, with large, soft drupelets like those of a red Raspberry, edible but not esteemed for eating. Rocky Mountains, reaching 8,000 ft. elevation. B.M. 6062. G.G. II. 15:537. R.H. 1882, p. 356. F.S. 23:2404. Gn. 18:253; 29,p.336; 34, p. 231; 45, p. 74; 46, p. 293. Gt. 47:1451. Gng. 3:325. G.M. 41:508. —One of the finest of native flowering Raspberries, and deserving to be known. Hardy in Mass. The fls. re- semble single roses. BB. Peduncles several- to many-fid. • 6. odoratus, Linn. Flowering Raspberry. Mbl- BEBKY (erroneouslv). Pig. 2194. Strong-growing plant, with the shreddy canes reaching 3-6 ft. : lvs. very large, pubescent beneath. 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed, mar- gins serrate: fls. 1-2 in. across, rose-purple, several to many in the cluster, the sepals with a long point, the peduncles and pedicels glandular-pubescent: berry flat- tish and broad (% in. across), rather dry, light red, edible but not valued. NovaScotia to Mich, and Georgia (Pla. ?). Gn. 34, p. 230. B.M. 323. J.H III. 31:133.- Prefers rich shady woods and banks. It makes a bold subject in a foliage mass, and its fls. are nearly as large as single roses, although the color is less bright. It spreads rapidly from the root and overtops weaker plants. 7. parviflbms, Nutt. (B. Nuthllnus, M05.). Differs from the last in having white fls. in few-fld. clusters and less glandular peduncles. N. Mich, to the Paciflo coast and southward in the Rockies : the western rep- resentative of B. odoratus. B.M. 3453. B.R. 16:1368. Gn. 45, p. 75. Section 4. Batothamnus. A. Lvs. simple, but more or less lobed. 8. microphallus, Linn. f. {B. palmUus, Thunb.). Spreading, often slender-stemmed plant growing 4 or 5 ft. tall, with many short, but stout nearly straight spines : lvs. rather small, 2-3 in. long as a rule, narrow- ovate-aeuminate or sometimes nearly triangular-ovate- aouminate, rather deeply 3-5-lobed and the middle lobe long and acuminate, the margins very sharp-serrate: fls. white, nearly or quite % in. across, with broadly ovate petals: fr. small {red ?), of little value. Japan.— Sparingly introduced as an ornamental plant, but little known here. The "Mayberry," introd. by Luther Bur- bank, is said to be a hybrid between this species and the Cuthbert Raspberry {B. strigosiis). The Mayberry is described as producing a large yellow edible berry, ripening in advance of the Strawberry. 9. cratsegifdlius, Bunge. Fig. 2195 (after Card). Strong, erect or diffuse much - spreading plant (3-5 ft.), with terete reddish glabrous canes that bear few and small straight spines: lvs. oblong-ovate to cordate-ovate, acu- minate, 3-5-lobed, and the margin coarsely serrate and notched: fls. white, in small clusters terminating slen- der leafy shoots, about % in. across: fr. small, orange- red, of no value. Japan. —An excellent plant for hold- ing banks and for covering waste places, and giving fine deep reds in the fall. Perfectly hardy in central New York. Burbank's "Primus" is hybrid of this and B. vitifolius, the latter furnishing the seed. 10. Savati6rl {B. morifdlius, Sieb., Pranch. & Savat. Enum. PI. Jap. (1875), not Muell- 1858)- Differs from B. cratcegifolius by its more numerous and stronger prickles, the leaves villous beneath and deeply cordate at base, shorter petioles and shorter and thicker pedi- cels. Southern Japan. — Offered by dealers in Japanese plants, who speak of its pretty fruit ripening in July. ■■?'ti::.-., , ■r., ■„,«... 2194. Rubus odoratus. (Flower XJ^.) AA. Lvs.- S-foUolate. 11. spectAhilis, Pursh. Salmonbebry. Fig. 60, Vol. I. Strong - growing, reaching 5-15 ft., glabrous, the spines few or often none, weak: lvs- of 3 ovate-acumi- nate Ifts., which are doubly serrate toothed and some- RUBUS RUBUS 1581 times indistinctly lobed, long-stalked, thin, glabrous or becoming so beneath: fls. solitary or in 2's, large, red ■or purple: fr. large, somewhat conical, salmon-color or wine-red, edible, the drupelets bearing the persistent styles. Calif, to Alaska. B.R. 17:1424. L.B.C. 17:1602. F.S. 21:2260. Mn. 4, p. 57.-Sometimes cult, for its showy flowers and fruits. Canes perennial. Var. Jfinziesii, Wats., has tomentose leaves. Section 5. Idjeobatus, or Raspberries. A. Lvs. long -pinnate, with 2 or more pairs of narrow leaflets. 12. TOSsefdlius, Smith (B. floribtinda and B. Sinensis, Hort. X.rosoifldrus, Roxbg. ). Steawbehry-Raspberey, Figs. 2196, 2197. Erect and tall-growing, evergreen in warm countries, glabrous or somewhat pubescent-hir- sute: Ivs. odd-pinnate, the lateral leaflets 2-7 pairs, all the Ifts. ovate-lanceolate or lance-oblong, acuminate, strongly many-veined and very sharp-serrate, more or less silky-hairy beneath: fls. solitary or in few-fld. ■clusters, white, lK-2 in. across, showy: fr. erect, bright red, long thimble-shaped, usually about 1-1 K in. high, very showy, edible but insipid. Var. sorbif61fus '{B. sorbif^U^ts, Maxim.) is a very hairy and hispid form. Var. coronirias, Sims (B. grandiflbrus , Hort.), is a •double form, sometimes cult, as the "Brier Rose" and "Bridal Rose" (B.M. 1733. G.C. II. 11:77). -Widely ■distributed in tropical countries, but native to the Him- alayan region and eastward to China and Japan. B.M. ■6970. F.S. 17:1714. A.G. 20:82, 87. A beautiful plant and worthy of general culture. In the North it usually kills to the ground each winter, but it throws up shoots 2-4 ft., and these bloom from summer until frost, usu- ally ripening fruit at the same time. The fruit has some value for eating, but it is probable that it will never be greatly developed in this direction. The dou- ble-flowered form is often grown under glass and in pots. AA. Lvs. pedately S-5-foliolate, B. Plant profusely red-hairy. 13. phoenicolasius, Maxim. Winebeeky. Fig. 2198. Canes long and recurving, furnished with straight^ weak prickles and densely clothed with red-brown glan- ■dular hairs, propagating by "tips": Ifts. usually 3, broad-ovate to round-ovate, apiculate-toothed and some- times indistinctly lobed at top, white-tomentose beneath: fls. in dense, small shaggy-haired clusters which spring from the uppermost axils and form a large, loose, leafy panicle ; petals shorter than the long, bristly calyx- lobes, the latter enlarging after flowering and inclosing the growing fruits in a hur but spreading apart as the fruit matures: fr. usually small and soft, cherry-red, acid or usually insipid. Japan and China. B.M. 6479. G.C. 11.26:365; 111.11:269; 28:137. J.H. Ill, 29:210. A.G. 12:205; 15:435. Gng. 3:263. -Interesting as an ornamental plant, and also recommended for its fruit. 2196. Rubus rosaefolius. One of the best of the flowering Eubuses. 1 ubus cratsecifolius. (XK). See No. 9. In the North it often kills to the ground, but the strong young recurving canes and white-bottomed foliage make it a handsome plant. 14. ellipticus, Smith (B. fUvus, Ham.). Fig. 2199. Tall and erect or nearly so (6-10 ft.), the canes stout and densely beset with straight red-brown hairs and bearing a few stout, short, nearly straight prickles: Ifts, 3, the terminal one much the largest, ovate to orbicular- ovate, not lobed, evenly doubly serrate, thickish, soft pubescent and strongly veined and prickly on the mid- rib beneath ■ fls. white, yi in. or less across, in small, many-fld. clusters: berry the size of a common Rasp- berry, yellow, of good quality. Himalayas.— Grown in southern Fla., where it is said to be the only Raspberry that perfects its fruit. BE. Plant not red-hairy all over. c. Bed Baspberries. 15. Idffius, Linn. Eueopean Raspberry. An erect, mostly stiff grower, propagating by suckers, the canes light - colored and bearing nearly straight slender prickles : Ifts. ovate, white beneath, irregularly toothed and notched, usually somewhat plicate or wrinkled: flower-clusters mostly long and interrupted, most of the peduncles dividing into two or three pedicels, the pedi- cels, as also the flowering shoots, petioles and midribs, finely pubescent, but not glandular, and sparsely fur- nished with firm recurved prickles: fls. small, white; calyx pubescent: fruit oblong or conical, dark red, yel- low or whitish, produced more or less continuously throughout the season. Europe and Asia.— Named for Mt. Ida, in Greece. Early introduced into this country, but now nearly driven from cultivation by the hardier native species. The Antwerps, Fontenay, and Pastolf belong here. Bubus Ideeus itself is not known to be native to N. Amer., but a most interesting form of it (var. anomalus, Arrh. ) has been discovered recently ia Vermont. See Fernald, Rhodora, 2, p. 195, with figure. 1582 RUBUS EUBUS 16. strigdsus, Michx. (iJ. Idieus, Linn., var. strigbsus, Maxim.). Red Raspberry. Fig. 2080. Much like the last, but distinguished by a more slender and open habit, stiff prickles on the bearing bristly canes, which are brown and somewhat glaucous, thinner leaves, and gland-tipped hairs or bristles upon the flowering snoots, petioles and calyx, the latter less pubescent or hirsute: flower-clusters more open or scattered : fruit bright light red, or rarely yellow or whitish, not produced con- tinuously. Widely spread In the northern states as far west as Missouri, also in the mountains to Arizona and northward to Alaska, extending farther north than the Blackcap; also in Asia. — Under cultivation the glandu- lar hairs usually disappear. The light red garden ber- ries, like Cuthbert, belong here. Var. dlbus, Fuller, has amber-white fruits. 17. neglSotus, Peck. Purple -Cane Raspberries. Pigs. 2082, 2200. A large and variable race of hybrids between B. strigosus and R. oecidentaJis occurs both naturally (Siibus tieglecttis. Peck, 22d Rep. Reg. N. Y. State Univ. 53, 1869 j and in the garden (Bailey, Amer. Gard. 11:721, 1890). These plants propagate either by "tips" or suckers, usually by the latter. The flower- clusters are open and straggling, and the fruit ranges in color from yellow to purple. As a rule, the fruit is aggregated at the end of the cluster but is scattering below. The Purple Cane type of Raspberry belongs here. Prominent varieties are Shaffer, Philadelphia (now nearly out of cultivation), Gladstone, and prob- ably Caroline. cc. Black Saspberries (yellow-trnUed forms are known). 18. ocoidentiliB, Linn. Common Blackcap. Figs. 2201, 2202. Strong, erect bush, the canes finally re- / curving and rooting at the tips, furnished with straight / spines, glaucous, not bristly; Ifts. broadly ovate, dull C, green above and white beneath, finely and sharply ser- ( rate, and notched, the petioles usually bearing short prickles: fls. in small, dense, prickly clusters with sometimes a few scattering pedicels, the petals shorter than the long-pointed whitish woolly sepals: fr. rather small, hemispherical, firm or even hard, black or occa- sionally amber-white, dry and sweet. Plentiful in fields and clearings in the northern-eastern states to Oregon and Brit. Columbia and southward to Ga. in the moun- tains, and to Mo.— In cultivation, known in many forms. 2197. Rubus rosaefolius (X J4). Sometimes known as Strawberry-raspberry. 2193. Rubus phsenicolasius (Xi4.). No. 13. as Ohio, Gregg, etc. Var. pAllidus has amber-yellow fr. ; sometimes found in the wild. Var. leucod^rmis, Card (B. Uucodirmis Dougl. ). Lfts. more coarsely dentate-serrate, sometimes nearly incise-serrate, the prickles strong and more hooked: fr. reddish black or black. ' Rocky Mts. and W. Section 6. Eubatus, or Blackberries and Dewberries. The botany of the American Blackbe.rries and Dew- berries is interminably confusing. If the kind of spe- cies-making that has been applied to the European Rubi were applied to the American, the number of species would straightway be quadrupled or trebled at the least. There is no difficulty in finding forms that are distinct enough to be described as species. The difBculty lies in the endless series of intermedi- ate forms, that confound all efforts at limitation and make printed descriptions of no avail. This difficulty is greatly increased from the fact that the foliage often difl'ers widely between the verdurous and flower- ing shoots of the same plant. There seems to be little utility in separating forms that cannot be distin- guished in at least a fair proportion of the specimens that come to one's hand, however well marked they may be in their extremes. It is to be expected, how- ever, that long-sustained studies in the field, as well as in the herbarium, will discover means of separat- ing some of the forms that are now confused, but it is doubtful if there are any species, in this section of Rubus, as the term species is commonly understood. The best one can do is to throw them into groups. For a history of nomenclatorial difficulties in Ameri- can Rubi, see "Evolution of Our Native Fruits," A. Blackberries: Plant %isimlly erect or essentially so X^-x!^ (strong canes often recurving) . Group 1. Exotic Blackberries, ivith mostly perennial canes and flowers usually borne on the ends of the main shoots. 19. fruticisus, Linn. European Bramble. Strong- growing, mostly pubescent or hairy on the young parts, usually with strong recurved prickles, the canes often RUBUS RUBUS 1583 many feet long and recurving or half climbing but sometimes erect : Ifts. 3-5, ovate or rhomb - ovate, coarsely toothed, thickish, pubescent to white -downy beneath; petioles and usually the midribs beneath bear- ing prickles: fls. in terminal panicles, white or pink, showy, the buds white-pubescent: fr. black or dull red, 2199. Rubus ellipticus {X I A yellow-fruited species from the Himalayas. iSo. 14. the calyx reflexed, edible but little prized. Europe, where it is common in fields and hedges. As a cult plant, known chiefly in the double-fld. form (as M. pom pdnitts). Gn. 34, p. 234. Sometimes known as iS. spec- tabilis in gardens. 20. Iacinl£ltus, Willd. {B. fruHedsus, var. laeinicttus, Hort.). Cut-lBaved or EvEUGREEN Blaokberey. Pig. 2203. A tall, straggling bvshwith permanent or peren- nial canes in mild climates, and leaves more or less evergreen, the stems provided with recurved prickles: Ifts. 3, broadly ovate in general outline, cut into several or many oblong or almost linear sharply toothed divi- sions, the ribs prickly below and the petioles strongly 2200. Rubus neglectus. (X.-'-ri) The Caroline Raspberry ^'0. 17. so; fls. in terminal panicles, white or blush, the calyx and pedicels pubescent or even tomentose: fr. usually thimble-shaped, late, black, often excellent. Gn. 21, p. 57; 45, p. 78.— This Blackberry is probably native to Europe, where it has been long known in gardens. It is 100 apparently only a cut-leaved form of the common Euro- pean Subus fruHeosus. It is now widely scattered, and seems to thrive particularly well in Hawaii and other Pacific islands and on the Pacific slope. By some it is supposed to be native to the South Sea Islands (see Bull. 64, Utah Exp. Sta.). It is probable that the plant has been introduced into the West from those sources, but such fact does not prove its original nativity. It has aroused considerable attention in Oregon and other parts of the West, and is often known as the Oregon Everbearing Blackberry. In mild climates the lower parts of the canes often live from year to year until they become as thick as one's wrist; and in such cli- mates the leaves persist for the greater part of the winter. The plant has long been grown for ornament in the eastern states, but it has not attracted attention as a fruit-plant in this region. The fruits are of fair size and quality, and ripen from midsummer or late summer to October. The plant is a good ornamental subject, although it is likely to cause trouble by sprouting at the root. Group S. Thornless Blackber- ries, with tall, nearly un- armed furrowed biennial canes, and long, open flower- clusters. 21. Qa,ia.a,iinsis,lAmi.(B.MiU- spaughii, Britt. ; . Thornless Blackberry. Very tall and ro- bust ( sometimes reaching 10-1^ ft. high), the canes A nearly or quite spine- less ; Ifts. narrow- ovate to ovate-lance- olate, long -acumi- nate, sharply and nearly evenly ser- rate; stipules usually prominent, narrow : fls. large, white, in long, open, raceme- like, nearly glabrous clusters, on slender spreading pedicels : fr. black, almost globular to short-oblong, usually juicy and good. Eastern Canada, through the high lands of New England, New York and Michigan to mountains of North Carolina. -Not in cultivation, except in botanic gardens and amateurs' collections. Grmip S. Glandular BlacJcberries , with stout, thorny biennial canes and prominently glandular-pubescent inflorescence. 22. nigrobAccns, Bailey (B.villdsus, AnthoTS, not Ait.). Common High-bush Blackberry of the North. Pigs. 2204-6. Canes tall, recurving at the ends, furrowed, the young parts promi- nently glandular-pubescent, the spines usually large and more or less hooked: Ifts. 3-5, ovate- acuminate or sometimes lance -ovate, long- stalked (at least in the largest Ivs.), the ter- minal one often heart-shaped at base, the mar- gins nearly regularly strong-serrate, the under surface glandular-pubescent: fls. white, showy, the petals narrow, borne in a long, open ra- ceme - like cluster of which the terminal flower is usually the old- est, each pedicel standing at nearly right angles to the rachis : fr. black, oblong (varying to nearly globular) , usually not very juicy, sweet and aromatic. Every- where in old fields and clearings in the northeastern states, at common elevations, extending south to North Carolina and west to Iowa, Kansas and Missouri.— Known in cultivatidn in the "Long-cluster Blackber- ries " as Taylor and Ancient Briton. Var. alblnUB, Bailey, the "White Blackberry," is a state in which the fruits are amber-colored and the bark yellowish green; occa- sionally as far west as Michigan, and probably farther. 2201. Rubus occidentalis (XM). The original of the cultivated Black Baspberries. No. 18. 1584 EUBUS Var. satlvus, Bailey [B. satlviis, Braiuerd). Fig. 2207; also Fig. 237, Vol. I. Generally lower and the canes more erect; Ifts. broader (or at least shorter) and less prominently pointed : fl.-clustera shorter (usually from the elongation of the lower pedicels or the upper ones remaining short) : fr. rounder, and the drupelets usually relatively larger and juicier. Dry, open fields. 2203. Rubus laciniatus (X M)- No. 20. -Distinct in its extren^orms, but running into the species by all manner of fBermedlate gradations. Ironi this plant the common "Short-cluster Blaekberries of the garden appear to be derived, as Snyder, Kittatmny, Erie, etc. 23. Allegheni^sls, Porter {B. viUdsiis, var. mon- tdnus B^;S^SrTrwntd.nus. Porter, not Wirtg ). Very like B niqrobar.ens, and perhaps only a mountain state ot a cosmopolitan type: plant smaller, usually less prickly : branches and leaf -stalks usually reddish, and all young erowthsvery glandular-pubescent: Ivs. mostly smaller, ?ery lo.ig-poiSted, closer-toothed: fl.-clusters usually smaller: fr. small, long and narrow, tapering towards the top, the drupelets many and small, not very ]uicy but of good flavor In mountains and highlands, Ontario to Virginia. -Common on the higher elevations, afeord- ing much edible fruit. In its typical form as seen in the wild, it is very distinct from B. nigrobaccus, pai- ticularly in its fruit. 24. heterophyllus, WiUd. Fig. 238 Vol. 1. «• '"ff™" laccusxB. villosus, in many forms both wild and cu ti- vate . In cultivation this hybrid « «««J?.,'-<'P''<'|?"*^^ by the "Loose-cluster Blackberries," as Wilson Wilson Jr., and Rathbun. The plants are usually h^l/-e <:°t; thorny, mostly more or less glandular-pubescent on the young growths : Ifts. broad and jagged: fl.-clusters small and usually forking, with long pedi- - . , -- eels: fr. rather loose-grained, with large drupelets. The plant is not infrequent in regions in which both B. nigrobaccus and JS. villosiis grow. It is usually easily distinguished by the half - erect habit and irregularly toothed and jagged Ifts. which are not long - acuminate. In some cases, the bushes natur- ally stand 3-4 ft. high. Group 4. Leafy-cluster Slack- berries, with 'little or no glan- - dular pubescence and short flower - clusters that have more or less small Ivs. inter- mixed. 25. argiitus, Link (B. frondb- sus, Bigel. B. villdsus, var. frondi)SUS,T:oTT. fi.suberMtis. Hook.). Fig. 2208. Very like S. nigrobaccus in habit, bu RUBUS usually stifEer in growth, the young parts and under sur- faces of Ivs. only rarely glandular though usually pubes- cent, the canes generally very thorny: lys. often smaller and StifEer, the Ifts. short -pointed, the petioles and midribs conspicuously thorny: fl.-clusters short and leafy fr globular or short-oblong, black, usually good. Mostly in open places, from New Brunswick to Lake Superior and south to the Gulf . -Our most cosmopolitan Blackberry, and presenting innumerable forms. Ihe plants described by Link and Bigelow had rather few and straightish spines, but some forms bear very strong hooked spines, and between these two forms there are all gradations. The species is much in need of critical study. In cultivation it is represented m Early Harvest and a few other varieties. 26 !16ridus, Tratt. (B. argiitus, var. fldridus, Bailey). Canes armed with hooked prickles" pedicels and ca- lyx pubescent, sometimes glandular ; floral Ivs. sma , mostly wedge -obovate and obtuse: fl.-cluster small, with short (often very short) slender pedicels: fl.-buds small and globular, white-pubescent (particularly on the edges of the sepals): fls. large, with broad mostly overlapping petals. Evol. Native Fruits, Pig. 91.- What the writer takes to be this species seems to be common in southern Mississippi, and perhaps also m Alabama. How distinct it may be is only *» /.« •]«: termined by careful studies in the held; but m its typTcal foriis it is readily separated from B argutus. It seems to be less erect (often climbing?) than B. argutus. 27 EAndii (B. argittus, var. Bdndii, Bailey). Fig. 2209 Low and wide-spreading (usually less than 6 tt. ) , sometimes becoming procumbent, with few or almost no prickles, the canes often almost herbaceous: Ivs. very thin, usually becoming nearly or quite glabrous beneath the teeth coarse, sharp and unequal, the Itts. on rne voung canes acuminate : fl.-cluster small and simple, iommonly with a large simple 1«^* a"l^f.!>%^<'' *^^P^^^" eels long and slender and only slightly (it at all) pubes- cent: fr small, usually rather dry, but sometimes juicy and good. Shadv places, as in woods and thickets, New- Brunswick to Lake Superior; to be looked for in the mountains of Carolina.-It impresses one as a weak woods form, sometimes seeming nearest iJ. Canadensis but oftenest suggesting B. nigrobaccus,- but it seems to hold its characters better than most Blackberries. Itivated form ot Rubus occidentalis.-The Greee Raspberry (X %). RUBUS RUBUS 1585 S Section 5. Sand Slackberries, with stiff, erect, low and very thorny growths, small fl.-clusters, and Ivs. ivhite-tomentose beneath. 28. cuneifdlius, Pursh {B. aeulitis- simus , Beasoner) . Sand Blaokberky. Fig. 239, Vol. I. Plant stiff and tliomy, usually not over 3-4 ft. tall, the prickles many, hooked, and very strong, the young growths white- tomentose : Ifts. on bearing canes mostly small and thick, wedge-oblong to wedge-obovate, obtuse or nearly so, densely white- torn entose be- neath, the mar- gins sharp- toothed; Ifts. on the sterile canes drupelets, red to red-black, sour. Swamps or low sandy soils. Nova Scotia to Ga. and Kans. — Of no value for the fruit, but sometimes offered by dealers as a subject for covering the ground in moist places. The leaves usually persist through the winter, and in sunny places they assume a fine bronzy hue. Group a. Soft-caned Dewberries, with the stems thin and little woody or even almost herbaceous and the i l-S-f!d. 2205. Rubus nigrobaccus (X 3^). 2204. Rubus nisrobaccus (X %). No. 22, larger, often ovate-pointed or elliptic: fl.-clusters 4-10- fld., short, more or less leafy and thorny, the fl. -buds glob- ular and pubescent: fr. medium in size, firm, often sweet and good. Dry fields, Connecticut to the Gulf, and the common Blackberry in many places. — In cultiva- tion this seems to be repre- sented by the viciously thorny Topsy or Tree Black- berry, although the charac- teristic white tomentum largely disappears under domestication. Were it not for this tomentum, the spe- cies would be difScult to distinguish from M. flori- dus. Section 6. Swamp Blackberries, with weak hispid canes and reddish fruits. 29. setdsus, Bigel. {B. hispidus, var. suberictus. Peck). Mostly erect, sometimes ascending 2-3 ft., the slender canes clothed with many weak mostly recurved prickles and sometimes conspicuously hispid also, the prickles generally extending to the petioles and inflor- escence: Ifts. oblanceolate to ovate, pointed or acumi- nate, very strong-toothed: fr. small, with few drupelets, reddish black. Swamps, Quebec to Pa. — Not known to be in the trade, but inserted here because it is confused with B. hispidus and other species. AA. Dewberries: Plant trailing or decumbent. Group 1. Swamp Dewberries, with weak bristly stems, obovate shining Ifts., and small red fruit. 30. hispidus, Linn. {B. obov&lis, Michx. B. semj^k- «rc«s, Bigel.). Pig. 2210. Stems very slender, scarce^ woody but usually persisting over winter, creeping, bearing many weak reflexed small bristles: Ifts. usually 3, thick, shining above, wedge-obovate or oval-obovate, usually obtuse, doubly serrate: fls. small, white, on few- flowered herbaceous nearly or quite leafless peduncles arising from the creeping canes: fr. small and of few 31. finslenii, Tratt. {B. villbsus, var. humifusus, Torr. & Gray. B. Bailey&nus, Britt. ). Plant weak, with slender canes lying on the ground, the prickles small and relatively few or even none, the flowering canes sometimes almost herbaceous although having survived the winter: Ifts. small and thin, oval-pointed to nearly ovate, irregularly and sharply serrate, nearly glabrous (or hairy on the margins and the veins) : fls. of good, size, white, solitary (sometimes in 2's) on short, leafy peduncles: fr. small and nearly globular, loose, black, often good. Sandy places. New York and Mich, to Miss. Evol. Native Fruits, Figs. 77 and 87.— Has been confounded with B.vil- losus, but, as Rubuses go, it seems to be well distinguished. Probably not in cultivation. Group S. The common Northern Dewberries, with strong, prickly, often ha If-ascending canes and I- several-fld. peduncles. 32. vill6sBS, Ait. {B. Canadensis, Authors, not Linn.). Figs. 2211,2212. Canes strong, often several feet long and usually armed with strong re- curved prickles, not stand- ing alone when full grown but often rising 2 feet from the ground, the shoots mostly glabrous or becom- ing so: Ivs. of medium size or becoming very large on strong plants, firm and thick, the 3-7 leaflets oval or ovate pointed or acuminate and sharply double- toothed: fls. white, few to several on the ends of short, leafy shoots of the season: fr. usually globose or short-ob- long, shining black, the drupelets usu- ally large. Fields and roadsides, On- tario (and New- foundland?) to Fla. and Arizona.— The common Dewberry of the North, oc- curring in many forms in old fields. 2206. Rubus nierobaccus, a wild Hieh- bush Blackberry (X %). No. 22. and often a troublesome pest. There are varieties cult, for the fruit. This ii^he plant named Bubus villosus by Alton in 178|ayj^B^ it has been supposed that he had the High-]^^^^^|erry (B. nigrobaccus). When This i .s_th e f [TS^^j^n i -j^^^^^^Bei 1586 RUBUS RUBUS it was determined, in 1898, that Aiton had the Dew- berry, rather than the Blackberry, when he made the name S. villosus, it became necessary to revise our no- menclature. It was supposed until that time, also, that LinnsBus meant to designate the Dewberry by his S. Canadensis, but he really had the Thornless Black- berry. Var. Uichigan^nsis, Card. A strong-growing form with mostly fewer prickles, very large, irregularly den- tate-out Ifts. and pubescent fl. -clusters. S. W. Mich., and probably elsewhere. Not known to be in cult. Var. rorib&ccus, Bailey. Lucrbtia Dewberry. Figs. 697, 698, Vol. I. Very robust form, with large, wedge- obovate, deep-cut Ifts., very long pedicels, very large fls. (sometimes 2 in. across) and leafy -tipped calyx- lobes: fr. large. West Virginia, and in cultivation as the Lucretia Dewberry, which is the most popular cur- rent variety. 33. invisus, Bailey (i?. Canadensis, var. invisus, Bailey). Figs. 2213, 2214. Canes strong, terete, some- what ascending, not very prickly (the prickles straight- ish): Ifts. large and rather thin, light green, those on the verdurous shoots coarsely and simply toothed and the teeth usually abruptly pointed: fl. -cluster forking, with 2-6 long, slender, usually hispid pedicels: fls. large, with leaf-like sepals. Not uncommon from New York to Kansas and the Gulf.— In cultivation as Bartel and other Dewberries. When once understood, this species is generally easy to recognize. The best single diagnostic character is the large simple toothing of the leaflets on the sterile shoots. Group 4. The Sotithern Dewber- ries, with very long, pricklu and often hispid canes, narrow per- sistent Ifts., and mostly 1-fld. peduncles. 34. triviilis.Michx. \"^' Southern Dew- berry. Fig. 2215. A most variable and perplexing species, the diflculties being increased by the fact that the same plant may bear three kinds of leaves : the large, broad Blackberry- like Ivs. on the young verdurous sterile shoots ; the smaller Ivs. on the canes that are to bear fruit and which often persist over winter and remain at flowering time; the small Ivs. that appear with or somewhat be- fore the flowers. It is seldom that the leaves of sterile 2209. Rubus Randii (XiK)- 2210. Swamp Dewberry— Rubus-, hispidus (X-X). No. 30. ;2-8. Rubus argutus — The Early Harvest Blackbeny. No. 25, 2807. Cultivated term of Rubus merobaccus, var. sativus. (y.%.) No. 22. and flowering shoots of the same plant are preserved in herbaria. Canes very long, usually wholly prostrate, (sometimes 10-15 ft. ), thickly armed with prickles and. sometimes bearing reddish bristles :- Ifts. usually 3, narrow-ovate to ob-. long, sbort-pointed, rather shallowly- and sometimes bluntly toothed, the. petiole and midribs usually prickly: fls. of medium size,, mostly on gimple,, more or less prickly- peduncles: (r. USU-. ally oblong, some-, times excellent but o f t e n e r dry and seedy. From Virginia to Florida and Texas, and in cult, in two or three forms for its fruit.- This is the common Dewberry of the southern states. It is often a serious pest in old fields. Some of the forms are very distinct, but it seems to be impossible to discover characters by means of which they can be distinguished with even a fair degree of uniformity. Some of these forms have fls. 2 in. across. Fig. 2215 is a drawingof one of the specimens (there are two similar specimens on the sheet) on which Michaux founded JR. trivialis. Bo- tanically, this species is| probably the most perplex- ing of American Rubi. Some of the kinds in the ex- treme South are remarkably robust. Forms have been found with canes 40-50 ft. long and nearly an inch in diameter. Group 5. The Western Dewberries, with puhescent Ivs., and fls. often imperfect. 35. vitifdlius, Cham. & Schlecht. {S. urslnus, Cham. & Schlecht. B. macropUalus, Dovig\.). Pacific Coast Dewberry. Widely trailing, with slender, more or less pubescent canes which are provided with long but weak, straight or slightly recurved prickles: Ivs. various, usually thicker and more woolly upon the- staminate plants, composed of three ovate, doubly cre- nate-toothed leaflets, or sometimes only 3-lobed, the long petiole and usually the midribs prickly: fls. per- fect, staminate or pistillate on different plants, home on shoots 6-12 in. high, which bear 1- to 2-flowered prickly or hispid and generally pubescent peduncles, the petals of the staminate forms large and showy, those of the pistillate forms usually small, the calyx-lobes either short and entire or somewhat prolonged and indistinctly toothed : f r. of fair size, blackish, mostly ^ound-oblong^ EUBUS BUBUS 1587 ■sweet. In the mountaius, particularly in the Coast Kanges, of the Pacific slope; also in Idaho. — It has come into some prominence as a fruit plant within the last dozen years. Named varieties are Aughinbaugh, Skagit Chief, Belle of Washington and Washington Climbing Blackberry. The species is perplexingly va riable, and well-marked chara(jters seem to be asso- ciated with the different sexual forms. The Loganberry (which see, p. 937) is said to be a hybrid between this species and J2. Idcuus. Ji. vitifoHus is recorded as hav- ing been crossed with B. crahegifoUus by Luther Bur- bank. The Mammoth Blackberry of California is said to be a cross between M. vitifoUus and the Wild Black- berry of Texas (B. arguius ?). See Pacific Rural Press, Sept. 4, 1897, for description and portrait. The account says that the Mammoth "produces berries of immense size, supposed to be the largest Blackberry ever grown, berries iVa inches in length being frequently found. » « * The canes of the Mammoth are very peculiar, being very large and thickly covered with small, short spines. The canes start early in March, grow thick and stout until about 5 ft. high; they then take on a run- ning habit and grow from 25 to 30 ft. in a season. Late in the fall the tips or stolons seek the ground and take root." The variety is partially evergreen in California. The fruit is said to be more acid than the old Lawton Blackberry, but " when perfectly ripe is sweet and of superior flavor." ixroup 6. Exotic Dewberries, with very long, prickly, glaucous canes and large very sharp-toothed Ifts. 36. dumetdrum, Weihe. Fig. 2216. Canes long and Blender, terete, often 10-25 ft. long, trailing or half- prostrate, glaucous, thickly beset with rather small somewhat curved spines: Ifts. usually 3, mostly broad- ovate, pointed to acuminate, irregularly sharp-toothed, becoming bronzy and brown in autumn: fls. small, white, the calyx white-tomentose, on short pedicels in at cluster terminating leafy growths of the season : fr. of a few large black drupelets. Europe.— Lately intro duced for the covering of banks and stony places, for which it is highly recommended. Its autumn color is attractive. Hardy in New England. B. Infldrus, Ham. Raspberry, apparently allied to E. oeci- dentalis, and prized in cult, for its glaucous - white canes: reaches 8-10 ft., with strong arching canea that bear strong, recurved prickles: Ifts. ovate or oval, incise - serrate, whitish beneath: fls. large and white, 1-3 on drooping pedicels: berry amber-colored, size of the common Raspberry, the calyx at first erect but finally spreading. Temperate Himalaya. B.M. 4678. E.H. 1855:5. Gn. 54, p. 456.— JS. Oapinsis, Burbank. Under this name Luther Burbank describes a bramble that came to him "by way of New Zealand from South Africa, and is probably the one that Stanley speaks so highly of as growing in places on the Bark Continent. The canes grow to a height of 6-10 feet, bending over and rooting from tips like Blackcap Rasp- berries. The whole plant is covered with a short, rusty down. 2211. Small form of Rubus villosus. the northern Dewberry. Generally known as R. Canadensis. No. 32. and few short scattered priclcles; the fruit is fully as large or larger than Shaffer's Colossal Raspberry, of a purplish wine or mulberry color, and of excellent quality, though the berries do not separate from the receptacle as freely as they should; it Is a very promising berry -plant." See Burbank's "New Creations in Fruits and Flowers," June, 1894; also Gn.48, p. 126. The picture represents a very rugose leaf with 5 shallow nearly rounded lobes and very irregularly serrate margins: stems with curved prickles, and a small cluster with large, globular short-pedicelled fmits. It is probably R. Moluccanus. —R. Japdnicus, Veitch. Known to horticulturists in its varie- gated form (R. Japonicus tricolor): slender trailer, with rose- colored stems and petioles: 1 vs. ovate, mostly indistinctly 3- lobed, very sharply toothed, the youngest ones pinkish white and the mature ones blotched green and white. Not known to be in cult, in this country. It would probably not be hardy north. The botanical position of the plant is not designated. G-.C. III. 16:95. J.H. III. 29:60. GrM. d7:U2—R. Moluccanug, Linn, A large Raspberry, common in India and Malaya, and to be expected as an introduced plant in many warm countries. Very robust, the canes and branches red-hairy and spiny: Ivs. very variable, large, usually hairy, dull - piibescent beneath, shallowly 3-5-lobed, irregularly serrate : fls. white, in con- tracted terminal clusters: fr. in shades of red, succulent. B.R. 6:461.— J2: atellcttus, Smith, produces an edible fruit, prized iu Alaska: stem simple and herbaceous, only a few inches long, 1-fld.: Ivs. cordate, 3-lobed or 3-parted: fls. red. Northwestern Arctic America. L H B 1588 EUDBECELA. J'fl'BfiCKIA (after the two Professors Rudbeok, lather and son, predecessors of Linnseus at Upsala). Compdsitm. Cone-B'loweb. As defined by Gray (Syn. Flora N. Amer., 1886), Rudbeckia is a genus of 21 spe- cies of North American herbs, many of which are hardy and perennial, bearing in summer showy fls. which usu- RUDBECKIA The only full double form, apparently, is Rudbeckia Golden Glow, which has' had great popularity since 1896. The origin of this great favorite seems to be un- known. About 1894 John Lewis Childs found it among some plants sent by correspondents. See Gng. 6:370. For the structure of the Rudbeckia inflorescence, see Fig. 829, Vol. II. Yf_ ji. The Cone-flowers are of easy cultivation in almost any soil and situation, from a semi-shady position to one in full sun. Most of the species are found inhabiting moist locations, but thrive well in the garden under the ordinary methods of cultivation, although J?, laciniata and its double form. Golden Glow, do much better if abundantly supplied with moisture. M. hirfa, our Black-eyed Susan,— sometimes called by the children out west "Nigger-heads,"— will thrive in the driest, hottest situation, where many others would fail. Tlie best known as a gar- den plant, and probably the showiest, is Golden Glow, which the under- signed considers the best perennial of recent intro- duction. If cut back severely when through blooming and well watered, it often produces a 2213. Rubus invisus, the cul- tivated form known as Bartel Dewberry. See Rubus, page 1586. ally have yellow rays, though in one species (S. atro- rubens ) the rays are all dark crimson, and in the other species the rays are occasionally more or less covered with purple-brown towards the base. Under Rudbeckia are often included in nursery catalogues certain plants which Gray refers to Echinacea and Lepachys. These three genera form an interesting floricultural group. Rudbeckia and Lepachys are typically yellow-fld. genera, while Echinacea contains a few forms with fls. ranging from flesh color and rose-purple to crimson. The chaif of the receptacle is usually persistent in Rudbeckia and deciduous in Lepachys. Among the hardy herbaceous species, there are sev- eral with striking habit and distinct foliage. There is a wide range of color among wild plants of the same spe- cies, and specimens with the brown-purple color at the base should be sought for. The rays may be few or many, short and broad or long and narrow, toothed in various ways, star-like or making a continuous limb, drooping or horizontal, and always set off by the disk, which may be purple, black or yellowish, high and col- umnar or low and rmmdish. The season of bloom could be extended. The flowers of many of the kinds are ex- cellent for cutting. 1(215. An original specimen of Rubus trivialis in Michaux's herbarium at Paris. About ^ natural size. Page 1586. 2214. Leaf of Rubus invisus, showinfj the simple teclh {X34)- See Jiubus, page 1586. second crop of flowers. Autumn Glory will be well liked when better known. It is fine for massing and has a much longer blooming period than Golden Glow, commencing earlier and continuing until frost. It re- sembles JR. ■nitida, but is taller and blooms longer. S. triloba is one of the very best, and, while a biennial, perpetuates itself through self-sown plants. It forms a dense twiggy bush somewhat over three feet high and nearly as broad if kept moderately well watered, and much smaller if in a dry situation. These plants may be used with effect as a border to a large bed of hybrid delphiniums, as the latter will tower above them and bloom in their young state. By the time the delphiniums are cut down for their second flowering the Rudbeckias hide their untidiness and are in their prime, but later on may be pulled up to again expose the delphiniums. An effective fall-flowering group may be formed by using the lighter-colored flower forms of Hibiscus Syriacus — such as Totus albus, Lady Stanley, and Elegantissima— for a center or back- ground, and interspersing groups of the taller Rud- beckias (except Golden Glow, which is too tall and spreading) and boltonias next to them. In front of these place S. speciosa and li, triloba, with the blue form of Aeonitum Napellus, and for a border use M. iicolor,va,r. superba, placed well to the front to be pulled up when its bloom is past. This group will give color from July until frost. The allied plant Echinacea pur- purea and MI. angustifolia are well adapted for grouping in open bays in shrubby borders, as their flowers are ex- RUDBECKIA EUELLIA 158£i tremely durable and seem in harmony with such sur- roundings. Budbeokias are easily increased by seeds, cuttings or division. yy q Eqan. 5. Mrta, Linn. Blaok-eted Susan. Yellow Daisy. Biennial or annual, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. 2-5 in. long: rays golden yellow, sometimes orange at base. Dry and open ground; common over wide range. B.B. 3:416. Gn. 49:1055. 6. Sulgida, Ait. Perennial, 1-2 ft. high: rays 12-14, 1 in. long. Dry soil, Pa. to Mo., south to La. and Tex. P.M. 1996. Mn. 6:221. 7. specidsa, Wenderoth. Perennial, 1-3 ft. high: rays 12-20, becoming 1% in. long. Moist soil, Pa. to Mich., Ark. and Ala. G.C. II. 16:372 (heads 3-4 in. across, rays more than 30, in 2 series).— iJ. Niwmani, Loud., is generally considered a synonym of this species. 2216. Rubus dumetorum, an Old World Dewberry (X 3^). Page 1587. A. Base of upper Ivs. cordate-clasp- ing 1. amplexicaulis AA. Base of upper Ivs. not cordate- clasping. B. Color of disk hrown or dark purple: shape of disk never cylindrical. C. Loicer Ivs. deeply S-eut. D. Duration biennial: disk black-purple 2. tiiloba DD. Duration perennial : disk dull brownish 3. subtomentosa CO. Lower Ivs. not deeply 3-cut. D. PlantH bristly -hairy, E. Bays Vi-Vi, in. long 4. bicolor EE. Bays 1~2 in, long 5. hirta DD. Plants nearly glabrous. E. Ill's, mostly entire 6. fulgida EE. Dvs. irregularly serrate. 7. speciosa BB. Color of disk greenish or yel- lowish, c. Lvs. entire or barely dentate. D. Height 2-4 ft,: Ivs, bright green 8. nitida DD. Height 4-9 ft,: Ivs, glau- cous 9. maxima CO. Lvs, {upper stem-lvs.) S-cleft, 10, laciniata amplexicaulis, 1. bicolor, 4. fuleida, 6. Golden Glow, 10. hirta, 5. INDEX. laciniata, 10, maxima, 9. Newina?ii, 7, nitida, 8. speciosa, 7. superba, 4. subtomentosa, 3. triloba, 2. 1. amplexioaiilis, Vahl. Annual, 1-2 ft. high: rays 14 in. long or more, yellow, often with a brown-purple base; disk brownish, finally somewhat cylindrical. Low grounds, La. and Texas. B.B. 3:418. 2. triloba, Linn. Pig. 2217. Biennial, 2-5 ft. high, bright green: lvs. thin: rays 8-10, deep yellow, base sometimes orange or brown-purple: chaff awned. Moist soil, N. J. to Mich., south Ga. to La. and Mo. B.B. 3:415. B.E. 7:525. — Blooms the first year from seed. 3. subtoment6sa, Pursh. Perennial, 2-5 ft. high, ashy gray: lvs. thick: rays 15-20, yellow, sometimes with a darker base: chaff blunt. Prairies, 111. to Tex. B.B. 3:415. 4. bicolor, Nutt. Annual, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. 1-2 in. long: rays yellow, with a blackish purple base or all yellow. Pine woods or sandy soil. Ark., Tex., and east to Ga. — Var. Bup^rba, Hort. Haage & Schmidt, has heads 2 in. across: rays yellow above, purplish brown below. Gt. 47, p. 220. S.H. 2, p. 169. 8. nitida, Nutt. This and the next are southern per- ennials, with lvs. entire or barely dentate: rays droop- ing, pure yellow, several or numerous; disk finally columnar, 1-2 in. long. Wet ground, Ga. to Fla. and Tex. Gn. 47:1006. 9. mdxima, Nutt. Closely allied to B, nitida and differing as indicated in the key. Moist pine woods and plains. Ark., La., Tex. Gn. 47:1018. 10. laeini&ta, Linn. Perennial, 2-7 ft. high: lower stem-lvs. 3-5-parted, upper ones 3-cleft: rays yellow, few or several, soon drooping ; disk cylindric in fruit. Moist ground, Canada to Fla.. west to Mont, and New Mex. G.B\ 2:281. Golden Glow is a full double form. Pig. 2218. Gng. 5:5, 117; 6:370. A. P. 12:274, 275. Gn. 50, p. 411. G.C. III. 20:339. B. angustifdlia, Linn., is Helianthus angustifolius. — li.pin- naia, Vent., is Lepaehys pinnata. — R. purpilrea, Linn., is Echinacea purpurea. ^y. M. BUE. See Buta graveolens. EUE ANEMOHE. See Syndesmon. HUE, GOAT'S. Galega officinalis, EUfiLLIA (after Jean de la Ruelle, aPrench botanist). Acanth&cece, A genus of about 150 species of herbs or shrubs, mostly American, pubescent, villous or rarely glabrous: lvs. opposite, mostly en- tire: fls. violet, lilac, white, red or rarely yellow. The fis. are sessile or nearly so in axils of lvs. or bracts; they are solitary, fascicled, or in spreading, paniculate cymes. Bracts herbaceous, loose or im- bricated, usually small and nar- row, rarely oblong or lanceolate. Corolla- limb 5-lobed, equal, or with the upper lobes connate at the base ; stamens 4 : cap- sule oblong or club-shaped, terete or compressed, 6-20- seeded: seeds compressed. A. Blossoms sessile or nearly so. B. Dvs. green. c. Fls. blue, las in, long, cilidsa, Pursh. A hardy perennial herb, about 1% ft. high, erect or prostrate, hir- sute or pubescent: lvs. hairy, ciliate, usually ob- long, sessile or short-peti- oled, lJ^-3 in. long: fls. sol- itary or clustered, axillary, blue, lK-2 in. long. Aug., Sept. In dry, light soil, N. J., south and west. B.B. 3: 203. — Prop, by seeds or di- vision. CO. Fls, rosy, S-6 in. long, macrdntha, Mart. It forms j^lJ. a compact, many-stemmed Rudbeckia triloba (X K). 1590 RUELLIA shrub, 1-6 ft. high, with ovate-lanceolate Ivs. 4-6 in. long: fls. large, bell-shaped, with tubular base, purplish rose with purple veins, solitary in leaf-axils. Brazil. 2218. Rudbeckia laciniata, var. Golden Glow (X /4)- See p. 1589. G.C. III. 17:45. B.H. 1881:410.-G. W. Oliver says in his "Plant Culture "that S. maorantha is of easy cul- tivation and is one of the best greenhouse flowering plants for amateurs. Cuttings rooted in September furnish fair-sized flowering plants in January. These, if desired, may be planted out in late spring, when they will have formed large specimens, which may be lifted and potted. BB. £us. marked with white, c. Fls. white, often veined with lilac, SeTOSiina, Hort. A low-growing tender Brazilian species, with lanceolate Ivs. marked on the upper sur- face with white along the nerves and having the lower surface entirely purple: fls. rather small, usually white, with blue stripe, axillary; corolla-tube suddenly dilated and bent at the middle. CO. jPls. carmine or rose, M akoy&na, Hort. A compact, bushy plant resembling JS. Devosiana, Hort., in foliage, but differing in the color of the fls. (bright carmine) and by their somewhat larger size. Brazil. R.B. 21:109. R.H. 1896:576.— Pre- fers shade. It is said that tlie color of the foliage Is better when soot is mixed with the soil. AA. Blossoms on long peduncles. B. Fls. blue or purple. tuberdsa, Linn. A perennial herb, 2-3 ft. high, with oval or ovate Ivs. 2-3 in. long and blue fls. l>^-2 in. long, in terminal, nearly naked panicles ; stigma single : capsule 12-16-seeded. Southwestern U. S. ; cult, in Fla. BB. Fls. red. c. Peduncles much branched, amoena, Nees (Stephanoph^stim longifblium, Pohl). A half-hardy perennial, about 1}^ ft high: Ivs. oblong- lanceolate or oblong, narrowed at both ends; margins repand-denticulate or simply repand : fls. bright red, in axillary sprays in summer. Brazil. P.M. 1880:419. cc. Peduncles but little branched. fonndsa, Andr. Pig. 2219. A low-growing, tender, herbaceous perennial: Ivs. ovate, rounded at the base, RUMEX hairy on both sides: fls. on straight, axillary peduncles; corolla scarlet, showy, 1% in. long, the upper 2 lobes joined for half their length. Summer. Brazil. B.M. 1400. -Cult, in California. R. varians, Vent. See Dsedalacanthus nervosus. P. W. Bakclay. BULtNGIA (after J. Ph. Ruling, a botanist of Gottin- gen). Sterculidcece. This includes two plants cult, in S. Calif. R. parviflora is highly recommended as a rock plant by Ernest Braunton, of Los Angeles, who grows it in quantity for its trailing habit and myriads of small pink fls. borne in spring. Pranceschi says that -K. pannosa is odd and pretty by reason of the fleecy coating of the leaves. A genus of about 15 species of shrubs or undershrubs from Australia, except one a native of Madagascar. Lvs. various in size, entire, toothed or lobed: fls. mostly white, small, in cymes; calyx 5-lobed; petals 5, broad and concave or convo- lute at the base, with a small, broad or linear ligula at the top; stamens shortly or scarcely joined at the base, 5 without anthers, petal-like, 5 perfect, short: ovary sessile, 5-celled ; ovules 1-3 in each cell. Plora Austra- liensis 1:237. A. I/vs. 1-3 in. long, panndsa, R. Br. Eventually a shrub, several ft. high, but flowering freely at a young age: lvs. scabrous-pu- bescent above, densely velvety hirsute below, on older plants ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, on young plants broader and often 3-4-lobed: cymes shortly peduncu- late: fls. white. B.M. 2191. -The plant offered in Calif, as Pomaderris apetala is said to belong here. AA. I/vs, usually less than 1 in. long. parvifldia, Endl. A low shrub, with branches K-1^ ft. long, ascending or prostrate: lvs. ovate or ovate-lan- ceolate, obtuse, deeply crenate, mostly lobed: fls. pink- ish, in shortly pedunculate cymes. p_ ^f. Bakclay. BtlMEX (the Latin name). Polygon&cem, Dock. SoBBEL. Herbs, mostly perennial, with strong roots, of more than 100 species in many parts of the world. Most 3219. Ruellla formosa (XK). of the species are weedy plants, but some of them afford leaves for " greens " and others are useful for ornament. All are of the easiest culture. Prop, mostly by seeds. BUMES BUSH 1591 As a genus, Rumex is closely allied to Pagopyrum, the l)U(!kwheats, Bheum, the rhubarbs, and Polygonum, the jointweeds. They are mostly leafy-stemmed plants, with small flowers in panicles, the pedicels mostly in whorls and jointed: fls. perfect or imperfect, with 6-parted calyx, the 3 inner lobes larger and generally one or all of them bearing a graii\ or tubercle near the center; stamens 6; stigmas 3: fr. a 3-sided often margined or winged akene. In the larger species the stems are grooved and hollow. Most of them are erect-growing plants. See Dock and Sorrel. A. Docks: Ivs. not hastate: fls. perfect, or at least not dioecious. B. Wings of calyx not tubercle-hearing. vendBua, Pursh. Perennial, 1>^ ft. or less tall, gla- brous, branched: Ivs. oblong-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, usually tapering at both ends, entire, the stipular sheaths (oerese) funnelform and prominent: wings of fr. large and thin, entire, 1 in. or more across, red- veined and showy, the pedicels hanging in fruit. Mo., west. —Recently offered as an ornamental plant, because of the very showy wide-winged fruiting calices. hymenosSpalus, Torr. (B. Sdxei, Kellogg). Canaigke. Raiz Colokada. Erect, reaching 3 ft., glabrous, the root of clustered fusi form tubers: ivs. oblong-lanceolate, some times 1 ft. long, narrow at either end, short-petioled, en- tire, gray-green, somewhat mot- tled beneath: fls. perfect, large, in crowded panicles, green : fruiting calyx-lobes % in. across, brown, en- tire, veiny, the pedicels drooping. Indian Terr, and Tex. to Calif. B.M. 7433. -"Leaf- stalks used as rhubarb, for which reason it is known also as pie-plant in California." Fran- oeschi. The plant has some ornamental value, but is of great economic importance as a tannin- producing plant. The tannin is secured from the dahlia- like roots. For literature on the economic uses of the "plant, consult reports of experiment stations in Ariz., Calif., and elsewhere. occldentUis, Wats. Stout perennial, reaching 3 ft., glabrous: Ivs. lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, more or less wavy-margined, obtuse or nearly so, the base sub- cordate, long-stalked: wings of the fr. subtriangular, somewhat toothed, veiny, brown, % in. across. Labrador across the continent, descending along the Rocky Mts. and reaching Texas.— Once introduced as an ornamental subject, because of its profuse and somewhat showy fruiting calices. BB. Wings of calyx bearing one or more tubercles. Patifintia, Linn. Herb Patience. Spinagb Dock. Tall, strong, erect, nearly simple plant, reaching 5 ft. when in flower, glabrous : root-lvs. (Pig. 728, Vol. I) elliptic-ovate, tapering both ways, the margins undulate, the blade 8-12 in. long; stem-lvs. ovate-lanceolate, long- acuminate, more or less rounded at the base: inflores- cence long and compound (often 2 ft. long), dense in fr. : wings cordate, about 34 in. across, veiny, entire, one of them bearing a small tubercle near the base. Eu- rope, but naturalized in many places. — An excellent plant for greens, the strong root-lvs. being used in early spring. Perennial. crfspus, Linn. Curly Dock. Tall, often 3-3K ft.: Ivs. long -lanceolate, wavy-margined, rounded at the base: wings entire, the tubercles usually 3, the inflores- cence not leafy. Naturalized from Europe, and now one of the common Docks about yards and in old fields.— Not cult., but the lv3. sometimes used for greens. obtUBxfdlius, Linn. Bitter Dock. Also a common weed : Ivs. much broader, very obtuse or even cordate at base, obtuse at apex, not wavy -margined : wings long- toothed, the tubercle usually 1, the inflorescence some- what leafy below. Eu. AA. Sorrels: Ivs. mostly (at least the radical ones) hastate or sagittate : fls, imperfect, the plants sometimes dioecious. E. Plant perennial (S. Acetosella sometimes annual). Acetdsa, Linn. Garden Sorrel. Stem strong and erect (3 ft. or more tall in fr.), furrowed, the plant gla- brous: root-lvs. thin and light green, oblong and obtuse, with sharp auricles at the base (Pig. 729, Vol. I), the petioles slender; stem-lvs. relatively narrow, acumi- nate: inflorescence large and ample, the larger part of the fls. sterile (plant sometimes dioecious): wings en- tire or very nearly so, not over H in. across, cordate- ovate, each with a callosity near the base, the outer small scales reflexed. Eu. and Asia, and naturalized in some places in this country. —Useful for early spring greens, but later in foliage than R. Patientia. 80ut4tus, Linn. Peench Sorrel. Lower, with many branching prostrate^or ascending stems, glaucous: Ivs. somewhat fleshy, the radical ones long-stalked and cor- date-ovate-obtuse, the stem-lvs. short-stalked and has- tate-flddleform and acute or sometimes 3-lobed: wings thin, cordate, without callosities. Eu., Asia. —Grown in several varieties in Europe, and sometimes cult, in this country for greens. It is a summer Sorrel. 2220. Russelia juncea (X J^). lee page 1592.) Acetosella, Linn. Common Field or Sheep Sorrel. Common in all old fields, where it indicates sterile soil: Ivs. oblong, from a hastate-lobed base: fls. reddish, in erect racemes. Not cult., but the sour root-leaves are sometimes used for greens. Eu. BB. Plant annual. rdseuB, Linn. One to 2 ft., with spreading and branched stems, glabrous and somewhat glaucous: Ivs. small, deltoid-ovate, entire, short-pointed, truncate-cu- neate or almost cordate at base : racemes short and leaf- less or nearly so, the pedicels drooping in fr. : wings cordate-orbicular, V^-% in. across, thin, rosy -veined, without callosities. Egypt to Persia. —Barely cult, as an ornamental for its showy fruiting calices. L. H. B. EUPTUBE-WOET. Herniaria. BI^SCVS (an old Latin name). Liili&cece. Butcher's Broom. A genus of possibly 3 species scattered over Europe. Erect shrubs, with minute bract-like Ivs. and branches (phyllodia) simulating leathery, per- sistent, veined, sessile, leaf -like bodies: fls. small, springing from t!ie midrib of the lower surface of the phyllodium. aculeSktus, Linn. Shrub, lK-33^ ft. high: phyllodia ovate-lanceolate, %-\y-i in. long, tapering into a spiny point: fls. 1-2, short-pedicelled ; berry red, K in. thick. Spring. Gn. 34, p. 231. B.H. 1894, p. 545. -Cult, in Fla. and S. Calif. According to A. Blanc, R. Sypogldssum, Linn., has been highly commended lately in Germany as a decorative subject. This species and B. Hypophyllum, Linu., are both natives of southern Europe, where they have been studied by various botanists, some of whom distinguish them by various char- acters, while others unite them into a single species. J. G. Baker considers R. Hypoglossum a variety of E. Hypophyllum, differing in having the costa under the cluster of fls. in the form of a large leafy bract lacking entirely the texture of the phyllocladium. In B.M. 2049 R. Hypophyllum is shown with minute white fls. and handsome red berries nearly % in. thick, P. W. Barclay. EUSH. Juncus. riowering Eush is Butomus. Bush Lily. See Sisyrinchium. 1592 RUSSEIilA Ii.TTSS£LIA (Alexander Russell, Enslish physician and author of "Natural History of Aleppo," 1856). Scrophularid,cece. About a dozen species of Mexican shrubby plants with angular, usually slender, often pendulous branches: Ivs. usually small, becoming scale- like on the branches, opposite or verticillate : fls. bright red, in dense or loose corymbs or of a single flower; calyx 5-parted; corolla -tube cylindrical, the lobes spreading and nearly equal; staminodia very short or wanting; stamens 4: capsule subglobose, 2-celled: seeds numerous, very small, winged. A recent synop- sis of Eusselia by Dr. B. L. Robinson, with a key to the species, will be found in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., vol. 35, No. 16, March, 1900. Russelias are of easy cultivation. J2. juncea and its varieties make excellent basket plants, being almost continuously in bloom. Propagated by cuttings. A. Peduncles IS-flowered. jiincea, Zuc.c. (-B. scopiria, Hort. ). Coral Plant. Fig. 2220. A tender shrubby plant, with smooth, somewhat rush-like branches, nodding or pendulous at the top: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or ovate, small, becoming minute bracts on the branches : raceme very loose, remotely flowered: peduncles elongated. B.R.2I:1773. P.M. 4:79. — Vars. Lem^inei and elegantissima are garden hybrids of H. juncea and -ffi. sarmentosa. They are more florif- erous, especially during the winter, than the type. AA. Peduncles tnany -flowered. sarmentdsa, Jacq. (S. multifldra, Sims). A tender shrub, becoming 4-6 ft. high: Ivs. opposite, ovate, acu- minate, serrately crenate: fls. verticillate, many in a terminal raceme. B.M. 1528- P.M. 16:163. R.H. 1852:281. P. W. Barclay. RUSSIAN CACTXJS. Same as Russian Thistle. RUSSIAN FRUITS. See Pomology. R. THISTLE. See Salsola. RUST. A name for a class of fungi which produce disease in plants. Rusts are of the class Uredinese. The mycelium branches among the tissues of the host and produces several kinds of spores, either upon the one host ( autcecious ) , or upon different hosts ( heteroecious ) . These spores, as shown typically in the disease of the wheat, are called respectively uredospores, teleutospores, wcidiospores, etc. Recent researches by Eriksson and Henning in Sweden shoV that the three common rusts which affect the grains, namely: Puccinia graminis (Pigs. 2221-2), P. rubigo-vera and P. corvnata, can be split up into seven species, characterized by their cultural reactions with a large series of plants, and that Puccinia graminis has besides .six specialized 2221. Colonies of Rust on the stem of wheat. 2222. The cluster -cud stage of the wheat Rust fun- gus growing on a barberry leaf. forms, delimited by differences in the marked capacity of the uredo- or teleutospores to inoculate on different hosts. Several rusts are common on cultivated plants, causing disease; viz., beet rust (Uromyces Bete), broad bean ru.st {Uromyces Pabce), white pine rust (Cron- artiumribicolum}, asparagus rust (Puccinia Asparagi), EYE chrysanthemum rust (Puccinia Sieracii), black, or wheat rust (Puccinia graminis) , hollyhock rust (Puc- cinia malvacearum) , etc. John W. Harshberger. The rusts are fungi constituting a very large and economically important class knoM'n as Uredinese. They are all obligatory parasites, attacking a vast num- ber of native and cultivated plants. The mycelium of 2223. Ruta graveolens. Flowers slightly enlarged. the rust fungi exists entirely wifliin the tissues of the host. The spores are formed in maases or sori just be- neath the epidermis. When ripe they break through the epidermis, forming brown patches and spots from which they are scattered. Many of the rusts produce several spore-forms, which often occur in regular succes- sion either on the same host or on different hosts. For example, the wheat rust produces uredospores and teleu- tospores on the wheat and secidiospores on the barberry. Rusts rarely kill the plants which they affect, and hence in many oases the damage done is not as appar- ent as in many other diseases. In all cases, however, the plants are weakened, and often much disfigured. They are among the most difficult fungous diseases to combat. ' Spraying has been tried in many instances, but has proved, at most, only partially successful. The most profitable course for overcoming these diseases seems to be the selection of resistant varieties. Heinrioh Hasselbking. RtfTA (classical name of rue). Sutdcece. About 40 species from the Mediterranean region of Europe and from Asia. Perennial herbs, often woody at the base, glandular, punctate: Ivs. simple to much pinnate, odor- ous : fls. yellow or greenish, in terminal corymbs or panicles, hermaphrodite, usiially 4-merous; petals 4-5, free, often dentate or ciliate; stamens 8-10: ovary ses- sile: capsule 4-5-lobed, indehiscent or dehiscent at apex. ^ graveolens, Linn. Rue. Hekb of Grace. Pig. 2223. A hardy perennial, woody at the base, lK-2 ft. high : Ivs. fragrant, much divided; lobes oblong, the terminal ob- ovate: fls. yellow. July. Prop, by division and seeds. - Patavlna, Linn. (HaplopJiyllvm Patai'him, Hort.). A hardy perennial herb 4-6 in. high: Ivs. glabrous, the lower oblong- spatulate, narrowed at the base, the others trisected and laciniate: corymb dense; pedicels some- what longer than the fls. : fls. golden yellow. June, July. P. W. Barclay. RUTABAGA, or SWEDISH TURNIP. Consult Sras- sica campestris , page 177; also Turnip. RUTLAND BEAUTY is Convolvulus Sepium. RYE. See Secale. RYE, Wild. See mymus. 8ABAL (possibly a native name in South America, but the author of the genus does not explain). J'al- mcicece. Spineless palms, low, tall or almost stemleas, the robust, ringed trunk obliquely ascending at the base, clothed above with dead leaf -sheaths: Ivs. termi- nal, orbicular or cuneate at the base, flabellately multi- fld; segments linear, bihd, filamentous on the margins, induplicate in the bud; rachis short or long; ligule short, adnate to the rachis ; petiole concave above, the margins smooth, acute; sheath short: spadices large, elongated, decompound, at first erect, the branches and branchlets slender, recurving, pendent ; spathes sheath- ing the branches and peduncles tubular, oblique at the throat: bracts and bractlets minute: fls. small, gla- brous, white or green : fruits small, globose, black, the short style basal. Species G, Florida to Venezuela, and one in Sonora. Some botanists make the species names all feminine ; others neuter. Jaeed G. Smith. The Cabbage Palmetto {Sabal Palmetto} grows in groups of a few specimens to several hundreds or even thousands iu the rich black soil on the banks of the St. Johns and Ocklawaha rivers of Florida, forming a glori- ous sight; and even the tourist who is blind to most of the charms of nature cannot help being overwhelmed by the beauty and grandeur of these palms. They are found northward to South Carolina, but they attain their fullest development in Florida, where they always form an important feature of the landscape. Generally they grow in dense groups, but they are more beautiful in all their parts where they have room enough to spread. In southern Florida the undersigned has often found underneath the crown of leaves a dense wreath of ferns {Polypodiuni auf^eum), which heightens the charm of these palms considerably. On the St. Johns the trunk is often covered with the trumpet creeper (Tecoma radicans) , or it is hidden by the dense foliage of the cross-vine {Bignonia capreolata), both of which form a beautiful ornament, especially when in flower. TheKe suggestions of nature are often followed by planters who have a feeling for nature-like landscape ef- fects. The Cabbage Palmetto thrives even in . ' , the poor sandy soil, and it is greatly improved by cultivation. Even good-sized trees are not difficult to transplant if the whole stem is carefully dug out and all of the roots and leaves are cut off. If the stem has been set at least three feet deep and the soil is kept well watered after planting, the Palmetto is almost sure to live. In addition to the Palmetto, all of the Sabals mentioned in this work are cultivated by the undersigned on high pine land in southern Florida. Un- der these conditions the Sabals have proved a great success, as also all species of Phoenix and all Cocos of the australis type, while the species of Washingtonia, Erythea, Livistona and Trachycarpus have been an entire failure. S. Blackbumianum is, in the judgment of the undersigned, the finest of all the fan- leaved palms that can be grown in Florida. All the species that form trunks are objects of great beauty when well grown. They need to be well fertilized, or the lower leaves will suffer and finally die, thus detracting much from the elegance of the specimen. They all grow naturally in rich black soil, but they all thrive ex- ceedingly well in the sandy pine woods soil if well fertil- ized and watered ; in fact, they can hardly be fertilized too much, and the more nitrogenous manure and water they get the faster they grow. When transplanted they must be set deep. In planting palms the writer alway s makes a hollow about 6, ft. in diameter and about 2 ft. deep in the center. This center, which receives the plant. is the deepest point, while the ground all around is slightly sloping. Care must be taken to remove tbe sand after heavy rains or the crown will soon be buried and the little plant dies. As the plant first forms the trunk in the soil and as the growth is rather rapid, this precaution is not necessary after the plant has attained a few feet in size. H. Nehkling. The Cabbage Palmetto ISabal Palmetto) is rich in his torical associations. It is also noted for its imperish- ability under water. The trunks make good piles for wharves, as they resi.st the attacks of the borer in sea water. The leaves make the best of thatching. Until the tree reaches a height of 10-20 ft. the bases of the leaf-stalks remain upon the trunk, forming a unique chevaux de frise, which adds much to its picturesque- ness. This palm, when pot-grown, is valuable for greenhouse culture at the North. The Dwarf Palmetto can resist as low a temperature as 10-17° F. The graceful flower-spike rises above the leaves to a height of 6 or 7 feet. S. longipedunculatii.nl somewhat resembles the Cab- bage Palmetto, and its flower-spikes extend far above the leaves. e. N. Keasoner. INDEX. Adansoni, 1. Hoogendorpi, s. L. miTior, 1. BlaCKburniauum, 4. Javanieum; s. L. minus, 1. cseruleseens, s. L. longifolium, s. L. Mocini, 3. dealbutum, s. L. longipedunculatum, Palmetto, 3. Ghiesbreghtii, s. L. s. L. princeps, s. L. glaucum. s. L. mauritissforme, 2. umbraculiferum, 4. glaucescens, 2. Mexicanum, 5. Vresana, s. L. Havanensis, s. l. A. Leaf-Made longer than petiole. B. Trunk none 1. Adansoni BB. Trunk finally 60 ft ._ 2. mauritiaeforme AA. Jjeaf-hlade shorter than petiole. B. Shape of blade cordate 3. Palmetto BB. Shape of blade orbicular. 0. Lobes rather rigid 4. Blackburnlanum cc. Lobes pendent 5. Mexicanum % 2224. The Palmetto m Florida— Sabal Palmetto. 1. Adansoni, Guerns. (S. minus or minor, Pers. Corypha minor, Jacq. not Linn.). Dwarf Palmetto. Blue Paum. Stem short, buried in the earth: Ivs. 2-3 ft. long; blade circular in its outline, somewhat longer than the petiole, glaucous ; segments slightly cleft at the apex: spadix erect, much longer than the Ivs., 3-6 ft.: drupe K in. thick, black. Southern states. B.M. 1434. (1593) 1594 SABAL 2. mauritiaeMrme, Griseb. & Wendl. Also spelled mauritiiformis, etc. Trunk middle-sized, but occasion- ally attaining 60-80 ft.: Ivs. finally 12 ft. across; blade suborbicular, longer than the petiole, glaucous beneath, multifld to the middle, with loose fibers between the bifid lobes. West Indies.— The name mauritimforme does not appear in the American trade, but S. glauces- cens, Lodd. and Hort., probably belongs here, according to Grisebach. Nehrling writes : "S. glaucescens of the trade rivals S. umbraouUfemm in beauty and rapidity of growth. Its leaves, though smaller, have a beautiful bluish green color." 3. Palmetto, Lodd. Cabbage Palmetto. Fig. 2224. Stem erect, 20-80 ft. high: Ivs. 5-8 ft. long, cordate in ■outline, recurved at the summit, shorter than the petiole; segments deeply cleft; spadix spreading, ■shorter than the Ivs.: drupe black, %-% in. long. -Southern states. S.S. 10:507. A.F. 12:628.-5. Mocini, Hort., is referred to S. Palmetto by Voss, but Nehrling ■describes it as a stemless plant from Mexico, more Tieautiful than the Dwarf Palmetto, bearing immense Ivs. on strong stalks, the Ivs. attaining a height of 6-8 It. S. Palmetto has been confused in the European trade with S, Mexicanum. 4. Blackbnmi^num, Glazebrook (S. umbracuUferum, Mart.). Stem 30-40 ft. high, thickened at the middle: blade ample, orbicular, glaucous, rather rigid, shorter than the petiole; lobes about 40, ensiform, bifid, fila- mentous, rather rigid. West Indies. G. F. 4:307. G.G. II. 2:777. Loudon's Gard. Mag. 5:52-57, with several figures.- This species has also been confused in the trade with jS. Mexicanum. 5. Mexioinum, Mart. Stout tree, with trunk some- times 50 ft. tall and 2 ft. in diam. : Ivs. very large, some- times 6 ft. long and 7 ft. wide, divided to the middle into many narrow 2-parted segments, which are filamen- tous on the margins: fr. K in. in diam., globose or sometimes3-lobed, with thin dry flesh. Tex., Mex. S.S. 10:508. —Nehrling writes: "This species is more robust than those native to Florida; it forms a broader and denser crown of Ivs. and grows more quickly." The following are mostly trade names, but at present they can be only imperfectly described: iS. ccerulescens, W. Bull. A native of Colombia introduced iu 1875. Apparently only the juvenile state has been described. Lvs. elongate, linear-lanceo- late, plicate, with a bluish or glaucous green color which is very strongly marked on the under surface. Nehrling "writes that he cannot distinguish at present his specimens of S. Cfflruleseens from S. glaucescens.- 5. dealbdtum, Hort. "This species," writes Nehrling, "reminds one of S. Mocini, although it is smaller in all its parts. The leaves are numerous, glaucous green and of a fine fan-shaped form. Compared with the Sabals that form a trunk, these stemless species have little beauty, though they look well as foliage plants in company with Cycas revoluta and Dioon edule." The name "dealbatum" means whitened. — S. Ghi^sbreghtii, Hort., is very similar to S. um- braculifera, according to ?^ehrling. — S. glaHeum, Hort., Pitcher and Manda, 1895, may possibly be meant for S. glaucescens. — S, Havanensis, Lodd., according to Nehrling, "is a more up- right grower than S. Blackbumianum, has a slender stem and the leaf-stalks are longer and thinner. The leaves have a bluish green color while young, changing to a fine dark green when they get older." Habitat unknown. — S. Hodgendorpi, Hort , is cult, by Nehrling. — S. Jav&nieum, Hort., Pitcher & Manda, is possibly meant for S. Havanensis, since Sabal is an Aineri- can genus and is not known in Java. — S. longifblium, Hort., according to Nehrling "has very numerous, long and slender lvs. which are bright green above and silvery below." — S. lon- jjipedunculdtum, ^orb,, according to Nehrling, "is a stemless plant with smaller lvs. than those of S. Mocini and very long and slender stalks." Beasoner adds that the lvs. are glaucous green.— S. prlnceps, Hort., according to Nehrling, "is very similar to S. umhraculifera. — S. Uresdna, Trelease. Trunk 15 or >S5 ft. high and upwards of 1 ft. in diam. : lvs. glabrous, very glaucous: petiole stout, concavo-convex, unarmed, about 40 in. long, nearly 1 in. wide and nearly 2-5 in. thick: blade about 40 in. long and wide, multifid, with coarse straw-colored fibers from the sinuses, the center arcuately recurved: fr. of a single developed carpel, depressed globose, % in. or less in diam., edible, green, or when dry dingy brown and somewhat glossy, the mesocarp then cottony: endocarp whitish straw- color, glossy -within; seed polished, dark chestnut-brown, labyrinthiform-rugose, much depressed. Sonora, Mexico, in the vicinity of TJres. Described and figured in vol. 12 (1901) of Rept. Mo. Hot. Gard. "From the two arboreous palmettos of the United States, S. Uresana differs markedly in its pale, very glaucous foliage, and in the size of its fruit, which is of thrice the diameter of that of S. Palmetto, and usually a third larger than in S. Mexicana, with the former of which species SACCOLABIUM it agrees in having but one of the three carpels developed and fertile, while in S. Mexicana two or even all three are not in frequently developed. Considering the extent to which this section of Mexico has been visited by collectors of seeds it would be remarkable if this attractive plant should not prove to be already in cultivation in European gardens." Possibly already in cult, in this country. ^_ jj_ SABBATIA (Liberatus Sabbati, Italian botanist of the eighteenth century). Gentiandcecs. About 13 species of Atlantic North American annuals or biennials with showy rose-pink or white fls. in summer or autumn, Fls. 5-12-merous, in cymes or terminating the branches ; calyx 5-12-cleft; corolla rotate, usually with a yellow eye, the lobes convolute in the bud; filaments rather short, filiform; anthers linear or elongate oblong, ar- cuate, recurved or re volute; style 2-cleft or parted: capsule globose or ovoid, thick-coriaceous or at first fieshy: seeds small, numerous. Sabbatias require a light, sweet soil. Seed may be sown in fall or early spring. The plants are easily transplanted. A. I'ls, 5-parted, rarely 6-7-parted. B. Lvs, narrow -oblanceolate to linear. c. Color of fls. rose to white: lvs. obtuse, braohid,ta, Ell. Stem but slightly angled, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. mostly obtuse, obscurely 3-nerved at the base: fis. showy, light rose to white, 1-lX in. across, iu thyrsiform panicles, the lateral peduncles bearing usu- ally 3-fld. cymes; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, shorter or nearly equaling the corolla. May-Sept. Ind. to N. C. and south. B.B. 2:609. oc. Color of fls. white, fading yellowish: lvs. acute, laneeoiata, Torr. & Gray. Stem simple, 1-3 ft. high; lvs. about 1 in. long, shorter than iuternodes, acute, 3-5-nerved, the fioral reduced to subulate bracts: fls. about 1 in. across, white, fading yellowish; calyx-lobe more than half the length of the corolla. May-Sept, Wet pine barrens, N. J. to Pla. B.B. 2:609. BB. Jjvs. wider, cordate-ovate, clasping. angultois, Pursh. Stem sharply angled, lK-2 ft. high: lvs. 3-5-nerved: fls. fragrant, showy, light rose to white, 1-2 in. across, in much-branched pyramidal or somewhat corymbose cymes; calyx-lobes linear, much shorter than the corolla. Rich, light soil in open fields, W. Canada to Fla. B.B. 2:610. AA. Fls. 8-lZ-parted. ohloroldes, Pursh. Stem truly biennial, 1-2 ft. high, often decumbent, loosely and sparingly branched above : lvs. oblong-lanceolate or the lower oblong-spatulate: fls. rose-purple, occasionally white, 2 in. across, showy, solitary on naked, somewhat paniculate peduncles; calyx-lobes subulate-linear, about half the length of the spatulate-obovate lobes of the corolla. Margins of pine barren swamps along the coast. Mass., Fla. B.B. 2:612. P. W. Babolat. SACCHABTJM {saccharon, old Greek name for sugar). Graminem, Species 12, in tropical regions, mostly of the Old World. Tall grasses with stout culm and ample panicles, the branches of which are many -.jointed; the small, slender spikelets 1-fld., surrounded by long silky hairs. Differs from Brianthus in having the spikelets awnless. The most important species is the Sugar Cane, which is extensively cultivated in tropical and subtropi- cal countries for the production of sugar. Propagated by cuttings of the stem. Native country unknown, but probably east Asia. Cultivated from time immemorial, for which reason many varieties have lost the power to produce bloom or at least to produce fertile seed. Rum is produced from the fermented molasses. o!ficiiiirum, Linn. Suqak Cane. Stem 8-20 ft. high, 1-2 in. thick, third empty glume wanting. A. S. Hitchcock. SAGCOLABIIJM (name referring to the saccate label- lum). Orchiddcece. Epiphytic herbs with erect leafy stems increasing in length by continued growth at the apex: lvs. distichous, leathery and fleshy, usually chan- neled; inflorescence lateral, in the cultivated species a long, densely-fld. cylindrical raceme: fls. medium or SACCOLABIUM SAFFRON THISTLE 1595. small; sepals subequal, free, spreading, the lateral pair not decurrent on the base of the column ; petals similar, sometimes wider; labellum united with the base of the column, spurred, the mouth of the spur open; poUinia on a filiform stipe. About 20 species. Can be propa- gated by offsets and by cut-backs. Fresh stock is con- stantly imported. Heinrioh Hasselbbinb. This interesting genus embraces a number of pretty and distinct species from Borneo, Cochin China, India, Java and Manila. They are closely allied to the genera ASrides, Phalaenopsis and Vanda, and require somewhat similar treatment, but do not always acclimatize them- selves as readily to artificial cultivation unless given a location with more or less natural surroundings, though some of the more free-growing species, like S. ampul- laceum, S. curvifoUam, S. cceleste and 8. ffendersoni- anum, can usually be grown successfully in the Cattleya or Cypripedium department. The large-growing species with thick, succulent leaves require a warm, moist atmos- phere where the winter temperature can be retained at 65° to 70° F. by night and about 75° during the day, and in the summer or growing season 10 degrees in advance of this. All succeed best when suspended from the roof in pans, baskets or on blocks where they can have free circulation of air about them at all times, receive indi- rect benefit of the sun's influence, which will harden their tissue, and where the compost may readily and frequently dry out, during the resting period especially. Grown otherwise the more succulent species, such as S. giganteum (a Vanda), make soft, weak tissue, which is susceptible to wet spot, a usually fatal disease. Clean, chopped sphagnum, freely interspersed with broken pieces of charcoal, is the most satisfactory growing ma- terial, and this should not be pressed in so ^rmly as to entirely exclude access of air to the roots, but the plants must always be firmly secured with pieces of charcoal, potsherds or other similar material, or securely fastened with copper wire to keep them in position, otherwise being more or less top-heavy they are liable to work loose, under which conditions they cannot become prop- erly established. Shading should be applied to the glass from February until November to break the sun's direct rays, but dur- ing the balance of the year when the solar light is weak its direct influence will be found beneficial. In bright weather during the growing season the plants need a liberal supply of water, both at the roots and over the foliage, but during the resting period and in wet, in- clement weather, water and syringing must be carefully and sparingly administered. Judgment in this respect is very essential to the successful culture of these plants. The supply of Saccolabiums is kept up by fresh importation. These cultural directions apply also to the genus Rhynchostylis. Robert M. Grey. A. Fls. rose-colored. Hendersoni^num, Reichb. f. Dwarf: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, strap-shaped, subacute, distichous on the stems, but spreading in various directions : raceme upright, about as long as the Ivs.: fls. forming a cylindrical mass, bright rose, % in. across; dorsal sepals orbicular, con- cave, lateral ones larger, obovate-oblong ; petals oho- vate ; labellum a blunt, straight spur with 3 teeth at the mouth, white. Borneo. B.M. 6222. ampuUaceum, Lindl. Fig. 2225. Dwarf: stem 6-8 in. high, with 2 rows of Ivs.: Ivs. strap-shaped, channeled, apex truncate and dentate: racemes nearly erect, 4-6 in. high: fls. deep rose color; sepals and petals ovate, veined, spreading out flat; labellum linear-falcate, one- half as long as the petals ; spur slender, straight. May, June. N. India. B.M. 5595. P.M. 13:49. J.H. III. 32:463.— Var. Moulmein6nBe, Hort., is a geographical variety with stronger growth and larger fls. AA. Fls. orange or scarlet-orange. currifdlium, Lindl. Stems short: Ivs. linear, 8-10 in. long, 2-toothed at the apex: racemes somewhat droop- ing, 6 in. long, dense: fls. 1 in. across, bright orange scarlet; sepals and petals ovate to obovate, spreading; labellum orange, blade linear, truncate, spur obtuse. May, June. Burma. Java. B.M. 5326 {as S.miniatum). I.H. 13:493. cerlnum, Reichb. f. Stem short, thick: Ivs. strap- shaped, obtusely 2-lobed: raceme dense, half drooping: fls. orange, with a paler spur; sepals oblong; petals, ovate. Sunda Islands. AAA. Fls. white, spotted with blue. ccel68te, Reichb. f. Plant rarely 1 ft. high, with de- curved Ivs. and erect, densely fld. racemes 6-9 in. long: fls. white, with the front of the lip and the tips of the segments sky-blue; sepals and petals cuneate, oblong, obtuse; labellum rhomboid, spur compressed, curved. July, Aug. Siam. J.H. III. 28:87. 5. BUtmei, Lindl, = Rhynchostylis retusa.— 5. gigant^-um, Lindl. =VaTida densifiora. — S. guttdtum, Lindl. =Rhynehostylia. retusa. — S. Harrisonidnum, Hook. = Rhynchostylis violacea, 2225. Saccolabium ampuUaceum ( X }^) . var. Karr^sonmrmm.—S. iUiistre, Hort., probably=Vanda den- sifiora, var. illustre.— S. prcemdrsum, Lindl.— Rhynchostylis retusa.— S. retilsum. Voiet=RhynchostyUs retusa.— S. Rheidii, Wight = Rhynchostylis retusa. — S. violdceum, Reichb. f.— Rhynchostylis viol aeea. he tNRICH Hasselbbino. SACEED BEAN of Egypt. Nymphcea Lotus. SACRED BEAN of India. JSTelumho nucifera. < SADDLE TREE. Rare name for Tulip-tree, Iiirio- dendron, SAFFLOWER. Carthamus. SAFFEON. Crocus sativus. SAFFRON, FALSE. Carthamus tinctorius. SAFFEON, MEADOW. See ColcUcum. SAFFEON THISTLE. Carthamus tinctorius. 1596 SAGE SAGITTAKIA SAGE (Salvia officinalis). For at least three cen- turies this shrubby, fibrous-rooted perennial from southern Europe has been widely cultivated in kitchen gardens for its aromatic, whitish green, wrinkled, oval leaves. These are arranged oppositely on ascending or decumbent branching stems which seldom exceed 18 in. in height. In early summer the upper parts of these bear generally blue, though sometimes pink or white flowers, followed by almost black spheroidal seeds borne in the open cups. The name Salvia is derived from salvo, to save, in reference to the plant's use in ancient medicine; the name sage, from its supposed power to make people wise by strengthening the memory. In modern medicine it is but little used. In domestic practice it is, however, credited with tonic, sudorific, carminative, anthelmintic and stomachic properties, and is frequently used as a gargle for aphthous affec- tions of the mouth and pharynx. Its pleasant, though powerful-smelling, bitterish leaves are used for flavor- ing sausages and some kinds of cheese, for seasoning soups and stews, but mainly for dressings with lus- cious, strong meats such as pork, goose and duck. Among culinary herbs it ranks first in America, being more widely cultivated than any other except parsley, which is more largely employed for garnishing than as a flavoring agent. When possible the young leaves should be used fresh, for unless carefully dried they lose much of their aroma, which is due to a volatile oil and which even with careful curing rapidly dissi- pates. For best results the shoots should be gathered before flower-stems develop, because they are then richer and because later cuttings may be made. For drying upon a commercial scale, since this plan is thought to involve too much labor, the plants are cut in August if seed has been sown early, and the stumps, if not too short, produce again in late autumn ; or if grown as a secondary crop, which is the common way, they are cut only once— namely, in autumn. Plants grown from ciittings (see below) will often produce three crops in a season. Upon a small scale a warm, airy room is best for drying, the plants being either laid loosely upon racks or the floor, or hung from the ceiling and walls. Upon a larger scale a fruit evaporator with a steady current of warm air at about 100° F. may be used. After drying, the leaves are rubbed to a powder and Stored iij air-tight vessels. Sage does best in an open, sunny aspect and a well- drained, mellow loana of medium texture, rich in humus and nitrogenous matter. Stable manure or a fertilizer containing potash, phosphoric acid and nitrogen should be applied before the plowing, if done in the spring. Fall plowing is generally preferred where Sage alone is to occupy the land. In each case plowing should be as deep as the surface soil will profltably permit. Thorough flning of the soil must precede, and clean cultivation follow planting, the plants being set in drills about 15 in. apart and 10 in. asunder for manual cultivation or 18-21 in. apart and 10 in. asunder for power cultivation. The former method is, as a rule, more profltable though more laborious. After harvesting (see above) if the berl is to be permanent, northern plantations should be mulched with marsh hay or other material free from weed seeds. For garden practice it is common to divide the clumps biennially, since the plants become straggling if left longer. Upon a commercial scale, hpwever, it is better to rely upon cuttings or seedlings. Propagation may be effected by seed, cuttings, layers or division. Seed, the vitality of which lasts three years, may be drilled thinly in flats in greenhouse, hotbed or cold- frame in early spring; or out of doors, as soon as the ground becomes dry enough, in specially prepared beds of fine soil, covering them about X in. deep. In the former case the plants must be pricked out and hard- ened off to render them stocky and hardy before trans- planting; in the latter, they are taken directly to the field. This operation may be performed from mid-June until late July, the plants being not less than 2-3 in. tall. The former method, which is considered the better, is the common commercial practice. Cuttings may be of mature or of immature wood. With each, shade and moisture are essential to success. Mature wood cuttings, made in early spring, should be ready for the field in less than six weeks ; immature, taken from outside shoots just before they would form blossom heads, are left in the cutting bed until the fol- lowing year. Such plants are usually more prolific than those grown from mature wood or from spring seedlings, and are, therefore, best when Sage alone is to occupy the land. But when it is to follow some early vegetable, mature wood cuttings or seedling plants will probably be found best, though little or nothing can be cut before September. As practiced by market-garden- ers in the vicinity of New York each of the above methods has its advocates, but practically all agree upon the plowing and harrowing of the ground in June or July after harvesting an early crop, such as beets, cab- bage or peas. About twice in the three weeks after setting the plants the field is raked to destroy sprouting weeds and to keep the surface loose, after which, if well done, but slight hoeing is necessary. In Septem- ber, when the plants crowd each other, each alternate plant or row of plants is cut for sale and the remainder allowed to fill the space. At the first cutting each plant ' should make about two marketable bunches; at the second at least three. This practice not only insures plants full of leaves at each cutting but at least double the quantity in the end. In America the green, broad-leaved varieties are in far greater demand than the colored and the narrow- leaved kinds. The best variety known to the writer is Holt Mammoth, which is exceptionally prolific of large leaves. It is said to produce no seed, jyj, q._ Kains. SAGE BRUSH. Species of Artemisia. SAGE, JERUSALEM. See Phlomis. SAG£NIA (derivation unknown). Polypodi&oem. A genus of ferns, mostly of large and coarse habit, with superior reniform or heart-shaped indusia fixed by the sinus, as in Dryopteris, but with veins uniting freely to form areoles with free included veinlets. About 25 species are known, largely from the East Indies, a few from tropical America. deciirrens, Presl. Leaf-stalks narrowly winged from a creeping rootstock: Ivs. 2-4 ft. long, 1 ft. or more wide, cut down to a winged raohis and with 4-8 pairs of pinnae 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide: sori large, in two regular rows between the principal veins. India to Polynesia. l. m. Underwood. SAGINA (Latin, fatness; perhaps alluding to the forage value. CuryophyllAcece. Pearl wort. About 8 species of annual or perennial tufted herbs, mostly from the temperate regions of the world. Lvs. awl - shaped : fls. small, usually comparatively long- stemmed; sepals 4-5; petals 4-5, entire, or slightly emarginate, minute or none ; stamens equal in number to the sepals or twice as many: ovary 1-loculed, many- seeded: styles of the same number as the sepals and alternate with them. subul&ta, Wimm. (S. pilifera, Hort. Spirgula pil- Ifera, Hort. Spirgula subiMta, Sw. ). Pearlwort. An evergreen, hardy, densely tufted little plant, cov- ering the ground like a sheet of moss: lvs. very small, stiff, aristate on the margin, linear: stems branching and creeping: fls. white, studded all over the plant on long, very slender peduncles. July-Sept. Corsica. R.H. 1896, p. 435. E.B. 20:153.— Var. atirea has lvs. marked with yellow. A good rock-plant in shady places. Cult, similar to Arenaria. Prop, by division. F. W. Barclay. SAGITTABIA (Sagitta is Latin for arrow). Alis- mdcece. Arrowhead. A small genus of very variable aquatic plants, the number of species depending on the point of view of eacl» author. Nearly or quite 100 spe- cific names occur in the genus, but Micheli, the latest monographer (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3) reduces the species to 13, four of which are doubtful. In his mono- graph of the American forms (6th Kep. Mo. Bot. Gard.) jared G. Smith admits 21 species. The present ten- dency amongst American writers is to recognize several rather than few species. In common with most aquatic plants, they are widely distributed. They occur In many parts of the world , in both temperate and tropical SAGITTARIA SAINTPAULIA 1597 regions. Moat of the species have arrow-shaped leaves, ■whence the name. They are useful for foliage effects in bogs and shallow ponds, and also for their white buttercup -like flowers, which are borne in successive small whorls on an erect scape. They are mostly used for colonizing in the open, but S. Montevidensis— now the most popular species— is grown in indoor aquaria or 2226. Common Arrowhead— Sagittaria lati{olia (X M). Commonly known as S. variabilis. plunged in open ponds in the summer. The arrowheads are perennials of easy culture, although likely to be Infested with aphis. Prop, by division, or sometimes by seeds. Plants of mostly erect habit, the Ivs. and scapes aris- ing from more or less tuberous or knotted rootstocks : . Ivs. typically arrow-shaped, with long basal lobes, but sometimes long and linear: fls. imperfect, monoecious (staminate fls. usually in the uppermost whorls) or di- oecious, with 3 white broad petals and 3 small greenish sepals, the stamens and pistils numerous, the latter ripening into small akenes: inflorescence composed of successive whorls of 3-stalked fls. Sometimes the Ivs. are floating. A. Sepals of pistillate fls. (usually in the lower tvhorls) erect after flowering, and tjie pedicels of these fls. thick: carpels not glandular. Montevidfinsis, Cham. & Schlecht. Giant Aekow- HEAD. Very large, sometimes growing 6 ft. tall, with leaf -blades 1-2 ft. long: Ivs. arrow-shaped, with long, diverging, sharp basal lobes: fls. very large (2 to nearly 3 in. across), the rounded petals white with a purple blotch at the base. Argentina to Brazil, Chile and Peru. B.M. 6755. Gn. 27:473. I.H. 31;543.-First known as a cult, plant from seeds sent to England in 1883 from Buenos Ayres by John Ball. It is now a popular plant for aquaria and lily ponds. Tender to frost. It is spar- ingly naturalized in the southern parts of the U. S., on both the Atlantic and Pacific sides. AA. Sepals of pistillate fls. reflexed after flowering,' pedicels of these fls. slender: carpels somewhat glandular. B. Bracts at base of whorls united, as if only 1. pusilla, Nutt. (S. )iiJtons,inpart. S.subulMa,'&uGh..), Slender and simple, usually only a few inches high: Ivs. linear or narrowly oblanceolate, rigid: fls. few, usually in 1 whorl, white, %-% in. across, the fllamenta broad. N. Y. to Ala., along the coast. — Offered by dealers in native plants. BB. Bracts S, at base of the whorls. 0. Li's. usually distinctly sagittate. latifdlia, Willd. (S. varidbilis, Engelm. S. sagittce- fdlia, Yar. variabilis, Michx.). Fig. 2226. Very variable in stature and shape of Ivs., ranging from a few inches to 3^ ft. tall: Ivs. mostly broad-sagittate with long basal lobes, but running into very narrow forms; fls. clear white, about 1 in. across, usually monoscious, the filaments slender: akene winged, with a lateral or ob- lique beak. Common everywhere in margins of ponds and lakes, and offered by dealers in native plants for colonizing in bog gardens and in lily ponds. sagittsefdlia, Linn. Old World Aekowhead. Rhizome thick and tuberous, stolon-bearing: Ivs. broad and sagittate, very variable in form and size: scapes erect, simple or branched, overtopping the Ivs. : bracts narrow-ovate, free or slightly connate at base, shorter than the pedicels: petals large, white; filaments gla- broiis: akene nearly or quite orbicular and in this re- spect differing from the allied American species. Throughout Europe and Asia.— By some authors the American iS. lutifolia and others are considered to be con-speciflo. There is a form with double fls. (var. rtore- pleno,iioTt. S. Japonica, Jioit.). S. Chinensis of most trade lists is apparently one of the many forms of this species. There appears to be another S. Ghinensis in the trade, with lanceolate Ivs., the botanical position of which is undetermined. CO. 1/VS. usuaUij oblong or linear and not sagittate. D. Filaments slender, tapering iipward, cobwebby. lanciiolia, Linn. Erect and somewhat rigid, glabrous, the scape sometimes reaching 5 ft. : Ivs. lanceolate to narrow-oblong to nearly linear, nerved from the thick midrib : fls. white, in several whorls. Swamps, Del. to the tropics. DD. Filaments abruptly broadened, pubescent. graminea, Michx. Erect and simple, glabrous, 2 ft. or less high: Ivs. i-educed to pbyllodia, flat, broad-linear to lance-elliptic, pointed: fls. small, white, in 2 or 3 whorls. L. H. B. SAGO PALM. Consult Gycas. SAINFOIN, or SAINTFOIN. Onobrychis vicicefoUa. ST. ANDREWS CROSS. Ascyrum Crux-Andrea}. ST. DABEOC'S HEATH. See Baboecia. ST. GEORGE'S HERB. Valeriana officinalis. ST. JOHN'S BREAD. Ceratonia Siliqua. ST. JOHN'S-WORT. See Hypericum; also Sym- phoricarpus. ST. PATRICK'S CABBAGE. Saxifraga umbrosa. ST. PETER'S-WORT. Ascyrum stans. Also applied to species of Hypericum, Primula and Symphoricarpus. SAINTPAtLIA (from the discoverer of the plant. Baron Walter von Saint Paul). Gesnerdcem. Usambaea Violet. A monotypic genus from eastern tropical Africa, where it was found growing in wooded places in fissures of limestone and granite rocks, in rich, light soil. It is a stemless hairy perennial herb with short- petioled ovate or oblong-cordate Ivs. 1-2 in. long and nodding blue fls. 1 in. across, borne in stout peduncled 1598 SAINTPAULIA few-fld. cymes; sepals 5-7, linear, obtuse, erect, green; corolla sub-rotate, the tube shorter than the sepals; limb 2-lipped, the upper lip 2-lobed, and much the smaller, the lower spreading, all lobes rounded, con- cave, ciliolate; stamens 2, inserted in the contracted mouth of the tube; filaments short, stout: ovary ovoid, hirsute; style filiform; stigma purple: seeds many, very minute. One of the choicest of blue winter-flower- ing plants. First bloomed in cult, in 1893. 2227. Saintpaulia iona_tha(X>^). A young plant just coming into bloom. ion&ntha, Herm. Wendl. African Violet. Usam- BABA Violet. Pig. 2227. B.M. 7408. Gn. 47:1002. A.G. 16:369. R.B. 20:109. H.H. 1893, p. 321. G.M. 37: 62. G.C. III. 13:685. Century Book of Gardening, 311. —Of its propagation and culture G. W. Oliver says: "The end of March is a good time to propagate, when the ripened leaves should be cut off with about an inch of the stalk attached, and inserted in the sand bed, cov- ering only a small part of the leaf-blade. The sand should not be kept too wet during the process of root- ing. Their propagation from seed and genera] culture is similar to that of Gloxinia. The plants may be flow- ered the entire year or given a period of rest by partly withholding water." p,. w. Barclay. SALAD PLANTS. The principal salad plant in America is the lettuce, which is used exclusively, but not always expertly, for salads. For full directions for growing lettuce in the garden and under glass, see Xiettuce. Next to lettuce the best known salad plant in this country is probably endive, which is excellent, especially when well-blanched plants are to be had in the winter. Chicory is much like endive, a.s regards its treatirient either in the garden or in the salad dish. Like endive, it is frequently seen in the larger city markets. The common dandelion should be mentioned in this category. When forced and blanched it makes a salad fit for the most cultivated epicure. For ordinary home cultivation and u.se, however, the common garden cress {Lepidium sativum, not water cress, nor upland cress) ranks next to lettuce in value. Its rapid growth and high flavor equally recommend it. This plant is said to be a great favorite in English gardens and forcing houses, where it is grown in mixture with white mustard and is pulled very young and eaten roots and all. Corn salad is another plant sometimes grown in gardens and used for salad -making. It is most acceptable to those who do not relish the pungency of mustard and cress. Gives is used by many people as an ingredient of let- tuce and other salads; also young onions. Many other plants are used in various places and by various per- sons for salads. Besides the salad plants proper, many vegetables are used in a cooked or raw condition for salads. Such are cabbage, cauliflower, brussels sprouts, potatoes, lima beans, beets, Jerusalem artichoke, etc. With salad plants may also be included pot-herbs, or "greens." SALIX The plants especially to be mentioned in this cate- gory are Swiss chard, beet tops, spinach, kale, endive, and mustard. Many other plants find occasional or local favor. See Greens. The only general cultural directions which can be given for salad plants are that blanching is often desir- able and a quick unchecked growth is always a requisite. An abundance of rapidly available fertilizer and plenty of water are therefore to be insisted on. A warm, light soil, in the best mechanical condition, is nec- essary for the same reasons. p_ ^_ Waugh. SALICOBNIA (Latin, salt and horn; saline plants with horn-like branches). Uhenopodi&cece. Glass- wort. Marsh Samphire. A genus of about 8 widely scattered species of leafless seashore herbs, hardy or tender, annual or perennial. This and other chenopods which grow in large quantities in the Mediterranean re- gion were formerly used in making soap and glass, as they yield a large percentage of soda. The ashes of such plants were known to the trade as barilla. The species have probably never been in cultivation and have no horticultural interest. SALISBVBIA. See Ginkgo. SALIX (ancient Latin name of wiilow). Salicctcece. Willow. A genus of trees and shrubs characterized by simple Ivs.: bads with a single bud-scale: Ivs. ia lax scaly spikes (aments) : the fls. subtended by a single entire scale and nearly or quite destitute of perianth; the staminate fl. with 1, 2, or 3-6 stamens; the pistil- late fl. of a single pistil composed of 2 carpels and 2 more or less divided stigmas; at maturity the pistil dehisces, setting free the small appendaged seeds. The wood is light, soft and diffuse porous. For the staminate and pistillate flowers of Willow, see Pigs. 831 and 833, Vol. II. The catkins or "pussies" are also shown in Figs. 2228 and 2229 herewith. The role that the Willow plays in the north temper- ate regions is to a certain extent analogous to that of the Eucalyptus in subtropical regions in that it flourishes in wet ground and absorbs and transpires immense quantities of water. It has been used to plant around cesspools for sanitary effect. But while most of the species occur spontaneously in wet ground or along stream banks, the Willows may be cultivated in various situations. The White Willow (S. alba) has been used very effectively to fix stream banks against erosion. Figs. 2230, 2231. Its root system is very extensive and when well established withstands the effect of heavy rapid streams as well as wave action. All species are readily propagated by cuttings. It has been suggested that the brittleness at base of twigs of some species, notably *!he Black Willow (S. nigra), 2228. Staminate catkin of Salix discolor. Natural size. 2229. Pistillate cat- kin of Salix dis- ' color. Natural size. is an adaptation to facilitate naturally the distribution of the species. Certain it is that twigs broken from the tree by the wind are carried down streams and, be- coming anchored in the muddy banks, grow there. It is one of the most aggressive trees in occupying such places. SALIX SALIX 1599 2230. White Willow on a stream, holding the bank from -washiner. See No. 6. The genus is represented by species in both conti- nents. It is, however, much more abundant in north 'emperate regions than in south. In the frigid regions ire several species. Salix arctica and several allied species are among the few woody plants extending into extreme arctic regions. The arctic species are among the most diminutive of woody plants. As one goes south the species increase in size. Some of the species of north temperate, tropical and south temperate zones are large trees. The arborescent species all form wood very rapidly. Specimens of White Willow which may not be of great age look venerable from their great thickness. The wood is light in weight and color, finely and evenly porous. The wood has been extensively used in the manufacture of gunpowder. It has also been used for many other purposes. Certain species have for many years been extensively cultivated in Eu- rope for materials with which to manufacture baskets. S. viminalis appears to be the favorite species for this purpose. Basket Willow is now extensively cultivated in central New York, and considerable manufacturing of this material is done there. As ornamental trees the Willows present little variety. The bright yellow catkins of some species are attractive in spring. They are considerably used as " nurse trees " for slower growing trees that require partial shade while young. The red and yellow branches of certain Willows are very bright and cheering in winter. The weeping forms are very popular, but they are often planted with little sense of fitness. The cultural re- marks under Popidus will apply to Willows. Willows are rarely propagated from seed. The seeds are very small and contain a green and short-lived embryo. A very short exposure of the seeds to the air .will so dry them out that they will not germinate. The safest way to secure seedlings is to plant the seeds as soon as the capsule opens. Many hybrids have been described based on specimens found in nature that presented characters intermediate between recognized species. Artificial hybrids have also been made between many species. The dioecious habit of the species seems to facilitate cross-pollination, and it seems probable that the intermediate forms so frequently met with and designated in the monographs as varieties are natural hybrids. Upwards of one hundred hybrid Willows have been described as growing in Europe. Although as many or even more species occur in America, fewer hybrids have been detected here. The hybrids de- scribed as growing in America are for the most part be- tween native species and those introduced from Europe. 101 2231. Same tree as in 2230, in summer dress. INDEX. fluviatilis, 10. fragilis, 5. Hindsiana, 11. humilis, 15. incana, 24. interior, 10. irrorata, 23. Japonica, 8. Kilmarnock, 12. laurifolia, 4. lonpifolia, 10. lucida, 3. multinervis, 12. myrtilloides, 21. nigra. 1. palmeefolia, 12. pendula, 1, 7, 8, 12, 22, 26. peutandra, 4. petiolaris, 18, 24. alba, 6. amygdaloides, 2. annularis, 8. argentea, 6. argophylla, 11. aurantiaca, 7. anrea, 7, 8. Babyloniea, 8. Bebbiana, 14. blanda, 7. Britzensis, 7. Candida, 20. Caprea, 12. cordata, 22. deeipiens, 5. discolor, 13. ' dolorosa, 8. elegantissima, 9. Euphratica, f.ilcata, 1. Forbyana, 25, A. Scales of ament green, deciduous. Mostly trees. B. Stamens more than S. c. Buds small 1. nigra 2. amygdaloides CO. Buds large : Ivs. very shiny above 3. lucida 4. pentandra purpurea, 25. regalis, 6. rigida, 22. rosmarinifolia, 24. rostrata, 14. rubra, 10. liusselliana. 5. Salamonii, 8. sericea, 17. Sieboldii, 9. Sitehensis, 26. splendens. 6. Thurlow's, 9. tricolor, 12. tristis, 16. viminalis, 19. viridis, 5. vitelUna, 7. Wisconsin Weep- ing, 8. ...Mi 2232. Old roadside trees of Salix alba. 1600 SALIX SALIX BB. Stamens S or S. c. Large trees 5. 6. 7. cc. Shrubs 10. n. i.. Scales of ament black above J p ers is tent. Mostly shrubs. B. Stamens 2. c. Capsules hairy ... 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. CC. Capsules glabrous ,2,1. 22. 23. 24. BB. Stamen 1 25. 26. fragilis alba vitellina Babylonica elegantissima interior argophylla Caprea discolor Bebbiana humilis tristis sericea petiolaris viiuinalis Candida myTtilloides cordata irrorata incana purpraea Sitchensis 1. nigra, Marshall. Black Willow. Pig. 2233. Tree, 30-40 ft. high: bark flaky, often becoming shaggy : twigs brittle at base ; buds small: Ivs. lanceolate, green, both sides finely and evenly serrate : ameuts 1-2 in. long; scales oblong, deciduous: stamens 3-6: ovary ovate-conical, glabrous; style short but dis- tinct. E. N. Amer. Var. lalcita, Pursh. Lvs. elongated, narrow and falcate. Var. p^ndola is cult. 2. amygdaloldes, Andersson. Peach-leap Willow. Tree, 30-40 ft. high: bark longi- tudinally furrowed, less inclined to be flaky : lvs. broader, glaucous beneath, on rather long, compressed petioles : aments loosely fld. : ovary lanceolate-conical ; style very short. Central and western N. Amer. 3. lilcida, Muhl. Shrub or low, bushy tree, 6-15 ft. high: branches yellowish brown and highly polished : buds large, flattened and recurved at the apex: lvs. large, broadly lan- ceolate-acuminate, serrate, dark green, shin- ing above: aments large, appearing with the lvs. ; scale pale green, deciduous ; stamens 4-5 : ovary pedicelled, rather obtuse, glabrous. E. N. Amer. —A beautiful plant, deserving of more extensive cultivation. 4. pent&ndra, Linn. (S. laurifdlia, Hort. ). Bay-leap or Laurel-Leap Willow. Shrub or small tree, 8-20 ft. high: branches chest- nut color: lvs. large, elliptic to broadly ob- lanceolate, acuminate, shining and dark green above, paler beneath; aments appearing after many of the lvs. are fully developed, not conspicuous. Europe and Asia. 5. fragilis, Linn. {S. vlridis. Pries. S.Bus- sellidna, Sm.). Brittle Willow. Pig. 2233. Tree, 50-60 ft. high, excurrent in habit and of very rapid growth: branches brown, ob- liquely ascending: buds medium size, pointed: lvs. large, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous or slightly hairy when young, scarcely paler be- neath, glandular serrate : aments appearing with the lvs. (the staminate tree rare in America), seldom bearing good seed, slender; scales deciduous. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 19, p. 517; 55, p. 89. — Frequently cultivated and also growing spontaneously in many places. A company of promoters induced many Amer- ican farmers to plant hedges of this Willow some fifty years ago. Many of these occur now throughout the country, the trees being 40-50 feet high. A stake cut from a tree and driven in the ground will soon establish it- w\ aU 2233. Leaves of W^il- lows(X%). 1. Salix petiolaris; 2. Candida; 3. purpurea; 4. myrtilloides; 5. nigra; 6. fragilis. self and grow into a tree. Var. decipiens* Hofl'm. Twigs yellow: buds black in winter: lvs. smaller and brighter green. Probably a hybrid with another species. 6. 41ba, Linn. White Willow. Pig. 2234; also 2230-2. Large tree, with short and thick trunk, not excurrent in habit ; branches yel- lowish brown : lvs. ashy gray and silky throughout, giving a white appearance to the whole tree, 2-4 in. long, elliptical. Eu. Gn. 55, p. 87. — Heretofore associated with the next species, from which it differs in color of twigs and vesture and color of lvs., as also in its general habit. It is only occasionally seen in America and has been known as S, alba, var. argentea, S. splendens, Bray, and S. regalis, Hort. These forms, not easily distinguishable from one another, can be readily distinguished from the following spe- cies. 7. vitellina, Linn. (S. bldnda, Anderss.). Yellow Willow. Becoming a very large and venerable appearing tree, the rather short trunk often 4 ft. or more in diam. It is often pollarded. The crown is deliquescent and rounded in outline. Branches yellow: lvs. silky-hairy when young, glabrous when ma- ture, glaucous beneath, the whiteness inten- sified after the lvs. fall. Aments appearing with the leaves. Abundant in E. N. Amer. Mn. 8, p. 2j (erroneously as S. oZSa).— Dis- playing many variations, the most obvious of which are: Var. atirea, Salisb. (var. auran- tlaea, Hort.), branches golden yellow, espe- cially just before the leaves appear in spring. Var. BritzSnsis, Hort., bark red. These as well as other choice varieties are grafted. Var. pfindula. S.H. 2:361, 371. Gn. 55, pp. 15, 22. 8. Bab yl6nica, Linn . (5. yindula, Moenchl. NAPOlSteS^s WILLOW. Pig. 2234. A tree of weeping habit, 30-40 ft. high, with long, slen- der, olive-green branches; buds small, acute: lvs. 2-6 in. long,'attenuate at base and apex: aments appearing with the lvs., slender, the pistillate green: capsule small, 1 in. long. Caucasus. Gn. 1, p. 371; 34, p. 627; 39, p. 72; 55, p. 92. S.H. 1:261. -Long known in cultivation and often grown in cemeteries. Several forms recognized, some of which may be hybrids: Var. atirea, Hort., branches golden yellow. Var. annularis, Porbes, lvs. twisted back so as to form a sort of ring. Var. dolordsa, Rowen. Wisconsin Weeping Willow. Lvs. glaucous beneath; hardy far- ther north. Var. Sdlamonii, Hort., more vigor- ous and upright in habit, a form originating in Prance. Gn. 55, p. 19. S.H. 2:373. S. Salmonii of one catalogue is perhaps an error for this. Var. Jap6nica, Thunb., lvs. more decidedly toothed ; aments longer and looser. 9. elegantlssima, Koch. Thurlow'sWeep- ino Willow. Tree with more spreading habit and larger crown than S. Babylonica: branches long and pendent, yellowish green, sometimes blotched with brown: appears to be more hardy than S. Babylonica. Japan, Gn..55,p.24. S.H.2;363. E. Sieboldii,'S.ort., is this species or is closely related. 10. interior, Eowlee (S. rubra, Rich, not Huds. S. longifblia, Muhl., not Lam. S. fluvidtilis, Sargent and other recent authors in part). Pig. 2234. Varying in stature from a low shrub to a small tree, usually growing along streams and lake shores : twigs smooth and brown to densely toraentose and gray: buds piano - convex, with an obtuse and rounded apex, very small: lvs. nearly or quite smooth, sparsely canescent to extremely ca- nescent, sessile, linear-elliptical, remotely den- tate, the teeth narrow, sometimes quite spin- ulose: stipules conspicuous, ear-shaped, ob- scurely denticulate, deciduous : aments of SALIX late spring on short lateral peduncles, which bear 4-6 Ivs., those borne later in the season •on much longer leafy branches, very loosely fld. : lis. fascicled in clusters of 2-5 on the axis, a distinct interval between the fascicles, first appearing in May and often bearing a second set of aments in early summer; scales usually glabrous or somewhat hairy toward the base, narrowly oblong, yellowish, decid- uous after flowering ; filaments crisp hairy below, smooth above : capsules sessile, ■clothed when young with appressed silvery hairs, becoming nearly smooth at maturity: stigmas short, sessile. Central N. America.— The pistillate ament, lax at anthesis, becomes more so as the capsules mature, and by this ■character the species can easily be distin- guished from related species. 11. argoph^Ua, Nuttall {S. longifblia, var. argophylla, Anderss. S, fluvidtilis, var. ar- ■gophylla, Sargent; 6'. ITindsictna , Bevtham) . Tree or large shrub, 12-18 ft. high, forming dense thickets but not growing in clumps: branches nearly glabrous and exceedingly tough : bark turning from brown to bright yellow or orange just before blooming, mak- ing a thicket of it a most conspicuous ob- ject: Ivs. narrowly lanceolate, closely sessile, entirely or rarely minutely and remotely denticulate, clothed equally on both sides with an appressed silky pubescence, which more or less conceals the veins ; stipules ■obsolete: scales oblong and obtuse in the staminate aiuent, narrower and more acute in the pistillate ; lower half of the filament xlensely crispy hairy: capsule lanceolate, cov- ered with straight appressed silky hairs, closely sessile: stigmas sessile; mature cap- sule often nearly glabrous. — Occasionally the leaves remain upon the plant over winter, the young shoots appearing in their axils in spring. Ament surpassed in length by its leafy peduncles; appearing in May in Ore- gon and northern California and flowering in- termittently all summer. This species is dis- tinguished by its narrowly lanceolate, entire leaves, obsolete stipules, small and rather narrow aments, erose scales and hairy cap- sules. S. argophylla occurs on the Pacific slope from southern California to British Columbia. It is a western representative of the long-leaved Willows. Not advertised, but a beautiful species common along streams and irrigation ditches. 12. Caprea, Linn. Goat Willow. Fig. 2235. A small tree, 12-25 ft. high, with up- right branches : Ivs. large, 2-5 In. long, 1-3 in. wide, rounded or subcordate at base, ru- gose, very variable: aments appearing before the Ivs., large and showy, especially the stam- inate ones. Eu. Asia. — The typical form often occurs in yards where it has sprouted from the stock upon which the more popular but scarcely more ornamental variety, pend- ula, has been grafted. Var. p^ndula, Hort. Kilmarnock Willow. Dwarfed form, grafted on stock about 4 ft. high, and forming a weeping shrub. Often planted in yards. S. multinirvis is supposed to be a hybrid, and probably belongs with S. Caprea. S. Caprea, var. tricolor, Hort., is said by F. W. Kelsey to be a round-headed tree, with "tricolored foliage." S. palmcefdlia, Hort., is said by F. W. Kelsey to be of vigorous growth, with large, deep green Ivs. and reddish purple young wood. 13. discolor, Muhl. Pussy Willow. Figs. 2228, 2229, 2234. A shrub or short-trunked tree, 1 0-20 ft. high : buds very large and nearly black: Ivs. smooth and bright green above, whitish beneath, irregularly crenate-serrate : aments appear early in spring, before the Ivs., closely sessile, enveloped in long, silky SALIX 1601 //. \y^ 12. 2234. Leaves of Wil- lows (X }^). 7. Salix alba; 8. Bahylonica; 9. interior; 10. Bebhiana; 11. tristis ; 12. discolor. hairs. E. N. Amer. — Worthy of more ex- tended cultivation and thriving in dry ground 14. Bebbitoa, Sarg. {S. rostrdta, Rich.). Fig. 2234. A small tree, 10-20 ft. high, with short but distinct trunk : buds of medium size, conical, brown : ivs. dull green and downy above, prominently veined and hairy beneath: aments appearing with the Ivs., the staminate beautiful golden when in flower; scales narrow and shorter than the pedicels; capsules long rostrate. E. N. Amer. — Prefers dry soil and can be used to good advantage against walls and in rockeries. 15. Mmilis, Marsh. Prairie Willow. A shrub, 3-8 ft. high, varying much in stature, and in size and shape of Ivs. : branches hairy: Ivs. oblanceolate to oblong, nearly en- tire, more or less revolute: aments densely and many-fld. E. N. Amer. — Grows in driest situations. 16. tristis, Ait. Dwarf Willow. Fig. 2234. A diffuse shrub, 1-lK ft., with long deep-set root : branches gray, slender: Ivs. small, 1 in. long, linear - lanceolate, very short-petioled: aments small and rather few- fld. : stamens orange-red. E. N. Amer. 17. sericea, Marsh. Silky Willow. • A shrub usually 4-8 ft. high, diffusely spread- ing from base: branches often reddish: buds obtuse and rounded at apex, cylindrical : Ivs. very silky beneath, sometimes becoming less so at maturity : aments densely fld., appear- ing with the Ivs. : stamens often orange-red; capsules short-pedicelled, ovate-oblong, nearly truncate at apex. Northeastern N. Amer. 18. petioiaris, Sm., not Hort. Fig. 2233. A low shrub, 3-5 ft. high: branches slender, the whole plant much slenderer than S. sericea, with which it frequently grows: buds smaller and more pointed : Ivs. only slightly silky when young, soon glabrous, more evidently toothed : aments rather loosely fld. : capsules rostrate and pointed, distinctly pedicelled. Central and northeastern N. Amer. — S. petio- laris of the trade is S. incana. 19. viminilis, Linn. Osier Willow. A shrub or small tree, 10-20 ft. high : branches slender and straight: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, beautifully silvery, 4-10 in. long; margins revolute. entire: aments appearing before the Ivs., golden yellow. Eu. Asia.— Most often seen in plantations for basket material, for the production of which the plants are cut near the ground every year. Willow culture in experienced hands is often profitable. (For details, see Simpson, Osier Culture, Bull. 19, Div. of For., U. S. Dept. Agrie. 1898.) This species does not thrive in this country as well as in Europe. 20. Candida, Fluegge. Hoary Willow. Fig. 2233. A shrub, 2-5 ft. high: young branches hoary, becoming smooth and red with age: buds reddish, rounded at the apex: Ivs. lan- ceolate or linear-lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, dark green and wrinkled above, covered below with dense white tomentum, revolute: aments sessile, appearing before the Ivs. ; staminate of reddish capsule densely white woolly, with red style and stigmas. N. Amer.— This spe- cies hybridizes freely with S. cordata, and several natural hybrids have been described. 21. myrtilloides, Linn. Fig. 2233. A shrub, 2-5 ft. high, with rather slender brown twigs: Ivs. oblong or elliptic-obovate, usually obtuse at both ends, entire and smooth, reticulate- veined : aments rather few-fld. : capsules red- dish, glabrous. N.E.N. Amer. and Eu. Usu- ally grows in cold peat bogs. -Probably not in cult. The plant sold under this name is probably some form of S. purpurea, whicli (S. myrtilloides closely resembles in general appearance. 1602 SALIX SALPIGLOSSIS 22. eordita, Muhl. {S. rigida, Muhl.). Heabt- I.EAVBD Willow. Fig. 2236. A large shrub or small tree, 10-30 ft. high: branches stout: buds large, flat- tened against the branch: Its. oblong-laneeolate, green on both sides, finely serrate, glabrous and rather rigid at maturity : aiuents rather slender, appearing with the Ivs. : capsules glabrous, greenish or brownish. N. 2T35. Staminate catkins of Goat Willow— Salix Caprea (X X). No. 12. Amer. — This is a variable species and undoubtedly some of the forms included in it are hybrids; several sup- posed natural hybrids have been described. Var. pto- dula, Hort., is a decumbent form. 23. irrorita, Anders. Colobado Willow. A dense diffuse shrub, 8-12 ft. high ; branches stout, covered with a white bloom: buds large: Ivs. linear -lanceolate, 3-4 in. long, J^ in. wide, green above, glaucous beneath, undulate serrate: aments all appearing before the Ivs., sessile, very densely fld.; staminate golden yellow : cap- sule glabrous, nearly sessile. Rocky Mts. 24. inc&na, Schrank. { S . petiolAris and S . rosmarini- fdlia of Amer. gardeners, but not of botanists). Shrub or small round-topped tree, with long, slender branches : Ivs. linear, revolute, 2-5 in. long, very narrow, green above, white-tomentose beneath:, aments long and slen- der, appearing with the Ivs.: capsule glabrous: fila- ments of stamens more or less connate. Eu.— This spe- cies is grafted upon hardy stock (S. Gaprea) when sold from nurseries. 25. purptirea, Linn. (5. ForbyAna, Sm. Vetrix pur- vArea, Bafin.). Purple Osieb. Fig. 2233. A shrub or small tree, spreading at base, with long, flexible branches: Ivs. oblanceolate serrulate, glabrous, veiny, 3-6 in. long, often appearing opposite: aments sessile, slender ; pistillate recurved ; scales purple: stamen one: capsules small, ovate. Eu.—Plantedas an ornamental shrub and escaped in many places. Also grown as a basket Willow. Var. pSndula, Branches pendent. Gng. 4:243. 26. Sitch^nais, Sans. Sitka Wil- low. A shrub, 10-12 ft. high and more: Ivs. obovate, glabrous, clothed beneath with silky hairs which have a beautiful satiny luster : aments ap- pearing with lys., long, cylindrical and graceful, also satiny. This Wil- low, which, so far as the writer knows, has not been used as an orna- mental plant, is one that would be at once novel and beautiful.— The char- acteristic lustre of the leaves is pre- served in plants in cultivation. N.W. N. Amer. -vp. -^y. Rqwlee. (section Perizoma) ; calyx tubular or short, 5-cleft or parted, the lobes linear; corolla tubular or urn-shaped, without a crown in the throat; lobes 5, acute, often short, induplicate-valvate: berry ovoid or oblong, 2- celled: seeds numerous, compressed. Krelage says of the species described below: "This plant is neither beautiful nor interesting, but it has the advantage of being an exceedingly rapid climber, covering walls with- in one season with a thick mass of foliage." Franceschi says the small white berries are sold every- where in Paraguay as "cock's eggs." rhomboidea, Miers (Salpiehrdma rhomboideum, Miers). A half-hardy climber, somewhat woody, with green, flexuous branches: Ivs. ovate-rhomboid: fls. small, usually less than % in. long, solitary, nod- ding, white ; corolla short, con- stricted at the middle and at the throat, and bearing on the inside a fleshy, woolly ring: berry ovate- oblong, yellowish or white, edible, but of poor flavor. Argentine Republic. G.C. III. 24:450. R.H. 1897:531. Gn. 35, p. 367. — The plant appears to be oifered as Withania origanifoUa. Cult, in S. California. P. W. Barclay. SALFICHBuMA, See Salpichroa. SALFIGLOSSIS (Greek, tube and tongue; alluding to the form of the corolla and the appearance of the style). Solandcece. A genus of possibly 2 or 3 species of annual or biennial plants, natives of Chile. The only species in cult, is S. ■ sinuata, which was formerly divided into about 6 species mainly on the color of the flowers. /S. sinuata has greatly improved in size of flowers and range of color until it is at the present time amongst our very finest half-hardy annuals. Plants about 18 in. high, covered with short glandular hairs: Ivs. entire, wavy -margined, dentate or pinnatifid: fls. SALLOW. Salix Gaprea. 2236, Leaves of Sa- lix cordata, show- mastipues. SALMON BEERY. Bubus spec- tabilis. See also 4 Zasia. SALFICHRdA (Greek, tube and skin; in reference to the form and texture of the flower). Syn., SalpicJiroma. Solandcem. About 10 species. Natives of extra-tropical legions, mostly American herbs or shrubs. Lvs. often small, entire, long-petioled : fls. white or yellow, 2-3 in. long (section Eusalpichroa) or only about Kin. long 2237. Salpielossis sinuata (XX). long-stemmed, large, funnel-shaped, ranging in color from various shades of purple and blue through nu- merous reds and yellows to creamy white, and usually SALPIGLOSSIS SALTBUSHES i6oa beautifully marbled and penciled with several colors. Calyx tubular, 5-cleft: corolla funnelform, widely bell shaped at the throat; lobes 5, plicate, emarginate: stamens 4, didynamous ; capsule oblong or ovoid ; valves 2-cleft. The varieties of Salpiglossis require the general treatment given half-hardy annuals. They prefer a deep, light rich soil not given to sudden extremes of moisture and dryness. The seeds may be sown indoors by the middle of March, or later, or may be sown out- doors in early spring. Care must be taken that the early sown plants do not become stunted before being planted out. They bloom for several weeks in late summer. The flowers are useful for cutting and last well in water. The plant is also excellent as a green- house annual for late winter bloom. Seeds for this pur- pose may be sown in late summer. sinuElta, Ruiz and Pav. {S. varidbilis, Hort. S. h^- brida, B.ort. S. grandifldra,H.oit.). Pig. 2237. Hardy annual, 1-2 ft. high, suberect, branched, sticky-pubes- cent, with fls. 2 in. long and wide, ranging from straw- color and yellow through scarlet nearly to blue, with great variation in venation, and markings: lower Ivs. petiolate, elliptic-oblong, wavy-toothed or pinnately out: upper Ivs. more nearly entire: bracts sessile, entire. Vars. azilrea, ailrea, coccinea, pilmila, niina are offered. V. 23:129. tru. 29, p. 166; 40, p. 75. R.H. 1849:361. Var. superbissima has a more columnar manner of growth with a thick, unbranched stem. G.C. III. 22:363. A.G. 18:860. p. w. Barclay. SALFlNGA {Salpinx, trumpet; referring to the shape of the calyx). MelastomAcew. Here belongs the dwarf stove foliage plant known to the trade as Bertolonia margaritacea. The Ivs. are large, heart-shaped, metal- lic green above, with lines of small white dots running from the base to the apex as do also the 5 prominent ribs; the lower surface is a dull but rich crimson. For culture, and botany of allied genera, see Bertolonia. Pis. 5-merous: calyx tube 10-ribbed,^limb with 5 ob- scure or elongated lobes: stamens 10, opening by a single pore at the apex. margaritacea, Triana. (Bertoldnia margariticea, Bull. Gravesia gutt&ta,Y&r. margdritacea, Nicholson). Tender perennial herb : stem 1^ to 3 in. long, unbranched: fls. pedicelled, in dichotom- ous cymes, white or rosy white. Bra241. P.S. 16:1697. W. M. SALSAFY is the spelling preferred in England; Sal- sify in America. SALSIFY (formerly some- ti nes spelled salsafy) is Tragopogon porrifoUus, one of the compositae. Pig. 2238. It is a garden escu- lent, being grown for the fleshy root. This root has the flavor of oysters, hence the plant is sometimes called Vegetable Oyster and Oyster Plant. Salsify is perfectly hardy. The seeds ( which are really fruits ) are sown in early spring, about as soon as the soil can be prepared, in drills where the plants are to stand. The drills may be 2-3 ft. apart, if tilled by light horse tools, or half that distance if tilled only by hand. In the rows, the plants are thinned to stand 2-5 in. apart. The plant requires the entire season, in the North, in which to grow. The roots may be allowed to remain in the ground until spring, for freezing does not harm them. In fact, they are usually better for being left in the ground, because they do not shrivel and become tough as they often do in storage. If they are kept cool and moist in storage, however, the quality is as good as when the roota / 1238. Salsify or vegetable oyster (X %). J 2239. Plant of Russian thistle. remain in the ground. At least a part of the crop should be stored, in order that the table or the market may be supplied during winter and early spring. Salsify is biennial. The second spring, a strong stalk 2-3 ft. tall is sent up from the crown of the root, and in spring or early summer an abundance of light purple flower-heads are produced. The flowers, or heads, close about noon. The leaves are long linear and grass-like. The roots are small, well-grown speci- mens being about 1 ft. long and unbranched, and about 2 inches in diameter at the top. The skin is grayish white. Salsify is easy to grow, and it has no serious pests. It is a vegetable of secondary im- portance commercially, although it should be in every home gar- den, particularly in the North, where it thrives best. Eight to ten lbs. of seed is sown to the acre. There are few varieties, and these have no marked char- acteristics except in size. The Mammoth Sandwich Island and Improved Prenoh are probably the best varieties. Salsify is na- tive to southern Europe. In some places it has escaped as a weed. See Tragopogon. Black Salsify is Scorzonera; Spanish Salsify is Scolymus. L. H. B. SALSOLA EALI, var. Tr&gus, is the Russian Thistle. Pigs, 2239, 2240. Some of the huUetins devoted wholly or largely to this weed are Calif. 107, Col. 28, Iowa ' 26 and 33, New Mex. 16. Min... 33, Ohio 55, Wis. 37, 39. See also the following publications of U. S. Dept. of Agric. : Parmer's Bul- letin 10, Bulletin 15, Div. of Bot- any; also Essays, "Survival of the Unlike." In the unoccupied ' lands of the upper Mississippi valley, the Russian Thistle has covered great areas, and it has spread eastward along the rail- roads. With good tillage and short rotations of crops, little need be feared from the pest. SALTBUSHES are plants recommended for alkali lands, belonging to the family Cheno- podidcece and mostly to the genus Atriplex, which see. Used for forage in the dry regions. The introduction of the Australian Saltbush (Atriplex semibaccata) 2240. Sprig of Russiaal has been a great event in the thistle. Nat. size. 1604 SALTBUSHBS progress of agriculture in the arid regions. Farmers' Bulletin No. 108, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, gives 19 pages of information about Saltbushes. SALT-GBASS. Bistiehlis. SALT TKE£. Salimodendron argenteum, SALVIA (Latin, to keep safe or healthy; referring to the medicinal properties of the common Sage). Laii- i.ice. Sage. A genus of about 650 species of herbs, subshmbs and shrubs, hardy and tender, including Sage, Clary, Scarlet Salvia and many other interesting plants. Salvia is by far the largest of the 136 genera of Labiatas described by Bentham and Hooker, and is char- acterized by certain peculiarities of the stamens that are connected with the cross-pollination of the fls. by in- sects. It has been well said that the structure of the flower in Salvia is as complicated and specialized as in any orchid. Some idea of this structure may be gained from Fig. 2241. The bodies shown at 1 and 2 are the two fer- tile anthers, or rather anther cells. The points 3 and 4 indicate places where other anther cells might be expected. In some species of Salvia the points 3 and 4 are occupied by pollen-bearing anther cells; in others by sterile cells. The body connecting 1 and 4 is not the fila- ment, but the "connective," the filament being the smaller body which joins the connective to the corolla. The extra- ordinary length (or rather width) of the connective is one of the main generic characters of Salvia. In ordinary flow- ers the connective is a mere thread, a linear extension of the filament, and barely separates the two anther cells. 2241. Section of I" Salvia the anther cells are forced a flower of apart to an exceptional distance, and in Salvia solen- many cases 2 of the cells are obliterated or devoid of pollen. Within the generic limits of Salvia the variation is astonishing. The color of the fls. ranges from scarlet through purple and violet to azure-blue, white and even pale yellow, but there seems to be no good pure yel- low. Fig. 2243 indicates something of the range in form of corolla and calyx. Some flowers gape wide open, others are nearly tubular. In some the upper lip is longer than the lower, in other cases the lower lip is longer than the upper. The lower lip is always 3-lobed, but frequently it does not appear to be so, for the lateral lobes are much reduced while the midlobe is greatly enlarged, often deeply lobed, and becomes the showy part of the flower. The calyx is small and green in some, large, colored and showy in others. In many cases, as S. leueantha, the corolla and calyx are of different colors. The bracts range from minute and deciduous to a larger size and more attractive color than the fls. There are usually about 6 fls. in a whorl, some- times 2, sometimes many. In spite of these and many other wide variations, few attempts have been made to split up Salvia into many genera, presumably from the feeling that the structure of the stamens makes the Salvias a natural, not an artificial group. Three Salvias are cultivated for their leaves, which are used in seasoning and also in medicine. These are the Common Sage, S. officinalis; Clary, S. Sclarea; and S. fforminum. For the commercial cultivation of Sage, see Sage. Clary is a perennial plant, but is cultivated as an annual or biennial. The plants run to seed the second year, after which it is better to pull up the old plants. The seed may be sown in spring, in drills 12-20 in. apart or in a seed bed, from which the seedlings are pricked out in May. In August the first leaves may be gathered and the plants will continue to yield until June or July of the following year. Clary (S. Sclarea) and its near relative. Salvia Hor- minum, are plants of exceptional interest. They are cultivated for their culinary and medicinal value and also for ornament, but their ornamental value lies not dens (X 1). Showing stniC' ture of stamens SALVIA in the fis. (which are usually insignificant) but in the colored bracts or fioral Ivs. at the tops of the branches. The various varieties are known as the Purple-top Clary, Ked-top Clary or White-top Clary, also Red Sage and Purple Sage. The two species {S, Sclarea and Sorminum) seem to be much confused in our cata- logues, but the plants may be separated by the follow- ing characters : the upper lip of the calyx is 3-toothed in S. Sclarea, and truncate in Sorminum; the upper- lip of the corolla is sickle-shaped and compressed in Sclarea, but straightish and concave in fforminum. Ac- cording to DeCandolle both of these species have large and showy floral leaves. It is to be inferred from Voss' treatment of the two species (in Vilmorin's Blu- mengartnerei ) that S. fform^inum is the species chiefly cult, for the showy floral leaves, while the name " Clary " should be restricted to jS. Sclarea. There is another odd feature about the floral leaves of both species. The red, white or purple tops seem to be composed of sterile Ivs., i. e., they do not inclose any whorls of flowers, while the large bracts under the whorls of flowers are green. However, DeCandolle refers to S. Sclarea two pictures in B.M. and B.E. where the situation is re- versed, i. e., the showy colored parts are the bracts un- der the whorls of flowers and there are no sterile bracts, at the top. Moreover, the flowers in the cases just cited are anything but insignificant, being fully an inch long. Among the Salvias cultivated for ornament there are two large cultural groups, the hardy and the tender. The hardy species are mostly border plants, blooming- in spring and early summer. The tender species are generally used for summer bedding, sometimes for con- servatory decoration in winter. Many of them bloom in summer and late fall, especially when they are treated, as half-hardy annuals. As regards color of flowers there are also two impor-< tant groups, the scarlet-flowered, and the kinds with blue, purple, violet, white or variegated flowers. Of the scarlet kinds ;S. splendens is the most called for; of the blue-flowered kinds, S. patens is the most popular of the bedding class, and S. pratensis the most popular of the hardy class. S. patens probably has the largest fls. of any of the blue-fld. kinds in cultivation. The most widely used of all Salvias cultivated for ornament is Salvia splendens, or Scarlet Sage. This is one of the most brilliant red-flowered bedding plants in cultivation. It is generally grown in large masses. It does best in full sunshine, but may be used in shady places to light up dark woody recesses. It should have, a dark background of some kind by way of contrast. A well-managed mass of Scarlet Sage may be main- tained in full splendor from the middle of July to frost. It is propagated by either cuttings or seed. It is rather troublesome to keep cuttings or plants over winter, as they are particularly liable to attacks of aphis and red spider. It is, therefore, important to get seed of an early-blooming variety of compact habit, and to sow the seed early indoors or in a frame in time to get good plants to set outdoors in May. A good raceme is over a foot long, with 30 or more fls. in a raceme, and 2-6 fls. in a whorl, each flower being 2 in. or more long. Some varieties have erect racemes, others pendulous, and there are white varieties, together with some inter- mediate colors. A poorly managed bed of Scarlet Sage gives a few flowers in September and is cut ofi' in a short time by frost. Wet seasons delay the bloom, and if the soil is too rich in nitrogen the plants will make too much growth and the fls. will be late and rela- tively few. The same principles of cultivation apply to other tender Salvias used for bedding. Florists some- times lift a few plants of Scarlet Sage before frost, pot them and flnd that they make attractive plants under glass for a month or two. One advantage that Salvia splendens has over many other red-fld. Salvias is that its calyx is as brilliant scarlet as the corolla. Special attention is called to the supplementary list, nearly every species of which is distinct at first sight and seems worthy of cultivation. Th*re are many showy, bright red-flowered Salvias which seem to be not cult, in America. The following are amongst the most desirable and are described in the supplementary list. SAL-VIA SALVIA 1605 iS. Bollviana, confertiflora, elegans, gesnercefolia, leon- uroides, rubescens, strictiflora. Salvia was monographed in 1848 by Bentham in DO. Prod. vol. 12, and an index to the 407 species therein described is found in Buek's "Genera, Species et Synonyma," etc., pars iii. In 1876, Hemsley gave an account in The Garden (9:430-434) of 65 species which had been in cultivation up to that time. See also "A Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Salvia," by M. L. Fernald (Proo. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 35, 1900, and Contrib. Gray Herb. Harvard Univ. N. S. No. 19). In the work just cited 209 species are described and there is an elaborate key. 2342. Salvia splendens (X K). No. 2. SUMMARY OF SUBGENERA AND SECTIONS. Subgenus I. Salvia Proper. Corolla with a hairy ring inaide: anterior portion of the connective di- rected outwards, bearing an anther cell which is rarely pollen-bearing. All Old World species. Section 1. Husphace. Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Teeth of the calyx scarcely enlarged in fruit: posterior lip of the corolla erect, straightish, concave. Includes officinalis. Section Z. Hymendsphace. Like Section 1, but the lobes of the calyx enlarged in fruit, membranaceous and veiny: posterior lip of the corolla straight in the ori- ental species, sickle-shaped in the South African. No species cult, in America. Section S. Drymdsphace. Herbs, usually tall and glutinous: teeth of calyx scarcely enlarged in fruit: posterior lip of the corolla falcate, compressed. In- cludes hians. Subgenus II. Solarea. Corolla with no hairy ring inside: anterior portion of the connective deflexed, abrtiptly dilated, connected at the callous extremity. All Old World, herbaceous species. Section 4. Ilormlnum. Posterior lip of calyx trun- cate, the teeth small and remote: posterior lip of corolla straight, concave. Includes Horminum, Section 5. ^thidpsis. Posterior lip of calyx 3- toothed: posterior lip of corolla falcate, compressed. Includes argentea and Solarea. Section 6. Plethidsphace. Calyx ovoid (instead of bell -shaped or tubular, as in the two preceding sections) : posterior lip of calyx concave, 2-grooved, teeth 3, very short and connivent: posterior lip of corolla straight or falcate, concave or compressed. Includes bicolor, pra- tensis and sylvestris. Subgenus III. Calosphacb. Corolla with no hairy ring inside but sometimes with 2 teeth near the base: anterior portion of the connective deflexed, linear, longitudinally connate or closely approximate, often somewhat dilated, rarely bearing an abortive anther cell. All American species. Section 7. Caldsphace. By far the largest section, characterized as above, and within these limits, im- mensely variable. Over 250 species, including azurea, cacalisefolia, coccinea, Earinacea, fulgens. involucrata, lanceolata, leucantha, patens, Sessei and splendens. Subgenus IV. Leonia. Corolla with a hairy ring in- side: anterior portion of connective sometimes di- rected outward and bearing either a fertile or sterile anther cell, sometimes deflexed and acute, rarely reduced to a short tooth. Section 8, Echindsphace. Bracts imbricated, spi- nescent: posterior lip of calyx 3-toothed: connective bearing a perfect anther cell on the posterior side. Includes cardnacea. Section 9. Pycndsphace. Bracts imbricated, not spinescent. Otherwise as stated in Section 8. Includes Columbarise. Section 10. Heterisphace. Bracts deciduous: pos- terior lip of calyx truncate : connective bearing a per- fect anther cell on posterior side. Includes lyrata. Section 11. Notidsphace. Bracts small or minute: posterior lip of corolla entire or with 3 minute conni- vent teeth. Includes no species cult, in America. Section 12. Semlsphace. Bracts small: posterior lip of calyx 3-toothed : connective somewhat continuous with the filament and produced into a very short tooth. Includes verticillata. alba, 15, 24, 27. albiflora, 10, 24. argentpa, 18. atroviolaeea, 24. aurea, 10. azurea, 22. Bethelli, 20. bicolor, 19. Bluebeard, 15. Bruanti, 2. eacalissfolia, 28. carduacea, 8. coccinea, 5. Golumbariae, 9. compacta, 2. crispa, 10. Deschampsiana, 20. fariuacea, 16. fulgens, 4. grandifiora, 2, 22. Greggii, 1. INDEX. hians, 13. Horminum, 15. Hoveyi, 21. ia^ithina, 21. icterina, 10. Issanehou, 2. involucrata, 20. lactea, 5, lanceolata, 26. latifolia, 10. leucantha, 17. lyr.ita, 12. Milleri, 10. officinalis, 10. patens, 27. Pitcheri, 22. porphyrantha, 6. porphyrata, 6. pratensis, 24. Pseudoeoceinea, 5. purpurascens, 10. Roemeriana, 6. Scezli, 7. rubicunda, 24. rubra, 15. rutilans, 3. salicifolia, 10. Sclarea, 14. Sessei, 7. Soucheti, 2. 8pelm,ina, 25. SpielTnanni, 25. splendens, 2. sturnina, 10. sylvestris, 23. tenuior, 10. tricolor, 10. variegata, 24. Verbenaca,25. ', verticillata, 11. violacea, 15. vulgaris, 15. 1606 SALVIA SALVIA KEY TO SPECIES. (Based on garden characters. ) A. Color of corolla vivid red, without a trace of purple. B. Tuhe of corolla neutral colored: lower lip showy 1. Greggii BB. Tubeof corolla as bright as the lips. 0. Upper lip conspicuously longer than the lower. D. Base of Ivs. not cordate. E. Calyx vivid red 2. splendens BE. Calyx green 3. rutilans DD. Base of Ivs. cordate 4. fulgens CC. Upper lip rmtch or little shorter. D. Base of Ivs. cordate: bracts usually found at base of whorls. E. Lower lip twice as long as upper 5. coccinea EE. Lower lip a trifle longer than upper 6. Boemeriana DD. Base of Ivs. not cordate: bracts minute, deciduous 7. Sessei AA. Color of corolla blue, violet, purple or white. B. Corolla with a hairy ring inside, c. Foliage thistle -like, prickly: fls. fringed 8. caiduacea CO. Foliage not thistle-like: fls. not fringed. D. Length of corolla scarcely greater than that of calyx. . . 9. Golumbariae DD. Length of corolla conspicu- ously greater than that of calyx. E. Whorls 10-^0-fld. F. Li>s. entire 10. officinalis FP. Lvs. lyrate 11. yeiticiUata EE. Whorls about 6-fld. P. Lvs. lyrate 12. lyrata FF. Lvs. sagittate 13. Mans i BB. Corolla without ahairy ring inside. c. Branches often topped with showy-colored floral lvs. D. Upper lip of calyx S-toothed: upper lip of corolla falcate, compressed 14. Sclarea DD. Upper lip of calyx truncate: upper lip of corolla siraight- ish, concave 15. Horminum <3C. Branches not topped with showy- colored floral lvs. D. Whorls many-fid. (about 16) .16. farinacea DD. Whorls about 6-fld. (in Nos. 18 and SS sometimes 10-fld.). &. Color of calyx purple, of corolla white 17. leiicantlia EE. Color of calyx and corolla not as in e. F. Upper lip of corolla differ- ent in color from lower, G. The upper lip white ...18. argentea GG. The upper lip blue 19. bicolor pp. Upper lip of corolla not different in color from lower, a. Fls. bright purplish red 20. involucrata GG. Fls. not bright purplish red. H. Calyx purple 21 . ianthina HH. Calyx green. I. Bracts awl-shaped .22. azurea 11. Bracts ovate or wider. 3. Stem panicled above 23. sylvestris 3 J. Stem sparingly branched. K. Hoot often tuber- ous 24. pratensis KK. Boot not tuber- ous 25. Verlienaca DDD. Whorls about ^-fld, E. Duration annual 26. lanceolata EE. Duration perennial. F. Lvs. entire 27. patens PF. Lvs. crenate 28. cacaliaetolia 1. Grfiggii, Gray. Readily distinguished from the common red-fid. kinds by the fact that only the lower lip is showy. This is carmine, and the rest of the co- rolla dull purplish. The foliage also makes it highly distinct. Though a native of Texas and Mexico it is offered by several dealers in hardy border plants. John Saul considered it "nearly hardy " at Washington, D.C. Shrub, 3 ft. high : lvs. linear-oblong, obtuse, narrowed at base: racemes 2-3 in. long, 6-8-fld.: upper lip short: lower lip with the large middle lobe 2-lobed and 2 small, roundish lateral lobes. B.M. 6812. — Section 7. 2. splendens, Ker-Gawl. Scarlet Sage. Figs. 2241, 2242. The most popular of all red-fid. Salvias. Tender perennial herb from Brazil, 2-3 ft. high, with scarlet fls. 2 in. or more long, borne in terminal pyramidal ra- cemes 6 in. or more long, with 2-6 fls. in a whorl and 30 or more fls. in a raceme. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, serrate: calyx scarlet, large, loose, plaited; corolla tubular; up- per lip undivided; lower lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes much narrower andreflexed. B.R. 8:687. —Var. Bru&nti, Hort., int. before 1880, was an improvement over pre- vious forms in having dwarfer and more compact habit, with brighter and more numerous flowers. G.C. II. 14:781; III. 6:653. Gn. 21:336 (good picture). A.F. 5:331. Other trade names are vars. compdcta, comp&cta er6cta, grandifldra, grandiSldra er6cta and grandiflbra p6ndula. Also a form with golden foliage is cult, and one or more spotted with yellow. S. grandiflbra and nd,na are true botanical species which are probably no- where in cult., and these names in the trade mostly refer to varieties of S. splendens. Var. 8oucli6ti, Planch. (S. SoucTUti, Hort.), introduced about 1856, was considered to differ from the type in having more com- pact habit and fls. more numerous, more erect and more brilliant. F.S. 11:1154. The prevalent idea that this name is referable to S.' Mceeli is probably due to a hasty reading of P.S. 14, p. 32. A white-fld. form is known to the trade as S. Soticheti alba. For S. Hoveyi, consult S. ianthina. Var. Issdnchou, Hort., has rosy white co- rolla, calices veined red, and red anthers. l.H. 28:432 (as JS. Brasiliinsis, var. /ssbmc^ok), where the calyx is bright yellow, striped red. Gn. 21:336. There are about a dozen varieties with personal names. Section 7. 3. riitilans, Carr. A plant of unknown habitat which is probably a horticultural form of S. splendens, differ- ing in having a small green calyx, whorls nearly always 2-fld., and inflorescence axillary as well as ter- minal and panicled 'instead of merely racemose. R.H. 1873:250. -The plant figured in G.C. II. 15:117 as S. ru- tilans has an unbrancbed raceme, with 6-fld. whorls and small calyx. Offered as late as 1893 by John Saul. 4. fiilgens, Cav.' Cardinal Salvia. Mexican Red Salvia. Diil'ers from S. splendens in the darker red of the fls., the cordate lvs., and the calyx, which is dull colored and conspicuously striate but hardly "colored"; also the 3 lobes of the lower lip seem to be all about the same size and lying in the same plane instead of hav- ing the lateral ones reflexed. Mexican shrub or herb, 3 ft. high: lvs. ovate, cordate, somewhat acute, not acu- minate. B.R. 16:1356. — This name seems not to be ad- vertised in America to-day, but in 1886 Gray stated that S. splendens and S. fulgens were the two common red- fld. kinds in cult. Section 7. 5. oocclnea, Linn. This name is said to be loosely used in trade catalogues for S. splendens, and it is doubtful whether the true S. coccinea is in cult. ■ Per- ennial or annual, 2 ft. high-: lvs. cordate: fls. deep scar- let, 1 in. or less long; calyx slightly reddish, lower lip twice as long as upper, the middle lobe very large and 2-lobed. Trop. America; also S. C. to Fla. and Tex. Var. l&ctea. Hort., is advertised. Section 7. Var. Pseudo - coccinea, Gray (S. Pseudo-coccinea , Jaoq.),is a tall variety which is hirsute on stem and petioles, instead of glabrate. B.M. 2864. . 6. Roemeri&na, Scheele (S. porphyrdntha, Decaisne. S.porphyrdta, Hook.). Perennial, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. cor- SALVIA SALVIA 1607 date: fls. scarlet, 1 in. or more long; calyx purplish or reddish towards tips ; lower lip a trifle longer than the upper, the middle lobe large and 2-cleft. Tex., Mex. R. H. 1854:301. B.M. 4939. F.S. 11:1080. - Considered hardy by Thorburn. Section 10. 7. S6ssei, Benth. {S. BossHi, Scheidw.). Pig. 2243. Remarkable for its large fls. (2 in. long), with boldly deflexed lower lip, which is not 3-lobed but merely 2- cut at apex; also remarkable for the large, loose calyx, flushed with brick-red towards apex. Mexican sub- shrub: Ivs. ovate, serrate, not cordate. P.S. 14:1407. 8. carduicea, Benth. Pig. 2213. Unique among Salvias for it< thistle -like foliage and fringed fls. The Ivs. and the large conspicuous bracts are very prickly and the lilac- oolored fls. much cut, the fringes of the lower lip being more numerous and deeper. Tender perennial from Calif., 1-lX ft' high, very woolly: Ivs. all radical, densely woolly be- neath. B. M. 4874. a. C. II. 19:56.-Ofl:ered by Calif, collec- tors and lately by eastern seeds- men. Section 8. 9. Golumbd,ri3e, Benth. A common Calif ornian annual hardly worth cult, for ornament, the blue fls. being about X in. across and not as long as the bracts. Height 9 in.-2 ft. : Ivs. few, wrinkled, radical ones long- stalked, oblong, pinnatifld or bipinnatifld ; divisions obtuse. B.M. 6595 (fls. lilac).- Offered by Orcutt. 10. officinUis, Linn. Saoe. Woolly white, south European subshrub, varying greatly in breadth and wooUiness of Ivs.: fls. purple, blue or white, large or small : whorls few, dense, 10-20-fld. — The form commonly cultivated as a kitchen herb is var. teniiior, Alef., with blue fls. and Ivs. 3-4 times as long as broad. Other forms are: var. albifldra, Alef., with white fls. and Ivs. 3-4 times as long as broad; var. salicif61ia, Alef., with Ivs. 4-7 times as long as broad; var. lati- fdlia, Alef., with Ivs. twice as long as broad; var. crispa, Alef., with crisped and variegated foliage; var. sturnlna, Alef.; Ivs. green and white; var. icteilna, Alef., Ivs. green and gold; var. purpurAacens, Alef., with somewhat reddish foliage which is said to have the strongest and pleasantest taste, and is preferred in England for kitchen use; var. Milleri, Alef., with Ivs. somewhat red and spotted; var. atirea, Hort., with golden yellow foliage and compact habit; var. tricolor, Vilmorin (S. tricolor, Hort., not Lem.), with Ivs. of three colors, gray-green, yellowish white and pink, be- coming rosy or deep red. Section 1. 11. verticiUd.ta, Linn. Perennial herb from southern Europe and western Asia, with Ivs. like a dandelion: Ivs. lyrate, cordate at base, apical lobe largest, ovate- rotund: whorls globose, 20-40-fld.: fls. blue; corollas twice as long as calyx. — Section 12. 12. Iyrd.ta, Linn. Hardy perennial herb, with some- what tuberous root and scape-like stems: fls. 1 in. long, blue or violet. N. J. to 111., south Pla. to Tex. — Once offered by Bassett, of Hammonton, N. J. Section 10. 13. Mans, Koyle. Pig. 2243. Handsome hardy per- ennial herb from the Himalayas, with large blue or purple fls., the lower lip often white, prettily speckled with blue or purple: plant villous, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, deltoid-ovate, base truncate or hastate; petiole 4-8 in. long: raceme 8-12 in. long: fls. 1-lK in. long; upper lip 2-lobed, lower lip with large obcordate midlobe and broad revolute side lobes. B.M. 6517. B.R. 27:39. R.H. 1845: 145. -Section 3. 14. Selirea, Linn. Clary. Biennial (according to DeCandoUe) : Ivs. broadly ovate, cordate at. the base, the largest 8-9 in. long, 4-5 in. wide: fls. pale purple Or bluish. Discussed above. B.R. 12:1003 (S. Simsiana). B.M. 2320 (as S. bracteata ).—Briiats pink: fls. blue, with a white under lip in both plates. Section 5. 15. Hormlnum, Linn. Annual: Ivs. oval-oblong, rounded or wedge-shaped at the base: fls. reddish vio- let. Discussed above. Voss calls the varieties with colored floral Ivs.: vars. vulgaris, light violet; violAcea (S. Bluebeard, Hort.), light violet -blue; rilbra and Alba. — Section 4. 16. farinioea, Benth. Pigs. 2244, 2245. Charming and popular plant, with violet or purple corollas set off by 2J43. Types of Salvia. (All X H-) At the left, S. carduacea; unique for its fringed flowers. Next is S. leucantha, example of kinds in which the flower does not gape widely. The two at the right, S. Mans and Sessei, are interesting for the size and lobing of the middle lobe of the lower lip. the light blue mealy calyx. Botanically close to S: aziirea but easily distinguished by color of fls. Peren- nial herb, 2-3 ft. high: lower Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, coarsely and irregularly serrate; upper Ivs. lanceolate or narrower. R.H. 1873:90. Gn. 9:19; 28, p. 59. -Al- though anative of Texas, it is offered by several dealers in hardy herbaceous perennials. It is also treated as a hardy annual. Section 7. 17. leucintha, Cav. Pig. 2243. Delightful Mexican shrub, with white club-shaped fls. (not widely gaping) set off by purple calices. Branches covered with white wool, which is at length deciduous : Ivs. lanceolate, ser- rate: fls. 1 in. long; calyx densely lanate. According to DeCandolIe the whorls are many-fld., but in B.M. 4318, P.S. 22:2318, and Gn. 21:336 they are mostly 6-fldl — Section 7. ' 18. arg6ntea, Linn. Biennial, 2-4 ft. high, viscid: lower Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong, crenate, rugose: inflor- escence a panicle 2-2^ ft. long, usually composed of 3 branches : whorls distant, about 6-fld. : fls. whitish, purplish pubescent above; upper lip or galea- much longer than the lower. Mediterranean region. P.f!. 3:112. — Seems to be considered a hardy perennial by American seedsmen. It is worth cultivating . for ■ the woolly white foliage alone. Section 5. 19. bicolor. Lam. Hardy biennial, spring-blooming plant, with large blue fls., the lower lip white at first, but said to fade quickly to a rusty brown: Ivs. all cor- date at base and sticky -pubescent; lower ones ovate, incised and dentate; upper ones' lanceolate: upper lip of corolla hooded, lower lip 3-lobed. N. Africa, Spain. B.M. 1774. G.M. 40:487. -Section 6. '20. involuorita, Cav. This has just enough purple in its fls. to exclude it from the scarlet-fld. section, but it has a very brilliant color and distinct form of flower. The corolla is swollen in the middle, constricted at the throat and not wide-gaping. The species is also re- markable for the large, showy, rosy purple, deciduous bracts. Lvs. long-stalked, ovate, acuminate, serrate, rounded-wedge-shaped at the base: inflorescence denstj. B.M. 2872. B.R. 14:1205. R.H. 1858, p. 239.- Var. 1608 SALVIA DeschampBiina, Verlot, has brighter colored corolla and cahces. E.H. 1869:130. Var. B^thelU fS.B^aeiK.Hort.) is a horticultural form of more compact habit and fls. described as rosy crimson or puce. Gn. 21:336. -Sec- tion 7. ■6. ■■■. vr-'>iii« *!lrOTt-:_ /S V^ arctic N.W.America and Eocky Mts. Only In^I-^/-?! SAXIFEAGE. See Saxifraga. var. cherlerioides, Engler {t>. cheiicrioidex, ^ \] VV*y*i Don), has appeared in the Amer. trade: ji f/ » '[S cn/i-oTAcA /t *■ •< > * • ^ j. very dwarf, only 2 or 3 in. high , densely ces- .^jN. f . SCABIOSA (Latm itch ; refernng to medi- pitose, few-flowered, the Ivs. short and some- %l\i ^,-^ cmal use). Btpmcdccm. Scabious. Moukn- what spatulate. Asia and Alaska. i^< l/f?-f^ ing Bride About 52 species (from Eu., „_ _ , .. _ . „ „ ,„ ,„ „ \ K i^i Asia and Afr.) ot annual or perennial herbs, 28. Campdsii.Boiss. & Reut. (*. 11 aiiacc- \r ^ often somewhat woody at the base, with en- diia, Hort.). Tufted^ aiul bnght green, with \| /f!f\ tj^e, lobed, or dissc-cted Ivs. and blue, rose, reddish fl.-stems, hairy and somewhat glan- j / yellow or white Hs. in mostly long-pedun- dular: Ivs. spatulate, with an abruptly en- K^ iied globular or ovoid-conic heads. Bracts larging end, 3-5-lobed, and sometimes again 1/ [) ^f the involucre in 1 or 2 rows, foliaceous, toothed: fl.-stems branching, .3-4 m. high, ,v5^^ f ,w mostly free : scales of the receptacle small, erect: fls. % in. across, white somewhat « /JENJ ^f"W^ narrow or none : corolla 4-5-cleft: stamens bell-shaped, the broad petals miich exceeding i^K^ 1^ U 4 rarely 2, all perfect. For a related plant, A.F. 4:493. -Once introduced here, but does \\l jp,^ i„ ^ny moderately good garden soil a not endure the hot climate well. An attrac- \-|/ " succession of flowers is produced from June tive species. W „j,tjj frogt. The flowers are very service- 29. CSBSpitdsa, Linn. Exceedingly varialile 1 able for cutting purposes. Propagated by species: dwarf and cespitose, the fl.- 1 seed or division. Many of the peren- stems erect and nearly leafless and ^j«(^^:- ft; »a*aJP*^S^ i^i*' species act like biennials in culti- somewhat glandular-pilose (3-4 in. *^^^5fSj> -'m^^Wf!^^^ vation, and often flower the first vear high): Ivs. usually cuneate but some- ;^^»®S^- nf^'^^j^^ from seed. S.atro'pur- times nearly linear, ^^^ ^^^ r \ ^4'®&a ;t)t«rea is acommongar- usually 3-fld and some- ^^SpiR. \mt^-'^mii'Kfl///i II /, den annual. times 5-fid, the lobes ^l3R^'^y^^^M^^^^mW,y/wmiiK, linear and obtuse and ^Se'*^*'''*®F*'''*^a^^^^^^^'' index. nearly parallel: fls. J^P^Ntl-j^i^Mp^^^^^^^:— alba, 3, 7. few, white, 1-10 in a ,,iS(^_5^:^^«^W*=^^^^»^?'-'-- arvensis, 2. raceme or panicle, _ -^ ^i^M^--'''~^'^''^^^^^a^S'''Mti^S^^!^Ei^l'''''' ^ atropurpurea, 4. campanulate, the pet- '" ...ai^ffiS^W^i.i^^^^SlilBf^S^S'Sfil— — ^^ braehiata, 6. als spreading, oblong 2^^ ^^SM**!«^^^^Bw!^B«fc- eandidissima, 4. and obtuse, 3-nerved. ^^^^^^^^^K^fc^ coecine^,T^^"'''Jehroleuca, 1. ^aR/d|^^^ '«#*' SSjSS^6-- Cohimbaria, 3, perfecta, 7. .30. aphy'la, Sternb. -tsmg^^j^^ ^^^(%^mF^ compacta, 4. pnmila, 4. (S.leptoph^lla,Frod\.). -■-i^^'^ graminifolia, 8. stellata, 5. Small, loosely cespi- 2261. Saxifraga sarmentosa (X %). major, 4. varia, 2. tose species, producing ''*"*• *• Webbiana, 1. many or several rosettes at the surface of the ground, a. Radical leaves dentate or lohed. and sending up short, almost leafless, 1-fld. or 2-fld. b. Fls. yellow 1. ochroleuca glandular scapes: Ivs. thinnish, entire or 3-5-lobed: bb. Fls. darh purple, Mue or white. fls. light yellow, the petals linear and acute and about c. Calyx-limb sessile ornearly so. as long as the calyx-lobes. Eu. D. Iais. sessile 2. arvensis 31. umbrdsa, Linn. London Pkide. St. Patrick's dd. Lvs. petioled 3. Columbaria Cabbage. Erect - growing plant, the nearly leafless CO. Calyx-limb pedicellate. branching fl.-stems reaching 6-12 in. high and spring- d. Plant 2 ft. hif/h 4. atropurpurea ing from a dense rosette of Ivs. 6-12 in. across: Ivs. Dp. Plant 6-18 m. high. 5. stellata thick and mostly glabrous, obovate, crenate - dentate, ^^- Radical Ivs. entire. •the stalk-like base ciliate: fls. small, pink, with darker »■ Lvs. ovate-oblong 6. braoMata spots, in a loose panicle, the petals ovate or oblong and bb. Lvs. lance-lmear to linear. spreading. Eu., in shady places. -A very neat and at- o. Reads S m. across 7. Caucasica tractive plant, frequent in European gardens, but rarely CO. Heads smaller 8. grraminifolia seen here. There is a var. varieg&ta, Hort. 32. Geum, Linn. (S. hirsuta, Linn.). Differs from S. 1. ochroleikca, Linn. A hardy perennial herb about 18 umbrosa in being hairy, in having orbicular lvs. that in. high: stem branching and somewhat hairy: lvs. are cordate or notched at the base and on long stalks. whitish pubescent, the radical crenate or lyrately pin- Range of last, and said to occur in Newfoundland. natifid, tapering to a petiole, pubescent on both sides j 33. sarmentdsa, Linn. (S. Japdnica, Hort. S. Chi- those of the stem 1-2-pinnately divided or cleft into ob- ninsis, Lour.). Stkawberey Geranium. In England Jong. or linear lobes: peduncles long, slender: lvs. of known as Mother of Thousands, a name also applied *?® involucre shorter than the fls. June to autumn, to iJmaWa Ci/mfta^aWs. Old Man's Beard. Pig. 2261. S": ^"A i^'?" Vi"- Webblina (S. TTeSMdno, D. DonK True stem or caudex scarcely rising above the ground, Ileight 6-10 in. : lower lvs. eanescent- villous, the upper but the fl.-stems rising- 1-2 ft. and much branched, glabrous. Resembles the type but is smaller in all its whole plant sparsely hairy : stolons many, long and parts. U.K. 9:737. rooting freely at the joints after the manner of a straw- 2. aiT^nsis, Linn. (S. vdria, Gilib.). A hardy per- berry: lvs. nearly orbicular, shallowly crenate -lobed, ennial 2-4 ft. high: stem hispid: Ivs. viUous-hirsute the lobes apiculate, all radical and long-stalked: fls. the radical unequally pinnately parted, the lobes lanceo- 1622 SCABIOSA late; those of the stem pinnately divided with linear lobes, the upper linear-lanceolate : involueral bracts ob- tuse: fls. lilac or blue, 1-2 in. across. June-Aug. Not known to be in the trade, S. varia, Hort., being presum- ably mixed varieties of 8. atropurpurea . I 2262. Scablosa atropurpurea (X 3^). 3. Columbiiia, Linn. A hardy perennial quite variable in character, 2 ft. high: stem branching, glabrous or nearly so: radical Ivs. ovate-obtuse, crenate, membra- nous, pubescent on both sides; stem-lvs. glabrous, pin- nately parted, the segments linear, entire or sliglitly incised: fls. blue, in ovate-globular hoads on long pu- bescent peduncles. June-Sept, Eu., Asia, Afr.— Var. &Iba is cult. i. atropuipflrea, Linn. (S. mAjor, Hort.). Sweet Scabious. Fig. 2262. An annual branching plant about 2 ft. high: radical Ivs. lanceolate-ovate, lyrate, coarsely dentate; stem-lvs. pinnately parted, the lobes oblong, dentate or cut; fls. dark purple, rose or white, in long- peduncled heads, becoming ovate or oblong in fr. July-Oct. S.Eu. Gn.21,p.ll8. B.M.247. P.S. 12:1203. — Vars. candidisBima, coccinea, comp&cta, mijor, nd,na and ptimila are often offered as if they were distinct species, as S, nana, etc. 5. stellflta, Linn. An annual plant, hairy, simple or somewhat branched, 6-18 in. high: Ivs. cut or somewhat lyrate, the terminal lobe large, obovate, dentate, the upper ones often pinnately parted : fls. blue, in long- pedunoled heads ; corolla 5-cleft, the lobes radiate. June and later. S. Eu. 6. brachiata, Sibth. & Sm. An annual species about 1 ft. high: lower Ivs. ovate-oblong, the upper pinnately cut, lyrate; the lower lobes decurrent, the terminal large, obovate, oblong: fls. light blue. June and later. Eu., Asia. 7. Cauc4sioa, Bieb. A hardy perennial 18 in. high: Ivs. glaucous or whitish, the Ipwer lanceolate-linear, acute, the upper cut and divided: heads flattish: fls. light blue. June-Oct. Caucasus Mts. Gn. 35, p. 121. — Vars. dlba and perf^cta are also offered. G.M. 38:839. 8. graminifdlia, Linn. A perennial herb, somewhat woody at the base, about 1 ft. high: Ivs. linear, silvery: fls. pale blue. June-Oct. Eu. B.E. 10:835. J. B. Keller and F. W. Barclay. SCABIOITS. For Common Scabious, see Scabiosa. For Shepherd's or Sheep Scabious, see Jasione peren- SCAPHOSEPALUM SCALLION, a name for the Shallot; also used for onions that do not make good bulbs but remain with thick necks, but generally pronounced and written scul- lion in this country. The word is connected with Asca- lonicum (Allium Ascalonieum). SCANDIX (Greek, to sting; in reference to the rough- ness of the fruit). Umbelliferce. About 10 species of annual herbs mostly natives of Europe: Ivs. pinnately decompound, the segments small and narrow: fls. white, polygamous, often radiate, usually in few -rayed eom- pound or simple umbels ; fr. oblong-linear, long-beaked, the ridges obtuse, prominent. P6cten-V6neris, Linn. Pig. 2263. A hardy garden an- nual 6-12 in. high, with finely cut Ivs. and small white fls. in simple umbels. Eu.— Little grown here. jS. cerefdliwm, Linn. See Chervil. p^ ^^ Barclay. SCAFH0S£FALUM (Greek, boat and sepal; alluding to the form of the lower sepal). Orchiddcece. A genus recently separated from Masdevallia upon the character of the lateral sepals, which are united into a boat- shaped organ. In habit the plants resemble Masdeval- lia, except that the parts of the rhizome are longer, thus making the tufts less compact, and the racemes assume climbing habits, becoming very long and bearing fls. for months in succession. The dorsal sepal is free or nearly so: labellum and sepal small. The genus con- tains about 10 species. Grow in a ooolhouse well protected from the sun. Keep the summer temperature as low as possible. Give plenty of water when growing. When at rest, water sparingly but do not allow the plants to become entirely dry. Use as small a pan as possible. The culture is like that for Masdevallia. gibberdsum, Eolfe (Masdevdllia gibberbsa, Reichb. f.). Lvs. 3-5 in. long, oblong-obovate or lanceolate, ob- tuse : peduncle 6-10 in. long, warty, bearing a loose ra- ceme of 4-8 fls. : dorsal sepal boat-shaped, with a long tail, dull red, with strong, greenish ribs ; lateral sepals partly connate in a concave lamina, then soreading -jiX 2263. Scandix ff,fx Pecten-Veneris (X J3). horizontally, yellow, spotted with red and ending in yellowish tails. Colombia. B.M. 6990. punotatum, Eolfe (Masdevdllia punctAta, Eolfe). Densely tufted: lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, subacute, 3-5 in. long: peduncles pendulous: fls. small, dull yellow- SCAPHOSEPALUM SCHINUS 1623 ish, thickly speckled with crimson ; dorsal broadly ovate, concave, strongly 5-ribbed, ending in a stiff incurved tail; lateral sepals spreading horizontally, falcately incurved, with a flliform process near the tip. Colombia. B.M. 7165. Heinrioh Hasselbking and Wm. Mathews. SCABBOBOUOH LILY.. Vallota purpurea. SCARLET BUSH. Hamelia. SCARLET LIGHTNING. Lychnis OhaUedonica. SCARLET PLUME. Euphorbia fulgens. SCARLET RUNNER. A red-flowered variety of J'haseolus multiftorus. SCENTED VERBENA. A name found in some books for the Lemon Verbena. See Lippia. SCHAUflRIA (after J. C. Schauer, professor at «reifswald, 1813-1848). AcanfhAcece. Erect, half- shnibby herbs, with entire Ivs. : fls. yellow or red, in a terminal thyrse or spike; calyx 5-parted, segments linear or setaceous; corolla-tube long, gradually broad- fined upward; limb 2-lipped, the upper lip interior nar- row, entire or emarginate, erect, lower lip cut into 3 subequal, recurved segments; stamens 2 each, with 2 parallel anthers, about as long as the upper lip; aborted stamens wanting; style flliform: ovary seated on a disk, 2-loculed, with 2 seeds in each locule. About 8 species from Brazil. Closely related to Jacobinia, from which it differs by the equal parallel anther cells. It is ■distinguished from Anisaoanthus by its setaceous calyx- lobes, and from Fittonia by its habit. flavicoma, N. E. Brown {Justicia fl&va, Hort., not Kurz.). Pig. 2264. Half-shrubby plants, with erect, branched stems, up to 4 ft. high: Ivs. opposite, petio- late, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, shining green, undulate: fls. light yellow, IX in. long, borne in erect, feathery panicles; calyx-lobes long, subulate, glandular-hairy, persistent after the corolla has fallen. Autumn. Brazil. B.M. 2816 (as Justicia calycotricha) . B.R. 12:1027 (as Justicia flavicoma), L.B.C. 20:1921 (as Justicia calli- tricha).— This plant has been confused with S. caly- cdtricha, Nees, and has long been cultivated under that name. S. calycdtricha, Nees, has a smooth calyx and broader ovate Ivs. which are very obtuse or subcordate at the base. Heineich Hasselbeing. SCHE£LEA (after Scheele, distinguished German chemist). PalmAcem. About 10 species of pinnate palms from tropical South America. They are spineless, tall or dwarf; leaf -segments arranged in regular series or grouped, linear, in young plants unequally and obtusely 2-cut at the apex: fls. yellowish, dioecious or monoecious, the males very numerous in the upper part of the branches, the females few or solitary in the lower part and sometimes peduncled; petals of the males long- club-shaped or cylindrical; stamens 6, shorter than the petals: fr. 1-3-seeded. butyracea, Karst. This species is cnlt. in S. Calif. Pranceschi j-emarks that it comes from Venezuela and is a magnificent palm with the habit of Attalea. H. A. Siebrecht writes that it is rare in cultivation and that it is more interesting than beautiful. On account of its large stem base or crown, it requires so large a pot or tub for the size of the plant that it does not make a verj' ornamental subject. s/if, m. SCHE£RIA (Frederick Scheer presented the original species to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, he hav- ing received them in 1850, through J. Potts, from Chi- huahua, Mexico). Gesnerdcece. A name proposed for four Mexican and tropical American herbs which are now referred to Achimenes (which see). From Achi- menes, Seeman, its founder, distinguished it "by its truly infundibuliforra, not bilobed, stigma." In habit, the genus Suggests Achimenes hirsuta, A. pedunculata and A. muUiflora (see p. 18, Vol. I). In the American trade one species is offered, S. Mexiotaa, Seem. (S. cce- ruliscens, Hort.), now more properly known &s-Achi- menes Scheerii, Hemsl. Stem erect, hairy: Ivs. ovate, hairy, dentate, stout-stalked, opposite: fls. solitary in the axils, stalked, the corolla 2-2K in. long, the tube inclined or drooping and curved, the wide-spreading 5- lobed limb blue-nurple. Lvs, with a metallic luster. B.M. 4743. L. H. B. 2264. Schaueria flavicoma (X X). Chiefly known to the trade under the name of Justicia flava. SCHtMA (said to be an Arabian name). TernstrSmi- AcecB. About 9 species of tender evergreen trees and shrubs, with 5-petaled white fls. about IX in. across. Here belongs a neat little tea-like shrub about 2 ft, high, known to the trade as Gordonia Javanica. Schi- ma and Gordonia are closely related genera, distin- guished by Bentham and Hooker as follows: Schima has inferior radicles, sepals scarcely unequal, ovules few in each locule and laterally af&xed; Gordonia has supe- rior radicles, sepals markedly unequal, ovules numerous in each locule and pendulous. Other generic characters of Schima: peduncles 1-fld., usually erect: fls. solitary, in the axils or the upper ones crowded in a short raceme; petals connate at the base, imbricate, concave; stamens numerous: ovary 5-celled (rarely i- or 6-celled); stigmas broad and spreading: capsule woody: seeds flat, kidney-shaped. Nordnhse, Reinw. (Gorddnia Javanica, Roll.). Tender evergreen shrub, 2 ft. high or perhaps more, branched, glabrous :■ lvs. alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, coriaceous, entire: fls. solitary in the axils, white, IX in. across, shorter than the lvs.; petals obovate. Java. B.M. 4539. —A good pot-plant for the warmhouse. Readily in- creased by cuttings. yif jyj SCHlNUS (Greek name for the Mastic-tree, Pistacia Lentiscus; applied to this genus on account of the resi- nous, mastic-like juice of some species) . Anacardidice. dependens); 29:59 {D. long ifolia).- The genus Duvaua was distinguished from Schinus chiefly by its simple foliage, but it is now considered a sub- genus of Schinus. jos_ BuKTT Davy. Schinus Molle is everywhere present in southern California, where it attains a height of 50 ft. and sows itself. It was a great thing for this region in years past before the water systems had reached their present effi- ciency. Now the poor Pepper-tree is under a ban, and justly so. Next to an oleander the black scale loves a Pepper-tree. Hence the Pepper-trees, being large and numerous, have been indirectly a serious menace to the orchards of citrous fruits. Thousands of old trees, 2-3 ft. in diameter, have been cut during the past year be- cause of their proximity to orange orchards. At least one nurseryman has actually refused to sell Pepper- trees to people who ordered them. Los Angeles boasts some magnificent avenues of them. S. terebinthifolius is but little known in this region, the tallest tree being only 15 ft. as yet, but it is likely to be extensively planted in the near future. Eknest Beaunton. SCHISMAI0GL6TIIS {Greek, falling tongue; refer- ring to the fact that the limb of the spathe soon falls off). Ardcece. The plants which bear this uncomfor- table name are amongst the finest variegated foliage plants in the Arum family, and hardly if at all inferior in beauty and ease of culture to the popular Dieffen- bachias, which they closely resemble. They are tender plants used for the decoration of warm conservatories, but they have been successfully grown by skilled ama- teurs in living houses, where a day temperature of 70° could be maintained throughout the winter. The genus contains about 15 species, mostly natives of the Malay Archipelago. They have stoloniferous rhizomes and the caudex lies on the ground. The leaves are large, ovate or lanceolate, banded or blotched with white or pale yellow. The brightness of the colors in variegated plants largely depends upon culture. Fls. unisexual; fertile males with 2-3 short stamens, truncate at the apex; sterile males with staminodes destitute of pollen: female fls. with 2-4 pistils : ovary 1-loculed; ovules ana- tropous : berries oblong, green, yellowish or scarlet. Engler in DC. Monog. Phaner. vol. 2, 1879. For culture, see Dieffenbachia. See also Philodendron, to which the genus is somewhat closely allied. SCHISMATOGLOTTIS INDEX. (S. L. refers to supplementary list.) crispata, 3. decora, 6. Immacnlata, 1. Lansbergiana, 3. Lavalleei, 1. Neoguineensis, 5. picta, 4. pulchra, 6. purpurea, 1. Roebelinii, s. L. Seemanii, s. L. Siamensis, s. L. variegata, "J, 5. Wittmaniana, 6. rkPM «4« 2265. Schinus Molle. the California Pepper-tree. A. Lvn. lanceolate -oblong, base not heart-shaped. B. Petiole longer than blade 1. BB. Petiole shorter than blade 2. AA. Irvs. ovate, base heart-shaped. B. Foliage banded with white. 0. Petiole about as long as blade. .Z. 00. Petiole twice as long as blade, .i. BB. Foliage blotched with white. 0. More green than white 5. CO. More white than green 6. Lavalleei vaiiegata crispata picta Neogruineensia pulchra 1. Lav&lleei, Linden. Lvs. lanceolate or lanceolate-ob- long, rounded or narrowed at the base but not cordate, blotched with silvery white, some of the blotches much larger than others ; petiole 6-8 in. long; blade 5-7 x 13^-23^ in.; sheath reddish. Malaya. l.H. 28:418. -Var. immacul&,ta (var. Lansbergi&na , Linden) differs in having purple sheaths and leaf-stalks, and foliage green above, dark wine-purple below. Var. purpurea is a Sumatran form with foliage blotched gray above and dark wine-purple beneath. 2. variegata, Hook. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or rounded at the base, long - cuspidate at apex, dark green above, marked whitish along the midrib; petiole 3-4 in. long or less than half the lengfh of the blade. Borneo. This has been confused in the trade with 6'. Neoguineensis. 3. crispata, Hook. Lvs. 5-7 in. long, leathery, ovate- cordate, with rounded basal lobes, dull green above with 2 whitish, irregular, nearly parallel bands extending from base to apex and about half-way between midrib and margin. Borneo. B.M. 6576. 4. picta, Schott. Lvs. ovate-cordate, the basal lobes short, but the sinus deep, dark green above, marked with lacerated glaucous spots at the middle, on each side of the midrib and between the nerves; petiole 8-16 in. long; blade 6-7 in. long. Java. 5. Neoguiiie6nsis, N. E. Br. (S. variegdta, Hort., not Hook.). Lvs. ovate-cordate, bright green, irregularly blotched with pale yellowish green, the total mass of green being greater than the variegation; petiole 9-12 in. long; blade 8-9 x 5-5?i in. New Guinea. l.H. 27:380 as Calocasia Neoguineensis , the variegation be- ing a bright creamy white. 6. piilchra, N. E. Br. (5. decora. Bull.). Lvs. ovate, obliquely cordate, irregularly blotched with silvery SCHISMATOGLOTTIS SCHIZANTHUS 1625 white, the total mass of green being less than the varie- gation; petiole '6-414 in. long; blade 4-5 x \%-2yi in. Borneo. I.H. 31:520. G.C. II. 24:361. -S. decora, var. Wittmani&na, was offered in 1893 by John Saul, Wash- ington, D. C. S. Boebelinii. Pitcher & Manda, 1805, p. 138. " Lvs. beauti- > fully marked with silvery white in a broad feathery varieea- tion. Only the center and edge of the leaves are plain light green. The plant is compact, free-growing, with thick leaves as enduring as those of a rubber tree. A line hoiise plant." This plant is imperfectly known. It is figured in Pitcher & Manda's catalogue 1895:141 as S. Eoebelinii, and the same thing Is used in A.G. 19:589 (1898) as S. piota and in V. M. 23:71 (1899) as S.crispata. The plant so pictured is distinct from any species described above. There is more white than green In the leaf, only the edges and midrib portion being green. Some growers believe it to be a sport of S. crispata.— S. Seimanii, Hort. Bull., was advertised by the U. S. Nursery Co. 1895, but seems unknown to botanists.— jS. Siam^nsls, Hort. Bull, still in cultivation, but imperfectly known to botany. Possibly a species of Aglaonema. yi^ jj_ SCSIZXA (Greek, to split) . ScMefeAceai. A genus of small ferns with twisted grass-like lvs. and sedge- like sporophylls formed of a cluster of closely com- pacted pinnae, each with two rows of sporangia, which in common with the family are pear-shaped, with an apical ring, opening by a vertical fissure. pusilla, Pursh. Our only native species, growing in sand barrens mainly in New Jersey. Lvs. an inch long, grass-like: sporophylls 2-3 in. long, with 6-8 closely compacted divisions, forming a spike at the apex. Known locally as Curly-grass. The prothallus only re- cently studied is found to resemble protonema, being filamentous rather than thallose as in ordinary ferns. L. M. Underwood. 2266. Foliage and fruit of California Pepper-tree— Schinus Molle (X K). SCHIZANDSA (Greek, schisein, to cleave, and aner, andros, man, stamen; referring to the cleft or separate anther-cells). Including Sphcerdstema and Maximo- wiczia. MagnoUdcem. Ornamental deciduous twining shrubs, with alternate, simple lvs., white, yellowish or red, not very conspicuous fls. on slender, drooping pedi- cels and showy scarlet or black, berry-like fr. in droop- ing racemes. The Asiatic S. Chinensis is hardy north, while the native S. eoccinea can only be grown south. They may be used for covering rocks, trees, shrubs or fences, and seem to thrive best in partly shaded and somewhat moist places in a porous, sandy loam. Prop. by .seeds, by greenwood cuttings under glass, root- cuttings or layers, and also by suckers. Six or 7 spe- cies, chiefly In E. Asia, from India to N. China and Japan, 1 species in N. America. Lvs. exstipulate, usually ovate: fls. slender-stalked, in few-fld. axillary clusters, dioecious or monoecious ; sepals and petals 9-12, not dif- fering; stamens 5-15, more or less connate; carpels numerous, imbricated in the fl., developing into berries disposed on the elongated filiform receptacle, forming a drooping raceme. The fruits of the Asiatic species are eaten in their native countries. eoccinea, Michx. High climbing shrub: lvs. slender- petioled, ovate or oval, acuminate, entire or obscurely denticulate, glabrous, 2-3K in. long: fls. monoecious, crimson purplish, %-% in. across; stamens 5, connate into a 5-lobed disk with the anther-cells widely sepa- rated: berries scarlet, forming a loose raceme 2-3 in. long. June. S. C. to E. Tex. B.M. 1413. CMn^nsis, Baill. (Maximowiezia Sininsia, Bupr.). Climbing to 25 ft. : lvs. broadly oval or ovate, acute or acuminate, remotely denticulate, dark green and shin- ing above, glabrous except at the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long; petiole X-IH in. long: fls. dioecious, pinkish white, K in. across, fragrant; stamens 5, divided at the apex: berries scarlet, forming a rather dense raceme 1-4 in. long. May, June. Japan, N. China, Amurland. Gt. 12:382. P.S. 15:1594. Gn. 6, p. 583. M.D.G. 1899:568.— The very showy fruit ripens end of August; to secure it both sexes must be planted together. S. nigra, Maxim. Similar to the preceding: lvs. smaller, quite glabrous: fls. white; fr bluish black. Japan. Seems more tender than S. Chinensis.— iS. propinqua, Hook. f. & Thom. ( Sphserostema propinquum, Blume). Lvs, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, about 4 in. long on M-in. long petioles: fls. pale yellowish: fr. scarlet, forming racemes to 6 in. long. Himalayas. B.M. 4614. For cult, in subtropical regions or in the warm greenhouse. Alfred Eehder. SCHIZANTHUS (Greek, split and flower; from the incised corolla). Solandcew. Butterfly Flower. About 6 species of annual herbs from Chile, with mostly finely cut leaves and terminal open cymes of variously and highly colored fls. : calyx 5-cleft| the lobes linear, corolla tubular; limb wide-spreading, oblique, plicate, somewhat 2-lipped, laciuiate; stamens 2, exserted: seeds numerous, small. These dainty plants are of easy culture in any good garden soil. They are also useful as pot-plants for spring flowering, the seed being sown in early fall and the plants kept in a light house and given plenty of root room as they need it. A. Corolla-tube as long as the calyx; stamens shori- exserted. B. The middle segment of the anterior Up of the corolla notched at summit. rettisus. Hook. Stem 2 ft. high : lvs. pinnatisect, with the segments entire, dentate or pinnatifid: fls. in the type deep rose, with the large middle segment of the upper lip orange except at the tip; the lateral segments of the posterior lip falcate, acute, linear, longer than the middle segment. B.M. 3045. B.R. 18:1544. — The portions of the flower which are rose-colored in the type are white in var. ^Iba. BE. The middle segment of the anterior lip not notched at apex. Grfthami, Gill. Lvs. 1-2-pinnatisect; segments entire or dentately pinnatifid: fls. typically lilac or rose, with the middle half of the middle segment of the anterior lip yellow or orange; the lateral segments of the pos- terior lip falcate, linear, acute, shorter than the middle segment. B.M. 3044. H.H. 1843:529. AA. Corolla-tube shorter than the calyx; stamens long- exserted. pinn&tus, Ruiz and Pav. (S. pdrrigens. Grab. S Priestii, Paxt.). Fig. 2267. The most variable of the species, with many horticultural forms distinguished 1626 SCHIZANTHUS by height of stem and color markings of the fls. Typically 2 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2-pmnatlsect; the segments entire, dentate or inclsely plnnatliid: fls. varying in ■depth of color, the lower lip usually violet or lilac; the upper paler, its middle section with a yellow blotch at its base and spotted with purple or violet. B.M. 2404, 2521 (as S. porrigens). B.B. 9:725; 18: 1562 (as var. humilis). —Yax, n&na, Hort. , is somewhat lower - growing. Var. niveus, Hort., has pure white fls. Var. oculatus, Hort., i\A has a purplish black blotch surrounded with yellow at the base of the middle segment of the upper lip or with the typical yellow portion dotted with small dark pur- ple spots. B.H. 1862: 451. Var. papilio- n&ceus, Hort., has a central coloring somewhat as var. nculatus, with the general color of the tlower marbled in various shades. Var. tigridioides, Hort., is also cultivated. F.W. Barclay SCHIZOCODON (Greek, cut hell ; re- ferring to the fringed corolla). Diapensi- deecB. Schizocodon soldanelloides is a pretty alpine plant from Japan with rosy flowers fringed like the well-known Soldan'illas of the Alps, it may be readily distinguished from Soldanella (which is a member of the primrose family) by the leaves being toothed, and the stamens 4 instead of 5. The name "Fringed Soldanella" has been proposed for Schizocodon, but all Soldanellas are fringed. " Fringed Galax " would be better, as Galax is the nearest relative, Schizocodon being, in fact, the Japanese representative of the American Galax. The leaves of Schizocodon are sometimes more or less bronzy, like those of Galax, but their form is not so pleasing. The plant is only a few inches high, and the fls. are borne to the number of 4-6 on a scape. The scapes are numerous and the fls. about 1 in. across. Since 1892 this plant has excited an amount of interest comparable to that caused by the introduc- tion of Shortia, in 1889. Schizocodon is distinguished from allied genera by the following characters : corolla funnel-shaped, 5-lobed, the lobes fimbriate; stamens afBxed between the lobes of the corolla, and separate from the staminodes, which are long and linear. Other characters: ovary 3-loculed: capsule globose, 3-cornered, loculicidally 3-valved : seeds numerous. soldanelloides, Sieb. & Zuco. Fkinged Galax. Fig. 2268. Hardy, tufted, alpine plant a few in. high: Ivs. leathery, evergreen, long-stalked, the blade roundish, wedge - shaped or subcordate at the base, coarsely toothed, the teeth apiculate: fls. nodding; sepals 5, oblong, obtuse; corolla deep rose in center passing into blush or white at the edges ; staminodes linear. Japan. B.M. 7316. Gn. 44:934. G.C. III. 13:415. G.M. 36:206. J.H. III. 34:323. V. 20:119.-This is probably the only species in the genus, as S. uniflorus is Shortia and S. ilicifolius is thought to be a vafiety of Schizocodon soldanelloides, with more variable Ivs. and fls. ranging from red to white. Offered by many European dealers, and by one or two Americans ; little known here. W. M. 2267. Schizanthus pinnatus (X H)- SCHIZONOTUS SCHIZOLOBIUM ( Greek, to cleave and hull; alluding to the manner of dehiscence). Leguminbsce. About 2 species of South American trees, with large bipinnate leaves, with numerous small leaflets, and fls. in axillary racemes or terminal panicles. Calyx obliquely turbi- nate; segments imbricated, reflexed; petals 5, clawed, ovate or roundish, imbricated; stamens 10, free; fila- ments somewhat scabrous at the base : ovary adnate to the tube of the calyx: pod 1-seeded. The following has been introduced into S. Calif, by Franceschi, who writes that it has not yet proved a .success. exc6l5uiu, Vog. A large Brazilian tree, with fern-like bipinnate leaves about 4K ft. long, with the ultimate Ifts. about IX in. long: fls. yellow, in large panicles. R.H. 1874, p. 113. F. ■^. Bakclay. SCHIZON0TUS(Greek,sc?i Jso, to split, and )!Otos, back: the capsules were thought to split on the back, which, however, is not the case). Sos&cew (Sj'n. Holodiscus) , The name Holodiscus (meaning an entire disk) may be recommended for this genus instead of Schizonotus, to avoid confusion, since the latter name has been used for two other genera. Ornamental free-flowering deciduous shrub, with alternate, plnnately lobed, petioled Ivs. and small, whitish fls. in ample showy panicles : fruit insig- nificant. Very graceful plants, with their drooping feathery panicles of creamy white fls. , and well adapted for borders of shrubberies or for single specimens on the lawn, but not quite hardy north. They grow in al- most any well drained soil, and do best in a sunny posi- tion. Prop, by seeds usually sown in boxes in fall and only slightly covered with soil, or by layers ; sometimes also increased by greenwood cuttings under glass taken with a heel, but usually only a small percentage of them take root. Two or perhaps only one species from Oregon to Columbia. Lvs. without stipules: calyx 5- clef t, almost rotate ; petals 5 ; stamens about 20 : ovaries 5, surrounded by an entire disk, developing into 5 distinct pubescent 1-seeded akenes. Formerly usually referred to Spiraea, but it shows closer affinity to Cer- cooarpus and other genera of the Potentillese group. If all forms of this genus are united in one species it must bear the name Schisonotus argevteus, Kuntze. By some the genus is still retained with Spirsea. r\ X-'^'^-i.iJ^^, 2268. Schizocodon soldanelloides ( X }4). discolor, Baf . (fl'o/od»sc«s discolor, Maxim. ) . Fig. 2269, Shrub, 20 ft., hardy with protection in Mass. : lvs. ovate or oblong, truncate or narrowed at the base, plnnately lobed, usually glabrous above, pubescent or tomentose beneath, X-3 in. long: fls. creamy white, small, in ample panicles. July. Oregon to Guatem., east to Colo. Gn. 45, p. 56; 47, p. 188; 49, p. 104; 50, p. 278, SCHIZONOTUS SCHOMBURGKIA 1627- G.C. III. 25:21.— A very variable species, of which the following are perhaps the most important forms ; Var. arisefdlius, J. G. Jack {Spiraa aricetblia, Sm.). Large shrub, with arching branches: Ivs. usually truncate at the base, ovate, with dentate or entire lobes, pale green and pubescent beneath ; panicle drooping, ample to 10 in. long. B.R. 16:1.36.'). G.P. 4:617. Var. Purshiinus, Rehd. (Sp. discolor, Pursh). Similar to the former, but Ivs. whitish-tomentose beneath. Var. flssus, Rehd. (Sp. Hssa, Lindl., and probably Solodiscus aiistrAlis, Heller). Similar to var. ariafoKus in habit, but smaller: ivs. crenate at the base, narrower, with entire lobes, whitish-tomentose beneath ; panicle drooping, loose, to 5 in. long. Var. dumbsus, Dippel (Sp. dn- mbsa, Nutt. Sp. Boursim, Carr. ). Erect shrub, 8 ft. high : Ivs. cuneate, coarsely toothed, pubescent above, whitish-tomentose beneath, K-1 in. long: panicle erect, rather small and dense. E.H. 1859, p. 519. This last form is the least desirable as an ornamental plant. S. purpur&scens, Gray, is Solanoa purpuraseens Greene, a Califomian Asclbpiad, not in cult. It is a perennial with as- cending stems 1 ft. high, cordate-ovate Ivs.. and small red-pur- ple fls. in compact umbels.— S. tovnentdsus, Lindl. =Sorbaria Lindleyana Alfred Rehder. SCHIZOF^TALON (Greek, cut and petal; in refer- ence to the pinnateiy cut petals). Oruciferw. A genus of possibly 5 species of annual herbs from Chile, with alternate, sinuate, dentate or pinnatifld leaves and pur- ple or white flowers in terminal racemes. The main ge- neric character lies in the shape of the petals, which are flat and pinnateiy out into regular segments. WAlkeri, Sims. Plant 1-2 ft. high : Ivs. sessile, sinu- ate, dentate, the upper linear : fis. white, fragrant. B.M. 2379. R.H. 1880, p. 355. -A very pretty annual of quick growth P, ^, Barclay. SCHIZ0PHEA6MA (Greek, scMzein, to cleave, and phragma, wall: the inner layer of the wall of the valves is cleft into fascicled fibers). Saxifragdcece. Ornamen- tal climbing deciduous shrub with opposite, long-peti- oled, rather large, dentate leaves, and loose terminal cymes of small white flowers with enlarged sterile ones at the margin. It has beautiful bright green foliage and attractive flowers. The plant is useful for covering walls and trunks of trees. It clings firmly by means of aerial rootlets. Hardy north as far as New York city. It thrives best in rich, moderately moist soil ^nd partial shade, but also does well in full sun. Prop, by seeds or greenwood cuttings under glass ; also by layers. Like Hydrangea petiolaris, young plants produce small Ivs. and make little growth if unsupported and suffered to trail on the ground.- One species in Japan and an- other in China, allied to Hydrangea and Decumaria: fls. In loose cymes ; sepals and petals 4-5 ; stamens 10 ; style 1: ovary 4-5-loculed: marginal sterile fls. consist only of one large white sepal, terminating the branchlets of the inflorescence: fr. a small, 10-ribbed capsule. hydrangeoides, Sieb. & Zucc. Climbing Hydrangea. Climbing to 30 ft. and more : Ivs. on petioles 2-3-in. long, reddish, orbicular or broadly ovate, shortly acumi- nate, rounded or cordate at the base, remotely and coarsely dentate, bright green above, pale beneath, almost 'gla- brous,. 2-4 in. long: cymes peduncled, 8 in. broad; marginal fls. pedicelled, consisting of an oval to broadly ovate white sepal about 114 in. long. July. Japan. S. Z. 1:26, 100. Gn. 15, p. 301; 34, p. 281.-The species is often confounded with Hydrangea petiolaris, which is easily distinguished by its marginal fls. having 4 sepals. It has been once introduced under the name Cornidia integerrima, which is a Chilean plant with entire ever- green leaves. The plant usually thrives best in a shady exposure. Alfred Rehder. SCHIZOSTYLIS {Greek, to cut, and style; alluding to the filiform segments of the style). Iriddcece. Two species of South African perennial herbs with tufted, sometimes fleshy roots, narrow equitant leaves and a slender scape bearing 6-12 red -sessile flowers in a dis- tichous spike. Perianth with a cylindrical tube and bell -shaped limb divided into 6 nearly equal oblong seg- ments: stamens inserted on the throat of tube: capsule obovoid-oblong, obtuse. coccinea, Backh. & Harv. Crimson Flag. A winter- blooming tender plant: stem 1-2 ft. high, bearing 2-3. Ivs.: basal Ivs. 2-3, about 1% ft. long: fls. bright red, about 2 in. across. B.M. 5422. P.S. 16:1637.-The fol- lowing cultural notes are taken from Garden and Forest 9:16: "The species blooms from Oct. to late Dec. and is useful for cut-flowers at this season. It is perfectly hardy in England but of little use here except for indoor use. The roots should be planted out in rich soil in spring about 8 in. apart, and encouraged to make a strong growth. In the fall the plants may be lifted, potted and placed in a cool greenhouse, where they will flower. After flowering they may be stored in a frame until spring, when the fleshy roots will need to be separated (leaving 3-5 buds to each root), and planted out as, befoi'e-" F. W. Barclay. 2269. Schizonolus discolor (X K). SCHOMBflRGKIA (named for Dr. Schomburgk, nat- uralist and geographer, who explored British Guiana). OrchidAcece. This genus contains about 12 species, in- habiting tropical America. They have the habit of' Cattleyas or Lselias, except that they are less compact. Pseudobulbs long, fusiform, bearing several brown scales and 2-3 leathery Ivs. at the summit: fl. -stems from the top of the pseudobulbs, sometimes very long, bearing a terminal raceme or panicle of showy fls. The fls. are like those of Laslia except that the sepals and petals are narrow and undulate and the labellum does not completely envelope the column. The labellum is always evidently 3-lobed. Give Schomburgkias plenty of heat and a light place near the glass, which should be slightly shaded during the hot summer months. Give freely of water in the growing season. Rest them in a temperature of 55°. S tiUcinis and S. Lyonsii are to be classed amongst' the showy easily grown orchids, resembling LfBlias. tibiclnis, Batem. {Epid4ndrum tibielnis, Batem ) Fig. 2270. Pseudobulbs 1-lK ft. long, tapering upwards- Ivs. 2-3, oblong, leathery: raceme 4-8 ft. high, bearing 1628 SCHOMBUKGKIA numerous fls. each 3X in. across: sepals and petals ob- long, undulate, crisp: lateral lobes of the labellum large, cucullate, middle lobe small, emarginate: fls. deep pink, speckled with white on the outside, rich chocolate-red within; labellum white within, deep rose color at the sides, with a short chocolate-red middle lobe. Summer. Honduras, Cuba. G.C. III. 4:212; 9:651. — Var. grandiildra, Lindl. Fls. larger and paler, with more yellow in the lip. B.R. 31:30. B.M. 4476. F.S. 1:54. S. tibicinis requires less compost than the other species. 2270. Schomburgkia tibicinis (X>g). L^onsii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. high, with 2-3 linear-oblong Ivs. at the top: racemes erect, 9 in. long, bearing 12-25 fls., each subtended by a reflexed bract about 3 in. long: fls. 2 in. across; sepals and petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, undulate, white with several rows of purple spots; labellum larger, recurved, acute, white, with a yellowish brown cri.sp margin; anther 2- horned. Aug. Jamaica. B.M. 5172. F.S. 20:2130. G.C. III. 26:203. rdsea, Linden. Related to S. undulata. Bracts, peduncle.s and labellum light rose: sepals and petals oblong, undulate, narrower than the labellum ; labellum with rotund lateral lobes and a smaller subrotund mid- dle lobe, margin crisp. Colombia. crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs numerous, long: Ivs. ob- long-lanceolate: fls. yellowish brown; sepals and petals oblong, undulate; labellum ovate-oblong, obscurely 3- lobed. Guiana. B.R. 30:23. B.M. 3729 (as S. mar- ginata, var.). undulElta, Lindl. Fls. in a dense raceme; sepals and petals linear, undulate, crisp, longer than the labellum, rich brownish purple; labellum cucullate, middle lobe oval, acute or obtuse, violet-purple. Jan. Colombia. B.R. 31:53. Heinkich Hasselbring and Wm. Mathews. SCHOTIA (Richard Schot, companion of Jacquin dur- ing his travels in America, 1754-59). Leguminbsm. A genus of 3 species of small trees or shrubs, native to S. Africa, with pinnate leaves and panicles of hand- some crimson, pink or flesh-colored flowers. Calyx 4- lobed; petals 5, nearly sessile, either ovate to oblong or SCIADOPITYS small and scale-like; stamens 10, free or shortly con- nate: pod oblong or broadly linear, coriaceous, com- pressed, the upper margin or both margins wingea: seeds 1-6. A. Fls. on rather long pedicels. B. Petals longer than the calyx. specidsa, Jacq. A tree or shrub, about 10 ft. higli: Ivs. variable in form, which fact has led to much separation of this species into varieties and species: Ifts. 8-32, linear, oblong, or obovate: fls. crimson, in terminal panicles. B.M. 1153 (as S. tamarindifolia), —Advertised in southern California. BB. Petals shorter than the calyx. brachyp^tala, Sond. A large shrub or small tree: Ifts. 8-10, larger than in S. speciosa, ovate-oblong or obovate: panicles many-fld., axillary and terminal: calyx-tube conical, crimson; petals very small, linear, hidden by the calyx.— Cult, in southern Florida. AA. Fls. nearly sessile. latifdlia, Jacq. Becoming a tree 20-30 ft. high: Ifts. 4^8, ovate-oblong or obovate, usually lJ^-2% in. long, yi-1 in. wide; fls. rosy or flesh-colored, in much- branched panicles; petals longer than the calyx. —Ad- vertised in southern California. ji_ ^_ Barclay. SCHBANEIA (F. p. Schrank, director of the botanic gardens in Munich ) . Legiiminbsce. Sensitive Brieb. About 10 species of perennial herbs or shrubs, mostly American, with bipinnate, usually sensitive leaves and small pink or purple fls. in axillary peduucled heads or spikes. Calyx and corolla regular, 4-5-parted ; stamens 8-12: pod linear, acute or acuminate, spiny all over, becoming 4-valved, several-seeded. uneinita, Willd. Sensitive Brier. A hardy her- baceous perennial, branched and decumbent, 2-4 ft. long, well armed with short prickles : Ivs. very sensi- tive, with about 6 pinnae; pinnae with 16-30 Ifts.: fls. pink, in globular heads nearly 1 in. through. May- July. Va. to 111. and south. B.B. 2:256. F. W. Barclay. SCHEflBEEA (perhaps after J. C. D. Schreber, 1739- 1810, physician and naturalist). Oledcetr. A genus of 4 species of trees from Africa and India, with unequally pinnate leaves and flowers in very much branched cymes : calyx tubular-bell-shaped, irregularly 4-7-lobed ; corolla salver-shaped: tube cylindrical; lobes 4-7, spreading; stamens 2, near the top of the corolla-tube: ovary 2-celled. swietenioides, Roxb. A tree, about 40 ft. high, nearly glabrous: Ifts. 5-7, ovate, acute, 4x2 in.: fls. white, with brown marks, about K in. across, in many-fld. cymes. Cult, in southern Florida. SCHITB£RTIA is a subgenus of Araujia, but in this work it is accounted for under Physianthu.H. SCIAD6PITYS (Greek, sUas, skiados, umbrella, and pitys, spruce; alluding to the position of the leaves). Oonifene, Umbrella Pine. Evergreen tree, of narrow pyramidal habit, with linear, rather large, needle-like leaves in whorls and oval cones 3-4 in. long. The only species is hardy as far north as Portland, Me., and is a beautiful conifer of compact, conical form, with glossy dark green foli- age. It is of rather slow growth. It thrives well in a moderately moist, loamy, and also in clayey soil. Prop, by seeds and layers, and sparingly by cuttings of half -ripened wood in summer ; but seedlings are to be pre- ferred, as they grow more symmetrically and more vigorously. Monotypio genus from Japan. Lvs. linear, deeply furrowed on both sides, disposed in whorls at the ends of the short annual shoots ; they are of two kinds: the true lvs. are small and bract- 2271. Whorls of foliaee of Sciadopitys verticillata (X M). SCIADOPITYS SCILLA 1629 like; the upper ones, crowded at the apex of the shoot, bear in their axils needle-lilie Ivs. of another kind, which, however, are considered by some botanists to be leaf-like shoots, or cladophylla, but linear and con- nate in 2's, while others believe them to consist of two connate Ivs. corresponding with the If. -clusters in Pinus. Their morphological structure points towards the first explanation, while they are Ivs. in regard to their physiological function. Fls. monoecious ; the staminate oval, consisting of spirally disposed 2-celled anthers and appearing in dense clusters at the ends of the shoots; the pistillate are solitary at the ends of the shoots and consist of numerous spirally arranged scales subtended by a small bract and bearing 7-9 ovules : cone oblong-ovate, woody, the bracts connate, with the broadly orbicular, thick scales, spreading at the margin; seeds oval, compressed, with narrow wing, emarginate at the apex. The wood is nearly white,very strong and straight- grained. , verticillS,ta, Sieb. & Zucc. Umbrella Pine. Pig. 2271, 2272. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with ascending branches forming a narrow pyramidal, compact head, in old age loose and with pendulous branches: scale-like Ivs. dark brown, K in. long; needles 15-35 in each whorl, linear, stiff, obtuse, deeply furrowed on both sides, dark green and glossy above with a white line beneath, 3-6 in. long: i272. Umbrella Pine— Sciadopitys verticillata (trimmed). cone 3-5 in. long, ovate-oblong; seed Kin. long; cotyle- dons 2. Japan. S.Z. 2:101, 102. P.S. 14:1485, 1486. Gt. 32, p. 149; 37, p. 437. Mn. 4, p. 154. Gng. 1:25. Gn. 28, p. 204, 205; 38, p. 499. R.H. 1884, p. 16, 17.-There is a dwarf var. and a var. with variegated foliage, both introduced from Japan. Alpked Rehdeb. SClLLA (the old Greek name used by Hippocrates ; / injure, according to Miller, alluding to the poisonous bulbs). Jjilidcece. Squill. Wild Hyacinth. Blue- bell. About 80 species of perennial bulbous plants, widely distributed in Europe, Asia and Africa in tem- perate districts. They are remarkable for easy culture, quick growth and beautiful blue, rose or white flowers, blooming early in the spring (some in autumn), and therefore, desirable plants for the wild garden, rock garden, or border. Some are stove plants. Some of the South African forms have handsome spotted foliage. Generically, the Squills are distinguished as follows: Bulb tunicated, large or small: Ivs. radical, 1-several in number, linear, loriform, lanceolate, oblong or nearly ovate, in Scilla auUimnalis appearing after the flow- ers; scape 1-several, simple, leafless: fls. in racemes, which are several- to many-fld., open, compact or spi- cate; bracts small, sometimes minute, hyaline: pedicels short or long, sometimes filiform: fls. small or middle- sized (1 in. across), segments of perianth distinct, peri- anth blue, porcelain-blue, rose-colored or whitish, open rotate, cylindrieal-campanulate, or open campanulate, segments persistent for some time; stamens 6, afSxed at base or below the middle of the segments; anthers ovate or oblong, dehiscing longitudinally, introrse; ovary sessile, stigma small capitate; ovules 2 in each locule, rarely 8-10, ascending: capsule globose; seeds 1-2 in each cell, rarely more; testa black, appressed; embryo small in albumen. The genus is distinguished from Ornithogaliim chiefly by the color of the flowers and deciduous perianth, from Syacynthus by the seg- ments distinct from the base or very nearly so. Great Britain possesses thi'ee species of Scilla, S. verna, S. autumnalis and S. nutans, while Germany has, in ad- dition to S. autumnalis , three others, viz., S. amana, S. bifolia and S. Itulica. Among the early flowers there are none more valuable than the Scillas. They vary considerably in form of flower and foliage, and although typically they have blue or blue-purple flowers, most, if not all of the spe- cies in cultivation have white and red-purple forms. Scilla Sibirica and S, bifolia are the earliest to flower, and of these forms the Asia Minor or Taurian forms are in advance. The form of J in.: bracts whitish, minute, persistent; perianth bluish lilac, open, carapanulate. Aug. Region of Mediterranean. B.M. 1140.— Hardy. This species is noted for its ex- treme shyness in flowering. The bulbs are sometimes 2 in. in diam., and produce a profusion of -offsets. In Fish's "Bulb Culture" several varieties are mentioned: caertilea, fine blue; 41ba, fine white, free-flowering; r6sea, distinct flesh-colored ; rilbia, deep red, large and fine. 12. Slbliica, Andr. {8. amSena, var. prmcox, Don). Siberian Squill. Fig. 2276. Lvs. 2-4, ascending, nar- row, 4-6 in. long: scapes 1-6, 3-6 in. long: racemes 1-3- fld. : fls. rotate, horizontal or drooping, with short pedi- cels; perianth deep blue. March. Russia, Asia Minor. B.M. 1025. Gn. 11, p. 165. P.M. 14:100. L.B.C. 2:151.- Hardy. This plant ought always to have a little shelter. It forms attractive tufts and has a desirable habit for rock gardens. Several trade forms exist; viz., Alba, multi- fldra, pallida. 13. am&na, Linn. Stab Hyacinth. Fig. 2277. Lvs. 4-7, flaccid, ascending, glabrous, 6-9 in. long, %-% in. broad: scapes several, equaling the lvs. : racemes sev- eral-fld., 4-8, open: fls. distant, %-% in. in diam., blue: pedicels ascending or spreading. March. Austria, Germany. B.M. 341.— Hardy. It grows luxuriantly, several flowering stems being found on the same plant. 14. Ittllica, Linn. Italian Squill. Bulbs ovate, clustered together: lvs. radical, several, flaccid, spread- ing, lanceolate, acute, 4-8 in. long, Ji-)^ in. broad: scape solitary, slender, longer than the lvs. : raceme dense, many-fld.: pedicels filiform, spreading; bracts in pairs : fls. fragrant, smelling like lilac, pale blue : perianth rotate, blue; segments puberulous at apex; fllaments white: anthers sagittate, dark blue. March-May. B.M. 663. L.B.C. 15:1483.-Hardy. This plant has less brilliant flowers than either yS. Sibirica or S. bifolia, but abun- dantly compensates for the paleness of its blue by the fulness and the sweetness of its fragrance. It is also ' taller than either of the others. 15. Jap6nica, Baker (Ornithdgalum Japdnicum, Thunb. Barndrdia Japdnica, Sehultes, t.}. Japanese Jacinth. Bulb ovoid, 9-12 lines thick: lvs. 2-3, fleshy, herbaceous, 6-12 in. long, 4-16 lines broad, acute: scapes 1-3, strict, erect: raceme 20-60-fld.: pedicels ■,..ls,»»_,>;,C)„J^j,(B_jllK: 2375. Scilla bifolia (X %). ascending: bracts minute, linear, white: perianth 1% lines long, rose-purple: capsule turbinate, trisulcate, 2X-3 lines long; ovules solitliry in each ovarian looule. Japan. 16. v6ma, Huds. Sea Onion. Spring Squill. A delicate little plant, with a small bulb and narrow- linear lvs. 2-4 in. long: scape seldom 6 in. long, with ' 1632 SOILLA SCOLOPENDBIUM several small, erect blue fls. in a short, terminal raceme, almost flattened into a corymb: perianth segments scarcely above 3 lines long, spreading. Spring. A plant occurring in stony and sandy wastes near the sea in western Europe, reappearing farther east in Den- mark, on the Rhine and Sardinia. —Hardy. John W. Haeshbekger. 2276. Scilla Sibirica(X X). SCINDAFSUS (an old Greek name, transferred to these plants). Ardicece. Climbing perennials, differing from Monstera in floral characters and in the long- petioled, long-sheathed, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acu- minate Ivs. Species 9 or 10. East Indies. Scindapsus comprises one popular and worthy warmhouse plant, that known to gardeners as 8. argyrceus. For culture, follow directions given under Philodendron. pictns, Hassk. Internodes of the stem 3^ in. long, 2 in. thick; petioles lK-2 in. long; blade 4-6 in. long, 2X-334 in. wide, one side half as wide as the other, coriaceous, bright green (drying black), obliquely ovate- cordate. Var. argyreeus, Engler [S. argyrceus, Hort. Pdthos argyrceus, Hort.), is the cult, form, with broad, deeply cordate leaf -blades which are spotted and blotched abovewith silvery white. Celebes, Philippines, Java, etc. 2277. Scilla amcena (X X) S. andmalus, Hort. = Monstera acuminata.— S. Cuscuana, Presl., is now referred by Kngler to Cnseuaria marantitolia. Not knovm to be in the trade. It is a question whether the Aglaonema eommutatum sometimes mentioned m horticul- tural literature is this species or is Aglaonema marautifohum, var. eommutatum, Engl6r.-S.per«M««s, Hort.=Rhaphidophora nertnsa. Jabed G. Smith. SClBFUS (Latin for bulrush). Cyper&cece. Bul- rush. Sedge. A large genus of rush-like or grass-like plants inhabiting the whole globe, and characterized by perfect flowers in spikes which are solitary, clustered or umbellate : scales spirally arranged : perianth of bristles or none, not enlarged in fruit : ovary one-loculed, with one anatropous ovule; style not thickened at the base, 2-3-cleft. Only a few species are in cultivation, and these are all perennials (except perhaps the last), suited for shallow water or damp places. The larger are important for use in aquatic gardens. The nomen- clature of those in the trade has been very much con- fused. A. Stem leafy. atrdvirens, Muhl. Stems clustered, tall and stout, 2-4 ft. high, bluntly triangular: Ivs. long, coarse and flrm, 3-6 lines wide, spreading: involucre foliaceous: umbel sparingly compound; rays stiff, very unequal: spikes ovoid-oblong, acutish, dark greenish brown, in dense heads of 5-25 ; scales oblong, cuspidate ; perianth bristles 6, downwardly barbed above; styles 3. Eastern U. S., in mud or damp soil. Holoschoenus, Linn. Stiff and rush-like, from stout rootstocks : stems clustered, slender, cylindrical, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2, basal, stiff, erect and narrow, fur- rowed; bracts several, the larger one appearing as a continuation of the stem; spikes very numerous and small, closely packed in 1- several globular, light brown heads, 3-5 lines in diam. ; scales ovate, mucronate, cili- ate ; perianth bristles none ; styles 2-3-cleft. En. , Asia, —The form in cultivation is var. vaiieg£ltu8, Hort., with stems alternately banded with green and yellowish white. Damp or dry soil. AA. Stems with very short iasal leaves, or none. laciistris, Vahl. Great Bulrush. Rootstocks very stout: stems scattered, terete, smooth, tall, stout and flexible, 3-9 ft. high : Ivs. reduced to a few basal sheaths: bracts very short, erect: umbel compound, flexuous: spikes in heads of 1-5, oblong-conical, pale brown, 23^-8 lines long ; scales ovate-oblong obtuse, rarely mucronate; perianth bristles 4-6, downwardly barbed throughout; styles 2-3. In shallow quiet water, N. A., Eu., Asia. In Europe the 3-styled form is com- mon ; the 2-styled form is often referred to as var. di- gynuB, Godr. (S. TabernwmontAnus , Gmel., and Hort.), but is scarcely distinct. Var. zebrlna, Hort., is a form with alternate bands of green and yellowish white; often known as Juncus sebrinus. cirnuus, Vahl {S. rip&rius, Spreng., not Hort. Is6l- epis grdeilis, Hort. /. setdceus, Hort.). Pig. 2278. Densely cespitose, forming turf: stems 3-12 in. long, very slender or flliform, cylindrical, erect or more often drooping; basal sheaths leafless or with a very short flliform blade; involucral bract subulate, about equal- ing the spikelet, the latter usually solitary, oblong-lan- ceolate. 1-3 lines long; scales oblong-oval, obtuse, pale brown or whitish; bristles none ; styles 3; akene in greenhouse plants rarely maturing. Almost cosmopoli- tan, except in eastern U. S. and very variable.— Grows well in damp pots, the drooping stems producing a very graceful effect. Synonomy much confused. K. M. Wiegand. SCLEBOCABFUS (Greek, liard and fruit; referring to the bony, fructiferous bracts). Compdsitm. A genus of about 11 species of mostly Mexican herbs, withbranch- ing stems and terminal pedunculate radiate heads of yellow flowers in summer. aniserid.lis, Benth. & Hook. (Gymndpsis wniseridlis. Hook.). An annual herb 1 ft. or so high, loosely branched, with alternate, deltoid or rhombic-ovate, den- tate, petioled Ivs. and fragrant il. -heads, with 5-9 oval or oblong, orange-yellow rays. Moist or shady ground, Texas and south. R. H. 1853:261. F. W. Barclay. SCOKE. A name for Phytolacca decandra. SCOLOFtNDBIUM. See Phyllitis. Many garden forms are cultivated under a variety of names, all de- rived from Phyllitis Scolopendrium (the Scolopendrium vulgare or the S. offieinarum of Europe). SCOLYMUS SCROPHULARIA 1633 SCOLYMTTS (old Greek name used by Hesiod) . Com- pisitw. Scolymus Hispanicus (Fig. 2279) is tie vege- table known as Uolden Thistle or Spanish Oyster Plant. It makes a root much like salsify, except that it is much lighter colored and considerably longer. Its flavor is less pronounced than that of salsify, but when carefully cooked, it possesses a very agreeable quality which is somewhat intermediate between that of salsify and pars- nip. It is adapted to all the methods of cooking em- ployed for those vegetables. The particular value of the Spanish Oyster Plant, aside from affording a variety in the kitchen garden, is its large size and productiveness as compared with salsify. The product may be nearly twice as great, for a given area, as for salsify. The seeds are much easier to handle and sow than those of salsify. They are sown in March or April. The seeds, or rather akenes, are flat and yellowish, sur- rounded by a white scarious margin. The roots can be ■dug either in fall or spring. The greatest fault of the Spanish Oyster Plant lies in the prickly character of the leaves, which makes the plant uncomfortable to handle. The roots are often 10-12 in. long and 1 in. thick. It is said that the leaves and stalks are eaten like cardoons by the people of Salamanca; also that the flowers are used to adulterate saffron. Scolymus Hispanicus, Linn., is a biennial plant na- tive to southern Europe. The radical Ivs. are very spiny, oblong, pinnatifid, dark green variegated with pale green spots. The plant grows 2-2H ft. high, is much branched and bears bright yellow flower-heads, 2278. Scirpus cernuus (X K). Known to gardeners as Jsolepis gracilis. which are sessile and contain only 2 or 3 fls., all of which are ligulate. The heads are sessile, terminal and axil- lary. Scolymus contains i species, all natives of the Medi- terranean region. S. grandiflorus, a perennial species, is rarely cult, abroad for its fls., and S. maculatus, an annual species, for its variegated foliage. l_ g, g SCORPION GRASS. See Myosotis. SCORPltTRTIS. See Caterpillars and Worms. SC0RZ0N£RA (old French scorzon, serpent; S. Mis- panica was used against snake-bites). C'ompdsitw. The vegetable known as Scorzonera or Black Salsify is a plant with a long, fleshy tap-root like that of salsify, but differing in having a black skin. The flesh, how- ever, is white. It is cultivated and cooked like salsify, but being somewhat more difficult to raise it is rarer than that vegetable, although considered by many to be superior to it in fla- vor. The leaves may be used for salads. Scor- zonera is a perennial plant, but it is treated in cultivation as an an- nual or biennial crop. Botanically, also, Scorzonera is closely allied to salsify. The two vegetaoles are eas- ily distinguished in root, leaf, flower and seed. The Ivs. of Scor- zonera are broader, the fls. are yellow (those of salsify being vio- let), and the seeds are white. Also, the in- volucral bracts of Scor- zonera are in many series ; of salsify, in 1 series. The genus Scorzonera is a large one— over 100 species, all natives of the Old World. Perennial herbs, or rarely an- nual, flocoose, lanate or hirsute: Ivs. some- times entire and grass- like, or wider, some- times more or less pinnately lobed or dis- sected: heads long- peduncled, yellow, the fls. all radiate: akenes glabrous or villous. Cult, same as salsify. Hispinica, Linn. Scorzonera. Black Salsify. Perennial herb 2 ft. high: stem much branched: Ivs. clasping, lanceolate, undulate, glabrous: heads solitary at the ends of the branches. Spain. -yf^ jj SCOTANTHTJS. See Gymnopetalum. SCOTCH BBOOM. Oytisus scoparius. SCOTCH PINE. Pinus sylvestris. SCOURING-BUSH. SCREW BEAN. Prosopis pubeseens. SCREW PINE, Pandanus. SCBOFHULARIA (a reputed remedy for scrofula). ScropMilaridcecE. Figwort. A genus of about 100 spe- cies, mostly native of Europe, and of very little horti- cultural value. They are mostly perennial, tall-growing herbs, with usually large opposite leaves and small, often dull-colored flowers in a terminal thyrse in mid- or late summer. Corolla short; the tube globular or oblong, ventricose; lobes 5, unequal, 1 reflexed or spreading, the others erect; stamens 4, the sterile sta- men represented by a scale on the throat of the corolla: seeds numerous. nodosa, Linn., var. MarilAndlca, Gray. A tall-grow- ing, hardy perennial herb, usually 5 ft. high, often more, with large, dark green, ovate acuminate Ivs. and small, •dull purplish or greenish fls. in a nearly naked, open thyrse. Throughout the United States. 2279. Spanish Salsify, or Golden Thistle— Scolymus Hispanicus. 1634 SCROPHULAEIA SEA BEAN The plant is sometimes used as a foliage background for the herbaceous border. It is too inconspicuous in flower and too weedy in habit for general use. The typi- cal form is native to Europe and Asia. F. W. Barclay. SCULLION. See Scallion. SCUPPEBNONG. A variety of grape grown in the South. See Vitis rotimdifolia and Grape. SCURFY PEA. Psoralea. SCURVY-6EASS (CochUaria officinalis, Linn.), a common European perennial, is so called from its anti- scorbutic qualities, which have long been recognized. Stimulant, diuretic, stomachic and laxative properties have been ascribed to it. In general appearance— leaf, flower, fruit— it somewhat resembles its close relative, water cress, but in flavor it is acrid, bitter, pungent, and has a strong suggestion of tar. Bruising reveals a dis- agreeable odor. When cultivated it is treated as an annual, the seed being sown upon garden loam in a cool, shady place where the plants are to remain. It is grown to a limited extent in America, has escaped from cultivation, but so far has not become obnoxious as a weed like water cress. jf q Kains. SCUTELLARIA (Latin, dish; referring to the form of the persistent calyx). LahiMm. Skullcap. A genus of nearly 100 species of annual, perennial or shrubby plants widely scattered about the world, with simple leaves and blue, yellow or red, tubular 2-lipped flowers in terminal spikes or racemes or in the axils of the stem-leaves. Calyx in anthesis bell-shaped, gibbous, with a helmet-shaped projection; stamens 4, ascending and parallel, all fertile, the two anterior longer: an- thers ciliate, pilose. INDEX. alpina, 5. galericulata, 6. Mociniana, 7. angustifolia, 8. grandiflora, 11. orientahs, 11. antirrhinoides, 9. lateriflora, 10. resinosa, 3. Balcalensis, 1. Tnaxrantha, 1. Wrightii, 4. brevifolia, 2. A. Ia)s. sessile or nearly so. B. Foliage entire. c. Sabit procumbent 1. Baicalensis cc. Habit erect. D. Fls. in terminal racemes.. 2. brevifolia DD. Fls. in axils of stem- leaves. B. Plant with moniliform tubers 3. resinosa EE. Plant without monili- form tubers 4. Wrightii BB. Foliage serrate or dentate. c. Habit procumbent 5. alpina cc. Habit erect C. iralericulata AA. Lvs. petioled. ' B. Color of fls. red 7. Mociniana BB. Color of fls. not red. 0. Margin of lvs. entire. D. Shape of lvs. linear 8. angustifolia DD. Shape of lvs. oblong 9. antirrhinoides CO. Margin of lvs. serrate. D. Fls. S-5 lines long 10. lateriflora DD. Fls. longer 11. orientalis 1. Baicalensis, Georgi {S. maerdntha, Pisch.). A hardy perennial herb, almost glabrous: stem half erect, about 1 ft. high: lvs. lanceolate, obtuse, ciliate: fls. blue, in many simple racemes; calyx-hood incurved. July, Aug. Eastern Asia. 2. brevifdlia, A. Gray. A half-hardy, compact per- ennial, K-1 ft. high: lvs. numerous, oblong, narrow, about % in. long: fls. dark purple, about % in. long. Blooming season long; summer. Dry limestone banks, Texas. 3.' resindsa, Torr. A hardy perennial, a few inches high, resinous: lvs. J^-1 in. long, oval to oblong: fls. violet-blue, 1 in. long. Plains of Colo., Wyo. and Neb. 4. Wrlghtii, Gray. A tufted perennial, about 6 in. high, with numerous oval, ovate or spatulate-oblong lvs. about % in. long and violet or rarely white fls. K in. long. Kansas to Texas. 5. alpina, Linn. A hardy spreading perennial, about 10 in. high, with ovate, serrately dentate lvs. and large, purple and white or somewhat yellowish fls. in dense, terminal racemes. July and August. Europe. R.H. 1889:12.— A handsome rock or low border perennial. 6. galericul&ta, Linn. Hardy, perennial by filiform stolons, 1-3 ft. high: lvs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, about 2 in. long: fls. solitary in the axils of the upper lvs., about 1 in. long. June-Sept. In moist ground throughout the U. S. and Eu. B.B. 3:83. 7. Mocini&na, Benth. A tender, moderately low, shrubby plant, probably the most showy of the genus, with opposite, long-elliptical, acute lvs., and long, tubu- lar, red fls. with a yellow throat, about IK in. long, in dense, terminal spikes. Autumn. Mexico. R.H. 1872:350.— According to Gn. 10, p. 606, the plants are of easy culture with warm greenhouse treatment and may be grown as bush specimens or in smaller pots with a single stem, when they will flower at about 1 ft. in height. Cuttings are easily rooted. 8. angustifdlia, Pursh. A hardy perennial, about 6 in. high, with lvs. %-l in. long, narrowed at the base, and violet-blue fls. %-l in. long, with the corolla-tube slen- der. Moist ground, northwestern United States. 9. antirrhinoides, Benth. Resembles the larger- leaved forms of S. angustifolia, but has longer petioles and the lvs. mostly obtuse at base and also shorter and broader fls. 7-10 lines long. Moist, shady ground, north- western United States. 10. laterifldra, Linn. A hardy perennial, increasing by slender stolons, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. ovate to lanceo- late, 1-3 in. long: racemes axillary or terminal, narrow, leafy bracted: fls. blue to nearly white. Moist soil throughout the United States. H. orienti.lis, Linn. (S. grandifldra, Sims, not Adams). A hardy perennial, procumbent: lvs. long- petioled, ovate, dentate, tomentose: fls. purplish , with a yellow throat or almost entirely yellow. Altai Mts. . B.M. 635. J. B. Keller and P. W. Bakolay. SCUIICABIA (Latin, scutlca, lash or whip). Orchi- dclcece. This genus is remarkable for its long whip-like leaves, which are channeled on one side. No evident pseudobulbs are formed, but each shoot terminates in a long, pendulous leaf. The lvs. are rather crowded on the short rhizome. Pis. solitary or several, on short peduncles. In structure the fls. resemble Maxillaria, but the plants are easily distinguished by the terete leaves. Sepals and petals similar, the lateral ones form- ing a mentum: labellum movable, 3-lobed, with large, erect, lateral lobes : poilinia on a transversely elongated stipe. Two species from South America. These plants require a temperature similar to Cattleya and Lselia, but should be grown on blocks or in shallow baskets in a mixture of equal parts peat fiber and sphag- num. (S. Steelii does best on a block, as the plant grows downward in an inverted position. The compost should be kept moist at all times, particularly while the plants are in action. They are propagated by division. Steelii, Lindl. Lvs. attain a length of 4 ft., as thick as a goose-quill: fls. on short scapes; sepals and petals oblong, connivent, pale yellow, with chocolate blotches ; labellum large, cream-colored, striped with brownish purple. Pis. at all seasons. British Guiana. B.M. 3573. B.R. 23:1986 (both as Maxillaria Steelii). Hddwenii, Planch. Lvs. IK ft. long: fls. with spread- ing sepals and petals oblong, sharply acuminate, yel- lowish green, blotched with brown; labellum obovate- cucuUate, white with flesh-colored spots. Brazil. B.M. 4629. F.S. 7:731 (both &s Bifrenaria Hadwenii). G.M 41 :558. Hbinrioh Hasselbrinq and R. M. Grey. SCYTHIAN LAMB. Refer to Cibotium. SEA BEAN. Consult p. 135, second column ; Sea Buckthorn is Hippophae ; Sea Daffodil is Hymeno- callis. SEAPORTHIA SECHIUM 1635 SEAFOBTHIA (Francis Lord Seaforth). Palmdicece. Seaforthia elegans is a name familiar to every gardener who lias room in his conservatory for tall specimen palms. Twenty years ago this palm was grown to a greater extent in smaller sizes and for a greater variety of purposes, but it has been superseded for such uses by the Kentias (ITowea Belmoreana and Forsteriana ) . Sea- forthia eJegans is often called the Australian Feather Palm. Whether more than one thing is cul- tivated under this name is doubtful. According to Flora Australiensis 7:141 (1878) the proper name of Seafdrthia eUgans, R. Br., is Ftychosp^rma eli- gans, Blume. It is variously described as a low or very tall palm : Ivs. attaining several feet ; seg- ments numerous, more or less toothed or irregularly jagged at the end. Prob- ably the plants cult, as a. elegans are Arehonto- phcenix Gunninghamii, For S. robusta, see JRho- palostylis. T/if jj_ SEA GEAPE. Coccoloba uvifera. SEA HOLLY, Hryngium. SEA-KALE (Grambe mari- tima, Linn.) is a large-leaved, strong, cruciferous perennial, the young shoots of which are eaten in the spring, usually after having been blanched. The plant is little known in North America, but it is worthy of general cultivation in the home gar- den, for it supplies an esculent of good quality at a season when vegetables are scarce. Sea-kale demands a deep, rich and rather moist soil, in order to give the best results and to maintain its vigor for a series of j'ears. The plants require about as much room as rhubarb; that is, they should stand from 3 to 4 feet apart each way. The culture and general requirements are much the same as for rhubarb. The young shoots are blanched as they grow, in early spring. The blanching is accomplished by heaping fine, loose earth over the crown of the plant, into which the shoots grow, or by cov- ering the plant with an inverted box or flower pot so that the light is excluded from the growing shoots. These shoots are eaten before the leaves have begun 2280. to expand to any extent, and whilst Head of Rye. they are crisp and tender. The vege- Natural size. table is prepared in the same manner as asparagus. Sea-kale is propagated by root cuttings, and also by seeds. Quicker results are secured from cuttings. If strong cuttings, 4 or 5 inches long, are taken in early spring and grown in strong and rather moist soil, the plants may be strong enough for cutting the following spring; but it is usually better not to cut them until two years from starting. The cuttings may be placed where the plants are to stand permanently, or they may be grown in drills in a seed-bed. The latterplan is usu- ally to be preferred, since it allows the plants to receive better care. Seeds give plants that are strong enough for cutting about the third year. The seeds are really fruits or pods, and each fruit may produce two or three plants. Usually the fruits are sown without shelling. The seedlings are raised in the seed- bed and transplanted when one year old to permanent quarters. On good soil, plants of Sea-kale should main- tain their vigor for five to eight years after they have come to cutting age. As soon as they begin to show signs of decline, new plants should be propagated. Although the plant is hardy in the northern states, it is always benefited by a liberal dressing of litter or ma- nure in the fall. Plants may be forced in hotbeds or under the greenhouse benches, as recommended for rhubarb. Sea-kale has large, glaucous, cabbage-like leaves which make it a striking plant for ornament early in the season. It also throws up a strong cluster bearing many rather showy white flowers. However, the plant is rarely propagated for its ornamental value. Sea-kale grows wild on the seacoasts of southwestern Europe- L. H. B. SEA LAVENDER. Statice. SEA ONION. Urginea maritima; also applied to Ornithogalum caudatum. SEA FINE. Armeria. SEASIDE GRAPE. Ooncoloba. SEASON VINE. Cissus sieyoides. SEA- URCHIN CACTUS. Hchinopsis. SECALE (the ancient Latin name, said to be derived froiji seco, to cut; according to some, applied to spelt). Oramlnecx. Species 2, . are about IJ^ in. long and recurved; anthers brownish purple. July. Mts. of Va. and Ala. — Hardy in Mass. and desirable for edgings or rockeries, according to Ed- ward Gillett. 15. populiSdlium, Pall. A very distinct species by rea- son of its shrubby base, stalked, poplar-shaped ivs. and corymbs of whitish fls. which have the scent of haw- thorn. Roots fibrous: stems 6-10 in. high, branched: Ivs. alternate, ovate, acute, coarsely and irregularly toothed: fls. nearly % in. across, whitish or pinkish, in corymbose cymes; stamens pinkish; anthers purple, Aug. Siberia. B.M. 211. Gn. 27, p. 316. R.H. 1857, p. 150. —Rare in cult., but desirable for borders and rock- eries and makes a charming pot-plant. 16. KamtschAticum, Pisch. & Mey. Height 4-6 in.: Ivs. alternate or opposite, obovate, coarsely, but regu- larly toothed above the middle: fls. yellow, % in. across, in umbellate cymes 1-3 in. across ; petals lanceolate. Late summer. E. Asia. Gn. 25, p. 531; 27, p. 317. SEDUM SEDUM 1639 17. hjbridum, Linn. Creeping, glabrous or glandular: Ivs. alternate, stalked, spatulate, coarsely toothed in the upper half : fls. yellow, in umbellate cymes 2-3 in. across; petals linear. Summer. Siberia. 18. Jap6mcuin, Siebold. DifCuse : Ivs. scattered or opposite, spatulate, acute, entire : fls. yellow, % in. across, in terminal and lateral panieled cymes _; petals lanceo- late. Var. variegEktum, Hort. has Ivs. with golden blotches, according to John Saul. '. caricinum, 19. caudatiim, 14. DominianuTn, 16. giganteura, 1. grande, 15. Sartwegii, 10. names advertised under Klotzschianum, 18. lAndeniy 14. Lindleyanum, 9. longifolium, 10. Luxemburgense. 14. magniflorura, 10. nigrescens, 14. Pearcn, 19. porphyreuni, 4. reticitlatum, 17. Ecezlii, 10. roseum, 10, 14. Rougierii, 12. Cypripedium.) Sargentianum, 8. Schlimii, 1. SchomburgHanum, 18. Sehroederse, 13. Sedeni. 2. Seegerii, 14, vittatuTu, 7. Walllsii, 14. WarscewiczianuTn, 14. Warseewiczii, 14. Weidlichianum, 3. A, Petals ovate to lanceolate, plane or scarcely twisted. B. Fls, white or pinh 1. BB. JPls. purple and white 2. 3. i. 5. 6. AA. Petals linear-otlong 7. AAA. Petals lanceolate-caudate AAAA. Petals linear-caudate B. Zrvs. broadly linear. 9. ...10. 11. 12. 13. BB, Z/vs. narrowly linear . .14. 15. 16. 17. .18. 19. Schlimii Sedeni Weidlichianum porphyreum Vardinale Ainsworthii Tittatum Sargentianum Lindleyanum longifolium albo-purpureum calurnm Sehroederse caudatnm grande Dominianum Boissierianum KlotzBchianum caricinum 1. Schlimii, Linden {CypripMium Schlimii, Linden). Pig. 2306. Lvs. 4-6, ligulate, leathery, sharp-pointed, 9-12 in. high: scape longer than the lvs., hirsute, often branched, 2-8-fld.: sepals less than 1 in. .long, ovate- obtuse, the lower a little larger than the upper and con- cave, white or spotted with crimson on the inner side; 2306. Selenipedium Schlimii (X%). petals like the sepals ; labellum an elliptic bag with a contracted opening, white with a large crimson blotch in front ; staminodium yellow. Late summer. Colombia. B.M. 5614. P.S. 18;1917.-Var. albifI6rum, Linden. Fls. white, except the yellow staminodium and a suffused blotch on the labellum. I. H. 21:183. Vars. gigant^um and sup^rbum are also advertised. 2. Sedeni, Hftrt. Pig. 2307. Lvs. numerous, crowded, 12-18 in. long, tapering to a point: scapes 12-18 in. high, about 4-fld. but often sending out secondary flow- ering branches from the axils of the bracts after the first fls. have fallen: fls. 3K-4 in. across the petals; lower sepal oval, greenish white, upper sepal oblong, acute, with faint purplish green veins; petals lanceo- late, twisfed, purple shading to greenish white at the base; labellum rich crimson-purple shading to paler purple behind, spotted inside. -Garden hybrid between /S. longifolium and S. Schlimii. A very luxuriant free- flowering plant. P.M. 1876:206; 1878:302. R.H. 1879:470. Var. candidulum, Reichb. f. Sepals white; petals white tinged with rose; labellum darker rose. A hybrid be- tween S. longifolium and S. Schlimii, var. albiflorum. The following names are also in the trade: grandifld- rum, sangufneum, Bup6rhum. 3. Weidlichia,num, Hort. A garden hybrid between S. Sartwegii and S. Schlimii. It hardly differs from S. Sedeni. G.M. 34:274 (as Cypripedium Weidlini- anum). 4. porphyreum, Eeichb. f. [Cypripedium porph'^reum, Reichb. f.). Lvs. broadly strap-shaped, acutej about I ft. long: fls. mostly purple, resembling those of S. Sedeni, but without protuberances on the open sides of the lip. The sepals and petals are oblong and more acuminate. Garden hybrid between S. Raizlii and S. Schlimii. 5. cardinUe, Reichb. f. [Oypripidium cardindle, Reichb. f.). Lvs. long, straight: dorsal sepal blush- 1652 SELENIPEDIUM ■white, slightly streaked with green; petals broad, ovate- ohlong, undulate, white tinged with rose-purple near the base; labellum intense purple; staminodium white. Garden hybrid between S. Sedeni and S. Schlimii. Gn. 27:495. 6. AinswOTthii, Reiohb. f . ( Cypripidium Ainsworthii, Reichb. f.). Lvs. ligulate, acuminate, 1% ft. long: scape shorter, pubescent, few-fld. : upper sepal oblong, acutish, undulate, whitish or yellowish green with a pale purple border; lower sepal very broad and con- 2307. Selenipedium Sedeni. (X ^3.) cave with a reflexed margin, shorter than the lip; petal broad, purple, with a green midvein and a pale area near the base; side lobes of the lip yellow, with numerous spots. A garden hybrid between S. Sedeni and S. Hcezlii. 7. vitta.tum, Reichb. f. {CypripMium vittcltum, Veil.). Lvs. 1 ft. long, linear-ligulate, acute, margined with yellow: stems few-fld., 12-18 in. high; dorsal sepal oblong, subacute, greenish striped with red ; lower sepal about twice as broad as the upper, green; petals linear, pendent, undulate, reddish brown, striped with green and green toward the base, longer than the sepal; labellum .shorterthan the sepals, brown, greenish spotted with reddish brown inside. Brazil. I.H. 23:238. 8. Sargentianum, Rolfe. Fig. 2308. Lvs. tufted, 6-8 in. long, oblong-lanoeolafce, acuminate, with golden mar- gins: scape 6 in. high, 2-3-fld.: dorsal sepal oblong, acute, pale yellow with red veins; lower sepal ovate, subacute, shorter than the lip; petals longer than the sepals, strap-shaped, slightly twisted, undulate, ciliate, pale yellow streaked with red and with bright red mar- gins; labellum yellow, with pale red veins, deflexed side lobes speckled with red. Brazil. B.M. 7446. G.C. III. 15:781. A.G. 21:423. SELENIPEDIUM 9. Lindley&num, Reichb. f. & Warsc. (CypripMium IdndleyAnum, Schomb.). Lvs. 15-20 in. long, leathery, deep green, with yellow margins: scape many-fld., pu- bescent, 2-i ft. high: upper sepal ovate-oblong, undu- late, light green with brownish veins; petals 2 in. long, deflexed, green with brown veins, ciliate; labellum olive-green, with brown veins and much spotted on the side lobes. Guiana. 10. longifdlium, Reichb. f. (8. Roeslii, Reichb. f. S. Mdrtwegii, Reichb. f . Cypripedium longifdlium, Warsc. and Reichb. f. O. Haezlii, Regel. C. Mdrtwegii, Reichb. f.). Lvs. tufted, 8-12 in. long, narrowly strap- shaped, tapering to a point and strongly keeled: scape 2 ft. high, purplish, sparingly pubescent: fls. large; upper sepals ovate-lanceolate, pale yellowish green, faintly streaked with purple ; lower sepals ovate-obtuse, shorter than the lip; petals 3K in. long, spreading, nar- rowly lanceolate, twisted, pale yellow with rose-colored margins and with a white line on the edge; labellum 2 in. long, green shaded with dull purple or brown in front, side lobes yellow, spotted with pale purple. Costa Rica. B.M. 5970 and 6217. I.H. 20:138. R.H. 1873, p. 416; 1893, pp. 18, 19. F.M. 1874:119. P. 1871:126.-6'. Bcezlii, sometimes considered as a dis- tinct species, is of more robust habit, having lvs. 2 ft. long and green scapes. Var. magnifldrum, Hort. (CypripMium magnifldrum, Hort.), has the petals margined with white. A. P. 7:707. The following varie- ties also are distinguished in cultivation: grandifldruin, latifdlium, and rdseum. 11. dlbo - purptireum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium dlbo- purpilreum, B^iehh. t.). Lvs. long, strap-shaped and recurved: fls. larger than those of S, Sedeni; sepals oblong-acute, subequal, whitish, with a purplish tinge on the margins; petals 5-6 in. long, linear, hanging downward and twisted, purplish; labellum purplish on the borders, the inflexed lateral lobes nearly closing the mouth, white, with dark purple spots. Garden hybrid between S. Schlimii and Dominianum. Gn. 21, p. 332. —A var. sup6ibum has been advertised. 12. calflrum, Nichols. (Cypripedium caWirum, Reichb. f.). Lvs. numerous, tufted, long acute, channeled: scape much taller than the lvs., brownish red, branch- ing: fls. large, about 5 in. across the petals; dorsal se- pals oblong-ovate, pale green, with longitudinal pur- plish ribs, flushed with red on the outside; lower sepal broadly ovate and much smaller; petals lanceolate, undulate, pale green in the center and at the base, margins rose-red ; label- lum oblong, rose -red tinted with brown in front; side lobes deeply inflexed, cream white, with irregu- lar spots of purple. Gar- den hybrid between S. Jongifolium and S. Sedeni. P. 1884:145. -There are several horticultural forms, one known as Bougi^rii. 13. Schrffiderae, Hort. ( Cypripedium Schrcederw, Hort. Veitch, ex-Reichb. f.). Plant of the habit of S. Sedeni, yiit\i fls. resem- bling those of S. albo-pur- pureum but larger: upper sepals nearly ochre -col- ored, with purple veins; lower sepals very broad, ochre-colored, with purple veins; petals long-lanceo- late, undulate, pendent, 4 in. long, greenish white in the middle, crimson-purple around the margin ; labellum purple outside, inflexed lobes yellow, with brown blotches. Garden hybrid be- tween S. eaudatum and S, Sedeni. 14. caud&tum, Reichb. f. (Cypripidium caud&tum, Lindl. CypripMium Lindeni, Van Houtte. Cypripe- dium Warscewiesi&mtm, Reiahh. t.). Lvs. strap-shaped. 2308. Selenipedium Sareentianum. (XK.) SELENIPEDIUM SELF-STERILITY 1653 rather stiff upright, about 1 ft. long: scape 12-24 in. high, about 4-tld. : dorsal sepals 5-6 in. long, lanceolate, pale yellow, verging on creamy white and veined with greenish, lower sepal similar; petals pendent, twisted, often attaining a length of nearly a yard, yellowish, shaded with brown on the outside and becoming brown- ish crimson toward the tips. Peru. F.S. 6:566. R.H. 1857, p. 318; 1883, p. 351; 1885, p. 472. G.C. II. 3:211; 26:269. Gn. 3,p.313: 26, p. 72; 32, p. 301; 46, p. 85. A.F. 3:132; 6:859. Gng. 5:265. G.M. 31:557; 33:795; 35:489. 2309. Selenipedium Dominianum (X 1-5). — One of the largest of the Selenipediums and remark- able on account of the extremely long petals. Peloric forms with the third sepal (labellum) resembling the other two have passed under the name of C/ropedium Lindeni, Lindl. Var. rdseum, Hort. (S. caiiddtiim, var. Warscexviczii, Godfrey.). Sepals yellow, with orange veins; petals deep purple; labellum deep yellow in front, green be- hind. I.H. 33:590. Var. 'WAllisii, Hort. (S. WdUisii, Reichb. f. Cypripidium WdUisii, 'Roxt.). Lvs. paler green: fls. pale, and in every way more delicate than the type. Gn. 49, p. 140. Numerous other varieties of this species are distinguished in cultivation. The fol- lowing names occur in trade lists: adreum, Luzembnr g6nse, riibrum, supgrbum, SeSgerii, spUndens, nigrr^s cenB. 15. gr&nde, Reichb. f. (Cypripidium grdnde,'Rei^ in. thick, the numerous young ones attached to the parent only by a slender thread and easily becoming detached from it and rolling about: Ivs. 60-80 in a rosette, obovate-cuneate, the outer ones tipped red -brown, especially on the back: ils. 1 in. across, pale yellow; petals obscurely tricuspidate, con- spicuously fimbriated at the edge and on the prominent keel. Mts. of Austria. B.M. 1457.— Unless the young rosettes are thinned out the plants are not so likely to flower. Under the name of S. globiferum, Linnaeus seems to have confused all the yellow-fld. hardy species which he knew. 13. arenilrium, Koch. Very close to S. gloMferum, having the same height, the same globular deciduous rosette, etc., but with narrower Ivs. and the petals larger and more strongly fimbriated : Ivs. oblanceolate : fls. 1-lX in. across; petals pale yellow, distinctly tri- cuspidate, with a linear end tooth, strongly fimbriated at the edge and less so on the prominent keel. Tyrol. Gn. 49, p. 220. R. rupestris is advertised "by one American dealer, but it seems to be unknown to botanists. y^^ ]y[^ SENEBIilBA (after Joh. Senebier, a naturalist of Geneva). Gruciferce, About 6 species of procumbent annual or biennial herbs from the temperate regions of Europe and Asia, and Australia, with alternate, entire or pinnately cut Ivs. and small white or rarely purple fls., in short, axillary racemes: sepals short, spread- ing, equal at the base; stamens free; siliques in pairs, small, laterally compressed; valves 1-seeded, indehis- cent. pinnatifida, DC. A common weed in many parts of the world and sometimes used as a pot-herb in foreign countries: plant K-1 ft. high: Ivs. pinnately lobed: fls. white, small, numerous p ^ Bakclat. SENECA SNAEEBOOT. Polygala Senega. SEN£CI0 (Latin name for plants of this genus, ulti- mately from senex, "old man"; said to be in allusion to the hoary pappus). Comp6sit. Bolanderi 17. Douglasii 1. articulatus, Sch. {Kle\nia articulAta, Haw.). Candle Plant. Plant branching, glabrous and fleshy, 1-2 (t. high, the branches swollen at intervals : Ivs. flat and fleshy, petiolate, laciniate or ruuoinate, with acu- minate lobes : heads discoid and all the florets perfect, white, in small corymbs on naked peduncles : akenes downy. S. Afr.— Perhaps the commonest Kleinia in cultivation, being grown with coolhouse succulents. 8. {Kleinia) Anteuphorbium, Sch., is sometimes seen in collections, although it is not known to be in the American trade. It is a glabrous shrub 3-4 ft. high, with fleshy stems constricted at the joints, small, erect, fleshy, entire Ivs. that are decurrent on the stem, and solitary cylindric yellow-fld. heads (with rose tinge) an inch long. B.M. 6099. According to J. D. Hooker, this plant "is one of the oldest Cape plants in cultivation, having, according to Dodonaeus, been brought to Europe in 1570, and cultivated in England in Gerard's garden In 1596. * * * The name Anteuphorbiitm was given because of its being a reputed antidote against the acrid poison of the Cape Euphorbium." The names Kleinia spinulosa and K. suspensa have appeared in the American trade, but they are unidentiflable. 2. Kiempferi, DC. (Liguldria Kcempferi, Sieb. & Zucc. Jj. Farfiigium, C. Koch. Farfiigium Kcempferi, Benth.). Rhizomatous perennial sending up many Ivs. on slender, flocculent-wooUy petioles: Ivs. large (often 6-10 in. across), orbicular to nearly reniform, cordate at base, angular-toothed, green: fl. -stems 1-2 ft. tall, floc- culent-woolly, branched, with only small, bract-like Ivs.: heads large, with light yellow rays spreading lJ^-2 in. across: pappus white and copious. Japan. B.M. 5302. — Var. ailreo-maculAtUB, Hort. (Farfiigium grdnde, Lindl. F. maculcitum, Hort.). Leopard Plant. Fig. 2313. Differs in having the Ivs. blotched with yellow or white and sometimes with light rose. The variety oiirco- maculatus is the only form in general cultivation. It was introduced to England in 1856 "from the garden of a mandarin in the north of China" by Fortune. Twenty years ago this was a common plant in conservatories and window-gardens, but of late years it has been ne- glected. It is, however, a most worthy plant, not only for the house but for bedding in the open in shady places. The plant is hardy as far north as Washington when set permanently in the open. One form has yel- low-spotted Ivs. (the commoner) and another has white- spotted Ivs. Another form (var. argenteus) has Ivs. glaucous-green edged with creamy white. Easily propa- gated by division. 3. Jap6nicuB, Sch. [Liguldria Japdnica, Less. Fry- throehcute palmatifida, Sieb. & Zucc. ) . Strong perennial herb, growing 5 ft. high (said to reach 15 ft. in southern Japan), and grown for its massive foliage effect: radical Ivs, very large, 1 ft. or more across, deeply palmately out into 7-11 narrow lobed and notched divisions: fl.- stems branched, bearing heads on rather long, naked stems: rays orange, spreading, 3 in. from tip to tip. Japan. Qn. 22, p. 139.— Intr. into this country about twelve to fifteen years ago. It is a bold plant,' hardy in New York, and well adapted to planting where strong foliage effects are desired, provided the place is moist. 4. cru6ntus, DC. (Cineraria cruinta, Mass.). Low short - stemmed perennial, floccose - woolly : Ivs. large. f; [y 2313. Leopard Plant, or Farfugium— Senecio Kaempferi, var. aureo-maculatus (X 3^). cordate-ovate to cordate-triangular, angled or undulate and sinuate -toothed, rather long - stalked : fls. purple- red. Canary Isl.-The supposed parent of the florists' Cinerarias, for discussion of which see p. 318, Vol. I. 1658 SENECIO V 5. 61egans, Linn. (S. ptirp^reus, Hort. Jaeohma ile- gows, Moeneh). Purple Ragwort. Annual, viscid-pu- bescent, erect or difeuse, 1-2 ft. : Ivs. various, mostly oblong In outline, pinnate, lobed or toothed, the sinuses mostly broad and rounded, clasping at the base: heads m loose corymbs, the rays purple, disk-fls. yellow. S. Afr. B.M. 238. -Var. ertctus, Harvey. Stem slender "N 2314, Senecio mikanioides, usually called German Ivy. (XX.) but erect, the Ivs. pinnate or 2-pinnatifld. Senecio ele- gans is an old garden plant. A common form of it has double fls. Var. dlbus, Hort., has white fls. 6. piilcher. Hook. & Am. Robust, 2-4 ft., white-cob- webby, the stem simple or nearly so and scarcely leafy : Ivs. long (4-10 in.), oblong-lanceolate, thick, shallow- lobed and crenate-toothed: heads 2-3 in. across, with many long, red-purple rays and a yellow disk. Uruguay and Argentina. B.M. 5959. R.H. 1877, p. 94; 1896, p. 329. Gn. 49, p. 122. G.M. 40:745. — A very bold species, with striking erect habit and large fls. in summer. Perennial, although it has been described as annual. In protected places and well-drained soils, it is hardy in southern New England. 7. mikanioides, Otto(/S'. sc(f«(Zcms, DC). German Ivy. Pig. 2314. Slender and glabrous, tall-twining: Ivs. ovate or deltoid ovate in outline, mostly with a deep basal •sinus, sharply 5-7-angled or angle-lobed; head small, discoid, yellow, in close clusters on axillary and termi- nal branches. S. Afr. — Very common conservatory and window-garden plant, easily propagated by cuttings. 8. macrogl6ssus, DC. Lvs. mostly hastate, often with acuminate basal lobes, but various in shape: heads only 1-3 together, and bearing yellow rays. S. Afr. 9. Cineraria, DC. (CinerAria maritima, hinn. SenS- cio acanthifbllus , Hort.). Fig. 2315. Perennial, 2 ft. or less tall, branching from the base, very white-woolly throughout: lvs. pinnatifid, with oblong and obtuse seg- ments: heads small, yellow, in small, compact corymbs, rayless. Europe. P.M. 1872:52.— Var. candidissimus, Hort., has very white foliage. Var. aureo-marginitus, Hort., has lvs. bordered with orange-yellow. S. Cine- raria is an old-fashioned garden plant, sometimes known as Dusty Miller: the commoner Dusty Miller is Xyehnis Ooronaria, and another one is Artemisia Stel- leriana (Pig. 2312). 10. Pdlmeri, Gray. Densely white-tomentose all over, "branching, 1-2 ft., perennial : lvs. oblong- lanceolate, slightly toothed, narrowed into a petiole : heads few, with yellow rays, about 1 in. in diam., in a corymb. Guadalupe Isl., Lower Calif.— Intr. by Pranceschi, Santa Barbara. 11. Petasitis, DC. (Cinerd,ria PetasUis, ^ims). Pig. 2316. Robust perennial, 2-3 ft. tall, gray-floccose on the young parts, branching: lvs. both radical and cauline, 6-10 in. across, long-stalked, cordate-ovate-orbicular, strongly several nerved, shallowly many-lobed, dull green above but gray-tomentose beneath: heads in a .long open panicle, the cylindrical involucre Ya in. high. SEQUOIA the few rays light-yellow. S. Amer. B.M. 1536.— A striking plant for winter decoration, the star-like fls, (or heads) being produced in great abundance ; now becoming disseminated in this country. 12. Ddria, Linn. Erect, 3-4 ft. : radical lvs. oval-ob- long, dentate, somewhat glaucous, stalked ; stem-lvs. oblong -lanceolate, sessile and somewhat decurrent : heads yellow, with 5 or 6 rays. Eur. Hardy perennial, 13. lilgenB, Rich. Perennial : floccose-wooUy when young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous, 6-24 in. tall, the stem practically naked above: lvs. spatulate to oval or oblong, repand-denticulate : rays 10 or 12, yel- low, conspicuous. Western U. S. in the mountains and to Alaska. — Var. exaltitus, Gray, has been offered: 1-3 or 4 ft. tall: lvs. thickish, longer-petioled, abrupt or subcordate at base. 14. aiireus, Linn. Perennial : an exceedingly variable and cosmopolitan group, by some authors split into sev- eral species, some glabrous, 1-2 ft. tall: lvs. mostly rounded and undivided, the ca:uline ones lanceolate and pinnatifid or laciniate: heads many, %-% in. high, with 8-12 conspicuous yellow rays. Moist places, nearly throughout the U. S. 15. fastlgi&tus, Nutt, Perennial: mostly pubescent, the stem strict and simple and 1-2 ft. high: lvs. all entire or very nearly so, lanceolate or spatulate-lanoeo' late, obtuse: heads %-K in. high, with conspicuous yellow rays. Idaho, Oregon, Washington, 16. Bolinderi, Gray. Perennial: glabrous or soon be- coming so, the stems weak and slender and 6-30 in. tall: lvs. thin, palmately 5-9-lobed or incised, or the stem- lvs. pinnately divided: heads several, ii-}4 ™- high, with 5-8 rather long yellow rays. California, Oregon. 17. Dotiglasii, DC. Pig. 2317. Woody or even shrubby at base, with many stems, 2-3 ft. tall, with the aspect of an aster: lvs.' small and linear, or the lower ones, pin- nately parted into filiform divisions: heads numerous, >^->^ in. high, with 8-18 conspicuous yellow rays. Nebr., W. l. h. g, SENNA, See Cassia. SENNA, BLADDER. Volutea. SENSITIVE BEIEE, See Selirankia. SENSITIVE FEKN. Onoclea sensibilis. SENSITIVE PLANT. Mimosa pvdica. U315. Senecio Cineraria. One of the plants known as Dusty Miller. SEQUOIA (after Sequoyah, otherwise George Guess, a Cherokee half-breed of Georgia, about 1770-1843, in- ventor of the Cherokee alphabet). Coniferce. Bia Trees of California. Redwood. Tall, massive, oftea SEQUOIA SEQUOIA 165& gigantic forest trees, with trunks usually heavily but- tressed at base, covered with thick, fibrous bark, deeply and widely lobed; heartwood dark red, soft, durable, straight-grained; sapwood very thin and nearly white: Ivs. persistent, alternate, often dimorphic (especially on young trees) : fls. naked, monoecious, solitary, the stami- nate terminal or aiillary; stamens numerous; cones maturing in one season. Once widely distributed in several species throughout the interior of North America and parts of Europe, but now limited to two species, which are confined to the mountains of California. The wood of S. sempervirens at present forms the bulk of the redwood lumber in the trade, and is used on the Pacific coast wherever a light, durable, easily worked material is desired. Most wooden buildings are constructed with this lumber in California, and it is sometimes exported to Europe to be employed as a sub- stitute for red cedar in the manufacture of lead-pencils. Logs with a curly grain are highly prized by cabinet- makers, from whom they have received the name "curly redwood." The wood of S. gigantea resembles that of S. semper- virens, but is coarser-grained and lighter (in weight), and is therefore not adapted to as wide use as the latter. It is very durable in contact with the soil, however, and is widely used for coarser construction work, ties, fence- posts, vineyard stakes, shingles, and the like. As an ornamental subject, S. sempervirens will be valuable wherever it is hardy. It is rather insistent upon a cool, moist, foggy climate, however, and is in this respect inferior to the other species, although a va- riety known as 8. sempervirens, var. glauca, is reported to be doing well in southern California. 8. gigantea has been more widely planted in the East and in Europe, and in sheltered locations has maintained itself for a number of years. The most notable exam- ples are those in the Ellwanger & Barry grounds, at Rochester, N. Y., which are now about 40 yrs. old, 30 ft. high and 12 in. in diameter at base of tiimks. When seen in the winter of 1900-1, however, these trees were beginning to show the effects of the rigorous climate by their dead and dying tops. This species is far more to dislike heavy soils, and to thrive best when planted ia deep sandy loaui. Both are easily propagated from seed,,, which sprout readily in a few weeks. 2316. Senecio Petasitis(X3^). hardy than 5. sempervirens , and even in the dry climate of southern California is reported to be doing very well. A weeping variety known as 8. pendula is advertised, Which originated some years ago in European nurseries, and is described as having "all pendulous branches, closely pressed against the stem." Both species are said 2317. Senecio DouElasii (X M)- A. I/us. dimorphic, usually S-ranked: buds scaly. sempirTirens, Endl. California Redwood. Pig.. 2318. Tree, 200-400 ft. and more high, with a slightly- tapering trunk, 10-20 and sometimes 25 ft. in diam., and^ often clear of branches for over 100 ft. : branchlets and Ivs. distichously spreading, the latter persistent for two- or three years and sometimes dimorphic on the same branch, the larger ii-% in. long, the smaller scale-like: cone oblong, %-l in. long, % in. broad, and persistent, after opening and discharging the seed. Confined to northern and central Coast Ranges of California on slopes exposed to sea influences. S.S. 10:535. — When out, or from fallen stems, it throws up many vigorous long-lived shoots, often producing merchantable trees. AA. Zivs. seldom or not at all dimorphic, not 2-raiiked, often imbricate: buds naked. grigant^a, Decne. (8. Wellingtdnia , Seeraann). Cali- fornia Big Tree. Pig. 231a. Tree, 200-350 ft. high, with heavy massive trunks, sometimes 20-30 ft. in diam. and often clear of branches for over 150 ft. : bark of old trees from 1-2 ft. thick; branchlets hardly dis- tichously arranged, pendulous, cord-like, forming rather - tangled masses: Ivs. Ys to % in. and sometimes K in. long on stout shoots, and usually closely appressed and scale-like: cone ovate-oblong, 2-3H in. long, 1-2% in. thick, opening only slightly, retaining its original form even when dry, and persistent. Western slopes of Sierra, Nevada. S.S. 10:536. Arnold V. Stobenrauch. Taxodium was the group in which Sequoia semper- virens was at first placed by Lambert from the speci- mens obtained by Menzies in 1795, and it remained there until 1847, when Endlioher established Sequoia., for its reception. The type-species of Taxodium is T. distichum, the deciduous cypress. Like nearly all lax- ads, the deciduous cypress has a very ancient relation- ship among fossil trees ; it once grew on a large part of western Europe and portions of England. Forms of Sequoia, whose ancient history constitutes one of the most interesting chapters in fossil botany, once grew in immense forests in Europe, Asia and North America. The first fossil remains occur in the lower chalk-forma- tions and increase in extent to the tertiary strata, in which they are numerous. In miocene times, fossil Se- quoias extended "from the Hebrides to the Steppe' olf Kirghis." Asa Gray and others have told the story of the rise and fall of this great and strong family of coni- fers, once as powerful as any tree-group in the world,. 1660 SEQUOIA 2318. Sequoia sempervirens i hut cut off, swept away and destroyed by the glacial age until only the local conditions prevailing in the Coast Range and Sierras of California preserved the two re- maining species to the present time. According to Gray, S. Langsdorfii, the Sequoia which is found in the miocene in Europe, appears in the miocene of Alaska, Greenland, Spitzbergen and Iceland, and it much resembles S. sempervirens. An- other fossil species, S. Stembergii, found in Greenland, seems to have been the an- cient representative of iS. gigantea. Ac- cording to the investi- gations of the United States Geological Department, the wood of the Arizona petrified forest is that of a species of Sequoia, whose wood went down under a primeval sea, was covered with sandstone, and rose again into the ■present continent. If one asks how long ago these things happened, the geologist an- swers, "Millions of years." And it is the same in regard to the period when Sequoias grew in Greenland, Siberia and Great Britain. We can measure that period only by vast and indefinite epochs. But the value and interest of the Se- quoias are greatly increased by a consideration of their place as the last modern survivors of so powerful an ancient family. At the present time the Coast Redwood occupies only a narrow belt of country near the ocean, nor is it con- tinuous even there ; the Giant Redwood, or California Big Tree, exists only in a few small and isolated groves, covering in all less than fifty square miles along the western side of the Sierra Nevada range. Compared with the enormous territory once occupied by species of Sequoias, the modern representatives of this ancient and honorable family are reduced to a very small area. The first known of the Sequoias, and much the more valuable species, economically speaking, was S. semper- virens, the Coast Redwood of California. This is one of the most important timber trees of the world, and its forests, comparatively limited in area, have yielded and are yielding the most easily obtained, the most durable and most profitable fencing and building lumber of the Pacific coast. The reproductive powers of the tree are enormous ; no other known conifer so persistently sprouts from the stump, so rapidly makes new forest, or so well resists fire. But it does not thrive farther inland than the limits of the sea-fog, and a large part of the original area covered by this noble tree has been denuded by successive fires and destructive lumbering methods. Small Redwood forests occur in Monterey county, but the most southern forests of commercial importance are in Santa Cruz. The belt, broken by the Bay of San Francisco, extends north through Marin, Sonoma, Mendocino, Humboldt and Del Norte to the southern borders of Oregon. The real Redwood forests are all contained within a strip of coast lands 500 miles long and rarely more than 20 or 25 miles wide. The actual bodies of Redwood within this region are merely a chain of isolated groups separated by clearings or by large areas on which Redwoods never grew. A small grove, now practically destroyed, existed fifty years ago on the east side of the Bay of San Francisco, in Ala- meda county. Well-borers have found Redwood logs in a perfect state of preservation in various parts of the Coast Range far south of where the tree now grows, even to Los Angeles and San Diego, showing that in some former period of greater rainfall and more sea-fog, Redwood forests extended much farther along the coast. The climate where the Redwood thrives is compara- tively equable, marked by cool summer winds from the southwest. The tree delights in rich, sheltered moun- tain valleys and fertile slopes, in dripping fogs and in heavy winter rains. Going east from the ocean, in the Redwood region, one suddenly comes to the top of a ridge, to overlook oaks and pines, and at once reaches the plainly marked edge of the Sequoia sempervirens forest. SEQUOIA While S. sempervirens is sometimes called second in size among the giant conifers of the Pacific coast, the tallest tree yet authentically measured was 340 ft. high, exceeding in height the tallest of the Sierra species, and it is probable that trees exist which rise to nearly 400 ft. and so deserve to take the first place among the conifers. Many trees of 20 and even 22 ft. in diameter at five feet from the ground, and from 300 to 325 ft. in height, are still standing in the Redwood forests. The finest groves of Redwoods contain many specimens that range from 150 to 250 ft. or more in height and have a diameter of from 12 to 18 ft. In such forests the trunks rise in clear, red-brown shafts to a height of from 75 to 150 ft. before they branch; they stand so close that the masses of timber that exist on each acre are greater than are found in any other known forest, and through their far- distant tops the sun seldom reaches the warm, sheltered soil of the great Coast Range Canons. With proper management, under the principles of scientific forestry, the Redwood region as it exists to-day could be main- tained, and its future yield greatly increased, but other- wise in forty or fifty years the commercial value of the entire area will be practically destroyed. The state of California has this year (1901) appropriated $250,000 for the purchase of the large Redwood forest of the "Big Basin " in Santa Cruz county, and a commission is now arranging to create a State Redwood Park there. Sequoia sempervirens was discovered by Archibald Menzies in 1795, rediscovered by David Douglas in 1831, and soon after by Dr. Coulter. It was introduced to European gardens by Hartweg about 1847. Both Douglas and Hartweg were sent out by the Poyal Horticultural Society of London. S. sempervirens var. adpressa (Car- ri^re) is a smaller tree than the typu form, with creamy white younger leaves and more glaucescent older leaves. It is called in California the "White Redwood" and the "Silver-leaf Redwood." Other horticultural varieties in cultivation are known as Sempervirens gracilis, S. taxi- folia, S. picta,S. albo-spica and S.glauca. The golden forms found in many other conifers occasionally appear, but cannot yet be called fixed. No really dwarf Red- wood is yet extant. Larger-leaved or more compact forms can be selected from the forest, and the tree re- sponds easily to selection and culture. It thrives in gardens in the Sacramento valley, in the Sierra foot- hills and in many parts of southern California, so that its range for ornamental uses can be greatly extended on the Pacific coast. It has been largely planted in Europe, particularly in English parks, and, as was to have been expected, does best in well-drained rich soil near the ocean but sheltered from cold winds. Endlicher's Sequoia gigantea (the S. WasMngtonia of Sudworth and the S. Wellingtonia of Seemann and of 2319. SeauoisL eieantea CX /i) ■ Sargent) is undoubtedly one of the rarest of all living species of trees, and one of the most easily visited and studied. It is the best living representative of a geologic age long passed away. Besides this, it is the most im- pressive and noble of all known trees. But nearly all of the small remaining group of Big Trees except the Mariposa groves are owned by private individuals and are being cut down or may at some future time be de- SEQUOIA SEREN^A 1661 stroyed. The famous Calaveras grove, which is his- torically and scientifically of the most interest of any Big Tree group, was in 1899 bought by a lumberman who expects to convert the trees into timber unless he "gets his price" from the state of California, the gen- eral government or some public-spirited association. Some flue Sequoias are in the Sequoia and General Grant national parks, but private timber claims hold many of the best trees here, and sawmills are now at work in this region. The resistance offered by this wonderful species to fire, old age and decay is unique, but it reproduces itself with extreme difficulty. The seeds, even under favorable circumstances, have a very low vitality, and one seldom finds a single young tree in the Sequoia giganiea groves, excepting on the south fork of the Kaweah and on the branches of Tule river. The pres- ervation of these magnificent trees is a matter of the utmost interest, especially to Americans. Some of them appear, from an examination of the stumps, to have lived not less than 4,000 years. Muir estimates the age of some living trees at 5,000 years; one observed by Asa Gray, 24 feet in diameter, was about 1,600 years old. There is an extensive and rapidly increasing literature of the Sequoias not only in English, but in other languages. The present condition (1901) of the nomenclature of the famous Calif ornia " Big Tree "is unfortunate. Ac- cording to a strict interpretation of the Rochester Code, Decaisne's name, S. gigantea, must be discarded, be- cause in 1847 Endllcher named the Coast Redwood Sequoia gigantea, thus preventing that term from use again in the same genus. This being admitted, botan- ists would certainly have to take Seemann's S. Welling- tonia (1855), were it not for Dr. Winslow's suggestion in 1854 that "if the tree is a Taxodium let it be Taxodium Washingtonianum; if a new genus, Washingtoniana Califomica." This appeared in the " California Farmer," and is open to the criticism that it lacked technical pro- cedure in description. It is only upon Dr. Winslow's letter to the "California Farmer" that Sudworth and others base their Sequoia Washingtoniana. Rejecting this, Sargent and most continental authorities prefer S. Wellingtonia. The retention of S. gigantea, however, by an exception to the Rochester rules, would seem to involve fewer difficulties than the acceptance of either of the newer names. Charles Howakd Shinn. SEBADELLA. See Serradella. SEBAFIAS ( ancient name of an orchid derived from Serapis, an Egyptian divinity). OrchidAcece. Terres- trial herbs with the habit of Orchis. Four or 5 species are known from the Mediterranean region. Sepals con- nivent in the form of a helmet; petals included, small; labellum not spurred, with erect lateral lobes and a larger undivided middle lobe; poUinia with a common viscid disk; rostellum laterally compressed. The fol- lowing species are among the best known. Keep the plants partially dry during winter months. Give plenty of water when in vigorous growth. Pot them in leaf-mold, loam and sand. Lingua, Linn. Stem erect, up to 1 ft. high, bearing several narrow, acute Ivs.: sepals lanceolate, green- ish or purplish; labellum much longer; lateral lobes rounded, erect, middle lobe oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, smooth, red. Mediterranean region. B.M. 5868, B. cordfgera, Linn. Resembles the preceding species in habit: labellum brownish red, middle lobe ovate, acumi- nate, subcordate at the base, pilose. Mediterranean region. B.M. 5868, A. R.H. 1892:390. 6.0.11.20:341. S. elonadta, Hoit. Brown; liplarge; little known to botanists. Heinkich Hasselbrino and Wm. Mathews. SEBENJBA (after Sereno Watson, distinguished American botanist). Also written Se>-e»oa. Palmdcece. Low, spineless, eespitose palm with creeping branched caudex clothed with the fibrous bases of the leaf-sheaths : Ivs. terminal, orbicular, coriaceous, deeply plicate-multi- fid, glaucous beneath, with narrow bifid infolded seg- ments; rachisnoue; ligule short; petiole plano-convex, d«ntate on the margins: spadix long, tomentose, the flexuous rachis covered with deeply obliquely fissured, tubular sheaths, the spreading branches branched, the alternate branchlets very slender: spathes many, sheath- ing the peduncle: bractlets minute : fls. white: fr. ovoid, black, an inch long. Species 2. Florida to S. Carolina. serruiata, Hook. f. Saw Palmetto. Fig. 2320. Stem creeping, branching, 4-8 ft. long: Ivs. 2-4 ft., circular in outline, fan -shaped, shorter than the slender, spiny- edged petiole ; segments slightly cleft at the apex, with- out thread-like filaments: spadix densely tomentose, shorter than the Ivs. : drupe black, %-% in. long. 2320. A Florida scene, with Serenaea serrulata in fore- ground and Palmettoes in the background. arbOT^scens, Sarg. Tree, 30-40 ft. high, with 1 or several stems : ivs. semiorbicular, truncate at base, yellowish green above, bluish green below, 2x2 ft., divided nearly to the base into narrow linear-lanceo- late lobes. — Discovered by P. W. Reasoner in 1887. First described 1899. Differs from above in arborescent habit, more elongated spadix, much smaller fls. and smaller, globose fruit and seeds. Southwestern Fla. Jaked G. Smith. The Saw Palmetto is the native creeping fan-leaved palm. Those who are clearing land in Florida con- sider it a nuisance. It is, however, of great interest to northern tourists, many of whom like to take home a small Florida palm in a pot or tub. This species does very well in pots, though it is of slow growth. Relatively speaking, it is very hardy, as it will stand a tempera- ture of 10° F. The leaves of the Saw Palmetto, both fresh and dried, are sent north in great quantities for Christmas decoration. The "crowns" are also largely used for the same purpose and deserve a greater popu- larity. Crowns are whole tops cut off; they have no roots, and only a part of the stem. They give the effect of the whole plant and are therefore much more desir- able for some purposes than single leaves. They will last for weeks, if kept moist, in the shade and free from drafts. Crowns 3-5 ft. high are considerably used for large decorations at Christmas, Palm Sunday and Easter. E.N. Reasoner. In clearing the land for the writer's garden one large clump of the Saw Palmetto was purposely retained. At present it makes a striking appearance, somewhat weird and grotesque. The fertilizer which the plant received has improved it wonderfully. Good specimens attain a height of about 8 feet. There is a variety showing a glaucous tone which grows near the coast and which is very beautiful. It seems to be difficult to transplant 1662 SEREN^A SHALLOT Clumps of Saw Palmettos often consist of 10 to 20 low stems and end in hundreds of widespread, many- fingered leaves. They are the hiding-place of many small birds, rabbits and even rattlesnakes. H. Nehkling. SEEENOA. See Serenma. SERICOCARPTIS (Greek, silken fruit). A genus of 5 species of perennial herbs western United States closely allied to Aster distinguishable from the section Biotia of The akenes are not so strongly compressed The flower-heads have white rays and pale ■which sometimes become purplish. S. was offered in 1881 in the eastern states by lectors, but it is doubtful if any member of in cultivation. from north- and scarcely that genus, as in Aster, yellow disks , Lindl., western col- the genus is SERtSSA (from the Indian name). Hiibidcece. A single species from southeastern Asia, a tender shrub of moderate growth with small, opposite, nearly sessile Ivs: and rather small, jasmine-like white fls. which are sessile in the leaf -axils or terminal : corolla funnel- shaped, 4-6-lobed, the lobes 3-lobed; stamens inserted on the corolla-tube; style shortly 2-oleft: fr. subglo- bose, 2-celled, 2-seeded. fcitida. Lam. {S. JapSnica, Thunb.). The young Ivs. are ill-smelling if crushed. Summer. B.M. 361. — Of- fered by importers of Japanese plants. Var. variegritta has yellow-margined Ivs. Offered in 1895 by Pitcher & Manda. P. w. Barclay. SERPENT GOURD. See Trichosanthes . SERRADELLA is an annual leguminous plant which is valuable as a fodder plant on dry and sandy sterile soils. It may be used for pasture or for hay. It is sometimes cut twice in a season. Sometimes it is sown with winter rye. The plant is figured in Bulletin 2, Div. of Agrostology, U. S. Dept. Agric. , where Jared G. Smith says: "At- the Pennsylvania station the yield from two cuttings was 11}4 tons of green forage. It does not require lime, and is often used as a green ma- nure to bring up the value of sterile fields. The for- age, which is much relished by cattle and sheep, has about the same feeding value as red clover." The scientific name of Serradella is Ornithopus sati- vus. The generic name means "bird's foot," referring to the clusters of long, claw-like pods. The genus con- tains about 7 species of slender, low-growing annuals with pink, white or yellow fls. which are too minute to have any horticultural value. Lvs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. numerous. ^. M. SERVICE-BERRY is AmelancMer SERVICE-TREE. See Sorbws. SESAME. See Sesamum. SfiSAMUM (Greek name taken by Hippocrates from the Arabic). PedatiAcece. A genus of annual herbs from India and Egypt, allied to Martynia, with solitary, axillary flowers. The only species of importance is S. Indicum, which has been extensively cult, in Asia and Africa from ancient times. The seeds are sold in America under the name of Bene. They yield about half their weight of oil -of- sesame (known also as benne-, gingili-, or teel-oil), which is odorless and does not easily become rancid. This oil is universally used in India for cooking and anointing. Large quantities of oil and seed are imported from India to Europe for the manufacture of soap and adulteration of olive-oil. Also cult, in northern states as a medicinal herb, the muci- laginous leaves being used in dysentery and diarrhoea of children. The oil of Sesamum, however, which is expressed from the seeds is in large doses a laxative. Indicum, Linn. {8. orientAle, liinn.). Lvs. variable, 3-5 in. long, oblong or lanceolate, the lower often 3- lobed or parted; corolla pale rose or white, 1 in. long, tubular, 5-cleft, the 2 lobes of the upper lip shorter. July. B M. 1688. — White- and black-seeded varieties have been known for at least two centuries. Buns wild in the extreme South. yP_ ]yi_ SETARIA (seto,abristle; referring to the bristles be- low the spikelets). Oramlnece. Haekel places the num- ber of species at 10, but Scribner and Merrill describe 28 species from North America alone (under the genus name Chsetochloa) . Warmer countries of the world. Includes several weedy species, the foxtail grasses, S. glauca, S. viridis, and others, and the foxtail millets. The culture of Millet dates from prehistoric times. At present it is raised extensively in parts of Asia as a food plant. In the United States, Millet is raised for fodder. There are several groups of varieties grown here, Common, German, Golden Wonder (all of which belong to Se- taria Italicq), and Hungarian Grass, which is referred to S. Italicd, var. Germanica. New Siberian Millet is probably a distinct variety. The "Japanese Millets " be- long to Setaria Italica, while the "Japanese Barnyard Millets " belong to Panicum Orus-galU. Spikelets, as in Panicum, awnless, but provided at base with a cluster of rough bristles which extend be- yond the spikelets. The bristles persist on the axis after the spikelets have fallen. Inflorescence a dense, cylindrical, spike-like panicle, which becomes quite com- pound in some of the cultivated varieties. The seed is inclosed in the flowering glume, which is usually finely transversely wrinkled, a character which distinguished the fruit from other similar grasses. The generic name of these grasses is confused. By some they are referred to Ixophorus, and by others, more recently, to Cbseto- chloa. Itilioa, Beauv. Common Millet of the United States but not of Europe, which is Panicum miliaceum. An annual : culm 3-5 ft. high; spike yellow or purple; bristles 1-3, often shorter than the spikelet. Thought to have been derived from 6\ viridis. .Gn. 12, p. 69. Var. Germ&nlca, Bicht. (Pdnieum Germdnicum, Mill. SetAria Germdnica, Beauv. S. macroclicnta, Schult). Hungarian Grass or Millet. A smaller form more nearly approaching the wild S. viridis : bristles much longer than the spikelets. macTost&chya, HBK. [S. Alopeeurus, Fisch. S. alo- pecuroides,' var. nigra of the trade). An erect or as- cending perennial : spike slender, tapering at apex : bristles 1 or sometimes 2, J^-1 in. long; spikelets one- twelfth in. long; first glume one- third to one-half, sec- ond two-thirds to three-fourths as long as, and third glume equaling the spikelet; first glume inflated about the base of the spikelet. Texas to S. America. m&gna, Griseb. A coarse stout grass resembling Common Millet. Spike H in. thick, as much as a foot long, tapering above and below ; bristles 1-3, scarcely % in. long; spikelets one-twelfth in. long, elliptical; first glume one-third as long as, second and third equal- ing the spikelet; flowering glume smooth. Marshes of Gulf states to Central America. ^^ g_ Hitchcock. SHAD-BUSH. Consult AmelancMer. SHADDOCK. See Citrus and Pomelo. SHADE TREES. See Trees. SHADING, See Greenhouse, page 696. SHAGBARE. See HicTcory. SHALLOT is Allitim Ascalonieum, Linn., native of Syria. It is grown chiefly for the small oblong-pointed gray bulbs, which are used in cookery for flavoring; the leaves are sometimes eaten in a green state. The bulbs are of mild flavor. Shallots are little known in North America. They are grown as garlics are (see Garlic), the bulbs or cloves being separated and planted early in spring in any good garden soil. Each bulb produces several, all cohering by the base. The mature bulbs are 2 in. or less long and only about half that in diameter. The leaves are small, terete and hollow. The plant is hardy. The bulbs will keep sev- eral months or even a year. Small onions are some- times sold as Shallots. l_ jj. B. SHAMROCK SHOEBLACK PLANT 1663 SHAMROCK. Half the world is sure that Shamrock Is the wood sorrel, Oxalis Acetosella. The other half is equally certain that the true Shamrock is white clover, TrifoUum repens. In the time of Spenser's Fairy Queen, Shamrock was said to be good to eat. This applies to the former plant, but not to the latter. Moreover, according to Sowerby, the wood-sorrel is in perfection on Saint Patrick's Day, while white clover is not. The wood-sorrel is sent in great quantities from Ireland to London for Saint Patrick's day. On the other hand, it is said that clover is the plant most com- monly used in Ireland. Half a dozen other plants have their followers, and these are all plants with three leaf- lets. Nevertheless there are those who deny that Saint Patrick used the Shamrock as a symbol of the trinity. These declare that the water cress is the true Sham- rock. The question will always remain an open one. See Dyer's "Folk-Lore of Plants." ^. jj SHAM BOOK, INDIAN. A name found in some Eng- lish books for the Trillium. SHAMROCK PEA. Parochetus communis. SHAW, HENRY, founder of the Missouri Botanical Garden, popularly known as "Shaw's Gardens," was "born at Sheffield, England, July 24, 1800, and died at St. Louis, Mo., August 25, 1889. He came to the United States in 1819 and engaged in the hardware business until 1810 'in St. Louis, where he continued to reside until his death. After retirement from active business he traveled for a number of years, and in 1849 laid out a modest garden about his country house in the suburbs of St. Louis, which, nine years later, he extended so as to include some forty-five acres, about half of this area constituting an arboretum. By special act of the General Assembly of the state of Missouri, approved in March, 1859, Mr. Shaw was empowered to provide for the conveyance of his property, either during his life or after his demise, to trustees, for the perpetual maintenance of his garden as a scientific establishment. In 1885 he endowed a department in Washington University, known as the Henry Shaw School of Botany, and on his death left nearly all of his property, valued at some $5,000,000, to a board of trustees for the maintenance, improvement and enlargement of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Mr. Shaw, though- not a botanist, was a lover of plants for themselves and a firm believer in their in- fluence in molding desirable traits in human character. His garden was always open to visitors, among whom he particularly welcomed the self-respecting poor. Thirty years before his death he gave to the city of St. Louis a park site adjacent to his garden, which, like the latter, was improved under his personal super- vision. Special provisions in Mr. Shaw's will, aside from the general arrangements for the development of the garden —in details of which he allows his trustees a very free hand— are for an annual sermon "on the wisdom and goodness of God as shown in the growth of flowers, fruits, and other products of the vegetable kingdom;" premiums for an annual flower show; and two annual banquets, respectively for the trustees and gardeners of the institation. 'These banquets are the occasion for annual gatherings of men distinguished in botany and horticulture. ^„^^ Trelease. SHEEP BERRY. Viburnum Lentago. SHEEP'S BIT. Jasione perennis. SHELLBABK. See fficoria and SicJeory. SHELL-FLOWER. See Oycloboihra; also Alpinia nutans; also Motuccella Iwvis. SHELL-LILY is Alpinia nutans. BHEPHfiRDIA (John Shepherd, an English botanist). Hlxagnacece . Three American shrubs with silvery or brown-scurfy foliage, two of which are in the trade, being grown for their striking appearance and one of them prized for its edible fruit. The leaves are oppo- 105 site, petioled, entire. Flowers dioecious or polygamous and apetalous, small and inconspicuous, borne in small sessile or nearly sessile clusters; calyx 4-parted; sta- mens 8, alternating with 8 lobes of a disk; pistil 1, nearly inclosed by the disk at the orifice of the calyx- tube, becoming a nut or akene and invested by the fleshy calyx, forming a drupe-like fruit. In S. argentea, the Buffalo Berry, the fruit is edible when made into jellies and conserves, and is much prized in the upper Plains region for household uses. The Shepherdias are hardy plants, withstanding ex- tremes of cold and drought. They are of easy culture, and grow readily from stratified seeds. For ornamental planting, they are prized for bold positions in front of shrubbery masses, where their gray or white colors afford excellent contrasts. S. Canadensis is particu- larly well adapted for planting on dry, rocky, sterile banks, where most bushes find great difficulty in secur- ing a foothold. S. argentea succeeds better in the upper Mississippi valley than in the eastern states. Staminate and pistillate plants of it have different forms of buds. The genus Shepherdia was founded by Nuttall in 1818. It is said that Raflnesque's Lepargyrsea, 1817, is equiv- alent, and the species have been placed under the latter name by recent writers. A. Lvs. green above. Canadensis, Nutt. (Lepargyrwa Canadensis, Greene). Spreading twiggy bush 3 to 6 or even 8 ft. tall, the young branches brown-scurfy: lvs. ovate, oval or elliptic, rather thick, green above but rusty beneath: fls. yellowish, in short clusters at the nodes: fr. small (54 in. or less long), oval, red or yellow, insipid. Along streams and on lake banks, Newfoundland to British Columbia and in the northern tier of states, and south- ward in the mountains to Utah.— Little known in cult., but has been offered by dealers in native plants. 2321. Shortia galacifolia (X J^). (See page 1064.) AA. Jjvs. silvery above. argentea, Nutt. (/>. argentea, Greene). Buffalo Bekry. Fig. 282, Vol. I. Upright shrub, or sometimes almost tree-form, reaching 18 ft. tall, thorny, the young growth silvery-tomentose : lvs. oblong, cuneate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, silvery on both sides: fls. yellowish, in dense small fascicles at the nodes: fr. globular or ovoid, about K in. long, red or yellow, acid, edible. Kans. to Minn., west and north. See Buffalo Berry. S. rotunditblia, Parry, from "Utah, is a silvery tomentose and scurfy evergreen bush: lvs. round-oval or ovate, mostly some- what cordate, short-petioled: fls. stalked in the axils of the lvs., the staminate mostly in 3's and the pistillate solitary; fr. globular, scurfy, ripening in July. L H B SHEPHERD'S CLUB or MULLEIN is Verbaseum Thapsus. SHINLEAF. Pyrola. SHOEBLACK PLANT, ffibiscus Bosa- Sinensis. 1664 SHOO -PLY PLANT SHOO-FLT PLANT. A name proposed by one seeds- man for Physalis. SHOOTING STAE. See Dodecatheon. SHOEE-GRAPE, See Coceoloba. SH6ET1A (named for Dr. Charles W. Short, a botanist of Kentucky). Diapensid,cece. Of the little family Diapensiacese, with its 6 genera and 8 spe- cies, Shortia galacifolia is historically the most inter- esting. Miohaiix collected the plant in 1788 in the high mountains of Carolina, but as his specimen was in fruit rather than in flower, Richard, the author of Miohaux's "Flora Boreali-Americana," did not describe it. Asa Gray examined Michaux's specimen, preserved in Paris, in 1839, and afterwards founded the genus Shortia on it. Great search was made for the plant in the moun- tains of Carolina, but it was not rediscovered until 1877. The history of the efforts to find the plant is one of the most interesting chapters in American botany. For his- 23i2. Every part of (he place is equally accented. torical sketch, see Sargent, "Garden and Forest," vol. 1, p. 506 (1888). Torrey & Gray founded the genus Shortia in 1842. In 1843 Slebold & Zuccarini founded the genus Schizocodon, from Japan. To this genus Maximowicz added a second Japanese species, S. unUlonis; the flowers of this plant, as of Shortia, were unknown when the plant was first recognized. It transpires, however, that Schizocodon wniflorus is really a Shortia, thus adding another in- stance to the growing list of bitypic genera that are endemic to Japan and eastern North America. Shortia includes two acaulescent herbs, with the habit of Galax, with creeping rootstocks and evergreen round- cordate Ivs. : fl. solitary on a slender leafless scape, the calyx with scaly bracts, the corolla bell-shaped and ob- tusely 5-lobed; stamens 5, the filaments adnate to the corolla, alternating with 5 scale-like staminodia; pistil 3-angled and 3-loculed; style filiform and stigma 3- lobed: fr. a globular capsule. From this, Schizocodon is distinguished by linear-elongated staminodia and fringed corolla. Allied genera mentioned in this Cyclo- pedia are Galax, Pyxidanthera and Schizocodon. Dia- pensia has two alpine and boreal species, one in the Himalayas and the other in northern Europe and North America. Berneuxia, the remaining genus, has a single species in Thibet. Diapensia and Berneuxia are not in the American trade. Shortia Galifornica of seedsmen will be found under A ctinolepis. gralacifdlia, Torr. & Gray. Fig. 2321. Lvs. all radical, long-petioled, the blades orbicular or broadly ovate- orbicular, often slightly cordate, at the apex obtuse or even refuse, the margin repand-serrate : peduncles slender, 3-8 in. tall, 1-fld., bracted near the top: fl. in- clined or nodding, white, 1 in. across, the obtuse lobes undulate. Mts. of N. Car. B.M. 7082. G.C. IL 15:596; m. 5:397; III. 17:453. Gn. 38:768. J.H. III. 30:299. G.M. 34:353. G.W.F. 24. G.F. 1:509. A.G. 12:287. Mn. 6, p. 83.— A very attractive plant with the look of a Pyrola; very local. On the culture of Shortia galaci- folia, Harlan P. Kelsey writes as follows ; " Shortia, like SHRUBBERY most plants considered rare, is really not so rare as local, though the few stations where it is found abun- dantly do not seem to present special conditions not to be found elsewhere, and it is bardly understood why it should, in common with certain other plants, have re- mained strictly local, in an indigenous state. For the successful culture of Shortia humus and leaf-mold seem to be absolutely required, and it should either be planted where these conditions are natural or be constantly sup- plied with this food if not. This suggestion, if carried out with many plants, such as Galax, Pyrola, Chima- phila and probably Epigaa repens, will ensure success, where if ordinary garden treatment only is given the entire disappearance of the plants may be expected in a season or two. Semi-double and pink-flowering plants are not rarely found, and it seems likely that cultivation may bring out several worthy varieties. In England Shortia is often grown successfully as a pot-plant, and is far more appreciated than in America. It is difficult to procure seed, as the flowering stem usually withers away before maturing, though Shortia is readily propa- gated by division and runners. It is a shade-loving plant and is a choice addition to the erieaceous bed, where it will thrive under Rhododendrons and Kalmias." unifl6Ta, Maxim. Very like S. galacifolia: lvs. cor- date, broader than long and deeper toothed, — sinuate- toothed in S. uniflora and only repand-toothed in S. galacifolia. Japan. — Offered by importers of Japanese plants, but little known horticulturally. l_ jj g Shot, Indian, see oanna. Shower of gold, catalogue name for Genista. SHRUBBERY. Shrubs and bushes have two values : an intrinsic value as individual or isolated specimens; a value as part of the structure or design of an orna- mented place. As individual specimens, they are grown for the beauty of the species itself; as parts of the landscape, they are often grown in masses, constitut- ing a shrubbery. It is often advisable to plant shrubs as single specimens, in order to produce the character- istic beauty of the species; but the tendency is to plant exclusively as isolated specimens, and the emphasis needs, therefore, to be placed on mass-planting. Plants scattered over a lawn destroy all appearance of unity and purpose in the place (Fig. 2322). Every part of ths place is equally accented. The area has no meaning or individuality. The plants are in the way. They spoil the lawn. The place is random. If the shrubs are sheared, the spotted and scattered effect is intensified. Rarely does a sheared shrub have any ex- cuse for existence. A mass of planting emphasizes particular parts of the place. It allows of bold and broad contrasts. It may give the place a feeling of strength and purposiveness. The shrubbery-mass usually should have an irregular outline and generally contain more than one species. Thereby are variety and interest increased. Fig. 2323. The shrubbery-masses should be placed on the boun- daries ; for it is a fundamental concept of landscape gar- dening that the center of the place shall be open. Fig. 2324; also Pig. 1233, Vol. II. The boundaries are the lines between properties, the foundations of buildings, the borders along walks and drives. Judicious planting may relieve the angularity of foundations and round off the comers of the yard. Pig. 2325. Individual speci- mens may be used freely, but only rarely should they be wholly isolated or scattered. They should be planted somewhere near the borders, that they may not inter- fere with the continuity of the place and that they may have background to set them off. The background may be a building, a bank, or a mass of foliage. In most places, the mass or border-planting should be the rule and the isolated specimen the exception ; but, unfortu- nately, this rule is usually reversed. It is not to be understood, however, that boundaries are always to be planted or that foundations are always to be covered. L. H. B. The term shrubbery is applied to groups of woody plants of comparatively small size. The line between shrubs and trees is not very definite. A shrub gener- SHRUBBERY SHRUBBERY 1665 ally has a number of stems springing from the ground and a tree usually has a single trunk, but this is not uniformly true in either case. The chief value of shrubbery comes from its use in an artistic way, although some shrubs have edible fruits. Many shrubs, such as lilacs, some of the spi- reas, gooseberries and currants, produce leaves very early in the season and some, like Forsythia, Daphne, and the Juneberry are covered with a profusion of blos- soms at this time. From early spring until November in temperate latitudes leaves and flowers are to be found on deciduous shrubs, and from June until the following spring ornamental fruits can be seen on their branches, the red berries of tlie elder beginning and barberries ending the list. Some of these fruits are so richly colored and so abundant that they can be seen from a long distance. Many shrubs, like some of the vibur- nums and dogwoods, attain a height of 10 or 15 feet, while others, like bunchberry and DapJine Cneorum, grow to a height of only a few inches. The leaves of some, like the chokeberry, Thunberg's barberry, the hazels, viburnums, dogwoods, and sumachs are beauti- fully colored in the fall, Tte rhododendrons, laurels (Fig. 2326) and mahonias, and the daphne already named, are examples of shrubs having evergreen foli- age. Some leaves, like tho.se of the tialtx lueida, are glossy ; others, as those of the common hazel, are hairy; some are thick, and others are thin; some large, some small; some entire, and some lobed, serrated or compound. Throughout the season the foliage of a good collection of shrubbery will present the greatest variety of color, including all the hundreds of shades of green as well as yellow, whice, gray and purple. Even in winter shrubbery is wonderfully attractive in appear- ance from the gracefulness of its stems and branches, and from the color of its bark. With the right selec- tions, it will serve almost as well as evergreens to shut out from view tences or other low unsightly ob- ie< ts. 2324, The Shrubbery-masses usually should be placed on the boundaries. 2323, Variety and interest arc increased. This great variety in foliage, flower, fruit and habit of growth makes shrubbery adapted to very extended use in the development of landscapes. It is especially appropriate along the boundaries of ornamental grounds (Fig, 2324), upon steep slopes, and in the immediate vicinity of buildings where foliage and graceful lines are needed to connect the walls of a structure with the ground (Fig, 2325), without making too much shade. It might with advantage replace the grass upon all sur- faces too steep to walk upon with comfort. The foliage of shrubs that are well established remains green when dry weather turns grass brown. The broad mass of shrubbery will take oare of itself when the grass needs frequent attention. Even some level surfaces might be improved in places by exchanging a lawn covering for the covering of low woody plants. Often a broad, open space over a lawn is an important feature of a landscape, since it allows extended views. Many times a landscape would be more interesting if the green underneath this open space were produced by a broad mass of shrubbery like a miniature forest instead of grass. In planting borders or groups of shrubs, the ground to be occupied by such a group should be entirely spaded over or plowed. Perhaps no better ad- vice could be given than to pre- pare the soil as it should be pre- pared for a field of corn. The bushes should then be planted so that there is room for about two years' growth before their branches intermingle. If placed closer they would have a crowded appearance from the start and would not join their branches as harmoniously as when the new growth is allowed to choose its own position. If placed farther apart the effect is also bad. Oc- casionally a single shrub at the margin of a belt may stand out almost by itself, but generally the effect of a group should be that of a continuous mass of varying foliage. In arranging different shrubs the taller-grow- ing kinds should generally be placed In the center of the group, and the lower species along the border, the space being graded from the highest to the lowest. The reason for this arrangement is that the lower plants would be killed by the shade of the larger ones if placed back of them, and moreover would not be seen ; but one should avoid too uniform a slope. For instance. 1666 SHRUBBERY SICANA In a continuous border there should he places where shrubs of larger size occupy the full width so as to bring growth of considerable height into the lawn. The arrangement should be varied so as to avoid all monotony, but in securing this variation a mixture of miscellaneous shrubs of all kinds does not give as good an effect as broader areas of single species or genera 2325. Planting may relieve the angularity of foundations, trumpet creeper. slightly interspersed at the margin with shrubs of another kind. Straight rows should be avoided. A laborer or a novice when told this will arrange the plants in a zigzag manner, thinking that he is placing them irregularly, the result often being almost the same as that of two rows. If the group is being planted along a straight line, as the boundary of a lot, the dis- tances of the successive plants from this line might be somewhat as follows: two feet, four feet, five feet, three feet, one foot, and the distances apart, measured parallel with a fixed line, should vary also. The ideal condition of a group of shrubbery is to have all the individual plants healthy, so that the foliage will appear fresh and of good color. This foliage should extend down to the surface of the adjacent lawn or walk, and shade the ground underneath so completely that nothing will grow there. The leaves which fall with the approach of winter should be allowed to remain as a perpetual mulch. The desired result cannot be secured the first year the shrubs are planted unless they are of large size and moved but a short distance. The aim in caring for a new plantation should be to secure thrifty plants, and this care, like the preparation of the soil, should be such as is given to a field of corn. Very little trimming should be done. If a bush is tall and spindling it may be well to cut it off next to the ground and allow it to sprout again. If there is any dead wood it should, of course, be cut oft. But when a shrub is healthy and vigorous, let it grow in its own graceful way. If it encroaches upon the walk, cut away the encroaching branch near tlie root so that the mark of the knife will not be noticed. Such treatment will help to retain the winter beauty of the branches. The value of shrubbery is not appreciated as it should be. Those who are interested in the subject will do well to read what is found in the various books on landscape gardening, Bulletin No. 121 of Cornell Uni- Tersity Agricultural Experiment Station, the various articles on shrubs and shrubbery to be found in the ten volumes of " Garden and Forest " and in other horticultu- ral journals. O. C. Simonds. SIBBALDIA (Robert Sibbald, Scotch naturalist). (Sosdcem. About 5 species of alpine plants, one of which ias been suggested as suitable for rock gardens. The genus is reduced by Bentham and Hooker to a section of Potentilla, but Britton and Brown keep it separate chiefly on the ground that the pistils are only 4^12 in number instead of very numerous as in Potentilla. Sib- baldias are densely tufted, hardy perennial herbs with woody stems. The Ivs. have prominent stipules and 3 leaflets, each of which is characteristically 3-toothed at the apex. The fls. are about % in. across or less, and have 5 minute yel- low petals much smaller than the re- markable calyx, which has 5 broad , lobes, alternating with 5 smaller and narrower lobes or bracts. prociimbens, Linn., ranges from the arctic regions to the summits of the White Mts. and in the Rockies comes as far south as Utah. It is also found in arctic and alpine Europe and Asia. B. B. 2:217. -This plant is recom- mended by some persons, but is not known to be advertised for sale in America. ^. m. SIBTH6BFIA (John Sibthorp, pro- fessor of botany at Oxford, author of Flora Graeca, published 1806-15). Scrophularid-cece. A genus of about 6 species of hardy or tender peren- nial, creeping herbs mostly from the tropical regions, with alternate or tufted roundish, long-petioled Ivs. and yellow, orange, or red fls. solitary on axillary or fascicled pedicels : calyx 4- 5-cleft; corolla subrotate, with a very short tube, 5-8-cleft; stamens usually -A billow of equal to the number of corolla-lobes; anthers sagittate: capsule membran- ous, compressed, loculicidally dehis- cent, the valves splitting to the middle. EuropEea, Linn. A hardy trailing perennial with very . slender stems : Ivs. orbicular, less than J^ in. across, 7-9-lobed: fls. small, on rather short pedicels, the 2 upper lobes of the corolla yellowish, the 3 lower pink. Deep woods, Europe.— Offered in 1893 by John Saul, Washington, D.C. Var. varieg&ta is cult, abroad. F. W. Barclay. SICANA (Peruvian name). Cucurbit&cece. Two or 3 species of tropical American tall-climbing tendril-bear- ing vines, allied to Cucurbita, but differing in having wide-spreading or reflexed calyx-lobes and the anthers 2326. The common laurel of the East, Kalmia latifolia (X M). not united. S. odorlteTa, JNaud., the Curuba of the tropics, has been introduced as the Cassabanana, but long known in the. South. Fig. 2327. It is a very quick- growing and interesting ornamental vine: plant gla- SICANA SILENE 1667 brous, the stems angled: Ivs. large (often 1 ft. across), nearly orbicular in outline, deeply cordate at the base, strongly about 5-lobed and the lobes repand-toothed or angled: fls. solitary, monoecious, the corolla small and yellowish, urn-shaped, with small reflexed lobes; stig- mas 3, each 2-lobed : fr. like a slender vegetable marrow, 1-2 ft. long, smooth, nearly cylindrical, orange-crimson, with a very strong aromatic odor. E.H. 1890:516.— Prob- ably native to Brazil, but occurring also in Mex. and the West Indies. The Curuba seems to be grown in the tropics as an ornamental plant, although it is said to afford edible preserves. The plant climbs 30-50 ft. It is well worth growing on summer arbors, or under glass if one has room for it. The fruits are very interesting, fragrant and ornamental. Perennial. S. atroimrpArea, Andr§. Has shorter subpyriform, brilliant violet-purple fruits, and purple-tinted under surfaces of the Ivs. Perhaps a form of S. odorifera. Uruguay. R.H. 1894:108. — S. sphirica, Hook. f. Fls. large and spreading, more like those of Cucurbita: Ivs. reniform, 3-5-lolied: fr. globose, size of a small orange. Jamaica. B.M. 7109. L. jj. B. SID A (from the old Greek name for JVymphcea alba; given without explanation by Linnaeus). Malvd.ce^-6 in. long, usually blotched with white, 5-9-uerved: fls. white, sweet-scented, in many-fld. umbels : ber- ries }4 in. thick, usually 3-seeded and, accord- ing to J. D. Hooker, bluish, while Franceschi mentions them in his catalogue as shining red. S. Eu. to India. Gn. 28, p. 615. AA. Lvs. green. Native species. greenish white flowers: perianth of 6 equal spreading segments ; stamens 6, inserted at bases of the perianth- segments : berry globular or nearly so, 3-celled. Smilaciaas are of easy culture in any good soil. They prefer a rich loam in a moist but not wet, partly shaded place. They are handsome plants both in foliage and flower. S. racemosa is probably the most attractive. The plants may be forced slowly for bloom in the late winter and early spring. B. Stem herbaceous. herb&cea, Linn. A hardy perennial with a somewhat procumbent or climbing branched annual stem 4-6 ft. high, unarmed : lvs. ovate to lanceolate acute to cuspi- date, obtuse or cordate at the base, long-petioled, 7-9- nerved: umbels 15-80-fld., long-peduncled: fls. carrion- scented when open: berry bluish black, 3^ in. thick. Apr.-June. In woods or fields throughout the greater part of the U. S. B.B. 1:439. SMILAX SOBKALIA 1673, BB. Stem woody. c. Foliage evergreen. laurifdlia, Linn. Stem stout, high-climbing, armed with straight prickles: branches angled, mostly un- armed : Ivs. leathery elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, 3- nerved : umbels 6-30-fld., on short, stout peduncles: berries black, ovoid, N. J., south and west to Ark. 2331. Smilacina racemosa (X ^). CO. Foliage deciduotis. Wilteri, Pursh. Stem climbing, angled, prickly be" low: branches unarmed: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate obtuse or abruptly acute, 5-7-nerved: umbels 6-15-fld., on short peduncles: berries coral-red or rarely white. Wet soil, N. J. to Fla. west to Mississippi river. B.B. 1:*42. p. w. Barclay. SMOKE TKE'E. JShiis Cotinus. SMUT. A prevalent disease of many cultivated cereal grasses and other plants caused by the attack of a fungus of the class ustilaginese, sometimes producing swellings on various parts of the host, the »wellings being eventually filled with brownish or blackish spores known as chlamydospores, which emerge, as a fine dust- like powder, when the outer membrane of the hyper- trophic tissues bursts or cracks. The smut on Indian corn may be taken as typical. The disease usually ap- pears first on the leaves, afterwards at the janction of leaf -sheath and blade ; finally the ear of corn is attacked, and the tassel. On the leaves blisters are found; on the ear, large, whitish polished swellings appear. As the spores mature, the swellings become darker in color, and the inclosing membrane finally ruptures, ex- posing the dark olive-green mass of spoi'es. Unlike most other cereals, maize can be inoculated at any age. Several smuts have been described; viz., loose smut of oats (Ustilago avencB), maize and teosinte smut (Ustilagosecu), stinking smut of wheat (Tilletia tritici), rye smut (Urocystis occulta), onion smut ( Urocysfis cepulce), and oolchicum smut {Urocystis colchici). For an account of the grain smuts, see Swingle, Farmers' Bull. 7.=), U. S. Dept. Agric. Jqhn W. Harshberger. SNAILS. See Caterpillars and Worms. SNAKE CUCUMBEB. A form of Oucumis Melo. SNAKE GOUBD. See Trichosanthes. SNAKEHEAD. Ohelone. SNAKEBOOT. Black S. Cimicifuga racemosa and Sanicula Marilandica. Button S. Liafris. Ganadi^ S. is Asariim. Seneca S. Polygala Senega. White S. Eupatorium agerateroides. SNAKE'S BEABD. OpMopogon. Snake's Head Iris. Hermodactylus. Snake's Head Lily. Fritillaria- SNAKE'S MOUTH. Pogonia. SNAKE'S TONGUE. Ophioglossum. SNAFDBAGON is Antirrhinum. SNEEZE WEED, ffelenitim. SNEEZEWOOD. See Ptmroxylon. SNEEZEWOBT is Achillea. SNOWBALL TEEE. Fiburnum Opulus. SNOWBEEEY. Consult Ohiococca and also Symphoricarpus . SNOWDEOP. See Galanthus. SNOWDEOP TEEE. Salesia. SNOWFLAKE. Leticojum. SNOW FLOWEB. Chionanthiis. SNOW GLOBY. CUonodoxa. SNOW-ON-THE-MOUNTAIN. nata. EupTioriia margi- SNOW FEAB. Pyrus nivalis. SNOW TEEE. Pyrus nivalis. SNOW WEEATH. Neviusia Alabamensis. SOAP BABK TEEE. Quillaja Saponaria. SOAP BEEEY. Sapindus. SOAP BULB. Chlorogalum. SOAP-PLANT. See Chlorogalum. SOAPWOET. Saponaria officinalis. SOBOLfiWSKIA (after G. Sobolewski, Russian bota- nist). Cruclferce. About 2 species of Asiatic annual or biennial, erect, branching herbs, with long-petioled, roundish, coarsely serrate leaves and white flowers borne in numerous corymb-like racemes: silique cla- vate, compressed or nearly terete, curved, coriaceous, inflated at the apex, 1-celled, 1-seeded. clav&ta, Fenzl. Basal Ivs. reniform-cordate, the up- per nearly sessile: silique 2ii lines long by IM lines wide. May. — Offered by' John Saul in 1893. F. W. Barclay. SOBEALIA (after Fr. Mart. Sobral, a Spanish bota- nist). Orchid&cecB. This is a genus of extremely hand- some orchids with a very distinct habit. The plants have slender, reed-like stems clothed with leaves throughout their entire length. The stems are tufted, forming bushy plants varying in height according to the species. The flowers are,among the largest of the orchids, those of S. macrantha attaining a diameter of 9 in. across the sepals. They are, however, very fuga- cious, fading a few days after opening. Lvs. with sheathing bases, plicate-venose; fls. membranaceous, few, in short, terminal racemes, or solitary; sepals and- petals spreading : labellum convolute around the column, terminal portion large, undulate, often fimbriate, smooth- 1674 SOBRALIA SOBRALIA or with longitudinal ridges; column slender; polllnia 8. About 30 species, inhabiting the mountains of Mexico and tropical America. The following account comprises the species that appear to be in the American trade, but others are to be found in the collection of fanciers, as i". Idtiastrum, Lindl., with large white yellow-veined fls.; S. Wilsoni, Rolfe, with large white fls. shaded with rose and spotted with purple; also various forms of S. macrantha, as vars. nana, pur- purea and albida. Heinrich Hasselering. Sobralias are charming orchids, and where room can be given to large plants they well repay the space and care they require. Many of them, to be sure, are very fugacious in their blooming, some lasting only a day, hut nearly all of them make up for this by a succession of flowers which is more or less rapid. The individual blossoms are of a size to equal almost any orchid flower, and quite as graceful in their general appearance— far J„ 2332. Sobralia macrantha (X %), more graceful than most Cattleyas even. Where space for large and bushy plants can be afforded, some of the Sobralias will prove most charming plants, having the double advantage of presenting in a well-grown plant not only beautiful blossoms but a subject which is thor- oughly good-looking as a foliage plant. They also have the added advantage of being, in most instances, of rather easy culture. Given a suitable soil and a liberal supply of water they are almost sure to grow and bloom, although they will do better if they are given their time for rest, when less water is allowed without per- mitting the material about the roots ever to become quite dry. The flowers of many Sobralias are very fugacious, some lasting only one day, but nearly all of the varie- ties make up for this fault by a succession of flowers more or less rapid through a blooming period of, in some instances, many weeks. In size the individual blossoms vary from that of an ordinary GatlUya labiata to one scarcelv an inch and a half across, and the plants themselves present as great variety, ranging from such as S. fragrans, which grows less than a foot high, to that giant of the tribe S. Cattleya, which will reach a height of nearly ten feet. They also give as much va- riety in their coloring, ranging from a shade of laven- der which is almost a blue through different shades of purple to the rich claret color of S. Lowii, and from yellow to the purest white. p_ j_ l^ Moyne. A. FU. white {see also Nos. i and 6)..l. leucoxantha AA. Fls. yellow. B. ffeight S ft 2. xantholeuca BB. Jleight 1 ft 3. iragrans AAA. Fls. chiefly purple or rose 4. macrantha 5. Brandtise 6. Fenzliana 7. HolJordii 8. Cattleya 9. Lowii 1. leucox&ntha, Eeichh. f. Stems tufted, 3 ft. high, spotted: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, lanceolate, acuminate: fls, 6-7 in. across; sepals linear-lanceolate, spreading and recurved, white ; petals shorter, oblong, undulate above, also pure white ; labellum with a ventricose tube ; limb large, circular, notched in front and the margin irregu- larly lobulate and wavy, throat golden yellow, with a few hrownish stripes. Aug. Costa Bica. B.M. 7058. B.B. 23:205. J.H. 111.33:77. 2. zantholetlca, Eeichb. f. Stems about 2 ft. high, tufted: Ivs. spreading and drooping, lanceolate, 6-7 in, long, with speckled sheaths: ils. solitary, lemon-yellow, with a deeper shade on the lip: sepals linear- lanceolate, spreading and recurved ; petals similar but shorter; blade of the labellum orbicular, crisp and undulate, margin crenate. Guatemala. B.M. 7332. E.H. 1890:12. G.C. III. 5:9. Gn. 22:366.— A species with flowers about as large as S. macrantha, but plants of more compact habit. 3. fragrans, Lindl. A small species with stems about 1 ft. high: Ivs. 1 or 2, oblong-lanceolate, 4-5 in. long: fls. 2-3 on a long peduncle, about 2 in. long, pale sulfur- yellow ; sepals oblong, spreading ; petals similar but erect; middle lobe of the labellum fimbriate on the mar- gin and having many fimbriated crests. Columbia. B.M. 4882. — One of the smallest of the genus. 4. macrdntha, Lindl. Fig. 2332. Stems tufted, reed- like, 4-7 ft. high, leafy all the way up: Ivs. broadly lan- ceolate to oblong-lanceolate, long-pointed, 8-10 in. long; fls. several at the ends of the stems, rose-purple, with the front of the labellum deep purple; sepals linear- oblong, 4H in. long, reflexed and twisted ; petals broader, oblong, wavy above; labellum 5 in. long, with the expanded portion almost circular, 3 in. across and 2-lobed at the apex, very wavy ; tube long, whitish with- in, with a yellow stain in the throat and several thin yellow ridges. May -July. Mexico and Guatemala. B.M. 4446. F.S. 7:669. P.M. 34:241 (var.). G.M. 31:559. Var. Kienasti&na (var. alba) has white fls. 5. BrdndtisB, Krzl. Stems 3 ft. high : Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, 8 in. long: fls. purple-rose, paler outside, with the labellum darker and having a yellow disk; sepals linear; petals twice as wide; middle lobe of the labellum very broad, divided into 2 diverging, rather acute lobes; anther-bed with a long recurved horn on each side. Resembles a medium-sized S. macrantha, distinguished by the long horns of the column, and black spots (not hairs) on the leaf-sheaths. S. Amer. 6. renzliilna, Reichb. f. Stems slender: sheaths blackish, asperulate: Ivs. oblong, acutish: fls. rose- colored; sepals oblong, acute ; petals obovate-cuneate, three-fourths as long as the sepals; labellum spreading, front portion ovate, notched, crenulate; horns of the column equaling the anther. Nicaragua.— Var. ^Iba, Hort., has pure white flowers. 7. H61Jordii, Sander. Plants of dwarf habit: fls. rose- carmine, deeper in the lip, shading to whitish in the throat. Habitat not stated by Sander. 8. Cattleya, Reichb. f. Stem stout: Ivs. oblong, acu- minate, plaited, bearing several lateral clusters of strong, thick fls. of a firm fleshy texture, with purplish brown sepals and petals and a purplish lip, with a white column and three yellow lines over the center of the lip. Colombia. SOBBALIA SOIL 1675 9. L6wii, Bolfe. An imperfectly known species in- troduced about 1892 from Colombia. It grows about IH ft. high and has fls. of a bright uniform purple. The following trade names are not accounted for : 5. Tnag- nifica.—S. Pfauii. — A', virgindlis, Heinrich Hasselbring. SOIL. The soil is a superficial covering of the earth's crust, more or less well adapted to the growth of plants. It is usually only a few inches thick. Below this is a subsoil often differing, especially in humid climates, from the soil proper in color, texture, or chemical com- position. A very striking definition has been suggested by Sir John B.' Lawes, who considered the soil to be rotten sub.soil, and the subsoil rotting rock. The term soil is occasionally used in a more comprehensive way to include both the soil and the subsoil. The soil adapted to the growth of the higher plants consists of fragments of rooks or minerals, organic matter, soil solution, and a soil atmosphere. The mineral fragments vary in size from the finest clay particles to gravel and even boulders. The organic matter is derived from low organisms, from previous vegetation, or from growing plants; as also from stable manure, and occasionally fish or animal matter added to the soil by man. The soil solution consists of water carrying dissolved substances derived from the soil grains and from the organic matter, as well as from fertilizing materials artificially applied, and constitutes a nutrient solution from which the plant derives its mineral constituents. The soil atmosphere differs from the ordinary atmosphere above the soil in being richer in carbon dioxid and nitrogen, and containing more water vapor and less oxygen. In origin there are two main classes of soils : seden- tary soils, formed by the disintegration and decomposi- tion of rocks in place; and transported soils, including those of alluvial, glacial and seolian origin. The word alluvial is here used to include all water-transported material; the term is, however, frequently used in a more specific sense to indicate the recent flood deposit of rivers. Soils are classified according to their origin and their mechanical and' chemical composition and properties. Genetically, they are classified according to the rock from which they are derived, as granite soil, lime- stone; or according to the manner of their origin, as alluvial, lacustrian or drift. Mechanically, they are classified broadly into stony, gravelly, sandy, sandy loam, loam, clay loam, clay, adobe, black-waxy, or, according to some other physical property; cfiemically, into calcareous, humus, alkali, and according to other striking chemical features. In the soil survey of the U. S. Department of Agriculture a local name is adopted for each type under which the specific characters are given; examples of this are Hartford sandy loam, Nor- folk sand, San Joaquin adobe, Glendale loess. The physical properties of soils concern the size and arrangement of the particles, and the relation of these to each other and to the organic matter; also the soil atmosphere, the soil moisture, and the physical forces of heat and gravitation. In these there is an intimate relation with physiography or the form and exposure of the surface of the land, as well as to climatology. There are undoubtedly constant physical changes going on in the soil, as well as chemical changes, which have nmch to do with the best development of vegeta- tion. The soil moisture may be looked upon as a nutrient solution dissolving its material from the diffi- cultly soluble compounds in the soil and from fertilizers artificially applied. The amount of substances in solu- tion varies with the moisture content and with the way moisture is supplied to the soil. The dissolved sub- stances, naturally present in the soil or derived from fertilizers, influence the solubility of the soil com'po- . nents, rendering them more or less soluble according to their nature and existing conditions. It is probable that there is a normal weathering of the soil material which produces a certain concentration in the soil solu- tion which will be maintained on the gradual withdrawal of nutrient material by the plant. However, this natural weathering is often not sufficient in amount to produce the yield and quality of crops desired, and this m»y be increased by methods of cultivation and fertili- zation so that crops may annually remove larger quan- tities of nutrient substances without any particular exhaustion to the soil. It is certain that these nutrient materials do not ac- cumulate to any considerable extent in soils in humid countries, as they are liable to be leached away and also to recombine, forming difllcultly soluble compounds with the material of the soil grains. A soil is in good heart or good condition when the physical conditions, such as the water supply, soil atmosphere and tempera-_ ture relations, are favorable, and when the weathering of the material is sufficient to furnish an abundant and constant nutrient solution in the soil moisture. One of the most potent agents in the weathering of soils is the organic material contained. This is unques- tionably due largely to the amount of carbon dioxid formed, which renders many of the nutrient matters much more soluble. Moreover, the organic matter forms a culture medium for bacteria, ferments and the vari- ous organized and unorganized agents which assist in breaking down the organic material, and facilitate as well the weathering of the other soil components. Soils in general have remarkable power of absorbing on the surface of the soil grains vast quantities of carbon dioxid, ammonia and other gases, and of other nutrient materials, which while soluble and actually dissolved, do not readily diffuse out into the solution between the soil grains. The influence of fertilizers is therefore twofold: the direct addition of plant-food for the immediate use of plants, and the action of the fertilizing components upon the solubility of the otherwise difficultly soluble compounds in the soil. There are other offices which are very strikingly shown in the case of lime. This substance when in the form of either caustiotor slaked lime corrects the acidity which is very often present in soils. It changes the structure of soils. It renders some of the soil components much more soluble, espe- cially when the lime is in the form of the sulfate or gypsum, an(t it has undoubtedly a physiological role which enables the plant to assimilate larger quantities of other nutrient matters even in amounts which would be detrimental if the lime salt were not present in ex- cess. The principal objects of the cultivation of the soil are to secure proper aeration, to conserve the moisture sup- ply, and to improve the drainage. The irrigation' and artificial drainage nf soils are treated elsewhere. 4> 2333. How the gardener makes his soil, by letting it decay in piles. The larger pile is composed of sods. The physical properties of texture and structure, that is, the size and arrangement of the soil grains, have a greater practical importance with field crops and the relation of crops to soil under extensive cultivation than upon horticultural crops either in the field or green- house, where intensive methods are used. Particularly in the eastern states, where the natural rainfall is re- lied upon for the water supply, these physical proper- ties have great influence in determining the relation of crops to soils. This is due in large part to the influence 1676 SOIL of the physical properties upon the water supply, and the commercial values of many soils are dependent largely upon this one condition. This is notably the case with the early truck crops, with corn, wheat and grass lands, and with special products such as celery, cranberries and other horticultural crops. With inten- sive cultivation, however, the flavor, appearance, tex- ture and general quality of the crop assume greater commercial importance, and even with intensive meth- ods these are largely influenced by the character of the soil. This is shown in a striking manner in the locali- zation of certain interests, even under the most inten- sive system of agriculture, such as the production of the fine .lettuce around Boston, of the carnations, vio- lets, tomatoes and roses in other districts. With the present specialization in these lines, it is not only neces- sary that one should have a knowledge of the methods of cultivation, but should have the proper soil condi- tions as well as suitable climatic conditions; and to such an extent has this specialization been carried that different varieties of roses, for example, are best grown in different localities where the soils are slightly differ- ent. These matters must be realized by the horticultur- ist in order to attain the highest degree of success in any particular undertaking. Milton Whitney. Soils fok Potting. — Strictly speaking, there are but two distinct kinds of soils, though there are several modifications or physical differences in both. These are mineral soils and organic soils or peat. Peat is formed in temperate climates by the accumulation of vegetable matter ia swamps, or in some parts of the world under peculiar atmospheric conditions (see Peat}. Mineral soils, which cover the greater portion of the earth's surface, are formed by the disintegration of rooks and stones through the agency of water, frost or the atmos- phere. Peaty soils are composed almost entirely of vegetable matter, with but little mineral matter. Min- eral soils are just the reverse. The physical differences in peat are practically reduced to two; viz., the ab- sence or presence of fiber. The physical differences in mineral soils vary considerably from almost pure clay to almost pure sand; indeed, the mechanical (or physi- cal) analysis of mineral soils is based largely upon the proportions of clay and sand. The following table, taken from Tanner's "First Principles of Agriculture," is self-explanatory: Name of soil Percentage of sand Sand 80 to 100 Sandy loam 60 to 80 Loam 40 to 60 Clay loam 20 to 40 Clay to 20 It will be seen that when the proportions of sand and clay are equal or nearly so, the soil is then termed loam. Should clay or sand predominate it is then spoken of as a clay loam, or sandy loam. If other substances, such as lime or gravel, be present, the soil is then termed a calcareous or a gravelly soil. The composition of soils can be still further known by chemical analysis, but to the average gardener this is not necessary. Moreover, it is an operation of great nicety and one that requires an experienced chemist to perform. The chemical constituents which plants derive from the soil are present in most soils, though in vary- ing degree, but they are sure to be present in ample quantity in the potting soil selected by an experienced gardener. The air and water may furnish as much as 98 per cent of the material with which the plant body is built up in some cases, and only the remaining 2 per cent be strictly derived from the soil. The three most important nutrient elements are nitrogen, phos- phoric acid and potash. Of the three, nitrogen is the most important, but all are present in varying degrees in most natural manures. Moreover, nitrogen composes four-fifths of the atmosphere and the soil absorbs it chemically through the action of bacteria when the soil is in good physical condition. Hence the importance of remembering always that air in the soil is as Important as water. Sorauer, in his " Physiology of Plants," page 56, says: "The ideal condition of a soil is one in which it resembles a sponge, and in which it will retain the greatest amount of nutritive substances and water with- SOIL out losing its capacity for absorbing air." Therefore it will readily be seen that the physical condition of soil is far more important to the gardener than the chemical. Mineral soils vary according to locality, but when the topography of any particular locality is of a hilly or mountainous character, the different variations or phys- ical differences may often be 'found within the radius of a mile. The capacity of soils to retain moisture va- ries considerably. A clay loam is far more retentive of moisture than a sandy loam. The experienced gardener therefore selects a clay loam for his strong-rooting, large-leaved tropical plants, because transpiration is so much greater in these plants, i'or a general collection of greenhouse and small-growing tropical plants he selects a good loam. For cacti, agaves and other succu- lent plants which will not take as much water at all seasons as other plants, he selects a sandy loam. For ferns, most of the Ericaceae and Gesneracese he selects peat; while for nepenthes, orchids, bromeliads and the epiphytic aroids he selects fern or kalmia root. Other materials which a gardener should always have on hand when he has a large and varied collection of plants are : leaf -mold, which is made by collecting leaves and stor- ing for at least two years, turning them over occasion- ally to facilitate decay; living or fresh sphagnum moss ; sand; charcoal, and some convenient manures, such as pulverized sheep manure and bone meal. Growing plants in pots is very different from grow- ing them in borders or the open ground. In pots, espe- cially the larger sizes, the capacity of the soil for ab- sorbing air is in a great measure restricted; therefore, the experienced gardener digs the turf only from good pasture or meadow land, so that it shall be full of the fibrous roots of the grass. Soils containing fiber will absorb air much more freely than that without fiber. But before using the turf for potting it should be placed in square piles, turf downwards, for at least six months in order to kill the grass and all vegetable life. Fern root should also be collected and stored the same length of time in order to kill out the ferns. Pig. 2333. Raw and very coarse soils are usually sifted before used for most greenhouse plants. Shallow sieves are used for this purpose. Fig. 2.^34. 2334, Sieves for sifting or riddling soils. Except for sowing seeds and for potting seedlings and freshly rooted cuttings, thoroughly decayed and homogeneous soils should not be sifted, but should be broken into small lumps, as the small lumps assist ma- terially in aerating the soil. If the soil is sifted too much it becomes very fine, packs close and allows too little aeration. Leaf-mold is decayed vegetable matter, or humus. It may have little manurial value, but is used by gardeners to make soils "light" or spongy. For most young plants a good proportion added to the soil is ex- cellent, as it encourages root growth. Sand is the best medium for rooting cuttings of the majority of plants. It is also added to soils to increase their porosity, especially when potting very young plants. Silver sand is best for all purposes because it contains less oxides than red or yellow sands. SOIL SOLANUM 1677 In potting plants, experienced gardeners make pot- ting mixtures or add a variety of materials to ttie soil to suit the requirements of dilferent plants. For young seedlings or for freshly rooted cuttings, the compost should be of a light and porous nature, but as plants increase in size and vigor a heavier and richer mixture 2335. Solandra erandiflora (X 1-5). is usually given, that is, if plants are to be grown on as specimens; but the proportion of nutrient substances used in a potting mixture should be determined by the vigor of the plants. It is always better to use too little plant-food than too much ; if too much is used it often becomes available faster than the roots of plants can absorh it, and hence causes organic acids to form in the soils which are fatal to the roots of most plants. Many amateur plant - growers in their over-anxiety to grow fine plants make this fatal mistake. In most gardens the greenhouse space is limited, and a gardener cannot always develop his plants to their fullest capacity or he has to reduce his variety and numbers. For instance, we used to grow fancy pelargo- niums three and four feet in diameter, but we found we either had to grow smaller specimens or reduce the va- riety of our collections. This, then, determines in the mind of an experienced gardener the composition of his potting mixtures. His aim should be to grow the finest possible specimens in the smallest possible pots and space, and all the cultural details given by the writer in this Cyclopedia have been with this idea in mind. Edwabd J. Canning. SOJA. Consult Soy Bean and Glycine. SOLANDBA (after Daniel C. Solander, a Swedish naturalist and traveler, 1736-1786). Solandcem. A ge- nus of about i species of woody vines native to tropical America, with simple, entire, shining leaves and large, white, solitary, datura-like flowers : calyx long-tuhular, 2-5-cleft ; corolla funnel-shaped; tube cylindrical; throat obliquely and widely bell-shaped; lobes broad, imbricated ; stamens 5, inserted on the corolla-tube: berry globose, pulpy. A. Plant becoming IZ-W ft. high. graudiSIdra, Sw. Fig. 233.'). Lvs. obovate - oblong, acute, glabrous, thick: fls. fragrant; corolla twice as long as the calyx, not contracted at the throat, white or somewhat yellowish. B.M. 1874. G.C. III. 21:272. Gn. 53:1161. J.H. III. 34:123. AA. Plant about 2 ft. high, with trailing branches. longiJldra, Tussac (S. Itevis, Hook.). Lvs. oblong- ovate or obovate, acute; petioles purplish : fls. fragrant; corolla usually 1 ft. long, three times as long as the calyx, contracted at the throat, white or somewhat yel- lowish. B.M. 4345. -Cult, in S. Calif. S, guttata, D. Don, has bright yellow fls. with streaks of pur- ple in the throat and is longer and more slender than S. gran- ditlora and the lobes are more oonspiouously fringed. Mex. B.R. 18:1551. p. w. Barclay. Solandras are attractive plants and their needs are simple. A warm greenhouse— one in which the tem- perature is never allowed to fall below 50° — will suit them very well in the eastern states. The plants would probably do well outdoors in Florida and the far South. They like plenty of light and sunshine at all seasons of the year, and water should be given freely from early autumn till the latter part of spring, as they make their growth and bloom during that period. In summer, when the wood is ripening, a dry state is preferable for them. The soil that gives the most satisfactory results is a good, somewhat sandy loam. It is unwise to dis- turb the roots of established plants more frequently than is necessary. The chief point in growing Solan- dras is to obtain short, sturdy branches, for those of rank growth seldom or never develop flowers ; for this reason the iise of rich soils and strong fertilizers should be avoided always. Propagated by cuttings of firm young shoots taken with a heel and placed in slight bot- tom heat. Solandra grandiflora is perhaps the best of the ge- nus. The flowers do not last more than four or five days. They are of a pretty greenish white color when they first open and turn slowly to a rich brownish yel- low Michael Barker. SOLANUM (Latin, solamen, solace or quieting). Nightshade. Solanum, giving name to the family Solandcece, is a vast genus of temperate and tropical herbsT^SHfubs and even trees, but is comparatively poorly represented in temperate North America. Dunal, the latest monographer (DC. Prodr. 13, pt. 1), in 1852, rec- ognized 901 species, and many species have been de- scribed since that time. The genus finds its greatest extension in tropical America. Of the vast number of species, barely 25 are of much account horticulturally, and half that number will comprise all the species that are popularly well known. One of these is the Potato, Solanum tuberosum, one of the leading food plants of the human race. The genus seems to abound in plants with toxic properties, although its bad reputation in this respect is probably exaggerated. As a genus, Solanum is not easily separated from other genera, but some of its most designative char- acters are as follows: Lvs. alternate: inflorescence mostly sympodial and therefore superaxillary or oppo- 2336. Tuber of Potato— Solanum tuberosum (X 3^). site the lvs.: corolla gamopetalous and rotate or shal- low-campauulate, plaited in the bud, the limb angled or shallow-lobed; stamens usually 5, inserted on the throat of the corolla, the anthers narrower or elongated and connivent and mostly opening by an apical pore or slit : ovary usually 2-loculed , ripening into a berry which is sometimes inclosed in the persistent calyx. The fls. 1678 SOLANUM temperate climates, but in warm countries many of thZ«T «^rubby and some are small trees. Ma/y of ^T„ I- "^y^}^'^^- .1' IS impracticable to distribute the tew cultivated species into the various botanical groups ot a great genus, and the following species are there- fore assembled on a purely horticultural plan 2337. Pepino or Melon Shrub— Solanum muricatum (X K)- avieulare, 13. azureu/m, 21. horeale, 1. Capsicastrum, 9. coccineum, 7. , depressum, 6. esculentum, 6. Fendleri, 1. grandiflorum, 20. Guatemalense, 5. Hendersoni, 10. Indicum, 14. insanum, 6. integrifoiium, 7. ' Jamesii, 3. jasminoides, 20. INDEX. laciniatuTn, 13. Maglia, 2. Tnagnificum, 22. marginatum, 17. Melongena, 6. muricatum, 5. muticurn, 11. nanum, 8. nigrum, 4. ovifferum, 6. Pseudo - Capsicum, a. pyracanthum, 16. Rantonnetii. 11. Jiantonnei, 11. robustum, 18. Seaforthianum, 21. serpentinum, 6. Texanum, 7. Torreyi, 15. tuberosum, 1. umbellatum, 12. umbelliferum, 12. variegatum, 1, 9, 20. venustum, 21. Warscewiczii, 19. warscewiczioides, 19. WeatherilU, 8. Wendlandii, 22. A. Species bearing underground tubers: Ivs. pinnate, (See Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. 21, for account of the tuberiferous Solauums. ) 1. tuberdsum, Linn. Potato. Pigs. 1929, 1930; 2336. Low, weak-.itemmed, much-branched perennial with tender, herbaceous tops, and perpetuating itself asex- SOLANUM ually by means of thickened or tuberous underground stems, glabrous or pubescent-hirsute: Ivs. unequally pinnate, the 5-9 oblong-ovate Ifts. interposed with much smaller ones: fls. lilac or white, in long-stemmed dichotomous clusters, the corolla prominently lobed: fr. a small globular yellow berry, usually not produced in the highly developed modern varieties. Temperate Andes of Chile and adjacent regions. — See i'ototo. There is a form with yellow-blotched Ivs. (known as var. va- riegatum) sometimes cult, for ornament. Var. bore^le, Gray (S. Findleri, Gray). Plant usu- ally smaller, as also the tubers, which are about K in. in diam. and send off long, creeping subterranean stolons: interposed Ifts. one or two or even none: corolla angled. Mts., S. Colo, to Mex. -Apparently only a northward extension of the species. 2. MAglia, Schlecht. Darwin Potato. More slender and erect than S. tuberosum and nearly or quite gla- brous: Ifts. usually smaller, the interposed ones few and very small: fls. smaller than those of S. tuberosum, white, slender -pediceled, in loose, long-forked cymes: tubers small (2 in. or less long), globose or oblong, soft and watery. Coast region of Chile. B.M. 6756. -Some- times cult, as a curiosity. It has been thought by some to be the original of the Potato, but this is now given up. Darwin describes the plant in his "Naturalist's Voyage." As grown by the writer, the plant has given little promise in the production of tubers, for the tubers are small and soft. 3. J&mesii, Torr. Low and slender, 12-18 in. tall un- der cultivation, the small angular branches glabrous or soon becoming so: Ivs. oblong in general outline, the raohis narrow-winged, the Ifts. 5-9, with no in- terposed small ones, small and lanceolate-ob- long in shape : fls. small, white, the corolla deeply cleft and the anthers large and promi- nent: tubers few, globular, hard, 1 in. or less in diameter, withstanding frost. Mts. of Colo., N. Mex. and Ariz. B. M. 6766. - Sometimes cult, as a curiosity. The tubers do not appear to be eaten. aa. Species grown {or collected) for the edible fruits: Ivs. simple. 4. nigrum, Linn. Black Niohtshade. Mo- RELLE of the French. Annual, 1-2 ft., branch- ing, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. simple and en- tire, ovate to cuneate- ovate, pointed, long- stalked: fls. white, small, in few-fld. clusters, the pedicels drooping: fr. globular, black, size of a pea.— A widespread weedy plant. In the Dakotas, according to Hansen, the plant is often called "Stubbleberry," as it volunteers freely in wheat stubble, and the fruit is much used there for pies and preserves. Hansen finds that the plants withstand considerable frost. In warm countries, according to Vilmorin, the leaves are sometimes eaten as spinach is, "and apparently without any injurious result, al- though the plant belongs to the dangerous fam- ily of the Solanacea?." The writer has grown the plant from French seeds, but he does not know that it is in the American trade. The species is exceedingly vari- able. Gray thinks that the species should include "many and perhaps most of 50 and more species of Dunal in the Prodromus, weeds or weedy plants, widely diffused over the world, especially in the warmer por- tions." 5. murioSitum, Ait. {S. GuatemaUnse, Hort.) . Pepjno. Melon Pear. Melon Shrub. Pig. 2337. Erect bushy herb or subshrub, not spiny, glabrotis or nearly so: Ivs. long and narrow, mostly oblong-lanceolate, tapering to the petiole and also to the nearly or quite obtuse point, the margin wholly entire or somewhat undulate: fls. rather small, bright blue, deeply 5-lobed, inclined or nodding in a long-stalked forking cluster: fr. long- ovoid or egg-shaped, long-stalked, yellow overlaid with streaks and splashes of violet-purple, in cult, specimens 4-6 in. long and seedless. Trop. Amer., at temperate elevations. G.F. 5:173. G.C. III. 3:309.-This plant at- tracted some attention in this country about ten years ago. It appears to have been introduced into the United SOLAN UM SOLANUM 1679 States from Guatemala in 1882 by Gustav Eisen. A full review of the history and botany was made in Cornell Exp. Bull. ;!( (1891). The fruit is aromatic, tender and juicy, and in taste suggests an acid eggplant. In a drawer or box, the fruit may be kept till midwinter. In the North the seasons are too short to allow the fruit to mature in the open, unless the plants are started very early. The Pepino is properly a cool-season plant, and when grown in pots in a cool or intermediate house will set its fruits freely. It is readily propagated by means of cuttings of the growing shoots. The plant will with- stand a little frost. 6. Melong^na, Linn. {S. insdnum, Linn.). Erect and much-branche 1 herb or subshrub, 2-3 ft. tall, woolly or scurfy, spiny: Ivs. large and heavy, ovate or oblong- ovate, becoming nearly glabrous above but reniainiug densely tomentose beneath, shallowly sinuate-lobed: fls. lai'ge, mostly in clusters, the calyx woolly and often spiny, the .spreading, deeply lobed, purplish corolla 1 in. or more across; fr, a large berry. India. Var. escul^ntum, Nees {S. esculriitiiin and S' jiijt / nm Dun.). Common Eggplant. (iuiNCi Siji: ash Aibee GINE. Figs. 750-753, 830, Vol. IT C ultn ited t< r its large fruits, which are usually oblong tbo^oid oi egi< shape in form, and purple, white "\ ell )^ms1i oi stuped differs from the wild plant in hixius; tcwcr spmes mostly solitary fls., and much larger and more variable fruits. There are two well-marked sub- varieties: var. serpentinum, Bailey (S. serpent)mim, Tiesf.). Snake Eggplant. Fr. greatly elongated and curled at the end. Var.depresBum.Bailey.DwARP Purple Eggplant. Fig. 754. Plant low and diffuse, many of the branches finally resting on the ground, usually dark-col- ored, nearly glabrous and al- ways spiny: Ivs. small and rela- tively thin, less lobed : fls. small and longer-stalked ; fr. purple, pyriform. See Egg- plant, AAA. Species grown wholly for ornament or curiosity. B. For the fruit alone. 7. integrriJdlium, Poir. (S. Texdnum, Dunal. 5. coccin- Ciim, Hort. ). Chinese Scarlet Eggplant. Ornamental Egg- plant. Ethiopian Eggplant. Fig. 2338. Coarse, bushy herb, 3 ft. tall, scurfy -tomentose, armed with strong hooked spines : Ivs. much like those of the eggplant but the lobes sharper, spiny on the midrib and petiole: fls. small, white, in clusters of 2-6: fr. 1-2 in. across, mostly flattened on the ends but sometimes nearly globular in outline, prominently lobed, bright scarlet or yellow. Probably African. —An old-time gar- den plant, but little grown. Annual. BB. For foliage or flowers (Nos. S to 11 also for fruit). c. Habit erect, the plant either herhaceoiis or woody. D. Plant without spi)ies, mostly with rathernarrow Ivs. E. Lvs. entire or very nearly so. 8. Pseildo-CApsicuni, Linn. JekusalemCherry. Figs. 2339, 2340. Small shrub, reaching 3-4' ft., but usually grown as smaller specimens in pots, glabrous, erect; lvs. lance-oblong to oblanceolate, mostly obtuse, entire or somewhat wavy, shining green, strongly penniveined: fls. few or solitary in lateral clusters, small, white, the corolla 5-parted: fr. globular, %-% in. in diam., scarlet or yellow. Tropics, probably native to Old World.— An old-fashioned, plant, often seen in window -gardens, grown for its showy berry-like fruits, which persist a long time. Var. ninum, Hort., is a dwarf, compact form. Var We&therilli, Hort., Wcatherill's Hybrid, is 100 a form with strongly veined undulate lvs. and pointed orange-colored fruits. 9. Capsic&strum, Link. Pig. 2.'!41. Resembles the last, but the plant attains only about half the size; lvs. much shorter, ovate-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, scarcely undulate, aubopposite and one smaller than the other: fls. white, in short racemes: fr. }4 in. or less in diara., orange-red or scarlet. Brazil. F.S. 12:1242. — Frequent greenhouse and window plant. Var. vaiieg^ktum, Hort., has variegated lvs. 10. H6ndersoni, Hort. Very like S. Pseudo-Capsicum, but the white fls. very numerous, and the fr. ovoid or olive-form, orange-red. A horticultural form, perhaps a hybrid. Also known as S. hybridum ffendersoni . 11. Itantonn^til, Carr. (Vari- ously spelled 6'. li'antun net , Miin- toni'tii, l^untoiiiii, etc.) Erect, bushy plant, growing H-5 ft. tali, glabrous; lvs. lance-ovate, en- tire, alternate : lis. large, violet- blue, 2-5 to,.^ctliLi in the axil.s: tr 1 in or less in diini red "^ ery orii- xmentil drooping. Piri„uay and Argen- tina R H 1859, p. 2338. Solanum inteerifolium (XX). A species grown for its ornamental fruit. 2 135.— 2i;. m&ttcMm, N. E. Br., isprobably the same. Gt. 43:1401. An excellent plant for blooming in the open in summer. Easily prop, by means of cuttings. 12. umhelUferum, Eschsch. Perennial, shrubby at the base, hoary -pubescent or sometimes almost glabrous: lvs. obovate-oblong, varying from obtuse to acute: fls. violet-blue (or sometimes white), in umbel-like clusters, % in. across, showy and fragrant. Calif. Variable. — iS. umbellattim, recently offered. Is very likely this species. EE. Li's. prominently lobed. 13. aviculire, Porst. (S. lacinidtum, Ait.). Strong, erect herb or subshrub, 4-6 ft., glabrous: lvs. large, pinnatifid into long nearly linear or lanceolate acute lobes : fls. blue, 1 in. or less across, the corolla promi- nently lobed, showy: fr. oval or globular, varying from green to orange-red, about %-l in. in diam. (said to be eaten in New Zealand). Australia and New Zealand. B.M. 349. DD. Plant more or less spiny: grown for the mass effect. E. Flowers mainly blue, 14. Indicuin, Linn. Strong shrub, sometimes taller than a man, with many stout often recurved prickles, 1680 SOLANUM SOLAN UM more or less hairy: Ivs. ovate, sinuate or lobed, woolly beneath, usually prickly: fls. blue. 1 in. or less across, triangular-lobed: berry globular, about % in. in diam., smooth, yellow. Tropical India, and in China and the Philippines. — Offered by Praneeschi, S. Calif., who de- scribes the fls. as white. Variable. 15. T6rreyi, Gray. Strong perennial herb, with close grayish pubescence and scattering weak prickles : Ivs. ovate, with subcordate or truncate base, with 5-7 sinuate lobes, the midrib prickly beneath: fls. few in the cymes, nodding, 2 in. across, pale blue, deeply pointed-lobed, handsome: berry 1 in. in diam., globular, smooth, yel- low. Kans. to Tex. B.M. 6461. 16. pyracinthum, Jacq. Small shrub, somewhat hairy, thickly beset with ferocious orange spines: Ivs. long and relatively narrow, pinnately irregularly lobed : As. blue, with radiating white ribs, deeply lobed, about 1 in. across, drooping in small clusters: fr., globose, K in. or less in diam. Trop. Afr. B.M. 2547. F.S, 23:2411. EE. Fls. mainly white. 17. marginatum, Linn, f . Shrubby, 3-5 ft. tall, white- tomentose, bearing many straight but not very large prickles : Ivs. mostly ovate in outline, subcordate, shal- low-lobed or angled, at some stages with an irregular white band along the margin due to the shedding of the tomentum on the body of the leaf (whence the name tifiarginatum) : fls. large, 1 in. or more across, white with blue veins or ribs, shallow-lobed, in few-fld. clus- ters, the calyx prickly: fr. 1 in. or more in diam., glo- bose or ovoid, drooping, prickly, yellow. Trop. Afr. B.M. 1928. 18. robiistum, H. Wendl. Vigorous herb or subshrub, 3-5 ft., densely tomentose, prickly on stems and Ivs., the stems winged: Ivs. very large, sometimes 1 ft. long, broad-ovate or ovate-elliptic in outline, with many pointed angular lobes extending one-third or less the depth of the blade, woolly beneath : fls. white, about 1 in. across, lobed, racemose : fr. globular, small, hairy, orange- colored. Brazil. R.H. 1863, p. 250; 1896, p. 236. -Bold species, useful for subtropical gardening. 2339. Solanum Pseudo-Capsicum (X ^). No. 8. 19. WarscewIozii.Weick (^S. warseeiviezioides, Hort.). Strong, erect plant, 3-4 ft., usually with a strong cen- tral stem, densely rusty-tomentose and armed with many short stout hooked or straight spines: Ivs. large, the blade often more than 1 ft. long, rather soft, tomen- tose or densely pubescent beneath, deeply several-lobed: fls. large, about IJ^ in. across, white, numerous; fr. glabrous and shining, pale yellow. Probably South American. E.H. 1865, p. 430; 1896, p. 237.-A very strik- ing plant for subtrop- ical gardening and eas- ily raised from seed in a single season ; half- hardy perennial. 2340. Solanum Pseudo-Capsicum, the Jerusalem Cherry CX J^). 2341. Solanum Capsicastrum. (X%.) No. 9. cc. ffabit of plant climbing^ more or less woody, spine- less (except No. 22). D. Fls. small, iK in. or less across. 20. jasminoides, Paxt. Potato Vine (from the fls.). Fine greenhouse twining shrub, reaching several ft. in height, glabrous: Ivs. rather small, the upper ones lan- ceolate to lance-ovate and entire, the lower ones of about 3 narrow, ovate entire Ifts. : racemes short and united into a cluster 3 in. or less long and about 8-12 -fld. : fls. about 1 in. across, star-shaped, white with tinge of blue; pretty. S.America. P.M. 8:5. B.R. 33:33. Gn. 43, p. 433; 45, p. 162; 50, p. 19; 51, p. 358; 53, p. 28. -A most useful deciduous climber for the coolhouse, and much grown. Half-hardy, and useful for the open in the South. Will grow 10-20 ft. if given a chance. Var. grandiflfirum, Hort., has very large trusses of fls. and is a robust grower; excellent. Gng. 1:259. Var. varie- g£ltum, Hort., has variegated foliage. 21. SeaJorthiinum, Andr. (S. azureum, Hort. ? 5. veniistum, Kunth). Beautiful slender climber or trailer, 4-10 ft., minutely pubescent: Ivs. with 3 Ifts. (terminal one largest) or the upper ones simple, the margin en- tire, the Ifts. ovate-lanceolate: fls. many in long, droop- ing panicles, on pedicels swollen at the apex, the corolla mauve or azure-blue, star-shaped, usually 1 in. or less across: fr. ovoid, glabrous, scarlet. Brazil. B.M. 1982, 5823. B.R. 12:969. R.H. 1893, p. 177; 1897:424. -A very beautiful plant for the coolhouse. Begins to bloom when very young. DD. Fls. large, 2 in. or more across. 22. Wfendlandli, Hook, f . (S. Windlandii magnifi- «(m, Hort.). Pig. 2342. Tall -climbing, glabrous, with a few scattered prickles: Ivs. various, sometimes 10 in. long, the uppermost simple and oblong-acuminate, the others lobed or trifoliolate and with the terminal leaflet much the largest, all with entire margins : fls. in large cymes, pale lilac -blue, the corolla 2% in. across and shallow-lobed : fr. globose. Costa Rica. B.M. 6914. G.C. III. 14:339. G.M. 36:610. A.P. 12:1147. P.E. 8:828. —A splendid greenhouse climber, perhaps the most showy of the cultivated Solanums. Blooms in summer and fall. Ernest Braunton writes: "S. Wend- landii is a magnificent climber in this climate (Los Angeles), reaching 50 ft. or more and having umbels 12 inches across. It is perhaps the showiest vine in Cali- fornia when in bloom. It is generally hardy here, al- though some winters nip and even kill the vine in the colder and lower parts of this city. Cut up an old vine, any kind of wood, stick the pieces in sand or light soil, SOLANUM SOLENANTHUS 1681 and wait. Every cutting will grow. When in a robust condition it is a gross feeder. It should be in the full sun, though it does well anywhere." S. ietacewm, Cav., is Cyphomandra, for which see Vol. T. — S. c^rnuum, Velloz., is a shrub or small tree, with cyphomandra- like Ivs. and the young parts clothed with chafify hairs: fls. white: fr. globose, hairy, inclosed in the calyx. S.Brazil. B.M. 7491.— S. dlidtum. Lam. Stout herb or suhshrub, 1-2 ft. tall, with prickly stems and ovate acute-lobed Ivs. : fls. white, 1 in. 2342. Solanum Wendlandii. Much reduced. or less across: fr. 2 in. or more across, flattened on the ends, corrugated, scarlet, showy. Porto Eico. F.S. 19:1988. F.M. 1871:521. R.B. 20, p. 249. E.H. 1888, p. 78. Perhaps a form of S. aculeatissimum, Js.cq.—S.cornMwm, Lam. (S. Fontanesia- num, Hort.). Annual, 1-2 ft., very spiny, with pinnatifid Ivs., the lobes again lobed and obtuse; fls. golden yellow: fr. small, spiny. Mex. G.O. III. 22:311.— S. orisiJitm, Ruiz & Pav. Erect or half -climbing woody shrub, with simple ovate-oblong entire or undulate Ivs., and large clusters of pale purple red-ribbed fls. an inch across. Chile. B.M. 379.'), B.R. 18:1516. L.B, 0.20:1959. Gn. 44:919; 51, p. 230. Half-hardy very beautiful climber.— S. Duleayndra, Linn. Bittersweet. Scrambling vine of the Old World, but naturalized about dwellings and along roads and even in swamps: Ivs. cordate-ovate, some of them ear-lobed at the base : fls. small, nodding, star-like, blue, succeeded by showy oblong red shining berries.— 5. pensile, Sendt. Climber, allied to S. Dulcamara: Ivs. cordate-ovate, simple and entire: fls. blue, 1 in. across, deeply lobed, in long panicles or racemes: berry globose, size of a pea, purple. Guiana and the Amazon. B.M. 7062.— "S. Pierreanum. South America. Very interest- ing and pretty for its friiits striped different colors." Fran- ceschi. L. H. B. S0LDAN£LLA (Latin, a small coin; referring to the shape of the Ivs.). Primul&cece. About 4 species of alpine plants 2-3 in. high, with nodding, funnel-shaped, fringed flowers of violet or purplish blue, and about H- % in. across. Soldanellas are amongst the most famous flowers of the Alps, though not the commonest. S. al- pina ascends the mountains to the line of perpetual snow. Grant Allen, in "Flashlights on Nature," de- clares that the flower of Soldanella actually thaws its way up through a solid block of ice. Soldanellas are cultivated in this country only in a few large rock gar- dens. Those who have limited resources and dwell in the region of changeable winters might attempt to grow these plants in pots under a frame in lieu of nature's winter covering. According to J. B. Keller, they prefer a half-shady or shady position and are prop, by seed or division. Soldanellas are native only to the Alps of middle Europe. They are slender, glabrous, perennial herbs, with short rhizomes: Ivs. long-stalked, thick, roundish, with a heart-shaped or kidney-shaped base, entire: scapes slender, solitary or few, about 6 in. high or less: calyx 5-parted; corolla 5-cut. The descriptions of the species are here adopted from Koch's Synopsis Florae GermanictB. Some white-flowered forms have been re- corded. A. Fls. 2-4 on a scape : corolla split half way to (he iase; filaments half as long as anthers. B. Pedicels pubescent. montina, Willd. Lvs. roundish; margin slightly and remotely crenate: fls. violet. May-July. BB. Pedicels roughish. alplna, Linn. Fig. 2343. Lvs. roundish; base more or less kidney -shaped; margin entire or somewhat wavy: fls. violet, with darker streaks. May. B.M. 49. G.C. II. 24:457. AA. Fls. solitary : corolla split a third of the way to the base: filaments about as long as anthers. E. Pedicels roughish. pnsllla, Baumg. Base of lvs. heart-shaped or kidney- shaped; margin somewhat wavy: fls. copper-colored, verging on blue, the fringes straight, not spreading. May. BB. Pedicels pubescent. minima, Hoppe. Lvs. roundish: fls pale lilac, streaked purple inside; the fringes spreading at the tips. June, July. Yf. M. SOLEA (after W. Sole, author of a monograph of the mints of England). Violdcece. A single species native to the easternU. S., an herbaceous perennial 1-2 ft. high, with mostly oblong, narrowly acuminate leaves 3-5 in. long, and small nodding greenish flowers solitary or in pairs in many of the leaf-axils : sepals linear and equal ; petals nearly equal, connivent nearly their entire length, the lower one much larger, saccate at the base, emargi- nate at the broad apex; stamens with broad connectives wholly connate into an ovoid sac open only between the free tips, a rounded or 2-lobed scale-like gland adnata to the base anteriorly. cdncolor, Ging. (lonidium cdneolor, Benth. & Hook.). May. June. Moist woods. B.B. 2:456. -Is offered by collectors. p. ■^. Barclay. SOLENANTHUS (Greek, tube and flower; referring to the form of the corolla). JBorragindcem. About 15 species of perennial herbs from Europe and Asia with alternate leaves and blue or rosy flowers either in long. 2343. Soldanella alpma(X>^). simple, bracted racemes or in shorter, bractless, scir- pioid, panicled racemes: calyx 5-parted; segments nar- row, but little enlarged in fruit; corolla tubular, the lobes short, erect or somewhat spreading; stamens ex- serted : ovary-lobes 4, distinct : nutlets 4. 1682 SOLENANTHUS SONERILA Apennlnus, Hohen. ( OynogUssum Apennlnum, Linn. ) . Plant hardy, 2Ji-3 ft. high: Ivs. rather coarse, the radi- cal ovate-oblong, those of the stem long-lanceolate: fls. blue, forget-me-not-like, in dense, axillary, panicled racemes. May, June. S. Europe.— A useful plant amongst shrubbery or in the back part of borders. Prop, by division or seed. p -^ Babolay. SOLIDAGO (according to Gray, from "solidus and ago, to make solid or draw together, in allusion to re- puted vulnerary properties"). Compdsitce. Goldenbod. Amongst the. glories of the American autumn are the asters and Goldenrods. They complement each other. The asters run in cyanic colors, Goldenrods in xauthic, —the blue and blush on the one hand and the yellow and golden on the other. Because the Goldenrods are so common, they have not been appreciated for plant- ing. They improve in the garden, however, the plants becoming larger and the bloom fuller and richer. They present no difficulties in cultivation. They may be transplanted from the wild with the greatest ease, and the stools may be lifted and divided as soon as they be- come root-bound and show signs of failing. The Soli- dagos are variable, even within the same species. There- fore it is well to mark fine individual clumps when in bloom, for removal in late fall or early spring. The observation of a single season should result in a fine collection of individual plants; and the natural excel- lences of these specimens should be maintained and augmented by supplying good soil and giving good care. Too often it is thought that because the plants thrive under poor conditions in the wild, they do not profit by superior conditions in the garden ; but this is an error. Solidagos are erect perennial herbs with simple alter- nate leaves, and many small yellow (rarely whitish) heads in spikes, thyrses, compound panicles, or ra- cemes. The heads are oblong or narrow-oampanulate, with small, mostly appressed scales, containing few florets, the disk-florets all perfect and the ray-florets in one series and pistillate. The pappus is composed of 1 or 2 rows of roughish capillary bristles. The genus is characteristic of eastern North America, where about 60 species occur. There are several species on the Pacific coast, a few in Mexico and South America, and two or three in Europe and northern Asia, making, altogether, nearly 100 species. None of the species are well known in the trade, al- though any of them may be expected to appear in the catalogues of dealers in native and hardy plants. For descriptions of the species, see Gray's Syn. PI. N. Amer., vol. 1, pt. 2; for the species of the northeastern states, also Gray's Manual and Britton & Brown's Flora. The following have been offered by American dealers : bicolor, Linn, esesia, Linn., Pig. 2344. Canadensis, Linn,, tig. 2345. — var. procera. Torr. & Gray. Drummondli, Torr. & Gray, elongata, Nutt. - confertiflora, DC. juncea, Ait. lanceolata, Linn, latifolia, Linn. Missouriensis, Nutt. negleeta. Torr. & Gray, nemoralis, Ait., Fig. 2346. oecidentalis, Nutt. odora, Ait, Ohioensis, Ridd, patula, Muhl, petiolaris, Ait. pubemla, Nutt, Biddellii, Frank. rigida, Linn, rigidiuscula, Porter, rugosa, MUl., Fig, 2347. sempervirens, Linn. serotina, Ait. — var, gigantea, Gray, Bhortii, Torr, & Gray, speciosa, Nutt, speetabilis. Gray, stricta, Ait, uliginosa, Nutt, ulmifolia, Muhl. Virgaurea, var, alpina, Bigel, L. H. B. SCLLYA (in honor of Richard Horsman Solly, 1778- 1858, an English botanist). Pittosporice/e. Two species of Australian evergreen twining plants: Ivs. narrow: fls. nodding, on slender pedicels, solitary or in loose, few- flowered cymes ; sepals distinct, small; petals obovate, spreading from the base; anthers oonnivent in a cone around the pistil: capsule many-seeded. Propagated by cuttings in sand under glass, or by seeds, which germi- nate readily. heterophyila, Lindl. Austbalian Bluebell Ceeepee. Small shrub, 2-6 ft. high, with slender, twining stems: Ivs. variable, from lanceolate or oblong-linear to ovate- lanceolate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or slightly acumi- nate, entire, 1-2 in. long, usually narrowed into short petioles : cymes 4-8-12-fld., terminal or leaf opposed: fls. bright blue, 3^-K in. long. July. B.M. 3523. R.B, 21:253. B.R. 17:1466,— Hardy and much cultivated in middle California and a great favorite on account of the brilliant blue of its flowers. Especially valuable for covering banks, rockwork and low fences, preferring ta scramble over other plants. Also grown as an herba- ceous border plant, being kept within bounds by the shears. The roots are very attractive to the California pocket - gopher, who plays sad havoc with it if not watched. • j. Buett Davy. SOLOMON'S SEAL. Polygonatum. SOLOMOIf'S SEAL, FALSE. Smilacina. SONEBtLA (adapted from a native name). Melas-. tomAcece. This includes a number of dwarf, tender foliage plants which must be grown in the greenhouse all the year round. The plants belong to the same ••^4^'-^. 2344. Solidago caesia cultural group with Bertolonia, Gravesia, and Mono-- lena and are distinguished by having their floral parts in 3's. There are about 70 species, all natives of India, and the Malay archipelago. The fls. are usually rose- colored, % in. across or less, and generally disposed in scorpioid racemes or spikes. The genus is monographed in Latin by Cogniaux in DC. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7 (1891). The species described below are all caulescent plants with Ivs. distinctly petioled, those of each pair being of equal size (except in S. maculata) : fls. 3-merous; sta- mens 3, long-acuminate. Sonerilas are highly esteemed in Belgium, where they have been developed by Van Houtte, Linden, Van Gaert and others. At present only 8 names are found in the American trade, as follows : S. argeniea, Sen- dersoni, marmorata, margaritacea alba, orienialis, picturata, picta and punctata. A satisfactory explana- tion of these names involves a number of others men- tioned below. In addition there are about 15 kinds with personal names that vary from the types mentioned be- low in their variegation. There are also some hybrids between Sonerila and Bertolonia which are known to the trade as Bertonerila. The most important of the species mentioned below is S. margaritacea. It was long thought impossible to grow Sonerila and its allies outside of a bell-,iar or Wardian case. The Belgians now dispense with the "double glass" and grow these plants in tropical or even temperate green- houses. For potting material they use a compost of SONERILA fibrous peat and chopped sphagnum, sprinkled with sand and interspersed with bits ot charcoal. The plants should have a partially shaded position, and should never be syringed. Never allow water to remain on the leaves. The species seed freely. The varieties are propagated by division. ^ ]y[_ Sonerilas thrive best in a close and moisture-laden atmosphere with just enough ventilation to keep them from melting or decaying. A temperature of not less than 75° suits them best. Cuttings of well-ripened growth are placed under a glass case or bell-glass in a bottom heat of 70-80°. Care must be taken every morn- ing to allow the drops of condensation which gather on the glass to dissipate. For potting material use fine- screened leaf-mold, with plenty of silver sand inter- mixed and a little finely chopped fresh sphagnum on the top of the pots or pans. These plants have shallow roots, and require plenty of drainage, consisting of fine broken potsherds mixed with either charcoal or finely ground SONERILA 1683 D. Color of nerves dark purple: Ivs. covered with short, dark purple hairs 4. orientalia DD. Color of nerves green: Ivs. g landiilar-pubescent . the pubescence not purplish. E. £ivs. with a dark green ground, and pearl-like spots of regtilar sine and arrangement 5. margaritaoea EE. Lvs. with a dark green ground, and irregular light - colored blotches between the veins 6. Hendersoni EEE. it's, silvery, only the nerves dark green 7. argentea 1. specidsa, Zenker. This is practically the only species cult, for its flowers : height 1 ft. : 2345. Solidaeo Canadensis. 2346. Solidago nemoralis. 2347. Solidago rugosa. soft-coal clinkers. When the plants have made their full growth (which they do if started at the proper time in early spring) they start into fiower. At this time the plants should be hardened off by gradually with- holding water, and they should also be kept a little cooler. When fully ripened they may be cut back in order to furnish material for cuttings. Keep the old stools a little warmer and they will gradually start into new growth again. These plants make choice decorative plants in pans or even in wire baskets and can be used for choice table or mantel decorations. H. A. SlEBRECHT. INDEX. argentea, 7. Mamei, 6. picta, 3, 4. guttulata, 4. margaritaoea, 5. punctata, 4. Hendersoni. 6. orientalis,'4. speciosa, 1. maculata, 2. A. Foliage not variegated 1. speciosa AA. Foliage variegated. B. Calyx has ratJier long and sparse glandular hairs 2. maculata BE. Calyx glabrous or rarely dotted- scurfy. C. JVo. of nerves 7: margin of lvs. minutely serrate 3. picta oc. No. of nerves 9 or 7: margin of lvs. sharply and prominently serrate. lvs. opposite, cordate-ovate, green above, sometimes crimson beneath, mostly 7-9-nerved: fls. purple or rose, 4-14 in a cluster, 1 in. across. India. B.M. 5026; 4978 (S.eiejrans). F.S. 23:2442. 2. macul&ta, Roxb. This differs from the other spe- cies here described in having lvs. of unequal sizes. The larger one of each pair may be 3-5 in. long ; the smaller a half or third as long: lvs. ovate or oblong, unequal at the base, minutely denticulate, 9-11-nerved: fls. violet. India. E.H. 1865, p. 91, is too poor to deter- mine.— Probably not in cult. 3. picta, Korth. Erect or ascending, with scurfy or puberulous branches: lvs. short-petioled, broadly lan- ceolate, wedge-shaped at the base, minutely serrate, 7- nerved, lined with white along the primary nerves : fls. rosy. Sumatra. — S. picta of the trade is probably if. orientalis, var. picta. 4. 0Tieiit&.li8, Linden. The botanical status of this name is doubtful. In horticulture it applies to a group of varieties sent out by Wm. Bull in 1891, and remark- able for two novel features: some of the varieties have dark purple or bronzy colors ; others are peppered all over with an infinite number of small, light-colored dots. All have dark purple nerves. In I.H. 37:113 the lvs. are shown as ovate, acuminate, more or less cor- date and unequal at the base, with 9 or 10 nerves, en- tire: color of fls. not recorded. Habitat not stated. The typical form is said to have bronzy lvs. with an ama- ranth reverse. Var. guttulita has green lvs. peppered 1684 SONERILA SOPHORA with small white dots and is pale green below. Var. punctata is much like the preceding variety hut has paler leaves. Var. picta has the purplish Ivs. of the type, with an irregular lanceolate strip of silvery gray down the middle. Var. Robert Sallier, R.B. 20:61, has dark green Ivs. peppered white and with a lanceolate figure of silver down the middle. Said to be a hybrid of vars. picta and punctata. It has the stripe of one and the dots of the other. 5. margariticea, Lindl. This is the most important species. The name "margaritacea" means "pearly," re- ferring to the regular rows of pearly spots between the nerves and parallel with them, which are characteristic of the typical form. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acutely ser- rate, 7-9-nerved, glabrous, purplish below, acute at the base: fls. rosy. B.M. 5104. F.S. 11:1126 (nerves too parallel). I.H. 2:4U. Lowe 16. — Supposed to be na- tive of Java. In Vol.11, edition 1, page 684, Gravesia guttata, var. margaritacea, is erroneously referred to Souerila instead of Salpinga. Sajpinqa wargarita- eea is readily told from Soverlla marQariiacea by its 5-nerved lvs. and floral parts in 5's. 6. H§ndersoni, Hort. This is referred by Cogniaux to . • F. Base of the usually broadly ovate lvs. mostly rounded 9. latifolia FP. Sase of the ovate to ob- long - ovale lvs . broadly cuneate 10. intermedia EE. Fairs of veins 3-5; under side of veins densely snowy white, tomentose.il. flabellifolia DD. livs. not or but obscurely lobed; pairs of veins 6-12.12. Aria BB. Styles 5: shrubs with crenately serrate lvs. (Aronia [Adeno- rhachis] group, species 13-14). c. Fruits red: lvs. tomentose be- neath 13. arbutifolia 00. Fruits black: lvs. glabrous or nearly so 14. m&lanocarpa (Aucuparia group, species 1-4.) 1. Aucup&ria, Linn. (P'^rus Aucupeiria, Gaertn.). European Mountain Ash. Rowan Tree. Fig. 2351. Round-headed tree, 20 to 40, ocoasionally 60 ft. high: young branchlets pubescent, grayish brown when older: petioles more or less tomentose ; lfts. 9-15, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, serrate, entire toward the base, dull green above, pubescent beneath or rarely glabrous, %- 2 in. long: fls. white, K in. across, in flat, 4-6-in. broad, tomentose or sometimes almost glabrous corymbs ; sta- mens about as long as petals : fr. globose, about % in. across, bright red. iMay, June. Europe to W. Asia and Siberia. —Var. diilcis, Krastzl. ( var. Mor&vica, Zengerl. ) . Almost glabrous : petioles purplish ; lfts. oblong-lanceo- late, 2-3 in. long, glaucescent beneath. The fruits are of an agreeable acid flavor and recommended for pre- serves. The tree thrives well in cold northern climates where hardly any other fruit tree will grow. Var. dulcis lacini&ta, Beissn , is a handsome and graceful form with the lfts. pinnately lobed and the leaf-stalks and young branchlets bright red. Var. fastigiAta, Loud., forms a narrow pyramidal tree, with upright branches. Var. pSndula, Hort., has long and slender pendulous branches. Var. R6ssica, Hort., seems little or not dif- ferent from var. dulcis. Var. fnictu lilteo and var. Fi- Je^na, Hort., have yellow fruits. There are vars. with variegated foliage of the typical and of the weeping form. The fruits of S. Aucuparia, S. domestica, tor- minalis and var. dtilcis are edible, and the strong and close-grained wood of S. domestica and S. torminalis, and in a lesser degree that of S. Aucuparia , is valued for handles of tools and similar small articles. See Pyrus. 2. Tianschdnica, Rupr. {P^rus Thianschdnica, Regel). Small tree or shrub, similar to the preceding: young branchlets glabrous, red-brown and glossy when older: petioles and lvs. glabrous: lfts. 11-15, lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, entire toward the base, dark green and glossy above, light green beneath, about 2 in. long: corymbs glabrous; stamens half as long as petals: styles 2-5: fr. globose, bright red. May, June. C.Asia. Gt. 40, p. 8. B.M. 7755.— Very handsome on account of the contrast of its dark green foliage and red-brown branches. 3. Americana, Marsh. (P'^rus Americdna, DC. S, micrdntha, Dum-Cours.). American Mountain Ash. DoGBERRy. Pig. 2352. Small tree, attaining 30 ft., with spreading branches, or sometimes shrubby: lfts. 11-17, lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply serrate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when young, light green above, paler beneath, l}4-i in. long; fls. one-fifth to M in. across, in dense, 3-6-in. broad, usually glabrous corymbs: fr. glo- bose, bright red, H-K in. across, with the calyx-lobes very small and connivent. May, June. Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to Mich, and N. C. S.S. 4:171, 172. -Var. microctirpa, Torr. &Gray(/S. microcdrpa, Pursh), has narrower foliage and very small fruits about % in. across. 4. sambuoifdlia, Roem. {Pjrus sambucifdlia, Cham. & Schlecht.). Western Mountain Ash. Small tree or shrub, closely allied to the preceding: lfts. 7-15, oval to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse to short-acuminate, sharply ser- rate, glabrous and dark green above, glaucescent and usually pubescent beneath when young, lK-3 in. long: fls. }i-/i in. across, in 2-4-in. broad and rather loose corymbs, sometimes few-fld. ; fr. globose, ovoid when young, red, about % in. across, with more or less up- right calyx-lobes. June, July. Labrador to Alaska south to Pa., Mich, and Calif., N. E. Asia and Japan, S.S, 1688 SOBBUS SOEBUS 4:173, 174.— A very variable species; the eastern form resembles more the preceding species, and intermediate forms are not uncommon in the northeastern states. The most distinct form is var. Grayi, Wenz. (var. pii- mila, Sarg. p^rus occide.MUs, Wats.). Shrubby: Ifts. 7-11, oval to oval-oblong, obtuse, with only a few teeth at the apex, bluish green : corymbs 1-2 in. across. Wash, to Calif. G.F. 10:85. S. sambucifolia is often 2352. Sorbus Americana (XK). confounded with the preceding species; both are very handsome in autumn with their large clusters of bright red fruits. Sometimes a form of S. hybrida is found in American nurseries under tlie name of S. sambucifolia. {Oormus and Hybrid group, species 5-7) 5. dom^stica, Linn. (Pyrus Surbvs. Gaertn. P. do- mistica, Smith. ('6rmus doin(stica, Spach). Service Tree. Fig. 2353. Kound-headed tree, 30-60 ft. high: winter-buds glutinous: petioles tomentose; Ifts. 11-17, obovate-oblong to oblong, sharply and rather coarsely serrate, with acuminate teeth, usually entire near the base, green and glabrous above, floccose-tomentose be- neath, at least when young, 1-2J^ in. long: fls. white, % in. across, in broadly pyramidal rather loose, tomen- tose corymbs: fr. K-l!4 in. across, usually yellowish, with red or orange cheek, apple-shaped in var. mallfdr- mis, Lodd., pear-shaped in var. pyriJdrmis, Lodd. May. S. Eu., N. Afr. and W. Asia. G.C. II. 1:283; 6:649. M.D.G. 1897:376-378. — This species is often confounded with the European ash, from which it is almost indis- tinguishable without fruits or flowers, except by the glutinous winter-buds. 6. hybrida, Linn. (Pyms pinnatlfida,'Ehrh. P. Fin- MJca, Babingt. S.intermMia x Aucup&ria). Tree, at- taining 40 ft., of regular, pyramidal habit with upright branches: young branchlets and petioles whitish tomen- tose; Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, with 1-4 pairs of de- current Ifts. at the base, or but pinnately lobed, upper part lobed with the lobes becoming gradually shorter and more indistinct toward the apex, dark green above, whitish or grayish tomentose beneath, 2K-5 in. long; petioles about 1 in. long: fls. %-K in. across, in tomen- tose corymbs about 3 in. broad: fr. globose-ovoid, K in. high. May, June.— Natural hybrid, occasionally found with the parents in Europe. Two different hybrids are usually included under S. hybrida ; the typical one is S. Aucuparia x intermedia, which has the Ivs. oblong- ovate to oblong, 3-5 in. long, with 10-12 pairs of veins, the Ifts. and lobes narrower and pointed and the veins often slightly recurved. It is mostly cult, under the name of S. q'uercifdlia or qtiercoldes, Hort. The second hybrid is var. Thtiringlaca, Rehd. (Pynis Thuringiaca, Use), and is a hybrid of S. Aucuparia x Aria ; it has ovate- to ovate -oblong Ivs., somewhat more deeply lobed, 2K-4 in. long, with 8-10 pairs of veins, Ifts. and lobes broader and obtusish, with the veins usually curving upwards. This is known in gardens as S. quer- eifblia hybrida ndna. Var. deciirreus, Koehne (S. lanu- gindsa, Hort., not Kit.), is a transition to S. Aucupa- ria ; only the 3 or 5 upper Ifts. are connate into a ter- minal 1ft., which, like the upper separate Ifts., is decur- rent at the base, under side less densely tomentose. In some nurseries under the name of iS. sambucifolia. 7. spiiria, Pers. {P^rus heterophylla, Dur. S. Au- cupdria x arbiitifdlia). Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with slender, sometimes pendulous brunches: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, obtuse, with 2-G lobes or Ifts. near the base, simply crenate-serrate toward the apex, 1^-3/^ in. long, pubescent or glabrous beneati] : fls. white or pinkish white, in pubescent or glabrous co- rymbs 1-lK in. broad: fr. subglobose or pear-shaped, dark purple or almost black. May, June. Of garden origin. B.R. 14:1196. — Sometimes cultivated under the name S. querci folia floribuiida nana. Hybrids of dif- ferent origin are usually united under S. spuria; the more pubescent forms with dark purple fr. are probably the offspring of S. Aucuparia and S. arbutifolia, while the more glabrous forms with usually blackish fruit have S. Aucuparia and 5. meZa?J0C((?'7?rt as their parents. A similar form with quite glabrous and more pointed Ivs., originated at the Arnold Arboretum and probably a hybrid of S. Americana and S. melanocarpa, was named S. Sdrgenti, Dipp. (Torminariu group, species No. 8.) 8. tormiualis, Crantz (Pf/rtis torminalis, Ehrh. Tor- mindria torminAlis, Dipp. T. C'lusii, Roem.). Wild Service Tree. Round-headed tree, with spreading branches, 40-80 ft. high: Ivs. broadly ovate, slightly cordate to broadly cuneate at the base, with several tri- angulai -ovate, serrate lobes on each side, the lower sinuses reaching about half way to the middle, floccose- tomentose when young, 2-4 in. long; petioles 1-1?4 in. long: fls. white, K in. across, in broad, rather loose tomentose corymbs: fr. oval, ^-% in. high, brown, dotted. May, June. Southern and middle Europe.— The foliage turns bright red in fall. {Aria group, species 9-lZ.) 9. latifdlia, Pers. (Pyrus rotundifdlia, Bechst. P. intermedia, var. latifdlia, Ser. P. Aria, var. latifdlia, Hort. Torm.ind.ria latifdlia, Dipp. S. Aria x tormi- ndlis). Tree, attaining 50 ft., similar to the preceding: Ivs. broadly ovate to ovate, usually rounded at the base, pinnately lobed with short, broadly triangular, sharply serrate lobes and with 6-9 pairs of veins, grayish or whitish tomentose beneath, 2J^-4 in. long: petioles ii-1 in. long: fls. about % in. across, in broad, tomen- tose corymbs: fr. globose or globose-ovoid, about 3^ in. high, orange to brownish red. May, June. Occasionally occurring in middle Europe. 2353. Sorbus domestica (XX). 10. mtennddia, Pers. (Pitrus intermedia, Ehrh. S6r- bus Scdndica, Pries. Aria Suicica, Koehne. Hdhnia SuUica, Dipp.). Tree, 20-40 ft. high, with oval head: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, broadly cuneate at the base, SORBUS SORGHUM 1689 pinnately lobed with broad and short, irregularly ser- rate lobes and 5-8 pairs of veins, whitish tomentose be- neath, 2%^ in. long; petioles %-% in. long: fls. about % in. across, in broad, tomentose corymbs; fr. orange- red, globose or subglobose, about i4 in. high. May. Northern and middle Europe. — This is sometimes eon- founded with S. hyOrida ami considered to be a hybrid of similar origin, but it is ctrtainly a good species. It never bears distinct leaflets at the base and the sinuses do not reach farther than one-third toward the middle. 11. flabelliSblia, S. Schau. {P^nis Aria, vsir. flabelU- fdlia, Arb. Kew. Aria flabellifdlia, Decne. S. flabel- !d(n, Hort. ). Small tree, attaining 20 ft. : Ivs. orbicular to broadly oval, obtuse, usually broadly cuneate at the base, incisely lobed above the middle, with the short lobes truncate or rounded and coarsely toothed, snowy white beneath, 1K-2K in. long: fls. scarcely yi in. across,' in dense, white-tomentose corymbs; fr. de- pressed-globose, orange-red. Southeastern Eu., W. Asia. — Cult, in some nurseries as Pyrtis aurea striata. 12. Aria, Crantz (Pyrns Aria, Ebrh. Aria nivea, Hort. Sdhiiia Aria, Med.). White Beam-teee. Fig. 2354. Tree, with broadly pyramidal or oval head, 25-50 ft. high; Ivs. roundish obovate to oblong-oval, usually cuneate at the base, acute orobtuse at the apex, sharply and doubly serrate, of firm texture, bright or dark green and glabrous above, white-tomentose be- neath, 2-5 in. long; petioles %-% in. long: fls. ]4-% in. across, in tomentose, 2-3-in. broad corymbs: fr. sub- globose, orange-red, about }4 in. high. May. Middle and southern Europe to Himalayas and Siber.— De- sirable tree for dry and exposed situations, and very ornamental in foliage on account of the contrasting colors of the upper and under sides of the leaves. Sev- eral vars. are known. Var. Gr^tica, Liudl. (Aria Orceea, Decne. ) . Lvs. orbicular-obovate, coarsely doubly serrate, lM-3 in. long, with 6-10 pairs of veins. Southern Eu. Var. DecaisneEtna, Rehd. {Aria Decaisneana , Lav. Pyrns Decaisnedna, Nichols.). Lvs. elliptic to oblong- ovate, acute, irregularly doubly serrate, 3-6 in; long: stamens longer than petals; fr. oval. Probably from the Himalayas and sometimes cult, as S. NepaUnsis. Var. 6dulis, Wenzig (Pyrus iduKs, Willd.). Lvs. ellip- tic-oblong to oblong, rounded or acute at the apex, 2-5 in. long; fr. oval, K-?4 in. high. There are some garden forms, as vars. atoa, chrysophylla and lutfes- cens, with more or less yellow foliage. (Aronia group, species Nos. IS and 14.) 13. arbutifdlia, C. Koch (P^rus arbutifdlia, Linn. f. Arbnia arbutifdlia, Elliot. A. pyrifoUu, Pers. Mispi- lus arbutifdlia,va,T. erythrocdrpa , Michx. ) . Red Choke- BEKEY. Upright shrub, 6-12 ft. high; lvs. short-peti- oled, oval to oblong or obovate, acute or abruptly acu- minate, crenately serrate, glabrous above except some glands on the midrib, whitish or grayish green and to- mentose or pubescent beneath, lK-3 in. long; corymbs tomentose, few to many-fld., 1-1 J^ in. broad: fls. white or tinged red, %-J^ in. across: fr. subglobose or pear- shaped, bright or dull red, about Ji across. April, May. Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and La. B.M. 3668. G.F. 3:417. 14. melanoc&rpa, C. Koch (P^rus nigra, Sarg. Arbnia nigra, Koehne. Pyrus arbutifblia, var. nigra, Willd.). Black Chokeberry. Closely allied to the preceding, usually lower: lvs. oval to obovate, abruptly acuminate or obtuse, pale green and glabrous or nearly so beneath: calyx and pedicels glabrous or nearly so: fr. globose, about K in. across, shining black. Nova Scotia to On- tario, .south to Fla. and Mich. April-June. B.B. 2:237. Var. grandifdlia, Dipp, (Pyrus grandifblia, Lindl.), has larger, obovate or broadly obovate lvs. and larger fls. B.R. 14:1154. Var. subpnb^scens, Liudl., has the lvs. puh£scent beneath when young. An intermediate form between the two preceding species is figured in B.R. 12:1006 as P^rus floribUnda, Lindl.; similar forms are found wild occasionally in the northeastern states. Both species are handsome shrubs; S. melanoearpa is prettier in foliage and in bloom, while 8. arbutifolia has showier and usually more numerous fruits. The fruits Of both species remain on the branches during the winter. S. alnifblia, Wenzig (Pyrus Miyabei, Sarg. Mieromeles alni- folia, Koehne). Tree, 60 ft. high: lvs. obovate and abruptly acuminate or ovate, serrate, glabnous at length, but on vigor- ous shoots, often remaining tomentose beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. in 6-12-fld., almost glabrous eoi-ymbs: fr. subglobose, H in. across. Japan. Gt. 41, p. 283, 284. G.F. l-.Si.—S. Ohammmes- pilus, Crantz (Pyi-us Chamsemespilus, Poll. P. alpina, Dur. Aria Chamaemespilus, Hos.). Upright shi-ub, C ft. high, allied to S. Aria. Lvs. elliptic to oblong serrate, almost glabrous, 2354. Sorbus Aria (X Ji). 1^-2J^ in. long: fls. pinkish, with upright petals, in dense corymbs about 1/^in. broad: fr. oval, orange to brownish red. Middle and southern Europe. — S. densiflora, Heynh. (Pyrus densiflora, Spach. P. alpina, Willd., not Dur. Aronia alpina, Dipp.). Hybrid of garden origin between S. Aria and S. me- lanoearpa: shrub, 5 ft. high : lvs. oval to elliptic-oblong, whitish tomentose beneath, 1^-3 in. long: fls. white or pinkish, in dense corymbs 1-1^ in. broad: fr. pear-shaped, dark bluish purple.— (S. discolor, Maxim. Closely allied to S. Aucuparia, but quite glabrous: Ifts. oblong-lanceolate, larger, glaucous be- neath. N. China.— 5. gracilis, Wenzig (Pyrus gracilis, Sieb. & Zucc). Shrub, with pinnate lvs., those at the base of the loose, few-fld. corymbs with large, incised -dentate stipules. Japan. — S. Sbstii, C. Koch (Pyrus Hostii, Hemsl. P. Sudetiea, Tausch. Aria Hostii, JacQ. f.). Stipposed to be a hybrid be- tween S. Aria and Chamsemespilus; shrub or small tree, 12 ft. high: lvs. oval to elliptic-obovate, sharply serrate: fls. pinkish, in dense corymbs about 2K in. broad: fr. globose, ovoid, red. Mts. of M. Europe. Gn. 20:305. R.H. 1877:210.-S. lanata, Wenzig (Pyrus lanata, Don. S. majestica, Hort.). Tree, allied to S. Aria: lvs. oval, sharply and doubly serrate and slightly lobed, 4-7 in. long; styles 2-3, woolly: fr. globose, K-1^ in. across. Himalayas. — S. NepaUnsis, Hort. =S. vestita; also vars. of S. Aria are often cult, under this name.— S. termi- n&lis, Hort. = Photinia villosa.— S. trilnb&ta, Heynh. (Pyrus trilobata, DC). Small tree: lvs. rather small, almost orbicular, 3-lobed, with spreading, denticulate lobes, glabrous: fls. white, with5styles; fr. subglobose, 5i in. across. W. Asia.— S. vestita, S. Schan. (Pyrus vestita, Wall. P. crenata, Lindl. S. Nepal- ensis, Hort.). Tree, allied to S. Aria: lvs. elliptic to elliptic- oblong, doubly serrate, densely tomentose beneath, 3-7 in. long; styles 5, woolly at the base only. Himalayas. G.C. II. 1:17. Alfred Rehder. S6B6HITII. The genus Sorghum is referred to An- dropogon by Hackel and others, and its botanical rela- tions are discussed under that name. It forms a section of that genus, only one species of which is of economic importance. The various cultivated varieties known as Sorghum, Broom Corn, KafSr Corn, Jerusalem Corn, Millo Maize, Durra, etc., are considered as having been 1690 SORGHUM SOUTH CAROLINA derived from the wild species, S. Balepense {Andropd- gon Halepensis). Others maintain these cultivated forms as varieties of a distinct species, Sorghum vul- gare (Andropogon Sorghum). The cultivated forms are annuals, vfith tall jointed stems, bearing large terminal panicles. They fall naturally into three groups, depend- ing upon their uses: (1) Broom Corn, in which the branches of the panicle are elongated and are thus adapted to the manufacture of brooms; (2) the Sugar or Saccharine Sorghums, with loose panicles, the branches drooping, and red-brown spikelets, cultivated for the sweet juice and for forage. Amber and Orange are leading forms of Sorghum. See Saccharum. (3) The remaining varieties are grouped together as Non- Saccharine Sorghums. They are grown for forage and for the seed. Gn. 4, p. 8.3 (iS. hicolor). The com- mon forms grown in this country and offered in the trade are: Kafiir Corn, with stems 4-5 feet high, stocky growth, and dense, upright panicles; Millo Maize, or African Millet, similar but about twice as tall; Durra (variously spelled Doura, Dhoura, etc.), including Egyptian Rice Corn, Guinea Corn, etc., with compact panicles on a recurved stalk. j^ g_ Hitchcock. 2355. South Carolina. To show horticultural zones. SOBBEL. Various species of Rumex (which see) produce large, thick, acid leaves which are prized for salads or for "greens." Leaves of some of the native or naturalized species are gathered as pot-herbs in many parts of the country. In the Old World, however, sev- eral species are regularly cultivated in kitchen-gardens ; in this country these cultivated species are relatively little known. They are perennials of the very easiest culture. Usually they persist for a number of years after well established, giving an abundance of soft edi- ble leaves early in the spring when herbage is scarce. They are usually grown from seeds, and plants fit for cutting may be had when the plants are one or two years old. Plants should be placed at one side of the garden where they will not interfere with the regular tillage. No special treatment is demanded. When they begin to show signs of failing, new plants should be started or the old ones may be taken up and divided. The rows should stand about 18 in. apart. Do not let the plants exhaust themselves by seed-bearing. The Spinach Dock (Bumex Patientia) is one of the best and earliest. The Belleville [Bumex Acetosa) is also an excellent plant for the home garden and has the advantage of following the other as a succession. Various other species may be had of European seed dealers. See Dock. Xj. H. B. SOBBEL-TBEE. Oxydendrum. SOBBEL, WOOD. Oxalis Acetosella. SOITB GUM. See Ifyssa sylvatica. SOUB SOP. Anona muricata. SOITB WOOD. Oxydendrum. SOUTH CABOLINA, HOETICULTUBE IN. Fig. 2355. Owing to the combined influence of varieties of soil, latitude and elevation, the climatic conditions of South Carolina and the range of horticultural productions are remarkably varied. With reference to its adaptation to amateur and commercial horticulture, this state may be divided into four belts by lines drawn roughly from southwest to northeast. The coast region, embracing a tier of counties border- ing the Atlantic ocean and a number of fertile islands, is especially adapted to commercial horticulture. A con- siderable area is devoted to growing early vegetables to supply the large cities of the northeastern states. The principal species grown for shipment are green peas, Irish potatoes, cabbage, asparagus and beans. The Hoffman and Neunan varieties of strawberries, which are especially adapted to this region, are also grown for shipment. The fig grows to perfection here, but has not as yet been produced on a commercial scale. The capabilities of this region have been only partially de- veloped on account of the habit and profit of sea island cotton and rice culture. The fungous disease known as asparagus rust has seriously menaced the asparagus plantations. The Pine Belt, or second zone, embraces two forma- tions, popularly known as the Upper and Lower Pine Belts. The latter covers an area of about 9,000 square miles; the former 5,000. The Upper Belt embraces the best farming and horticultural lands of the state. The surface is generally level, with an elevation of 250 feet. Both of these belts contain large areas especially adapted to vegetable- and fruit-growing, especially melons. These industries are receiving more and more attention every year as the land-owners become more familiar with the intensive methods necessary for suc- cessful truck-farming and the commercial requirements for successfully handling large crops of perishable products. Asparagus, early potatoes, watermelons and cantaloupes are at present the principal crops grown^ for the northern markets. The sweet potato grows to perfection in this region, 400 to 600 bushels per acre being easily produced. Recent experiments by the Agricultural Department of the Experiment Station in preparing the sweet potato for compact shipment seem to open the way for carrying this vegetable to all parts of the world. This section is especially adapted to the fig, the oriental types of pears and plums and to the early varieties of peaches and apples. While af- fording every facility for commercial horticulture, there is, perhaps, no part of the globe where an abundant supply of fruits and vegetables may be more easily and continuously provided for domestic use. Fresh vege- tables in season may be gathered from the garden every day in the year. The Hill Belt, fifty miles in width, stretching across the state from Georgia to North Carolina, is more varied in soil and elevation, affording a wide range of soil products. In some sections of the Hill Belt rapid strides have been made in peach- and melon-growing for market. From a limited area around Ridge Springs 150 car-loads of peaches were shipped in 1900; from this section also large shipments of melons and aspar- agus are made. The rapid development of manufac- tures has created a home market foi^ large quantities of fruit and vegetables. Grapes of superior quality are grown throughout this belt. Standard Labrusca grapes, stich as Delaware, Concord and Niagara, are re- markably exempt from diseases which are more destruc- tive in other sections. The Rotundifolia family, or southern fox grape type, most commonly known from the amber-colored variety, Scuppemong, succeeds well from the mountains to the coast. Other varieties of the same family are more productive than the Scuppemong, such as the Mish Memory, Tender Pulp, Thomas, James and Flowers. The berries of some of these va- rieties adhere to the stems and grow in bunches of from 16 to 24 grapes, hence may be as readily shipped as the Delaware. When trained upon vertical trellises and pruned in early fall, the yield far exceeds that of any other type. The Piedmont and Alpine regions, ranging in eleva- tion from 400 to over 3,000 feet, varies even more than the hill country in variety of products to which it ig SOUTH CAROLINA SOUTH DAKOTA 1691 adapted. The cherry, peach, pear, grape, small fruits and apple afford a tempting variety. The succession of fruits spans the seasons, the winter apples lasting until strawberries are ripe. While little has been done in this great region towards growing fruit and vegetables for shipment, the cotton mills, so numerous in this section, have converted the farms in their vicinity into market- gardens. The typical mountain wagons, hooded with white canvas, laden with luscious apples, mammoth cabbages, mealy potatoes and fragrant onions, products of the rude methods of the inhabitants of the highland region, are only suggestions of the possibilities of the fertile valleys and mountain coves under the manipula- tion of skilful hands guided by the trained head. J. S. Newman. SOUTH DAKOTA, HOETICTJLTUKE IN. Pig. 2356. South Dakota, the twenty - seventh state admitted into the Union, lies a little north of the center of the con- tinent, between lat. 45° 57' N. and 42° 28' S. and long. 96° 26' and 104° 3' W. of Greenwich. Its shape is approximately a rectangle. Its extreme length from east to west is 386 miles; extreme breadth north to south 240 miles; area 76,815 square miles; population (in 1900) 401,570. The Missouri river divides the state Into two nearly equal portions. With the exception of a small area in the northeast corner, the southeast part is lowest and all the streams flow in that direction. The state may be divided into three sections: (1) the Black Hills; (2) the Table-lands; (3) the Eastern Section. The Black Hills in the southwestern part are outliers of the Rocky Moun- tains, and the ex- tensive and very rich deposits of gold, silver, and other minerals are important sources of wealth. The Indians early knew of these gold de- posits, but they were not known to vphite men until 1874. The Black Hills, so named by the Indians because of the heavy forests of pine and spruce covering the moun tains^ include a n area of about 5,000 square miles. Con- siderahle fruit is now being raised in this section under Irrigation, as the local market is a profitable one, and it has been found possible to raise many varieties not hardy upon the open prairies of the state. The Table -lands comprise the entire section of the state west of the Missouri river, with the exception of the Black Hills. Five branches of the Missouri flow from the western part of the state across these lands from west to east. These are White, Bad, Cheyenne, Moreau or Owl, and Grand rivers. The rainfall in this part is too light to make general farming feasible, but the native grasses are very nutritious and stock-raising is profitable. Cattle, horses and sheep are raised in im- mense numbers and feed the year round upon these ranges, the dry climate curing the grass into the best of hay as it stands. 'The eastern section contains three river valleys that cross it from north to south, viz., the eastern half of the Missouri, the James river valley and the Big Sioux river on the eastern border. In the southern part the valley of the Vermillion traverses the region between the Sioux and the James. These river valleys are all very fertile and blend together as they reach the Mis- souri at the south. Diversified agriculture flourishes in these rich valleys, especially in the southern and entire eastern part of this section. In the higher ground in the northern and western part, stock-raising and dairy- ing are the main industries owing to the lesser rainfall. Since the defining of the artesian-well basin, general agriculture has been encroaching upon the grazing areas. This basin roaches from the Missouri river eastward to some distance beyond the James. The pressure and flow of these artesian wells varies from a few pounds to 200. pounds per square inch. A flow of more than 3,000 gal- lons per minute has been obtained from an 8-inch well. These wells are from 100 to 1,500 feet in depth, and afford a valuable means of irrigation and cheap water- power. The water is supposed to come from the Rocky Mountain region. The amount of this supply which can be used has been roughly estimated at 326,805,600,000 cubic feet annually, an amount of water sufficient to fill a river-bed a mile wide, 20 feet deep and nearly 600 feet long. When this water is more generally utilized, it is confidently believed that the horticultural area shown on the map will be extended to include the en- tire state east of the Missouri river. Horticulture in South Dakota is to a considerable ex- tent still in the experimental stage. Most of the plant- 2356. Map of South Dakota. Showing areas favorable to fruit-growing, the broken-shaded portions being the most favorable. ing of orchard fruits has been done since the last "cru- cial test" winter of 1884-85, hence it will be difficult to give a safe list until after the next test winter. A glance at the map will show that the state extends well below the north line of Iowa, and as a matter of fact, we find that the South Dakota fruit list partakes of both Iowa and Minnesota in its characteristics. The southern tier of counties in the southeast corner of the state can raise varieties of the apple which are not at all hardy northward in the state. It is interesting to trace the orcharding belt along the great river from far down in Missouri northward between Iowa and Nebraska and northward into South Dakota. In the Sioux and James. 1692 SOUTH DAKOTA SOUTHERNWOOD river valleys considerable fruit is grown as far north as the Minnesota line. North of this the orchards are few and far between, the country being new and grain- raising, stock-raising and dairying affording more prof- itable sources of income. In making up a list of apples for planting throughout the state, it will be a safe rule not to plant any variety less hardy than Oldenburg and Wealthy, especially if the planter desires a long-lived, fruitful orchard and cannot afford to experiment. The State Horticultural Society recommends the following for trial or general cultivation in all of the twelve fruit districts; viz., Oldenburg, Hibernal, Charlamoff, Wealthy. The largest orchard in the state is in Turner county, consisting of 7,000 trees on about 132 acres. This or- chard was planted in the early seventies and still yields profitable crops. About 4,000 of the trees are Wealthy and most of the remainder Oldenburg. Considerable trouble is experienced from root-killing of the common apple seedling stocks. In the northern part of the state, apple root-grafts root-kill every winter unless deeply mulched. The winter of 1898-99 ■will long be remembered as the "root-killing" winter by the fruit men of several northwestern states. Efforts are now being made to remedy this trouble by testing the Russian method of preventing root-killing; viz., the use of the pure Siberian crab {Pyrus baccata), as a stock. If the experiments are successful apple culture will be practicable in both Dakotas and in a part of the Cana- dian northwest. Piece root-grafting will not be a fair test, as everything below ground should be Siberian. (See Bull. 65 of S. D. Exp. Sta., and Am. Pom. Soc. Report, 1899, p. 143.) Of plums, only those of the Americana type, such as DeSoto, Wyant, Wolf, Forest Garden, RoUingstone and Hawkeye, are of any value for general cultivation. However, in the southern tier of counties already men- tioned the Miner does well and is much grown. Prunus Americana is indigenous throughout the state. Many varieties from the native thickets are being grown by the prairie settlers, and these will probably supersede the varieties named above, which originated in Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin. Plums rightly managed are very profitable and the general interest in them is increasing. The main trouble hitherto has been the tender stocks upon which the hardy natives have been worked. Myrobolan, St. Julien, Marianna, Southern Chickasaw, peach, and other southern stocks all winter- kill, leaving the hardy top to die. Such trees are a delusion and a snare to the prairie planter, and this fact is becoming more generally known. Trees worked on Americana seedlings or trees on their own roots find favor, as no trouble is then experienced from root- killing. The western sand cherry {Pmnus Besseyi), a native of the state, is being tested as a stock at the Experiment Station at Brookings. So far the indica- tions are that it will be worthy of use as a dwarf stock for amateur use, the trees being dwarfed and bearing fruit at an early age. It is of some promise as a dwarf stock for peaches, such trees being of suitable size for convenient covering in winter or for growing in boxes. Of other orchard fruits, pears, quinces, apricots and peaches find no place on the South Dakota fruit list. Cherries are grown to a small extent in the southern counties, but the crop is uncertain in most parts. Raspberries can be grown with winter protection. Blackberries are not as hardy as raspberries. Straw- berries are considerably grown in the southern part of the state, and irrigation is found profitable, as it insures a crop in dry seasons. Grapes are grown to some extent in the southern part of the state, but northward suffer severely from winter-killing and are not on the fruit list recommended for that part of the state. Janesville, a Zabrusca x riparia (vulpina) hybrid, has been found to be hardier than those of the Concord type. It is probable that new varieties of grapes adapted to the prairie northwest will be produced by plant-breeding, using the indigenous Vitis riparia as a foundation. Toward this end about 5,000 wild grape seedlings were grown by the Experiment Station at Brookings in 1900, and this work of plant-breeding is being conducted on a large scale. Over 27,000 seedlings of various native fruits were raised at this station in 1899-1900. The wild fruits are being crossed with tame whenever possible, but the main reliance is placed upon pure selection, acting upon the theory that "excess of food causes varia- tion." The following native species have been taken in hand in this plant-breeding work: sand cherry, choke cherry, pin cherry, black currant, golden currant, goose- berry, buffalo berrj', grape, hazelnut, high bush cran- berry, Juneberry, plum, red raspberry, black raspberry, strawberry. The work with cultivated fruits is mainly with the apple, an attempt being made to combine the hardiness of the Russian sorts with the long-keeping capacity of the best American winter varieties. Several Siberian fruits have also been taken in hand. These were picked up by the writer in 1897-98 when sent on a ten months' tour of exploration in eastern Europe and western and central Asia by U. S. Secretary of Agri- culture Hon. James Wilson. The state Legislature in March, 1901, granted an appropriation of $10,000 for a "plant-breeding building," for improved facilities in the breeding of horticultural and agricultural plants. Of conifers, the hemlock, white pine, balsam fir, arborvitae and Norway spruce fail on the open prairie, while Jack pine, bull pine, Scotch pine, northern red cedar, western white spruce, and Colorado silver or blue spruce all do well in open exposure. Of deciduous trees, the native species, such as ash, elm, box elder, black wild cherry and hackberry, all do well. Cottonwood and willows do well on moist land. Considerable loss was experienced in the earlier planting from a failure to recognize the fact that species covering a wide geo- graphical range vary greatly in hardiness and that the local indigenous form should be planted when possi- ble. Floriculture is still in its infancy, there being very few greenhouses in the state. The rich soil makes it easy to raise large crops of vegetables, but so far the trucking interests have assumed no importance, ex- cept near the larger towns. Agriculture has been exten- sive, rather than intensive. In a state yielding heavy crops of wheat and other cereals, with a soil so rich that commercial fertilizers are not thought of and barn- yard manure so little considered that many farmera prefer to move their barns rather than their manure heaps, and with the burning of straw a common prac- tice, the hoe is rarely seen; gang and sulky plows, self- binders and riding cultivators are the more favored implements. In the course of time, with the increase in population, will come a change in methods. Eastern farmers and gardeners find that the soil and climate demand decided modifications of eastern practices. The list of hardy trees and shrubs would be much longer were it not for the fact that the severest freezing often comes when the ground is bare. The State Agricultural College at Brookings is a flourishing institution, the annual attendance being about five hundred. The United States Experiment Station is in connection with the college and is busy with the problems presented in a new state. Farmers' institutes and home reading courses are provided to help in the dissemination of agricultural knowledge. The South Dakota State Horticultural Society is com- posed of the amateur and professional fruitmen of the state and is an «arnest body of workers striving to solve the problems presented to prairie horticulturists. No state appropriation has been granted hitherto, so that the proceedings at present are published from time to time in the agricultural press of the state. The twelfth annual meeting was held at Sioux Falls, January 22-24, 1901. The dry climate is very salubrious, and many people suffering from poor health in warmer and moister sections find relief here. j^_ j;_ Hansen SOUTHERNWOOD {Artemisia Abrotanum, which see for botanical account) is a European herb, aromatic, much bro'-ched, woody-stemmed, rather tender, per- ennial, 3-.- ft. tall, with pale green or grayish often variegated leaves, small yellowish flowers and minute seeds. Fig. 2357. It is occasionally found in family gardens, where it is grown from seed (or more often from its easily rooted cuttings, which are most readily obtained in early summer) for its pleasant taste and SOUTHERNWOOD SPARAXIS 1693 tonic properties, which resemble those of wormwood. It Is seldom offered by seedsmen in this country be- cause of its slight importance. jj q. k^ins SOW BREAD. An old name for Cyclamen. SOY BEAN (Glycine Mspicia, which see for botanical description) is a legume, and while it has long been a staple crop in Japan it has but somewhat recently been cultivated in the United States. Figs. 191, 195. It grows to perfection only in a tropical or semitropioal climate. In its native country, Japan, the seed is an important human food product, but in the United States its prin- cipal use at present is as a forage plant for farm live 2357. Southernwood (X i4). stock and as a soil renovator. It is an upright, leafy, branching plant, growing 3-4 ft. high. Two distinct plants are often called Soy Bean ; the smaller one (Phaseolus radiatus) is grown principally in Japan; the larger species, the true Soy Bean, is Glycine hispida. This latter species has become popular in some sections of the United States because of its power of resisting drought and for the further reason that it may supply a large amount of forage rich in protein. In the northern states it is probable that the Soy Bean will be acclimated and that it will serve as an adjunct to the maize crop as a food for stock, although it is coarse in leaf and stalk. It thrives best upon a warm, well-drained loamy soil, and seed should not be planted until all danger from frost is over. The land should be prepared by plowing and harrowing in the early spring, and the harrow should be used two or three times before the seeds are planted. Best success is attained by planting in drills, rows to be from 2%-'i ft. apart and the hills in the row 18-20 in. apart. During the early periods of growth cultivation should be frequent, preferably with a fine-toothed im- plement. After the plants have grown so that the ground is well shaded the tillage may be discontinued. It is doubtful whether the curing of the plants for hay will ever come into general practice, but the crop may be largely grown for green soiling and for ensilage pur- poses. It may be cut into the silo with corn and serves to improve the quality of the food. To the horticulturist the Soy Bean is valuable chiefly as a soil renovator, The soil of the orchard can be given clean culture during the early summer and the Soy Beans may be sown broadcast about July 1 and harrowed in. One bushel of seed per acre will be required. One bushel of rye per acre should be sown at the same time, for when the beans are killed down by the frost in the fall the rye will then serve as a cover-crop during the winter. When the soil is so hard and forbidding that clover will not thrive the Soy Bean may be made to serve as a nitrogen-gatherer, and when plowed under it serves to greatly improve the physical condition of the land. See also Glycine. l. a. Clinton. SPANISH BAYONET. See Yucca. SPANISH BROOM. Spartium junceum. SPANISH LIME. Melicocca bijuga. SPANISH OYSTER PLANT. Scohjmus. SPABAXIS (Greek word referring to the torn or lac- erated spathes, a character which distinguishes this genus from Tritonia). Iriddcece. Wand Flower. Sparaxis is a group of spring-blooming " Cape bulbs " of the Ixia tribe, with spikes of 0-petaled, more or less funnel-shaped flowers one inch or two across and ex- hibiting an extraordinary range of color and throat markings. These plants are less popular than Ixias, which they much resemble. The plants are dwarfer and more compact than Ixias, usually 6-12 in. high, the spikes are shorter and fewer-flowered, and the blossoms are sometimes larger. Sparaxis is essentially distin- guished from Ixia and other allied genera by the sub- regular perianth, unilateral and arcuate stamens, and searious, lacerated spathe-valves. Other general fea tures are: the rootstock acorm; Ivs. linear or lanceo- late and arranged in a basal rosette; inflorescence a simple or panicled spike; perianth-tube short: ovary 3-celled; ovules many, superposed. Sparaxis is native to the southwestern provinces of Cape Colony, S. Africa. Although a few plants of Sparaxis are occasionally cultivated in America by bulb fanciers, one may search through many American catalogues without finding them listed. The Dutch bulb growers offer 25 distinct kinds, which is perhaps a quarter of the number of varieties of Ixias in cultivation. According to J. G. Baker, there is "only one species in a broad sense, vary- ing indefinitely in the size and coloring of the flowers." For practical purposes Baker recognizes the 3 species given below; of these the most important and variable is S. tricolor. Sparaxis pulcJiirrima of the Dutch trade is properly Dierima pulch6rrima, Baker. This grows 6 ft. high or more and has pendulous fls. bright blood-purple but ap- parently with pale rose and perhaps other varieties (also a white var.). It is distinguished by its pendulous fls. with regular perianth, simple style-branches, equilat- eral stamens, and large bracts which are not laciniate. B.iVI. 5555. F.S. 17:1810. Gn. 20:315; 44, p. 281. This plant is said by P. W. Burbidge to be "perhaps the most graceful of all the Cape Irids." A. Throat of flower same color as seg- ments. B. I'ls. small: segments yi-% in. long 1. bulbifera BB. Fls. larger: segments 1 in, or more long 2. grandiflora AA. Throat of flower bright yellow, often with a dark blotch on the lower part of each segment 3, tricolor bulbiiera, Ker. Corm globose, i4-% in. thick: basal Ivs. about 4, linear or lanceolate, %-l ft. long : stems }4-l ft. long, simple or branched, bearing low down 2-3 small Ivs., often with bulbils in the axils: fls. solitary or few in a spike, yellow; perianth-tube K in. long. B.M. 545 (Ixia bulbifera). To this species Baker refers S. albiflora, Eckl.. with fls. whitish inside, and S. vio- lacea, Eckl., with dark purple fls. grandifldra, Ker. Habit, corm, Ivs. and spathe iust as in S. bulbifera but the fls. larger, the limb 1 in. or 1694 SPARAXIS SPARTIUM more long, usually yellow or purple, and larger anthers. B.M. 779 (fls. primrose inside, flamed purple outside). B.R. 3:258 (fls. white inside, midveiu on the back purple). B.M. 541 (Ixia grandiflora. Fls. rich purple, margined lighter).— According to Baker, the principal named forms are : atropurptirea, dark purple ; anemonsefldra, pale yellow ; Lili&go, white, flushed with claret-purple out- side; and stellaris, dark purple, the segments narrower than the type, oblanceolate and acute rather than oblong. tricolor, Ker. Fig. 2358. Dif- fers from ,S'. grandiflora only in the color of the flowers, which are very variable but al- ways have a bright yellow throat and often a dark blotch at the base of each segment. B.M. 1482; 381 {Ixia tricolor). F.S. 2:124. F. 1843:213 {S. picta, purpurea, jDM?cZieZ^a). — Accord- ing to Baker, this is the favor- ite species among cultivators. It certainly has the greatest va- riety of colors and markings. In the works cited the floral segments range from nearly white through rose, brick-red, carmine, crimson and light pur- ple to dark purple, excluding blue and yellow, which latter color usually appears in the throat. "^^ ]yj_ SPAEGANIUM (Greek, fillet; referring to the ribbon-like Ivs.) ^j, Typhdeem. Bur-keed. Bur- '^ reeds are marsh herbs closely allied to cat-tails but with fls. 2358. Sparaxis tricolor, in globular heads instead of ob- (Xi^), long spikes. Three hardy per- ennial kinds are advertised by collectors of native plants and one or two are procurable from specialists in aquatics. Bur-reeds are desirable only in bog gardens or in wild gardening operations. The beauty of these plants often lies in each species being massed alone, as well as in the mixing with other plants. Sparganiums have creeping rootstocks and fibrous roots. Some are floating plants. Stems branched or not: Ivs. linear, alternate, sheathing at the base: fls. monoecious, in globose heads, the staminate uppermost: fr. sessile or peduncled, mostly I-loculed and nut-like. A. Inflorescence uniranched. simplex, Huds. Stems weak and slender, lK-2 ft. high, unbranched : Ivs. more or less triquetrous : stami- nate heads 4-6: pistillate 2-6, 5-8 lines in diam. : fr. stalked. June-Aug. N. Amer. B.B..1:64. AA. Inflorescence branched. B. ffeight S-8 ft. euiycirpum, Engelm. Stems stout, 3-8 ft. high, branching: Ivs. linear, flat, slightly keeled beneath: staminate heads numerous, pistillate 2-4 on a stem or branch, 10-16 lines in diam.: fr. sessile. May-Aug. N. Amer. B.B. 1:63. BB. might 2S ft. ramdsum, Curt. Lvs. flat: heads 5-9, disposed in ax- illary and terminal, interrupted spikes, the lowest one larger and pistillate, the others wholly staminate: pistil- late heads 8-10 lines in diam. July. Southern U. S., particularly in mountain bogs. W. M. SPARMANNIA (after Andreas Sparmann, who visited the Cape with Thunberg). TiUdeem. About 5 species of African shrubs or trees with cordate, dentate or lobed leaves and white flowers in terminal, umbelliform cymes- seoals 4; petals 4, naked at the base; stamens several, free, the anther - bearing ones interior, the staminodia exterior: capsule globose or ovoid, spiny. jS. a fricana is of easy treatment under glass in a tem- perature never lower than 35°, with plenty 6f air and light. The plants are benefited by being plunged in the garden during the summer and syringed during dry weather. Plants should be potted early in spring. The tips of young shoots root readily with 60° of heat. A. Lvs. deeply 5-7-lobed. palm4ta, E. Mey. A slender shrub much smaller in all its parts than jS. Africana: branches half herba- ceous: lvs. on long petioles, the lobes long-acuminate, incisely sinuate and unequally toothed, prominently 5-7- nerved below: fls. white or purplish, densely arranged on the subterminal peduncles: capsule 4-celled. Cult, in S. Calif. AA. livs. not lobed. Africana, Linn. A large shrub or tree, 10-20 ft. high ; lvs. cordate-acuminate, o-7-angled, unequally toothed, 5-6 in. long, 7-9-ribbed below: fls. white, on long, many- fld. peduncles: capsule 5-celled. B.M. 516. G.M. 37:233. R.H. 1858, p. 105. Gn. 45:967. -A useful greenhouse plant. Var. ilore pUuo is also grown. G.C. II. 19:477. F. W. Barclay. Sparmannia Africana is not common in S. California, but is highly esteemed. One in Singleton Court, 25 years old, is 12 ft. high and 16 ft. through, and consists of about fifty trunks %-i inches in diameter. It was in full bloom in January and February and one of the fin- est sights imaginable. It was literally covered with snowballs of 4 inches diameter, and admired by num- bers of people. The blooms were so heavy that the ends of the branches touched the ground, necessitating se- vere pruning as soon as blooms were past beauty. No viburnum, hydrangea or other shrub can compare with it at its blooming season. During the remainder of the year it has the appearance of a clump of hasswood suck- ers, the leaves being nearly identical in appearance with those of the basswood. It is therefore a dense mass of broad leaves and looks well anywhere and at any time. This is one of the finest white-flowered shrubs or trees in cultivation. The double variety is not as desirable as the single. Ernest Braunton. SPAEROW-GEASS. Provincialism for Asparagus. SFAETtNA (Greek, spartine, a cord ; on account of the tough leaves). Graminece. Species 7. Perennial marsh plants of various parts of the world, most or all of which are found in the United States. Culms rigid and reed-like: lvs. coarse and rough, usually becoming rolled inwards: spikelets 1-fld., in rows on two sides of the triangular rachis ; spikes 2-several in a raceme. oynosuroides, Willd. Fresh-water Cord-geass. In the West known as "Slough-grass." A common coarse fresh-water marsh grass, occurring across the continent in the northern states. Recommended for cultivation along the margins of ponds and artificial lakes. Pro- curable from collectors. ^, g, Hitchcock. SFARTIUM (Greek spartos, the ancient name of the plant). Sy'H., Spartidnthus. Legumini>sce. Ornamental shrub, with long and slender green branches, small and sparse foliage, and showy papilionaceous yellow Us. in terminal racemes. It is a handsome shrub especially adapted for warmer and drier regions ; in the East it is probably hardy as far north as Philadelphia. It becomes naturalized easily, as happened in several localities in S. America, whence it was afterwards described as S. Aniericanum, Mejen. It grows in almost any kind of well-drained soil and is well suited for planting on ex- posed sandy and rocky situations. Prop, by seeds and by greenwood cuttings under glass. One species in the Mediterranean region and the Canary Islands. Allied to Genista and Cytisus, but chiefly distinguished/by the 1-lipped calyx : lvs. simple: fls. in terminal, loose ra- cemes; calyx split above, hence 1-lipped, tip with 5 mi- nute teeth; keel incurved, acuminate: pod linear, com- pressed, many-seeded ; seeds with callose appendage at the base like in "^"nista. The slender branches yield S PARTI UM SPATHOGLOTTIS 1695 fiber, which is used in S. France and Spain for making ropes, cords and cloths. Many species of Cytisus and Genista were formerly referred to this genus. For Spartium ^fnense, Biv., S. ferox, Poir., S. monosper- mum, Linn., 6'. radiatum, Linn, and S. virgatum. Ait., see Genista; for S. purgans, Linn., and S. scoparium, Linn., see Cj'tisus; Spartium multifiorum, Ait.=Cyti- sus albus. jiinceum, Linn. (Oenista jilncea, Lam. Spartidntlius j-Anceux, Link.). Spanish Broom. Upright shrub, 10 ft. high, with slender, terete, green, rush-like branches sparingly leafy or almost leafless: Ivs. oblanceolate to linear, entire, bluish green and sparingly appressed pu- bescent,, J^-IX in. long: fls. fragrant, yellow, about 1 in. long, with ample standard: pod linear, pubescent, 2-3 in. loiig. June-Sept., in Calif, blooming almost the whole year. B.M. 85. B.R. 23:197i {an S. acutifolms). Gn. 22, p. 404: 34, p. 284; 44, p. 57.-There is a double- fld. form. Alfred Rehder. SPATHIPirfLLUM (Greek word, referring to the leaf-like spathes). Ardcew. About 20 species of nearly stemless plants, mostly from tropical America, with large, oblong or lanceolate, acuminate or cuspidate, long-petioled leaves and flowers on a long-pedimcled spadix subtended by an oblong or lanceolate, leaf-like, white, persistent, flat spathe: stigma 3-4-lobed : ovules in each locule 2-8, fixed at the interior angles of the cells. Gardeners recommend as soil for their culture a mixture of leaf -mold, peat and fibrous loam, together with some sand and charcoal. A. Spathe less than 4 in. long. B. Lvs. ZS in. wide. iloribdndum, N. E. Br. Petioles 4-6 in. long; leaf- blade oblong - elliptical or oblong -lanceolate, very sharply acuminate, abruptly obtuse and contracted into anode at the base, dark green above, lighter beneath: spathe oblong- lanceolate, long -cuspidate -acuminate, about 2K in. long by 1 in. wide, white; spadix white, a little shorter than the spathe. Colombia. l.H. 21:159. F. 1880, p. 76. , BB. Lvs. less than 2 in, wide. u. Scape thickened and curved below the spathe. cAndidum, N. E. Br. Petioles 5-6 in. long, minutely speckled with white: leaf -blade narrowly oblong-lan- ceolate, i%-6 in. long by 1-lM in. wide, acuminate at apex, base cuneately rounded, bright green above, paler beneath : spatlie erect or spreading, according to amount of curve in scape, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 3% in. long, 1 in. broad, white on both sides; spadix shorter than the spathe. Colombia. F. 1879, p. 19. CO. Scape straight. PAtini, N E. Br. Petioles slender, terete, often much longer than the blade: leaf-blade long lanceolate, 6-8 in. long, acuminate at both ends: spathe oblong-lanceo- late, very long-acuminate, white except for the green costa, spreading or recurved; spadix long stipitate (5 lines), a little shorter than the spathe. Colombia. l.H. 27:397. AA. Spathes over 4 in. long. B. Petioles W in. or more long. coohlearispjlthum, Engl. {S. heliconicefdlium, Schott). A large plant : lvs. broadly oblong, 20-30 in. long, shortly acute, the base rounded or cordate : spathe ovate or oblong -ovate, narrowly cuspidate, somewhat decurrent on the peduncle, 8-12 in. long; spadix 3-4 in. long. Mexico. l.H. 21:189. EB. Petiales 5-10 in. long. 0. Spadix S-5 in. long. oindicans, Poepp. {S. cannmfilium, Schott). Leaf- blades broad-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, 10-16 in. long, acute or acuminate, base somewhat cnneate, acute, deep green above, paler beneath : spathe 4K-7 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, white on the face, green, possibly rarely white, on the back: fls. odorous. West Indies, Colombia. B.M. 003 (as Pothos canncef alius) . oc. Spadix 2 in. long. h^bridum, N. E. Br. A hybrid between S. candicans, Poepp., and S. Patini, N. E. Br. Petioles 6-8 in. long; 107 leaf-blades broadly lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acu- minate, 8-9 in. long: spathe white on both sides, lan- ceolate, acuminate, 4-5 in. long; spadix 2 in. long. l.H. 29:450. G.C. IL 19:500. F. W. Barclay. SPATHOGLOTTIS (Greek, spathe and tongue; said to refer to the shape of the lip). Orchid&cem. Plants agreeing with Bletia in habit and form of inflorescence: pseudobulbs broadly conic, 1-3-lvd. : lvs. elongate, long- petioled, narrow, plicate, articulated : scape ■ lateral, bearing large fls. in a terminal raceme: sepals free, subequal; petals similar or broader and longer; label- lum not spurred, lateral lobes somewhat convolute, mid- dle lobe clawed; column slender: pollinia 8. About 10 species in Asia, Australia and the Malay Islands. Spathoglottises grow best at the warm end of the Cat- tleya or Brazilian house in a moist, shady location. Pot culture suits them best, and the compost should consist principally of equal parts peat fiber and sphagnum moss with a little chopped sod added; about one-half of the pot should be devoted to drainage. They all require a liberal amount of water when growing, but only enough to keep them in sound condition when at rest. They are rather hard to increase by division and the supply depends upon new importations. 2359. SpathoElottis Vieillardi. (X%.) plicMa, Blume. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, finely acuminate, scape 2-3 ft. high, with a raceme 6-12 in. long: fls. 1 in. across, lilac; sepals and petals broad, acute; middle lobe of the labellum long and narrow, cuneately dilated at the tip; calli yellow, villous. Malay Peninsula. aiirea, Lindl. {S.plicd.ta, GrifE.). Lvs. 12-18 in. high, narrowly lanceolate: scape tall and stout, 2 ft. high: raceme 6-8 in. long: fls. 1% in. across, golden yellow; sepals broad, obtuse; middle lohe of the labellum equaling the falcate lateral lobes, narrowly lanceolate. Malay Peninsula. G.C. HI. 4:93.— The lip varies, being sometimes broad and retuse at the apex. 1696 SPATHOGLOTTIS SPEEGULA VieillSrdi, Reiehb. f. (S. Augustdrum, Reichb. f.,. Fig. 2359. Lvs. long-lanceolate, acuminate, 1-2 ft. long: scape 12-18 in. high, robust : raceme 6 in. long, broad, corymb-like at first: fls. 2 in. across, very pale lilac, nearly white; sepals and petals ovate-oblong, subacute; labellum as long as the sepals, lateral lobes orange- brown, with orange calli speckled with red, middle lobe narrow, with a broadened tip variable in form. New Caledonia. B.M. 7013. A.G. 12:93. A.P. 6;631.-S. aureo- Vieilldrdi, Hort., is a hybrid between this and S. aurea. Fls. pale chrome-yellow, with the sepals slightly and the petals profusely dotted with crimson, the tips of the lobes of the lip rich crimson. G.C. III. 23:309. G.M. 41:308. 5. KiTtiballidna, Hook., is often regarded as a variety of S. aurea, from which it differs in having the backs of the sepals mottled with red-brown, the crest glabrous, and narrower lvs. B.M. 7443.— (S. plie&ta, var. Micholitzii, is advertised by San- der. Fls. amethyst color, with the segments broader than in the type. Habit more dwarf. Heinbich Hasselbeinq and K. M. Gkby. SPATHT£MA (Greek; referring to the spathe). Ardcece. Sktink Cabbaqe. Skunk Cabbage is an ex- ceptionally interesting plant. In the East, it is the first wild flower of the year, though it is oftener considered a weed than a flower by those who have nothing but contempt for it. It is a hardy swamp-loving perennial herb which pushes up its fascinating hooded spathes in midwinter or even before the first of January in favored situations. The spathes are 3-6 in. high, usually grow in clumps, and the variation in their coloring is a never- failing delight. They are mottled with purplish brown and greenish yellow, the former color sometimes be- coming bright red, the latter ranging from dark green to bright yellow. These spathes are produced several weeks before the leaves appear, and they inclose odd flowers which are described below in detail. Just when the Skunk Cabbage flowers is a matter of much debate; the stamens are generally out in February or March. The hoods retain their beauty for months. In April or May they decay and the strong-growing leaves soon attain a height of 1-3 ft. and a breadth of 1 ft. or more. All parts of the plant give a strong, skunk-like odor, but only when bruised. A young plant uprooted is a picturesque object. Its thick, horizontal rhizome emits great numbers of strong, fleshy, rope-like roots. The presence of the rank foliage of Skunk Cabbage is generally considered a sign of wet, sour soil unfit for gardening. Skunk Cabbage is offered by a number of dealers in hardy plants, as also by collectors. There is a consid- erable demand for it outside of its native region, and particularly in England, where the "bog garden" idea has been developed and has the most supporters. Skunk Cabbage has made a strong impress upon Amer- ican literature. Its hardiness and bravery have been A.l^.-rM "^i.i. ''-^'<^-^ 2360. Skunk Cabbage, as the hoods come up in spring,— Spathyema foetida (X 1-5). celebrated by outdoor writers from Thoreau to the present day. The question of its pollination has been much discussed. It was long supposed to be pollinated by the action of the carrion flies which are attracted by its odor. However, Trelease has shown that the bees are busy with the pollen while the plant is in flower and that the carrion flies mostly come later. Skunk Cabbage has long been known as Symplocarpus, but this name must give way to the older one given by Raflnesque. Generic characters : spadix globose or oblong, entirely covered by fls., the ovaries of which are embedded in the spadix; perianth of 4 hooded sepals; anthers 2- celled; style pyramidal, 4-sided: ovary 1-Ioculed, with a solitary, suspended, anatropous ovule; berries in large heads, 1-seeded. Only one species. foetida, Raf. (Symplocarpus fmtidus, Nutt. ). Skunk Cabbage. Fig. 2360. Lvs. numerous, 1-3 ft. long, 1 ft. wide, ovate, strongly nerved: spathe preceding the lvs., colored as described above: fr. ripe Aug., Sept. Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Iowa. B.M. 836 (Pothoa fxtida); 3224. V. 23:186. G.W.F. 27. D. 277. A.G. 14:367. B.B. 1:363.-The Siberian plant is probably the same species. w. m. SPATTEB-DOCK. Nuphar advena. SFEABHINT. See Mentha. SFEAR-WOOS. llucalyptus doratoxylon. SPEABWOBT. Certain species of Jlanunculuii, SPECULABIA (from Speculum Veneris, meaning Venus' Looking-glass). Gampanuldcece. Venus' Look- ing-glass (Specularia Speculum) is a pretty little hardy annual herb with 5-lobed blue flowers not quite an inch across. The plants grow about 9 in. high, bloom in spring and summer and are desirable for edging flower beds. They are of easy culture. See Annuals, Specularia is a genus of about 7 species closely allied to Campanula but differing by the very long calyx-tube, ovary and capsule. The long calyx-tube is one of the most conspicuous features of the plant and has perhaps served to suggest the handle of the mirror. There is one North American species, 5. perfoliata, which dif- fers from all the rest in having perfoliate lvs. and the capsule dehiscing laterally near the middle instead of near the calyx-lobes. It is a weed. The others are Old World herbs, small and annual, with the lower lvs. obo- vate and entire, the upper ones ovate-oblong or lanceo- late and nearly entire. Calyx-tube linear, 1 in. or so long: limb 5-parted, the segments linear and as long as the corolla-lobes ; corolla nearly wheel -shaped or broadly bell-shaped; stamens free from corolla: ovary 3-loculed : stigma shortly 3-lobed. A. Peduncles about S-fld. Sp6cnlnm, DC. (Oampdnula /Spfetttem, Linn.). Ve- nus' Lookinu-glass. Fig. 2361. Erect, 9 in. high: ca- lyx glabrous or pubescent, the tube constricted at the apex; lobes finally reflexed, according to DeCandolle. Europe. B.M. 102.— Var. procumbena is offered abroad in addition to white, lilac and double forms. R.H. 1897, p. 254. AA. Peduncles 1-fld. pentagdnia, DC. Calyx pilose, lobes spreading. Asia Minor. B.R. 1:56. — This species is not now advertised in America. Some specimens have narrow lvs. and longer calyx-tube than S. Speculum. An interesting feature of this species (and perhaps others) is the 5- angled flower-buds. -yf M. SPEEDWELL. Veronica. SPELT, See Triticum. SP£)BGULA (Latin spargere, to scatter ; the seeds are said to be expelled). Caryophylldcece. A genus of 3-8 species of annual herbs including Spurry, which see, a forage plant adapted to poor, dry, sandy soils. It is a common weed in cultivated lands. It grows about 6 in., has linear lvs. which appear to be whorled, and bears numerous, small, white, 5-petaled fls. in summer. The fls. are about H in. across and borne in terminal panicles. Important generic characters of Spergula are the small, scarious stipules, 5 styles, alternating with the sepals, and capsule - valves opposite the sepals. SPERSDLA SPHAGNUM 1697 Some of the species are dichotomously branched, but the following has clusters of branches originating at or near the base. arv^nsis, Linn. Spurky, which see. Annual, 6-18 in. high, branched at or near the base: Its. linear, clus- tered at the nodes in 2 opposite sets of 6-8 together, appearing as if vertioillate : stipules small, connate. Eu. B.B. 2:36. W. M. 2361. Venus' Lookine-elass — Specularia Speculum (X3^). SFHSBALCEA (Greek words, gloie mallow; referring to the fruit). Malv&cece. Globe Mallow. About 25 spe- cies of tender herbs, subshrubs and shrubs, mostly native to the warmer parts of America: Ivs. usually angled or lobed : fls. solitary or clustered, axillary, in terminal racemes or spites, violet, rose, flesh-color or various shades of red : bractlets 3, free or united at the base; calyx 5-cut: loonies of the ovary numerous, 2-3- ovuled, arranged in a single whorl. Closely allied to Abutilon but with 3 bractlets instead of none. A. Lvs. 5-7-lobed. E. J'ls. in spikes. aceriSdlia, Torr. & Gray. Perennial herb, 2-6 ft. high: lvs. 3-4 in. long, cordate, palmately 5-lobed (sometimes with 2 or more basal lobes), coarsely serrate: fls. rose- color, varying to white, 2 in. across, 15 or more in spi- cate clusters terminating the branches. Rocky Mts. B.M. 5404. BE. ^Is. in umbels. umbellElta, Don. Mexican shrub, 3 ft. or more high, With scarlet, pendulous fls., about 1% in. across, and usually 3 in an umbel: lvs. cordate, 7-lobed, crenate. L.B.C. 3:222 and B.R. 19:1608 (as Malva umbellata}.- Var. tricolor, Hort., was said by John Saul to have red- dish purple fls. striped with white and rose. AA. Lvs. S-lobed. B. Fls. scarlet or rose. Munroitna, Spach. Perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. broad at base, obscurely 3-lobed, crenate, sometimes in- cised: fls. scarlet or rose, 1 in. across, rose-colored: panicles axillary and terminal, numerous. Dry plains, Brit. Col. to Idaho and south . B.M. 3537 and B.R. 16 : 1306 (both as Malva Munroana). A.G. 11:539.— Advertised in 1890 as the Sunset Plant. E. S. Carman said the same plant was offered in some catalogues as Malva miniata. BE. Fls. brick-red. cispl&tina, A. St. Hil. i^S. minidta, Spach. Mdlva minidta, Cav. M. minidta, Jacq. [?]). Tender branch- ing subshrub, 2-4 ft. high, formerly considered desirable for conservatory decoration in October and November, when it produces its brick-red flowers : lvs. 1-2 in. long, 3-lobed, coarsely and unequally crenate, midlobe longest : fls. 1-lJ^ in. across, in axillary, few-fld. cymose racemes. La Plata. The above description from B.M. 5938.— Miniata means cinnabar -red, the color of red lead. There seems to be no reason why Spkceralcea cisplatina and Munroana should be confused. The lvs. of Mun- roana are obscurely 3-lobed, the lobes broad, blunt and short; the lvs. of S. cisplatina are deeply and sharply cut, acuminate and narrowed towards the base, the lobes narrow and acute, the midlobe over twice as long as the side lobes. The color of the fls. is very distinct and the clusters are branched in S. Munroana but not in S. cisplatina. '^^ jj;^ SFHSBOOYN'E (Greek words referring to the glo- bose stigma). Melastomdcece. This genus has been re- ferred to Tococa, which see for iS. latifolia. The band- some foliage plant known to the trade as Sphcerogyne imperialis is mentioned under this head because its fls. and fr. seem to be undescribed, and the place of the plant in the vegetable kingdom is therefore unde- termined. It is a broad-leaved hothouse plant with strong parallel ribs, metallic green above and pur- plish brown beneath. For cultural suggestions, see Mieonia. imperi&lis, Linden. Stem simple or little branched, erect, robust : lvs. opposite, decussate, oval, with 5 longitudinal ribs running from base to apex and many parallel transverse veins connecting them. Peru. I.H. 24:284.— Native of Peru, and introduced to Europe by Linden in 1871. It is said to be easily grown in a warm house. SFHAONUM. Sphagnum moss, bog moss or peat moss is found in swamps or bogs and is one of the plants from which peat is formed ; it is much used by gardeners. Its geographical distribution extends to all countries in the north temperate zone. According to Braithwaite's "Sphagnaceae of Europe and North America," there are 19 distinct species to be found in North America, besides numerous varieties. Sphagnum mosses differ from the true mosses so much that they are usually clasBifled in a distinct family, Sphagnacete. Besides some slight differences in the reproductive or- gans, the chief differences lie in the larger growth of Sphagnum (which is often a foot or more in height), its soft appearance, pale green color, and the absence of root-hairs. The stems and leaves are inclosed or en- circled by one, two and often four strata of transparent cells connected with each other by small holes, which have the capacity of sucking up and retaining a large amount of water. These cells therefore perform the function of root-hairs, and it is this abundant water-stor- age tissue that makes Sphagnum moss of so much use to gardeners in the cultivation of orchids, Anthurium, etc., and in fact most plants of an epiphytal or swamp-loving character, such as Sarracenia, Darlingtonia, etc. Sphag- num often forms at least one-third of the compost in which pitcher plants and epiphytes are grown. The fresh green tips of Sphagnum are also most useful for surfacing pots of orchids and other plants. Besides giving them a better appearance, the moss acts as an index to the moisture condition of the plant, Sphagnum is also useful in the propagation of many stove plants, such as Cordyline, Nepenthes, etc. ; for starting tropical tuberous - rooted plants, such as fancy caladiums ; for sowing seeds of orchids, Anthuriums, Nepenthes and Sarracenias when fresh and chopped fine; as a mulch; as a non-conducting material for plants in pots in ex- posed positions in summer; and in packing plants for transportation, for which purpose it is an ideal material. Owing to its sponge-like character it may be used wet or dry, according to the character of the plants intended for packing. Unless one has an ideal position in which to keep Sphagnum moss after gathering it from its native place, 1698 SPHAGNUM SPINACH or unless one has conditions very similar to its natiye habitat, it is difficult to keep it living for any length of time. This does not greatly matter, except that Sphag- num used for surfacing pots should always be living for the sake of appearance. That which is used in pot- ting and propagating need not necessarily be living as long as it is fresh and not decayed, while partially de- cayed moss may be used for mulching and packing. Edward J. Canning. SPHEN6GY1TE. See Ursinia. 8FIGE BirSH. Cons-ait Benzoin. SFIDEB FLOWEB. Gleome. SFIDEB LILIES. HymenocalUs and Pancratium. SPIDER PLANT. See Cleome. SPIDEBWOBT. Tradescantia. SFIGSLIA (after Adrian von der Spigel, physician, 1558-1625). Loganiddece. About 35 species of American annual or perennial herbs, rarely somewhat woody ,with opposite, membranous, feather - veined, rarely 3-5- nerved leaves, and long or small red, yellow or purplish flowers, usually borne in terminal, one-sided, somewhat curved spikes: calyx 5-lobed; segments narrow; corolla tubular ; lobes 5, valVate ; stamens 5, attached to the corolla-tube: ova,ry 2-loculed : style articulated, simple, obtuse or somewhat capitate and stlgmatose at the sum- mit: capsule flattened, circumscissile above the persis- tent base. Maril&ndica, Linn. Pink Root. A handsome hardy perennial herb, with slender, tufted stems 1-2 ft. high, opposite, ovate, sessile, thin Ivs. 2-4 in. long, and red, tubular fls. with yellow throats in terminal, 1-sided spikes. June, July. Woods, N. J. to Wis. and south. B.B. 2:605. B.M. 80.— An elegant plant for the hardy border. Shade is not necessary for its welfare if planted in good, loose, deep loam. p. ^ff^ Barclay. 2362. Spinach {X3^). SFIKENABD. Aralia racemosa. FALSE S Smila- SPILANTHES (Greek, spotted flower). Compdsitce. This genus includes the Par4 Cress (Spildnthes oler- dcea , Linn . ) , the leaves of which impart a pungent flavor to salads and stimulate the salivary glands. The plant belongs rather to pharmacy than to the vegetable garden. It is procurable from Prance. It is an annual herb of almost creeping habit and yellow fls. in conical, rayless heads about three-eighths of an inch in diameter. The seed is sown in early spring. The Brazil Cress differs in the brownish tint of stem and leaves. The preced- ing points are condensed from Vilmorin's "Vegetable Garden." , . xu Spilanthes is a genus of about 20 species found m the warmer regions of the globe. They are mostly annual, rarely perennial, and have opposite, usually dentate Ivs. Some have yellow or white rays and the disk is yellow. S. oleracea has broadly ovate, dentate Ivs. and long- peduncled heads. Gn. 22, p. 295. W. M. SPINACH (Spinacia oleracea, which see) is an an- nual crop grown as a pot-herb, or for "greens." Pig. 2362. It is a cool-season plant, and therefore it is growc in fall and spring. It is a plant of easy culture, thriving in any good garden or field soil, although for quick re- sults and for tender, succulent foliage, land which has an abundance of available plant-food, and particularly of nitrogen, is most desirable. The plant is hardy, and when the land is well drained, it will ordinarily stand the winter climate as far north as the city of New York, and still farther in somewhat protected places. Spinach is grown both as a fall and spring crop. The fall crop is raised from seed that is sown in August ; in eight weeks the leaves may be large enough for eating. The spring crop is grown from seeds sown in the fall, or from those sown during winter in hotbeds or cold- frames, or from those sown directly in the ground as soon as it is fit in the spring. If the plants for spring use are to be started in the fall, the seeds should be sown about six to eight weeks before hard freezing weather is expected. Then the plants will have attained sufficient size and roothold to enable them to pass the winter. It is advisable to cover the plants, just before winter sets in, with straw or loose litter or dry manure. Even though the plants will withstand the winter, they nevertheless thrive better if given this protection, par- ticularly in soils that are likely to heave. It is custom- ary to grow this fall-sown Spinach on wide ridges or beds that are made by plowing several furrows together, leaving a dead furrow between them. This allows of surface drainage. These beds may be from five to ten feet wide. On these beds, the seeds are sown in rows running lengthwise, the distance between the rows being from 10 to 20 inches, depending upon the methods that are employed for tillage. If hand tillage alone is to be given, the plants mayT)e placed closer. In the spring the cover is removed from the plants at the earliest op- portunity, for Spinach is most desired verv early in the season. Unless the land is in extra good "heart," it is well to make a surface application of a soluble fer- tilizer early in the spring in order to start the plants into growth. A fertilizer that is very rich in nitrogen gives best results; in fact, it is customary in some places to use a solution of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia, applying the material with a sprinkling cart. Prom 50 to 75 pounds of the fertilizer may be used to the acre with very good results, at each of two or more applications. For home use. Spinach is sometimes carried over the winter in frames, the plants having been transplanted to the frames or raised in them during the late fall. These frames are protected from severe freezing weathe by mats or shutters. Whenever it is desired to bring the plants into growth, sash is placed over the frame, and extra protection is given in very cold weather. The plants will soon become green and begin to make new leaves. Different frames may be covered at different times as the season advances, thereby providing a supply for home use. Sometimes the seed is sown in hotbeds that are made late in winter or very early in spring, and the plants are secured in advance of the ordinary season. The growing of Spinach in frames is less frequent than formerly, owing to the fact that the market is now supplied with the product grown in the Middle South. Spring Spinach may be grown from seeds that are sown as soon as the land can be worked in spring. If the land has been plowed and manured in the fall, quicker results may be secured. Two or three sowings may be made in the home garden for spring use, but after the middle of June Spinach is likely to become tough and is in little demand. If Spinach is wanted during the summer, it is better to use the New Zealand Spinach, which is a warm weather plant. This plant has no relationship with the ordinary Spinach (see Tetra- gonia). It is usually best to sow Spinach seed where the plants are to stand, although it is sometimes trans- planted into frames for home use. Care must be taken that the plants do not become checked or stunted, else they will tend to run to seed. If the seed is sown too late in spring, when hot weather is approaching, the root-leaves will be very few and the plant will quickly throw up flower-stalks. Spinach is always grown as a SPINACH SPIR^A 1699 auccession or companion crop, as it occupies the land for a small part of the year. There are very few in- sects and diseases that are generally troublesome. Spinach is usually transported to market in barrels, or orates. Plants are usually cut so that an inch or so of the root is left with them. All dirt is removed, as also all broken and dead leaves. The plants are packed tight. It is essential that the plants be dry before they are shipped. There are several important varieties of Spinach. The large, broad-leaved varieties are most popular in the markets, such as the Viroflay and the Round-leaved. The prickly Spinach is considered to be the most hardy and is chiefly recommended for fall sowing, l H. B. SPINACH OEACH, or SEA PURSLANE {Atriplex hortensis) is also sometimes called Mountain Spinach. SFINACIA (from spina; alluding to the spiny fruit). ChenopodiAceni. Spinach. Spinage. According to Volkens tin Engler & Prantl's Pflanzeuf amilien i , there are only two species of Spinaoia, S. oleracea, Linn., the common Spinach, and S. tetrandra, Stev. The lat- ter is an annual herb of the Asia Minor-Persian region, and is not in cultivation. S. oleracea, the Spinach, is probably native to southwestern Asia, but it is now widely cultivated. It is an annual herb, developing rather large, arrow-shaped root-leaves, and these leaves are eaten for "greens." Later in the season it sends up a branching flower-stem 2-3 ft. high, bearing axillary clusters of seed-like fruits. In one type these fruits are spiny: this is the form once described as S. spinosa, Moench, but which is not now considered to be specifi- cally distinct. Whether the round-seeded or the prickly- seeded type is the original form of the Spinach is not known, but as a matter of nomenclature, Linnaeus' S. oleracea, which is the oldest name, is held to include all forms. Spinaoia belongs to the atriplex tribe. The genus is distinguished from Atriplex in the fact that the pistil- late flowers are bractless, whereas those of Atriplex are inciosed in a pair of enlarging calyx-like bracts. Spinaoia is dioecious, bearing the flowers in small axil- lary clusters: stamens 4 or 5, in a 4^5-lobed calyx: ovary 1, with 4-5 styles or stigmas, in a 2-4-toothed calyx, this calyx hardening and inclosing the akene and often becoming horned on the sides and giving rise to "prickly-seeded" Spinach. The cultivated forms have developed much thicker and broader radical leaves, which are used for greens, often showing little of the halberd or sagittate shape. l H. B. SPINDLE TREE. Euonymus. SFIR^SA (ancient Greek name of a plant used for garlands, derived from speira, band, wreath; probably first used for the present genus by Clusius). MosAcece. Ornamental deciduous shrubs, with alternate, estipu- late, simple and rather small Ivs., and small white, pink or almost crimson fls. in showy umbels, corymbs or panicles. Many are hardy north; some of the best of them are Spirma arguta, Tfiunbergi, Van ffouttei, pubescens, trilohata, hracteata, media, ulmifolia, alba, Douglasi, Mensiesi, tomentosa. Spircea blanda, Ja- ponica and albiflora require a sheltered position or protection during the winter, though S. Japonica and its allies, even if killed almost to the ground, will pro- dace flowers on shoots of the same season. Spirma Cantoniensis, Blumei, Chinensis, canescens and bella are more tender and not to be recommended for the North but are hardy or nearly hardy in the Middle States. S. prunifolia is hardy north of Boston and is half hardy as far north as Ottawa, Canada. In regard to the flowering season, the Spireas can be divided into two groups. The first one contains the species of the section ChamsBdryon, with white flowers in umbels and blooming in spring, from April to June. The second group is composed of the sections Calospira and Spiraria, with white or pink flowers in corymbs or panicles appearing from June to fall. Some of the most important species, arranged according to their relative flowering time, are the following: Early-flowering Spi- reas— S. Thunbergi, arguta, hypericifolia, pruuifoUa, media, Pikowiensis, pubescens, chamcedryfolia, trilo- bata. Van Souttei, Canionensis, bracteata. Late-flow- ering Spireas — S. bella, corymbosa, densiflora , ca- nescens, Japonica, albiflora, salicifoHa. alba, Mensiesi, Douglasi, tomeutosa. The species of the second group do not produce their flowers all at once like those oi" the first group, but continue blooming for a longer time. The Spireas are all mediiim-sized or low shrubs and well adapted for borders of shrubberies, as single speci- mens on the lawn or for rockeries. Especially the spe- cies of the early-flowering group possess a graceful habit and make effective single specimens, except per- haps iS. cTiamcedry folia and media., which are somewhat stifferand less handsome and produce suckers. Spirma canescens has also the graceful habit of the first group. Spirma Japonica and its numerous hybrids form mostly low, round bushes and are pretty as single specimens or in the border. Spirma alba, Douglasi, Menziesi and to- mentosa should be planted in .shrubberies only and es- pecially in situations where their spreading by suckers does no harm; they are sometimes used for low ornamental hedges. For rockeries Spirma decumbens, corymbosa, densiflora, bullata, and some dwarf hybrids of S. Japonica are to be recommended. The species of the section Chamsedryon, and also S. canescens and bella, should be pruned as little as possible,— only thinned out and the weak wood removed, —while those of the sections Spiraria and Calospira can be pruned more severely if necessary, since they pro- duce their flowers at the ends of the young shoots. Some of the early-flowering Spireas, especially S. ar- guta, prunifolia. Van Souttei and S, Bumalda, are sometimes forced. The Spireas grow in almost any moderately moist soil, the Spiraria species being generally more moisture- loving; and S. tomentosa thrives well only in a peaty or sandy soil, while those recommended above for rock- eries require a well -drained soil and sunny situation. Prop, by seeds sown in spring and covered only slightly with soil, or by hardwood or greenwood cuttings. The species of Chamsedryon grow very well from greenwood cuttings under glass, while the Spirarias are usually raised from hardwood cuttings. The Calospiras seem to grow equally well in both ways. The Spirarias are also often prop, by division and by suckers. About 50 species in the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, in America south to Mexico. Lvs. simple, short -petioled, entire or serrate, sometimes lobed, without stipules: fls. in umbel-like racemes, co- rymbs or panicles, perfect, rarely polygamous; calyx cup-shaped or campanulate, 5-lobed ; petals 5, rounded ; stamens 15-60, inserted between calyx and disk; pistils usually 5, distinct, developing into follicles dehiscent along the inner suture, with several or rarely two mi- nute, oblong seeds. Many species formerly included under Spirsea are now referred to other genera ; see Physooarpus, Sohizonotus and Sorbaria for shrubby species and Arunous, Ulmaria and also Astilbe for the herbaceous ones. There is a monograph of Spirsea and the allied genera by Maximowicz in Acta Horti Petro- politani, vol. 6, p. 105-261 (1879) and a monograph of the cultivated species, with their numerous hybrids fully described by H. Zabel, Die strauchigen Spiraen der deutschen Garten (1893). There is much horticul- tural literature on Spireas, for the plants are popular and the species are many. Alfred Rehder. The name Spirma is often spelled Spirea. Whenever the generic and speoiflo name are both used the di- graph should be employed, thus: Spirma Japonica, Whenever one speaks of "Spireas" in an untechnical way, we spell the name without the digraph, in har- mony with the Editor's writings. The name Spirea should be considered as an English word in common speech just as geranium and chrysanthemum are. In fact, many people speak of plants as " Spireas " which do not belong to the genus. For example, a delightful white-flowered bushy herb which is grown indoors iu great quantities, especially at Easter, is properly an Astilb^. Comparable instances are peony, bougalnvillea, etc. -w. M. Missing Page Missing Page 1702 SPIE^A SPIR^A Handsome bushy shrub, quite hardy; different names as S. aqailegifdlia, tmgifblia, Blumei.- cult, under many adiantifolia, cra- 14. Van Hottttei, Zabel (S. OantonUnsis x trilobctta. S. aquilegifdlia,VB,r. Van Hoiittei, Hviot.). Fig. 2366. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with arching branches : Ivs. rhom- bic-ovate or rhombic-obovate, rounded or somewhat narrowed at the base, acute, incised serrate, dark green above to pale bluish green beneath, %-l% in. long: fls. white, % in. across, in many-fld. umbels; petals twice as long as stamens; sepals upright or spreading in fruit. May, June. Of garden origin. Gn. 53, p. 251. G.P. 2:317. Gng. 5:210. A.G. 15:297. P.G. 3:173. M.D.G. 1900:17. -This is one of the most beautiful, or perhaps the most beautiful, of the early-blooming Spireas and quite hardy. Sometimes confounded with the foregoing, which is similar but smaller in every part and less showy. 15. Cantoniensis, Lour. (S. Beeresi&na, Lindl. S. lanceoldta, Poir. S. corymbbsa, Eoxb.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender, arching branches: Ivs. rhombic- lanceolate, incisely doubly serrate, dark green above, pale bluish green beneath, 1-2K in. long: fls. over % in. across, in rather dense umbels; sepals upright in fruit: follicles with spreading styles. May, June. China, Japan. B.B. 30:10. A.G. 18:356.-Very handsome shrub, with large pure white fls., but only half-hardy north. Var. fldre pl^no, with double fls. and harrower Ivs., is still more tender. This species and the three foregoing are valuable also for their handsome foliage, which remains fresh and green until late in fall. 16. bldnda, Zabel (S. Chinlnsis x CantonUnsis. S. Seevesidna robiista, or «dya, Hort. ). Upright shrub, 6 ft. high, with arching branches: Ivs. oblong to ovate, acute at both ends, incised serrate, dark green and almost glabrous above, grayish tomentose. beneath, 1-1^ in. long: fls. rather large, pure white, in pubescent umbels; sepals ovate-lanceolate, upright in fruit: follicles pu- bescent, with spreading styles. May, June. Of garden origin. — Only half-hardy north. 17. Chinlnsis, Maxim. (5. p«6^sce«s, Lindl.). Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with arching branches, tomentose when young: Ivs. long-petioled, ovate, incisely serrate and sometimes 3-lobed, finely pubescent above, yellowish tomentose beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. pure white, about % in. across, in pubescent umbels; sepals upright in fruit, ovate-lanceolate, tomentose like the follicles; styles terminal, spreading. May. China. B.R. 33:38.— Handsome, but not hardy north. 18. pubfiBcens, Turcz. Upright shrub, 6 ft. high, with slender, arching branches: Ivs. similar to those of the foregoing species, but more grayish tomentose beneath and somewhat smaller, petioles shorter; fls. H-!4 in. across, in glabrous umbels; sepals triangular-ovate, upright in fruit: follicles glabrous, with the spreading styles below the apex. May. N. China. G.P. 1:331.— Hardy north, and the large-fid. form as handsome as the foregoing species. 19. mfidia, Schmidt {8. confiisa, Regel & Koern.). Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with terete branches, gla- brous or pubescent when young: Ivs. ovate to oblong, cuneate at the base, incisely serrate above the middle, almost glabrous or pubescent, 1-234 in. long: fls. in many-fld. rather long-stalked, umbel-like racemes; fol- licles with the spreading or reflexed styles somewhat below the apex. May. S. E. Eu. to Japan. -Var. gla- br6scens, Zabel. Almost glabrous. Var. oWongildlia, Kehd. {S. oblongifolia, Waldst. & Kit.). Lvs. elliptic- oblong to oblong-laneeolate, narrowed at both ends, en- tire or with 1-3 teeth at the apex. Var. sericea, Regel (S. sericea, Turcz.). Lvs. pubescent on both sides. 20. chamsBclryfdlia, Linn. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with angular, glabrous branches: lvs. distinctly petioled, ovate to lanceolate, sharply and often doubly serrate, almost glabrous, bluish green beneath, 2-3 m. long: fls. in many-fld. umbels, the lower ones long-stalked, the upper ones often almost sessile : follicles with the styles upright and terminal. S. E. Eu. to Japan. -Var. Slex- udsa, Maxim. (S. flexudsa, Pisch.). Less high, with spreading more or less zigzag branches: lvs. narrower, sharply serrate above the middle. Siberia to Dahuria. Var. ulmifolia, Maxim. (s, usually in- cised-serrate 34. lucida GG. 1/vs. usually cre- nately serrate 35. betullfolia EE. Fls. pink 36. densiflora 21. can^scens, D. Don. Shrub, 6 or sonfetimes 12 ft. high, with spreading and arching branches : lvs. broadly oval to obovate, very short-petioled, crenately dentate above the middle, grayish green, pubescent beneath or sometimes almost glabrous at length, K-?4 iu. long: fls. white, rather small, in dense, semi-globose corymbs to 2 in. across, appearing very profusely along the branches; sepals upright or spreading in fr. : follicles villous, with the ascending styles a little below the SPIB^A SPIRAEA 1703 apex. July. Hiraal. Gn. 45, p. 49; 49, p. 421; 52, p. 28; 54, p. 48. — Very graceful and handsome shrub, but not hardy north. It occurs under very many different names in the gardens, as ^'. arg^ntea, mnedta, cunei- fdlia, flagellAta, ftagellifdrmis, rotundifblia, vaccinifd- lia, and others. 22. decumbens, W. Koch {S. -procHmhens , Hort. ). Dwarf, procumbent shrub, about ^ ft. high, with as- cending branches, glabrous : Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, crenately serrate above the middle, glabrous, ^-1 in. long: fls. white, in small corymbs, about 2 in. across : follicles glabrous, with upright ter- minal styles. June. Tyrol. G.C. II. 11:752. — Pretty shrub for rockeries. 2U. longig6inmis, Maxim. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender terete branches,, glabrous : axillary buds acumi- nate, longer than the petioles: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to oblong -lanceolate, incisely and doubly serrate, with glandular-tipped teeth, bright green, glabrous, 1^-23^ in. long: fls. white, in rather loose, 2-3-in, broad, pubescent corymbs; sepals spreading in fr. : follicles almost gla- brous, with terminal spreading styles. June. N. W. China. G.P. 7:345.-Hardy. 24. b^Ua, Sims (S. ovAta, and S. cdccinea, Hort.). Shrub, 3 ft. high, with slender, spreading branches, an- gular and sparingly pubescent : Ivs. broadly ovate to ovate, sharply and often doubly serrate, almost gla- brous, whitish or bluish green beneath, 1-2 in. long: lis. polygamous, pink, in small corymbs, K-2 in. across; stamens little longer than petals ; sepals reflexed in fr. : follicles pubescent only at the inner suture, with spreading styles. June, July. Himal. B.M. 2426. L.B.C. 13:1268.-Only half-hardy north. 25. expAnsa, Wall. {S. bMa, var. expdnsa, Kegel. S. Kumaoninsis , Hort.). Closely allied to the forego- ing, more vigorous and upright, 6 ft. high, with terete branches tomentose when young: Ivs. ovate-elliptic to ovate -lanceolate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate from the middle, usually pubescent on the veins be- neath, lK-3 in. long : fls. white or pale pink, in 1-4 broad corymbs: follicles pubescent, diverging. July. Himal. — S. pulch^lla, Kunze (S. Kumaonlnsis, Hort.), is supposed to be a hybrid of this and the foregoing '^^C:?- 2365. Spirsa trilobata (X X). No. 13. species; it combines the broader corymbs of the latter with the brighter color of the first species, therefore handsomer than either parent; sometimes cult, as S. expdnsa rubra, but there is also anotheV hybrid of the same name. See S. rubra in suppl. list. 26. buU&ta, Maxim. (S. crispifdlia, Hort.). Dwarf shrub, with strictly upright brown, villous branches: Ivs. roundish ovate to ovate, very short-petioled, in- cisely serrate, thickish and bullate, almost glabrous. grayish green beneath, %-% in. long: fls. deep pink, ia small and dense corymbs, lK-3 in. across. July, Aug. Japan. Gt. 35:1216. 27. Jap6nica, Linn. (S. callbsa, Thunb. S. Fdrtmiei, Planch.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright branches glabrous or puberulous when young: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends or acuminate, doubly and incisely serrate, pale bluish green and usu- ally glabrous beneath, 1-4 in. long: fls. small, pale to deep pink, in usually much compound and rather loose corymbs; sepals reflexed in fruit: follicles glabrous. 2366. Spiraea Van Houttei. Ho. 14. . / diverging, with ascending styles. June, July. Japan to Himal. F.S. 9:871. B.H. 8:129. P.F.G. 2, p. 113.- Handsome shrub, with the young unfolding Ivs. of a pretty purplish color; usually much cult, under the name S. calloaa. Var. F6rtunei, Rehd. (S. Fdrtunei, Planch. S. cal- lbsa, Lindl., not Thunb.). Higher, with quite terete branches: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, sharply and doubly serrate, with incurved, callous- tipped teeth, rugose above, bluish white beneath: corymbs very compound, rather loose; disk none or very minute. This seems to be the Chinese form; the Japanese form grows less high, has smaller and broader, coarsely doubly dentate-serrate Ivs., not rugose and ■ less whitish beneath; the stems are slightly striped by the decurrent petioles and the inflorescence is less compound. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. Pis. deep pink, in tomentose corymbs. Var. rubfirrima, Hort. Fls. deep pink, in puberulous corymbs. Var. macroph^lla, Simon-Louis. Lvs. becoming 6 in. long, bullate: corymbs small. Var. glabr^a, Nichols. (S. glahrctta, Lange). Of more rigid habit- lvs. ovate, glabrous : fls. bright pink, in glabrous corymbs. Var. pubescens, Kegel. Lvs. pubescent on the veins beneath; corymb tomentose. Most of the other forms often enumerated as varieties are hybrids of this species. 28. Margaritae, Zabel {S.Japdnica x supSrba). Shrub, 5 ft. high, puberulous: lvs. ovate-elliptic to elliptic, coarsely and often doubly serrate, pubescent on the midrib beneath and pale green, 2-3 in. long: fls. rather large, bright pink, in broad corymbs ; sepals spreading in fruit: follicles upright, glabrous, with upright styles: July, Aug. Of garden origin. —Handsome, very free- flowering form. 29. F6xu, Zabel (5. cnrymbdsa xJapdnica). Similar to the preceding: branches more or less striped, almost glabrous: lvs. elliptic, doubly serrate, glabrous: fls. whitish or pinkish, in large, puberulous corymbs; styles spreading in fruit. June, July. Of garden origin.— Less desirable than the preceding hybrid. 30. Bumdlda, Burvenich {S. Japdnica x albi flora . S, pAmila, Zabel). Shrub, 2 ft. high, rarely higher: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, sharply and doubly serrate, gla- brous, 2-3 in. long: fls. whitish to deep pink: follicles diverging. July, Aug. B.H. 17:12. Gn. 46, p. 416. Mn. 2, p. 24.— Cult, in many different forms, probably all of garden origin. One of the best is var. Anthony Waterer, a very free-flowering, compact shrub with bright crim- son fls. in rather dense corymbs. Gn. 45:945. G.C. III. 14:365. A similar form is S. Lemdinei, Zabel {S. Bu- mdlda, var. rubirrima, Hort.), hybrid of 8. Bumalda and 8. buUdta, a low, compact shrub, with somewhat bullate lvs. and pink fls. L704 SPIR^A SPIE^A 31. albifl6ra, Mia. (S. JapSnica dlba, Regel. S, leu- cdntha, Lange). Fig. 2367. Low shrub, IH ft. high, With stiff, upright branches: Its. lanceolate, coarsely or sometimes doubly serrate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white, in dense corymbs, one large terminal and many smaller ones below, forming a kind of raceme; disk prominent; sepals reiiexed in fr. : follicles upright, not or little diverging. July, Aug. Japan. 32. sup^rba, Zabel (-S. albifldra x corymbdsa) . Low shrub, with striped dark brown branches: Ivs. elliptic- oblong to oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly serrate, almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. rather large, pink or almost whitish ; disk prominent; petals orbicu- lar or broadly obovate. June, July. Of garden origin. 2367. Spiraea albiflora (XK). 33. corymbbsa, Baf. {S. cratcegifdlia, Link.). Low shrub, with usually little-branched stems, rarely to 3 ft. high; branches purplish brown: Ivs. broadly oval to ovate, acutish, coarsely and often doubly serrate, espe- cially above the middle, pale bluish green beneath and glabrous, lK-3 in. long: fls. white, rather small, in somewhat convex usually pubescent corymbs, l}4-3 in. across; petals oval: follicles and styles upright. May, June. N. J. to Ga. L.B.C. 7:671. 34. Idcida, Dougl. Closely allied to the former: branches yellowish brown or brown: Ivs. more incisely serrate, oval or obovate: corymb glabrous, usually looser and more flat, broader. June, July. Dakota to Brit. Col. and Oregon. The allied S. Virginiina, Britt., is more branched and higher: Ivs. oblong to ob- lanceolate, dentate above the middle or almost entire : inflorescence glabrous. Va. to N. C. B,B. 2:197. 35. betulifdlia, Pall. Low, much-branched shrub: Ivs. oval to obovate or obovate-oblong, usually cuneate at base and very short-petioled. serrate or crenately ser- rate, obtuse, glabrous or slightly pubescent on the veins beneath, %-l% in. long: corymb usually glabrous, 1-2 in. across. June, July. Siberia to Manchuria, Kams- chatka and Japan.— The two preceding and the follow- ing species are all closely allied and considered by some botanists as varieties of S. betulifolia. 36. densifldra, Nutt. (S. betuUfblia, var. rdsea, Gray. S. rdsea, Koehne. S. arb'Aseula, Greene). Low, much- branched shrub: Ivs. very short-petioled, oval to ovate, obtuse, crenately serrate, ?i-lK in. long: fls. bright- pink, in dense corymbs 1-2 in. across. June-Aug. Ore. to Calif., southern Manchuria. G.F. 10:il3. Section 5. Spibakia (Species Nos. 37-49). A. Inflorescence a broad panicle^ about as broad as high. (Hybrids of species of this and the preced- ing section.) B. Panicles rather small, on lateral branchlets at the end of last yearns branches 37. Fontenaysii BB. Panicles large, terminal on long, upright branches. C. IjVS. glabrous or nearly so. D. Apex of Ivs. acute 38. conspicua i>D. Apex of Ivs. obtuse or acutish. E. Shape of Ivs. broadly ovate or obovate 39. notha EE. Shape of Ivs. oblong or oval-oblong 40. pyramidata CO. Jjvs. pubescent or tomentose beneath. D. Base of Ivs. acute 41. Sanssouciana DD. Base of Ivs. rounded 42. Nobleana AA. Panicles elongated, longer than broad. {SpiraHa proper.) ts. Foliage glabrous or nea.rly so. c. Lvs. sharply serrate, except at the very base. D. Panicles tomentulose. E. Fls. light pink 43. salicifolia EE. Fls. white 44. alba DD. Panicles glabrous 45. latifolia CC. Ijvs. coarsely serrate above the middle; fls. pink 46. Menziesii BB. Foliage pubescent or tomentose beneath. c. Follicles glabrous: lvs. gray- ish or whitish tom^entose be- neath. D. Lvs. acute at both ends . . ..H. Billardii DD. I/vs. rounded or nearly so at both ends 48. Douglasi CC. Follicles pubescent: lvs. usu- ally light tawny beneath. i9. tomentosa 37. Fonten^ysii, Billard (S. Fontanaysiinsis, Dipp. S. caniscens x salicifdlia). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with slen- der, upright branches : lvs. oval or oblong-oval, rounded at both ends, crenately serrate above the middle, pale bluish green beneath, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white or pink, in 13^-3-in. long panicles; petals orbicu- lar, about as long as stamens; sepals spreading in fruit. June, July. Of garden origin. — Not quite hardy north. Var. Alba, Zabel, is the white-fld., var. rdsea, Zabel, the pink-fld. form. S. pruindsa, Hort. [S. brachybdtrys, Lange. S. hixuridsa, Hort. S.caniscens x Bouglasi), is a similar form, but the lvs. are tomentose beneath and the fls. pink. 38. conspicua, Zabel (S. albifldra x dlba). Upright shrub, 3 ft. high, with dark brown puberulous branches; lvs. elliptic-oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly serrate, almost glabrous, li4-2% in. long: fls. pinkish white, in broad finely pubescent panicles; petals shorter than stamens. July-Sept. —Handsome form. A similar hybrid is S. syringseildra, Lem. (L. albifldra x salici- fdlia), with oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate lvs. serrate above the middle and pink fls. Closely allied is also S. semperUdrens, Zabel (S. Japdnica x salicifdlia, S. Jap6nica or Fdrtunei, var. paniculdta, Hort.). Higher than the former: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, usually doubly serrate: fls. pink. E.H. 1860, p. 496, 497. Gn. 45, p. 48. SPIR^A SPIR^A 1705 39. ndtha, Zabel {S. eorymidsa x latUblia). Shrub. 3 ft. high, with brown glabrous branches : Ivs. broadly ovate to obovate, short-petioled, coarsely anil doubly serrate, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white to pinkish white, in broad, glabrous panicles; stamens almost twice as long as the orbicular petals. July, Aug. — Of garden origin. 40. pyramidita, Greene (S. lucida x Minsiesi). Up- right shrub, 3 ft. high: Ivs. oval-oblong to oblong, acutish or obtuse, usually doubly serrate above the middle, glabrous or nearly so, lK-3 in. long: panicles 1K-3K in. long, rather dense, puberulous: fls. pinkish or almost white. July. Found wild in Ore. and Wash- ington.— Worthy of cultivation, but not yet introduced. 41. Sanssouoi^na, C. Koch (S. Doilqlasi x Japdnica. 8. Segelidna, Hort.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with striped, finely tomentose branches : Ivs. oblong - lanceolate, sharply and usually doubly serrate, grayish tomentose beneath, 2-3^ in. long: fls. pink, in broad corymb-like panicles : follicles glabrous, with spreading styles. July, Aug. Of garden origin.— An allied form is S. intermedia, Lemoine {S. albifldra x Doiiglasi}, similar in habit to S. syringmflom but with the Ivs. tomentose beneath. 42. Nobleana, Hook. {S. Doiiglasi, var. JVoble&na, Wats. S. Doiiglasi x densiflora). Shrub, 4 ft. high, similar to the former: Ivs. oblong or narrowly oblong, usually rounded at the base, acute, sharply serrate above the middle, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. light pink, in dense broadly pyramidal to- mentulose panicles, 3-6 in. high; petals half as long as stamens ; sepals reflexed in fr. ; styles erect. June, July. Natural hj'brid, found in Calif. B.M. 5169. I.H. 8:286. —A similar form is S. pachystachys, Zabel {S. corym- hbsa x Doiiglasi) , with broader Ivs. and fls. of paler pink. t 43. salioifdlia, Linn. (S. Sibirica, Raf. S. salicifdlia, var. cdmea, Ait.). Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with te- rete yellowish brown branches puberulous when young : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, sharply and some- times doubly serrate with often incurved teeth, lK-3 in. long: fls. light pink or whitish, in oblong, dense, tomen- tulose panicles leafy below, the Ivs. exceeding the as- cending ramifications; stamens twice as long as petals; sepals upright in fr. : follicles ciliate at the inner suture. June, July. S. E. Eu. to .Japan and probably Alaska. — Var. grandifldra, Dipp. {S.grandifldra, LodA.]. Lower, with larger, lighter pink fls. L.B.C. 20:1988. 44. i,Voa,,DuT. {S. salicifdlia, v&T. panieul&ta, Ait. 8. lanceoldta, Boikh.). Queen of the Meadow. Meadow Sweet. Attractive upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with reddish brown branches puberulous when young: Ivs. narrow, oblong to oblanoeolate, acute, usually regularly simply serrate, 1K-2K in. long : fls. white, in leafy pyramidal tomentulose panicles, the lower spreading ramifications much longer than their supporting Ivs. ; stamens wliite, usually as long as petals: follicles quite glabrous. June-Aug. FromN. Y. westtotheRockyMts., south to Ga. and Miss. Also known as 8. salicifolia. 45. latifdlia, Borkh. {8. salicifdlia, var. latifblia. Ait. 8. carpinifblia, Willd. 8. Canadensis, Hort. 8. Bethle- Jicminsis, Hort.). Queen of the Meadow. Meadow Sweet. Pig. 2368. Branching shrub, 2-5 ft. high, with bright or dark red-brown glabrous twigs : Ivs. broadly oval to obovate or oblong, usually coarsely and often doubly serrate, lJ^-3 in. long: fis. white, larger than those of 8. alba, sometimes lightly blushed and with the stamens and disk more or less pinkish ; panicles quite glabrous, broadly pyramidal, with spreading and elongated ramifications ; stamens longer than petals. June-Aug. Newfoundland and Canada to N. C. Em. 2:485. B.B. 2:196.— This and the preceding species have been referred by most American botanists to 8. salicifo- lia. 8. alba is chiefiy found west, jS. latifolia east of and in the AUeghanies. 46. M^nziesi, Hook. (8. Doiiglasi, var. Minziesi, Presl.). Upright shrub, 4 ft. high, with brown, at first puberulous branches: Ivs. oblong-obovate to oblong, coarsely and unequally serrate above the middle, pale green beneath, lJ^-3 in. long: fls. small, pink, in rather narrow, 5-8-in. long panicles ; stamens more than twice as long as the roundish petals ; sepals reflexed in fruit. June-Aug. Alaska to Oregon. 47. Bill&rdii, Hort. (8. Doiiglasi x salicifdlia). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with brown pubescent branches : Ivs. oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute, sharply and often doubly serrate, except in the lower third, usually grayish tomentose beneath, at least when young, sometimes al- most glabrous at length, 2-3 in. long: fls. bright pink, in 5-8-in. long, tomentose or tomentulose panicles, usu- ally rather narrow and dense. July, Aug. Of garden origin. — 8. Lenne&na, Bethlehem4nsis rubra, trilim- whans, CTimia, VovMdntim, Oalifornica , Hort., are very- similar and probably of the same parentage. 2638. Spiraea latifolia (X K)- 48. Doiiglasi, Hook. Fig. 2369. Shrub, 8 ft. high, with reddish brown tomentose branches : Ivs. oblong to nar- row-oblong, rounded or acutish at both ends, unequally serrate above the middle, densely white-tomentose be- neath, lK-4 in. long: fls. deep pink, in dense, ratheri. narrow or sometimes broad panicles, 4-8 in. long; sta- mens twice as long as the obovate petals ; sepals re- flexed in fruit: follicles glabrous. July, Aug. British Columbia to Calif. F.S. 2:66. R.H. 1846:101. P.F.G. 2, p. 85. P.M. 12:195. B.M. 5151. Gn. 23:380. 49. tomentbsa, Linn. Hakdhack. Steeplebush. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright, brown, tomentose. branches: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate, acute, unequally and often doubly serrate, densely yellowish or gravishi 1706 SPIR^A tomentose beneath, 1-2M iu. long: fls. deep pink or pur- ple, m narrow dense panicles, brownish tomentose and 3-8 m. long; stamens somewhat longer than the obo- vate petals; sepals reflexed: follicles pubescent, usu- ally diverging. July-Sept. Nova Scotia to Ga. , west to Manitoba and Kansas. B.B. 2:196. Em. 2:485. -Var. 2369. Spiraea Dou^lasi (X3^). Alba, Hort. With white fls. P.E. 8:833. Gng. 5:149. This species does not spread by suckers like most others of the section Spiraria. All the last named species are valuable as late-blooming shrubs and decorative with their showy panicles of bright or deep pink fls. They appear at their best when planted in masses in the wilder parts of the park iu low ground. S. Amurinsis, Maxim. = Physocarpus Amurensis.— ^. arice- fdlia, Sm. = Schizonotus discolor,— A'. Ariincus, Linn. = Arun- cus Sylvester. — S. assimilis, Zabel (S. densifloraX Japoniea). how shrub, with pink fls. in broad corymb-like panicles. Gar- den hybrid.— S. astilboldes, Hort. == Aruneus astilboides.— S. Boursi&ri, Oarr. = Schizonotus discolor, var. dumosus.— A'. brumalis. Lange (probably S. expansaX alba). Medium-sized shrub, with oblong, incisely serrate, almost glabrous Ivs. and pinkish white fls . in broad and loose corymb-like panicles. Aug.- Oct Gardenhybrid.—iS. Offm^sc/la(^ca,Pall. = UlmarlaCamts- ehatica.— 5. capitdta, Pusrsh= Physocarpus capitatus — J. cindrea, Zabel (S. canaXhypericifolia). Medmm-sized shrub, with small, oblong, usually entire, pubescent Ivs. and white fls. in short-stalked umbels. Garden hybrid.-5. concinna, Zabel (S. albifloraXexpansa). Medium-sized shrub, with lanceolate, sharply serrate, almost glabrous Ivs. and pinkish white fls.m broad corymbs. Garden hybrid.— S. compdcta mumflOra, ilort. = Astilbe Japoniea var.— S. confirta, Zabel (S. cana X crenataj . Medium-sized shrub, with small, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, 3-nerved, entire or crenate Ivs. and white fls. indense,_ small, peduncled umbels. Garden hybrid.-S. i>fflMnca, Maxim., is SPIRANTHES closely allied to S.alpina, but not yet introduced; S. canescens and Sorbaria sorbifolia are sometimes cult, under this name.— *S'. diffdrmis^ Zabel (.S. albaXcorymbosa). Medium-sized shrub, with oval to oblong-lanceolate, serrate, almost glabrous Ivs. and white fls. in large corymb-like panicles. Garden hy- brid.— *S. discolor, Pursh = Schizonotus discolor,— S. dumfisa, Nutt. = Schizonotus discolor, var. dumosus.— -S. Filipendnla, Linn. = Ulmaria Filipendula. — S. fissa, Lindl. = Schizonotus discolor, var. fissus. — S. floribUnda. A trade name of indis- criminate meaning. S. semperflorens and Sorbaria sorbifolia are sometimes met with under this name. — S. geTnmdta, Zabel (S. Mongolica, Hort., not Maxim.). Allied to S. alpina; axillary buds much longer than petioles; Ivs. small, penni- iierved, oblong-lanceolate, usually entire: fls. white, in short- stalked, rather few-fld. umbels. Mongolia.— ^^'"^xv?'N»^J^^Si3--''i.;, variety has been the Wilson (Pig. 2420), now practically ■^SiiWM^^^P* extinct. The accompanying pictures (Pigs. 2421-2425) show types of American Strawberries. vlry^S^''^ I ^l*® common garden Strawberries are the progeny of ^y'ff 11 Fragaria Ghiloensis, native to the Pacific coast of America, and first introduced to cultivation from Chile nearly 200 years ago. See Fragaria. In Europe the /i^:*=*'^^^^^a=:^ Alpine and Hautbois types of Strawberries (F, vesca '^ ///^'^*^^ *^*1 -^' ^f^oschata) are highly prized as dessert fruits. jt J^^SMtmJm These are sometimes grown in this country by amateurs, rfS^^^^^^^^^is but they are unknown to commercial Strawberry cul- ture. The native Fragaria Virginiana, everywhere common in fields in eastern North America, gives little promise under cultivation. It usually runs strongly to vine, at the expense of fruit-bearing. There are several serious fungous diseases and insect pests of the Strawberry. The fundamental treatment for all these is to fruit the bed but once, or at most but twice, and to grow succeeding crops on other land, 2416. Pot-erown Strawberry plant. cleaning up the old plantation thoroughly after the last fruiting. Short, quick and sharp rotations and clean should be a pollen-bearing kind. The horticultural culture do much to keep all enemies in check. Most of bearing of the sexual characters of the Strawberry the fungous enemies are kept in check with relative flower seems to have been first clearly explained in this ease by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. Pig. 2426. country by Nicholas Longworth, of Cincinnati ( see The American book writings on the Strawberry are : Z/ongworth; also his essay on the subject in his "Culti- R. G. Pardee, "A Complete Manual of the Cultivation of vation of the Grape," 1846, and the "Straw- berry Report " of the Cincinnati Horticultural ^_^ Society, 1848). When many of the akenes or '"TXjL, '?T"^'\ r~i^ '' I f"^)-^' "seeds" of the Strawberry are not fertilized /' ^^^J'' H _ B ^-n x ^ / \l or are killed by frost or other means, the berry [^ 'K" A^ / ~^ Vj'Aa I (^'^ fails to develop at that point and a "nubbin," -^ vSqW^£^4 '^^ '^ ^^sSsi^ j^C ^^ or imperfect berry, is the result. Pig. 2419. ^ ^^^^^^^ -4 W ^^^^^^S^i / Nubbins are usually most abundant late in the ^ r=^^S^S^^^*^ ^^ ^^^^^t ' \ ^ fruiting season, when the pollen supply is T '^^^S^^S^'"'^] ' w'^^SE^-^'^ small and when the plants are relatively ex- ^m'^^^W ''■ • "^ jIF \lllilS_ The cost of growing an acre of Strawber- [fO^" IVjji^S^ i */«>■ ^i m^^ ries under commercial conditions in Oswego -^ ^- i>^^ county, New York (which is one of the lead- ing Strawberry centers of the North) is ap- proximately as follows: Rent of land, two years $11 00 Plowing and fitting 6 00 Plants 15 00 Setting plants 4 00 , „. u « Cultivation 16 00 2418. Sexes of Strawberry flowers. Straw for winter and fruiting mulch 15 00 ^^ j^^ j^j^ ^ perfect flower; at the right, a pistillate flower (lacking Laboi— hoeing, pulling weeds, etc W 00 stamens) ; in the middle, stamens few. Totaleost $77 00 Many growers raise berries at a much less cost, and a the Strawberry,"'New York, 1854, and subsequent edi- few exceed this sum especially when located near a tions; A. S. Puller, "The Illustrated Strawberry Cul- large town where rents are high; but it would be safe turist," New York, 1862, and subsequent editions; J. M. for one about to engage in Strawberry-growing to figure Merrick, Jr., " The Strawberry and its Culture," Boston, close to this total, aside from the cost of fertilizer. 1870; Charles Barnard, "The Strawberry Garden," Bos- ton, 1871; T. B. Terry and A. I. Root, "How to Grow —, . v^,»v|,iBi, jta lo Strawberries," Medina, Ohio, 1890; L. J. Farmer, VT-^5M\lll/yl "Parmer on the Strawberry," Pulaski, N. Y., 1891. i'it*;/! ■% "{' -t i^'^^^'lw. Aside from these writings, the Strawberry is well //'/."^iW '/' ;3i/3 isi^iB treated in various books devoted to small fruits and to l'''J^m''^ '^'t^ ' \ nMii *""* ™ g«"«™i- L. H. B. ^^^^^^H^K^^^ •■ -iwllHl Ifitlll Culture of Strawberries. - [The following article '^gr'^^E^t^?^-'^ ~ '^^ *^'Wjl^ was written for the Editor some ten years ago by the ^ ._J^5^ * -.<' ^^^^^y^g-^^-'SS^K^ ^ '^*® J- *^- Smith, Green Bay, Wis., long known as one ''^ ^.^ '^^'',^^^y '^^^^^^iXha^'S^ 0^ ^^ most expert Strawberry-growers. It has never _ ^^!^^CLi['^^v\i'^.i^-''^^S-^^^%^Si~ been published. Mr. Smith was bom at Morristown, ^ ^^^^^^*Ji^^^B^ -~^^J3^^ N. J., Jan. 13, 1820, and died at Green Bay, Peb. 20, -^-^^^^C^^^iS^S^^fS - 1894.-L. H. B.] ^gi^^^.^^?^-'~5f^5I^?E=£%B« -fi^iA. '^^^ Strawberry will grow and thrive in all parts of -^V^^^^^^^^ JSfc^IJ^i S^'^^^m ^^ United States where any fruit will grow, and yet, "-ss^J^&f^^g^T^'^'^r^'^i -^^^^^B strange as it may seem to young readers, fifty years -==s^^^^^5^^':g^35£i4iBs J^^'^^K ago it was scarcely known except as a wild fruit. The — -* '' """ ' J"" """ writer has no recollection of ever seeing more than one 2417. Heavy mulching of Strawberry plants, as practiced in small bed of Strawberries cultivated before he was 25 parts of the North. years old. In boyhood he often accompanied his father STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1737 2119, Strawberry nubbin. to the New York market, yet he never saw cultivated Strawberries in that market before 1840, though there were probably a few before that time. It is probable that there are now more Strawberries carried to New York every fair day during their season of ripening than had ever been seen in that city during its entire history previous to 1840. The introduction of Hovey Seedling about 1834 or 18.S5. and of the Jersey, or, as it was sometimes called, the Early Scarlet, a few years later, marked a new era in Strawberry culture. These were great improve- ments over the common wild fruit previously seen in the market; but it was not until the introduction of the Wilson, about 1854, that it became possible for al- most every one who owned a small plot of land to have a supply of berries for him- self and friends during the berry season. This modest little plant completely revo- lutionized Strawberry- grow- ing. Its fruit was much larger than any other then in cultivation, being also very firm and able to bear transportation much better than any other, and it seemed to be perfectly at home in nearly every soil and climate from the Atlantic to the Pacific ocean, and from Lake Superior to the Gulf of Mexico. In addi- tion to all these qualities, it was marvelously produc- tive. Soon after this, new varieties began to appear in numbers greatly exceeding anything ever before known. This progress has been kept up until the present time, and each succeeding year many new varieties are brought to notice. The increase in the cultivation of this fruit was not rapid until 1855, when more attention be- gan to be paid to it than ever before. Since the close of the Civil War the increase has been almost beyond belief, except to those who are familiar with its history. Strawberry Soil. — If he could always choose, the writer would select a dark sandy loam, rather damp than dry, but this is by no means an absolute necessity, as Strawberries will grow in almost any soil, unless it be dry sand or an undrained bed of muck. Any soil that will grow a good crop of corn or potatoes will grow a fair crop of Strawberries. This remark will apply throughout the United States; and not only that, but Strawberries will grow in some places where the nights are too cool and the seasons are too short for corn to ripen. Hence but few need have any fears about their 2420. Wilson Strawberry (X %). success on account of climate, latitude or longitude. The richer the soil the larger the crop, hence the necessity of making it rich by extra manuring. The first thing is to be sure that the land is thoroughly drained, as it is impossible to make Strawberries do even fairly well with the roots in land that is filled with water. Underdralning is not always a necessity, but good surface-draining is, and no land should be set with plants until it is so prepared that it can be thoroughly surface-drained and kept so. If the land is at all in- clined to be wet, it will pay well to have it thoroughly underdrained, in addition to the surface-draining. Next comes the preparation of-the soil. The writer prefers spring setting. He has sometimes done well with setting in August or early in September, but has never failed in spring setting. As early as the land is fit to be worked, put on about twenty fair-sized two- horse loads of manure per acre and plow it in; then top- dress with as much more fine, well-rotted manure, and harrow it in thoroughly. If fine manure cannot be ob- 2421. Gandy Strawberry (X %). tained, it wotild be better to plow all the manure under,- as coarse manure on top of the beds would be an an- noyance, and cause more or less trouble the entire sea- son. Whether the manure is wholly or partially plowed under, the land must be made fine and mellow before putting in the plants. Setting the Plants.— The plants should be taken from beds that were set the previous season, if possible. Use a common six-tined manure fork and take up a lot of the young plants, being sure to get only the runners of the previous fall. Pick them out of the loose earth, taking off all the old dry leaves, and if they have long, nice, light-colored roots (throw away all others ) , clip off about one-third of their length. Fig. 2414. Be careful not to let the sun shine on the roots for any length of time. During some of the hot sunny days of our spring weather, even ten minutes' exposure to the sun would damage them so much that one should hardly dare risk setting them out. Mark off the beds in rows two feet apart each way. For this we use a marker made just like the common hand hayrake with the headpiece of pine or some other light wood, and about 12 feet long, the teeth set two feet apart and sloping a little back- wards instead of forwards as in the common hayrake. With this a man should mark an acre in a half day, and do it easily. If the ground is still a little heavy, as. it is likely to be if it is a clay soil, let a man go ahead with a hoe and strike it into the earth where the plant is. to be set and loosen it so that it will be perfectly mel- low. A boy follows with the prepared plants, and drops one at each crossing of the marks. He is followed by th'e setters, of whom there should be two to work to best advantage. They go on their knees between two rows, pick up the plants with the left hand and at the same time, with the fingers of the same hand, spread the roots into a fan shape, while with the fingers of the right hand the ground is opened sufficiently to allow the fan- shaped roots of the plant to go down in a perpendicular - manner into the earth ; then bring back the earth around the plant and, doubling up both hands, press down the earth firmly around the newly set plant. The crown of the plant when set should be a very little lower than the surrounding earth. Be careful not to have the crown covered with earth, as that would damage it. All this 173S STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY can be done by men with a little experience in a small part of the time taken to write it out, but one must re- member that the doing of this work well or ill will make the difference between success and partial failure. The writer has several men who will set half an acre a day, and do it easily and well. If the weather is dry and warm, it will greatly aid the young plants if half a pint of water is put around each one. When the beds are filled with plants, run through them with a hand-cultivator before they come into bloom. This may not be necessary, but in most cases it will be. If the plants start nicely, they will soon be in full bloom, but they must not be allowed to bear fruit this summer. Go through the beds and pinch otf all the blossoms, and see that there are no stray plants amouir them of a dif- erent variety. The beds must be kept clean, free of the ground is a little raised from its natural position, and the plants are lifted up and their roots broken off in the frozen earth beneath. To avoid this danger, leave the cover upon the plants until all freezing nights are over. Some growers recommend leaving the cover on and allowing the plants to work their way through it. The writer has tried this plan, but the crop was only half of that obtained when the cover had been taken oft and the ground kept cultivated. Better take the cover off, haul it away and stack it for another win- ter's use. Souie growers recommend that the mulch be re- tained in order to keep the berries from being soiled. If the plants grew last season as they should have done, they have by this time nearly or quite covered the ground, and the leaves and fruit-stems will so support each other that there will be very few berries in the dirt unless it rains almost constantly. When there are open spaces of any size, and the fruit is likely to get into the dirt, it is well to put back a little of the mulch after the thorough cultivation of the spring is done. For the spring dressing, wood ashes are to be preferred. If uuleached, they should be applied at the rate of not less than 50 bushels to the acre. Twice that amount should be used if the ashes have been leached. If ashes are not to he had, put on well-rotted stable manure at the rate of about 20 wagon-loads per acre. The spring cultiva- tion consists of pulling out by hand all the weeds that can be found among the plants and then hoeing over all the open spaces large enough to accommodate a common broad hoe. Do not work the ground more than half an inch deep, for the roots have much work to do within the next few weeks. Now it is time to begin to count the cost. We will consider the land worth $200 per acre : Expense of an acre of Strawberries up to pUking ti/me. Interest and taxes $15 00 Plowing, harrowing and surface-draining 5 00 Value of 11,000 plants at $5 per 1,000 55 00 Manure, 60 loads, at $1 per load 60 00 Marking ground and set- ting plants Summer cultivation Training runners around the plants Winter covering and cost of putting it on Taking off winter cover, and spring cultivation,. . . 4 00 8 00 : 00 ; 00 2422. Haverland Strawberry. from weeds, and well cultivated as often as they re- quire it. In July the runners will start. Before the runners take root they should be trained around the parent plant like the spokes of a wheel, having the parent plant for its center. Simply lay them out in equal distances around the parent plant and throw suffi- cient earth upon them to hold them. Otherwise the runners are likely to come out on one side and make al- most a solid mass of roots on that side and few or none on the other, the result being that the crop the following season will not be as large or of as good quality as when they have been properly tended. This is about all there is to be done until the ground freezes for winter, when the plants should be covered with marsh hay. Straw is as good, provided it is free from weeds and grass seed, but it is sometimes impossible to obtain such straw. In covering the plants, merely hide them from sight. There are two objects in view: first, to protect the plants from the many sudden changes in our wmtcr weather, and, second, for spring protection. Durmg the thawing days and freezing nights in the early spring, the ground is likely to become "honeycombed." The top 5 00 Total $161 00 In a very dry and unpropitious year, the yield on the writer's place was 7,136 quarts, or 223 bushels per acre ; the gross receipts in cash were a few cents over $500 per acre. In the year 1886 the yield was over 8,000 quarts, or something over 250 bushels per acre; and the gross receipts $633 per acre. These were both hard years for Strawberries. In 1875 exactly one- quarter of an acre yielded 3,571 quarts, or lllX bushels, of marketable fruit. The average price was 12 cents "per quart. In 1876 one-fourth of an acre yielded a fraction less than 100 bushels. These were both favorable sea- sons for berries. But we will take the first mentioned crop for our estimate, as it was the poorest of the four. The boxes and crates cost a fraction less than $7 per 1,000 quarts; picking, packing and carrying to the depot not to exceed $15 per 1,000: The story of an acre of Stra/wierries'in an unfavorable season. Gross receipts $50a 00 Cost of growing the crop $161 00 Picking, crating and marketing {7,136 Qts.) 157 00 318 00 Net profits above expenses $182 00. STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1739 These receipts are by no means the only ones from the land for the two years. For many years past the writer has been in the habit of planting other early crops be- tween the rows of Strawberries after they are set. For instance, in the spring a plot of five acres is set with Strawberries. As soon as the Strawberries are set plant between the rows (which are two feet apart) a large lot of onion sets and lettuce. One may sow part of the land with radish seed and another part with cabbage seed for late cabbage, and thus flU the ground with quick-growing plants that will be off before the runners need the ground. Marketing.— A home market is the best if one can have it, although it is a well-known fact that but few Strawberries are eaten in the neighborhood where they are grown. Along the Gulf coast. Strawberries begin to ripen in February and are at once shipped north, and the consumption continues until 46°north latitude is reached ; hence the necessity of a variety that will bear shipping. If we all had cooling-houses for berries, and refrigera- tor cars to ship the fruit in, almost any variety would bear more or less transportation ; but as most growers have neither, the berries must be picked as soon as colored, and some varieties before they are fully colored. Before the writer had a cool- ing-house, he placed the cases in rows on the floor of a general packing liouse, and then placed ice along upon the floor between the cases. This did fairly well, but not as well as the present cooling-house, which is a very plain cheap building 12 x 14 ft. and about 12 ft. high. The sides are covered with common sheathing paper and boards, with an air chamber of four inches. The floor overhead is covered with zinc to pre- vent its leaking, and is a little sloping to one corner, where a pipe catches the water as the ice melts, and carries it from the building. It has an open space of nearly 12 inches all around the building, which lets the cold air pass below, where the fruit is. There are six tiers of shelves, one above the other a around the room below. Upon the floor above the ice is placed, and on the shelves below are the cases of fruit. About 50° is the best temperature to keep the fruit ; if much lower than this, it is found that the fruit will not keep so long after being removed from the cooler. It is best not to throw fruit on the market, but to try to have it so good that it recommends it- self. Endeavor to have it engaged to the retail grocers in advance. Then there is but one profit between the con- sumer and the grower. J. M. Smith. Strawberry Cul- ture in the South.— If any fruit is at home in the South it is surely the Strawberry. It heads the list of small fruits, and, admitting as competitors tree and vine fruits, it easily holds the place of first importance. Among the many things that commend the Straw- berry favorably to southern land -owners who would grow fruit for home use or for market are the following: its com- parative freedom from disease and insect enemies; the ease with which it adapts itself to different soils and varied conditions of climate; the small cost at- tending planting and cultivation; the enormous yields possible from well-selected soils properly treated; and the fact that, aside from being the first fruit to ripen, it seldom, if ever, fails to reward the painstaking grower with an ample har- vest to cover all cost for attention bestowed. While good results are had from settings made at almost any time of the year, November and Feb- ruary are the months dur- ing which plantings may usually be made with the least risk. In some sec- tions, especially near 2423. Bomba Strawberry. Nearly natural size Belmont Strawberry. Natural size. early fall At such times it is neither a difficult nor a very expensive process to shift plants with earth adher- ing to the roots to nicely pre- pared soil near the old beds. From good stands on newly prepared beds secured early in the season as August or September, and with a long fall and mild spells during winter favor- ing vigorous plant growth and de- velopment of fruit-buds, the grower may reasonably expect the following spring one-half to two-thirds of a crop. Being a water-loving plant and a liberal feeder, especially during fruit- ing season, the Strawberry accom- plishes its best work in a soil capa- ble of taking in the largest quantity ■ of water and of holding during pro- tracted drought the greatest amount of moisture within easy reach of the plant. This ideal Strawberry soil is found in the rather compact deep clay loams over the well-drained clay subsoils so abundant in most of the South Atlantic and the Gulf states. As to fertilizers, much depends on the kind of soil and treatment. Where the cereals are benefited by the 1740 STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY use of certain fertilizers, such plant-food may be safely ■and profitably used for Strawberries. It is better to :fertilize heavily the crop that precedes Strawberries than to apply in large quantities to land occupied by this plant. In no case should heavy applications of strongly nitrogenous fertilizers be made just before the blooming period nor during the hot summer months. In the first instance, an over-vigorous vine growth at the expense of fruit will be the result; in the second, the plant is rendered too tender and too sappy to resist the 2425. Shuster Gem Strawberry iX}4)- long and sometimes hot and dry summers. The south- ern cow-pea is possibly the best crop to precede the Strawberry. This leaves the ground clean, mellow and in the very best condition for any crop that follows. The soil is usually prepared in slightly elevated rows or beds 33^^ feet broad. In making summer and early fall plantings with the view of securing a large yield the following spring, plants are set only 8 or 10 inches apart along the line of the row. The distance in the row for spring plantings ranges from 12-30 inches, depending on the tendency of varieties set to multiply runners. For heavy yields the properly matted row is best. In the ideal matted row each plant should he 5-7 inches distant from its nearest neighbor, and a space of 18-24 inches along the top of the rows should be so occupied with plants. Season, soil and treatment at the hand of the cultivator greatly modifies the degree of suc- cess in securing this ideal stand. Where irrigating facilities are to be had, the desired results may be ob- tai,ned with certainty. In spite of the best efforts on the part of the grower, however, varieties like Michel, Downing and Cloud may set too many plants during wet seasons. In such cases any runners that encroach on the spaces between rows are treated as weeds, and such places along the line of the rows as become too thickly matted should be properly thinned on the advent of cool fall weather. With spring setting, cultivation begins shortly after plantings are made. The plow, cultivator and hoe are the implements most used, and these are employed in cultivation often enough to keep the ground in good tilth and free from weeds. Cultivation usually ceases early in the fall. Any weeds that interfere with the proper development of plants or fruits from this time until the end of fruit harvest are pulled out or clipped off with sharp hoes without breaking the surface soil. Very little winter protection is necessary. It is well to delay mulching until after midwinter, or until there has been sufficient cold to drive insects into winter quarters. On clay soils inclined to heave during frosty weather a thin covering of barnyard litter or of short straw (pine straw is excellent) placed around and be- tween rather than over plants is of advantage. For keeping fruit clean and, at the same time, adding al- most, if not quite, its purchase value in plant-food, nothing is better than cottonseed hulls. It is a fact worthy of note that as one goes south the picking sea- son lengthens. Florida, southern Louisiana and other sections near the Gulf frequently begin shipping late in January or early in February and continue to market berries for four or five months. In latitude 32° the writer has during several seasons in the past twenty- five years shipped Strawberries from about April 1 to July 1. In latitude 34° the picking season rarely lasts more than five or six weeks. In recent years the rapid strides made in methods of picking and packing, in the construction, loading and icing of fruit cars, in shortening the time between grower and consumer, and in vastly better means of distributing fruits among different markets and of reaching all classes of consumers in the several markets, —all these things have made southern-grown Strawber- ries common in almost every city, town and village in more northern latitudes. j^. b. McKay. To the foregoing advice may be added a sketch of some of the rotation practices in Georgia. Four systems of rotation exist : the annual, biennial, triennial, and what may be termed the perennial or permanent system. These terms are frequently, though quite unnecessarily, confused, and some growers, while practicing, techni- cally, a biennial rotation, call it annual, because they establish a new plat annually, although each plat, when plowed under or destroyed, is two years old. To illustrate : A plat planted in July, August or Sep- tember makes a good, strong growth by winter along the isotherm of the Carolina and Georgia coast, where summer planting and the system of annual rotation are almost exclusively practiced. In fact, the plant continues to grow, especially under ground, through the entire winter, setting in the spring a heavy and profitable crop, which is marketed. The plat is seldom worked out, but used to reset another plat in the late summer, and then turned under. Such a rotation is strictly an annual one. Logically, it could be nothing less, nothing more. If, however, this plat were culti- vated through the season following its crop, suffered to bear a second crop the next spring, then used as before to reset a succession plat and turned under, such a pro- cess would be a biennial rotation, and, logically, could be nothing less, nothing more. Equally as logical would it be to call the rotation biennial had the plat been planted in November— instead of July, August or September — cultivated through the following summer and carried into the next year, bearing its main crop- its "money" crop— the second spring. The fact that its first crop was light and scattering would not make the rotation an annual one; for the essence of the differ- ence between an annual and a biennial rotation con- sists in the plat, in the first instance, flowering but once, while in the second instance it passes two flower- ing seasons. In the first case, no cultivation is given after fruiting; in the second the plat is cultivated after fruiting, or after the fruiting season, whether it fruits or not. These two distinctions cause a rotation to fall 2426. Leaf-blieht of Strawberry (X %). under the head of biennial even when the plat is set out as late as February or March, cultivated through the summer following and fruited the next spring. The biennial rotation (though often under the errone- ous title of annual) is much the most common, and is ' almost universally employed, except on the coast, where the light, sandy soil, the humid climate and more STEAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1741 regular rainfall render summer planting on a large scale an economic possibility. This, the stiff clay soil of the interior, the drier atmosphere and uncertain rain- fall of early autumn, render impracticable. It is hence more economical to reset than to cultivate on the coast, especially as its comparatively subtropical climatic con- ditions tend to produce a vigorous development of the summer- or fall -planted plat by the following spring. But, while the biennial rotation is recommended for the interior of the state, it must not be understood that a new plat is to be established only every two years. The plat runs through two seasons, it is true, but a new one must be set out each year. If strawberry growing was commenced in 1899 under a biennial rotation, and the planting effected in Novem- ber of each year, the following diagram would illustrate the necessary succession of plats : 1899 1900 No. 1, planted November, 1899. No. 1, fruited lightly spring, 1900; cultivated through season of 1900. No. 2, planted November, 1900, from new purchased plants. 1901 No. 1, fruited main crop, spring, 1901; plowed under Novem- ber, 1901, after resetting No. 3. No. 2, fruited lightly spring, 1901; cultivated through season of 1901. No. 3, planted November, 1901, from runners of No. 1. 1902 No. 2, fruited main crop, spring, 1902; plowed under Novem- ber, 1902, after resetting No. 4. No. 3, fruited lightly, spring, 1902, and cultivated through season. No. 4, planted November, 1902, from runners of No. 2. And so on, indefinitely. In this way, while each plat runs two years, that is, biennially, a new plat is reset ■every year, that is, annually; yet the rotation must of necessity be termed biennial, though only one market- able crop results. And this would be equally true for a similar rotation where the planting was done in Feb- ruary or March instead of November, although no crop —not even a light one— could be obtained the same spring. Of course, if a plat is reserved for resetting, after it has borne its main crop, it must be cultivated, more or less — at least by hand weeding— to prevent it from becoming too foul during the second summer ; but the process of thinning out and the careful cultivation necessary for a crop expected to make a paying return in fruit, are eliminated. The triennial rotation is followed when two " main " or "money" crops are secured from a plat before its abandonment, and the perennial system when the plat is suffered to bear as long as it proves profitable. The "matted row" system stands successfully the test of practical experience in the South. "Stool cul- ture," however perfect or ideal in theory, can be made profitable only under exceptional conditions. Under ordinary circumstances it cannot resist the crucial test of a prolonged drought. h_ n. Starnes. Strawberry Culture on the Plains. — The fact that the Strawberry has been growing wild from time out of mind in the prairie regions of North America suggests that it may be cultivated there with success, and the thousands of car-loads of delicious berries annually pro- duced in those regions are positive proof of it. The Straw- berry did not grow naturally in all sections or soils, but chiefly in the moist creek and river bottoms and along the margins of the woodlands. The cooler climatic con- ditions of the northern sections are more conducive to the growth of wild Strawberries than those in the South ; for instance, the prairies of Minnesota grow more thrifty and larger berries than those of Texas. Under cultiva- tion the Strawberry is somewhat subject to the same conditions as when growing naturally, but the principle of conservation of moisture by tillage has enabled man to do much that nature could not, in growing Straw- berries. Water is most essential in the culture of this fruit. The soil should not be wet, but it must be moist or the plants will not thrive ; nor will they bear fruit abundantly or of good size and quality with a meager supply of water. During the fruiting season there is a heavy draft upon the plants for water with which to fill the berries to their proper size. Over most of the Plains region there is a sufficient amount of rainfall to produce good crops of Strawberries in ordinary seasons, pro- vided proper care be given to tillage. Nearly all the 2437. Fancy packine of Strawberries, each quart wrapped in paper; a picking stand on the left. failures to grow reasonably good crops are due to ne- glect of this all-important matter. The drier the cli- mate or the season the more heed should be given to tillage. The mere setting of plants and giving them ordinary care is not sufficient for the production of a really profit- able Strawberry crop in the open prairie country. It may suffice where the rainfall is not only abundant but regu- lar; but where the rains are fitful and often very scant, especially in the latter part of the summer, this will not do. The tillage should not be deep, but very frequent. Once each week during the growing season will be suffi- cient. The finer the surface soil is pulverized, the less water will escape from the subsoil, and this is the prin- cipal point to be attained so far as the purposes of til- lage are concerned. Rich soil is beyond doubt one of the prime requisites of Strawberry culture. This is not difficult to find in most parts of the prairie regions. Some of it lies too flat for the best results and some is too steep, but very little is either too stiff or too sandy. The Strawberry is especially adapted to field culture. As the Plains country slopes up to the Rocky Mountains the climate becomes drier until there is so very little rain that nothing but a scant native vegetation will grow without irrigation. The soil is for the most part rich enough for Strawberries, and where water is applied in proper quantity as fine berries can be grown as in any part of the humid regions. As a matter of fact, there 1742 STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY seems to be more certainty in growing Strawberries un- der such conditions than in regions where the crop must depend upon rainfall. Some varieties that are usually a failure because of their deficient root-system, such as Jucunda, are thus enabled to flourish to such a degree as to be among the most profitable. Whatever may be said of other parts of the continent of North America, it is an indisputable fact that the Plains region is very good for Strawberries. Good judgment in the selection of proper locations and the right varieties, thorough preparation of the soil and good culture will be abun- dantly rewarded. h. E. Van Deman. The Strawberry on the Pacific Coast. — California conditions include both those most favorable and most trying for the growth of Strawberries. There are situations where, through local topography and proximity to the ocean, winter temperatures are very seldom too low for the growth and fruiting of the plants and where, by summer irrigation to maintain this continuous activity of the plants, it is possible to gather fruit every month in the year. This fact is not, however, made of much commercial account, nor is it widely true that one can have Strawberries all the year round in the open air. It is true, however, that even on the lowlands, where the commercial crops are chiefly grown, the winter is so mild that Strawberries begin to ripen in shipping quantities as early as March and by proper cultivation and irrigation the fruiting is con- tinued until late in the autumn, and the grower has therefore a very short closed season. The trying condi- tion for the Strawberry is found in the long, dry sum- mer, which enforces dormancy as early as June on light loams in the more arid localities of the interior. Such soils become dry and hot to a depth of several inches in spite of surface cultivation and cause the dwindling and death of a shallow-rooting plant like the Stra.fberry, unless frequent irrigation is begun in time. This trouble is less acute on more retentive soils in regions of lower summer temperature and greater rainfall, and plants in such situations may survive the summer dormancy, but it is true that everywhere in California and even in the more humid states on the north that Strawberry-grow- ing without irrigation results either in failure or only partial satisfaction and the venture is seldom to be commended. It is, however, so easy, usually, to secure the small amount of water necessary for home produc- tion, and the plant when fairly treated is so highly pro- ductive, that a general exhortation to Strawberry-grow- ing on an irrigation basis is fully warranted. tinned popularity of Longworth Prolific, Sharpless, Monarch of the West, Wilson Albany, etc. Long- worth has survived more than thirty years' continued growing. Other popular varieties are Melinda, Jessie, Triomphe de Gand, Brandywine, Marshall, Lady Thomp- son, etc. An English variety, Laxton Noble, has been largely planted in southern California but not always 2428, A prolific row of Strawberries, the fruit restine on a mulch, There are several species of Strawberries indigenous to California, and they are of both littoral and alpine types. Some interest has been shown in development of cultural varieties from these sources, but no com- mercial significance has as yet attached to them. The varieties chiefly grown are different from those popular at the East. New varieties from the eastern states and from Europe are freely tried, but few are successful and they retain local popularity after abandonment in their birthplaces. A striking instance of this fact is the con- 2429. Strawberry field in Wisconsin. successfully, though it does well near the coast. The Arizona Everbearing is par excellence drought- and heat-resistant and is constantly increasing its area in interior situations. It has endured neglect which has actually compassed the death of other varieties. The Australian Crimson is a popular market variety in southern California, of which the first plants came from the southern hemisphere, but it has some appearances of being a re-named American variety. The growth of Strawberries is almost wholly in matted rows, the rows usually occupying low ridges only sufficiently elevated to allow the slightly depressed in- tervals to serve as irrigation ditches and as walks dur- ing picking. The slight elevation of the plants also assists in surface drainage, when heavy rains fall during the early part of the fruiting season, and this promotes early growth and fruiting of the plants. Where the soil is too coarse to permit free rise of water from the de- pressed ditches the conditions are reversed and low levees are made to inclose blocks of plants which are irrigated by flooding the inclosures. In the chief com- mercial regions a fine loam is used and irrigation from the small flitches on both sides of the ridges, which are about 2 feet wide, is the ruling method. Nearly level land is selected and grading is done before planting to reduce dry knolls and fill low places so that the water will flow slowly and will evenly moisten the whole field. Subirrigation by tile has been often advocated but never has been employed to any extent. One of the chief Strawberry-shipping districts in central California is charac- terized by a shallow loam underlaid by an impervious indurated clay or hard pan, which prevents the percolation of the ir- rigation water and enables growers to maintain a large acreage by means of the small water supply secured by windmills. In this case water is applied very fre- quently, even oftener than once a week in some cases, but the total amount for the season is small. Quite in contrast to this is the growth on light, deep loams where water sinks so rapidly that the plants suffer, although water is almost con- stantly running in the ditches. In such cases mulching and sprinkling are the price of success, and these are too costly except on a small scale for home supply. The largest producing districts have soils mid- way between the extremes above noted; viz., deep, re- tentive loams, situated rather low in the valleys and with irrigation available either by ditch system or by wells both flowing and pumped. The pump wells re- quire usually only a short lift, and abundant water is secured cheaply by the use of modem pumps and motors. STRAWBERRY STRAWBERRY 1743 In addition to supplying the home markets, which are very good, California Strawberry-growers find a good outlet for the fruit all through the region west of the Missouri river. Southern California supplies the south- ern portion of this district, while the growers in central California, chiefly near Florin in Sacramento county, make large shipments eastward as far as Colorado and 2430. The forcing of Stravtrberries under glass. northward to all the great interior states and to Oregon, Washington and British Columbia before the locally grown fruit in those regions is available. The states of Oregon and Washington in their areas lying west of the Cascade mountains have conditions excellently suited to the growth of the Strawberry. Their conditions more nearly resemble those in the east- ern states than any other part of the coast. The cooler weather and more abundant moisture give a better spring season than that of California, but the season is on the whole much shorter because of the longer winter. Irrigation is also necessary in most places for continued fruiting during the summer. The most famous district is Hood River, Oregon, where arid conditions east of the Cascade mountains are modified by western influ- ences which reach through the gap in these mountains where the Columbia river flows through. Irrigation is regularly employed and a large commercial product grown. The varieties chiefly grown in this region and in adjacent parts of Washington and Idaho are of local origin, the Hood River (Clark Seedling) and Magoon Seedling being widely approved. Jessie, Sharpless, Wilson, Haverland, Crescent, Cumberland, Jucundaand Parker Earle are also commended by growers in the northwestern states. E.J.Wiokson. The Forcing of Strawberries for a Winter Crop has not as yet become of any great commercial impor- tance in North America. Some gardeners grow a few potted plants for either Christmas or Easter decoration. Very few, if any, commercial growers are forcing Strawberries exclusively to any profitable extent. The few Strawberries that are forced are grown either in pots or planted out on benches. The former method is the one generally employed. There are several good reasons for this, some of which are: first, the confine- ment of the roots ; second, the ability to ripen the crowns in the fall; third, the control of fertilizers and liquid manure; fourth, the privilege of having the crop grown in several houses at one time or brought from a coolhouse into heat; and fifth, the opportunity to sup- ply particular demand of the potted plants or their fruits. The first expense- of the pot method is consid- erably more than when the plants are grown in the benches, but after the pots are once purchased the cost of each method should be about the same. The pot method as practiced at Cornell University is about as follows: As early in the spring as possible large plants are set in well -enriched soil. The first strong runners made by these plants are secured and 110 potted. Numerous 2- or 3-inch pots filled with good soil are plunged to the rim along the Strawberry row. The runners are trained to these pots, and a small stone is placed on each runner to keep it from growing be- yond the pot. When the pot is filled with roots the young plant is out from the parent stock, the pbts lifted and taken to the potting shed or other eonvenieijt place, where they are at once shifted into the fruit- ing pots (usually a 6-inch pot). The soil used at this time should be three parts fibrous loam and one of good sharp sand. This potting soil should have mixed with it bone-flour or dissolved rock at the rate of about one pint to two bushels of soil. Ample drainage should be given, as through the season of ripening the crowns and the following forcing period a large quantity of water must be given and none should be allowed to stand around the roots. The pots should then be plunged to near the rim in some coarse material, preferably coal ashes, which, if deep enough to extend from four to six inches below the plunged pots, will prevent the earthworms from en- tering the pots. The use of a frame in which to plunge the pots is recommended for protection against heavy rains or early frosts. Attention to watering is all that will be necessary through the growing season. Late in September or early in October the pots will be filled with roots and the plants will have attained their full growth. At this time larger and firmer crowns will be had by careful attention to watering and subsequent drying off to almost the wilting stage than by watering the plants up to the time of freezing weather. The dry- ing process seems to represent the late fall season and causes the plant to store up material in the crowns at an earlier period. At the coming of cold weather the soil in the pots may be allowed to freeze. It is very de- sirable that the soil be on the dry side before freezing, for if the ball of earth is wet there is danger of break- ing the pots when the cold becomes intense. The period of forcing from the time the frozen plants are brougbt in until the ripening of the fruits will be about eight weeks. The time will vary slightly under different con- ditions of heat and sunlight. When first brought in, the plants should be cleaned of all dead or diseased leaves. The pots should be plunged to near the rim in some material that will retain moisture, e. g.,tau bark or coal ashes. The benches or shelves should be as near the glass as convenient. A thorough spraying with 2431. A good winter Strawberry plant in bloom. Bordeaux mixture or some other fungicide should be made at once. For the first few days the house should be held at about 35°, with little if any rise through the day. After a week a rise of 10° may be given. At the end of the second week 50° at night, with a rise of 10- 15° through the day, will be about right. 1744 STEAWBERBY Strict attention must be given to syringing the foliage every pleasant day. Keep the walks wet until the time of blossoming. This moisture keeps down the red spider. At blossoming time the house should be al- lowed to dry out, and a free circulation of air should be maintained through the middle of the day, in order to ripen the pollen. It is necessary to pollinate each flower by hand. The pollination may be done in the middle of the day while the houses are dry. A small camel-hair brush is useful for distributing the pollen. A ladle or spoon should also be provided in order to carry the sur- plus pollen. The surplus pollen may be used on varieties that are pistillate or do not have pollen enough to set their own fruits. Six to eight fruits are enough for a 6-inch pot. When these are set the remaining flowers should be cut off, in order that the entire strength of the plant may go to swelling the chosen fruits. After swelling begins, liquid manure should be given. Dur- STREPTOCAKPUS STEAWBEEEY-BASPBEREY. Hubus rosmfolius. 2432. Strelitzia Reginae. ing the flrst week give one dilute application. After this give two applications a week, increasing the strength of the manure liquid each time. Well-rotted cowmanure or sheep droppings furnish good material for this purpose. When the fruits are coloring the liquid manure should be withheld and only clear water given. As they swell, the fruits will need support, and the best method of furnishing this is probably by using small-meshed window-screen wire cut into suitable squares. These squares may be laid on the pot, under the clusters of fruits. They hold the fruits away from the sides of the pots, protect them from any water or liquid manure that is given the plants, and enhance the beauty of the potted plant. After one fruiting, the plants are worthless. C. E. Hunn- STBAWBEEEY BUSH. See Ewonymus. STEAWBEEEY TOMATO. other species of Physalis. PhysaKs Alkekengi and STEAWBEEEY TEEE. Arbutus Unedo. STEELlTZIA (after the wife of King George III, Charlotte Sophia, of the family Mecklinburgh-Strelitz, a patron of botany) . Scitaminheece. Bird op Paradise Flower. A South African genus of 4 or 5 species of perennial herbs, with generally large, long-petioled leaves and showy flowers of peculiar form: rhizome subterranean or produced into a large woody stem: pedicels short: spathe long or short, peduncled. Strelitzia Segince requires a good strong soil, a co- pious supply of water and considerable sunlight. It is a serviceable plant for house decoration or for the porch or lawn in summer. It will endure much neglect, but unless well cared for it may fail to bloom regularly and well. A night temperature of 50° is sufficient. This plant may be induced to set seed if the flowers are hand-fertilized. A. Plant nearly stemless. Beglnse, Banks. Bird of Paradise Flower. Pig. 2433. About 3 ft. high: roots large, strong-growing: Ivs. oblong, about 1 ft. long, stiff, concave; leaf-stalks all radical, twice to three times as long as the Ivs. : scape higher than the Ivs. : spathe about 6 in. long, nearly horizontal, purplish at the base, about 6-fld., the fls. orange and blue-purple. Winter. B.M. 119, 120. AA. Plant with woody stems. B. Pis. pure white. Augdsta, Thunb. (S. angilsta, D. Dietr.). Becoming 18 ft. high: Ivs. at the summit of the stem, 2-3 ft. long, oblong, acute; petiole 4-6 ft. long: peduncle short, from a leaf-axil: spathe deep purple: fls. on short pur- ple pedicels, all parts of the flower pure white; petals round at the base. B.M. 4167, 4168. BB. Fls. pale blue and white. ITicolai, Regel & C. Koch. Resembling S. Augusta in habit and foliage, but the fls. and spathe are much larger and the petals are hastately combined and blue in color. B.M. 7038. -p. W. Barclay. STEEPTOCALTX (twisted calyx). Bromelidcece. There are 7 species of Streptocalyx according to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. Vol. 9) of Brazil. The genus differs from Bromelia in having strongly imbricated broad sepals and long corolla-tube. No species are in the American trade, but S. FUrstenbergii, Morr., is de- scribed in horticultural literature (sometimes as ^ch- Morr. & Wittm. ). It is a stemless STEAWBEEEY GEEANIUM. toga. Saxifraga sarmen- pineapple-like plant, with 30^0 rigid lanceolate leaves in a dense rosette: cluster a central dense panicle 1-lM ft. long, with many 2-sided spikes of rather dull flowers. STEEPTOCAEPDS (Greek compound,meaning twisted fruit). ffcsKcrdceoe. Cape Primrose: In October, 1826, there bloomed at Kew a most interesting gloxinia- like little plant, seeds and specimens of which had been collected in South Africa by Bowie, on the estate of George Rex, at Knysna. The plant was described as Didymoearpus Sexii. It is a stemless plant, with one, or rarely two, long-tubular nodding pale blue flowers on each of several short scapes, and with several clustered root-leaves. It proved to be a profuse bloomer and easy to grow. "So abundantly does it produce seed," wrote W. J. Hooker, in 1830, "that new individuals come up as weeds in the neighboring pots, and a succession of flowers may be obtained at almost every period of the year." In 1828, John Lindley made the genus Strepto- carpus for this plant, calling it 6". Bexii, the name it now bears. It appears to have been nearly thirty years after the introduction of S. Bexii that another Strepto- carpus bloomed in England. This second species was S. polyantha, which may be taken as the type ot a group that has one leaf lying on the ground and from the mid- STBEPTOCARPUS STREPTOCARPUS 1745 rib of which arise successive several-flowered scapes. The introduction of this curious plant seems to have re- vived the interest in Streptocarpuses, an interest that has been kept alive by the frequent introduction of other species. The chief stimulus to the systematic breeding 2433. Streptocarpus ^Vendlandii ( X ^) . of these plants seems to have been the introduction of jS. Dunnii, said by J. D. Hooker to be "quite the mon- arch of its beautiful genus" (but now excelled by S. Wendlandii). Seeds of this species were sent to Kew in 1884 by E. G. Dunn, of Cape Town. It is one of the monophyllous section to which S. polyantha belongs. In the meantime, *S. parviflora, el species allied to S. Bexii, had been introduced from the Gape region. With the three species, S. Jfiexii, S. parviflora and S. Dunnii, W. Watson, of the Royal Gardens, Kew, set to work systematically to breed a new race of Streptocarpus, and his efforts met with unqualified success. When the hybrids came to notice in 1887, the Gardener's Chroni- cle made the following comment op the value of the work : " The results are very striking, and we can hardly doubt that Mr. Watson has set the foundation of a new race of plants, parallel in importance to the Achimenes and Tydseas." Several hybrid races have now been pro- duced and several interesting species have been intro- duced from the wild, so that Streptocarpus seems to be destined to become a very important and popular garden genus. Bentham and Hooker's treatment divides the Gesnera- ce£e into two great tribes; Gesnereae, with ovary more or less inferior and fruit a capsule; Cyrtandrese, with ovary superior and fruit sometimes a berry. The latter tribe, the species of which have been monographed by C. B. Clarke in vol. 5 of DeCandoUe's " Monographise Phanerogamarum," contains the genera Streptocar- pus, Episcea, Cyrtandra, ^schynanthus, Ramonda, and others. The Streptocarpuses are stemless or nearly stemless herbs, bearing 1 or more tubular nodding fls. on short scapes that arise either from the crown of the plant or from the midrib of a fiat prostrate leaf: co- rolla-tube cylindric, the limb 5-lobed and somewhat 2- lipped; perfect stamens 2, included; pistils with ovary linear, usually hairy, with style as lopg as or shorter than the ovary, and stigma capitate or indistinctly 2- lobed : fr. a linear 2-valved capsule, the valves twisting. The fiowers are usually showy, blue or lilac, rarely yel- low. The species are of three groups: the stemless monophyllous species, with one prostrate leaf from the midrib of which the scapes arise (this leaf is really an enlarged cotyledon, the other cotyledon not enlarging) ; the stemless species, with several or many radical more or less primula-like leaves (whence the English name "Cape Primrose"); the stem-bearing species, with op- posite cauline leaves. The cultivated species chiefiy represent the first two sections. In the American trade, only four specific names occur, S. JBexii, S. Galpini, S. Dunnii, and S. Wendlandii; but since the hybrids repre- sent several other species, these additional species are inserted in the following account. Streptocarpus is an African genus. The stem-bearing section is confined to central Africa and Madagascar, and the others to South Africa. Clarke's Monograph, 1883, describes 19 species, but S. Dunnii, S. Wendlandii, S. Oalpini and others have since been discovered. 'There are 25-30 known species. Streptocarpuses are not difficult plants to grow. They are usually raised from seeds, the seedlings blooming in 8 to 15 months from starting. The seeds are very small, and care must be taken not to cover them too deep. Give an open sunny place in an intermediate tempera- ture. They are not stove or warmhouse plants. Of the new hybrid forms, seeds sown in February or March should produce plants that will bloom the following fall and winter; after blooming, the plants may be discarded, for better results are usually secured from new plants than from those more than one season old. The sea- son of most profuse bloom is summer, but the bloom continues until winter. The monophyllous species can be propagated also by cuttings of the leaf. Some fan- ciers of Cape Primroses advise propagating select types by leaf cuttings or by division. A. Streptocarpus species, or those forms introduced from the wild. B. Leaf one, prostrate on the ground, usually very large. 0. Fls. red, Oiinnii, Hook. f. Soft-hairy: leaf becoming 3 ft. or even more in length and 16 in. wide, thick-nerved, red- dish tomentose beneath, rounded at base, obtuse at apex, coarsely toothed : scapes several to many, in a row beginning at the base of the leaf, erect, 1-3 ft. tall, many-fid.: corolla long-tubular, curved, 1% in. long, the limb narrow, bright rose-red. Transvaal. B.M. 6903. G.P. 3:609. —A very floriferous species, one plant some- times bearing more than 100 flowers. CO. Fls. blue, mauve or lilac. Saiindersii, Hook. Hairy: leaf 1 ft. by 9 in., cordate, obtuse, coarsely serrate, yellowish green above and pur- ple-rose beneath : scapes 10-16 in. tall, bearing a com- 2434. Streptocarpus Rexii (X Wl. pound cyme of large drooping blossoms: corolla 1-1}^ in. long, funnelform, the limb broad but not equaling the nearly straight tube, light blue, with 2 purple spots in the throat. Natal. B.M. 5251. F.S. 17:1802.-Named for W. Wilson Saunders, through whom it was intro- duced. 1746 STREPTOCARPUS STREPTOSOLEN poly&ntlia, Hook. Hairy: as compared with S. Saun- dersii, the leaf is smaller and the fls. bluer and borne in a compound racemose panicle: corolla-tube curved, shorter than the large, wide-spreading toothed pale blue limb. Natal, Orange Colony. B.M. 4850. Giilpini, Hook. f. Hairy: leaf ovate-oblong, obtuse, entire ; scapes several to many, glandular-pubescent: fls. short and broad, being nearly or quite bell-shaped, the limb broad and subequal, rich mauve, with a white eye. Transvaal. B.M. 7230. G.C. HI. ll:139.-Named for Ernest E. Galpin, who discovered the plant. W^ndlandii, Daraman. Fig. 2433. Hairy, usually bearing a rosette of very small Ivs. at the base of the radical one: leaf broad, often becoming 24x30 in., some- times narrower, rounded at both ends, crenate-undu- late, red-purple beneath : scapes several, forking, bear- ing paniculate racemes : corolla-tube about 1 in. long, curved, pubescent, the limb large and oblique, with broad entire lobes, the whole effect violet-blue and whitish. Transvaal, Natal. B.M. 7447 (part of which is copied in Pig. 2433). G.C. HI. 22:275. Gn. 45, p. 511; 50, p. 394. J.H. III. 28:223. -Probably the finest species yet introduced. BB. Leaves several, rising from the crown. Bexii, Lindl. Fig. 2434. Hairy: Ivs. ovate-oblong, 6-9 in. long, short-stalked, obtuse, crenate: scapes sev- eral, 3-8 in. tall, 1-fld. or rarely 2-fld. : fls. 2 in. long, 2-3 in. wide, the tube downy and nearly white, the large spreading limb pale blue to purple. S. Afr. B.R. 14:1173. B.M. 3005. L.B.C. 14:1305. parvifldra, E. Mey. Soft-hairy all over except the co- rolla: Ivs. ovate, obtuse, sessile or nearly so, crenate, appressed to the ground: scapes several, 6-10 in. tall, reddish, bearing corymbose racemes : fls. small, the co- rolla-tube about % in. long and purplish and curved, the spreading broad limb nearly white and with orbicu- lar lobes. Cape. B.M. 7036. fe/^'^/f ,.^t.-->-- i-----^ 2435 Streptocarpus Kewensis (X %). littea, Clarke. Lvs. erect and elongate-oblong: fls smaller and usually fewer, yellowish, the corolla-lobes narrower and the tube relatively broader. Transvaal. B.M. 6636 (as S. partiifloro).— Perhaps only a form of S. parviflora. The two species were confused until separated by Clarke in 1883. It appears that this plant, rather than the true S. parviflora, was one of the par- ents of the hybrid S. Watsoni (see W. Watson, G.F. 3, p. 609). AA. Streptocarpus hybrids, of garden origin. (For col- ored pictures of modern hybrid types, see Gn. 29:545; 41:843; 50:1092.) Kewensis (S. jeexiixpollen of S. Dunnii). Fig. 2435. "It has two or three large oblong or elongate-ovate bright green leaves, which, however, do not attain such large dimensions as in 8. Dunnii; flower-stems numer- ous, and 6-8-fld., forming a tolerably compact mass of fls.; corolla about 2 in. long and IM-IJ^ in. in diam., of a bright mauve-purple, striped with dark brownish pur- ple in the throat." N.E.Brown. 6.0.111.2:247. I.H. 38:133. Witsoni (S. lutea x pollen of S. Dunnii). "The sin- gle leaf is similar to but rather smaller than that of S. Kewensis. It is exceedingly floriferous, having numer- ous flower-stems, bearing 10-16 fls. about IJi in. long and 1 in. in diam., of a bright rose-purple, with a white throat striped with brownish purple." N. E. Brown. G.O. III. 2:215. I.H. 38:134.-One of the finest of gar- den forms. Said to be sterile with its own pollen. D^eri(/S. Wendlandii-n S. Dunnii). Leaf single, 2 ft. long and 15 in. wide, olive-green above and vinous pur- ple beneath, soft-hairy : scapes 1-2 ft. or more tall, bearing many long -tubular red-purple flowers. G.F. 8:5. -One of W. Watson's hybrids. Brdanti (S. BexiixS, polyantha). Fls. larger than those of S. Bexii, 4-6 on each scape, mauve-blue, with whitish yellow throat. S. Hfldra, Duch., mentioned only in horticultural literature, and perhaps a garden form. It is of the S. polyantha type, with several blue fls. — S. bifloro-polydnthus. Duch., is a hy- brid of S. biflora and S. polyantha, with several large light blue fls. F.S. 23:2429.— S. caulescens, Vatke. One of the cau- lescent species, with opposite elliptic-oblong entire hairy lvs., the stem swollen, the fls. small (?^ in. across) and pale lilac. Trop. eastern Afr. B.M. 6814.— S. GArdeni. Hook. Allied to S. Rexii: scapes several, bearing 2 nodding pale lilac fls., with eoroUa2}4in.long. S. Afr. B.M. 4862. V.S.Vi-.nU.—S. Qreinii, Hort., is a hybrid of S. Saundersii X pollen of S. Rexii: dwarfer and more compact than S. Saundersii, the scapes many-fld.i fls. pale lilac-blue. G.C. II, 17:303. Said to have been the "first hybrid Streptocarpus. Raised by Mr. Green, Pendall Court, Surrey, England, in the garden of Sir George Maeleay.- *S. Kirkii, Hook, f., is one of the caulescent section, with opposite petiolate cordate- ovate subcrenate lvs., and many-fld. clusters of pale lilac fls., the corolla being about 54 in. long. Trop. eastern Afr. B.M. 6782.-5. lAchtenstein^nsis, Hort. Hybrid of S. WendlandiiXS. Watsoni. Lvs. 2, one pros- trate and the other smaller and erect: fls. numerous, lilac-blue. —S.multiflbra, Hort. One of Laing's (England) types, a seed- ling of S. Rexii, with several large bluish purple fls. with darker lines in the throat. 6.0.111.18:211. I.H. 43, p. 67. L. H. B. STKfiPTOPUS (Greek, twisted stalk; referringto the peduncles). Dilideece. Twisied Stalk. A genus of 3 or 4 species of perennial herbs, from the temperate regions of Eu., Asia and N. Amer. with aspect of Poly- gonatum, from which it differs in having a 3-cleft style and perianth in separate segments. Woodland plants with slender branching stems: lvs. alternate, thin, clasping or sessile, prominently nerved: fls. rather small, rose or white, nodding, slender-pediceled ; soli- tary or in pairs in the axils of the leaves: fr. a many- seeded berry. The closely related genus Disporum has terminal flowers, while those of Streptopus are axillary. A. Fls. purple or rose. rdsens, Michx. Rootstock short, stout: stem 1-2 ft. high: lvs. sessile, 2-4 in. long: peduncles less than 1 in. long, mostly 1-fld.: fls. about 3^ in. long: berry red, K in. thick. May-July. Moist, rich woods in the north- ern states. B.B. 1:433. AA. Fls. greenish white. amplexifdlius, DC. Rootstock short, stout: stem usu- ally taller than S. roseus: lvs. clasping, 3-6 in. long: peduncles 1-2 in. long, usually 2-fld. : fls. about K in. long: berry red. May-July. Moist rich woods, north- ern U. S. and Canada south to N. 0. and New Mex. B.B. 1:432. p_ ^_ Barclay. STREPTOSOLEN (Greek, streptos, twisted, solen, tube, with reference to the form of the corolla- tube). Solan&cece. Lvs. on long petioles, ovate, acute at both ends, entire, bullate-mgose: fls. rich orange-colored, pedicellate, in terminal corymbose panicles; calyx tubular-campanulate, shortly 5-cleft; corolla-tube elon- gated, widening above, spirally twisted below; petals 5, broad; perfect stamens 4. A monotypic genus from the United States of Colombia. STREPTOSOLEN STRYPHNODENDRON 1747 JftmeBonii, Miers {Browdllia JAmesonii, Hort., & Benth.l). Fig. 2436. Handsome evergreen scabrous- pubescent shrub, 4-6 ft. high, hardy and much culti- vated in California as far north as San Francisco. June. G.C. II. 21:797. Gn. 26:447. R.H. 1883:36. B.M. 4605. F.S. 5:436. P.M. 16:6. G.M. 39:200. V. 7:298; 9:147.— An old favorite in northern greenhouses. J. BuRTT Davy. 2436. Streptosolen Jamesonii (X K)- STBOBILANTHES (Greek, cone and flower, refer- ring to the inflorescence). AcanthAcecE. A large genus containing about 130 species inhabiting the warm re- gions of Asia and the Malay Islands to Madagascar. They are mostly erect, half-shrubby plants cultivated for their flowers and foliage. Only young, well-grown plants are attractive, the older ones becoming weedy and unattractive. Some species are grown as ornamen- tal foliage bedding plants, but they are not as desirable for general use as the coleus, the slightest cool weather changing the color of their leaves to a very undesirable shade. In the greenhouse they make fine decorative foliage plants but require at all times a high temperature and an abundance of moisture and much syringing. Under unfavorable conditions they lose their leaves and become unsi|;htly. Lvs, opposite or rarely scattered, entire or toothed: fls. blue, violet, white or yellow, in terminal or axillary spikes or heads, or in loose cymes, mostly large; calyx deeply 5-parted, with linear lobes; corolla-tube narrow at base, straight or curved, enlarged above, limb of 5 spreading ovate or rotund equal lobes, or the dorsal pair united ; stamens 4, perfect, or only the 2 lower per- fect and the upper pair sterile and aborted, included; anthers with 2 parallel cells; capsule oblong or linear, slightly contracted at the base, 2-loculed; ovules 2 (rarely 3 or 4) in each locule. Dyeri&nuB, Masters. An erect, branching, soft-wooded stove shrub: stem hirsute: lvs. opposite, 6-8 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate, serrulate, cordate at base, sessile, variegated with iridescent tints of blue and lilac, rose- purple beneath: fls. in erect spikes, IK in. long, pale violet; calyx unequally 5-lobed, lobes linear, obtuse; corolla-tube curved, ventricose, limb of 5 short, broad, revolute lobes. Burma. B.M. 7574. R.B. 20:133. J.H. 111.26:359. A. G. 17:297. V. 19: 67. -Used for bedding. calldsus, Nees. Shrub, 6-8 ft. high : lvs. elliptic-lanceo- late, acuminate, puberulous, narrowed into a long, slen- der petiole which is winged to the middle: fls. in short, oblong spikes, large, pale violet-blue; corolla-tube very short, dilated into a subcampanulate throat and expand- ing into a limb 2 in. across; lobes orbicular, undulate. B.M. 7538.— A native of western India, where it forms a shrub 6-8 ft. high; said to flower in its third year. isophjllus, T. Anders. [GoldfUssia isophijUa, Nees). A low, much-branched, bushy shrub, 2-3 ft. high, swollen at the joints: lvs. short-petioled, opposite, nar- rowly lanceolate, distantly serrulate or entire: peduncles axillary, shorter than the lvs., bearing several fls.: corolla 1 in. long, funnel-shaped, blue and white; limb 5-lobed; lobes emarginate. India. B.M 4363. B. 5:244. — Used either for bedding or for pots. Blooms pro- fusely either in winter or summer, according to treat- ment. anisoph^llus, T. Anders. (Ooldfilssia anisophijUa, Nees). Branches somewhat zigzag: lvs. broadly lanceo- late, acuminate, serrulate, opposite but one of each pair much smaller than the other- fls. purplish and white; corolla funnel-shaped, very broad at the mouth, with a somewhat irregular 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 3404. B.R. 11:955 (as JRaelHa persicifoUa). Similar to the preceding in habit and use. Heinkich Hasselbring. STROMANTHE {couch and flower,- said to allude to form of inflorescence). ScitaminAceie. Five tropical American plants (according to Petersen in Engler & Prantl's Naturpflanzenf amilien ) , closely allied to Cal- athea, Maranta, Phrynium and Thalia. It agrees with Maranta and Thalia in having a 1-loculed capsule, and thereby differs from Oalathea and Pnrynium, which have 3 locules. Prom Maranta it differs in having a very short perianth-tube and the segments not stand- ing opposite each other. From Thalia it differs, as does Maranta, in having 2 side staminodia rather than one. For culture, see remarks under Galathea. Forte&na, Griseb. (Mardnta PorteAna, Horan.). Two to 4 ft. high, with maranta-like lvs., the blades long-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, varying from acumi- nate to almost obtuse, purple beneath, bright green above with transverse stripes or bars of silvery white : fls. solitary or twin on the rachis, blood-red, the in- florescence simple or compound. Brazil. Lowe 26. sanguinea, Sender {Mardnta sanguinea, Hort.). Leaf-blades about 1 ft. long, oblong-acuminate, purple beneath and green above: scape 12-20 in. tall, red to- wards the top, bearing a panicle of bright red and red- bracted fls. Probably Brazilian. B.M. 4646. F.S. 8:785. —An old garden plant. Thrives in an intermediate house and frequently attains a height of 5 ft. when planted in a border. ^ H. B STBOPHOLlRION (Greek for twisted rope and lily, referring to the twining stem). LiliAceas. Very like Brodisea, and sometimes referred to that genus, but differing in always having 3 stamens and a perianth which is contracted at the throat and saccate at the base. The only species is S. Calii6rnicum, Torr. (BrodiTea volubilis. Baker). In many ways it resem- bles Brodicea eoccinea, except that the scape is climb- ing to a height of 3 or 4 feet, and bearing an umbel of delicate rosy pink flowers. The scape twines readily about any stick or bush that stands near it. Lvs. 1 ft. or more long, keeled, % in. or less broad: corm about 1 in. in diam. Central Calif. B.M. 6123. G.C. III. 20:687. —Culture as for Brodima eoccinea. Carl Purdy. STEYPHNODfiNDRON is a genus of tropical Ameri- can unarmed trees belonging to the legume family. Ten species are known, one of which is a native of Guiana, the others of Brazil. They are usually small 1748 STETPHNODENDEON STURTEVANT trees with bipinnate foliage, numerous leaflets, and small fls. borne in axillary, cylindrical spikes. Pis. sessile, 5-merous ; petals often connate to the middle, valvate ; stamens none, free: pod linear, compressed, thick. Here belong S. Cfuianense and S. floribundum, both of ■which are known as Acacias, the latter as A. pulcher- rima. Neither species is known to be cult, in America. STVABTIA (in honor of John Stuart, Earl of Bute, a patron of botany ; 1713-1792). Sometimes spelled iStew- artia. Ternstroemidcem. Ornamental deciduous shrubs or trees, with alternate, short-petioled serrate leaves and large showy white flowers solitary on short stalks in the axils of the leaves, followed by capsular fruits. jS. pentagyna and S. Pseudo-Camellia are hardy as far north as Mass., while S. Malachodendron is tender north of Washington, D. C. They are very desirable ornamental plants, with handsome bright green foliage which turns deep vinous red or orange and scarlet in fall, and they are very attractive in midsummer with their white cup-shaped flowers, which are in size hardly surpassed by any others of our hardier shrubs. The Stuartias thrive in deep, rich, moderately moist and po- rous soil, preferring a mixture of peat and loam, and, at least in naore northern regions, a warm, sunny position. Prop, by seeds and layers; also by cuttings of half- ripened or almost ripened wood under glass. Five species occur in N. Amer. and E. Asia. Shrubs or trees, with smooth flaky bark: fls. axillary or subtermi- nal, with 1 or 2 bracts below the calyx ; sepals and pet- als 5 or sometimes 6, the latter obovate to almost orbic- ular, usually concave, with crenulate margin, connate at the base with each other and with the numerous sta- mens; styles 5, distinct or connate : f r. a woody, usually hirsute capsule, loculicidally dehiscent into 5 valves; seeds 1-4 in each locule, compressed, usually narrowly winged. A. Styles united: petals always 5. B. Stamens purple, spreading : capsule subglobose. Halachod^ndron, Linn. ( S. Virginica, Cav. ) . Shrub, 6-12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oval-oblong, acute at both August in the North). Va. and Ark. to Fla. and La. Gn. 14:136; 18, p. 628; 34, p. 280. G.C. II. 8:433.- This species has the largest and showiest flowers. 2437. Stuaitia pentagyna (X J^). ends, serrulate, light green, pubescent beneath, 2M-4 in. long: fls. 2^-3 in. across, with obovate spreading petals: seeds wingless, shining. May, Jure (July and 2438. Stylophorum diphyllum (X K). BB. Stamens with whitish filaments ^ incurved : cap- sule ovate, pointed, c. Bracts beneath the calyx large and leaf-like. monad61pha, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. oval to oval-oblong, acute at both ends, remotely serru- late, slightly pubescent beneath, light green, 1K-2K in. long: fls. white, IX in. across, with flat, spreading obo- vate petals; anthers violet. Japan. S.Z. 1:96. — This is the least desirable species and probably as tender as the preceding; it is doubtful whether it is in ciiltivation. Specimens recently introduced seen by the writer proved to be the following species. oc. Bracts small, shorter than calyx. Fsetido- Camellia, Maxim. (8. grandifldra, Briot. S. Japdniea, var. grandifldra, Hort. ). Shrub, with up- right branches, or tree attaining 50 ft. or more in Japan ; trunk with smooth red bark, peeling off in great thin flakes: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, or often acuminate at the apex, thickish, bright green, glabrous or nearly so beneath, l/i-2 in. long: fls. hemispherical, 2-2H in. across ; petals almost orbic- ular, concave, silky-pubescent outside; anthers orange- colored: seeds 2-4 in each cell, narrowly winged, dull. July, Aug. Japan. B.M. 7045. R.H. 1879:430. G.C. 111.4:187. Gn. 43:899. G.P. 9:35. M.D.G. 1900:480. AA. Styles 5, distinct : petals often 6. pent&gyna, L'Herit. (Malachodindron ovdtum, Cav.). Pig. 2437. Shrub, 6-15 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to oblong- ovate, acuminate, usually rounded at base, remotely serrate, sparingly pubescent and grayish green beneath, 2X-5 in. long: fls. cup-shaped, 2-3 in. across; petals obovate, with wavy crenulate margin; stamens white, with orange - yellow anthers: capsule ovate, pointed> sharply 5-angled; seeds narrowly winged. July, Aug. N. C. and Ga. to Tenn. and Pla. B.M. 3918. B.B. 13:1104. M.D.G. 1900:479. Alfred Rehdee. STUKTEVANT, EDWARD LEWIS, agricultural ex- perimenter and writer, was born in Boston, Mass., Janu- ary 23^ 1842, and died at South Pramingham, Mass., July STURTEVANT STYRAX 1749 30, 1898. Though holding the degree of M.D. from the Harvard Medical School, Dr. Sturtevant never prac- ticed the profession of medicine, but devoted his life to agricultural work, first specializing on'Ayrshire cattle, then on pedigree corn (Wausbaltum) and muskmelons (New Christiana), and afterward devoting particular attention to the modifications which cultivated plants have undergone as shown by such records as occur in the older books. In connection with these studies, Dr. Sturtevant brought together a rare collection of books dealing with plants published before the time of Lin- nseus (say 1753), which, with his index cards and her- barium, is now preserved at the Missouri Botanical Garden in St. Louis, Mo. As first director of the New York Experiment Station, at Geneva, Dr. Sturtevant drew the broad plans on which the successful work of that establishment has been conducted and which have served largely as mod- els for subsequently organized agricultural stations over the country. He was a man of active mind, and his career is suggestive of worthy work to an unusual degree. A biographic sketch and a list of his principal writings are printed in the Tenth Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden. -^M. Tbelease. STYLOPHOEUM (Greek, style and bearing, in reference to the persistent style). Papaverdcece, A genus of prob- ably 3 species of perennial herbs, one American and the others from southeast- ern Asia and Japan. Herbs with stout rootstocks and yellow sap: Ivs. lobed or cut: fls. yellow or red, rather long- stemmed, solitary or clustered ; sepals 2; petals 4", stamens numerous; placentse 2-4 ; style distinct ; stigma 2-4-lobed, radiate: capsule linear or ovoid, dehis- cent to the base. diphtUum, Nutt. (PapAver Styl6- phoi-um, Hort. ). Celandine Poppy. Fig. 2438. A hardy perennial about 1 ft. high, forming large clumps: stem with 2 Ivs. at the summit: Ivs. light green, pinnately parted : fls. yellow, 2 in. across, in clusters of 3-5. May, June. Moist shade, W. Pa. to Wis. and Teun. B.B. 2:102. J.H. III. 34;475.-An attrac- tive plant of easy culture in any rich, rather loose, moist soil in either shade or open, but pref- erably in partial shade. p -^ Barclay. STY'B&X (ancient Greek name of Styrax officinalis). Styracdce(S. Storax. Ornamental deciduous or ever- green trees or shrubs, with alternate, simple, serrate or entire leaves and white often pendulous flowers in ax- illary clusters or terminal racemes, followed by dru- paceous dry or fleshy fruits. S. Obassia, Americana and Japonica are the hardiest and stand the winter in sheltered positions as far north as Massachusetts; S. grandifolia is hardy about Philadelphia and S. Cali- fornica only south. The Storaxes are handsome shrubs of graceful habit, usually loose and spreading. Their flowers are numerous, white and mostly fragrant. They are well adapted for borders of shrubberies or as single specimens on the lawn, and thrive best in a light, porous soil. Prop, by seeds sown soon after ripening and by layers; sometimes grafted onSalesia tetraptera. About 60 species in the tropical, subtropical and warmer temperate regions of America, Asia and Europe. Trees or shrubs: Ivs. short-stalked, exstipulate, more or less covered, like the inflorescence, with stellate hairs; fls. white; calyx campanulate, obscurely 5-toothed or truncate; petals 5, connate only at the base; stamens 10, inserted at the base of the corolla and usually some- what connate below: ovary superior, often united at the base with the calyx, 3-loculed at the base, 1-loculed at the apex; style slender: fr. a drupe, mostly subglobose, fleshy oroftener dry with dehiscent pericarp, 1-2-seeded, witn large, subgloboscseeds. Styrax Benzoin yields the benzoin, a balsamic exudation of the wounded tree; storax, a similar gum-resin, was formerly obtained from S. officinalis, but the storax of to-day is a product of Liguidambar. a. Fls. in many-fid. racemes: Ivs. 2-10 in. long. E. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes grayish iomentose. grandifdlia, Ait. Shrub, 4-12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to obovate, shortly acuminate, usually narrowed toward the base, denticulate or almost entire, glabrous above, grayish tomentose or pubescent beneath, 2K-6 in. long: fls. fragrant, in loose racemes 3-6 in. long or sometimes in clusters; corolla fully yi in. long, with spreading, oblong petals: fr. subglobose, about H in. across. May. S. Va. toFla. L.B.C. 11:1016 (poor). B.B. 2:599. BB. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes soon glabrous. Obftssia, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, 30 ft. high: young branchlets and petioles covered with a 2439. Styrax Japonica. (XM.) quickly disappearing floccose rusty tomentum : Ivs. or- bicular to broadly obovate or oval, abruptly acuminate, usually rounded at the base, remotely dentate above the middle and sometimes tricuspidate at the apex, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 6-10 in. long: fls. fragrant, in racemes 5-7 in. long; rachis glabrous; pedicels and calyx finely tomentose; corolla 54 in. long, with slightly spreading obovate-oblong petals: fr. % in. long, ovoid, pointed. May. Japan. S.Z. 1:46. B.M. 7039. G.C. III. 4:131 (not correct in regard to habit). A.F. 12:30. M.D.G. 1898:16. aa. Pis. in few-fid. clusters or short racemes: Ivs. 1-S in. long. B. Petals 5-8: branchlets and Ivs. beneath pubescent. Califfimica, Torr. Shrub, 5-8 ft. high: Ivs. broadly oval or ovate, obtuse, entire, stellate pubescent, at least when young, l-2i^ in. long: fls. in few-fld. to- mentose clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx; corolla % in. long, with 5-8 oblanoeolate petals; sta- mens 10-16, with the filaments pubescent and connate about one-third. April. California. BB. Petals S: Ivs. almost glabrous, acute. 0. Pedicels about as long as calyx, puberulous . Americana, Lam. {S. gl&brum, Cav. S. Icevigdtum, Ait.). Shrub, 4-8 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oblong, acute at both ends or acuminate, entire or serrulate, bright green and almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding, in few-fld. clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx or little longer, puberulous; corolla about J^ in. long, al- most glabrous, with spreading or reflexed, lanceolate- oblong petals; calyx-teeth minute, acute. April-June. Va. toFla., west to Ark. and La. B.M. 921. L.B.C. 10:960. B.R. 11:952 (as Halesia parviflora). 1750 STYRAX SWAINSONA 00. Pedicels %-l m. long, glabrous. Jap6mca, Sieb. & Zucc. Fig. 2439. Shrub or small tree, becoming 30 It. high, with slender spreading branches: young branchlets and Ivs. with stellate pu- bescence, which soon disappears : Ivs. broadly elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, often acuminate, crenately serrulate, glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. pendu- lous, in 3-6-fld. glabrous racemes; corolla about J^ in. long, with slightly spreading, elliptic, tomentulose petals ; calyx usually with short and broad, obtuse teeth. June, July. Jap., China. S.Z. 1:23. Gt. 17:583. B.M. 5950 (as S. serrulatum). M.D.G. 1899:229, 230. 8. Benzoin, Dryand. Small tree, allied to S. Japonica: Ivs. steUate-tomentose beneath, also pedicels and calyx. Malay Archip. — S. officindlis, Liim. Closely allied to S. Califomica: petals 5-7; stamens comiateonly at tliebase. Mediterr. region. — S. platanifdlia. Engelm. Allied to S. Californica: almost glabrous: Ivs. undulate or irregularly sin^ately lobed. Texas. — S. pulverul^ta, Miehx. Low shrub, allied to S. Americana, ' but Ivs. stellate-pubescent when young: ils. fragrant, on short, tomentose pedicels. S. Va. to Pla. and Tex. B.B. 2:599.-5. sp.rruldta, Roxb. Shrub or tree, 40 ft. high, allied to S. Ameri- cana: Ivs. usually elliptic-oblong, acuminate, distinctly serru- late: fls. short-pediceled, in 5-10-fld. short racemes; calyx and pedicels tomentose. E. India. Alfred Eehder. SUCCOET. Another name for Chicory. SUCCULENTS are desert plants that live on a mini- mum of moisture. Kitchen vegetables are said to be "succulent" when they are tender, sappy, full of juice, — as lettuce or cucumbers. In ornarjiental gardening "Succulents" are such tough and dry plants as cacti and century plants. The cacti are typical Succulents, as they represent a bptanical family created by ages of desert life. Even in' flower and fruit the cacti are much removed from other botanical families, and in the structure of their vegetable parts they are highly specialized to accord with desert conditions. Near to cacti, botanically, are supposed to be the fiooidese, of which the large genus Mosembryanthemum is most im- portant. The family Crassulacese contains many fle.shy or succulent plants, the most important genera of which are mentioned under Crassula. Other families that have left survivors in the desert, though greatly altered in appearance and habits of life, are the lily family, e. g.. Agave and Aloe; the spurge family, e. g., Euphorbia ; the milkweed family, e. g., Stapelia; the purslane family, e. g., Portulaca, and among composites certain species of Senecio, Kleinia and Hertia. Riimpler's Die Siikkulenten, Berlin, 1892, is an illustrated book of 263 pages covering the above ground, mostly from the bo- tanical side. Nearly all the good cultural books on cacti notice the succulent plants of other families. In this work consult Cacti and the various genera indicated above. See also special books published in Europe. There is no special American book literature. "V\r, M, SUGAR AFFLE. Anona squamosa. SUGAR BERRY. Celtis occidentalis . SUGAR BUSH. In some English books this name refers to ProUa mellifeni,, a plant not cult, in America. In the U. S., Sugar Bush, or Sugar Orchard, refers to a grove of sugar maples. SUGAR CANE. See Saccharum. SUKSDORFIA vioUcea, Gray, and Sullivdntia Ore- glna, S. Watson, are two small perennial herbs of the saxifrage family native to the Columbia river region. They were once offered by western collectors but are not known to be in cultivation. They are fully described In Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci., the former in 15:41, the latter 14:292. SUMACH. See Shws. SUNDEW. Drosera. •SUNDROP. Yellow -flowered diurnal primroses (see Primula) ; also (Enothera frutieosa. SUNFLOWER. Species of Helianthus. The common Sunflower of gardens is Helianthus annuus. This is grown for ornament, and the seeds (fruits) are also used as poultry food. Sunflower oil, produced in Rus- sia, is used in salads. See Bull. fiO, Div. of Chemistry, U. S.Dept. of Agric, by Harvey W.Wiley, on "The Sun- flower Plant, its Cultivation, Composition and Uses," 1901. SUN ROSE. Helianthemum. SURINAM CHERRY. Eugenia Michelii. SUIHERLANDIA (James Sutherland, one of the earliest superintendents of the Edinburgh Botanic Gar- dens, author of "Hortus Medicus Edinburgensis," 1683). Legumindsm. Sutherlandia frutescens, the Bladder Senna of the Cape, might be roughly described as a red- flowered Swainsona. It is a tender shrub said to grow 3 ft. high or more in South Africa. Each leaf is com- posed of about 9-11 pairs of leaflets and an odd one. The fls. are bright scarlet, drooping and in the best va- riety an inch or more long. The blossoms are not pea- shaped; the standard is oblong, with reflexed sides; the keel is longer than the standard, and the wings are very short. The fls. are numerous and borne in axillary racemes, 5-11 in a raceme. An interesting feature of the plant is its large bladder-like pod, which sometimes measures 2K x 1)4 inches. Botanically Sutherlandia is very imperfectly under- stood. There are at most 5 species, or S. frutescens may prove to be the only one. Generic characters : fls. as described above ; calyx campannlate, 5-toothed; stamens 9 and 1: ovary stalked, many-ovuled; style bearded: pod many-seeded, indehiscent: seeds reniform. At the Cape S. frutescens runs into two forms. The common or typical one has the leaflets glabrous above, while in the seaside form, var. to7nenfosa, they are sil- very white on both sides. In cultivation there seem to be three forms: (1) the typical species, which is gener- ally treated as an annual in France. (If Sutherlandias are kept for several years in a greenhouse the plants become woody and unsightly and lose some of their foliage. Young, compact and bushy specimens are pre- ferred.) (2) A form with larger red fls. (var. grandi- flora), which in France at least does not flower until the second year. (3) A white-fld. form, which is probably one of two different things cultivated under the name of S. florihunda, but which is here called S. frutescens, var. alba. Sutherlandias are highly esteemed by French connois- seurs. They are propagated by seeds and are said to be readily raised by cuttings. Seeds of the typical form are sown in March or April under glass and the plants bloom the same summer for several months. They seem to be usually kept in pots for the decoration of verandas, terraces, etc., but could probably be grown in the open border dr.ring summer. The seeds of var. grandiflora are generally sown in June or July, and the plants wintered in a greenhouse. They bloom toward the end of May, which is earlier than the typical forms. For winter treatment the French advise very moderate water- ing and as much air and light as possible. In America the Sutherlandias seem to be known only in California, though an eastern dealer has recently offered one under the name of "Scarlet Bush." The var. grandiflora is worthy of trial by northern florists. Flora Capensis 2:212. The species is hardy at San Francisco. !rut§scens, R. Br. Bladder Senna of the Cape. Tender South African red-tld. shrub described above. Harvey calls the typical form var. commiinis ; it has Ifts. glabrous above, elliptical or oblong: ovaries and pods glabrous. B.M. 181 (as Colutea frutescens). R.H. 1896, p. 206. Var. tomentdsa, Harv. Lfts. shorter and broader, obovate or obcordate, silvery white on both sides: ovaries and pods hispid. Var. grandifldra, Hort. (S. floribiinda, Carr. , not Vilm. ), has large red fls. and does not bloom until the second year. R.H. 1871:610. Var. Alba (S. rtoHfiiinda, Vilm., not Carr. ) has white fls. Ernest Braunton, of Los Angeles, received in 1900 a plant called iS. spectabilis, of which little is known. -^ jj_ SUWAREO. Gereus giganteus. SWAINSdNA (Isaac Swainson, an English horti- culturist of the latter part of the eighteenth century). Often spelled Swainsonia. Leguminbsce . About 25 SWAINSONA Australian undershrubs and herbs, differing from Colutea chiefly in smaller stature and the large lateral stigma. Flowers pea-like, in axillary racemes, purple, blue, red, yellow or white, often showy; standard or vexillum large and showy, orbicular; wings oblong, twisted or falcate; stamens 9 and 1: fr. a turgid or inflated pod, which is sometimes divided by a partition and sometimes with the upper suture depressed ; seeds small and kidney-shaped ; Ivs. unequally pinnate, usu- ally with several or many small leaflets. Now and then various species are seen in the collections of amateurs or botanic gardens, and 8 species are offered by one German dealer, but by far the most popular kind is S. gahgifolia, var. albiflora. galegrifftlia, R. Br. ( Vicia gaUgifblia, Andr. Coliitea galegifdlia, Sims. S. Osbornii, Moore). Small, gla- brous, attractive shrub, with long, flexuose or half climb- ing branches: Ifts. 5-10 pairs and an odd terminal one, small, oblong and obtuse or somewhat emarginate: ra- cemes axillary and mostly exceeding the foliage, bear- ing rather large deep red fls.: pod 1-2 in. long, mrfch inflated, stipitate. Australia. B.M. 192. — Swains ona galegifiilia is an old-time garden plant, blooming freely in a cool or intermediate house along with carnations and roses. It thrives well either as a pot-plant or in beds. It is hardy at San Francisco. It is a nearly con- tinuous bloomer. Cuttings taken in late winter bloom in summer; these plants may then be transferred to the house for winter bloom, although maiden plants are to be preferred. By cutting back old plants, new bloom may be secured. Cuttings grow readily. The plant is easy to manage. The original form of Swainsona is little known in cultivation, but the advent of the white form has brought the species to the fore. Var. albifldra, Lindl. (var. dlba, Hort. S. albifldra, G.Don). Fig. 2440. Flowers pure white. B.R. 12:994. L.B.C. 17:1642. A.F. 8:1173; 10:611; 11:1180. Gng. 5:18.5. — In North America this is now one of the most popular of white florists' flowers for use in winter dec- orations. It has been called the "Winter Sweet Pea" because of the shape of the flowers, but it has no fra- grance. The delicate bright green foliage affords an excellent contrast with the pure white flowers. This variety is often grown at the end of a rose or carnation house, .or trained on a trellis. It likes abundant sun- light, rich soil and liquid manure. When allowed too much root room the plants become very large and are slow to bloom, wherefore a large pot or tub is prefer- able to the border. Var. yiolflcea, Hort., has rose-violet fls., and is some- what dwarf. S. coronillmfoHa, Salisb., probably repre- sents this form or something very like it. B.M. 1725. S. coronillmfoUa is an older name than S. galegifoUa, and if the two names are considered to represent the same species the former should be used. Var. rdaea, Hort., has pink flowers. S. Ferrandi, Hort., is called a "garden variety " by Kew au- thorities. Var. alba is described in E.H. 1886, p. 562, and var. carininea is in the American trade. L. H. B. SWALLOW THOKN. Hippophae rhamnoides . SWAN EIVEK DAISY is Brachycome iberidifoUa. SWEET ALYSStJM. See Alyssum maritimum. SWEET BASIL. See Basil. SWEET BAY of general literature is Laurus nobUis. In America, Magnolia glauca. SWEET BBIEB. Rosa rubiginosa. SWEET CICELY, or SWEET-SCENTED CHERVIL {M^rrhis odord-ta, Scop., which see), indigenous to Europe upon the banks of streams, is a graceful, hardy perennial 3 ft. tall, with very large, downy, grayish green, much-divided leaves, hairy stems and leaf-stalks, small, fragrant white flowers, and large brown seeds of transient vitality. The leaves, which have an aromatic, anise-like, sweetish flavor and odor, characteristic of SWEET HERBS 1751 the whole plant, are still occasionally employed in fla- voring soups and salads, though their use as a culi- nary adjunct, evett in Europe, is steadily declining. In American cookery, the plant is almost confined to our unassimilated, distinctly foreign population. Though easily propagated by division, best results are obtained from seed sown in the autumn either spontaneously or artificially; the seedlings, which appear in the follow- 2440. Swainsona ealeeifolia var, albiflora (X K). ing spring, are set 2 ft. apart each way in almost any ordinary garden soil. Spring-sown seed frequently fails to germinate. When once established common care will be sufficient. jj^ q Kains. SWEET CLOVER. Melilotus alba. SWEET FERN. Myrica Gale. SWEET FLAG. Acorus Calamus. SWEET GALE. Myrica Gale. SWEET GUM. Liquidambar. SWEET HERBS. The term " Sweet Herbs " has long been applied to the fragrant and aromatic plants used in cookery to add zest to various culinary preparations, principal among which are dressings, soups, stews arid salads. At the commencement of the nineteenth cen- tury many were to be found in gardens and kitchens that now have been dropped entirely or have but very limited use. Perhaps no group of garden plants dur- ing this time has been marked by so little improve- ment. Except in parsley, very few distinctly new or valuable varieties have been produced or disseminated. This is mainly due to the prevailing ignorance of their good qualities, to which ignorance may be charged the improper handling, not only by the grower, but by the seller and often by the final purchaser. With the publlo 1752 SWEET HERBS duly awakened to the uses of herbs, improvements in growing, handling, and in the plants themselves will naturally follow, to the pleasure and profit of all. In this country the herbs best known and appreciated are parsley, sage, thyme, savory, marjoram, spearmint, dill, fennel, tarragon, balm and basil, arranged approxi- mately in their order of importance. Since parsley is more extensively used as a garnish than any other garden plant, it is grown upon a larger scale than all other herbs combined. Hence some seedsmen do not rank parsley with Sweet Herbs. Sage is the universal flavoring for sausage and the seasoning par excellence for rich meats such as pork, goose and duck. It is more widely cultivated than thyme, savoi;y and mar,ioram, which have more delicate flavors and are more popular for seasoning mild meats, such as turkey, chicken and veal. With the exception of spearmint, without which spring lamb is deemed insipid, and the famous mint julep, a thing of little worth, the remaining herbs mentioned above are scarcely seen outside our large city markets, and even there they have only a very limited sale, being re- stricted mainly to the foreign population and to such restaurants and hotels as have an epicurean patronage. In many market-gardens both near to, and remote from, the large cities, sweet herbs form no small source of profit, since most of them, when properly packed, can be shipped in the green state even a con- siderable distance, and when the market is over-sup- plied they can be dried by the grower and sold during the winter. Probably more than one-half the quantities used throughout the country are disposed of in the latter manner. As a rule, the herbs are grown as annuals and are propagated from seed sown in early spring, though cuttage, layerage and division of the perennials are in favor for home practice and to a certain extent also in the market-garden. Commercially they are most com- monly grown as secondary crops to follow early cab- bage, peas, beets, etc. In the home garden they are frequently confined to a corner easily accessible to the kitchen, where they remain from year to year. In gen- eral, herbs should be planted on good light garden soil of fine texture, kept clean by frequent cultivation, gathered on a dry day after the dew is. off, dried in a current of warm, not hot air, rubbed fine and stored in air-tight vessels. For specific information see articles on the following: ^ Anise, Angelica, Balm, Basil, Caraway, Catnip, Coriander, Dill, Fennel, fforehound. Hyssop, Mari- gold, Marjoram, Mint, Parsley, Peppermint, Sage, Samphire, Savory, Tarragon, Thyme. M. G. Kains. SWEET LIME. See Lime. SWEET MARJORAM. See Origanum. SWEET PEA {Lathyrus odoratus: See Lathyrus for botanical account. For structure of the flower, see Legume). Figs. 2441-44. For its beauty and fragrance, the Sweet Pea is the queen of the large genus to which it belongs. Long a common garden annual, within re- cent years it has been brought to a high degree of development, until it ranks with the most popular gar- den favorites. It is also grown for high-class exhibitions and floricultural competition. Its early botanical history has been traced back to 1650. The whole history of the Sweet Pea is elaborately treated by S. P. Dicks, of London, in American Gar- dening, for July 24, 1897. The origin of the Sweet Pea is divided principally between Sicily and Ceylon, the original purple variety being indigenous to the former island and Sardinia. Sicily was also the native habitat of the white variety, but all obtainable testimony credits Ceylon with the original pink and white variety known as the Painted Lady. Thence also came the original red out of which the crimson-scarlet sorts have come. Father Franciscus Cupani, a devout Italian monk and enthusiastic botanist, is credited with being the first cul- tivator of this flower, at Panormus, in Sicily, in 1699, and the seed of the purple variety was sent by him to England and elsewhere. The seed of this flower became an article of commerce as early as 1730. In 1793 a Lon- don seed catalogue lifted 5 varieties, the black, purple, SWEET PEA scarlet, white and Painted Lady. About 40 years later the striped and yellow are found named on the list. Not until 1860 do we find any further advance, when a blue-edged variety was offered, since known as Butterfly. In 1865 Invincible Scarlet won a certificate. In 1868 Crown Princess of Prussia appeared in Germany, and gave us the first light fiesh-pink. Adonis in 1882 gave a new color in rose-pink, which was soon followed by a better shade in what was afterwards named Princess Beatrice. Several others of less value helped to prepare 2441, Flowers of Sweet Pea, to show structure. the way for the modern Sweet Pea as it has come from the skilled hands of Henry Eckford, the prince of spe- cialists in this flower. About 1876 Henry Eckford, of Shropshire, England, after long experience and signal success as a specialist in other florists' flowers, took up the Sweet Pea. He began with the 6 or 7 common sorts, working patiently by means of cross-fertilization and selection for" seven years before he had anything of merit to offer. By that time he began to get new colors and a somewhat im- proved size and form. Orange Prince, the dark maroon Boreatton, and the deep bronze-blue of Indigo King, were among the cheering signs of his success in origi- nating colors. But his novelties did not meet with pop- ular appreciation till about 1890, when their merit of size and grandittora form and originality of color began to excite a new interest in this flower, especially in America. Up to 1898 Eckford put out about 75 varieties, the product of 22 years of patient labor. A large per- centage of his introductions has received certificates and awards of merit from the Eoyal Horticultural Society and at other English shows. Laxton, of England, and J. C. Schmidt, of Germany, are among those who have done special work in originating varieties. At the time when this new interest in Sweet Peas awoke in America the increased demand for the seed led to the successful experiment of growing it in Cali- fornia. The demand soon increased till 125 tons of this seed were produced by the California seed-g*owers, and now practically the world's supply comes from that source. This also led to the production of Ameri- can novelties in this flower, the extensive seed-growers having unequaled opportunity for finding new sorts and also of making them by cross-fertilization. The Ameri- can novelties have the advantage of being introduced with stronger seed than the Eckfords. The complete list of varieties in 1898 numbered about 150 named sorts. The colors now represented are white, light primrose, Plate XL, Sweet Pea, Lathyrus odoratus. SWEET PEA SWEET PEA 1753 primrose-cream, buff -cream, buff-pink, various shades of light pink, flesh-pink, rose-pink, several shades of bright rose, scarlet, crimson-scarlet, rich blood-red, light blue, mauve-blue, dark blue, lavender, salmon- pink and also light rose, with more or less rich infusion of orange, purple, magenta, maroon with bronzy cast or rich velvety effect, and shades of violet. All of these are found in passably good selfs and also in contrasted and blended colors, and all these colors are now found in stripes and flakes. In 1893 the flrst dwarf Sweet Pea called Cupid was found in California, the white flrst ap- pearing, and now practically all colors have been found in this diminutive form. In this form of sporting the plant totally abandons its vine habit, making a mat of dwarf foliage, the blossoms being of the usual size, but With very short stems. The best canon of judgment gives no encouragement to the so-called " double " Sweet Pea, the grandiflora single form being the approved type, as it certainly is the most graceful and best adapted to the flower. The highest form of development which the Sweet Pea takes is first in bringing the single flower to the best grandi- flora size and form, and then in adding to the number of flowers on the stem. The improved Sweet Pea now takes on 4 blossoms to a stem to some extent, and even 5 blossoms to a true single stem are not unknown. The length and diameter of the stem are also important in determining merit. Stems 14 in. long are occasion- ally exhibited, and the flower cannot be said to have high culture unless the stems are well on towards 10 inches in length. The flnest grandiflora type of blossom has a standard which when pressed out will be nearly circular and will cover a silver dollar. The flnest exhibition stock will now show some blossoms that measure 1% in. across. Now that this flower is grown for the highest com- petitive test of skill, the rules for .iudging an exhibit are of importance. Although no scale of points has received general recognition, yet, allowing that each variety must be judged according to the correct indi- vidual type under which it was introduced, size of blossom, color, form, substance, number of blossoms on the stem and size of stem, are the essential points. The retrograde of stock is easily shown by the loss of full rounded outline, reflexed standard and deterior- ated substance. De- scriptive terms have been adopted by the growers to some extent, e. g., blossoms take the old common form, or are semi - expanded, boldly expanded, hooded, notched, shell-shaped, or grandiflora. Position of blossoms on the stem is also a point aimed at by the specialist. A good degree of suc- cess is now reported from ordinary gardens every- where in the growing of this flower. Yet since it has been brought to its present highly hybrid- ized and developed stage some of its hardy habits that formerly made it easy to grow have been reduced. Closer attention must now be paid to sueh rules of culture as have been found necessary. Tolerably rich soil inclining to a clay loam is best. Over-enriching will be likely to cause an excess of vine growth at the expense of bloom . In all light soil, firming the ground by treading or rolling it Will be found a preventive of the early blight. The time for planting is as early as possible, the ground having been prepared in the fall, and the seed going in as soon as the frost is out. This flrst planting should be covered one inch, the place where the row comes being hollowed out about three inches to hold moisture. A later plant- ing needs to be covered with three inches of soil. Slow 2M2. Gaiety Sweet Pea. 2443. Red Ridine Hood Sweet Pea. germination and almost a standstill condition through the month of May is better than any forcing process. Only the thinnest top-soil should be disturbed in hoeing and no soil filled in earlier than June, if at all. Cut- worms must be shown no quarter. A light mulch is excellent for shading the ground. Whatever support is given the vines must be strong and six feet -high. A wire trellis answers well, but good birches give the vines a chance to ramble and they are cooler and more airy. Bows should run north and south. All the strength of the vines should be conserved by keeping the pods removed. -yp ji_ Hhtchins. California's Contributions to the Sweet Pea.— The pink and white Sweet Pea, or, as it was popularly known, the "Painted Lady," is an old-time garden favorite which was greatly esteemed by flower lovers for its beautiful coloring and delightful fragrance. This type, with the old style white-flowered kind and a few small-flowered sorts of dull and unattractive color- ing, constituted for many years the entire assortment of varieties known to gardeners. When any one spoke of the Sweet Pea the Painted Lady was understood, in the same way that in speaking of a tea rose the favorite Safrano was the variety always referred to. In the past twelve years all this has been changed by the wonderful Improvements made by specialists in the development of this flower and its consequent popularity. Our list of varieties of the tall-growing or running type now numbers over 180 varieties. This great improvement is due primarily to the work of Henry Eckford, of England, who has improved the Sweet Pea mainly by selection. The Laxtons also sent out a number of crosses, which were very distinct in coloring but of small size, and though the colors were rich they were not attractive. Owiilg to the climatic conditions under which he worked and his greater interest in the improvement of the flower, Mr. Eckford has not produced -seed in sufficient quantities to greatly cheapen the price, and this element of popu- larity has been supplied by our own wonderland of flowers— California. In California, flnely ripened seed can be produced in such large quantities that in two 1754 SWEET PEA SWEET POTATO years after Mr. Eckford's introduction o£ a new variety our seedsmen are able to offer the seed at a price within the reach of every gardener. For a small outlay these novelties can be planted in masses unthought of by European gardeners. California has done much more than this for the Sweet Pea, however. The Sweet Pea likes a cool soil and climate, the vines shriveling up during midsummer and succumbing to the red spider during the hot, dry weather which prevails over a very large portion of our country. To a certain extent, therefore, the popularity of this flower has been confined to the cooler northern states. In the effort of nature to adapt the plant to changed conditions, an entirely distinct type of growth soon appeared in the California fields, having a low, compact, spreading habit. The dense, deep green foli- age lying closely to the soil, serves to mulch, shade and protect the strong network of roots lying beneath the surface. This type is known as the Cupid Sweet Pea. That it is apparently due to climatic influence is readily shown by the large number of distinct varieties we now have with this type of growth, many of which originated directly from the tall varieties, and not from sports of the original Cupid. This Cupid Sweet Pea succeeds excellently in hot, dry weather, and exposed dry locations where success with the tall varieties is exceptional. Conversely, the Cupid type does not suc- 2444. Three varieties of Sweet Pea, about half natural size, indicating: the proeress in size of flower. The figure on the left shows a variety of the last generation ; that on the right an average flower of to- day. The middle flower is the graudifiora type, re- duced from a flower IJi in. across. Larger flowers can he secured, but It is a question whether they are desirable, oeed in cool, moist locations where the tall sorts do best, as the dense foliage does not dry out readily and is inclined to mildew. Two other distinct types have been originated in this country, the Bush Sweet Pea, which stands half-way between the Cupid and tall Sweet Peas in growth, needing no trellis or support but with the foliage held well above the soil and the flower-stems of greater length than in the compact Cupids. This type is also especially adapted to hot weather and dry soils, having a splendidly developed system of fine fibrous roots. The second type is the result of breeding and selection, as exemplified in Burpee Earliest of All, which has the true vine-like or running growth, but grows only 18 inches high and comes into full flower greatly in advance of the taller varieties of Sweet Peas without any sacrifice of size in the flower or of length in the stems. With this variety and early planting a great show of flowers may be had even in the southern states. Its early flowering habit makes it the most desirable of all varieties to grow under glass for winter flowering. Heretofore, the enthusiasm for Sweet Peas has been mainly in the cooler northern states, but with fall planting of the tall sorts and the adoption of the Cupid and Bush varieties for summer flowering in the hotter locations, there is no reason why they cannot be grown under more widely varying conditions than any other popular flower. E. D. Darlington. SWEET POTATO. Ipomooa Batatas, which see for botanical account. An edible tuberous root, much prized in North America, a staple article of food in all the southern states, and also much consumed in the North. The Sweet Potato plant is a trailing vine of the morning-glory family. The branches root at the joints. The edible tubers, Pig. 2445, are borne close together under the crown and unlike the common potato they do not bear definite "eyes." The varieties differ greatly in length of vine and the "vineless" Sweet Potato has a bushy haoit. Good commercial varieties that are well cared for rarely bloom, and even then the flow- ers may not produc.e seed. The plant is tender to frost. The species is widely distributed in tropical regions but is supposed to be of American origin. It has been cultivated from prehistoric times by the aborigines. The plant is exceedingly variable in its leaves (Pig. 2446), and the varieties are sometimes classified on the foliar characters. In the southeast- ern states the word "potato" usually means sweet potato, the potato of the North being known as "Irish," "round " and "white " potato. The Sweet Potato crop amounts to fifty million bushels annually. Large quantities are grown in the Carolinas, Georgia, Texas, Alabama, Mississippi, Vir- ginia and New Jersey, the last state being the farthest point north where the crop is raised on a large scale. In California the yield is also large, particularly in the interior valleys and in places removed from the influ- ence of the coast climates. The Sweet Potato is propa- gated by means of its tubers, usually from the slips or cuttings which arise when the tubers are planted in beds or frames. It is also propagated by means of cut- tings or slips taken from the tips of fresh runners. A bushel of ordinary Sweet Potatoes will give from 3,000 to .5,000 plants, if the sprouts are taken off twice. An average good yield of Sweet Potatoes is 200-400 bushels per acre. Yields twice as high as these are sometimes secured. In the northern states amateurs occasionally grow Sweet Potatoes of the southern types in a small way on ridges in the garden, but it is usually for the pleasure of the experience rather than for profit. A warm, sunny climate, long season, loose warm soil, liberal supply of moisture in the growing season and a less supply when the tubers are maturing — these are some of the requirements of a good Sweet Potato crop. The crop should be gathered immediately after the first frost. In the South a soft and sugary Sweet Potato is desired. In the North a firm, dry, mealy tuber is the prevalent type. Certain varieties of Sweet Potatoes are called "yams " in the South, but this name belongs historically to a very different kind of plant, for an account of which see Dioscorea. There are two special American books on Sweet Pota- toes, by Fitz and Price. Por history, see Sturtevant in Amer. Nat., Auff., 1891, pp. 698, 699. Some of the most important bulleti'-s are Farmers' Bull. 2C<, U. S. Dept, Agric. and Ga. 25 by Hugh N. Starnes. Md. 59 and 60 deal with the insects and diseases. l, jj. B. Commercial Cultivation of the Sweet Potato'. — The cultivation of the Sweet Potato as a staple crop is confined almost exclusively to the southern states. While it is true that the Sweet Potato occupies large areas in New Jersey and is also planted more or less extensively throughout portions of Illinois, Indiana and Ohio, by far the greater bulk of the crop is to be found b'elow the 38th parallel of latitude. Hence the cultural details here given, as well as the memoranda on dis- eases, are compiled from a strictly southern standpoint. Methods vary but little. Local environment enters less as a factor into Sweet Potato culture than into any other horticultural industry of the country. Por this very reason it is remarkable tlat there should occur such extraordinary variations in type as are everywhere noted, and for which local environment, if anything, should be held responsible. So marked are these varia- tions that without apparent cause any given "variety" so-called—more correctly, perhaps, "selection"— will develop, when transferred a few hundred miles from its place of origin, after a few years of cultivation in the hands of half a dozen different growers, just that many distinct types, each differing materially from the original in its more important characteristics— produc- tiveness, maturity, quality and habit of growth. This difference extends, sometimes, even to a change in the form of the leaf itself from possibly an ovate shape with margin entire and with no more trace of a lobe than an apple leaf has, to a sagittate or halberd form or even to one deeply cleft or indented. See Pig. 2440. SWEET POTATO SWEET POTATO 1755. Propagation is effected altogether by means of shoots, mostly those from the root. While blooms are often found on the vines— particularly in the extreme South— they are nearly always imperfect and invariably drop from the pedicel. No ovaries ever develop. Therefore the remarkable series of rapid transformations observ- able in the Sweet Potato must be credited entirely to an active and persistent tendency in the plant to bud varia- tion—in effecting which it must be admitted to be a veritable kaleidoscope. Propagation. — "Draws," or developed sprouts from root-buds, supply the readiest and, indeed, the only practicable means of propagation. Tubers of the last season's crop are "bedded" for this purpose; that is, an outdoor hotbed is constructed in which the tubers are placed in a single layer, close together, and covered with several inches of soil early in spring. In a few weeks the latent buds of the tubers, under the stimulus of the heat from the fermenting manure, will have sprouted, and by the time all danger from frost has passed a dense growth of "draws," or "slips" will cover the bed. These are removed from the tubers, set by hand in the field in rows four feet apart— the plants eighteen inches, generally, in the row. The size of the bedded tubers does not affect the crop. As good results are obtained from small as from large potatoes. Even the smallest tubers or "strings" consistently planted from year to year, produce as heavily as the choicest selections. This is but logical if we remember that the Sweet Potato is merely an enlarged, inaxial, fleshy root, and heavy tubers, when sprouted, should have little direct tendency to produce a crop of corre- sponding size, particularly when the subsequent culti- vation is indifferent. For later plantings the "bed" may be supplemented by cutting "slips" 12 or 14 inches long from the young vines after growth commences in the row, and using them as "draws." While the "slips "do not live quite so readily as the rooted "draws," they are said to make smoother and more sightly tubers— due, doubtless, to the fact that by tins method the mycelium of the black rot is not conveyed from the bed to the field. Soil and Fertilization.— Although a gross con- sumer of nitrogen, the Sweet Potato cannot advanta- geously occupy "bottomland." With this reservation it may be said that almost any land will produce potatoes. Yet a light, sandy loam is best. Stiff, red soil is to be avoided, as in it the potato splits, cracks and "rough- ens," by reason of the suspension and sudden resump- tion of growth during variable weather. The most approved fertilizer formula has been found to be, per acre, about as follows: Lbs. Nitrogen ( aTnmonia eqniv. 50 lbs. ) 40 Phosphoric acid 90 Potash 50 This requirement would be met by a compound of: Lbs. High-grade acid phosphate 640 Nitrate of soda 260 Sulfate of potash 100 Total 1,000 Cottonseed meal has been found in many localities preferable to sodium nitrate, as it is not so readily soluble and therefore more gradual and continuous in action through the season. It may be substituted in the for- mula for sodium nitrate in the ratio of two pounds for one. Potassium muriate produces as heavy a crop as potassium sulfate, but the latter considerably increases the starch content, which in southern - grown potatoes is unusually large. For potash, kainit may be substi- tuted in the proportion of four pounds of kainit to one of either potassium sulfate or muriate. Stable manure of normal composition produces excellent Sweet Pota- toes, but is, of course, too variable in character and too uncertain in quantity to be generally available. A complete summary of methods employed in Sweet Potato culture would occupy too much space. They are, moreover, too familiar to require repetition. Yet it is desirable to call especial attention to certain points which have been insufficiently discussed in previous publications. First among these is the practice of premature planting. Against this tendency earnest protest should be entered. It is the cause of much loss. When an early market crop is not the object there is no need for haste in putting out the draws, since the season is abundantly long for leisurely plant- ing, even in June, after oats and wheat are harvested. If planted in May, or earlier, with the long southern season, the crop is likely to mature before the approach 2445. Sweet Potatoes. of cold weather permits the proper housing. The con-, sequent and usual result is a "second growth," which predisposes the tubers to the inroads of the "soft rot," which causes great loss. A deep, mellow soil-bed, with an extended season, un- questionably will produce more and larger, but later, tubers. Shallow preparation will yield an earlier crop. It follows that the deeper the soil the earlier the plant- ing may be effected. Preservation. — Were it possible to successfully and inexpensively preserve through the winter the Sweet,. Potato crop, southern agriculture would be prac- tically revolutionized. Land capable of producing a bale of cotton, worth, say $40, will readily yield 300 bushels of 'potatoes, at half the cost for cultivation, worth, at 20 cts. per bus., $60. This the planter would gladly take, at harvest time, but there is then no market . at any price. Yet six months later he cannot supply the demand at CO cts., or $180 per acre. These figures are conservative. Even on poor soil, producing 500 pounds seed cotton (one-third of a bale) per acre, the yield in Sweet Potatoes — 100 bushels, a very small output— could be sold in the spring for $00 were it possible to success- fully keep the tubers through the winter. Many succeed in so doing, and reap the reward, but it is still an un- solved general problem. Methods, too, are variable in the extreme— and this is the one notable exception to the rule of uniformity prevailing in Sweet Potato cul- ture. Climate and local environment seem here to play an important part, and means of preservation found successful in one place prove entirely unserviceable in another— personality, even, entering as a factor in the problem, one man failing where another, by the same methods, succeeds. Many ways have been devised and practiced, some simple, some elaborate ; but enoh said by its enthusiastic originator or advocate to be absolutely infallible. Nothing has yet been found that will effeetus'ly supersede the well-known popular method of "bank- ing" or "hilling" in quantities of from 30 to 50 bushels, according to the different local customs which prevail in each community. The ordinary practice is to heap . the tubers in a conical pile around a perforated wooden flue, covering them with a few inches of dry pine- straw, then a layer of corn stalks, and finishing with three inches of dry sand and afterward two or three inches of clay or other stiff soil. The hill may be con- structed either under shelter or out-of-doors. If the latter it is well to protect with a covering of boards to . keep off the rain, though not absolutely necessary. Diseases and Maladies. — A few of the most im- portant maladies of the Sweet Potato— the cause, indeed, of nine-tenths of the loss experienced in attempts to winter the crop— will be noted in the probable order of their importance: (a) Soft Sot {BJiisopus nigricans) : This is the most common form of rot, and the one that produces the most damage. It is due to a fungus or mold on abraded places, chiefiy of the tuber, especially when the potatoes 1756 SWEET POTATO SWEET POTATO are stored in large bulk, without sufficient opportunity to dry out. It is perhaps the main cause of loss with stored potatoes, developing rapidly and immediately, under favoring conditions, and reducing, some- times in a few weeks, the entire contents of a bin or hill to a pulpy mass of cor- ruption, emitting a most disgusting'odor. A few simple remedial measures will greatly reduce loss from this cause: (1) Dig only when soil is dry. (2) Dig be- fore tubers become sappy from a " second growth." (3) Remove all affected tubers before storing. (4) Use padded baskets in handling to avoid abrasion. (5) Store in small bulk and keep dry and well ven- tilated. (6) Black Sot {Ceratocystis fimbriata) : The fungus producing this affection does not depend so much on the conditions of moisture and abrasion, and is slower in making its appearance than is the soft rot, continuing to develop, however, all through the winter and often completing the destruction the other has begun. It is all the more to be dreaded because it is not so immediately noticeable, and tubers containing its germs are more likely to be housed. The black rot does not pro- duce a pulpy mass, though effectually de- stroying the entire tuber. It frequently makes its appearance on the young draws at "setting-out time." Remedy: careful selection — 1st, of sound tubers for bed- ding; 2d, of perfectly healthy draws for setting; 3d, where these conditions can- not be fully complied with, by planting the bulk of the crop with cuttings from the vines, thus minimizing the damage. The use of copper sulfate, or any of the stand- ard fungicides, either as a spray or for soaking the tubers, is not advisable; for, since the mycelium of most of the fungi causing decay in the Sweet Potato is lodged in and protected by the interior cells of the tuber, surface treatment would prove more or less futile. (c) Soil Sot {Acrocystis Batatas): This fungus, as its name implies, is a resident of the soil rather than of the tuber, and hence cannot be readily guarded against. It is responsible for most of the decay observed in the crevices or cracks of split tubers. Sudden expansion of vegetable tissue due to a resumption of rapid growth when wet weather follows a period of drought, particularly when the soil is a stiff clay, produces the primary "crack- ing " and the spores of the fungus, finding a ready lodgment, start the process of de- cay. As for remedies, heavy applications of sulfur to the soil have been found to check its ravages in a measure, but this method of operation is not practical. That is to say, while cheeking the fungus the result is not commensurate with the cost. The surest preventive— and this is true for any and all rots— is rotation. The same areas should never be planted in potatoes two years in succession, nor should the same spot be used twice for a hotbed to furnish draws, even at the cost of great inconvenience in establishing the bed in another place. {d} Other Fungi: Several other fungi are serious enemies of the Sweet Potato, as the stem rot, white rot, dry rot, potato scurf, leaf blight, etc. ; but their ravages will not compare with the damage produced by the first three— soft rot, black rot and soil rot. As for the first three, it matters little to the practical grower whether or not he BERMuPa BEP ORi-tflUS RtV VlhiCLEaaiLA.) BUNCH VA« PUMPKIN YAM 'vcu.OW YAft 2446. Leaves of Sweet Potato, Adapted from Bulletin of the Georgia Experiment Station. is able to distinguish one from another. After the conditions favoring the spread of one of them have been permitted to develop and the resulting decay once ap- pears, it is usually too late to put reme- dial measures into effect. Remedy, in this case, must piecede manifestation of dis- ease. Every possible precaution should be observed at one and the same time against them all. Proper preventive effort during harvesting will be found a surer guarantee against loss from decay than the most elaborate structure or the most carefully detailed method of housing yet devised, and when thoroughly enforced little apprehension need be felt as to re- sults, no matter what plan of preserva- tion is adopted. To this end the following summary of procedure will be found serviceable : a. Rotate the crop. Never plant twice in succession on the same land. 6. Rotate the bed. Never use old soil or old manure a second season. c. Dig only when the soil is dry. d. Dig before tubers are rendered moist and sappy by a "second growth," and to this end never plant too early in spring. e. Use padded baskets in handling to prevent bruising and abrasion. f. Handle with scrupulous care. g. Reject all affected tubers before stor- ing. h. Store dry, in small bulk; if in bins erect bulkheads and use flues for ventila- tion. i. Use only perfect tubers for bedding, rejecting any showing symptoms of decay. j. Use only healthy and unaffected draws for 'setting out. k. When draws in bed are affected with diseased roots [black rot) and cannot be thrown away, plant in a separate plat and take cuttings from their vines later for the main crop. Varieties . — S in c e new varieties of the Sweet Potato can originate only by bud variation, it is a marvel where and how all of the different types arise. The writer has personally cultivated and tested some fifty odd kinds, and there doubtless exist, in all, 75 or 80— the num- ber still increasing. But one uniform method of classification exists — that by the "leaf" into tribes, falling under the three heads, "Leaves entire," "Leaves shouldered or lobed " and " Leaves cleft" — commonly termed "round - leafed," "shouldered" and "split-leafed," respec- tively. Of these the second type is the most numerous, containing probably two- thirds of the entire list. As for the best variety, 'the "all-round" potato has not yet been found, nor is it likely to be, since 'such a type should be a tremendous yielder, of first quality, a safe keeper and free from disease. No potato embodies, superlatively, all of these characteristics. All of the heaviest yielders belong, unfortunately, to the "milky" or "turpentine" group— as Nor- ton, Hayman, Southern Queen, White St. Domingo, Early Golden, etc., — and their sappy consistency prevents them from keeping well, while their quality is uni- formly poor. Regarding quality, however, tastes differ. The northern market prefers a dry, mealy potato, represented by the Jersey orNansemond strain. The southern market, on the other hand, demands a rich, sugary potato, like the Georgia or Yellow yam, which is generally considered SWEET POTATO SYMPHORICARPOS 1757 to be the standard of excellence, and is . a good keeper though yielding very lightly. The market it is intended to supply should, therefore, be specially planted for. If for northern shipment, the Jersey Sweet is preferable. For early local sale Orleans Red ("Nigger-killer"), Early Golden or Bermuda Red, head the list. For winter storage and local market in spring it is best to rely on the good old popular standard —the Georgia Yam— despite its light yield, or rein- force it with Vineless, which closely approaches it in quality and is a much heavier cropper. Hugh N. Staknes. SWEET SCABIOUS. See Scabiosa. SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB. See Calycanthus. SWEET-SOP. Anona squamosa. SWEET SULTAN. See Centaurea moschata. SWEET VERNAL GRASS. See Anthoxanthum. SWEET WILLIAM is Dianthus barbatus. SWfiRTIA (after Emanuel Swert, a bulb cultivator of Holland and author of Florlleglum, 1012). Gentiand- cece. About 40 species, widely scattered about the world but mainly from S. Asia, of annual or perennial herbs with simple leaves, mainly radical in the perennial spe- cies and yellow, blue or white flowers in loose or rather dense corymbs. Calyx 4-5-parted : corolla rotate, with a very short tube and glandular pits at the base of each lobe; lobes 4-5, overlapping to the right: ovary 1-loculed; capsule dehiscing by 2 valves at the sutures. diltlta, Benth. & Hook. {OpJteUa diliita, Ledeb.). A tender perennial about 1 ft. high : stem winged and an- gled, branching from near the base : Ivs. glabrous, ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, rather obtuse, rounded at the base, short-petioled : fls. 4-merous, blue, in a dense, fastigiate umbel; corolla -lobes ovate, rounded at the apex and bearing at the base a single ovate, nectarifer- ous pit destitute of a fringe. E. Asia, Japan. per^nnis, Linn. A hardy perennial %-l ft. high: lower Ivs. oblong -elliptical, long-petioled ; stem-lvs. ovate - oblong, obtuse: fls. mostly 5-merous, blue to white, in a thyrse; corolla-lobes elliptical-oblong, acute, bearing at the base 2 orbicular nectariferous pits crested with a fringe. Colo., Utah and northward; also in the alpine regions of Europe and in Asia. — S. perennis is an alpine bog plant and should be given a cool, deep, moist soil. p. -W. Barclay. SWIETfiNIA (Gerard van Swieten, 1700-1772, physi- cian to Empress Marie Theresa in Vienna). Melidcew. This genus contains the mahogany tree, a tree of high importance in the furniture trade. The young trees are offered by nurserymen in S. Fla. and S. Calif. A tropi- cal genus of 2 or 3 species of tall trees, with abruptly pinnate leaves with opposite petioled obliquely ovate long-acuminate leaflets and small flowers in axillarj' or somewhat terminal panicles ; calyx small, 5 parted ; petals 5, spreading; staminal tube urn -shaped, 10- toothed; disk annular: ovary ovoid, sessile, 5-loculed: capsule about 3 in. through. MaMgoni, Jaeq. Mahogany. A large tree with hard dark red wood of well-known value for furniture, etc. Lfts. 6-10: fls. greenish yellow. Tropical regions* of North and South America, West Indies and S. Florida. —According to Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants," the degree of endurance of the tree is not sufficiently ascertained. In Jamaica it hardly reaches an elevation of 2,000 ft. It requires rich soil. According to Reasoner Bros., the tree will bloom at small size when grown in P°*®- F. W. Barclay. SWISS CHAED. See Beta, Greens, Salad Plants. SWOBD LILY. Gladiolus. SYCAMORE in Europe is Acer Pseudo-platamis ; in America Platanus occidentalis. The Sycamore of the ancients was a kind of fig known as Pharaoh's Fig, Sy- comorus antiquorum, or better Ficus Sycomorus . SYMBIOSIS is the intimate association of two or more distinct organisms, with benefit to one only, or to both; commensalism ; consortism; copartnership. In this association each organism is called a symbiont. According to the character of the union, several kinds of symbiosis have been recognized: (1) Mutual antago- nistic symbiosis (mutual parasitism), when two organ- isms are foes of each other, as certain bacteria and ani- mals, the latter showing a "natural resistance; "also the syntropism of certain lichens with lichens. (2) Antago- nistic symbiosis (true parasitism), when the host is partly or completely killed by the parasite, as the po- tato and the rot fungus (PJiytophthora infestans) : or galls {hypertrophies) produced on the host as in the black knot of plums ; and in higher plants, which live at the expense of others, as the mistletoe (green) and the dodder (chlorophylless). (3)Mutual symbiosis, when there is often reciprocal advantage; (a) nutricism, when one symbiont nourishes the other without ap- parently receiving any return, as the myoorrhiza and the roots of forest trees; (&) mutualism, when a mu- tual benefit results from the union of two organisms capable of living separately, as the bacteroid and the roots of the Leguminosse; (e) individualism, when the symbionts are so intimately connected in their growth as to suggest a single individual, as the union of alga and fungus to form a lichen. (4) Prototrophy, the wet nurse relationship, as in the lichen Lecidea intiimeseens, which eventually gets its nourishment by means of a lodger, a different lichen. (5) Contingent symbiosis, when one symbiont lives in the interior of another for shelter, as Nostoo in the tissues of Hepaticse, Lemna, Cycas, Gunnera; and Anaboena in Azolla. John W. Hakshberger. 2447. Symphoricarpos racemosus (XK). SYMPHORICARPOS (Greek, fruit borne in clusters). CiiprifoUd,cece. Shrulrs with simple, opposite, oval, en- tire and exstipulate Ivs.: fls. small; calyx 4-.')-toothed ; cin-olla campanulate or bell-shaped, 4-5-lobed on short pedicels ; stamens 5, exserted ; stigma capitate : fr. a 4-loculed, but 2-seeded berry. About 10 species. These little American shrubs are all excellent plants for covering the ground under trees, tor massing in the lower parts of beds or borders, or for detached groups where something low is desired. They will thrive in almost any soil from heavy clay to dry gravelly banks. Their habit of suckering enables them to cover the ground rapidly and effectively. All have a tendency to retain their fruit until it is forced off, and one species retains its foliage. For these reasons they are pleasing additions to the winter landscape. Of easy propagation by suckers, seed or cuttings. A, Fruit white, B. Stamens and style included. raoemdsus, Michx. Snowberry. Waxberry. Fig. 2447. A shrub, 2-6 ft. high: Ivs. smooth, entire or sometimes repand or even lobed: fls. rose color, in a loose and often leafy raceme; stamens and style in- cluded : fr. globose, white, persistent. July, Aug. 1758 STMPHOBICAEPOS Eastern N. A. B.B. 3:235. -A smooth shrub with slen- der branches usually bending under its load of berries. Var. paucifldTUS, Robbins, is of smaller growth and has fewer fruits. Mn. 2, p. 10. B.B. 3:236. BB. Stamens and style exserted. occident&Iis, R. Br. Wolfbebkt. This may be con- sidered as the western form of our eastern species, but it is less attractive than the preceding, as it is less fruitful and the individual berries are not as clear and waxy. Lvs. ovate: fls. in spikes, both terminal and axillary ; stamens and style exserted: fr. the same dimensions as white. July. Mich., north and west. G.P. 3:297. B. B. 3:236. A shrub of about the last and closely re- sembling it, the exserted stamens and style being the most obvious dis- tinction. AA. Fruit fed. vulgElris, Michx. In- dian Currant. Coral Berry. Pig. 2448. Lvs. ovate: fls. in dense axillary and terminal spikes; style and sta- mens included; fr. dark 2448. red. July. Along rivers Fruits of Indian Currant— Sym- and rocky places N. J. to phoricarpos vulgaris (X K). Dakotas, south to Ga. Showing how few of the fruits f?^ .j^*^^' „j^"- I' P" ,^*- develop. Gn. 34, p. 280.— A rather more compact bush than the two previously described species. Valuable because of its abundant persistent fruit and foliage. Var. var- iegatug, Hort., has the leaves marked white and yellow and is the same as var. fdliis varief/atis. Var. glomer- &tus, Hort., is a form with longer terminal spikes. John F. Cowell. SYMPHYANDRA (Greek; anthers grown together). Vampanutdeece. iSymphyandra Rofmanni is a hardy perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high, with pendulous bell-shaped flowers IK in. long and an inch or more across. The fls. are borne in a large leafy panicle. Under favorable conditions in England this plant has maintained a suc- cession of bloom from July to December. T. D. Hat- field finds that in this country "the plant is liable to exhaust itself in blooming, thus behaving like a bien- nial. It has large, fleshy roots, needs a dry position and sows itself." Symphyandra is a genus of about 7 species of peren- nial herbs found in the region of Asia Minor. Its special botanical interest lies in the fact that the anthers are grown together into a tube, which character tends to annul the distinction between the Campanula and Lobelia families. Otherwise the genus is much like Campanula. Generic characters; oaudex thick: lvs. broad, usually cordate, dentate; radical lvs. long-stalked; stem-lvs. few or small: fls. white or yellowish, usually nodding, racemose or loosely panicled: inflorescence centrifugal: calyx-tube adnate, hemispherical or top-shaped, with or without reflexed appendages between the lobes ; corolla bell-shaped, 5-lobed: ovary 3-loculed. H6fmanni, Pant. Much branched, pilose; branches decumbent; lvs. oblanceolate, acute, doubly dentate: calyx with large, leafy, cordate segments, hemispheri- cal tube and no appendages; corolla hairy inside. Bosnia. B.M. 7298. Gn. .'57, p. 303. G.C. III. 4:761.- This desirable bellflower has been cult, by amateurs in the East. It sometimes spreads rapidly in half-shaded rockeries and sows itself. W. M. SYMPHYTUM (Greek, to grow together, in reference to the supposed healing virtues I . Borragind.ce(e. CoJiFREY. About 16 species of perennial herbs from STMPLOCOS Europe, Asia and N. Africa, with usually tuberous roots: lvs. simple, often decurrent, and with rather small yellow, blue or purplish flowers pediceled in ter- minal, simple or branched cymes ; calyx 5-cut or parted, lobes linear; corolla tubular, lobes very short and nearly erect; stamens 5, attached to the middle of the corolla-tuhe, included: nutlets 4; seeds nearly globular. Of easy culture in any good soil. The shade of over- hanging tree.i is not objectionable. When grown for the beauty of the variegated foliage the flowering stems may be removed with advantage. A. Lvs. decurrent on the stem. ' officinale, Linn. A hardy branching perennial, about 3 ft. high: root thick; lower lvs. large, broadly lanceo- late: upper lvs. narrower: fls. small, pale yellow or purplish, in drooping cymes. June, July. Eu., Asia. Var. varieg4tum, Hort., has leaves widely margined with creamy white. A beautiful variegated plant es- pecially attractive in spring, when the coloring of the leaves is brightest and the large rosettes have not yet sent up any flower-stems. P.S. 18:1901-1902. AA. Itvs. not decurrent on the stem. asp6Trimum, Donn. Prickly Comfrev. Fig. 2449. A hardy perennial, more vigorous than S. officinale, often 5 ft. high: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, prickly on both sides: fls. reddish in the bud, becoming blue, smaller than in jS. officinale. June, July. Caucasus. B.M. 929. — Var. variegfltum, Hort., has leaves distinctly margined with yellow. J. B. Keller and F. W. Barclay. SYMPLOCARPUS. See Spathyetna. SYMFLOGOS (Greek, symplocos, entwined or con- nected, the stamens being connate at the base). In- cluding Hopea and Lodhra. Styracdcece. Ornamental deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with alternate, entire or serrate lvs. and usually white fls. in racemes or panicles, rarely solitary, followed by berry-like, black, red or blue fruits. Only the deciduous S. cratw- goides is hardy north; it is a shrub with abundant white fls. in spring and bright blue fruits in autumn. It thrives in well-drained soil and sunny position. The half - evergreen S. tinctoria, which seems not hardy north of its natural habitat, prefers moist soil and shady situation. The evergreen species are all tender and litt'e known in cul- tivation. Prop, by seeds, which usually do not germinate until the sec- ond year, and by green- wood cuttings under glass; also by layers. Aboiit 160 species widely distributed through the tropical re- gions except Africa; only a few outside the trop- ics. Mostly trees : fls. in terminal or axillary racemes or panicles, rarely .solitary; calyx 5- lobed; corolla 5 parted, often almost to the base; stamens numerous, usu- ally connate at the base; style filiform: ovary 2- 5-loculed, inferior: fr. a drupe, with 1-5 1-seeded stones. Several species have medical properties; S. tinctoria yields a yel- low dye. cratSBgoides, Buch.-Ham. (S. panicnlAta, Wall. Jjddhra crat(sgoldes, Decne. ) . Deciduous shrub or some- times tree, attaining 40 ft., with slender, spreading branches, forming an irregular open head; young 2449. Symphytum asperrimum. (xy^.) SYMPLOCOS SYRINGA 1759 branches pubescent: Ivs. short-petioled, oval orobovate to oblong-obovate, acute or acuminate, sharply serrate, distinctly veined beneath and more or less pubescent at the veins, rarely glabrous, lK-3 in. long: fls. white, fragrant, %-% in. across, with spreading obldbg-oval petals in panicles lX-3 in. long: fr. usually l-seeded, oval, blue, about % in. high. May, June. Himalayas to China and Japan. G.F. 5:89. M.D.G. 1901:100, 101. S. cocctnea, Humb. & Bonpl. Evergreen tree: Ivs. oblong, acuminate, crenulate, 3-5 in. long: fls. solitary, axillary, pink. 1 in. across, with 10 petals. Spring. Mexico. R.H. 1846:281, F.S. 2:1!!3,— S. Japdnica, DC. (S. lueida, Sieb. & Zncc). Ever- green shrub or small tree, 20 ft. high: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, acute, remotely serrate, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. yellowish, in short, few-fld. racemes: fr. oblong, red. Spring. Japan. S.Z. 1:24. A shrub which has been distributed from several botanic gardens under the name of S. Japonica has proved to be Pyracantha crenulata.— ,S. Sinica, Ker. Deciduous shrub, closely allied to S. cratsegoides: Ivs. elliptic, acute, serrate, pubescent on both sides, 1K~2 in. long: fls. white, in short panicles; calyx-teeth acute. May, June. China. B.R. 9:710.— S. SumUntia, Bueh.-Ham. Small evergreen tree: Ivs. oblong- elliptic, acuminate, cuneate at the base, serrulate, glabrous, 3-5 in. long: fls. white, in short racemes: fr. oblong. Himal. Gt. 31:1073.— S. tinctbria, L'H6rit. Sweet Leaf. Horse Sugar. Half -evergreen shrub or small tree, attaining 18 ft. : Ivs. oblong, acute, obscurely serrate, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long: fls. yellowish, fragrant, in axillary, dense clusters: fr. oblong. J^ in. long, orange-brown. Spring. Del. to Ela. and La. S.S. 6:255, 256. Alfred Rehder. SYNADfiKIUM (Greek name, indicating the united glands). JSuphorMAcece. A genus of 3 species of some- what succulent shrubs of Madagascar and tropical Af- rica, differing from Euphorbia in having the glands of the involucre united into a ring. Gr&ntii, Hook. Smooth, thick-branched, 6-10 ft. : Ivs. ovate-spatulate, 3-4 in. long: dichotomous cymes with red involucres. Tropical Africa. B.M. 5633. — Some- times cultivated with succulents in botanic gardens. S. arboriseens, Boiss., has yellow involucres. B.M. 7184. I J. B. S. Norton. SYNCARFIA (Greek, together and fruit, referring to the head-like clusters of capsules). Myrtdcece. Two species of Australian trees with opposite, ovate, penni- nerved, evergreen leaves and rather small white flow- ers in dense, globular heads either solitary in the axils or In terminal panicles: calyx-tube adnate to base of ovary, the free part erect or dilated with usually 4 per- sistent lobes; petals generally 4, spreading; stamens many, free : ovary inferior, 2-3-loculed ; ovules 1-several to each cell; seeds linear-cuneate. laurifdlia, Tenore. Turpentine Tree. Lvs. broadly ovate to elliptic-oblong, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, 2-3 in. long, often appearing as if in whorls of 4: fls. 6-10 in a head, with 2-4 bracts of variable size under the head; calicos connate at the base; petals broadly ovate or orbicular, less than 2 lines long: ovary 3- loculed; ovules several to each locule.— According to Von Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants," this tree attains a height of 200 ft., with a trunk often 30 ft. in circumference; it is of quick growth and well adapted for a shade tree. The wood is very durable and almost fireproof and is valuable for piles, railway sleepers and shipbuilding. It takes a high polish and is used for flooring and cabinet work. Offered in S. Calif. F. W. Barclay. SYITD£SH0IT (Greek, bound together, because the plant unites characters of Thalictrum and Anemone). Ranuneuld.ee ftTid r;^)if, and young plants are .said to be desir- able for the decoration of windows and conservatories in northern countries. The pods of the Tamarind, which are thick, linear and 3-6 in. long, contain a pleasant acid pulp much used throughout the tropics as the basis of a cooling drink. The pulp is also used in medicine, being rich in formic and butyric acids. It is laxative and refrigerant, and is also used to prepare a gargle for sore throat. The pulp of the Tamarind is generally called the "fruit" or "Tamarind" and the pod is spoken of as the "shell." In the East Indies the shell is removed and the pulp simply pressed together into a mass. The Tamarinds of the Malayan Archipelago are considered better than those of India. They are preserved without sugar, being merely dried in the sun. They are ex- ported from one island to another and when sent to Europe are cured in salt. In the West Indies the fruit is prepared by removing the shell and placing alternate layers of fruit and sugar in a jar and then pouring boiling syrup over the mass. McPadyen says that in 1768 TAMARINDUS TAMARIX order to prevent fermentation, the first syrup, which is very acid, is poured off and a second is added. Also that an excellent preserve Is imported from Cura^oa, which is made from the unripe pods preserved in su- gar with the addition of spice. The East Indian Tama- rind has long pods; the West Indian short ones. The Tamarind tree yields a handsome furniture wood. It is yellowish white, sometimes with red streaks, hard and close-grained; heart-wood dark pur- plish brown. Botanically, the flower of the Tamarind is rather dif- ficult to understand. It is far removed from the sweet pea type, which is the one a northerner commonly thinks of as typical of the legume family. At first glance it is a pale yellow flower about an inch across with 6 or 7 petals, of which 3 are veined with red. On closer study it seems that 4 of the showy parts are sepals, which are all pale yellow. The three red-veined parts are petals, while the other two petals that the student expects to find, are reduced to mere bris- tles hidden in the flower at the base of the staminal tube. Only 3 |of the stamens are fertile, the other 6 being small and rudimentary. These floral characters distinguish Tamarindus from allied genera, of which only Schotia seems to be cult, in America. Tamarinds can be raised from cuttings but more easily by seeds, although they are of slow growth. tndica, Linn. {T. officin&lis. Hook.). Tamakind. Fig. 2461. Tender evergreen tree, attaining a height of 80 ft., with a circumference of 25 ft.: Ivs. abruptly pinnate; Ifts. 20-40, opposite, oblong, obtuse : fls. pale yellow, the petals veined with red. B.M. 4563. — The fls. are said to vary to white or pinkish. W. Harkis, E. N. Reasoner and W. M. TAHABISK. See Tamarix. TAHABIX (ancient Latin name). Tamarisedcece. Tama- risk. Ornamental shrubs or trees, with minute, alternate, scale - like leaves and small, usually light pink flowers in racemes or terminal panicles, SH °S^iI r.vi»ii>'tsB followed by small capsular ■>i iS^r^^m"^ fruits. None of the species are ^4. ya ~«iSt quite hardy north, but T. Odes- sana, Gallica and parviflora are fairly hardy as far north as Mass. The Tamarisks are all of graceful and distinct appear- ance, with light and feathery foliage and large, loose pani- cles of pinkish flowers. Several of the species bloom late in summer and are a welcome ad- dition to our autumn-flowering shrubs. As they are inhabit- ants of warmer arid regions, they are well adapted for coun- tries of similar climatic condi- j»f" wrt^iiiSkV'.iA'-**."*'^-*'- tions. They are also excellent ^i\^S^^^'^^^ *"'■ seaside planting. They «»..\v\'!i\\» minutely 10-lobed. Himalayas. Var. Narbonn^nsis, Ehrenb. Racemes short, almost sessile, lateral on the current year's branches. S.W. Europe. 4. juniperlna, Bunge (T. Jap6nica and T. plumbsa, Hort.). Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with slender spreading branches: Ivs. green, oblong-lanceo- late, acuminate, scarious at the apex: fls. pinkish, in lateral racemes 1J^-2H in. long on last year's branches; 2463. Tansy — Tanacetum vuleare (X 1-5). pedicels shorter than calyx; sepals ovate-lanceolate, little shorter than the persistent petals; disk 5-lobed, with emarginate lobes. Japan, N. China. S.Z. 1:71 (as T. Chinensis.) 5. Chininsis, Lour. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with slender spreading, otten drooping branches: Ivs. bluish green, lanceolate, acuminate, keeled: fls. pink, in large and loose usually nodding panicles, pedi- cels as long as calyx ; sepals ovate, much shorter than the persistent petals ; disk deeply 10-lobed. China. 6. Odess&na, Stev. Shrub, 4-6 ft. high, with upright, slender branches: Ivs. lanceolate, subulate, decurrent: fls. pink; racemes slender, about 1 in. long on short, naked peduncles, spreading and disposed in ample loose panicles ; pedicels about as long as calyx ; petals slightly spreading; disk 5-lobed,with rounded lobes. July-Sept. Caspian region. 7. hispida. Willd. (T. Kashgdriea, Hort.). Shrub, with slender upright branches: Ivs. bluish green, cor- date and subauriculate at the base, acuminate, some- what spreading, finely pubescent: fls. pink, almost ses- sile, in dense racemes 2-3 in. long, disposed in terminal panicles; petals deciduous, much longer than sepals; disk 5-lobed. Aug., Sept. E.H. 1894:352. T. artiGulctta, Vahl, Tree, attaining 30 ft., with slender, jointed branches: Ivs. glaucous, minute, sheathing: fls 5- merous, pink, sessile, in terminal panicles. W. Asia. Not hardy north. — T. Pdllaaii, Desv. Shrubby and very similar to T. Odessana, but panicles less spreading, with more upright racemes; petals upright; disk 5-lobed, with emarginate lobes. Aug., Sept. S. Russia and W. to C. Asia. T. Amurensis, Hort., is a form of this very variable species. T. Caspica, not seen in bloom by writer, may also belong here. Alfred Rehder. TANAC£lUM (name of doubtful derivation). Com- p6»itce. A genus of 30 species of annual or perennial herbs scattered about the northern hemisphere, of which 7 are native to North America. They are odorous plants, with alternate, variously cut leaves and small to me- dium-sized heads of yellow flowers disposed in corymbs, or rarely solitary. Fl.-headsheterogamous, disk-shaped: female fls. with 3-5-toothed, tubular corollas; akenes 5-ribbed or 3-5-angular, with a broad truncate summit, bearing a coroniform pappus or none. For culture, see Tansy. yulg&re, Linn. Tansy. Pig. 2463. Stem robust, erect, 2-3 ft., leafy to the summit: Ivs. pinnately di- vided into linear-lanceolate segments which are serrate or pinnately cut: fl. -heads M-J^ in. across, numerous, in a dense, flat-topped cyme. July-Sept. Europe. Ad- ventive in the eastern U. S. — Var. crispum, DC, has. the leaves more cut and crisped. According to B.B. 3:460, this variety is in some places more common than, the type. f. W. Barclay. TANOIEBINE. See Orange and Citrus TAN6IEB FEA, Scarlet. Lalliyrus Tingitanus. TUSSY {Tanacetum vulgare, Linn.). Fig. 2404. A coarse-growing, herbaceous perennial naturalized from middle Europe, and a familiar occupant of our old gar- dens, waste places and roadsides. Its common name is said to be derived from athanasia, immortality, an idea . suggested to the ancient Greeks by the characteristic permanent possession it takes of the soil. Its annual, upright, usually unbranched stems, which rise about 3 feet from the perennial root, bear greatly divided, deeply cut, compound, bitter, aromatic leaves and rather dense; corymbs of numerous small yellow flower-heads which appear in midsummer. The seed, which is small, is marked by 5 rather prominent gray- ish ribs and retains its vitality for about two years. Formerly its leaves were in great favor as a seasoning for various culinary preparations, especially puddings and omelettes, uses now almost obsolete. By the medi- cal profession, its tonic and stimulant properties and its efficacy in hysterical and dropsical disorders are still recognized, though other medicines are more popular. In domestic prac- tice it played an early role as an anthelmintic and stomachic and is still some- what popular as a local agent to relieve the pain of muscular rheumatism, bruises and chronic ulcers. The wild plants usually satisfy all demands, but when no wild supply is at hand seed may be used to start the half-dozen speci- mens that a family should need. Easily started, read- ily transplanted or divided. Tansy requires no special care in cultivation except to keep it clear of weeds and to prevent its spread- ing and thus becoming troublesome as a weed. It will thrive in almost all soils and situations that are not too wet. J? or botanical account 2454. The fern-like spray of Tansy. see Tanacetum, M. G. Kains. TAPE GRASS. Vallisneria. TAPIOCA. See Manihot. TARAXACTJU (ancient name of doubtful origin, probably associated with supposed medicinal proper- ties). Compdsifce. Dandelion. Low nearly or quite stemless herbs of cold and temperate regions, mostly of the northern hemisphere. The plants are exceedingly variable and there are c"»^sequently great differences of opinion as to the numoer of species. Bentham & 1770 TARAXACUM Hooker would reduce them to about 6, and others would retain 25 or more. Taraxacums are dis- tinguished by having large many- flowered ligulate yellow heads soli- tary on naked and hollow scapes ; involucre with one inner series of erect narrow bracts and outer calyx - like spreading sometimes reflexed bracts ; pappus simple and capillary, borne on a slender beak terminating a fusiform elon- gated angled akene; flowers open- ing in sunshine. The common Dandelion is Ta- T&zacum officinale, known also as T. Dens-leonis. Bee Dandelion. It varies immensely in stature and form of leaves, as shown in Figs. 2465-68. For history, see Sturte- vant, Proc. 6th Meeting Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci., and Amer. Nat. , Jan., 1886. For an account of the red seeded Dandelion, T. erythro- sp^rmum, see Fernald, Bot.Gaz. July, 1895 :32H. From the com- mon Dandelion it differs in hav- ing smaller sulfur-yellow heads, smaller and very deeply cut leaves, outer involucral scales not reflexed and somewhat glau- cous; akenes red or red brown and shorter beaked ; pappus dirty white. It is known to oc- cur in New England, New York and Pa.'; perhaps naturalized from Europe. l. jj. B. TARE, TARES. To the mod- ern English farmer the word "Tare" means the common vetch, V'iciu sativa, although Tare, is also applied loosely to other species of V i c i a and Lathyrus, particularly Vicia hirsKta. The celebrated pas- sage in Matthew xiii, 25, "His enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat,' refers prob- ably to the darnel, Loluim te- mulenftcm. The original Greek word in Matthew is Zizania, a name which in botany refers to the wild rice. Darnel belongs to the grass family and its seeds were long thought to stupefy those who ate them un- wittingly. Recent investiga- tions have proved that darnel seeds have no narcotic proper- ties. TARRAGON (Artemisia DraeunciiluH, which see) is a close relative of worm- wood {A. Absinthium). It is a perennial composite herb native of the Caspian Sea region and Si- beria, and is culti- vated as a culinary herb in western Eu- rope. Its lanceolate, entire leaves and small, inconspicuous and generally sterile blossoms are borne upon numerous branching stems, 2-3 feet tall. Its green parts, which possess a delicate, aromatic flavor resembling anise, are widely .-; ■ --A^- 2466. Large-leaved form of Dandelion. 1467. Cut-leaved form of Dandelion, TASMANNIA used tor seasoning salads and for flavoring vinegar, p i c k les and mustard. The essential oil of Tarragon and Tarragon vinegar are articles of commerce, the crop being grown extensively in south- ern Prance for this purpose. The former is obtained by distillation of the green parts, the latter by simple infusion in vinegar. The best time to gather the crop for distillation or infusion is when the flrst flowers begin to open, since the plants have then a larger percentage of oil than before or after. From 300 to 500 pounds of green parts, according to seasonal and other conditions, are needed to produce one pound of oil. As cultivated Tarragon rarely produces viable seed, the plant is propagated by cuttings of both old and green wood and by di- vision of the roots. Cuttings may be taken at any convenient time, but the best time for di- vision is when the plants have just commenced to grow in the spring. Tenacious and wet soils should be avoided and only loams of medium texture and of poor quality in sunny situations chosen. The plants may be set, either in the spring or in the autumn, one foot apart and cul- tivated like sage or mint. The flower-stems should be removed as soon as seen, as this will force greater growth of leaves, etc. The green parts may be gathered at any time, after the plants have become established, and used fresh. Dried Tarra- gon is nearly as useful as green, but there is little market for it, lesseven than for the leaves. At the approach of winter, espe- cially in cold and snowless cli- mates, the stems should be cut down and the plants covered with litter or leaves. The po- sition of the beds should be changed every three or four years. Tarragon is less culti- vated in America than it de- serves. Most of our Tarragon vinegar comes from France. Taqetea lucida is much like Tarragon in flavor and has been used as a substitute for it. M. G Kains. TASMANNIA (after Abel Jansen Tasman, Dutch cap- tain who discovered Van Dieman's Land or Tas- mania). Magnoli&cece. This genus is included under Drimys by Benthara and Hooker. A small genus of tender ever- green aromatic, gla- brous trees or shrubs with simple, short- petioled leaves with transparent dots and terminal clusters of greenish yellow, rose or white flowers. Drimys arom&tica, F. Muell. {T. aro- mdtiea, R.Br.), is a shrub or small tree cult, in a few north- TASMANNIA TAXODIUM 1771 em greenhouses: Ivs. rather small, oblong to oblong- lanceolate, usually obtuse, narrowed to a short petiole: fls. yi-1 in. across, in small, terminal clusters. Spring. Tasmania. B.R. 31:43 (white, tinged pink). F. W. Barclay. TASSEL FLOWER. See JEmiUa flammea and Brick- elUa. TATJ-KOK BEAN, See DoUchos. TAXODITJH (alluding to the similarity of the foliage to that of Taxus). Glyptostrbbus, Sehnbirtia. Conif- erce. Tall ornamental deciduous or evergreen trees, with distinctly 2-ranked, small, linear leaves and glo- bose or ovoid cones not exceeding 1 in. acrcss. The Bald Cypress, T, distichwm, is well known in cultiva- tion and is hardy as far north as New England. It is a very desirable tree for park planting. Its light green 2468. Variation in foliaee of the common Dandelion All leaves drawn to the same scale. feathery foliage and the narrow pyramidal habit which it usually retains in cultivation give it a very distinct appearance. In its native habitat it forms in old age a broad, round-topped head sometimes 100 ft. across and has the trunk much enlarged at the base by huge, often hollow buttresses projecting in all directions and termi- nating in long, horizontal roots. From these roots spring the peculiar cypress knees, pyramidal protuber- ances composed of a very light, soft, spongy wood and spongy bark. These sometimes attain a height of 10 ft. and with age usually become hollow. From the under side of the horizontal roots large anchor-roots are sent perpendicularly into the earth and help to anchor the tree firmly in the swampy yielding soil. The knees are believed by some to be formed for the purpose of strengthening this root-system, since they are chiefly found opposite to the anchor-roots, but their main pur- pose is probably to bring air to the roots during the several weeks or months when the swamps are covered with water. The knees always grow high enough to rise above the surface of the water (see, also, G.F. 3, p. 2, 21, 22, 57). The Bald Cypress thrives best in moist, sandy soil, but usually also does well indiier situations. The habit seems to depend somewhat on the degree of moisture; in drier soil the head is more narrow-pyramidal, in moist soil broader and mcire spreading. Prop- agated by seeds sown in spring and the varieties by grafting on seedling stock early in spring in the greenhouse; also by cuttings in sand con- stantly saturated with water or grown in water alone, under glass. Three species in North America and China. Lvs. alternate, linear, usually 2-ranked, falling oft in autunm or the second year together with the short lateral branchlets : fls. monoecious, small; staminate fls. catkin-like, consisting of spirally arranged anthers, with 4-9 anther-cells and forming terminal panicles; pistillate fls. soli- tary or in pairs at the ends of branchlets of the previous year, composed of imbricated scales bearing two ovules inside at the base: cone glo- bose or nearly so, maturing the first year, con- sisting of spirally arranged woody scales en- larged at the apex into an irregularly 4-sided disk with a mucro in the middle and toward the base narrowed into a slender stalk ; 2 triangular, winged seeds under each scale; cotyledons 4-9. The Bald Cypress is one of the most valuable timber trees of North America. The wood is brown, light and soft, close and straight-grained, but not strong; it is easily worked, durable in the soil and much used for construction. distichum, Rich. (Cuprissiis dis- ticha, Linn. SchubMia disHiha, Mirbel). Bald Cypress. Deciduous Cypress. Pig. 2469. Tall, deciduous tree, becoming 150 feet high, with a buttressed trunk usually 4-5, but sometimes attaining 12 ft. or more in diameter, usually hollow in old age; bark light cinnamon - brown, flaky; branches erect or spreading, distich- ously ramified, forming a narrow pyr- amidal head, becoming at maturity broad and rounded, with slightly pend- ulous branches: lvs. narrowly linear, acute, thin, light green, K-54 in. long: panicles of the purplish staminate fls. 4-5 in. long: cone almost globose, rugose, about 1 in. across and desti- tute of mucros at maturity: seed % in. long. March-May. Del. to Fla., west to Mo. and Tex. S.S. 10:537. G.F. 3:7; 10:125. G.C. II. 11:372; 18: 361; III. 7:325, 328; 14:659; 24:320. Gng. 2:225; 5:1. G.M. 39:875. M. D.G. 1896:303. S.H. 2:541. -An inter- esting natural variety is: Var. imbricirium.Nutt. ( T.disUchnm Sin4nse p^ndula , Lodd. T. distichum, var. pendulum, Carr. Glyptostrdbus pindulim, Endl. 6. Sinensis, Hovt.). Smaller tree, with slender upright or often pendulous branches clothed with spirally arranged, needle-shaped, more or less upright and appressed lvs. Occasionally found wild with the type and often cultivated. B.M. 5603. F. 1871, p. 60. A great number of garden forms have been described; 1772 TAXODIUM TAXUS of which the following are the most important: Var. faatigiatum, Knight. With slender, upright, virgate branches sparingly ramified. Var. microphyllum, Carr. Shrub, with short spreading branches; the lateral branchlets with typical foliage, those of the longer branches gradually passing toward the end into small, scale - like, imbricate Ivs. Var. n^num, Garr. Dwarf, shrubby form, with numer- ous short branches. Var. nfitans. Ait. Branches spreading, long and slender, nodding at the tips. Var. pendulum ndvum, P. Smith. A graceful form with slen- der, pendulous branchlets. Var. pyramidiktuin, Carr. Narrow pyramidal form with short ascending branches. T. ffiucronatum, A. Ten. (T. Mexicannm, Carr.). Tall tree, occasionally 170 ft. high, with a trunk 20 ft. or more in diame- ter; Ivs. evergreen. Mex. G. F. 3;15o. G.C. in. 13:647.— T. heteroph^UuTn, Bvongn. (Glyp- tostrobas heterophyllus, Endl.), Shmb, 10 ft. nigh: lower branches pendulous: Ivs. linear and scale - like on the same plant; cones ovoid, /4 in. long. China. Tender and rarely cult. Often confounded with vars. of T. distiehum, Alfred Rehdee. 2469. Bald Cypress — Taxo- dium distiehum. (Xatural size of Ivs. is K-^ inch long.) TAXTTS (ancient Latin name of the Yew). Coniterm. Ye'JK^'^namental evergreen trees or shrubs, with 2- ranked linear leaves, insignificant flowers and showy berry-like red fruits. The best known species is T. iaccata, which is hardy as far north as Rhode Island and northwestern New York, while T. cuspidata and T. Canadensis are considerably hardier and thrive as far north as Canada; the other species are little known in cultivation. The Yews are very desirable evergreens for park planting; they are densely clothed with dark green foliage and the pistillate plants are particularly beautiful in autumn when loaded with scarlet fruits. They are well suited for hedges and easily trimmed into any desired shape. They were formerly much used for fantastic topiary work (see e. g., G.C. II. 2:2C4, 265). That the typical tree-like form of the Yew is nowadays not much planted is chiefly due to its slow growth, but the numerous mostly shrubby garden forms are popular plants for small gardens. The Yews thrive best in a moderately moist sandy loam and endure shade well. Large plants may be successfully transplanted if it is possible to secure a sufficient ball of earth with the roots. Prop, by seeds, which do not germinate until the second year, and by cuttings taken early in autumn and kept during the winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; the varieties also often by grafting on the type .in early spring in the greenhouse, or sometimes by lay- ers. Plants raised from cuttings grow much slower than grafted ones anTi cuttings of the type rarely grow into trees but usually into low-spreading shrubs (see M.D.G. 1898:56.5). Six species are known. They are distributed through the northern hemisphere and in America south to Mexico. They are all very closely allied and could be considered geographical varieties of a single species. Trees or shrubs: Ivs. linear, without resin-ducts, pale or yellowish green beneath, usually 2-ranked: fls. usually dioecious, solitary and axillary, rarely terminal, small, appearing in early spring; staminate globose, composed of 4-8 stamens each, with 3-8 anther-cells attached to the peltate connective; pistillate consisting of a single terminal ovule with several bracts at the base: seed a bony nut surrounded or almost inclosed by a fleshy cup- shaped scarlet disk ; cotyledons two. The wood is heavy, hard, close-grained, strong, elastic and of reddish color. It is highly valued for cabinet-making and turning, and before the invention of gunpowder was in great request in England for the manufacture of bows. The foliage is poisonous to horses and cattle but the berries are not. basiA ta. Linn. Pig. 2470. Tree, attaining CO ft., with a usuaHy short trunk, occasionally 8 ft. or more in diameter: bark reddish, flaky, deeply fissured in old trees: branches spreading, forming a broad, low head; branchlets .somewhat pendulous: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear and usually falcate, shortly acuminate, with prominent midrib, dark green above, pale beneath, %-lH in. long or shorter in some vars. : fr. }4-% in. across, with al- most globose disk, about one -third longer than the ovoid brown seed. Eu. and N. Afr. to Himalayas. G.C. 11.23:309. Gn. 27, p. 578; 35, p. 36, 37. G.P. 9:265. Giig, 1:309.— Many garden forms have originated in cultivation ; the following are the most important : Var. adpr^ssa, Carr. (T. parvifdlia, Wender. T. brevifdlia, Hort., notNutt. T.iardiva, Lslws. T. Sinensis tardlva, Knight). Shrub or low tree of irregular habit, with long spreading branches: Ivs. oblong, obtusish, mucron- ulate, X-K in. long: disk of fr. shorter than the seed. K.H. 1886, p. 104. Gn. 35, p. 37. Very distinct form. Var. adprgssa erfieta, Nichols, (var. adpriasa sfrlcta, Beissn.), has the foliage of the preceding, but erect branches forming a columnar bush. Var. afirea, Carr. {va,T.Elvastonhisis anrea, Beissn.). Lvs. golden yel- low, more brightly colored at the tips and margin. This form has proved hardier than the type in New England. Var. argentea, Loud. (var. elegantissima, Hort.). Lvs. striped straw-yellow or sometimes whit- ish. Var. erecja, Loud. (var. striata, Hort.). Bushy form, with slender, upright branches and branchlets: lvs. narrower and smaller than in the type. Var. eri- coides, Carr. (var. microphylla, Hort.). Dwarf form, with slender branches and small and very narrow, pointed lvs. Var. Jastigiata, Loud. (T. Hiiirnica, Hort.). Strictly tastie;iate form, with stout crowded upright branches and branchlets: lvs spirally arranged around the branches, dark glossy green. Gn. 35, p. 36; 40, p. 02. R.H. 1886:105. One of the most desirable evergreens of columnar habit for formal gardens. Var. fastigi^ta varieg^ta, Carr. Less vigorous and more tender: lvs. marked yellowish white. Var. fastigi&ta aitrea, Standish. Young growth golden yellow. Var. Fisheri, Hort. Some of the lvs. deep yellow, others green. Var. fniotu Idteo. With yellow fr. Gn. 35, p. 37. R.H. 1886, p. 104. Var. glatica, Carr. Vigorous form, with longer and narrower lvs. dark green above and with a glaucous bluish tint beneath. Var. J^ckFOni, Gord. (v&r.phidula, Jiovt.). Branches spreading, pen- dulous at the tips, with more or less incurved lvs. Var. prooiimbens, Loud. Prostrate shrub, with elongated and fm^-i, 'fit 2470. Old Enelish Yews that have reached maturity — Taxus baccata. "Addison's Walk," at Glasnevin, Ireland. much ramified branches. Var. W&sMngtoni, Beissn. Vigorous form, with longer lvs., partly colored golden yellow. cnspid&ta, Sieb. & Zucc. (T. iace&fa, var. cuspid&ta, Carr.). Tree, attaining 50 ft., with a 1 rank usually 2 fti TAXUS TEA 1773 in diameter: bark bright red: branches ascending: Its. usually falcate, thickish, distinctly and abruptly mueronate, dark green above, pale fulvous green or pale green beneath, K-1 in. long: fr. like that of T, haccata, Japan. Very similar to T. baccatci, but branches more upright, stouter and Ivs. somewhat broader, more abruptly mueronate and thicker in tex- ture. Var. n&na, Hort. {T. hrevifdlia, Hort., not Nutt.), is a dwarf compact form with shorter leaves. Canadfensis, Marsh. {T. baccdta, var. minor, Michx. T. baccAta, var. Canadensis, Gray. T. mhios', Britt.). Fig. 2471. Prostrate shrub, with wide-spreading slen- der branches, rarely more than 3 ft. high: Ivs. shorter and narrower, less crowded and of a lighter, more yel- lowish green than those of T. baccata, assuming in win- ter usually a reddish tint: fr. ripens about 2 months earlier than that of T. baccata: fls. monsecious (at least usually). Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to Va. and Iowa. B.B. 1:61. V. 14:2,i2. — In cultivation it becomes usually a more upright and less straggling shrub. T. brevifblia, Nutt. Tree, 40-50 or occasionally 80 ft. high, with slender horizontal or somewhat pendulous branches forming a broad, open, pyramidal head: Ivs. sliarply pointed, dark yellowish green, }^r% in- long. Brit. Col. to Calif. S.S. 10:514. Probably as hardy as T. baccata.— T. Floriddna, Chapm. Bushy tree, 25 ft. high or sometimes shrubby: Ivs. slender, %-l in. long, dark green. JTla. S.S. 1C;515. Alfred Rehder. United States, are facts sufficiently well known as to require no elaboration in the present article. The present condition of China and the fear that a devas- tating war may at any moment invade the tea-pro- ducing provinces, seriously threaten the Tea supply from that country. Again, friction among the world- powers may at some future time entangle the United States in war with a strong naval power, in which case it is easy to foresee that commerce with the antipodes might be arrested and our supply of oriental Tea cut off. Or the outbreak of some such vegetable disease as that which not many years ago destroyed the coffee industry in Ceylon might readily sweep over the tea-gardens of Eastern Asia; and if wholly dependent upon them, the world might be deprived of its cup of Tea. It becomes, therefore, a question of national importance to provide against these contingencies. To these advantages should be added the diversifica- tion of our industries, supplying easy and healthful occupation to thousands of needy people, especially women and children, who are well adapted for the gen- erally light labor involved in the growth and manufac- ture of Tea; and converting countless acres of now idle land into blooming and remunerative tea-gardens. Where in Assam was once a dismal jungle, the home of the tiger and cobra, and full of deadlier fevers, almost uninhabited by man and practically worthless, is now— thanks to the tea-industry— a fertile, comparatively 2471. Spray of Taxus Canadensis (X W) TEA. The Tea plant is described in this work under Camellia Thea, together with its varieties Bohea and viridis,_ot which the former was supposed to yield black Tea and the latter green Tea. Both kinds can be produced from either variety, the difference lying in the process of manufacture. Tea is an agricultural rather than a horticultural crop. It is fully treated in general cyclopedias and elsewhere. For these reasons no general article on Tea is here included. The fol- lowing article gives an idea of the present condition of the tea-growing industry in America. The Tea plant is shown in Fig. 2472. l_ jj b_ American Tea.— Previous to the inauguration of the Pinehurst experimentation in South Carolina, it had been abundantly demonstrated that parts of the south- ern states were well adapted for the growth of those varieties of the Tea plant which do not require a tropi- cal climate; and before the Civil War many families supplied themselves with Tea grown and made at home, the result of the distribution of oriental Tea seed throughout the southern states by the national government. But it remained to be solved whether Tea might be produced on. a large scale at a profit. The Pinehurst experiments have shown that American tea- gardens are capable of yielding as much as the aver- age Asiatic, and that the quality of the leaf is not less satisfactory. The advantages in favor of raising Tea in this country are the avoidance of long transportation, which generally induces deterioration in quality; security from the in- terference of war with the importation of foreign Teas; and the protection of the industry by a duty which shall offset the difference in the price of labor. That some sorts of Tea do not keep well, that the high "firing" of Tea to prevent mildew, necessarily deprives it of much of Its flavor, and that for these reasons the best of the oriental Teas are rarely exported, least of all to the healthy, civilized region, affording lucrative employ- ment to thousands of Europeans and natives. As much can be brought about in many neglected parts of the southern states; but probably, as was the case in Assam, only through the long category of persistent labor, se- vere trials, frequent mistakes, temporary depressions and final su-ccess. The disadvantages which operate against the estab- lishment of an American Tea industry are, chiefly, an insufScient rainfall, the higher price of labor, and the conversion of tea-drinkers to the taste of a new sort of Tea. Of secondary importance is the disinclination of capital to embark in the undertaking which, although apparently new, has, undeservedly as we think, the stigma of previous failures. Further experiments to relieve the burden of the above objections will, it is believed, pave the way for a hearty endorsement of the practicability of the industry, and then there will be no withholding of the requisite means. The Pinehurst experiments have shown, other things being equal, the dependence of the productiveness of the tea-plant upon an abundant supply of mois- ture, whether of precipitation or percolation, or by arti- ficial irrigation. The yearly rainfall in the oriental Tea countries varies from 60 to 150 inches, and even more. Almost all of it occurs in the leaf-producing months; whereas here the aqueous precipitation, dur- ing the same season amounts to about thirty inches. It becomes necessary, therefore, that the American tea- planter should conserve and supplement this supply to the utmost, by a system of tillage which shall absorb and yield to the plant as much as possible; by the dis- tribution of the trenches and the terracing of the land with a view to preventing the denudation of the surface and the loss of water during the heavier rains. These objects are largely attained by placing the tea-gardens on well-drained, flat lowlands or former pond-beds. Very recently special attention has been paid to the 1774 TEA TEA artificial irrigation of tea fields, whereby it is designed to better approximate to the oriental supply of water during the cropping season, although, of course, it will be needless to attempt to imitate the tropical deluges which not only run off from, but with the soil. The selection of the most suitable location for the establishment of a tea estate, becomes, then, of the greatest importance. The choice of fertile, flat lands, underlaid by a porous subsoil, susceptible of irrigation by gravity, as a safe-guard against droughts, will obvi- ate the necessity of applying artificial enrichment, of underdrainage, and of elevating by applied power the water needed for irrigation. By a careful observance of these details and the selection of the right sort of seed, the American tea-garden may be made to yield as much or more than the parent bushes from which it sprung. And as the successful commercial tea estate must be on a large scale, like similar undertakings in sugar, whether beet or cane, it will be necessary to consider the means of transportation and accessibility to markets, abundant supply of labor and healtblulness of situation. The part played by purely manual labor in the culti- vation and manufacture of black Tea upon the best equipped British tea estates in India, is being steadily encroached upon by mechanical appliances until now it has been almost relegated to its last functions of plant- pruning and leaf-plucking, where it is probably secure. It is true that the cultivation of the soil on the above- mentioned gardens largely depends on manual labor with the hoe, spade and fork. This is the natural se- quence of the heavy rains which otherwise denude them of a uniformly well-pulverized surface soil. By avoid- ing hillsides and by planting sufficiently far apart it is possible to use plows and cultivators, and thus reduce the cost of cultivation. As yet no mechanical contri- vance has been found for ilispensing with human labor in the pruning of the tea bushe-s and the gathering of the leaf. But a ten cent duty on foreign Tea should in many sections of the southern states somewhat com- pensate for the difference in the cost of these opera- tions here and in the Orient. The testimony before the U. S. Labor Commission has shown that where the negro population is congested, their wages, beyond a scanty supply of food and clothing, are strictly nominal. 2472. Tea plant CX Ya). On well-arranged tea estates-producing black Tea, the human hand hardly touches the plucked leaf from the moment when it is caught up by a trolley line for trans- portation to the factory, until the dry Tea is subjected to the final elimination of whatever foreign matter (stems, chips, etc.) may have got mixed with it. Until very recently the manufacture of green Tea has required a large amount of handwork for the roasting and roll- ing of the leaf. But mo.?t recently it has been demon- strated at Pinehurst that green tea of a high quality may be made solely by machinery, by means of the "Rotary Witherer," invented by the writer, in conjunc- tion with the previously employed rolling and drying machines. And thus, by the substitution of mechani- cal operations, not only should the production of Tea on a scale commensurate with the cost of such an establish- ment, be made cheaper, but the product should be more uniform and free from the possible contamination of frequently unclean hands (and feet!). It was to be expected that the different climatic con- ditions should exert their effect on the foreign tea plants and somewhat alter the taste of their product. This experience has been the rule with Tea, and it has cost a considerable, oftentimes disheartening, effort to successfully launch upon the market the output of each new locality. The very limited production at Pinehurst has probably prevented any obstacle to the sale of its 'crops; the novelty of its product may have largely assisted in readily disposing of it. But were the produc- tion of American Tea to suddenly rise into the millions of pounds, it would most certainly have to fight again.st the prejudice of taste and the established trade in Asi- atic Teas. The natural remedy lies in the greatest pos- sible adaptation to already formed habits of taste and a lowering of price. Tinie, study, perseverance and money are necessarily demanded, but success seems to be reasonably assured. It should not surprise any one familiar with the Teas consumed in the United States and Great Britain that the sorts most highly valued in the Orient, the product of one thousand or more years of discrimination and so highly prized as often to be commercially unattainable, rarely commend themselves to the tea-drinkers in the former countries. For nearly ten years the experimentation at Pinehurst was mainly carried on without outside assistance. The National Department of Agriculture, however, con- tributed very welcome assistance by the gift of tea- seed, publication of reports and other important ways; and for the past two seasons has rendered most effec- tual pecuniary aid, under the direction of the Secretary of Agriculture, the Hon. James Wilson, who has en- listed the interest and support of Congress in the work. The proprietor of Pinehurst appreciates most deeply this assistance, both in money and sympathy, which he recognizes as being indispensable for the ultimate in- auguration of the hoped-for industry. Under the instructions of the United States Department of Agri- culture he will diligently continue the experiments which seem most calculated to produce at low cost the medium grades of both black and green Teas, not losing sight, however, of the possible growth and manufac- ture of the finer varieties. The first tea plant in this country was set out by the French botanist, Michaux, about 1800, at Middleton Barony, on the Ashley river, distant some 15 miles from Charleston and 10 from Pinehurst plantation. As seen a few years since, it had grown into a small tree about 15 feet high. The reports of the U. S. Patent Office and the Department of Agriculture record the results of many subsequent attempts to introduce and cultivate the tea plant in the southern states. In 1848. Mr. Junius Smith, of Greenville, S. C, being convinced from the letters of his daughter, then in British India, of the feasibility of raising Tea in this region, began his well-known experiments in this direction. In spite of many trying difficulties, they were diligently prosecuted to the time of his death, which occurred a few years later. It required only slight encourageiuent from the Government, by the distribution of plants and seeds, to call into active participation the ardor of many experi- menters living in a climate particularly favorable for the outdoor cultivation of the Camellia Japonica, Asa- lea Indica, and many other subtropical plants. The Scotch botanist, Mr. Robert Fortune, was employed by the Government to gather Chinese tea seed, which was distributed in 1858 and 1859 throughout the southern states. The outbreak of the Civil War, shortly there- after, seriously interfered with the prosecution of these TEA TECOMA 1775 experiments. Nevertheless, the resultant patches and larger gardens unquestionably produced Tea of fine flavor, although very generally devoid of that strength of liquor which latterly, and especially since the intro- duction of the Indo-Ceylon Teas, appears to constitute a most desirable quality for many consumers. It may be presumed, however, that this failure in pungency was largely due to defective curing and particularly to inadequate rolling of the leaf, in consequence of which the cup qualities of the Tea were not fully developed. So far as is known, it remained for the National Department of Agriculture to be- gin, twenty years ago, the first serious at- tempt to produce American commercial Tea. Unhappily, the retirement from office of Commissioner Wm. G. Le Due, to whose great interest in this subject the inception of the experiment was due ; the serious prostration by illness of Mr. John Jackson, who had cultivated Tea in India, and under whose management the seed was obtained and the gardens established; the great dis- tance of the station from its source of con- trol (Washington), as also the unfavorable opinion of a subsequent commissioner as to the ultimate success of the undertak- ing, combined to cause the total abandon- ment by the Government of the tea-gar- dens which it had established on the same "Newington" plantation that embraced the adjoining site of the later formed Pinehurst estate. The Pinehurst investigation owed its ori- gin to the belief that the previous attempts to demonstrate the feasibility of American Tea culture had been arrested before reach- ing definite conclusions. More careful cul- tivation and manipulation, the result of pro- tracted observation, with the consequent production of a higher class of Teas, might reverse the generally entertained opinion that the cultivation of Tea, as an industry, in this country must always prove a failure. It was hoped that success in this field of agricultural enterprise would furnish employment for thousands who are now idle and give a value to vast acres at present worthless. The local experiments, begun about ten years ago, were wisely on a small scale; but they have been gradu- ally increased until they now embrace about sixty acres planted in Tea, a commodious factory equipped with the requisite mechanical appliances, facilities for the application of irrigation to some of the tea-gardens, and a well-trained corps of youthful tea pickers. When the gardens shall have arrived at full 'bearing, the an- nual crop should exceed 12,000 pounds of dry, high grade Tea, and this quantity should suffice for the ob- ject in view: viz., to determine whether commercial te.i may be profitably grown under the local conditions of soil, climate and labor. It was obviously desirable to conduct experiments with as many varieties of seed and on as different sorts of soil and location as pos- sible. To this end, partly by the kind assistance of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and partly by pur- chase from dothestic and foreign producers, a consider- able variety of seed, representing many of the choicest sorts of Tea, was obtained. Gardens were established on flat and on rolling land, in drained swamps and ponds, and on sandy, clayey, loamy and rich bottom soil. It was from the outset expected that many of those attempts would prove either partially or wholly unsuc- cessful, but with very few exceptions the gardens are fully answering the expectations. The annual crop hfcs gradually, but steadily, grown from less than one hun- dred pounds to 5,000 pounds of dry Tea. Several years of experimentation have developed a system of pruning in keeping with the local climate. The hopefully crucial trial occurred on February 14, 1899, when the thermom- eter fell to zero, Fahrenheit— the lowest recorded tem- perature in 150 years of observation, but with compara- tively few exceptions the tea-gardens escaped serious injury, although followed by a diminished yield for two 112 years in some instances. A Rose (Assam Hybrid) tea. garden at Pinehurst is shown in Fig. 2473. Charles U. Shbpard.. TEA, OSWEGO. Monarda didyma. TEA, PARAGUAY. Ilex Paraguariensis . TEASEL. The species of Dipsacus. See p. 491 and' Fig. 719. 2473. Assam-Hybrid Tea garden at Pinehurst, South Carolina. T£C0HA (abridged from the Mexican name Tecomaxo- chitl.). Including Cdmpsis, Carnpsidium, Oourdlea, fanddrea, Stenoldbium and Teeomdria. Signonidcece. Trumpet Vine. Ornamental evergreen or deciduous, climbing or upright shrubs, or sometimes trees, with opposite, odd-pinnate or digitate leaves and showy white, yellow, scarlet or violet flowers in panicles or racemes, followed by mostly elongated cylindrical pods. Most of the species are suited only for greenhouse cul- tivation in the North, or for outdoor cultivation only in subtropical or tropical regions. The hardiest species is T. radieans, which may be grown as farnorth as Massa- chusetts, at least in sheltered positions. The closely allied T. grandiflora is somewhat more tender. The latter, as well as T. radieans, var. speciosa, can be grown as bushy specimens and will bloom freely on the young shoots, even if cut back almost to the ground by frost. Such plants can be easily protected during the winter by laying them down a;nd covering them with earth. The following are well suited for cultivation in the southern states and California or in the North in the cool greenhouse and will stand a little frost: T. aus- trails, Oapensis, jasminoides, mollis, Hicasoliana^ SmilMi and stans. T. Amboinensis, filicifolia and leucoxylon can be grown only in tropical regions or in the warm greenhouse. The Tecomas, with the excep- tion of the first 5 species described below, are very or- namental climbing plants. T. radieans is particularly adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it climbs with rootlets and clings firmly to its support. The Tecomas require rich, rather moist soil and sunny position. Propagated by seeds, by greenwood cuttings under' glass, or by hardwood and also by root-cuttings and layers. See, also, Bignonia for culture. The genus contains more than 100 species, chiefly na- tives of tropical and subtropical America, also found in Polynesia, S. Asia and Africa. Climbing or upright, shrubs, sometimes trees: Ivs. odd-pinnate or digitate,, opposite, estipulate: fls. in racemes or panicles; calyx oampanulate, 5-toothed or irregularly 2-5-lobed; corolla funnelform, with 5- or rarely 4-lobed limb; stamens 4, 2 longer and 2 shorter; style slender: ovary 2-loculed, 1776 TECOMA surrounded at the base by a disk: fr. an elongated cap- sule, loculicidally dehiscent, with 2 valves separating from the septum, to which the seeds are attached: seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large, thin wings. The genus is divided into several natural subgenera, which are considered by some botanists as distinct genera. Alfred Eehder. 2474. Tecoma Smithii (X K). Trumpet Vines in the South. —All the Tecomas, the climbing species as well as those growing in bush form, are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well adapted to the soil and climate, but most of them, to do their best, need to be planted from the start in rich soil, and in addition they should be well fertilized at least once a year. They prefer a fertilizer rich in nitro- gen, and a heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial. The bushy kinds can be grown in groups or as single specimens on the lawn, while the rampant climbing species, such as T. radicans and T. grandiflora, should be grown on posts and tall stamps, or they may be trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas. T. Capensis, a half -climbing species, is effectively used for decoration of the veranda, its glowing scarlet flow- ers contrasting well with the exquisite blossoms and the tropical foliage of the allkmandas, thunbergias and Clerodendron Thompsons, which all flower at the same time. Tecoma starts and T. grandlflora are the two showiest species of the genus, the latter being a climber, flowering abundantly in JVlay and June, while the first one is a large-growing bushy species opening its im- mense corymbs of vivid yellow flowers the latter part of November and early in December. The Yellow Elder, T. stans, grows exceedingly well on high pine-land and is perfectly at home in Florida, attaining an immense size if well fertilized and mulched, dense masses 18-23 ft. high and as much through being not at all rare. This Tecoma is the glory of the south Florida gardens in autumn, as is the beautiful Ban- hinia purpurea in April, never failing to call forth en- thusiastic admiration from all beholders. No shrub is better adapted for the new settlers in the sandy pine- TKCOMA land gardens. When covered with its large, fragrant flowers it is visited by numberless hummingbirds and insects. Owing to its rapid growth and dense foliage from the ground, the Yellow Elder is highly valued as screen for unsightly fences and buildings. This Tecoma ripens its seed so abundantly that hundreds of seedlings come up around the old plant. The value of this shrub, blooming so late in autumn, cannot be overestimated. T. mollis, incorrectly known to the trade as T. stans, var. velutina, also does well, but being a native of Guatemala it is much less hardy than the former. The growth is more upright and stiff, the Ifts. are much larger, less serrate and much darker green and the flowers, which are borne in terminal panicles, are smaller and without fragrance and the color is a much lighter yellow. It also flowers several weeks earlier than T. stans. The foliage looks crimped and often blackish, being attacked by a kind of aphis and by several fungi. T. Smithii is said to be a hybrid between T. mollis and T. Capensis, raised near Melbourne, Australia, by Mr. Edwin Smith. The plant comes true from seed, and seedlings flower when about a year old, beginning to open their large clusters of yellow and reddish trumpets in April and continuing with short intervals until cut down by frost in December. The Gape Honeysuckle, T. Capensis, is another spe- cies which grows most luxuriantly in Florida gardens and in those all along the Gulf coast, it is usually grown on trellises on verandas and piazzas with a south- ern exposure. Of all the species this is the best and most suitable for verandas, being a dense and compact grower, evergreen, almost constantly in flower, easily kept in health and readily trained into shapely speci- mens. If the long shoots are cut back severely, the plant can be easily trained into shrub form. These long shoots, usually lying flat on the ground, readily strike root and form an excellent material for propagation. T. Capensis and T. Smithii are the only Tecomas which grow and flower fairly well as pot-plants in northern greenhouses. They need good soil and rather large pots to do well. If not well cared for they lose most of their foliage and look poor and unshapely. The Chinese Trumpet Creeper, T. grandiflora, is the most floriferous and gorgeous of all the climbing spe- cies. In the writer's garden a large pine stump, about sixteen feet high, in May and June is completely covered with masses of brilliant fiery orange-scarlet flowers which can be seen at a distance of half a mile. The flowers are much larger, more brilliant and much more abundantly produced than those of our native T. radi- cans. While all the other Tecomas are almost free from the attacks of insects, this one is infested by a vora- cious caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily. The lubber grasshoppers also attack the lower foliage. T. grandiflora grows well in the poor sandy soil, per- fecting luxuriant shoots 25-30 ft. long in one season if well fertilized. Like our native species, this one is de- ciduous. Our native Trumpet Creeper, T. radicans, is very common in the southern woodlands and fields. There is a great variety in the brilliancy of the blossoms. This is an excellent plant for covering the bare trunks of palmettos. The Wonga-Wonga Vine, T. australis, is rather diffi- cult to grow on high pine-land, as it needs a soil rich in humus. In rich soil, however, and liberally fertilized it is a rampant grower with beautiful dark green glossy foliage. The flowers are interesting but comparatively small, and not showy. However, the species is worth cultivating for foliage alone. It must be well taken care of and well watered during the dry spring mouths or it will dwindle away in a very short time. The Bower Plant of Australia, T. jasminoides, is a tall, rampant climber, reveling in the Florida sun- shine, but it needs a very rich soil and during dry weather an abundance of water. A heavy mulching also proves very beneficial. Plants only two feet high have flowered profusely. In good soil it grows in one season 20-30 ft. high, clambering from tree to tree. T. Mackenii, from Natal and Caffraria, demands a very rich soil and a heavy mulch of stable manure. Its leaves easily drop from the woody branches after a TECOMA tecoma 1777 cold night, and 6 or 7 degrees of frost kill the plant down to the ground. For this reason the vine should be banked with dry sand every fall and if killed down to the banking it must be cut off immediately or the entire plant will be lost. Plants raised from seed re- ceived under the name of T. HicasoUana, from Italy, are much hardier and more floriferous than those obtained from seed imported from South Africa, but the flowers of both are exactly alike. In order to flower profusely this species must be planted in the full sun. It usually requires a few years before it starts into a vigorous growth, and it rarely flowers before its fifth year or before it has attained considerable size. In Florida, T. Mackenii should be planted on tall stumps, or on arbors and sheds by itself, never mingled with other species. This species is properly T. Hicaso- Uana. T. filicifoUa, trorathe Fiji Islands, has never flowered in the writer's garden and is cut down by frost almost every winter, but it is a strong grower and worth plant- ing for the foliage alone. T. Valdiviana has proved to be a very poor grower and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of time. Apparently not in the trade. jj Nehrling. (Including some names from other genera, s. L. = supple- mentary list.) adrepens, 8. . Lvs. villous - pubescent be- neath 4 . mollis cc. Lfts. oblong, obtusish 5. Smithii AA. Habit climl}ing or prostrate, rarely suberect. B. Stamens exserted. {Tecomaria.) C. Capensis BB. Stamens included. c. Fairs of lfts. 2-5. D. Fls. in racemes, orange, red or scarlet. {C'ampsis.) K. lyfts. serrate: racemes ter- minal. F. Corolla -tube much longer than calyx 7. radicans FF. Corolla-titbe little ex- ceeding the calyx 8. grandiflora EE. Ijfts. entire or sinuate: racemes axillary 9. Amboinensis DD. Fls. in terminal panicles, whitish or light pink ( Pandorea . ) E. Margin of lfts. serrate... 10. Bicasoliana EE. Margin of lfts. entire. F. Corolla % in, long ... .11. australis FP. Corolla 1%-^in. long. .12. jasminoides cc. Pairs of lfts. 9-12. (Campsid- ium. ) 13. filicifolium 3. leuc6xyIon, Mart. (Bigndnia leucdxylon, Linn,). Evergreen tree: Ivs. long-petioled, digitate; lfts. usu- ally 5, stalked, oblong - lanceolate, entire, glabrous, 1-2K in. long; fls. terminal, in few-fld. racemes or solitary; corolla funnelform, with large, spreading limb, rosy pink, 2-21^ in. long; calyx 2-lipped; capsule linear, 6-8 in. long. W. Indies, Guiana 2. rdsea, Bertol [TabebuXa rdsea, DC). Evergreen tree: Ivs. digitate; lfts. 5, rarely 3, long-stalked, ovate to oblong, acuminate, entire: fls. in many-fld. terminal panicles; corolla funnelform-campanulate, with short tube and large, .spreading lobes, rosy pink; calyx cam- panulate, obscurely 2-lobed, almost truncate. Guate- mala. 3. st&ns, Juss. {T, sambucifblia , Humb. & Bonpl. Stenoldbium stdns, Seem.). Yellow Elder. Upright shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate ; lfts. 5-11, almost sessile, ovate-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, in- cisely serrate, glabrous, lK-4 in. long: fls. in large, terminal racemes or panicles; corolla funnelform-cam- panulate, yellow, IK in. long; calyx with 5 short teeth; capsule linear, 5-7 in. long. Spring to Sept. S. Fla. to Mex., W. Indies. B.M. 3191. — Sometimes called yellow begonia. Fls. fragrant. 4. mdllis, Humb. & Bonpl. {T. velutina, Lindl. T. Similar to the preceding. ''^•"s^^y-^^ Wfffp/t stans, var. velutina, Hort. but pubescent: lfts. 5-9, ob- long-ovate, acuminate, less deeply serrate or almost en- tire, villous pubescent on both sides or only beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. like those of the preceding, but little or not at all fragrant. Mex- ico to Chile and Peru. 5. Smithii, W.Wats. Fig. 2474 ( adapted from The Gar- den). Upright shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; lfts. 11-17, ob- long, obtuse or acntish, ser- rate, 1-2 in. long; fls. in large, compound panicles, sometimes 8 in. long and as broad; corolla tubular - fun- nelform, with 5 reflexed rounded lobes, bright yel- low tinged with orange, lyi- 2 in. long. Sept.-Jan. In- troduced from Australia and supposed to be a hybrid of 2'. mollis and Capensis. G. C. III. 14:649. Gn. 48:1022. I.H. 43:55, 107. Gt. 44, p. 52. G.M. 36:627.- Bloom- ing in the greenhouse in winter and well suited for cultivation in pots. 6. Cap6nsis, Lindl. {Te- comdria Capinsis, Seem.). Cape Honeysuckle. Climb- ing shrub; Ivs. odd-pinnate; lfts. 7-9, ovate, acute, coarsely serrate, glabrous, about 2 in. long: fls. in peduncled ter- minal racemes; corolla tubu- lar, curved, with 4-parted spreading limb, the upper lip emarginate, orange-red, about 2 in. long ; calyx 5- toothed: capsule linear, 3-5 in. long. Aug. -Nov. S. Africa. B. R. 13: 1117. L. B.C. 17:1672. R.H. 1895, p. 108. 7. radicans, Juss. (Big- ndnia radicans, Linn. C'dmpsis radicans. Bur.). Trumpet Creeper. Trum- pet Vine. Trumpet Honey- suckle. Figs. 2475, 2476. High-climbing shrub, cling- ing with rootlets: Ivs. odd- pinnate; lfts. 9-11, oval to ovate-oblong, acuminate, ser- rate, dark green above, pale and pubescent beneath, at least along the midrib, 114-2X in. long: fls. in terminal racemes ; corolla tubular - funnelform, with 5 broad spreading lobes, usually orange with scarlet limb, 2-3 in. long, tube almost thrice as long as the 5-toothed calyx: fr. cylindric-oblong, keeled along the sutures, stalked It 2475. The Trumpet Creeper climbs by means of aerial roots. — Tecoma radicans. 1778 TECOMA TEOOPHILiEA and with a beak at the apex, 3-5 in. long. July-Sept. Pa. and 111. to Pla. and Texas. B.M. 485. Gn. 22, p. 339. F. 1873, p. 220. A. F. 12:34. Mn. 2:9.-Var. atropurpilrea, Hort. (var. grandiflora atropurpurea, Hort.). With large, deep scarlet fls. Var. specidsa, Hort. Scarcely climbing, usually forming a bush with long and slender branches: Ifts. small, oval, abruptly narrowed into a slender point often % in. long: fls. orange-red, with rather straight tube; limb about 1)4 in. across. Var. precox, Hort. With large scarlet fls. 8. grandifWra, Del. (T. CMninsis , C. Koch. Big- nbnia Ghininsis, Lam. Cdmpsis adrepens. Lour.). Chinese Trumpet Creeper. Pig. 2477 (adapted from Gardening). Climbing shrub, with few or no aerial rootlets: Ivs. odd -pinnate; Ifts. usually 7-9, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrate, glabrous beneath, lX-2}^ in. long: fls. in terminal racemes ; corolla funnelform-cam- panulate, shorter and broader than that of the preced- ing species, scarlet, about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed to the middle, about as long as the tube of the corolla: fr. obtuse at the apex. Aug., Sept. China, Japan. B.M. 1398; 3011. P.S. 11:1124, 1125. Gn. 27, p. 94: 33, p. 348; 47, p. 373. G.P. 3:393. F.R. 2:27. Gng. 4:195.-Less high-growing and sometimes shrubby; flowers when quite small and can be grown as a pot-plant, also suited for forcing. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. With deeper scarlet fls. Var. Thiinbergi, Hort. ( T. Thilnbergi, Sieb. ) . Fls. bright scarlet, with very short tube and reflexed lobes. Often a var. of T. radlcans is cult, under the name T. Thunbergi. There are probably also hybrids of this and the preceding species. Var. prJecoz is ad- vertised. 9. Amboin^nsis, Blume. Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 3-7, stalked, elliptic-ovate, acumi- nate, sinuate or almost entire, puberulous beneath, 3-3 J^ in. long: fls. in lateral racemes, corolla tubular- funnelform, with erect or slightly spreading 5-lobed limb, red, 3-4 in. long. Amboina. 10. Bicasoli&na, Tanfani {T. Mackinii, W.Watson. Pandbrea Micasoli&na, Baill.). Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 7-11, short-stalked, ellip- tic-ovate, acute or acuminate, serrate, dark green above, pale beneath, glabrous, about 1 in. long: fls. in loose, terminal panicles ; corolla funnelform, campanulate, with spreading 5-lobed limb, light pink, striped red, 2 in. long; calyx 5-toothed: fr. linear, terete, 10-12 in. long. S. Africa. 11. austrilis, R. Br. (Bignbnia Pandbrie, Sims). WoNGA-wONGA Vine. Evergreen high-climbing shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 3-9, elliptic-ovate to ovate-lan- c e 1 a t e , acuminate but bluntly pointed, entire or sometimes coarsely cre- nate, shining above, gla- brous, 1-2% in. long: pan- icles many - fld. ; corolla funnelform - campanulate, with 5-lobed spreading limb, yellowish white, spotted violet in the throat, 54 in. long: fr. ob- long, pointed, 2-3 in. long. Spring. Australia. B.M. 865. Gn. 27, p. 94. 12. jasminoldes, Lindl, {Bignbnia jasminoldes. Hort. ) . Bower Plant op Australia. Evergreen climbing shrub: Ivs. odd- pinnate; Ifts. 5-9, almost sessile, ovate to lanceolate, acuminate but bluntly pointed, entire, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: panicles rather few - fld. ; corolla funnelform - campanulate, with large spreading 5- lobed limb with crenate lobes, white, rosy pink in the throat, lK-2 in. long; calyx small, 5-lobed. Aug.-Oct. B.R. 23:2002. B.M. 4004. E.H. 1895, p. 109. Var. Alba is a trade name. c^*4-3 ft. long and 8 in. wide. It is oblong in shape, has 10-12 deep furrows and is always green. Both male and female fls. are 5-lobed, copiously fringed and purple in color, the females somewhat brownish, with a circular green throat, while the males have a 5-pointed star of green in the middle. The male fls. are about 2 in. across, females 4 in. across, with an ovary 2 in. long. The foliage has an unpleasant smell when bruised. Telfairea is a genus of only 2 species, both tropical African, and very much alike. The two species are dis- tinguished by the venation of the Ivs. : T. pedata has pinnate venation, while T. oceidentalis has 3 nerves originating near the base of the leaf. Generic charac- ters: male fls. in racemes; corolla rotate; stamens 3, one of the anthers with 2 compartments, the others 4- celled: female fls. solitary: ovary 3-5-loculed; ovules in one series on the imperfect septa: seeds fibrous- coated. See Cogniaux, DC. Mon. Phaner. Vol. 3, p. 349. ped&ta, Hook. Root stout, fleshy: stem perennial, 50-100 ft. long: Ivs. long-stalked: Ifts. 3-5 in. long, re- pand-toothed : fls. and fr. described above. Zanzibar. B.M. 2681 {Feuillma pedata); 2751, 2752. -w. M. TELLtMA (anagram of Mitella). Saxifragdcece. Tellima is a genus of 8 species of perennial herbs which are the western representatives of the Bishop's Cap or Mitella familiar to lovers of wild flowers in the East. They have tuberous rootstocks. Most of their Ivs. are from the roots. Strong plants send up numerous stems one or two feet high, bearing racemes of small white, pink or red flowers. They are choice subjects for wild gardening, being valued for their tufted habit, pretty Ivs., and for the air-y grace of their inflorescence. On close inspection the fls. are seen to be beautifully fringed or cut, suggesting a bishop's miter. Tellima grandi- flora is probably the most desirable species. It is prac- tically the only kind known to European gardens. It has one-sided racemes about 6 in. long, containing as many as 30 fls., each a quarter of an inch across or more. It blooms in early spring and the fls. change from greenish to pink or red. It is not as showy a plant as Seuchera sanguinea. Tellimas are supposed to be hardy in the eastern states. They require dense shade. A few kinds have been offered by specialists in native plants and are obtainable from western collectors. The plants are called '" Star Flowers " in California. Tellima differs from Mitella mainly in the capsule, which is 2-beaked in Tellima, not beaked in Mitella. Calyx bell-shaped or top-shaped; petals inserted in the sinuses of the calyx, cleft or toothed, sometimes entire; stamens 10: ovary 1-loculed: seeds numerous. A. Petals pinnately cut into long, thread-like segments. E. Fls. not fragrant. grandifldra, E. Br. False Alum Root. Height VA-2M ft.: Ivs. rounded, cordate or angle -lobed and toothed: fls. greenish, becoming pink or red; calyx in- flated-bell-shaped, nearly K in. long; petals laciniate- pinnatifld, sessile. Calif . to Alaska. B.R. 14:1178. BE. Fls. fragrant. odorata, Howell. Height 1-2 ft. : Ivs. broadly cordate, obscurely lobed and crenately toothed: fls. red. Wet places near Columbia river. TEMPLETONIA AA. Petals palmately S-7-parted. paTviflAia, Hook. Height %-l ft. : radical Ivg. mostly 3-5-parted or divided, the divisions narrowly cuneate and once or twice 3-cleft into narrow lobes: fls. pink or sometimes white; petals with a slender claw, the limb palmately 3-7-parted. Brit. Col. to Utah and Colo. W. M. TELOPEA (Greek; seen at a distance). Protedicece. Telopea speciosissima is one of the showiest shrubs of New South Wales. It grows 6-8 ft. high and has dense terminal globular heads of rich crimson. These beads are 3 in. across and 3 or 4 in. deep and bear a rough re- semblance to a florist's chrysanthemum. The showiest parts, however, are involucral bracts. This plant is known as the Waratah. It is one of the most distinct members of its family, for a horticultural account of which see Protea. In the early part of the nineteenth century, when proteads and other shrubs from Aus- tralia and the Cape were in great favor, the Waratah made a vivid impression. The "Waratah " chrysanthe- mum and other florists' flowers of the period took their name from the distinct and fashionable color of the Waratah. Ever since that era the Waratah has been considered a rare and difiicult subject and its occasional flowering has been signalized at the exhibitions. The old "stoves "in which proteads throve so wonderfully were crude affairs compared with the modern hothouse with its perfected devices for maintaining a hot and moist atmosphere. Such plants require too much room and are too long and uncertain in blooming ever to become popular subjects for northern conservatories, but they are splendid plants for exhibitions. Ernest Braunton writes that the Waratah 'is imported every year from Australia into California but is very hard to grow. All accounts agree that proteads should have good drainage and plenty of water while growing. When once established, Telopea can probably be propa- gated by layering. Telopea is a genus of 3 species, 2 Australian, 1 Tas- manian. Perianth irregular, the tube open early on the under side, the laminae broad and oblique; anthers sessile at the base of the lamiufe; hypogynous glands united into a short, oblique, nearly complete ring: fr. a recurved, leathery follicle; seeds flat, winged. Closely related to Embothrium, being distinguished chiefly by disk and style. Flora Australiensis 5:534 (1870). speciosissima, R. Br. {Emhbtlirium speciosissimum , Sm. ). Waeatah. Warratau. Stout, glabrous shrub 6-8 ft. high: Ivs. cuneate-oblong, 5-10 In. long, mostly toothed in the upper part, coriaceous: fls. crimson, in a dense ovoid or globular head 3 in. across: involucral bracts colored, the inner ones 2-3 in. long. N. S. Wales. B.M. 1128. G.C. II. 17:677. Gn. 22:361. I.H. 34:29. —Hylogyne speciosa, Salisb., is an older name for this plant. \f . ji. TEMFEBATUBE. house. See Conservatory and Green- TEMPLETONIA (J. Templeton, botanist of Belfast, early part of nineteenth century). Ziegumindsce. The CoBAL Bush of Australia, Templetonia retusa, is a tall shrub with showy scarlet fls. 1-1}^ in. long. The flower presents a very different appearance from the papilionaceous or sweet pea type, the floral parts being all rather narrow and about the same length, with the standard strongly reflexed. This plant was formerly cult, in European greenhouses, where it generally flow- ered in April or May. It was usually planted in the greenhouse border rather than in pots and was thought to prefer a compost of peat and loam. It was slowly propagated by cuttings and went out of fashion along with Australian shrubs in general. It has lately been offered for outdoor cultivation in southern California, where many choice plants of its class are being culti- vated. T. retusa is probably the most desirable species of the genus. Generic characters : shrubs or subshrubs: Ivs. when present alternate, simple, entire: fls. axillary, solitary or 2 or 3 together, red or yellow ; standard orbicular or obovate, usually reflexed; wings narrow; keel as long as the standard or shorter; stamens all united in a TEMPLETONIA TENNESSEE 1781 MISSISSIPPI 2479. sheath open on the under side; anthers alternately long and erect and short and versatile: pod sessile or stipi- tate, flattened, ovate-oblong or linear, completely de- hiscent. Flora Australiensis 2:168 (1864). retfisa, R. Br. (T. glauca, Sims). Coral Bush. Tall, glabrous or glaucous shrub: Ivs. broadly obovate to narrow-cuneate-oblong, sometimes all under Min., sometimes all over 1 in. long, emarginate or mucronate, coriaceous: fls. red (or rarely white) ; calyx with i very short, broad teeth, the lowest longest: pod lX-2 in. long. B.M. 2334; 2088. B.R. 5:383; 10:859. L.B.C. 6:526; 7:644. ^ jj TENNESSEE, HORTICtTLTlTRE IN. Pig. 2479. The horticultural products of Tennessee are greatly diversi- fied on account of the varied soil and climatic condi- tions. A knowledge of the natural divisions of the state is essential to a thorough undeustanding of its adaptabil- ity to the various branches of horticulture. The Unaka region, on the eastern border, contains about 2,000 square miles. Some of the peaks are over 6,000 feet above sea-level, and the aver- age elevation is 5,000 feet. The soil is gravelly and thin, but contains areas that are fairly productive. Apples are grown to a limited extent. The valley of East Tennessee is the next division. It con- tains 9,200 square miles and an average elevation of 1,000 feet. The soils are generally well adapted to fruits. Records taken at Knoxville during a period of twenty-six years show an average annual rainfall of 50.92 inches. A thousand feet above the valley of East Tennessee lies the Cumberland Tableland, containing 5,100 square miles. This section for the most part is sterile, the soils being sandy and thin. There are, however, areas of land which produce fruits and vegetables of the highest quality. The climate is particularly healthful. West of the Cumberland Tableland are the Rim- lands, or Highlands, which have an area of 9,300 square miles and an average elevation of nearly 1,000 feet. This territory possesses a great variety of soils, some of which are highly fertile and well suited to or- charding. Numerous streams cut the land into val- leys, which are generally deep and narrow. The Central Basin, in which Nashville is situated, contains 5,450 square miles, with numerous elevations of 200-300 feet above the general level. The soil is fertile and well adapted to small fruits and vegetables. The average annual rainfall at Nashville is 49.53 inches. The next natural division is the valley of the Ten- nessee river. It has an elevation of about 360 feet and an area of 1,200 square miles. The Plateau, or Slope, of West Tennessee is the most important horticultural region commercially in the state. It contains 8,850 square miles and has an aver- age elevation of 500 feet. The soils are generally light, fertile and easily cultivated, but demand careful treat- ment to prevent serious damage by washing. ' The last natural division, the Mississippi bottoms, has an a^ea of 950 square miles and an average elevation of 295 feet. It is little used for horticultural purposes. The possibilities of Tennessee for the cultivation of fruits and nuts are evidenced by the profusion of these products in a wild state. Wild strawberries are found thoroughly distributed. Blackberries thrive every- where. In favorable localities they attain a very large size, surpassing in this respect some of the cultivated varieties. Wild blackberries are marketed in large quantities in many sections. Red and black raspberries grow in most parts of the state ; and in some sec- tions the best of the wild blackcaps when trans- planted to the garden, give better results than any of the cultivated varieties. Wild grapes abound through- out the state. Plums are also found in profusion; and the Wild Goose variety is said to have originated in Tennessee. Other wild fruits are dewberries, cher- ries, crab apples, Juneberries, pawpaws, persimmons, and huckleberries. Of the nuts, chestnuts are most plentiful, especially in the hilly and mountainous sec- tions. The chinkapin flourishes in East Tennessee. Black walnuts are exceedingly numerous. Pecans thrive in the low sections. Hazelnuts, and butternuts or white walnuts, are also plentiful. Some of the native seedling fruits are highly valued. This is especially true of apples, peaches and straw- berries. Many well-known varieties introduced from other states are not satisfactory. As a rule, the intro- duced kinds are not so well adapted to the climate and soils as those of local origin. This fact is becoming RTH LIN A Map of Tennessee, sueeestin^ main horticultural features. Fniit trees succeed throughout the state, but eastern Tennessee (between the mountain ranges) is best adapted to large fruits and grapes. The shaded areas indicate localities in which small fruits and vegetables are grown as field crops for market. well established among practical horticulturists. It is only a few years since orchardists were planting varieties of winter apples originated in the North. After repeated failures to get first-class fruit of good keeping qualities, they have begun to use native seed- ling varieties. Some of them will doubtless be largely cultivated in the future. A few native varieties of winter apples have gained considerable popularity among commercial orchardists. The fruits of these sorts have commanded remunerative prices in competi- tion with apples shipped from the North. Owing to the great diversity of soils and exposures in this state, it is very important to select varieties that are adapted to the conditions where the trees are to be planted. The fact that a desirable apple has been originated in JEast Tennessee Is no proof that it will succeed well in all parts of this political division. On the contrary, it is likely to give good results only in certain soils and on certain exposures that are requisite for its proper growth and fruitfulness. All of the classes of fruits commonly grown in the northern half of the United States are produced in Ten- nessee for home and commercial purposes. Straw- berries are shipped more largely to distant markets than any other fruit. The area in peaches is increasing rapidly. Summer apples are shipped from several sections. Of the vegetables, tomatoes and Irish pota- toes are the most important commercially. The fol- lowing counties have been active in producing and shipping fruits and vegetables: Gibson, Carroll, Crockett, Madison, Haywood, Hardeman, Shelby, Hamil- ton and Rhea. Peanuts are grown largely in Perry, Humphreys, Benton, Decatur, Hickman and Wayne. Many locations in East Tennessee are peculiarly well adapted to the culture of grapes. This is shown by the large exhibits of fine grapes made at the fall horticul- tural meetings. The local markets are well supplied with home-grown grapes during their season. The following special crops are produced to some extent, and are promising for more extensive cultiva- 1782 TENNESSEE TERATOLOGY tion: English walnuts, paper-shell pecans, Paragon chestnuts, aud Japanese persimmons grafted on the common persimmon. j{ l Watts. TEN-O'CLOCK. Ornithcgalum umbellalum. TEN-WEEKS STOCK. Matthiola incana, var. annua. TEOSINTE is an annual grass of immense value for iorage in the South. It is very much like maize in gen- eral appearance and in the structure of the fls., but differs in not forming an ear, the slender .iointed spikes being free from one another. By many botanists it is considered the original form of maize. It is known to catalogues as Re&na luxiirians, Dur., but is properly EucMcena MexicAna, Bchrad., for the botany of which see B.M. 6414, where the plant is called Huchlcena lux- nrians. The plant is pictured in Bull. 14, Div. of Agrost., U. S. Dept. of Agric, and in Farmers' Bulletin No. 102, from which a few points are here abstracted. Teosinte probably produces a greater bulk of fodder per acre than any other grass. At the Louisiana Experi- ment Station it has yielded the enormous amount of 50 tons of green forage per acre ; this crop was sold in the field to dairymen for $2.50 a ton. The plant grows 8-12 ft. high anrt' tillers freely, sending up 20-50 stalks from the same root. One hundred stalks from one seed have been recorded. It may be cut several times during the season, but nearly as good results will be obtained from a single cutting made before there is any frost. The stalks are tender and there is no waste in the fodder when dry or green. One pound of seed to the acre, planted in drills 3 ft. apart and thinned to a foot apart in the drill, is recommended. Teo- sinte is a native of the warmer portions of Mexico and Central America. The seed rarely matures north of southern Florida. p. Lamson Sckibner. TEFHBOSIA (Greek, tepliros, ash-col- ored, hoary; referring to the foliage). Ijegutninbsce . Tephrosia Virginiana is a hardy perennial herb which grows 1-2 ft. high, has many narrow, ashy gray leaflets and fls. about as large as sweet peas, yel- lowish white, marked with purple. The plant grows in dry sandy soil over a wide range in the U. S. and blossoms in June. The racemes are terminal and may contain a dozen fls. each %-% in. across. This species is offered by collectors of native plants. In spite of the large size of the fls., the species is not likely to become a garden favorite, as the colors are not pronounced and the flowers are more or less hidden amid the foliage. In some English works this plant i.9 sometimes rated as half-hardy. A much showier species is T. macrantJia, a Mexican shrub 6-10 ft. high, which bears its large purple and white fls. to the number of 75 in a diffuse panicle about a foot long. It was collected by C. G. Pringle, but it is doubtful whether the plant is in cultivation. It would be a handsome addition to southern shrubberies. Tephrosia is a genus of uncertain limits and of small horticultural value. For fuller accounts, see Gray's Manual. B.B. 2:292. B. L. Robinson's revision of the North American species in Bot. Gaz., Sept., 1899, pp. 193-202, and Miss Vail's revision of the North American species of Cracca in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22:25, 26. Virginiana, Pers. Goat's Rue. Catgut. Wild Sweet Pea. Hoary Pea. Silky-villous, erect, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. 17-29, linear-oblong. June, July. Dry sandy soil. New Eng. to Minn., south to Fla. and Mex. B.B. 2:292.— Roots long, slender and very tough. -^v^. jj. function may be looked upon as disease. The mal- formation may be occasioned by merely local disease, or it may be a symptom of general disease. Malformations may be brought about (aj by the direct influence of external physical conditions; (b) by the action or presence of some other organism—plant or animal; (c) by the operation of unknown internal causes. The ex- perimental study of the causes of malformations is yet in its infancy, and in only a few cases can specific explanations of their origin be given. Having once occurred, malformations may be inherited and the form, at first unusual, may be fixed by selection and become characteristic of a race. Thus the cockscomb (Gelosia cristata) shows a hereditary and fixed fasciation; and double flowers are so common as hardly to be esteemed malformations. The distinction between malformation and variation is very indefinite. On the one hand, the various forms of root, stem, leaf and flower in cultivated plants are extraordinary as compared with the wild types from which they were derived, but having diverged from the type by relatively small increments, they are not looked upon as monstrosities. Suddenness of appear- ance, therefore, is one of the criteria of mal- formation. Even with this criterion it is quite impossible to distin- TEB4.T0L0GY; that part of the biological sciences which is concerned with unusual forms of the whole body or any of its organs. These, by comparison with the normal forms, are called malformations or mon- strosities. Malformations among plants are due to a disturbance of the ordinary coux-se of the growth and development of the organs. Such a derangement of 2480. Extra free pistils of the oranee persisting even in fruit. guish between malformation and variation, except arbi- trarily. When the difference between the ordinary and unusual forms is very marked, and particularly when the alteration gives rise to grotesque forms, having al- tered functions, one speaks of malformation rather than variation*. Malformations have been found in all groups of plants, though they are most noticeable in the ferns and flowering plants. A very large number have been recorded; Penzig (see below) has collected data of monstrosities in more than 4,000 species, and the list has been augmented since the publication of his work. Classifloation of such numerous and diverse phenomena is a most difficult task and involves an extensive technical terminology. Here only a few of the more important categories can be mentioned. 1. Alteration in the Number and Size of Organs. 1. Pleiomery is the term applied to the increase in the number of leaf-like organs. The number of members of a whorl may be increased; or the number of whorls; or the number of distributed organs may become greater than usual. Double flowers often show plei- omery. Fig. 2003. Extra free pistils of the orange, persisting even in the fruit, are shown in Fig. 2480. More regular polycarpy appears occasionally in the tomato, and constantly in the "two-story"' apples (St. Valery). It is a fixed race character in the Washington or Navel orange, in which it is associated with seed- lessness. A similar example of polycarpy is shown at Fig. 2481, in which the abnormal growth is an exten- sion of the axis of growth with additional carpels. 2. Abnormally profuse branching of the stem is often produced by a fungous parasite. The branches are usually irregular and more or less fasciate, producing what is called " witch brooms." These are not uncom- TERATOLOGY TERATOLOGY 1783 mon on conifers (especially Abies) and some deciduous trees. Similar deformations are sometimes due to in- sect agency, or to unknown causes. For example, a simple inflorescence may develop flower-clusters instead of single flowers, e.g., in the common plantain. 3. Proliferation is continued growtli of the axis or the de- velopment of a branch from growing points which usually either do not form or remain dormant. For example, the growing point of the axis of the flower is usually obliterated in the formation of the pistil, but in the pear, apple and straw- berry it frequently continues its growth through the flower and may even become a leafy shoot beyond the fruit. Pro- liferation may also occur by the continued growth of the axis through a compact flower- cluster, like the head of Com- posit£B ; or by the development of branches in the axils of the petals and sepals, e. g., in cauli- flower, or the rose shown in Fig. 2482. Some double flowers are made "extra dou- ble " by this sort of proliferation. Proliferation is said to occur in almond embryos, one or jnore smaller embryos arising from the normal one ; but the state- ment lacks confirmation and such an origin is highly im- probable. When proliferous branches show a tendency to separate easily and to develop roots, or when they become bulb-like, so that they reproduce the plant read- ily when separated, the plant is said to be viviparous. 4. By various causes complete non-development of organs (suppression) may occur; or an organ may be arrested at any stage of its growth or be dwarfed. Correspondingly, extraordinary growth of any part (hypertrophy) is common. Arrest or suppression is often ascribed to the influence of other organs, but these alleged causes are in few cases supported by ex- perimental evidence. Thus, it is commonly believed that the absence of seeds in the banana and pineapple is due to the excessive development of the flesh in these fruits, but this is a mere conjecture as yet. Some- times spurs and nectarines do not develop. Figs. 2486-7. '2481. Another example oi polycarpy. In this case the excres- •cence may be cousidered an extension of the axis of growth with an added whorl of carpels. 2482. One rose e'oviine out of another (on the left). Example of proliferation. IL Alteration of Form, involving no considerable change in nature or function of the organs. 1. Faseiation in stems (Fig. 2483) produces a broad' ened and fluted form, often curved in crozier-like fash- ion. The apex is furnished with several buds (rarely only one), and the arrangement of the leaves is quite anomalous. Faseiation is especially common in rapidly growing stems when an abundant supply of both water and food is available. Asparagus, dandelion and sucker shoots arising from trees after topping or se- vere pruning, frequently furnish examples. Although the fasciated stem seems to have been formed by the early union of several stems, this is rarely the case; rather the growing apex develops extraordinarily in one (transverse) dimension or organizes several buds which grow in unison. 2. Longitudinal growth in stem parts which normally remain short leads to the unusual separation of the leaves. This is especially noticeable when the floral leaves become thereby more or less widely separated. This is likely to be accompanied by transformation of the floral into green leaves, and sometimes by proliferation. 3. Unequal growth lengthwise produces apparently twisted stems, with irregular displace- ment of the leaves. Such dis- placement is especially notice- able when it affects whorled leaves, the whorls being stretched out into irregular spi- rals. Unequal growth in two di- mensions by the tissues of a leaf produces the "curly" or crispate leaves, characteristic of many cultivated plants. Fig. 1267, Vol. 2. 4. Local deformities, such as swellings, tubercles and galls of various forms, are usually due directly to the presence of a plant or animal parasite. Fungi, either inhabiting the particular region deformed, or more widely spread through the plant but forming eproductive bodies at the seat of the swell- ing, occasion excessive growth of some or all of the tissues. The "black-knot " on cherry and plum trees, the "plum pockets," the tubercles on the roots of clovers, peas and their kin, are a few out of the hosts of de- formities of this kind, due to plant parasites, and known by various names. Many insects, either in the course of feeding on plant .juices, or by laying eggs on or in plants, or by reason of the temporary occupation of the part by the larval insect, bring about the formation of galls of various kinds on leaves, stem, or roots. The malforma- tions produced are of the most varied shapes. Sometimes they are merely the production of an unusual number of hairs of special form; sometimes a leaf bulges out at one spot to form a deep pocket or pouch; sometimes the blade of a leaf is rolled or folded, with or without thickening; all degrees of thickening or outgrowths are produced, from a slight tumor to a perfectly globu- lar apple-gall or even a cylindrical tube-gall; sometimes a bud has the number of its scales greatly increased to form a cone-like gall ; or a flower is distorted until its nature is almost unrecognizable. The variety of form is almost as various as the insects and plants concerned. Indeed, the same insect at different stages of its de- velopment may produce galls of different sorts on the same plant. All orders of true insects except the Orthoptera and Neuroptera may produce galls, but by far the larger number are due to the gall-flies and saw- flies of the order Hymenoptera. The gall-apples of the oaks, the prickly galls of the rose, the irregular brown . swellings on canes of the blackberry, and the smooth gall-apples of the willow leaves and twigs are well- 2483. Example of faseiation. A branch of Ailanthua glandulosus. 1784 TERATOLOGY known examples. The gall-gnats among the true flies (Diptera) also produce a large variety of malforma- tions, of which the cone-like galls resulting from de- formed buds of the willow and the goldenrod are best known. Plant lice (Aphidse) are responsible for the large smooth red galls on the petiole of sumachs, and for the flattish serrated galls on elm leaves. The fusi- 2484. Dahlia leaf, illustrating the branching of leaves. form galls on stem of goldenrod and asters is caused by the larva of a moth. In addition to true insects, the laites produce almost as great a variety of galls, pouch- galls and leaf -rolling being especially conspicuous. The cause of these deformities is sometimes the chemical stimulus produced by the injection of substances ("poisons") at the time of egg-laying by the parent, in which case the gall develops around the egg ; sometimes it is the mechanical stimulus due to movements of the 2485. Toad -f lax— Linaria. Showing normal and ab- normal flowers. Example of peloria. TERATOLOGY larva, together with the chemical stimulus from its va- rious excretions, in which case the gall develops after the hatching of the egg. 5. Branching of leaves is not infrequent, and its cause is unknown. " Four-leaved " clovers offer well-known ex- amples, and the normal num- ber of leaflets is often in- creased to six or even more. Fig. 2484 illustrates leaf- branching in the dahlia. Branching in the plane of flattening, both in foliage leaves and petals, has also been observed, and the branch described as an "out- growth." 6. Peloria. When usually irregular flowers, such as ' those with some spurred or saccate petals or sepals, de- velop all the parts of each set alike, thus becoming radially ."iymmetrical, the phenomenon is called pe- loria. It was first observed by Linnaeus in Linaria vul- garis, Pig.2485, and the term peloria, derived from the Greek word for monster, was given by him. Flowers often become peloric on ac- count of changes in their re- lations to light, but other causes certainly cooperate. A reverse change, by which radial flowers become zygo- morphic, occurs in many Compositse when the corollas of disk florets become strap-shaped, as in the cultivated asters and chrysanthemums, but no notice seems to have been taken of it as a malformation. Sometimes, on the contrary, all spurs fail to develop. Figs. 2486-7. III. Transformation of Organs: i. e., alterations more profound than those of form, which result in the production of organs different from those which normally occupy the position; often called metamor- phosis. (The term substitution would be preferable at present, because non-committal as to processes and causes.) It is common to speak of progressive and retrogressiv3 metamorphosis, but these terms involve as- sumptions as to the origin ot foliage leaves and floral parts which are not .iustifiable in the present state of knowl- edge. Transformations occur chiefly in the region ot the flower, though they are not found exclusively there. Ex- amples are to be found in the development of leaves or leaf- lets as tendrils (Fig. 504); of sepals as petals; and of petals as stamens or pis- tils. These transform ation s are usually more or less imper- fect. On the other hand, the pistils and sta- mens often de- velop as petals (Fig. 367), and many double flowers owe their fulness chiefly to such transformations, though other changes may coiSperate as noted above. Fig. 2488. Petals may develop as sepals, bracts, or even imperfect foliage leaves, while sepals and bracts frequently become foli 2486. Lack of spurs in the columbine. Compare Fig. 2487. TERATOLOGY TESTUDINARIA 1785 ose. Indeed, all parts of the flower, even to the ovules, may appear as green leaves of more or less irregular shapes. To this category belong the so-called green roses, which are not uncommon. IV. Concrescence, The actual union of parts may take place in the course of their development, though usually the apparent unions are to he explained quite otherwise (see Flower, p. 592), also Fig. 2489 (after Dudley). The above include only the more common malforma- tions, but on account of the extreme sensitiveness of plants to their environment and their great plasticity, all kinds of strange and curious deformities are pos- sible. Malformations have little or no significance in elucidating the obscure problems connected with the historical origins of organs, or with their homologies, though many arguments, more ingenious than sound, have been based upon them. The most important general works are the fol- lowing: Moquin-Tandon, "Elements de teratologic vegetal," Paris, 1841; Masters," Vegetable Ter- atology," Loudon, 1869; Penzig, " Pflanzen - tera- tologie," Genoa, 1890-4; in the latter the whole literature to date is cited. Charles Eeid Barnes. TEREBINTH TREE. Terehinthus . See Pistacia TEEMINALIA (alluding to the leaves being borne on the terminus of the shoot). Combretcleeee. Nearly 100 trees or shrubs, with mostly opposite leaves which are sometimes crowded at the tops of the branches, giving them a whorled appear- ance. The flowers are small and sessile, mostly green or white, borne mostly in long spilies, jiei- fect or poly gamo -dioecious; petals none; calyx tubular and constricted above the ovary, the upper part urn-shaped or bell-shaped and 5-lobed ; sta- mens 10, in 2 series: ovary I, with a long style, 1-loculed. The fruit is a compressed winged imt- like body contain- ing a large and often edible seed. Terminalias are tropi- cal plants, chiefly of the Old World. One o£ them, T. C'atappa, is widely cultivated in tropical countries. Two other names have ap- peared in the American trade : T. elegans , which is Poly scia s paniculata ; and T. elliptica, which is un- known to the writer and which is very likely to belong to some other genus. Gat&ppa,Linn. Trop- ical Almond. Deme- RARA Almond. Myro- BALAN. Fig. 2490. Tall deciduous tree (some- times 80 ft.), with leaves and branches in horizontal whorls or layers : Ivs. broadly obovate - obtuse, the narrow base slightly auricled or cordate, simple and entire, very short-petioled, 6-9 in. long: spikes solitary from the axils, not exceeding the leaves: fls. greenish white, the upper ones staminate and the lower ones perfect : fr. almond-shaped, 1% in. or less long, 2-edged, indehiscent, glabrous, with a hard 2487. Normal columbine flower, with spurs present. 2488, Transformation of organs in a tulip flower, shell, containing an edible meat. Asia, but widely cult. B.M. 3004.— Cult, in South Florida. Useful both as a street tree and for its filbert-flavored nuts. The nuts are eaten either raw or roasted. Foliage is usually brilliant in autumn. As seen in the market, the outer brown skin or covering of the nuts is often removed. T. Catappa is sometimes called "Olive -Bark Tree." The tree is extensively planted in Porto Rico, where the nuts are called "almonds." l. jj. b_ TEBNSTSCEMIA (Christopher Ternstroem, Swedish naturalist; traveled in China, died 1745). Ternstraemi- Acece. About 25 species of tender evergreen trees and shrubs mostly native of tropical America, a few being native to Asia and the Malay Archipelago. They have shining, leathery foliage and small, white, 5-petaIed, drooping flowers, which are solitary or clustered in the axils and borne on unbranehed peduncles. Other ge- neric characters: sepals 5; petals connate at the base ; stamens num- erous: ovary 2-3-loculed; locules 2-ovuled : fr. indehiscent. The following species is offered by im- porters of Japanese plants. Jap6nica, Thunb. {Cleyera Ja- '(II ha, Thunb.). Small tree or '.hiub, 10-12 ft. high: Ivs. alter- nate, short-stalked, entire, obovate- oblong or oblong, glabrous, feather- \emed: fls. clustered: berries about the size of peas. Japan. S.Z. 1:81. -w. M. This rather showy and interesting evergreen shrub of dense bushy growth is flourishing finely in the writer's gar- den in Florida, in com- pany with other choice shrubs and trees intro- duced into this country from Japan and China. The Ternstrcemia grows well in light, rich soil and attains finally the habit of a small, bushy tree. The young leaves have a reddish color, which changes to a dark glossy green when reaching their full size. My plants,! raised from seed in the greenhouse and planted out in the garden when about ten inches high, have attained a height of six feet in five years. The plants have not yet flowered, but they seem to revel in the climate of Florida, being neither influenced by the occasional frosts in winter nor by the heavy rains in summer. In poor soil the color of the leaves has a yel- lowish hue, but as soon as they have received their share of bone or cottonseed meal they change to a flne deep green. h. Nehrling. TEBBACE, Consult Landscape Gardening. TESTUDINARIA (name explained below). Dioscord.- cew. The Hottentot's Bread, Tortoise Plant or Ele- phant's Foot, is a curious South African plant with a great globular yam-like bulb or rootstock which some- times attains a diameter of 1-3 ft. and a weight of a hundred pounds. Half of this rootstock lies above ground and looks something like the back of a tortoise, whence the generic name Testudinaria. The popular name "Elephant's Foot" refers to the uncouth and mas- 2489. Leaves and fruits of M i tchella prown together. Natural size. Example of con- crescence. 1786 TESTUDINARIA TETRAGONIA 12490. Nut of Tropical Almond — Terminalia Catappa iX%). (See page 1785.) sive appearance of the same thing. From the top of the rootstock grows a twining vine which attains a height of 8-10 ft., flowers from July to Nov., and dies down each season. The plant twines by means of the tips of the slender branchlets. It is a weak-looking growth to Issue from such a mighty tuber. The inner part of this "bulb" has been compared to a turnip for texture and color. The Hotten- tots used to cut it in pieces, bake it in the embers and eat it. Old and grotesque bulbs have from time to time been brought from the Cape as curiosities. A large specimen recently sold for $100. There are probably no large bulbs in the U. S., but seeds and seed- lings are procurable in this country. The plant Is of easy cultivation in a cool greenhouse. No method of propagating by the bulb is known. Testudinaria is a genus of 3 species, all South African. It is closely related to the important genus Diosoorea, differing essentially in the seeds, which are samara-like, having a broad wing at the apex, while in Dioscorea the seed is winged all around or only at the base. Also the tubers of Dioscorea are all below ground and fleshy, while those of Testudinaria are half above ground and woody outside. Other generic characters of Testudinaria: fls. dioecious; male perianth bell-shaped, with a short tube and 6 subequal, oblanceolate seg- ments; stamens 6; female perianth smaller: ovary 3- loculed; ovules 2 in a locule, superposed ; stigmas 3, re- curved, 2-lobed : capsule rigid, acutely triquetrous. Flora Capensis 6:252 (1896-97). Elephiiitipes, Salisb. Rootstock studded with angu- lar woody protuberances : stems slender, glabrous, much branched: Ivs. alternate, suborbieular, 1-2 in. broad, entire, bright green or glaucous, mucronate: fls. small, inconspicuous, in racemes, greenish yellow or whitish. S. Africa. B.M. 1347. B.R. 11:921. W. M. TETEADt'MIA is a genus of low, rigid shrubs of the composite family native to the arid regions of western North America. The original species, T. canescens, is the best known. Its heads have only 4 flowers. They are yellow and about %-% in. long. This plant was of- «red in the East in 1881 for western collectors but has no horticultural standing. For a full botanical account, see Gray's Synoptical Flora of N. A. TETSAGdNIA (Greek, four-angled; referring to the ■usually 4-angled fruit). Fieoldece or Alesembrydcece. Herbsor sub-shrubs from the southern hemisphere and Japan. Usually decumbent: Ivs. alternate, short-peti- oled, somewhat fleshy : fls. yellow, green or reddish, axillary, apetalous; calyx 3-5-lobed. Only one species known in cultivation. expAnsa, Thunb. New Zealand Spinach. New Zea- land Ice Plant. Fig. 2491. A hardy or half-hardy an- nual 3-6 in. high, often spreading 4-6 ft. : Ivs. triangu- lar, larger ones 4-5 in. long by 2-3 in. broad ; fls. small, yellowish green. New Zealand. B.M. 2362. New Zealand Spinach is chiefly useful for furnishing greens during the summer when the common spinach cannot be grown. It tastes a good deal like Spinach but is somewhat tougher as a rule. It is grown to some ex- tent in California both for man and sheep. It readily self-sows. For an early outdoor crop fresh seed should De sown in rich soil in a warm room early in January. The seed •usually requires about 4 weeks to germinate. After growing about 2 weeks the seedlings should be trans- planted to thumb-pots and about a month later to 4-inch pots. Growing vigorously in this condition they will be large enough to move into the garden toward the end of April, where they should be set 3-4 ft. apart each way, and as the plants grow will entirely cover the ground. They should be handled with great care in transplant- ing, otherwise growth will be so checked that it will require several weeks for recuperation. Again, plants should never be allowed to become potbound, as this will immediately bring them into flower and fruit and thus stunt their further growth, as well as greatly shorten their period of productiveness. Well-grown plants should be ready for use by June 1 and, if they continue vigorous, nearly a peck of greens can be gath- ered from each plant once a week until heavy autumn frosts. In gathering only 4 or 5 inches of the tip ends of the larger plants should be taken. In the South, it is usually dwarf, not generally exceeding 6-8 inches. There is another and somewhat easier method of growing the crop, though a given area will be less pro- ductive. Inasmuch as the plant is a hardy annual, many seeds which ripen late in autumn will fall to the ground and germinate early in spring, though not early enough for the plants to be injured by spring frosts. These will be large enough for use toward the end of June. Annual crops are thus grown on the same ground several successive seasons with no care except removing old plants and keeping the new ones free from weeds. For the forcing-house crop, seed should be sown dur- ing July in seed-beds where the plants remain until the latter part of September, when they should be taken directly to the benches and will be ready for use early 2491. Tetraeonia expansa (X x^). in November. It is best to set the plants about 18 in. apart in benches at least 6 in. deep. No further atten- tion is necessary except to give plenty of water, and under good conditions a peck of greens will be produced once a week on 4 square feet from November to May inclusive. A crop may also be grown beneath the benches near the walks, as well as in the grapery bor- ders. Space that cannot be used for other purposes may thus be utilized to very good advantage, though they will not produce as abundantly. This crop may also be grown in houses with portable roofs by starting the plants during summer in houses with the roofs removed, the roofs being replaced on the approach of cold weather. The plants will continue producing the entire winter and following spring, when they should be uncovered and will reproduce them- selves in the same manner a.s the summer crop. H. C. Irish. TETBAMICRA TEXAS 1787 TETBAMlCBA (Greek words, referring to the four small divisions of tlie anther). Orchidd,cece. A genus of small terrestrial or epiphytic herbs of slender habit bearing racemes with few pretty fls. produced in spring. The erect stems, which are not pseudobulbous, grow from a creeping rhizome and bear 1-3 fleshy linear Ivs. and a slender but rigid, terminal raceme: sepals and petals nearly equal, spreading; labellum joined to the base of the column; lateral lobes large, spreading or small, aurlde-like, middle lobe large, entire, contracted at base, column with 2 wide wings; pollinia 4 perfect and 2 imperfect. Six species in Brazil and West Indies. Culture as for Lselia (p. 872). bicolor, Rolfe (Leptbtes bicolor, Lindl.). Lvs. solitary on the short stem, semi-cylindric, with a furrow in front, 3-4 in. long: raceme few-fld., shorter than the lvs. : sepals and petals white, linear-incurved, over 1 in. long; lateral lobes of the lip small, folding over the column: terminal lobe oblong - lanceolate, bright rose, with white tip and margins. A pretty plant. B.R. 19:1625. A. F. 6:633. Var. glaucoph^Ua, Hook. Lvs. glaucous. B.M. 3734. Heinkich Hasselekino. TETBAN£MA (name refers to the four stamens). Scrophularidcece. A single little Mexican perennial herb, with many nodding purplish flowers crowded on the tops of radical scapes, and grown under glass or in- doors for its profuse bloom. True stem very short or almost none: lvs. crowded at the crown or opposite on the very short stem, obovate or oblong-obovate, shal- lowly crenate - dentate : fls. purplish or violet spotted with lighter color in the throat; calyx 5-parted, the seg- ments narrow and acute; corolla long-tubular, 2-lipped, the upper lip emarginate, the lower longer and 3-lobed ; stamens 4; stigma capitate : fr. a 2-valved capsule. T. Uexicanum, Benth., is the only species, known as the "Mexican Foxglove" and formerly as Pentstemon Mexi- eanus. The pretty flowers are borne in profusion on the summits of slender purple scapes 6-8 in. high. Al- though essentially a summer bloomer, with good care it may be made to flower most of the year. It is usu- ally regarded as a warmhouse subject, but it makes a good window plant and is easy to grow. Plants con- tinue to bloom year after year. Prop, by seeds. L. H. B. TETRATHfiCA (Greek, 4-celled ; referring to an- thers). Tremandrdcece. T. eriei folia is a heath -like Australian shrub which grows about a foot high and bears in July numerous 4- or 5-petaled pink fls., which open only in sunlight. The fls. are borne on slender pedicels and are solitary in the axils. This plant is cult, in S. Calif., having been introduced about 1900 by Mrs. T. B. Shepherd, who recommends it both for out- door culture and for pot culture in the greenhouse, and adds that the fls. are pink or white, K-K in. across. Tetratheca is the largest genus of the family Tre- mandracese, of which a short account is given under Platytheca. It is an Australian genus of subshrubs with red or purple flowers. Eighteen species are dis- criminated in Flora Australiensis 1:129 (1863). They vary greatly iii foliage, the lvs. being alternate, whorled or scattered, heath-like and entire, or flat and toothed, or reduced to minute scales. Generic characters: sta- mens apparently in a single series, the anthers contmu- ous with the filament, 2-celled, or 4-celled with 2 of the cells in front of the 2 others, more or less contracted into a tube at the top: capsule opening only at the edges: seeds appendaged. In European greenhouses all the plants of this family are considered diflcult of cultivation. They are treated like many other Australian heath-like plants, being potted in fibrous peat and silver sand and watered care- fully at all times. It is said that only soft rain water should be used. They are usually propagated by green- wood cuttings, but in California the seeds are offered. ericifdlia, Sm. This species is distinguished from its congeners by its lvs., which are mostly verticillate and linear with revolute margins. Heath-like, tender sub- shrub, much branched and diffuse ; sepals not reflexed : ovary with 2 superposed ovules in each locule or rarely a single ovule attached below the top of the locules. Very abundant about Port Jackson, N. S. Wales. \y_ jj_ TEflCEIUM (Teucer was the first king of Troy). Labi&tw. Germander. One hundred or more perennial herbs or undershrubs, mostly of the Old World, four of which are offered in the American trade. Lvs. oppo- site, entire or dentate: fls. mostly purple or pinkish, in whorls forming a terminal interrupted spike; calyx campanulate or tubular, more or less equally 5-toothed, 10-nerved; corolla with large lower lip, and the upper lip very small or split so as to appear to be wanting; stamens 4, in 2 pairs, exserted through the split or notch in the short upper lip. The Germanders are hardy herbs, with aromatic foliage, suitable for the wild garden or rockwork. They are little known horti- culturally. A. Fls. in distinct t-6-fld, whorls, forming a lax ter- minal inflorescence. ChamEBdiys, Linn. One to 2 ft. tall, from a decum- bent base, branching, with age becoming woody below, pubescent or villous: lvs. ovate or oblong, petioled, incise-crenate, cuneate at the base, somewhat canescent beneath, the floral ones smaller and scarcely dentate: fls. bright rose, with red and white spots, % in. long, rather showy, in many 2-6-fld. whorls. Europe. — A good border plant for late summer bloom. AA. Fls. solitary or not more than S at a whorl, form- ing a long terminal spike. CanadSnse, Linn. Erect, 1-3 ft. tall, soft-pubescent or canescent: lvs. oblong -ovate to lanceolate, sharp- serrate: fls. purple to cream-color, the corolla about % in. long, the calyx canescent and the 3 upper lobes ob- tuse. Low ground, eastern states, from north to south. Mn. 8:97. — Offered by dealers in native plants. Use- ful for low grounds and moist borders. In general habit resembles a Stachys. AAA. Fls. on opposite axillary 1-fld. peduncles. frtiticans, Linn. Shrubby, 2-3 ft., wide-branching: lvs. ovate, obtuse, entire, white- or brown-pubescent beneath: fls. on 1-fld. peduncles which are shorter than, the calyx, blue, forming terminal or lateral clusters. Europe. — Recommended for dry places South. Has a. long blooming season. bicolor, Smith. Dwarf, herbaceous, glabrous: lvs. ovate, oblong or lanceolate, obtuse, entire or incised,, green: fls. blue and white, on axillary 1-fld. peduncles. Chile.-Offered in S.Calif. L. H. B. TEXAS, HORTICTJLTUEE IN. Fig. 2492. The climatic belts of the state are distinctly marked and extremely different in character, one from another. They may be, designated as follows : 1. The Gulf Coastal Plain. 2. The East Texas Forest Region. 3. The Red River Valley. 4. The Black Waxy Prairies. 5. The Brown or Chocolate Plains. 6. The Pecos Valley. 7. The Rio Grande Valley. 1. The Gulf Coastal Plain, extending out 50-75 miles; from the Gulf of Mexico, varies in altitude from a few feet along the low sandy beach, to 50 and rarely 100' feet inland. Its surface in places is timbered with live-oak and pine, but mostly it is a level, black-sandy prairie. The streams are bordered in southeastern Texas with timber and undergrowth of many species, including the grand magnolia, holly, palms and many other beautiful flowering trees, shrubs and perennial herbs. The rainfall in the southwestern extension of this belt is much less than in the eastern, where it averages above 50 inches annually, and the growth and cultural conditions vary accordingly. In trucking, celery, cabbage, strawberries, tomatoes and melons are the leading items. On the southern end of Padre Island, near Brownsville, bananas, oranges and pine- apples are grown to some extent. Figs flourish every- where in the coast country. The canned-flg industry is developing and promises to become very profitable. Dewberries grow to perfection, and wild varieties are marketed in considerable quantities. The Le Conte, Keiffer and Garber pears do better in this region than elsewhere. Some of the Chinese Cling group of peaches,. 1788 TEXAS also the Honey and Peen-to types, succeed well. Japan- ese plums, persimmons, and various American and for- eign grapes also succeed, the latter requiring to be grafted on phylloxera -resistant roots, which are found in the numerous wild vines of the state. Ornamental horticulture, in all its branches, is here characterized by a profusion and luxury of growth in foliage and flower of a semi-tropical nature. Ever- blooming roses continue to flower most of the winter. Broad-leaved evergreen trees and shrubs, known in the North only in conservatories, are here seen in all well-appointed private grounds and in parks and ceme- teries. Cape jasmine hedges, with their dark glossy green foliage and pearly white, camellia-like, sweet perpetual flowers, are very popular. Commercial plant- and ent-flower growers do a good business in the cities of Galveston and Houston. During the winter holidays they collect from the woods great quantities of long (''Spanish") moss, holly, magnolia, mistletoe, palmetto, smilax, etc., and ship to northern cities for decoration purposes. In May and June they send to northern florists great numbers of cape jasmine and magnolia flowers. 2. The Great East Texas Forest Region lies just north of the eastern end of the Coastal Plain, the city of Beaumont being situated in its southern extremity. Extending westward from the Sabine river on the east to the Navasota river on the west, over 150 miles, and northward to Red river about 300 miles, narrowing somewhat in its northern parts, is one of the grandest and richest forests in America. Three species of fine lumber pines are most abundant. Numerous oaks, hick- ories, elms, maples, beeches, white and black walnuts, gums, poplars, pecans, lindens, magnolias, holly, persim- mons, sassafras, and numerous handsome shrubs and perennial flowers are found almost everywhere, but especially along the streams. The soil is generally very sandy, underlaid with red and yellow clay, and well adapted to fruits of almost all kinds. The altitude varies from 100 to 600 feet. The rainfall is ample — from 40 to 60 inches annually— the climate is very mild, and altogether it is an almost ideal land in which to live easily and have a very paradise of a home, with a moderate activity of mind and body. Owing to the great lumber-mill interests, and lack of market facili- ties, nearly all horticultural pursuits have been over- shadowed until recently. But at Palestine, Tyler, Troupe, Longview, Nacogdoches and some other points, large commercial peach orchards, berry plantations and canneries have been in very successful operation for a number of years and these interests are rapidly increasing. Railway facilities are growing, and alto- gether East Texas has a very bright horticultural future. Trucking of nearly all kinds, and fruit-growing, with berries, peaches, plums, apples (especially in northern parts), and pears, could hardly ask for better natural conditions. Until recently the settlers of this region were almost entirely from the older southern states and not very enterprising, yet very sociable, and their houses, yards and gardens are of the southern type. They earnestly desire enterprising, intelligent people from the North and East to take up their excel- lent, though cheap lands, and improve them. 3. The Red River Valley is a long extension to the westward— some 250 miles— of the soil, climatic and forest conditions of East Texas, excepting the pines, gums, and some other trees in its western parts. But, as the Red river runs eastward in a broad, deep, heavily timbered valley, its southern bluffs, some 5 to 10 miles wide, enjoy peculiar immunity from late frosts. Here apples flourish about as well as in northern Arkansas, and peaches have not failed entirely in fruit during the twenty-five years of residence of the writer at Denison, Texas. With the exception of a few of the tenderer shrubs, everything is grown here as well as in East Texas, and apples, grapes and some other fruits grow better and acquire higher color and flavor, owing to a less humid atmosphere. In this belt belong the cosmopolitan little cities of Texarkana, Paris, Sherman, Denison and Gainesville, in which are found many beautiful resi- dences and grounds, many orchards, vineyards, and berry plantations. Railway facilities are excellent, and TEXAS good markets lie in every direction. Trucking is also extensive. Cut-flower and general nursery business flourish in the places named. The people, coming from everywhere, are not at all clannish, but sociable and enterprising, with the northern types prevailing and northern ideas generally appear in the architecture and gardening, yet fine samples of the southern style are not infrequent. Similar conditions prevail in some parts of the Trinity River valley as along Red river, especially about Dallas and Ft. Worth; also on the Brazos at Waco, but more of the southern type. These three cities nestle in the heart of the next great division. 4. The Black Waxy Prairie Region of Texas lies next to East Texas on the west and to the Red River Valley on the south, extending west to about 98° and south to within 150 to 100 miles of the Gulf, a broken irregular arm of the East Texas region extending southwestwardly between it and the Coastal Plain. This region has an altitude in its southern parts of 400 to 500 feet and rises in the northwest to 1,000 feet or more. The rainfall varies from 50 inches or more in its eastern parts to 30 inches in the western parts. The foundation is white, chalky lime-rock, the soil very black, sticky and exceedingly rich, highly adapted to grains, grasses and cotton, but not suitable for most fruits. The stone fruits and blackberries do best. Onions are largely grown in Collin county, of which McKinney is county seat. Most shrubbery does well. The Bermuda grass flourishes in Texas wherever grass can grow and is the almost exclusive lawn-grass. Very handsome yards are made by some of the farmers and many who live in the towns and cities ; but most farmers in Texas have done little or nothing to beautify their homes horticulturally. Nowhere is this more ap- parent than in the Black Waxy Lands, the home being generally surrounded by corn-cribs, stock-pens, cotton- bins, and exposed farm machinery. There are splendid exceptions to these, demonstrating that very beautiful homes can be made even in the black lands of the state, where the richest general farming region exists. 5. The Brown, or Chocolate Plains Region of Texas, devoted principally to grazing and small grains, lies to the westward of the Black Land Region, is about 200 miles wide by 600 long, extending from Oklahoma on the north to the Rio Grande on the south, running from 1,000 feet altitude on the south and east to 3,000 feet on the west, where it ends suddenly against the cliffs of the still higher Staked Plains Region. Horticulture is in its infancy in all this vast semi-arid, high, rolling prairie country, and can do little without irrigation. Yet many wealthy stockmen there have beautiful grounds surrounding their homes, and grow their home supplies of very fine fruits. Of commercial horticulture there yet is none. The same may be said of the Staked Plains Region, but its soil is dark rich loam, the country almost a dead level, except where canons have cut into it, its altitude from 3,500 to 4,500 feet, its climate dry and very salubrious. Irrigation- horticulture in a small way is sustained from driven wells, which strike plenty of water at 10 to 30 feet. Stock-grazing is the only commercial occupation. Five or six counties northwest from Austin, in the central parts of the Chocolate Belt, are very broken, hilly and picturesque, well adapted to fruits. Nearly every home there is supplied with fruits, but stock-grazing is the chief occupation. 6. The Pecos Valley lies just west of the Staked Plains, and east of a spur of the Rocky Mountains. In places it is irrigated, as at Koswell and Carlsbad, N. M., and Pecos City, Texas. Commercial fruit-grow- ing is considerable in this valley, especially at Eoswell and Pecos City. At the latter place is a vineyard of 40 acres of the vinifera varieties, planted 8 or 10 years, doing finely on their own roots and very profitable, as the fruit goes to market in northern cities before any grapes are ripe in California. A vast mountainous and dry plains region extends from the Pecos to the Rio Grande, devoted to goats, sheep and cattle, yet at Ft. Davis, on a beautiful mesa, some 5,000 feet altitude, among mountains 2,000 to 4,000 feet higher, are a good many very beautiful homes, and fruits do finely, as there is sufficient rain- TEXAS TEXAS 1789 fall and the air is very pure, so that diseases are almost unknown. 7. The Rio Grande Valley is much warmer in the same latitude than the Pecos valley, otherwise the horti- cultural conditions are pretty much the same. At El Paso and Ysleta, a little way south on the Texas side, considerable quantities of vinifera grapes of table varieties are grown under irrigation and shipped to other Texas and to northern cities in August and September. Pears and plums are also grown to some extent. Farther down on the Rio Grande, at Del Rio, Eagle Pass and Laredo, grapes, figs and onions are con- siderably Rrown and shipped to the larger Texas cities and the North. The grapes are of the Old World varie- ties, and ripen in June; con se - quently have no competition and bring fine prices. The conditions are such that im- mense quantities of as fine grapes of this class can be grown in this part of Texas as in the best re- gions of C a 1 i - fornia, and the cost of getting to market is not more than half as much. Undoubt- edly the triangu- lar region be- tween San An- tonio, Laredo and Del Rio will in the near future have extensive commercial vine- yards of vinifera grapes. The Spanish taste in home grounds among the wealthy of southwestern Texas, who are chiefly stock-growers and merchants, prevails largely. It consists of a plaza, or open square in the center of the residence, having fountains (where water is to be had abundantly), and "borders, beds and vases of rare tropical and subtropical flowers, shrubs and fruits. Around this highly artistic garden the house is built, often of adobe, sometimes of stone, cut and carved, in large rooms adjoining and opening into each other, all on the ground-floor and one large door opening out to the street or small front yard from a big hall, sometimes having grand arches and marble columns. No windows are in the outside walls, ■except perhaps in the front, the rooms all being lighted from within the plaza. Thus great seclusion is secured and a perpetual conservatory scene is had from every room. Paved walks, usually covered, run around the plaza next the rooms and similar walks cross through the plaza. The plaza-park prevails also in the finer hotels, as seen in some at San Antonio; and these, on an enlarged scale at various places in the denser parts of the city, give a very refreshing appearance. In the central and western parts of the state the northern and eastern style of park, cemetery and private grounds decoration is mostly copied, as is also the architecture. Some very creditable examples are seen in Dallas, Waco, Austin, Paris, Sherman, Gainesville, Fort Worth and other places. There are numerous small, and a few fair-sized nurseries scattered over the state, chiefiy in the Red 2492. Texas Horticulture. Circles indicate localities devoted to grape eiilture: black dots to strawberries; broken horizontal lines indicate areas suitable for apples; vertical lines for peaches. River Valley and eastern Texas, as at Houston, or near there, Brenham, Austin, Dallas, McKinney, Ft. Worth, Denison, Bonham, Paris, Tyler, Gainesville. Plant and cut-flower business is developing rapidly in the larger cities. Seed business is almost entirely commercial or job- bing, few being engaged in growing seeds of any kind as a business and the supply comes from northern and eastern growers. The Texas State Horticultural Society, organized in 1883 or 1884, is in a flourishing condition and meets annually with the Texas State Farmers' Congress, at College Station. There are several local hoi-ticultural societies in the state, and some 40 or 50 Fruit- and Truck-Growers' Associations for commercial purposes, with one general head to look after freight rates, dis- tribution of products and placing in market. No state aid is given to any of the horticultural societies, yet during the last twenty-five years great developments in the various lines of horticulture have been made. Along with these developments have come varieties specially suited to the climates and soils, as few of the eastern 1790 TEXAS THALICTRUM and northern varieties were found adapted, or profitable. Some of these varieties that have originated in the state are given in the following lists. T. V. MUNSON. SOME FBCITS THAT ORIGINATED IN TEXAS. Apples. Aaron Holt, Hamilton, Shirley, Bledsoe, Heine, Steward, Bruce (Bruce' R Jones (Jones' Fa- Stevens, Summer), vorite) , Talbot, Doyle, Lincoln, Texas Red, Gray, Rutledge. Peaches. Yellow Sweet, Alice Haupt, Evening Star, Pearson, Barnes, Family Favorite, People (People's Bell (Bell's Octo- Galveston, Cling), ber), Governor Hogg, Philip Horton, Bessie Kerr, Great Llano, Ramsey (Ramsey's Bonanza, Guadalupe, Early) Burnet, Holler, Raisin (Raisin Cabler (Cahler's Joe Johnson, -Cling), Indian), Lone Star, Red River, Caruth (Caruth's Lulu, Rogers, Late), Maggie Burt, Rupley, / Carman, Mamie Ross, Scruggs, Chilow, Miss Lolo, Shipler, Clara Bruce, Morning Star, Success, Coleman, November, Superb. Crimson Beauty, Old Alcalde, Texas King, Dulce, Onderdonk, Texas, Early China, Orman, Topaz, Early Beauty, Orleana, Victor, Eldred (Eldrea Pansy, Ward. Cling), Grapes. America, Elvieand, Mrs. Munson, Atoka, Fern, Mueneh, Bailey, Gold Coin, Perry, Beacon, Headlight, Presly, Bell, • H. Jaeger, Rommel, Big Hope, Hopkins, R. W. Munson, Brilliant, Husmann, San Jacinto, Carman, Kiowa, Wapanuka, Champanel, Laussel, W. B. Munson, Delaeo, Lukfata, Wetumka, Delicious, Marguerite, Xyluta, Dr. Collier, Manito, Pears. Alamo. Plums. Yamago. African, Golden Beauty, Piram, Beauty, Gonzales, Pontotoc, Bestofall, Heep, Preserver Caddo Chief, Holland, Ragland, Captain (Colum- Kanawha, Roulette, bia), Lone Star, Sanders, Clara, Marianna, Saffold, Clark, Mason, Transparent, Clifford, McCartney, Texas Belle, Coletta, Minca, Waddell, Crimson Beauty, Minland Watson, Drouth King, Munson, Wayland, Eagle, Nimon, Whitaker, Early Red, Nona, Woo ten, Early Sweet, October Red, Yates. El Paso, Ohio Prolific, Mulierries . Spalding, Travis, Strawberries. Victoria. Parker Earle, Hobson. Slackierries. Dallas, Robison, Spalding. Giant Pet, Jumbo, Dewberries. Austin-Mayes, Pink, White. McDonald. K. H. Price. herbs with large, long-petioled, often canna-Iike leaves and long scapes bearing large panicles of spikes of usu- ally purple flowers. Fls. commonly 2 together in a 2- valved spathe; calyx minute; corolla tubular, with 6 divisions, of which the 3 interior are unequal; style thick, spiral; stigma 2-lipped, the lower lip long and pendulous: capsule inflated, 1-loculed, 1-seeded, A. Plant covered with a white powder. dealbita, Pras. Stemless: petioles 1-2 ft. long: Ivs. canna-like, cordate, ovate, 6-9 in. long: scape terete, 3-5 ft. high: panicles erect: spikes erect. June-Sept. Pqnds and marshes, S. C. and west. B.M. 1690. B.B. 1:455. —A fine and stately aquatic when well grown. It should be placed in shallow water or in wet soil. AA. Plant not powdery. diTaTicd.ta, Chapm. Stemless: petioles longer than in T. dealbata; Ivs. banana-like, 1-3 ft. long, oblong- ovate: scape 5-10 ft high: panicles 2-4 ft. wide : spikes zigzag, pendulous. Sept., Oct. Ponds, Apalachicola, Pla.— According to Reasoner Bros., this magnificent native ornamental-leaved marsh plant thrives in garden soil with cannas and like plants. Does well under culti- vation in southern California. p_ -^ Bahclat. THALlCTRUM (ultimately probably derived from Greek thallo, to grow, but application doubtful). JRa- nunculdcem. Meadow Rue. Erect perennial herbs: Ivs. temately compound and decompound ; stem-lvs. alternate : fls. dicecious, polygamous, or perfect in some species, rather small, generally greenish white or sometimes purple or yellow, borne in a panicle or loose raceme; sepals 4 or 5, deciduous; petals want- ing; stamens many, showy: carpels usually few, 1- seeded. This group includes several forms which are well suited for the mixed border and rock garden. The robust forms are desirable for the wild garden. Many are very hardy, and only the more southern forms of those given below are at all tender. Thalictnims are valued for their feathery heads of flowers, contrasting with their handsome stems and leaves, which are often of a purple cast. They may he propagated by seed or by division of roots in early spring, just as growth be- gins. Any good loamy soil will suit them if well drained. The latest monograph of the entire genus was pub- lished in 1885, by Leeoyer, in Bull. Soc. Roy. de Bot. de Beige, where he describes 69 species. In 1886 Wm. Trelease published a fine treatment of "North American Species of Thalietrura " in Proc. Soc. Bost. Nat. Hist. 23:293-304, in which he recognized 11 species and 4 varieties north of Mexico. His treatment is rather closely followed by Robinson in Gray's Syn. Flora, 1895. Since that time at least 10 new species have been de scribed— chiefly from Mexico— several of which are by J. N. Rose, in Cont. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5:185, Oct. 31, 1899. All North American forms were treated by the present writer in Minn. Bot. Studies, Aug., 1900. Be- sides several native species, about 5 have been intro- duced to our gardens from other countries. adiantifolium, 3. adiantoides. 3. aquilegifolium, 7 Chelidonii, 10. Comuti, 7. Delavayi, 10. dioieum, 8. INDEX. Pendleri, 12. glaucum, 4. minus, 3. oceideniale, 11. petaloideum, 1. polyearpum, 13. polygamum, ti. purpurascens, 5. purpurewm. 3, 5. saxatile, 3. sparsiflorum, 2. spedosuTfi, 4. venulosum, 9. THALIA (J. Thalius, a German naturalist, and author of Sylva Hercvnia, a catalogue of the plants of the Harz mountains; died 1,588). ScitaminAcece. About / species of tender American perennial, stemless, marsh A. Fls. perfect. ' E, Filaments widened near the anthers : anther^ ovate, ob- tuse. c. Akenes sessile, in a head, ovate-oblong 1. petaloideum cc. Ahenes stalked, widely spreading, straight along dorsal margin 2. sparsiflorum BB. Filaments filiform : anthers linear, acute or mucronate. c. Fruits sulcate: stigma di- lated on one side of the short style 3. minus THALICTBUM THALICTEUM 1791 cc. Fruits lo n git ti din ally veined : stigma terminal, minute, not dilated, style short 4. glaucum AA. Fls. polygamo-diceeious . B. Anthers linear, mucronate: filaments thread-like 5. purpurascens BB. Anthers ovate: obtuse, fila- ments broadened above C. polygamum AAA. Fls. dioecious, with rare excep- tions. B. Filaments widened above : anthers ovate, rather obtuse. 7. aquilegifolium BB. Filaments thread-like: an- thers linear, acute or mu- eronate. t c. Mature fruits rather firm or thick - wal led, not greatly flattened, filled by the seed. D. Sepals green or greenish. E. Blades of leaflets very thin 8. dioicum EE. Blades of leaflets firm, veiny below 9. venuloBum DD. Sepals purple 10. Delavayi cc. Mature fruits less firm, thin - walled, 2 - e dg ed , either flattened or turgid, D. Leaflets very thin 11. occidentale DD. Leaflets firm. E. Pistils 6-11 (rarely IS) : akenes flattened 12. Fendleri EE. Pistils 7-20: akenes turgid 13. poljcaTp ;m 1. petalofdeum, Linn. Stem round, nearly 1 ft. high, almost naked: Ivs. 3-5-parted; Ifts. smooth, ovate, en- tire or 3-lobed; fls. corymbose, perfect; sepals white, rotund; filaments pink; anthers yellow: fr. ovate-ob- long, striated, sessile. June, July. N. Asia. L.B.C. 9:891.— Not yet in American trade lists but well worth cultivating. 2. sparsifUrum, Turcz. Stem erect, sulcate, 2-4 ft. high, branching, usually glabrous: Ivs. triternate, up- per ones sessile; Ifts. short-stalked, round or ovate, variable in size and shape of base, round-lobed or toothed: fls. in leafy panicles on slender pedicels, per- fect; sepals obovate, whitish, soon reflexed; filaments somewhat widened; anthers very short: akenes short- stalked, obliquely obovate, flattened, dorsal margin straight, 8-10-nerved; styles persistent. N. Asia, through Alaska to Hudson Bay, in mountains to Colo- rado and southern California. 3. minus, Linn. (T.purpilreum, Schang. T. saxdtile, Vill.). Stems round, sulcate, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. variable, acute or obtusely lobed, often glaucous: fls. drooping, in loose panicles, perfect; sepals yellow or greenish: fr. ovate-oblong, sessile, striated. Summer. Bu., Asia, N. Afr.— A polymorphous species in the variation of the leaflets. Var. adiantifdlinm, Hort. {T. adiantoides, Hort. T. adianthifdlium, Bess. ). Lfts. resembling those of Adi- antum fern.— A form much used and admired. 4. griattcum, Desf. (T. specidsum, Hort.). Stems erect, round, glaucous, 2-5 ft. high: lfts. ovate-orbicu- lar, 3-lobed; lobes deeply toothed: fls. in an erect panicle, perfect; sepals and stamens yellow: fruits 4-6, ovate, striated, sessile. June, July. S. Eu. 5. purpuT&scens, Linn. {T. purpureum, Hort.). A polymorphous species, allied to T. polygamum: stem 3-6 ft. high, branching above, leafy, pubescent or glabrous, sometimes glandular: lfts. larger than in that type: fls. in a long, loose, leafy panicle, polygamo-dioe- cious; filaments narrow; anthers rather long, taper- pointed: akenes slightly stalked, ovoid, glabrous or pubescent, with 6-8 longitudinal wings ; style slender, persistent; stigma long and narrow. Canada to Fla., west to the Kockies. Juue-Aug. 6. polygamum, Muhl. Tall Meadow Rde. Erect, 3-8 or more ft. high, branching and leafy, smooth or 113 pubescent, not glandular: Ivs. three to four times ter- nate or terminally pinnate; lfts. oblong to orbicular, bases variable, 3-5 apical lobes: fls. in a long, leafy panicle, polygamo-dioecious ; sepals white; filaments broadened when young; anthers short: akenes ovoid, stipitate, B-8-winged or ribbed, with stigmas as long, which become curled. July, Aug. Low or wet grounds, Canada to Fla. , westward to Ohio. 7. aquilegifdlium, Linn. Feathered Columbine. Fig. 2493. Stems large, hollow, 1-3 ft. high, glaucous: Ivs. once or twice 3-5-parted ; lfts. stalked or the lateral ones nearly sessile, slightly lobed or obtusely toothed, smooth, suborbicular : fls. in a corymbose panicle, dioecious; sepals white; stamens purple or white: fr. 3-angled, winged at the angles. May-July. Eu., N. Asia. B.M. 1818; 2025 (as var. formosum). Gn. 47, p. 357; 50, p. 117.— The old name T. Cor>M^ in. long: fls. in the upper axils solitarv or in clusters of 2 or 3, white. Ottered in southern Calif. Introduced by Mrs. T. B. Shepherd, who says the plant rarely exceeds 4 ft. in height, blooms in midwinter and is good for cut-flowers. F. W. Barclay. THtrjA. See Thuya. THUJ6PSIS, See Tliuyopsis. THUNBfiBGIA (after Karl PeterThunberg, professor of botany at Upsala and successor to Rudbeck and Lin- n«us; died 1828). Acanth&cem. Mostly tall perennial greenhouse climbers producing flowers in great profu- THUNBEBGIA THUNBERGIA 1799 sion: Ivs. opposite: fls. blue, yellow, purple or white, solitary and axillary or in racemes; calyx annular and scarcely lobed or toothed or 10-15-toothed, surrounded by 2 large bracts which often inclose also the corolla- tube; corolla trumpet - shaped, with a spreading limb, tube curved or oblique, often compressed, enlarged toward the month; stamens 4, didynamous, fixed near the base of the tube, filaments thickened at the base, 2500. Thunbereia alata (X %}. separate; anther-cells parallel, equal, mostly mucronate at the base: ovary seated on a fleshy disk, 2-Ioculed, each cell with 2 ovules (rarely only one). The Thuu- bergiese are distinguished by the contorted corolla, the 4-3eeded capsule, and the globose seeds. The Thunbergias are nearly all vigorous greenhouse climbers resembling allamandas in habit. In large con- servatories where they are not cramped for room they flower freely and display their flowers to the best ad- vantage. Severe pruning, which is necessary in small greenhouses, prevents the production of flowers. The larger species, T. lauritolia, T. affinis, T. grandiflora, T. Mysorensis, and T. coccinea are rapid growers, re- quiring plenty of feeding and root-room. AU do better in open beds than in pots. They may be propagated either from seeds or by cuttings which are taken from the young wood which starts into growth after the plants have been cut back during winter. These pro- duce few flowers the following autumn, but bloom freely the second season. As a rule, the plants flower in late summer or autumn, but this may be made to vary according to treatment in some species. T. alata and its varieties and T. fragrans are often treated as annual garden plants, flowering in late summer. T. erecta and T. affinis when grown in pots form rather compact shrubby plants. See Gn. 24, p. 314; 30, p. 292; 47, p. 150. T. elegans of the trade cannot be accounted for by the writer. Heinrich Hasselbking. Thunbergias and allamandas are great favorites in central and southern Florida, being used on verandas, arbors, small trees, old stumps, trellises and buildings. Of the blue-fld. kinds T. grandiflora is hardiest and commonest. It has large, heart - shaped leaves which overlap one another in a charming manner. It blooms from September till Christmas, the fls. being light blue and rather dull as compared with the next. The form of T. Jaurifolia, known to the trade as T. ffarrisii, has nearly sky-blue fls., of a deeper but brighter hue than the preceding. It is a taller-growing and choicer plant, and has 10 or more fls. in a raceme, while those of T. grandiflora- are solitary in the axils. T. fragrans is the common white-fld. kind. The form cult, in Florida is probably var. vestita, as the blossoms are not fragrant. T. alata is a general favorite. The fls. range from buff and white to orange with a deep purplish brown throat, the last form being the most popular. This spe- cies is killed to the ground by sharp frost every winter but sprouts vigorously the following spring. It also comes up from self-sown seed. This species grows »nly 7 or 8 ft. high. All the Thunbergias mentioned above are easily raised from cuttings or layers in sum- mer. T. erecta is not a climber but has a somewhat straggling habit. It has small, dark green Ivs. and large, deep purplish blue gloxinia-like fls. which are white at the base. There is a pure white variety of it. It blooms all summer and autumn. It is >«adily raised from cuttings during the rainy season. H. Nehkling. INDEX. affinis, 1. coccinea, 9. Harrisii, 7.' alata, 2. cserulea, 4. intus-alba, 2, alba, 2, 4. Doddsii, 2. laurifolia, 7. alWlora, 2. erecta, 4. lutea, 2. aurantiaca, 7. fragrans, 3. Mysorensis, 8. fiackerii, 2. Fryeri, 2. sulphurea, 2. Bakeri, 2. grandiflora, 6, 7. unioolor, 2. chrysops, 5. A. Fls. axillary, solitary. B. Lvs. entire 1. affinis BB. Lvs. angularly toothed. c. Petioles winged 2. alata cc. Petioles not winged. D. Color of fls. white: corolla- lobes truncate and sinuately toothed at the apex 3. fragrans DD. Color of fls. blue {white only in varieties): E. Plant sitberect 4. erecta EE. Plant climbing. F. Throat of the corolla yellow. 5. chrysops PF. Throat of the corolla ivhite.6. grandiflora AA. Fls. in terminal or axillary racemes (see, also, T. grandiflora). B. Color of fls. blue 7. laurifolia BE. Color of fls. yellow 8. Uysorensis EBB. Color of fls. scarlet 9. coccinea 1. affinis, S. Moore. A rambling shrub, 10-12 ft. high, smooth: branches 4-angled: lvs. short-petioled, elliptic, acute, entire: fls. 2 in. across, deep purple-blue, with a yellow throat. Summer. Tropical Africa. B.M. 6975. G.C. III. 2:461. G.M. 32:291.-This plant is closely allied to T. erecta, from which it differs by its entire lvs. and larger fls., which are about twice the size of those of T. erecta. When grown in a pot the plant forms a compact shrub, but when given more room it is a rambling climber. 2. aldta, Bo,j. Fig. 2500. Stem square, climbing- hairy: lvs. opposite, triangular-ovate, hastate, repand- toothed, rough-pubescent, tomentose beneath; petioles winged, about as long as the lvs.: fls. solitary, on axillary peduncles; calyx very small, surrounded by 2 large inflated bracts ; corolla-tube somewhat longer than the involucre, dark purple within; limb rotate, oblique, of 5 rounded segments, buff or cream-colored. S.E Africa. B.M. 2591. P.M. 2:2. B. 5:238 (not good). L.B.C. 11:1045.— A perennial climber which may also be treated as an annual greenhouse plant. Usually propagated by seeds. It is used either as greenhouse climber or to grow on trellises outdoors. Outside it flowers mostly in August, but by propagating at various times they may be had in blossom nearly the whole year in the greenhouse. There are many varie- ties, some of which have been described as species. Var. 41ba, Paxt. (T. alMa, var. albifldra, Hook.). Fls. white, with a blackish center. P.M. 3:28. B.M. 3512. Var. aurantiaca, Ktze. [T. aurantiaca, Paxt.)! Fls. bright orange, with a dark center. The best of the group. P.M. 6:269. Subvar. Daddsii has variegated lvs. P.M. 15:221. F.S. 4:415. Var. Bikeri, Hort. (T. Bakeri or Backerii, Hort.). Fls. pure white. Var Fryeri, Hort. (T. Pr})eri, Hort. T. alata, var. inius- alba, Hort.). Pale orange, with a white center. Var snlphUrea, Hort. Pis. sulfur-yellow. Var. Ititea, Hort! (T. aldta, var. imicolor, Hort.). Fls. entirely yellow. 3. frigrans, Roxb. Stem slender, climbing: lvs. lanceolate to triangular-ovate, cordate or subcordate mostly angularly toothed on each side of the base! rough on both sides, petiolate: fls. white, axillary; corolla-tube narrow; limb spreading, IK in. across, lobes truncate and repandly toothed at the end. Sum- mer. India. * 1800 THUNBERGIA Var. IsEvis, Clarke, is glabrous. B.M. 1881. L.B.C. 20:1913. Var. vestita, Clarke, is more hairy and the flowers are not fragrant. i. er^cta, T. Anders. (Meyenia er(cta, Benth.). Shrub, 2-t ft. high, with loose spreading branches, half- erect: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, ovate or subrhomboid, smooth, entire or sinuate-toothed: fls. solitary on axil- lary peduncles; calyx cut into 12-14 short teeth, con- cealed by the large bracts; corolla funnelform; tube curved, deep yellow within; limb purple, lK-2 in. across, of 5 subrotund oboordate lobes. Trop. W. Africa. B.M. SOl.'i, F.S. 11:1093. R.H. 1863: 2.51. I.H. 3:99. F. 1855: 225. J.H. III. 28:.3o.- A greenhouse shrub, producing flowers freely at almost any season. Grows in the open in Florida. Not a climber. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. 2501. Thunbereia grandiflora (X %). white. Var. cxrulea, Hort. Fls. large, intense violet, with orange throat. 5. chrysops, Hook. Stem climbing, slightly hairy: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, ovate-cordate, angularly toothed : peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-fld. : corolla funnelform orcampanulate; tube yellow, limb purple, bluish around the throat. Sierra Leone. 8.51.4119. F.S. 1:5. P.M. 11:221. F. 1844:193.— Naturally a climber, but said to become somewhat erect if grown in a coolhouse. 6. grandifldra, Eoxb. Pig. 2501. Stem tall, climbing : Ivs. broadly ovate, angularly cordate and toothed or lobed, somewhat roughened on both sides, petiolate: fls. solitary or in short, stout racemes in the leaf -axils, bright blue, becoming whitish in the throat ; corolla- tube bell-shaped; limb 3 in. across, of 5 large, spread- ing rounded lobes. Bengal. B.M. 2366. P.M. 7:221. L.B.C. 4:324. B. 2:76. B.R. 6:495. Gn. 47:1003. I.H. 42:32. G.C. III. 9:789.— A very large perennial green- house climber; flowers during the summer or autumn. There is also a white-flowered variety. 7. laurifolia, Lindl. (T. Sdrrisii, Hook. T. grandi- ndra, Wall.). Stem terete, smooth except the youngest. THUNIA twining: Ivs. long-petiolate, ovate-oblong to oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at the base, smooth, en- tire or slightly toothed: fls. 3 in. across, pale blue, white or yellow in the throat, borne in axillary whorls or in a raceme in which they are also clustered or whorled; corolla with a wide, oblique trumpet-shaped tube and a large 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 4985; 4998. F.S. 12:1275. Gn. 12, p. 420; 30:563 and p. 293. R.H. 1860, p. 342. J.H. III. 28:345. Gng. 3:295. -Perennial greenhouse climber, flowering profusely in winter. Propagated by cuttings. 8. Mysor^nsis, T. Anders. (Hexacintris Mysorinsis, Wight). Climbing shrub, with long, slender branches: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, entire or somewhat distantly toothed: racemes long, pendulous : fls. yellow, 2 in. across, the tube enclosed by the spathe-like bracts; limb 4-lobed, the upper lip concave, witli reflexed side lobes, lower lip of 3 sub- equal, spreading lobes. India. B.M. 478C. P.S. 8:752. S.M. 2, p. 130.— A tall greenhouse climber which flowers, according to treatment, at all seasons. 9. cocclnea, Wall. { Hexacdntris coceinea, Nees). A very tall climber: stem much branched, 4-angled: Ivs. short-petiolate, variously shaped, the lower broadly ovate, with a hastate or cordate angled base, the up- per ovate, cordate, all angularly toothed or the upper entire: fls in terminal or axillary racemes, 1-3 ft. long; bracts large, inflated, as long as the tube; limb scarlet, of 5 reflexed emarginate lobes; throat orange. Autumn and winter. In- dia. B.M. 5124. L B.C. 12:1195. F.S. 23:2447. R.H. 1890, p. 197. Heinkich Hasselbring. THONIA (Count Thun-Tetschen, who had an important collection of orchids about the middle of the 19th century). Orehiddcece. A small genus of which at present only 5 species are known. These are tall plants with annual leafy stems terminating in a raceme of showy flow- ers. The genus was formerly united with Phaius, from which it differs by the terminal inflorescence. Sepals and petals similar,spreading; labellum convolute over the column, spurred, ornamented with several crests consisting of lines of fleshy hairs: pollinia 8: fls. subtended by large membranous bracts. The species of Thunia occur in northern India, Burma, and in the S. Himalaya region ascending to a height of 6,000 ft. The culture of the Thu- nias is very simple. They begin growth natur- ally at the end of February or early in March. As soon as new growth is visible the plants should be given new material, consisting of fibrous peat or fern-root and sphagnum mixed with loam and some sand and potsherds for drainage. In their native home the plants are said to be epiphytic, and when treated as terrestrial orchids their na- tive habit may be imitated by setting them well above the pot, which should not be too large. For the first 4-6 weeks until the young roots have made good growth, it is necessary to apply water sparingly. Thunias are very rapid-growing orchids and may be liberally supplied with liquid manure until the end of the flowering sea- son, which occurs about the middle of August. Soon after this the leaves fall. The old stems winter in this condition and serve as food reservoirs for the young growth of the next season, but although they remain on the plant two years they form no leaves the second sea- son. During the resting period they should be kept in a rather dry atmosphere and be given only enough water to prevent the stems (pseudobulbs) from shriveling. This is one of the few orchids which can be profitably propagated by cutting the old stems into lengths of about 6 in. and rooting them in sand or sphagnum. When rooted the young plants may be potted in the usual way. A temperature of 60°-65° is favorable dur- ing the growing season. dlba, Reichb. f. (Ph&ius dlius, Lindl.). Pig. 2502. Suberect, 2-3 ft., clothed with sheathing, oblong -Ian- THUNIA THURBER 1801 ceolate, striate Ivs. 6 in. long: raceme drooping at the end of the stem, 6-12-fld.: fls. white, 3-4 in. across when fully open; sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate, acuminate; labellum shorter than the segments, not manifestly 3-lobed, lateral lobes convolute over the column, apex spreading, wavy and finely crisp. The color of the labellum is white veined with purple in the throat, with 5-9 purple or yellow fringed keels. Wings of the column entire. April-Aug. Burma and S. Him- alaya region. B.M. 3991. B.B. 24:33. P.M. 5:125. F.C. 3:125. R.H. 1874:450. Gt. 47, p. 233. -There are several varieties of this species. The throat of the labellum is often yellow. BSnsonisB, Hook. (Ph&ius B^nsoniie, Benth.]. Stems fascicled, 1-2 ft. high, leafy: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, 8-10 in. long: fls. like those of T. alba but of a pale purple color; labellum large, 3-lobed, deep purple in front, with a yellow crested disk, with 6-7 rows of fringe-like golden yellow hairs; spur short, slender. India. July- Sept. B.M. 5694. G.M. 31: 557. -The most showy spe- cies of the genns. Jlla,Ts]ia,lli&iia,,Ueiehb.t.(Phd.iusMdrshaUia},'Nicho\s.). Closely related to T. alba. Stems somewhat stronger: segments pure white, acuminate: labellum evidently 3- lobed, with the lateral lobes surrounding the column, middle lobe wavy and crisp. The color of the labellum is yellowish white, with five orange-fringed keels in the throat: wings of the column toothed. May-Aug. India. R.B. 21:229. Gt. 47, p. 233. S.H. 2, p. 335. -A var. ionophldbia, Reiohb. f., has the center of the labellum bright yellow, paler toward the margin. Heinkich Hasselbeing. THTIEBEE, 6E0EGE (Plate XLI), botanist, natur- alist and editor, was born in Providence, R. I., Septem- ber 2, 1821, and died at his home near Passaic, N. .J., April 2, 1890. He obtained his early education at the Union Classical and Engineering School of his native city. Afterwards he served an apprenticeship as phar- macist, at the termination of which he began business for himself in partnership with Joshua Chapin. Dur- ing these years he devoted himself eagerly to the study of chemistry and natural sciences in general, but especially to botany, so that at an early age he was already well known as one of the most prominent botanists of the country. This brought him in close intimacy with Drs. John Torrey, Asa Gray, George Engelmann, Louis Agassiz and other eminent scientists, whose warm friendship he enjoyed until his death. In 1850 he obtained the appointment as botanist, quarter- master and commissary of the United States Boundary Commission for the survey of the boundary between the United States and Mexico. During the following four years his botanical work consisted mainly in the exploration of the native flora of these hitherto un- known border regions. His herbarium collected there comprised a large number of species new to scientists, some of which have been named after their discoverer, Cereus Thurberi being one of the most important; it is now cultivated for its fruit in the desert regions of North Africa. This historical herbarium formed the subject of Dr. Asa Gray's important work "Plantse NovSB Thurberinanae," published by the Smithsonian Institute. After his return to New York in 1853, Dr. Thurber received an appointment to the United States Assay Office, of which Dr. John Torrey was the assayer. In this position he remained until 1856, when owing to his strong sympathies with Gen. John C. Fremont, who was the first presidential candidate of the Republican party, he preferred to resign rather than sacrifice his principles. This incident well illustrates his perfect candor and characteristic, uncompromising spirit. Upon being asked for a contribution to the Buchanan cam- paign fund, he inquired: "Is this an invitation or a demand? " He was informed that it was a demand, and at once tendered his resignation. During the following three years he was connected with the Cooper Union and the College of Pharmacy of New York city as lecturer on botany and materia medica. In 1859 he was appointed professor of botany and horticulture at the Michigan Agricultural College, which position he held for four years. Here his wide and varied knowledge, of which he had ready command, his alertness of brain, clearness and vigor of speech, hurjor and enthusiasm made him a successful and ideal teacher. Many of his. students and those who studied under his students are now filling important professional and editorial chairs throughout the country. This position he re- signed in 1863 to accept — on the urgent invitation of Orange Judd, the publisher— the editorship of the "American Agriculturist," which he held to within a. few years of his death, when failing health prevented him from continuing his ardent labors. In this position he found his most congenial work and the real mission of his life, for which his previous training, his vast 2502. Thunia alba. (X H) and varied knowledge of natural sciences, arts and in- dustries, his quick perception and rare judgment as to- cause and effect had fitted him so admirably. Few men have exerted so powerful and effective an influence on progressive horticulture and agriculture as has Dr. Thurber. During his connection with the "American Agriculturist " he was a most painstaking and scrupu- lous editor and would not accept any article or statement about the correctness and accuracy of which he was not fully convinced. In order to convince himself to his own satisfaction of the value of new plants, fruits and vegetables, be established an extensive experimental and botanical garden in connection with his home on the Passaic river, which he named "The Pines," after a clump of tall white pines growing in front of it. The results of these observations and experiments formed the basis of a regular and valuable series of "Notes from the Pines." But in no part of his editorial work has he taken so much delight as in the "Doctor's. Talks," and thousands of now gray-haired men and women will long hold in grateful and affectionate re- membrance "The Doctor," who through his letters to the "boys and girls" has added so much to the delights of their childhood days. Although Dr. Thurber was never married and had no children, he was always fond of young people and was never happier than when he. could teach and assist them in whatever lay in his power. The amount of his writings in the "American Agriculturist " during the twenty -two years of his con- nection with it was enormous, but as his name but. rarely appeared with his articles it would be impossible to estimate the aggregate, yet whatever he wrote bore the stamp of accuracy of detail and naturalness of style. While in Michigan he revised and partly rewrote Darlington's "Agricultural Botany," which was pub- lished under the title of "American Weeds and Useful Plants." He wrote also the entire botany of Appleton's "New American Encyclopedia." An important part of 1802 THUEBER THUYA his eontributions to horticultural literature consisted in editing, revising and bringing out the horticultural and agricultural books of the Orange Judd Company, After the death of Dr. Torrey, he was elected president of the Torrey Botanical Club. He was also president of the New Jersey Horticultural Society; vice-president of the American Pomological Society for New Jersey ; and honorary member of many scientific societies throughout the world. The honorary title of doctor of medicine was conferred upon him by the University 2503. Typical form of Thuya occidentalis (X }^). Medical College of New York. During the latter years of his life he suffered severely from chronic rheuma- tism, which finally resulted in heart degeneration and his death. Personally, Dr. Thurberwas one of the most genial of men, gentle, sweet-tempered, with a consider- able share of good-natured humor, always ready to help those whom he felt needed assistance, liberal-minded and generous to a fault; but a relentless foe to frauds, shams and impostors of every kind. F, M. Hexameb. THUYA (Thya or Thyia, an ancient Greek name for a resinous tree or shrub). Also spelled Thuja or Thuiu. Including Biota. Gonireroe. Akborvttm. Ornamental evergreen trees of narrow pyramidal habit, with much ramified branches, the branchlets arranged frond-like, flattened and clothed with small scale-like leaves ; the fruit is a small strobile or cone not exceeding 1 in. in length. The well-known T. occidentalis is hardy north and also T. Japonica. T. gigantea and several forms of T. orientalis are hardy as far north as Mass. Thuyas are favorites for formal gardens. They are all of regu- lar, symmetrical habit. Their numerous garden forms vary greatly in habit and in color of foliage. For plant- ing as single specimens in parks they are mostly too stiff and formal, but they are well suited for massmg on borders of streams or lakes. The most beautiful and the most rapidly growing species is T. gigantea. Thuyas are well adapted for hedges and wind-breaks. They bear pruning well and soon form a dense hedge. They thrive best in somewhat moist, loamy soil and are easily trans- planted. Prop, by seeds sown in spring. The varieties, especially those of T. occidentalis, are usually prop, by cuttings taken late in summer and kept during the winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; also by grafting on seedling stock in summer or early in spring in the greenhouse. The vars. of T. gigantea and T. orientalis Ire usually grafted, since they do not grow readily from cuttings, except the juvenile forms of the latter, as var. decussata and Meldensis. Consult Betimspora. Five species occur in N. America, E. and Lent. Asia. Resiniferous trees with short horizontal, much raraihed branches; the branchlets flattened and frond-like ar- ranged: Ivs. decussate, scale-like, appressed, usually glandular on the back: tts. monoecious, globose, small, terminal on short branchlets, staminate yellow, consist- ing of usually 6 opposite sta- mens, each with 2-4 anther- cells ; pistillate consisting of 8-12 scales in opposite pairs, of which only the middle ones, or in the section Biota the lower ones, are fertile, each scale with 2 ovules inside- at the base: strobiles globose- ovate to oval-oblong, with 2 seeds under the fertile scales. The wood is light and soft, brit- tle and rather coarse-grained, durable in the soil; it is much used for construction, cabinet- making and in cooperage. T. occidentalis contains a volatile oil and thujin and is some- times used medicinally. A. Cones pendulous, with thin scales, apiculate below the apex: seeds winged, compressed : branchlets ramified more or less horizontally, with a dis- tinct upper and under side. B. Lvs. yellowish or bluish 2504. Seedling of Thuya green beneath : usually 2 occidentalis (X }^). pairs of fertile scales. occident&lis, Linn. Common ARBOBViT.ffi;. Erroneously but commonly called White Cedak (which is prop- erly Chamsecyparis). Figs. 2503-5. Tree, attaining 60 ft. and more, with short horizontal branches ascending at the end and forming a narrow pyramidal, rather com- pact head: lvs ovate, acute, usually glandular, bright green above, yellowish green beneath, changing in win- ter usually to dull brownish green: cones oval to oval- oblong, about % in. long, brownish yellow: seeds % in. long. New Brunswick to Manitoba, south to N. C. and 111. S.S. 10:532.-Much used for telegraph poles. A great number of garden forms, about 50, are in culti- vation. The best known are the following: Var. Alba, Nichols, (var. albo-splca, Beissn. Var. Queen Victoria, Hort.). Tips of young branchlets white. Var. argSil- tea, Carr. (var. albo-variegAta, Beissn.). Branchl|6ts variegated silvery white. Var. atirea, Nichols. Broad bushy form, with deep yellow foliage; also var. Bur- rowii, Douglas' Golden and Meehan's Golden are forms with yellow foliage. See also var. lutea. Var. aureo- varieg4ta, Beissn. (var. aArea maculMa, Hort.). Foli- age variegated with golden yellow. Var. c6nica d6nsa, 2505. The Arborvitse— Thuya occidentalis. Nearly full size. Hort. "Dense conical form." Var. Coliimbia, Hort. "Strong habit; foliage broad, with a beautiful silvery variegation." Var. cristita, Carr. Irregular dwarf, pyramidal form with stout crowded, often recurved branchlets. Var. Doiiglasii, Rehder. Bushy form, with THUYA THUYA 1803 jong and slender sparingly ramified branches nodding at the tips, partly 4-angled and clothed with sharply pointed leaves. A very distinct form, somewhat simi- lar to Chamteeyparis pisifera, var. filifera. Var. dumd- sa, Hort. (var. plicdta dumdsa, Gord.). Dwarf and dense form of somewhat irregular habit; in foliage similar to var. plioata. Var. EUwangeii^na, Beissn. (var. Tom Thumb). Fig. 2506. A low, broad pyramid, with slender branches clothed with two kinds of foliage, adult Ivs. and primordial, acicular spreading Ivs. ; it is an intermediate form between the var. ericoides and the type. B.H. 1869, p. 350; 1880, p. 93. Var. Ellwan- geiii.na adrea, Spath. Uke the preceding but with yel- low foliage. Var. ericoides, Beissn. & Hochst. {Beli- nispora dAbia, Carr. i?. ericoides, Hort., not Zucc). Pig. 2507. Dwarf, globose or broadly pyramidal form, with slender branchlets clothed with needle-shaped, soft, spreading Ivs., dull green above, grayish green beneath and assuming a brownish tint in winter. R.H. 1880, p. 93, 94. A juvenile form. See, also, Betini- spora. Var. globdsa, Beissn. (var. globul&ris, Hort. Var. compdcta globisa,Ylort. Y&r. Fr6ebeli,'B.ort.). Dwarf globose form, with slender branches and bright green foliage. Var. H&rrisoni, Hort. " A neat little tree with the entire foliage tipped almost pure white." Var. Hdveyi, Veitch. Dwarf, dense, ovate-globose form with bright green foliage. Var. intermedia, Hort. "Of dwarf, compact habit." Var. Little Gem, Hort. Very dwarf, daris green form, growing broader than high. Var. liltea, Veitch. (var. elegantissima, Hort. Var. George Peabody's Golden). Pyramidal form, with bright yel- low foliage. Var. n&na, Carr. (T. plic&ta, var. com- pdcta, Beissn.). Dwarf, compact globose form; foli- age similar to var. plicata. Var. p^ndula, Gord. With the branches bending downward and the branchlets more tufted. Var. plic&ta, Mast. {T. pHc&ta, Pari., not Don. T. Wareina, Booth). Pyramidal tree, darlter and denser than the type: branchlets short, rigid, much flattened: foliage distinctly glandular, brownish darli green above, bluish green beneath. G.C. III. 21:258. Said to have been introduced from N. W. America, but not found wild there. Var. pdmila, Beissn. Dwarf, dense form with darli green foliage. Var. pygmaea, Hort. [T. pUcdta, Ya,r. pygmcea, Beissn.). Similar to var. dwmosa, but still dwarfer, with bluish green foli- age. Var. BMdii, Hort. "Broad, dwarf form with small Ivs.. well retaining its color during the winter." Var. Sp^thii, P. Smith. Peculiar form with two kinds Gt. 42, p. 539. Var. Verv8ene£lna, Henk. & Hochst. Of smaller and denser habit than the type: branchlets slenderer, with yellowish foliage, bronzy in winter. Var. Wagnerijkna, Beissn. (var. \^irsmanni, Hort.). Globose form, retaining its bright green color during the 2506. Thuya occidentalis, var. Ellwangeriana (X H). of foliage ; the younger and lower branchlets with spreading acicular Ivs. like those of var. ericoides, but thicker in texture; the upper branchlets slender and sparingly ramified much like those of var. Douglasi. 2507. Thuya occidentalis, var. ericoides (X K). winter. M.D.G. 1895:123. Var. Wareilna, Beissn. (var. robiisia, Carr. T. Caucdsica, Tatdrica and Sibirica, Hort.). Pyramidal tree, lower and denser than the type, with stouter branchlets ; foliage bright green. Very desirable form. Var. Woddwaidii, Hort. "Dense, globose form, with deep green foliage." BB. Iws. with whitish markings beneath. gigantea, 'iiutt.(T.plicAta, Don. T. Mimiesii, Dougl. T. Lobbi, Hort.). Tall tree, attaining 200 ft., with short horizontal branches often pendulous at the ends, form- ing a narrow pyramid: trunk with a much buttressed base and clothed with cinnamon-red bark : branchlets slender, regularly and closely set: Ivs. bright green and glossy above, dark green beneath and with whitish triangular spots: Ivs. of vigorous shoots ovate, acumi- nate, glandular, of the lateral branchlets acute and scarcely glandular : cones cylindric-ovoid, little over yi in. long; scales 8-10, elliptic-oblong, usually the 3 middle pairs fertile; seeds winged, notched at the apex. Alaska to northern Calif, and Mont, S.S. 10:533. G.C. III. 21:215. G.P. 4:116. Var. aiirea, Beissn. With yel- lowish foliage. Var. gracilis, Beissn. Smaller tree, with more slender branches and smaller foliage of paler green. Jap{5nica, Maxim. (T. Stdndishii, Carr. T, gigantea, var. Japdnica, Pranch. & Sav. Thuydpsis Stdndishi, Gord.). Similar to the preceding but lower, usually only 20-30 ft. high: branchlets more irregularly set, thicker and less compressed: Ivs. ovate, obtusish, thickish, lighter green above, darker beneath and with whitish, triangular spots: cones oval, little over H in. long: scales 8, oval, usually the two middle pairs fer- tile. Japan. G.C. III. 21:258. E.H. 1896:160. AA. Cones upright, the thickened scales with a promi- nent horn-like process below the apex: seeds wingless: branchlets ramified in a vertical plane with both sides alike. {Biota.) orientaiis, Linn. {Sidta orienfdlis, Endl.). Pyra- midal or bushy tree, attaining 25 ft., with spreading and ascending branches: branchlets thin : Ivs. rhombic- ovate, acute, bright green, with a small gland on the back: cones globose-ovate, K-1 in. long; usually 6 ovate scales, each with a horn-like process, the upper- most pair sterile. From Persia to B. Asia, in Japan probably only cult. There are many garden forms, of which the following are the best known: Var. athro- taxoides, Carr. Dwarf, irregularly and not frond-like branching; branchlets nearly quadrangular, slender, dark green. R.H. 1861, p. 230. Var. aiirea, Hort. Low, 1804 THUYA THYMUS compact, globose shrub, golden yellow in spring, chang- ing to bright green. Var. atirea consplcua, Hort. More erect, the intense golden foliage partially suffused with green. Var. atirea n&na, Hort. Golden yellow foliage and very dwarf and compact habit. Var. ailreo-varie- gEkta, Hort. Of pyramidal habit : branchlets variegated with yellow. Var. decussElta, Beissn. & Hochst. (Bet- inispora juniperoldes , Carr. Chamcec^paris decussita, Hort.). Fig. 2094. Dwarf, globose form: Ivs. linear- lanceolate, spreading, stiff, acute, bluish green. A juve- nile form; see, also, Metinispora. Var. elegantlssima, Gord. Of low, columnar habit, bright yellow in spring, yellowish green afterwards. Var. falcd,ta, Lindl. Of dense, pyramidal growth, deep green, the horns of the strobiles curved backwards. Var. filif6rmis stricta, Hort. Round-headed, dwarf bush, with upright, thread- like branches. Var. gr&cilis, Carr. Of pyramidal, somewhat loose and slender habit, with bright green foliage. Var. freneloldes and var. Nepalinsis are hardly different from this. Var. Ueld^nsis, Veitch. Of col- umnar pyramidal, somewhat irregular growth: Ivs. aoi- cular, bluish green, sometimes passing into the normal form. Intermediate between the var. decussata and the type. Var. p^ndula, Pari. (var. filifdrmis, Henk. & Hochst. T. pindula. Lamb. T. filifdrmis, Lindl.). Branches pendulous, thread-like, sparingly ramified, and with the Ivs. wide apart and acuminate. Var. fimi- spreading and often nodding at the ends: branchlets one-fifth to one - fourth in. broad : Ivs. glossy green above, marked with a broad white band beneath, those of the upper and under side obovate-oblong, obtuse, adnate except at the apex, the lateral ones spreading, ovate-lanceolate and curved (hatchet-shaped), obtusish: scates of staminate fls. 6-10, much thickened at the ob- tusely pointed apex, the middle ones fertile and with 3-5-winged seeds under each scale. Japan. S.Z. 2:119, 120. G.C. II. 18:556. -Var. nina, Sieb. & Zucc. [T. Ice- tivirens, Lindl.). Dwarf form, with more slender and narrower branchlets of alighter green. Var. varieg&ta, Fortune. Tips of branchlets creamy white. T. toreAlis, Hort.=Chamseeypari5 Nutkaensis.— T. Stdndishi, Gord.=Tliuja Japonica. Alfred Rehdek. THYME. See Thymus. THYME, WATER. See Elodea. TH'S'MIIS (classical name of doubtful origin, perhaps from the Greek for «nce«se). Labidtce. Thyme. Prob- ably about 50 species, although more have been de- scribed, all natives of the Old World and chiefly of the Mediterranean region. They are low, half-shrubby perennials, although usually herbaceous or nearly so in the North. Lvs. small, opposite, simple and mostly en- ^ "^FKn m ^- Vy h '^^ -^ 2508. Creeping Thyme — Thymus Serpyllum (XJ^). culata, Hort., and var. intermidia, Carr., are interme- diate forms between this var. and the type. Var. pyra- midftlis, Endl. Of pyramidal habit, with bright green foliage; one of the tallest and hardiest vars. Var. sem- perauriscens, Veitch. Dwarf, globose; the golden hue of the foliage remains throughout the whole year. Var. Si^boldi, Endl. (var. Japdnica, Sieb., var. n&na, Carr. var. Zuccarinid.na, Veitch. Var. compdcta, Beissn.). Globose, compact, low form, bright green. Alfred Rehder. THUY6PSIS (Greek, Thuya-like). Coniferm. Ever- green ornamental pyramidal tree or shrub, with spread- ing branches, the branchlets arranged in a frond-like fashion, much flattened and clothed with scale -like glossy green foliage. Thuyopsis is one of the most beautiful Japanese conifers, and is well adapted for planting as a single specimen on the lawn wherever it can be grown successfully. It is hardy as far north as Mass., but usually suffers from summer drought. It thrives best in a sheltered and shaded position and in moist loamy soil, and seems to grow to perfection only In cool and moist climates. Prop, by seeds, also by cut- tings and by grafting like Thuya. Plants raised from cuttings usually grow into bushy, round-headed p ants. Plants grafted on Thuya are said to be short-lived. Seedlings are therefore to be preferred. The genus contains only one Japanese species, closely allied to Thuya and chiefly distinguished by the 4-5 ovules tinder each scale. The yellowish white, close and straight-grained wood is very durable and is used in Japan in boat- and bridge-building. dolobrata, Sieb. & Zucc. [Thuya dolohr&ta, hmn.). Pyramidal tree, attaining 50 ft. or sometimes shrubby: branchlets irregularly whorled or scattered, horizontally tire. The calyx is ovate or ovoid, hairy in the throat, 5-toothed and 2-lipped, about 10-13-nerved, usually de- clined in fruit : corolla small, 2-lipped, the upper lip 2-toothed and erect, the lower one 3-cleft and spreading; stamens 4, mostly in 2 pairs and usually exserted. The flowers are mostly in shades of blue or purple, but are sometimes white; they are borne in whorls, forming a terminal spike or head-like cluster. Thymes are erect or prostrate plants with strong mint-like odor. Most of the species are grown as a ground cover on banks, in borders or rockwork. The creeping or prostrate habit, ability to persist in dry places and poor soils, and the colored or woolly foliage of some species make them adaptable to a variety of uses. The common T. Ser- pyllutn is evergreen. T. vulgaris is the Thyme of sweet herb gardens, being prized in cookery. All Thymes are easily propagated by means of division, although seed- lings may sometimes be used to renew plantations of some of the species, particularly of T. vulgaris. Sev- eral names occur in American catalogues, all of which seem to be referable to three species, one of which is not a true Thymus. See Sage, where general culture of such herbs is given. vulgaris, Linn. Common Thyme. Plant erect, the base sometimes decumbent, 1-2 ft., the branches stiff and woody, usually white-pubescent: lvs. sessile, linear to ovate-lanceolate, acute, the margins more or less revolute; fls. small, lilac or purplish, in terminal interrupted spikes. S. Eu.— An old garden plant, being grown as a sweet herb. The leaves and shoots are used for seasoning. It is well to renew the plants from seeds every two or three years. There are varieties with broad and narrow leaves. Serp^llum,> Linn. Fig. 2508. Mother of Thyme. Creeping Thyme. Creeping, wiry-stemmed, slightly pu- THYMUS TIAEELLA 1805 bescent: Ivs. small, seldom % in. long, narrow-oblong to oval to nearly ovate, obtuse, narrowed into a distinct petiole, the margins sometimes slightly revolute: fls. minute, lilae, much shorter than the Ivs., in axillary whorls. Temperate parts of Europe, Asia and N. Africa. —A common plant in old gardens, prized as an ever- green edging and as cover for rockwork and waste places; also run wild. The leaves are sometimes used for seasoning, as those of T. vulgaris are. The nodes are short, making it a very leafy plant. Variable. Some of the cult, forms are: var citrioddrus, Hort. (T. citrioddnis, Schreb. ), the Lemon Thyme, has small, strong-veined Ivs. and a pronounced lemon odor. Var. molltd.nus, Benth. (T. montdniis, Waldst. & Kit. T. Chammdrys, Fries), has larger Ivs. and longer, some- what ascending branches. Var. lanugindsus, Hort. ( T. lanugindsHS, Schk.), is a form with small roundish Ivs., and a pubescent-gray covering, making it a handsome plant for edgings. Var. aiireus, Hort. Foliage golden, particularly in spring. Var. axg^nteus, Hort. Lvs. variegated with silvery white. Var. yarieg&tus, Hort. White-variegated lvs. Var. coccineus, Hort. Fls. nu- merous, scarlet. There is a form with white fls. (see Ot. 45, p. 108). All forms are hardy. C6rsicus, Pers., is properly Calaminfha Vdrsica, Benth. Prostrate, small, glabrous or nearly so; lvs. very small, 2 lines or less long, nearly orbicular, peti- oled: fls. small, light purple, in whorls, the floral leaves similar to the others. Corsica. —A good little plant for edgings, with very aromatic herbage. l. jj. b_ THYRSACANTHUS fGreek, thyme and flower). Acanthdcece. About 20 species of tropical American herbs or shrubs with opposite, often large leaves and red, tubular flowers in fascicles which are arranged in a terminal simple or panicled thyrse. Calyx short, 5- parted; corolla long-tubular, the limb 4-cut, slightly 2- lipped; stamens 2; staminodia 2. small, at the base ot the filaments: capsule oblong; seeds 4 or fewer by abortion. Schomburgki4nu3, Nees {T. r&tilans, Planch.). Fig. 2509. A shrubby plant, becoming 6 ft. high: lvs. ob- long-lanceolate, nearly sessile : racemes 8-10 in. or even 3 ft. long from the upper axils, slender, drooping: fls. tubular, red, about 1% in. long, pendulous. Dec- March. Colombia. B.M. 4851. R.H. 1852:160. Gn. 42, p. 482. F.S. 7:732. p. w. Barclay. Thyrsaeanthus ScJio-mhurgkianus is a fine old green- house favorite which has of recent years fallen into un- deserved neglect. It deserves a place in every good general collection. It is chiefly admired for its um- brella-like habit and pendulous grace of its long sprays of slender, red, tubular flowers. Like many other acan- thads, it becomes leggy and weedy in old plants, even if cut back severely. Hence, plants are rarely kept after the second season. The culture of Thyrsaeanthus is easy. It is an ideal plant for a general collection, as it requires no special treatment. Some English writers advise a stove temperature, but the undersigned has grown it for many years in a coolhouse. Ordinary pot- ting soil such as suits geraniums will do for Thyrsa- eanthus. It flowers in winter and remains in bloom a long time. Cuttings may be made at any time in early spring and will produce flowering plants 2-2 >^ ft. high the first season. After flowering, they should be cut back severely. It is not desirable to have more than one plant in a pot, nor should the young plants be pinched the first season, as the umbrella form is preferable to that of a compact, much-branched bush. The pendu- lous habit of Thyrsaeanthus has suggested to some gar- deners the use of this plant for hanging baskets and brackets. Robekt Shore. THYESOSTACHYS (Greek, thyrse and spike). Gra- minece. T. Siamensis is a tall Indian bamboo which has been offered in southern California since the article Bamboo was written for this work. As the plant is not included in Mitford's Bamboo Garden, its horticultural status is uncertain. Pranceschi writes that the plant is rather tender at Santa Barbara. The genus belongs to a subtribe of bamboos of which Dendrocalamus is the type. This subtribe is distinguished by having 6 sta- mens, a 2-keeled palea and the pericarp free from the seed. For generic characters of Thyrsostachys, see the Flora of British India 7:397 (1897). Thyrsostachys is a genus of 2 species of arborescent bamboos native to Upper Burma and Siam. The stem- sheaths are long, thin and persistent, with a long, nar- row blade. The lvs. are small or moderate-sized. As nearly as may be judged from the only available descrip- tion, this species could be inserted at the bottom of page 128 of this work, being distinguished from species 12 and 13 by the narrowness of the lvs. Siamfinsis, Gamble. A tender, deciduous, "giant bam- boo," with very graceful tufted stems 25-30 ft. high and l%-3 in. thick. Stem sheaths waved and truncate at the top, 9-llx4K-8 in.; auricles short-triangular : blade narrowly triangular; Ivs. small, narrow, linear, 3-6 xH-K in. Siam. y^_ m. 2509. Thyrsaeanthus Schomburgkianus (X %)■ TIAB£LLA (Latin, a little tiara or turban; in ref- erence to the form of the pistil) . Saxifrag&cece. False MiTREWORT. A genus of 6 species of slender perennial herbs, of which 4 are from North America, 1 from Japan and 1 from the Himalayas. Low-growing plants, with most of the leaves radical and long-petioled, simple or serrate, lobed or even 3-foliolate, with white flowers in terminal, simple or compound racemes: calyx-tube but slightly adnate to the base of the ovary; petals 5, entire; stamens 10, long: capsule superior, compressed, with 2 unequal lobes. A. Lvs. simple. B. Petals oblong, cordifolia, Linn. Foam Flower. Fig. 2510. A hand- some native perennial^ forming a tufted mass, 6-12 in. high, of broadly ovate, lobed and serrate leaves and simple, erect racemes of white flowers borne well above the foliage in May. Fls. about 3^ in. across; petals oblong, clawed, somewhat exceeding the white calyx-lobes. In rich, moist woodland. Nova Scotia to Ontario, south to Ga. Gn. 22, p. 21; 32, p. 511; 53, p. 456; 55, p. 40; V. 11:35.— An elegant plant well worthy of general cultivation. It is a lover of cool, shaded places and of rich, moist soil. It will, however, do well in ordinary soil and flower freely in a half-shaded place, but the varied leaf-markings of bronzy red and other signs of luxuriance are not brought out to their fullest 1806 TIARELLA TIGRIDIA extent except with moisture, coolness and a fairly rich soil. The plant forces well and easily in a coolhouse for early spring flowering. It is tenacious of life and gen- erally easy to manage. 'm-^ '/ ^!mf: , 2510. TiarellacordifoIia(XK). EB. Petals filiform, inconspicuous. uniiolifita, Hook. Hardy perennial : Ivs. thin, rounded or triangular, 3-5-lobed, the lobes crenate-toothed ; stem- Ivs. usually only 1, rarely 2-'S: panicle loose; petals small. W. Amer. — The lobing of the Ivs., according to Bot. of Calif., varies so that it may pass into the next species. AA. Lvs, 3-foliolate. trifoli&ta, Linn. Resembling T. unifoliata except in having 3-foliolate lvs. Ore. to Alaska. Also north- western Asia. F. W. Barclay. TIBOITGHllTA (native name in Guiana). Melasto- niAcecB. A genus of about 125 species, native to the warmer parts of North and South America but mainly from Brazil. Shrubs, herbs or climbers, with usually large ovate or oblong, 3-7-nerved lvs. and purple, rose, violet or rarely white fls., either solitary or in terminal panicles. Fls. 5-merous, rarely 4- or 8-merous; calyx ovoid or bell-shaped, the lobes as long as or longer than the tube; petals obovate, entire or retuse; stamens twice the number of the petals, nearly equal or alter- nately unequal: ovary free: fr. a capsule, 5-4-valved. D.C. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7. semidec&ndra, Cogn. (Lasidndra macrdntha, Linden & Seem. Pleroma macrdnthum, Hook.). Fig. 2511. A tender shrub: lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate, 2-6 in. long, round at the base, short-petioled, densely setose above, villous beneath, not foveolate, 5-nerved or 3-nerved: bracts broadly suborbicular, somewhat rounded at the apex and shortly apieulate, margin not translucent: fls. reddish purple to violet, often 5 in. across, solitary and terminal or J fl. terminal and 2 in the upper axils on the branchlet; stamens purple; style setulose. Brazil. BM 5721; 4412 (as P. Kunthianum). F.S. 23:2430. Gn. 44:921. P. 1868:193. l.H. 16:594. Var. floribiinda is more suited to pot culture in pots and flowers more freely when small than the type. Lasidndra, or Plerbma spUndens, Hort., should be compared with this. T. semideeandra is a plant of easy culture that has been highly praised by several con- noisseurs. Cuttings struck in April will give bushy plants for fall and winter blooming. Handsome speci- mens may be had by keeping the same plant two or three years, training it to wires or stakes m a cool- house where it has plenty of root room. The flowers last but a day or so, but new ones open up every day and the flowering season lasts for several weeks. Plants may also be used for summer bedding. They are seldom out of bloom. The species is much esteemed in Florida, where it makes a showy shrub 8 ft. high. It endures a few degrees of frost with impunity, and even if cut down it sprouts readily. 6Iegan8, Cogn. {Plerbma Uegans, Gardn.) Tender shrub, 3-6 ft. high: lvs. rigid, fragile, oblong or ovate- oblong, 3-nerved: fls. purple, 1% in. across; calyx more or less armed with rigid spreading bristles which are thickened at the base. Brazil. B.M. 4262. P.M. 15:27. F.S. 12:1212 (as Lasiandra elegans). — Once cult, by John Saul. p. W. Bakolat. TICKSEED is Coreopsis. TICK TEErOIL. Refer to Desmodium. TIEDEMANNIA rlgida, Coult. & Rose, is a hardy native, white-flowered swamp herb, growing 2-5 ft. high from clustered tubers. It has pinnate lvs. with 3-9 leaflets. This was offered in 1890-91 by a collector of North Carolina plants, but is probably not in culti- vation. For a fuller account, see Coulter and Rose's monograph of the North American Umbelliferse (contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 7, No. 1, p. 194), 1900; also Gray's Manual, and Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora. TI-ES, ZfUcuma Sivicoa. TIGEK FLOWEE. Tigridia. TI6EE LILY. Lilium tigrinum. TIGEE'S JAW. Catalogue name for Mesembryan- theniurn tigrinum. TIGElBIA {tiger-like; referring to the peculiarly marked flowers). Irid&ce(e. Eight or ten species of cormous plants ranging from Mexico to Peru and Chile, 2511. Tibouchina semideeandra (X X). and making very showy summer-blooming plants. Bulbs tunicated. Stem erect, unbranched, a few inches to 214 ft. tall, with a few narrow plicate leaves at the TIGRIDIA TIGRIDIA 1807 base and 2 or 3 smaller ones higher up: spathes 1 or 2, leaf-like, each bearing one or few blossoms. Flowers in shades of yellow, orange or purplish, vari- ously spotted, often very showy; perianth wide-spread- ing, with no tube, the segments 6, in two dissimilar se- ries, connivent into a broad cup at the base; stamens 3, the filaments united into a long cylindrical tube in- cluding the style; pistil with 3-loculed ovary, long style with three 2-parted branches. Tigridia Pavonia, from southern Mexico, was in cultivation in Europe in the sixteenth century. L'Obel described it in 1576. The younger Linna>us referred it to the genus Ferraria, and some of the Tigridias are yet cultivated under that name. Ferraria, however, is a South African genus, and all the parts of the perianth are nearly equal. T. Pavonia is cultivated in many forms, and is the only common spe- cies in gardens. The flowers of all Tigridias are fugi- tive, lasting only for a day. See Baker, IridesB, 67 (1892). Tigridias are tender "bulbs" requiring the treatment given Gladiolus. Plant in well-prepared soil when set- tled weather comes, 2 or 3 inches deep and 4 to 8 inches apart. The principal blooming period is July and Aug- ust. Allow the corms to remain in the ground until danger .of frost approaches, then store in a dry place where dahlias or gladioli will keep. See that the corms are dry before being placed in storage. Prop, by conn els and seeds. Best colors are got in warm weather. A. Fls. large {often 4 in. or more across); the two rows of perianth-segments very dissimilar: stig- mas decurrent. {Tigridia proper.) Pavdnia, Ker-Gawl. Tigek flower. Shell-flowek. Fig. 2512. Erect, usually unbranched, 1% to 2^ ft. tall, glabrous, with several sword-shaped, strongly plicate long-pointed leaves, the spathe-leaves 3-5 in. long: fls. produced in succession through the warm season, very large and showy, in some forms 5 and 6 in. across, oddly marked, with a cup-shaped or saucer-shaped cen- ter and wide-spreading limb formed by the obovate outer segments which are bright red on the limb, and purple, yellow or red-spotted on the claw; inner seg- ments panduriform (fiddle- shaped), about half the length of the outer ones, the blade ovate-acute, orange- yellow and copiously spotted. Mex. and Guatemala. B.M. 532 (as Ferraria Tigridia). I. H. 38:142. Var. conchiSldra, Hort. {T. conchifldra, Sweet), has bright yellow flowers. Var. W&tkinsoni, Hort. (var. aitrea, Hort. T. conchifldra Wdtkinsoni, Piat.). Raised from seeds of var. conchiflora pollenized by T. Pavonia, before 1840, by J. Horsefield, Manchester, England. Horsefield is quoted as follows by Paxton: "In habit and strength this hybrid resembles T. Pavonia, the male parent; but in color and the markings of the flower it resembles T. conchiflora, the female parent; the large outer sepals, however, are of a very deep yel- low, inclining to orange, and sometimes elegantly streaked with red lines; whilst the spotted center equals, if not surpasses, the brilliancy of either of the species. One of its greatest merits is being so free a bloomer, and as easy to cultivate and increase as T. Pavonia, whereas T. conchiflora is rather delicate, in- creases slowly, and is easily lost." Dutch bulb dealers still offer it. P.M. 14:51. Var. Alba. Hort., has white fls., but has red spots in the throat. Var. dlbaimmacu- l&ta, Hort., is a spotless white variety, a sport from var. alba. Gn. 49, p. 361. Var. fliva, Hort., has pale yellow fls. with red-spotted center. Gn. 50:1074. Var. Canaii^nsis, Hort., is also a pale yellow-fld. form, but named as if an inhabitant of the Canaries. Var. Ititea immacul&ta, Hort., has pure yellow spotless flowers. Var. rdsea, Hort., has rose-colored fls., with yellow va- riegated center. Var. lild.cea, Hort., has lilac fls., with spotted center. Gn. 45:955. Var. specidsa, Hort., is a partially dwarf form with deeper red color, the interior of the cup being similar in color to the limb. Described in 1843. Var. grandifldra, Hort., has flowers much like those of T. Pavonia itself except that they are larger and brighter colored. Gn. '45, p. 263. Identical with this, or subtypes of it, are the forms known as WTieeleri, coccinea, splendens. Most of the marked departures in colors of Tigridia Pavonia are recent. In catalogues the above names often appear as if they were species names. Fringlei, Wats. Distinguished by Sereno Watson, the author of the species, as follows: "Very closely related to T. Pavonia, and if color alone were to de- cide, it might be considered a variety of it, though dif- fering markedly even in that respect from the old spe- cies. The base of the sepals is blotched (rather than spotted) with crimson, with a border of orange, the re- flexed blade being of a bright scarlet-red. The petals have the base blotched and coarsely spotted with crim- son, with a well-defined, deeper-colored, brownish mar- 2512. Tieer-f lower— Tigridia Pavonia (X K). gin, the blade orange, tinged with scarlet, but not at all spotted as in T. Pavonia. The more essential differ- ence is in the form of the petals, which have a broadly cordate or reniform base, with a much narrower small triangular - ovate acute blade. Tlie sepals are also smaller and more oblong in outline." Northern Mex G.P. 1:389. B.M. 7089. - Offered to the trade bv Hors- ford in 1889. 114 1808 TIGBIDIA TILIA AA. Fls. relatively small: the two roivs of differing less in size: stigmas capitate, or at least not strongly decurrent. Subgenus Beatonia. buccifera, Wats. About 1 ft. high, slender, branch- ing, glaucous : Ivs. very narrow, strongly plicate: fl. 2 in. across, the cup pale greenish yellow, (lotted with purple, the obovate obtuse blade o£ the outer segments light purple; inner segments "folded together in such a manner as to form a sunken longitudinal tube down the center, the dilated sides at the outer end of the tube approaching each other in the form of two cheek- like prominences, — these are colored white, purple and yellow, while the small rounded terminal blade is a deep purple." Mts. of Jolisco, Mex. G.F. 2:413. -Of- fered in 1889 by Horsford. T. ailrea, Hort., is Cypella plumhea. but it is not in the Amer- ican trade. See page 421*. — T. HoiUtei, Roezl, is Hydrotsenia Van-Hoiittei. See page 787. — T. MeledgHs, Hort., is also a Hy- drotsenia (H. Meleagris. Lindl.). bat is not in the American trade. B.R. 28:39.— T. uioidcea, Sehiede. One of the Beatonia section: slender, narrow-lvd. ; 11s. 2 in. across, violet, spotted at the base; inner segments small, cusp-pointed. Mex. B.M. '356. L. H. B. TlLIA (the classical Latin name). Tilicicece. Lime. Linden. Basswood. Whitewood. Trees distributed generally throughout the northern temperate zone, with soft, light, white or light-colored wood, tough fibrous inner bark, serrate alternate petiolate, mostly cordate Ivs. and caducous stipules: inflprescence cymose, the peduncle attached to, or adnate with, for about half its length, a ligulate membranaceous bract: fls. small, yel- lowish; sepals 5; petals 5; stamens many, with long filaments nectariferous: fr. globose, nut-like. In some species, small petaloid scales are found among the stamens. The soft white wood of several species is in great de- mand for making fruit, honey and other light packages, the facility with which the wood is cut into veneers rendering it admirable for such use. The iibrous inner bark is used as a tying ma- terial and in the manufac- ture of Russian bass or bast mats. Extensively planted as an ornamental tree and for bee pasture. As a source of honey supply per- haps no other plant excels it, as under favorable con- ditions the nectar sometimes drips from the flowers in a shower. Nearly all the species are of rapid growth and not very particular as to soil. Propagated by seeds, layers or grafting. In layering, it is usual to twist the branch layered before covering it. The method known as "stooling" is also employed. In order to effect this a tree is cut close to the ground and the " stools " or suckers are banked up with earth until they root,- when they are severed from the old stump and planted in the nursery rows. Rare varieties are usually increased by budding or grafting. Much confusion exists in the trade names, especially in the European varieties. This is no doubt largely due to the fact that at least three species have been .sent to this country under the name of T. Europcea. ^513. A young Linden tree five or six years old, alba.l, 3,4. Americana, 6, 7. argentea, 3. aurea, 9. Caroliniana, 7. ■eordata, 12. 4asystyla, 10. Europcea, 9, 11, 12. srandifolia, 9. heterophylla, 4. laciniata, 9. INDEX. macrophylla, 4, 7. Mandshurica, 2. microphylla, 12. Miqueliana, 5. Moltkei, 7. Mongolica, S. parvifolia, 12. pendula, 1, 7. petiolaris, 1. platyphyllos, 9. pubescens, 6. pyramidalis, 3 rubra, 9. Sibirica, 12. spectabilis, 3. sulphurea, 9. tomentosa, 3. ulmifolia, 12. vitifolia, 9. vulgaris, 11. A. Fls. with petaloid scales at the base of petals: petals upright, longer than stamens. B. Ijvs. whitish tomentose beneath. C. Fr. with 5 furrows. D. Cymes few-fid.: fr. with no cavity at the base 1. petiolaris DD. Cymes many-fid., dense: fr. with a cavity at the insertion of the pedicel: Ivs. large 2. Mandshurica cc. Fr. without furrows . D. Shape of Ivs. orbicular, ab- ruptly acuminate: fr. slightly ribbed 3. tomentosa DD. Shape of Ivs. ovate, gradually acuminate E. Winter-buds glabrous: Ivs. broadly ovate: fr. not ribbed 4. heterophylla EE. Winter -buds pubescent: Ivs. ovate: fr. slightly ribbed at base 5. Miqueliana BB. Lvs. green beneath or glancons. and glabrous c. Under side of Ivs. pubescent at least when young 6. pubescens 00. Under side of Ivs. glabrous. D. The Ivs. large, serrate and ab- ruptly acuminate 7. Americana DD. The Ivs. small, iisually S- lobed, long -cuspidate 8. Mongolica AA. Fls. withotit petaloid scales: petals spreading, shorter than stamens. a. I/vs. pubescent beneath: fr. 5- or 4-ribbed 9. platyphyllos BB. Lvs. glabrous beneath, except tufts in the axils of the veins: fr. without ribs. 0. Under side of lvs. green. D. Branches bright yellow or red in winter: lvs. very glossy above, rather leathery 10. dasystyla DD. Branches greenish or reddish brown: lvs. thin, slightly glossy 11 . vulgaris 00. Under side of lvs. glaucous 12. ulmifolia 1. petiol&ris, DC. (T. Americctna, var. pSndula, Hort. T. argentea, var. pindula, Hort. T. dlba, var. pindula, Hort. T. pindula, Hort.). Silver Linden. Weeping Linden. A medium-sized species with slender some- what pendulous branches: lvs. pale green above, sil- very and finely tomentose underneath, 3-5 in. long; petiole slender, as long as the blade. July. E. Europe. B.M. 6737. Gng. 5:210.— An elegant species and one of the best of the European kinds, holding its foliage throughout the season. 2. Mandshi^iica, Rupr. & Maxim. Tree, attaining 50. ft. , with spreading, often somewhat pendulous branches : lvs. large, 5-8 in. long, orbicular to broadly ovate, cor- date or truncate at the base, rather coarsely and re- motely serrate with spreading teeth : floral bract adnate almost to the base of peduncle: fr. globose, thick- shelled, with 5 furrows and a slight cavity at the inser- tion of the pedicel. E. Asia.— A variety has the lvs. edged with yellow or a lighter green. 3. tomentbsa, Moench (T. arglntea, DC. T. dlba, Waldst. & Kit., and probably Ait. T. dlba, T. dlba, var. spectdbilis and T. dlba, var. pyramidalis, Hort.). White or Silver Linden. This is the larger "White Lime " of Europe. Tree, 40 ft. high with upright or as- cending branches forming a pyramidal rather dense and compact head: lvs. suborbicular, 3-5 in. across, un- equally cordate, serrate, densely white-tomentose be- neath; blade 2-4 times longer than petiole: fr. tomen- tose and slightly ribbed. Very variable in time of flowering. Eastern Europe. — This is a very distinct and striking species. 4. heterophylla, Vent. {T. dlba, Michx., not Ait.) Tree, attaining 70 ft.: lvs. very large, 5-8 in. long, smooth and shining above, whitish and tomentulose be- neath: floral bract short-stalked: fr. globular, not TILIA TILLAGE 1809 ribbed. July. AUeghanies. S.S. 1:27. — This has been sent out as T. macrophylla, a name that properly be- longs to a large-leaved var of T. Americana. 5. Miqueliiua, Maxim. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with usually an oblong head: Ivs. ovate, truncate or slightly cordate at base, gradually acuminate, rather coarsely serrate with incurved teeth, 4-0 in. long: floral bract adnate almost to the base of the peduncle: fr. globose, thick-shelled, 5-ribbed only at the base. Japan. G.F. 6:113. 6. pub^scens. Ait. {T. AmericAna. var. pubiscens, Loud. ). Similar to the better known T. Americana, but a smaller tree: winter-buds finely pubescent; Ivs. smaller, obliquely truncate at the base, glabrous above, pubescent beneath: floral bract usually rounded at base: fr. globose. June. Long Island to Fla., west to Tex. S.S. 1:2C. — Less ornamental than '£. A?neri- cana and but rarely cult, 7. Americana, Linn. {T. CaroUnidna, Hort.). Ameri- can Linden. Basswood. Fig. 2514. Stately tree with large cordate Ivs. shining above, usually smooth except for the tufts of hairs in the axils of veins: floral bract very large, tapering to a more or less stalked base: fr. ovoid, tomentose. July. E. N. Amer. S.S. 1:24. Mn. 0:153. — This is our most common American species and the one most frequently planted. Variable in its habit, size and shape of Ivs. and in the color of its bark. As a forest tree it was formerly abundant in the eastern and middle states, but with the general destruction of the forests and the greatly increased de- mand for its white wood for manufacturing purposes, good specimens are becoming scarce, and the source of supply is constantly moving westward. Vars. in the trade are macrophylla, Hort., a large-lvd. form; M61t- kei, Hort., a very strong-growing large-lvd. form which originated in cultivation in Europe. What is sold some- times as T. Americana, var. pendula, is a form of T. petiolaris. 8. Mongdlica, Max«m. A slender tree with very small orbicular or ovate Ivs., truncate at the base, usually 3- lobed, cuspidate, coarsely serrate with acuminate teeth, glaucous beneath or green on vigorous shoots: cyme rather dense, with the stalk naked at the base. E. Asia. 9. platyphyllos, Scop. (T. grandifblia, Ehrh.). This is the broad-leaved Linden of European plantations and probably the largest. It attains 90 ft. Lvs. large, green, pubescent, often on the upper side to some extent, un- equally cordate, petioles and veins hairy: fr. 5, rarely 4-angled, tomentose, thick-shelled. This is the species most commonly sold here as T. Europcea, and the earli- est to flower. June. Eu. G.F. 2:250. -The following varietal names in the American trade seem to belong here: pyramidUls, an upright grower with reddish shoots ; iflbra, bark of branches very red ; adrea, with yellow bark on branches; laciniilta and lacini&ta rilbra, with deeply cut leaves and reddish young bark ; sulphtiTea, probably the same as aurea; vitifolia, the vine-leaved Linden with lobed leaves. 10. das^atyla, Stev. Crimean Linden. Lvs. tough and leathery, dark glossy green above and pale beneath, with tufts of brown hairs in the axils of the principal *^eins: bark of young branches bright green: lvs. often obliquely truncate at base. E. Eu.,W. Asia. 11. Tulg&ris, Hayne (T. HuropTna, Hort., in part). This species grows nearly as large as T. platyphyllos, has large unequal or oblique cordate lvs., smooth and green on both sides; tufts of hairs in axils of veins whitish: fr. globose or oval, tomentose, shell thick, June, July. Eu. G.F. 2:250. -This is said to be the celebrated spe'-'es of Berlin and is often sold in this country under tne name of T. M!urop(ea. It is a week or ten days later in blooming than T. platyphyllos, and about the same number of days earlier than T. Ameri- cana. 12. nlmifdlia, Scop. {T. eord&ta. Mill. T. parvifdlia, Ehrh. T. Sibirica,Boyer. T.A'uropcea, inT^art. T.micro- phijlla. Vent.). Of slower growth and usually smaller tree than the T. platyphyllos: lvs. small, thin, cordate, green above, silvery beneath, with tufts of rusty hairs in the axils of the veins : fr. globose, sometimes slightly ribbed, very thin-shelled. July. Eu. G.F. 2:257.-Very late in flowering. jqhn F. Cowell. . TILLAGE. The working or stirring of the land, in order to improve it for agricultural purposes, is known by the general name of tillage. There is a tendency to use the word cultivation for these operations. Til- lage is a specific technical term, and is to be preferred. In the eager discussions of scientific matters, as applied to agriculture in recent years, there is danger of for- getting that the fundamental. practice in all kinds of farming is, after all, the tillage of the land. The knowl- edge of the importance of tillage has developed late in the world's history. In fact, it is only within the latter part of the century just closed that the real reasons for £514, Bass^vood or American Linden — Tilia Americana. (XM.) tilling have come to be popularly understood in this country. Even now there are many persons who believe that the object of tillage is to kill weeds. The modern conceptions of tillage probably date from Jethro TuU's book on "Horse-Hoeing Husbandry,'' which reached the second and full edition in 1733, in England. This book awakened so much discussion that the system of "horse- hoe husbandry'' recommended by it was called the "new husbandry." There had been tillage of land be- fore Tull's time, but his writing seems to have been the first distinct effort to show that tillage is necessary to make the soil productive rather than to kill weeds or to open the ground to receive the seeds. He contrived va- rious tools whereby grain crops could be sown in rows and afterwards tilled. The tillage of the land in early times was confined very largely to that which preceded the planting of the crop. In the vineyards of southern Europe, however, TuU observed that tillage was em- ployed between the vines during the season of growth. Such vineyards prospered. He made experiments and observations on his return to England and came to the conclusion that tillage is of itself a very important means of making plants thrifty and productive wholly aside from its office of killing weeds. He supposed that tillage beneflts plants by making the soil so fine that the minute particles can be taken in by the roots of plants. Upon the same hypothesis he explained the good effects of burning or "devonshiring" land, and also the beneflts that followed the application of ashes : the minute par- ticles of the ashes are so small as to be absorbed by roots. Although this explanation of the benefits of til- lage was erroneous, nevertheless TuU showed that til- lage is necessary to the best agriculture and that it ia 1810 TILLAGE TILLANDSIA not merely a means by which seeds can be put into the land, weeds killed, and the crop taken out. Tillage improves land in many ways. It divides and pulverizes the soil, gives the roots a wider "pasturage," as Tail puts it, increases the depth of the soil, and im- proves its physical condition with respect to warmth and dryness. Tillage also saves moisture by deepening the arable soil so that moisture is held, and also by checking evaporation from the surface by means of a thin blanket or mulch of pulverized earth that is made by surface- working tools. Water is lost from the soil by under- drainage and by evaporation from the surface. The more finely the soil is pulverized, within certain limits, the more water it will hold. Its capillary power is in- creased. As the waffer evaporates from the surface, the moisture is drawn up from the under surface so that there is a more or less constant flow into the atmos- phere. If any foreign body, as a board or a blanket, is spread on the land, the evaporation is checked. A similar result follows when the soil is covered with a layer of dry ashes or sand or sawdust. Very similar 2515. Cryptanthus zonatus, commonly known as Tillandsia zebrina (X M). results are also secured when the surface is made fine and loose by means of frequent shallow tillage. The capillary connection between the surface soil and the under soil is thereby broken. This surface soil itself may be very dry, but it serves as a blanket or mulch to the soil beneath and thereby keeps the under soil moist. In many instances this conservation of moisture by fre- quent shallow tillage is the chief advantage of the til- lage of the land during the growing season. Land that is well tilled has different chemical rela- tions from that which is neglected. Nitrification, de- composition and other chemical activities are hastened. The stores of plant-food are rendered available. The soil is made more productive. The first requisite for the growing of the plant is to have the soil in such condition that the plant can thrive in it. It is only when the land is well tilled and pre- pared, or when its physical condition is nearly or quite perfect, that the addition of concentrated fertilizers may be expected to produce the best results. The fertilizing of the land, therefore. Is a secondary matter; tillage is primary. . The ideal tillage of the land is that which is prac- ticed by the gardener when he grows plants in pots. The soil is ordinarily sifted or riddled so that unneces- sary parts are removed, and most of it is brought into such condition that the plants can utilize it. The gar- dener adds leaf-mold or sand or other material, until the soil is brought into the proper physical condition. He also provides drainage in the bottom of his pots or boxes. Often the gardener will produce as much from a handful of soil as a farmer will produce from a bushel, L. H. B. TILLANDSIA (Elias Tillands was professor of medi- cine at the University of Abo, Sweden; in 1673 made a catalogue of plants of the vicinity of Abo) . Bromeli&ceoe. Tillandsias are mostly epiphytes and all natives of America. They are allied to billbergias, sechmeas, guzmanias, pineapples, and the like. Many species are described in horticultural literature as having been in- troduced into cultivation, but most of these are known only to amateurs and in collections where species of botanical interest are chiefly grown. In the American trade about 30 names occur, many of which are to bo referred to other genera. The generic limits of Til- landsia, as of most bromeliaceous genera, are ill defined. By different authors a given species may be placed in any one of a half dozen genera. Lately, Tillandsia and Vriesia have been merged, but in this book Vriesia is kept distinct, following Mez's monograph. It is useless to attempt a description of all the Tillandsias that by chance may occur in collections. Persons who want to know the species other than those regularly in the trade should consult Baker's "Handbook of the Bromeliacese," ,1889, or Mez's "Bromeliacese" in DeCandolle's "Mono- graphise Phanerogamarum," 1896. The latter work, which regards Vriesia as a separate genus, admits 248 species of Tillandsia. Some of these species extend northward into the United States, growing chiefly in Florida, although one or two reach southern Georgia, and the Spanish moss (which is Tillandsia usneoides) reaches Virginia and is common throughout the South. The native upright Tillandsias are not in the general trade, but they are offered by one dealer in southern, Florida: of such are T. recuruata, T. tenuifoUa, T. fasciculata, T, utriculata. Tillandsias are usually known as " air-plants " to gar- deners. They are perennial herbs, mostly of upright growth (the common T. usneoides being a marked ex- ception), the bases of the narrow entire leaves often dilated and forming cups that hold water and in which utricularias and other water plants sometimes grow. The flowers are usually borne in spikes or heads, singly beneath bracts; they are perfect, with 3 sepals and 3 petals which are twisted or rolled in the bud, 6 stamens, a superior ovary with filiform style: fr. a 3-valved capsule, containing hairy or plumose seeds. Vriesia is distinguished by having one or two scales or ligules at the base of the petals on the inside, whereas the petals of Tillandsia are eligulate; however, there are intermediate forms and it is sometimes a matter of individual opinion as to which genus shall receive a given species. Some of the cultivated Tillandsias be- long to still other genera. This is the case with T. zehrina, which is properly Cryptanthus sonatus (Fig. 2515). 'This is an odd plant, producing crinkled deflexed saw-edged leaves, which are whitish beneath and brown-barred above, and small clusters of white flowers. See p. 404, where other kinds of Cryptanthus in the American trade are described. Tillandsias are grown both for foliage and for flowers. The foliage is usually scurfy and sometimes blotched. Many of the species are very showy when in bloom, sending up strong central clusters of blue, violet, red , yellow or white flowers. In nature, the seeds are carried in the wind by means of the soft hairs, and find lodgment on trees, where the plants grow. A few species, however, grow on the ground. In cultivation, most of the species are treated as pot-plants. The growing season is summer. In winter the plants should be kept nearly dormant, although not completely dry. They need a warm temperature and plenty of light while growing. Give a soil rich in peat. In some cases sphagnum may be added to advantage. Prop, by suckers; also by seeds. For further cultural notes, con- sult Billbergia. Other bromeliaceous genera described in this book are Bromelia, jEchmea, Karatas, Cryp- tanthus, Ananas, Pitcairnia, Puya, Guzmania. TILLANDSIA TILLANDSIA 1811 fls. solitary A. Plant-body slender and hanging: leaf axils. usneoldes, Linn. Spanish, Florida or Long Moss. Pigs. 2ol6, 2517. Whole plant hoary-gray, hanging from trees ; the stems very slen- der and often several feet long: Ivs. scattered, nar- row-linear, 1-3 in. long: fls. solitary in the leaf -axils, small and not showy, the petals yellow and reflexed at the end. Trop. Amer. and in the U. S. from Texas to Fla. and eastern Vir- ginia; extends southward to southern Brazil. B.M. 6309. Gn. 37, p. 221. Gt. 45, p. 267. —This is one of the most characteristic plants of our southern regions. In moist regions it gives a most weird aspect to the forests. It is tised as a packing material, and also, when specially prepared, for upholstery. It is rarely cultivated, although it is not uncommon in green- liouses, being hung on branches and beams ; but it must be renewed frequently. The plant is named for its resemblance to the lichen Usnea. long and narrow, the much exserted but not spreading petals purple. Var. picta, Hook., has the upper Ivs. and bracts scarlet. S. Fla. to Venezuela. B.M. 4288. P.S. 3:221. 2517, The Spanish Moss — Tillandsia usneoides, hanging from the trees. Gulf coast. AA. Plant-body stiff and nearly or quite ereet. B. Stamens shorter than the petals. *j. Pis. few in the cluster. recurvata, Linn. {T. Bdrtrami, EU., at least in part). A few inches high, tufted, with scurfy terete or fili- form recurved 2-ranked Ivs. : fls. 1-5 on a spike that is sheathed at the base but naked above, the corolla blue and exceeding the calyx. Florida to Argentina and Chile. CO. Pis. many, distichous. inceps, Lodd. (Vriesia dnceps, Lem.). Erect, the flower-stem 6-12 in. tall and bearing a spike with large distichous green bracts from which small blue fls. emerge: Ivs. stiff, about 1 ft. long, dilated and striped at the base: fls. 2 in. or less long, blue or purplish, the perianth much exceeding the calyx. Costa Rica, Trinidad. L.B.C. 8-771. Lindeni&na, Regel (T. Jjindeni, Morr. Vriesia Lin- deni, Lem.). Lvs. rosulate, about 1 ft. long, dilated at the base, long recurving: spike large, the showy dis- tichous bracts carmine; fls. large, much exserted beyond the bracts, the large wide- spreading segments bluish purple. Ecuador, Peru. I. H. 16:610; 27:370 (as var. Eegeliina). G.C. II. 12: 461. R. H. 1872:230; 1898: 206 (as var. tricolor). P.M. 1872:44.— A handsome and popular species. BB. Stamens longer than the petals. c. Stem thickened and bulb- like at the base, bulbdsa, Hook. Small scurfy plant a few inches high, the stem swollen at the base: lvs. 3-5 in. long, much dilated and clasping at the base and terete above: fls. few, in racemose short 2516. Spanish Moss— Tilland- sia usneoides. (Much re- duced.) cc. Stem not prominently swollen, D. Xivs. linear or filiform from the base or abruptly from a dilated base. polystichya, Linn. ( T. angustifdlia, Swartz. T.parvi- spXca, Baker). Lvs. rosulate, lepidote or scurfy, curved, equaling or exceeding the stem : inflorescence compound, somewhat paniculate, the lateral spikes shorter than the central ones, the bracts distichous and pointed and little exceeding the calyx: fls. blue. S. Fla. to Brazil. tenuifdlia, Linn. {T. ctespitdsa, Leconte, not Cham. & Schlecht. T. Bdrtrami, Ell. in part) . Plant less than 6 in. tall, reddish, clustered: lvs. awl-shaped and erect, nearly terete, concave at the base, scurfy: fls. few in a simple or somewhat compound spike, the blue petals exceeding the bracts and recurving at the apex. Fla. to Brazil. DD. Lvs. gradually narrowed from a broad base. faaclcuiata, Swartz (T. bracte&ta, Chapm. T. glau- cophylla. Baker. Vriesia glaucoph^lla. Hook.). Tall, strong species with stem 2 ft. tall: lvs. 1-lK ft. long, concave or channeled above, erect or ascending, scurfy and bluish; stem longer than the lvs. and branched, the branches or spikes bearing distichous keeled acute mostly greenish and red-tinged bracts: fls. narrow, ex- serted, blue. S. Fla., West Indies and Central Amer. B.M. 4415. F.S. 5:432.-Very variable. utricuiata, Linn. Plant 2-3 ft. high: lvs. glaucous and scurfy, becoming subulate and recurved at the summit but much dilated and imbricated at the base and forming pockets that hold water: inflorescence branched, the fls. far apart on the branches: fls. pale blue (pale colored forms), narrow, the petals twice longer than the sepals. S. Fla. to S. Amer. B.K. 9:749 (as T. flexuosa, var. pallida).— For inll descrip- tion of this species, together with plate, see Trelease, 5th Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. (1894). T. bivittdta, Linden, is Cryptanthus bivittatus. See p. 404.— T. farinbsa, Hort., is Billbergia pyramidalis. See p. 163.— T. La Sallidna: "A new species from South America, with most brilliant flowers. It is of free growth and easily cultivated, thriving best in a moderate temperature and in a light, fibrous soil mixed with sphagnum." (Siebrecht.) — T. musdica, Lin- den, is properly Guzmania musaica, Mez. It is acauleseent:! lvs. 20 or less in a rosette, lorate and obtuse but with a cusp, with transverse lines on both surfaces: fls. in a rounded head on the end of a red-bracted scape, the corolla white. Colombia, B.M. 6675. I.H. 24:268 (as Caraguata musaica). It is an excel- lent plant, with broad lvs. 2 ft. long. In the American trade. This plant is sometimes known as a Massangea (see p, 992), — 1812 TILLANDSIA TOLMIEA T. must^sa, Hort,, is Pitcaimla muscosa. P. xnuscosa, Hook., B.M. 4770, is Pitcairnia Beycalema. The name T. muscosa has occurred iu the trade, but the plant is unknown to the -writer. — T. Wilsoni, Wats., has been introduced sparingly to cultiva- tion, but does not appear to be in the trade. It was discov- ered in Hernando county, Fla., in 1887 by Dr. W. P. Wilson, of the University of Pennsylvania: "Stem simple, very short (about ^ inch): Ivs. numerous, 1 to 3 or 4 inches long, gradu- ally narrowed from the clasping base to the long-attenuate apex, channeled above, more or less hoary, with minute ap- pressed, peltate, brown-centered scales; peduncle very slen- der, recurved, about equaling the Ivs., with 2 distinct bracts, probably 1-3-fld. : fts. and capsules not seen." This is Sereno Watson's original description, 1888. See Mn. 2, p. 180, and 6, p. 130, for pictures of what purport to be this species. — T. Zdhnii, Hort., is properly Guzmania Zahnii, Mez. Tufted, branching from the base, glabrous throughout: Ivs. 1 ft. long, about 1 in. broad, crimson striped and yellow: inflorescence paniculate, subtended by scarlet bracts; lis. yellow. Costa Bica. B.M. 6059, as Garaguata Zahnii. In the trade. The following names are accounted tor un'ler Vriesia; cari- nata, fenestralis, guttata, hieroglyphica, psittacina, Saundersii, splendens, tessellata, zebrina (in part). L^ JJ. B. TIMOTHY. Phleum pratense. TINANTIA fikgax, Scheidw., is sometimes seen iu old gardens but is not iu the trade. It is a tradescan- tia-like herb from tropical America, with blue fls. iu bracteolate curved terminal clusters. 1-2 ft. Grown in- doors and out. Known also as Tradescantia erecta, T. undata, I. latifoUa. B.M. 1340. B.R. 17:1403. L.B.C. 13:1300- TIPXTANA (name apparently Latinized from a Bra- zilian name). Leguminbsce, A genus of 3 species of handsome South American trees with odd-pinnate Ivs., numerous alternate Ifts. and showy yellow or purplish fls. in loose, terminal panicles. Here belongs the plant recently introduced to southern Calif, as Mach» of the groove. Himalayas. '^^^>:;K B.M. 7128. H.H. 1879, p. '^^^~^^=S6, 212. ezcilsus, H. Wendl. (T. Firtunei, H. Wendl.). Fig. 2538. Trunk clothed throughout with the old leaf -sheaths : fls. clustered. TRADESCANTIA triparted, with linear, acute, 3-cut lobes : peduncles; long, bearing an umbel 2-3 in. across of very numerous blue fls.; calyx-teeth obsolete; petals unequal, the ex- ternal being longer. July-Oct. Australia. B.M. 2875. B.K. 15:1225. P. W. Barclay. 2539. Three kinds of Wanderins Jew. (X%.) TKADESCANTIA (John Tradescant, gardener to Charles I.; died about 1638). Gommelinhcew. Spidek- WOBT. Thirty-six species are admitted by C. B. Clarke, the latest monographer, 1881 (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3). This enumeration does not include T. Hegince and other recent species. They are all American perennial herbs, ranging from Manitoba to Argentina. In habit they are various, varying from erect bushy species to trailing plants rooting at the nodes. The plants are more or less soft and succulent in texture, although usually not fleshy. The leaves are alternate, sheathing, varying from ovate to long-linear-lanceolate. The flowers vary from red to blue and white, sometimes solitary but usu- ally in simple cymes or umbels; sepals and petals each 3, free, the sepals sometimes colored ; stamens 6, in some species the alternate ones shorter, the filaments usually more or less bearded at the base or above: ovary 3-loculed, with 2 ovules in each locule, the style single; fr. a 3-loculed dehiscent capsule. The genus Zebriua, usually confounded with this by gardeners, differs, among other things, in having a tubular perianth. To horticulturists, Tradescantias are known as hardy herbs, coolhouse plants and warmhouse plants. T. Virginiea is the best known of the hardy species, with- standing the climate of the northern states. The Wan- dering Jew of greenhouses and hanging baskets, usu- ally known as T. tricolor, is partly T. fUiminensis and partly Zebrina pendula. T. Beginm is perhaps the best known warmhouse species at present, although various species may be expected in botanic gardens and the collections of ama- teurs. The glasshouse species are essentially foliage plants. Several species have handsomely striped leaves. All Trades- cantias are free growers, propagating with ease from cuttings of the growing shoots. Tradescantia fluminensis : tender, sheaths hairy at top; flowers white. B, Ze- brina pendula : tender ; sheaths hairy at top and bottom; flowers rose -red. C, Oommelina nudiflora : hardy ; sheaths Glabrous ; flowers blue. 2-4 on a tubercle: drupe reniform, deeply hollowed on one side; embryo opposite the umbilicus. China, Japan, Upper Burma. B.M. 5221. P.S. 22:2368. R.H. 1868:370; 1870, p. 329. Gn. 47, p. 312; 52, p. 490. G.C. II. 24:305; III. 21:405; 24:420. "w. M. Trachycarpus Fortunei is not a popular florist's palm for three reasons: First, it is not as beautiful as Livis- tona Chinensis f second, it is a slower grower, and this is an unpardonable fault to the average florist; third, there is a greater demand, generally speaking, for pin- nate-leaved palms than for fan-leaved palms. The un- dersigned has not seen a plant of it for several years, but it was cult, in America more than 20 years ago. It is dwarf in habit, rather slow-growing, the foliage dark green and somewhat stiff, and in texture decidedly tough. In a young state it bears much resemblance to Livistona australis, though the latter is more spiny and has longer footstalks. 'vy. jj. Taplin. TEACHYMfiNE (Greek, rough membrane; alluding to the fruit). UmbelUferce. A genus of 14 species, 12 of which are Australian annual, biennial or perennial herbs, usually hirsute, with temately divided leaves and blue or white flowers in terminal umbels. Calyx-teeth minute ; petals entire, obtuse, imbricated : fr. com- pressed. Flora Australiensis, Vol. 3. csBrtllea, R. Grab. (Didlscus cmrilleus, DC). An erect annual about 2 ft. high, somewhat hairy: Ivs. 1-2- A. Plant prostrate, rooting at the joints. 'fluinintaBiB, Veil. {T. miindula and T. albifldra, Kunth. T. ripens, ripens vitt&ta, vlridis, viridis vittdta, prostr&ta, procAmbens, striata, Hort. T. tri- color, Hort., in part). Wandering Jew in part. Figs. 2539-41. Glabrous, with shining stems and leaves, the nodes conspicuous, trailing, or the ends of the shoots ascending: Ivs. ovate-acute, without distinct petiole, ciliate at the very base, the sheaths %-% in. long: fls. white, hairy inside, the 6 stamens all alike, borne sev- eral together in a sessile cluster subtended by 2 un- equal Ivs. or bracts, the pedicels not all of same age. Central Brazil to Argentina.— One of the commonest of greenhouse and basket plants. In greenhouses, usually grown under the benches. When the plants grow very vigorously and have little light, they are usually green, and this is the form commonly known as Viridis. There are forms with Ivs. striped yellow and white, but these colors usually do not hold unless there is abundance of sunlight. In light places, the Ivs. become red- purple beneath. Very easily propa- gated by cuttings or pieces of shoots at any time of the year. The plant needs plenty of moisture in order to grow vigorously. Three plants are known as Wandering Jew, and although they belong to three genera, it is not easy to tell them apart when not in flower (Fig. 2539). These plants are Tradescantia fluminen- sis, sheaths hairy or ciliate only at the top, fls. white; Zebrina pendula, sheaths hairy throughout or at least at base and top, Ivs. redder beneath and always colored above, fls. rose-red; Commelina nudiflora, sheaths gla- brous, fls. blue. The two first are tender to frost; tha 2540. Flower of Trades- cantia fluminensis. Natural size. TRADESCANTIA TRAGOPOGON 1827 last is hardy in the open ground in central New York. All of them are used for baskets and vases. The two first are best known and are the plants commonly known as Wandering Jew. All of them may have striped foliage. See Commelina and Zebrina. AA. Plant erect, or ascending from a decumbent base. B. Species grown primarily for the colored foliage: greenhouse kinds. 0. Stem none, or scarcely rising above the ground. fuscElta, Lodd. (properly Pi/rrhelma Ldddigesii, Hassk.). Stemless, brown-tomentose or hairy; Ivs. ob- long-ovate, entire, about 7-nerved, short-petioled: fls. blue or blue-purple, 1 in. or more across, borne in the midst of the Ivs. on very short pedicels, stamens 6. S. Amer. L.B.C. 4:374. B.R. 6:482. B.M. 2330.-Lvs. C-8 in. long. Now referred to Pyrrheima, being the only species. cc. Stem evident, usually branching. D. Lvs. distichous (in 2 rows). Keginse, Lind. & Rod. Stiff-growing upright plant: lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, sessile, set closely on opposite sides of the stem and spreading nearly horizontally, about 6 in. long, the center purplish crimson, with feathered border, the space towards the margins silvery, the very edge of the leaf darker, the under side purple. Peru. I.H. 39:147; 40:173 (3); 41, p. 14. G.C. III. 11:699; 13:477. R. B. 19:113.— Introd. into Belgium from Peru in 1870. Named for the Queen of the Belgians. Perhaps a Dichorisandra. DD. Lvs. not S-ranked. E. Stamens all equal and similar. ■Warsoewicziina, Kunth & Bouch^ (Dichorisandra Warscewicsidna, Planch.). Fig. 2542. Dichorisandra- like, having a stout caudex or trunk, marked by leaf- sears and finally branching: lvs. green, stiffish, 1 ft. or less long, clustered at the top of the stem, recurving, lanceolate-acuminate: fls. lilac-purple, numerous in small crowded clusters along the branches of a panicle- like cluster. Guatemala. B.M. 5188. R.H. 1860, p. 136. 2541. T\^anderlns Jew — Tradescantia fluminensis. Natural size. EE. Stamens unequal,— 3 long and S short. elong&ta, Meyer. Nearly glabrous, procumbent and rooting at the base, then suberect to the height of 1-2 ft. : lvs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, light glaucous-green above and striped with sliver, reddish purple beneath : peduncles 1-5, terminal : fls. rose-colored, the sepals green. Tropical Amer. 2542. Tradescantia Warscewicziana. BB. Species grown as border plants for their flowers: native kinds. 0. Umbels sessile. Virgini^na, Linn. Common Spiderwort. Erect, branching, 1-3 ft., glabrous or nearly so: lvs. condupli- cate, very long linear-lanceolate (6-15 in. long), clasping: um- bels several-fld., terminal, the pedicel recurving when not in bloom: fls. violet-blue, in vari- ous shades, 1-2 in. across,. pro- duced freely nearly all summer. N. Y. toS. Dakota, Va. and Ark. B.M. 105; 3546 (as T. carici- folia). L.B.C. 16: 1513 (as T. elata).— An exceedingly varia- ble plant. Var. occidentalls, Britt., is in the trade. It has much narrower lvs. and smaller fis. and is usually dwarf. There are several horticultural forms. Var. Alba has white fls. B.M. 3501. Var. atrosangulnea has dark red fls. Var. coooinea has bright red fls. Var. caerdlea has bright blue fls. Some of the forms would better be regarded as species. See Rose, Contr. Nat. Herb. 5:204. brevicatilis, Raf. Villous, 1 ft. or less high, sometimes nearly acaulescent: lvs. mostly from near the ground, linear-lanceo- late, more or less oiliate: fls. about 1 in. across, blue or rose- purple. Ky. to Mo. CO. Umbels peduncled. r6sea, Vent. Slender and nearly or quite simple, glabrous, 12 in. or less tall: lvs. very narrow -linear: bracts short and scale-like: fls. i4-% in. ..cross, rose- colored. Md. to Mo. and south. Mn. 2,.p. 36. T. crassifblia. Cav. Something like T. Virginiana, but lvs. short and broad (obloTig-ovate, ciliate, as also the stem: fls. IK in. across, blue-purple, in terminal and axillary sessile umbels, the stamens all equiil. Mex. B.M. 1598.— 2". Crdssula, Link & Otto. Somewhat succulent, ascending: lvs. thick, ob- long and nearly or quite obtuse, glabrous except on the edges: fls. about %-/^in. across, white, in termitial and lateral often stalked umbels, the calyx and pedicels hairy. Brazil. B.M. 2935. L.B.C. 16:1560.— J", decbra, Bull. Foliage plant: lvs. long-lanceolate, dark olive-green with a central gray hand. Brazil.— r. discolor is Rhoeo discolor, which see (p. 1526).— T. draccentefblia. "A noble and rapid-growing plant, with luxuri- ant and handsome foliage. The leaves in many respects resem- ble a dracEeua and are a deep green, marked with chocolate or black. . . When fully grown the plant will send out long runners, bearing out tufts of leaves at the end." John Lewis Childs, Catalogue 1900.— T. multicolor, Hort. See Zebrina.— T. naviculdris, Ort. Much like T. Virginiana: stoloniferous: stem much branched: lvs. ovate-acute, sessile, boat-shaped: umbel terminal, many-fld., with 2 foliaceous bracts: fls. rose- colored, the stamens all equal. Peru- Mentioned in European literature as a warmhouse subject. - T. quadricolor, Hort. See Zebrina.— r. sup^rba, Lind. & Rod. Lvs. oval-oblong-aeuminate, sessile, purple beneath, dark metallic green with a white band on either side of midrib. Peru. I.H. 39:1.55; 40:173 (6). Gt. 46, p. 163. . Perhaps not a Tradescantia.— T. zebrina, Hort., is Zebrina pendula. l^ jj^ g_ TRAGOPdGON (Greek for goat's beard). Compdsitce. Goat's Beard. Between 30 and 40 species of erect bi- ennial or perennial herbs with narrow grass-like leaves and heads of yellow or purple flowers, belonging to the ligulate section of the composite family (tribe Oichori- acece). Florets perfect, with slender style-branches and sagittate anthers; pappus composed of bristles in a single series and mostly raised on a beak; involucre cylindric or nearly so, with approximately equal bracts in a single row. The Tragopogons are mostly weedy plants with a tap-root. They are native to outhem Europe, northern Africa and central and southern Asia. One of them is cultivated for its edible tap-root (salsify) and another is now a frequent weed in this country. The flowers of these open only in the morn- ing. 1828 TRAGOPOGON A. ^'lowers ptirple poirifdlius, Linn. Salsify. Vegetable Oyster. Oyster Plant. Figs. 2238, 2543. Tall strict biennial, sometimes i ft. high when in bloom, glabrous: fls. showy, closing at noon or before, the outer rays ex- ceeded by the involucre scales ; peduncle thicliened and 2543. Flowers of Salsify or Oyster Plant — Tragopogon porrifolius (X ^). hollow beneath the heads. S. Eu. Naturalized in many parts of the country, often becoming a persistent weed. See Salsify. AA. Flowers yellow. prat^nsis, Linn. Goat's Beakd. More or less branched, 3 ft. or less tall : outer rays exceeding the involucre scales: peduncle scarcely swollen. A weed from Eu- rope. ■ L. H. B. TEAILEBS. See Vines. TBAILING AEBUTTIS. Epigcea repens. TBAILIIT6 BEGONIA. Cissus discolor. TEAINING. See Pruning. TEANSFIBATIOX is the process by which water is given off in the form of vapor from leaves and stems. Instead of a circulation of the sap in plants similar to the movements of the blood of animals, water contain- ing mineral salts is taken in at the roots in liquid form and carried upward to the leaves through the woody tissue, and then evaporated, leaving the mineral or ash behind in the leaf, where it serves in making food. The chief' purpose of transpiration is, therefore, to carry a stream of mineral food from the soil to the green parts of the plant, although it also serves to aid in the ex- change of gases with the air, and preserves more equable temperatures of the body of the plant. Minerals may be absorbed by the plant only in very dilate solutions. Hence it is necessary for the plant to lift several thousand pounds of water to the leaves in order to obtain one pound of minerals. After the mineral- laden water reaches the green organs it is of no further use and must be evaporated. It is estimated that 98 per cent of the energy received from sunlight by the plant is used in this important work. That an enormous amount of work is performed by the plant in transpira- tion may be seen when it is known that a single sun- flower plant will evaporate a pint of water from its leaves in a single day, and about seventy times this much in the course of its development. A birch tree with COl.COO leaves will transpire from 700 to 1,000 TRANSPLANTING pounds of water daily in the summer. A single oak tree will throw 120 or 130 tons of water into the air during the course of a season, and an acre of beech trees con- taining 400-600 specimens will transpire about 2,000,000 pounds in a single summer. To determine the exact amount of water transpired by a plant, a specimen not more than a yard in height growing in a pot may be used. Set the pot on a square of oil-cloth, then bring the cloth up around the pot and tie closely to the stem of the plant. This will prevent evaporation except from the shoot. Now set the pre- pared plant on one pan of a scale, together with a small measuring glass, and balance. Allow the plant to remain in the warm sunshine for eight hours, then pour water into the measuring glass until the scale shows original position or reading. The water in the glass will represent the amount of transpiration. To demonstrate that water vapor does actually come from the leaf, cut off a small leafy shoot of any conve- nient plant and thrust the base of the stem through a piece of cardboard into a tumbler of water; now cover the exposed part of the shoot with another tumbler and set in a warm, light place. Moisture, which could have come only from the leaves, will soon gather on the glass. Some transpiration occurs over the entire surface of the plant, although only about one-thirtieth as much is given off by a stem as from the same amount of leaf surface. The leaves are specially adapted to carry on this function. The interior of the leaf is made up of a great number of loosely arranged cells which evaporate water into the air between them. The air in the leaf communicates with the atmosphere through openings called stomata, which are generally placed on the lower side of the leaf. Consequently the watery vapor dif- fuses out through the stomatal opening. The stomata are controlled by guard-cells which may completely close them up, and the action of the guard-cells is under the control of the plant. When the plant is losing too much water the stomata close ; and they are variously affected by winds and sunshine. Species growing in very dry localities adapt them- selves to the conditions by building only limited sur- faces from which transpiration may take place and by reducing the number of stomata. The cactus is an ex- ample of this type, and this plant transpires only about one three-hundredth as much water as a leafy plant of the same volume. As Tnight be expected, the character and amount of the mineral salts in the soil also affect the amount of transpiration. j)_ rp^ MacDougal. TBANSFLANTING is a general term used to desig- nate the removal of living plants whereby they may be- come established in new quarters. Transplanting may be performed when the plant is in a dormant condition, as in winter, or when it is still actively growing. Small herbaceous plants are usually the only ones that are transplanted when in a growing condition, and this only when the plants are living under special garden condi- tions where they may have the best of attention as to watering and shading. Considered from the stand- point of the plant, transplanting is always a violent oper- ation, for it destroys a considerable part of the root- system, loosens the plant's attachment to the soil and arrests for the time being a large part of its pro- gressive vital activities. In order to overcome these dangers the earth into which the plant is set should be well prepared and moist, so that the plant may quickly reestablish itself; part of the top usually should be re- moved in order to lessen transpiration, and with succu- lent and growing plants some shade should be pro- vided for a time. The deeper and finer the soil, and the greater the quantity of moisture it holds, the more successful the transplanting operation will be, other things being equal. The operation is also more successful in humid regions, as in the Atlantic states, than it is in dry regions, as on the plains and westward. In the more arid parts of the country transplanting is performed as little as possible, whereas in the eastern part great quantities of annual and other garden plants are transferred from seed-beds to the open ground. The successful transplanting of any plant depends in part on the condition of the plant itself. The younger the plant, as a rule, the better it withstands the opera- r TRANSPLANTING tion. Herbaceous or growing plants that are relatively short and stocky and compact in growth transplant better than those that are long, "leggy," and weak. The stocky plants are better able to withstand the vicissi- tudes of inclement weather when they are transferred from a protected place to the open air, and they prob- ably also have more recuperative power to make new roots and to attach, themselves again to the earth. Many plants may be "hardened off" or gradually inured to sun and cold before they are transplanted. The more frequently a given plant is transplanted the more readily it endures transplanting. The root-system be- comes close and compact and there is relatively less injury to the roots at each subsequent removal, pro- viding a long interval does not take place between the operations. The success of transplanting also depends to some extent on the weather at the time the removal is per- formed. If cool, cloudy and damp weather follows the transplanting, the plants are much more likely to live. Plants usually establish themselves more quickly in freshly turned soil, because it contains a relatively large amount of moisture. In order to bring the earth into contact with the roots, it should be firmed closely about the plants. This packing of the soil tends to bring the subterranean moisture upwards where it may supply the roots; it also tends to increase evaporation from the surface of the soil and thereby to waste the water, although much of the moisture is utilized by the plant as it passes upwards. In order to prevent the escape of moisture from the surface of the soil, it is customary to cover the ground with a mulch, from one to three inches in depth, of litter, sawdust, leaves or coarse manure. When practicable the water may be saved by keeping the surface well tilled, thereby providing a mulch of earth. In dry weather it may be advisable to water newly set plants, particularly If they are green and growing fast, as tomatoes, cabbages and other annuals. The watering may best be done at nightfall. The water should be ap- plied in a hole or depression about the plant or at one side of it, rather than on the surface; and the following morning the loose, fresh earth should be drawn over the roots in order to provide a surface mulch and to prevent the soil from packing. All kinds of plants can be transplanted, but some of them remove with great difficulty. In these cases the special skill which is born of experience with these par- ticular plants must be in- voked for success. The difficulties are of various kinds. In some cases the difficulty may be a tap-root system, as in the case of the black walnut and the hickories. In these instances the plant may be prepared a year or two in advance by severing the tap-root some distance below the ground by means of a spade or other sharp instrument that is thrust underneath the crown. In other cases the difficulty is the inability of the plant to make new feed- ing roots quickly, as in some of the asiminas or pa- paws. Sucli plants often may be treated like the tap- rooted plants; that is, the long, cord-like roots may be severed at some distance from the crown a year or two before the plants are to be removed. In other cases the inability to be trans- planted is probably due to the excessive rate of transpiration from the foliage. In these instances cutting back the top rather severely and providing shade may contribute to success. In some cases the difficulties are so great as practically to prohibit transplanting. TRANSPLANTING 1829 2544. A dibber. One of the most useful implements to aid in the transplanting of small plants. The plant is dropped into a hole made by the dibber; this hole is closed by insei-tine the dib- ber at the side and moving it against the plant. So-called transplanting machines have oeen perfected within the last few years for setting small herbaceous stuff, as cabbages, tobacco and tomatoes. These are really vehicles, drawn by horses, that open a furrow and drop a small quantity of water when the plant is in- serted in the furrow by the hands of an operator who rides on the machine. The plants, already prepared for setting, are carried in a tray or hopper, and the opera- tor places these between guards which automatically measure the distance. These machines are particularly 25)5, A transplanting box, specially designed for melons. It is made of a "ilat" or splint 14 in. long and 3% in. wide, bent at lour comers and held in place by a tack. It has no bottom. valuable in large areas where great quantities of plants are to be set, and also in hard and dry land where it is difficult to make the proper openings with the hand and also otherwise to supply the plant with sufficient water. For most small plants that are to be reset in small quan- tity, the dibber is a most useful implement to expedite the operation. Fig. 2544. Plants grown in pots and small shallow boxes trans- plant more readily than those grown in the open soil. Particularly is this true of pot-grown plants, for the bevel or slope of the pot allows the ball of earth to be "knocked out" readily. See Potting. Special trans- planting boxes are on the market, to be used instead of pots, for purposes of economy. These boxes are usu- ally made of thin basket stuff and are thrown away when the plants are taken from them for transplanting. Pig. 2445. The seeds are sown directly in these boxes. Melons, cucumbers and other plants that are difficult to transplant are often grown on pieces of inverted turf, taken from old pastures. In the case of large trees and shrubs, success often may be attained by transplanting in the winter, when .a ball of frozen earth may be removed. Fig. 2546. It is usually better to give the transplanting of large trees into the hands of an expert, than to attempt to perform it with unskilled help and inefficient appliances. Only a small proportion of the efforts in transplanting very large trees are really successful. The trees may live for several years and yet never fully recover nor make satisfactory subjects. The surest and best results are usually secured only when the trees are nursery-grown and have been transplanted two or three times within a few years of their final removal. There are sgme species that remove from the wild with relative ease when they are of large size, among which are elms, maples, pin oak, basswood; but the large number of species do not readily recuperate from the operation. "• It is sometimes said that a plant cannot recover from the transplanting operation, that the severing of the roots inflicts injuries that are not outgrown, and that a new type of root-system develops. These fears appear to be ungrounded. In many cases the plant does not regain itself, but these instances are probably due to lack of skill in the operation rather than to any in- herent difficulty in the transplanting process itself. But even if the transplanting process were to be found to be theoretically injurious, nevertheless it must be employed, in the practice of modern horticulture. L H B. 1830 TRANSPLANTING TRANSPLANTING Transplanting Large Trees (Plate XLIII).— The prin- ciples of transplanting large or small trees are the same, excepting as regards the mechanics of transpor- tation. Types of machinery for moving deciduous trees may be classified as follows : The most primitive device is a two-wheeled cart with a pole. The tree is dug, and the cart is secured to it with the trunk resting in a notch in the axle or bolster, 2546. Moving a tree in winter, with a large ball of frozen earth. and the pole lashed up among the branches. The tree is pulled over and dragged root foremost. In a modification of the above, a platform under the ball connect.? the rear axle, bearing the tree, with the front axle. Of this type are the Hall, Estes, Santimer, Rutherford and other patents. In one form the tree is loaded top foremost, and by means of a turn-table above the rear axle, swung around to position. These ma- chines usually carry a ball of earth and roots, 7 to 9 ft. in diameter, cut shorter on the side next to the platform. For moving trees in an upright position, there are low platform trucks, and trucks with two high perches. In the latter, one perch or a section of the axle is re- moved to admit the trunk between the perches. This form is used in England; also a similar one in which the tree is swung vertically beside the axle of a two- wheeled cart drawn by one horse. When carried verti- cally, the top interferes with electric wires and the tops of other trees, and the roots are injured by the platform or other support. It is not practicable to carry a spread of 30 or 40 ft. of roots between the wheels. House-mover's rigging is adapted to moving trees for short distances, but is so slow that the fine feeding roots outside the central ball of earth are likely to dry out, and get broken by the work. Trees are carried horizontally with the trunk restmg on two benches on a low truck. The tree may be tipped over on the benches by tackle, or loaded and unloaded by derrick. The derrick legs usually interfere with the full circle of roots, and as the derrick has to be set up twice for each tree moved, the operation is slow, and, with the tree swinging in midair, somewhat dangerous. For moving trees a few feet, a derrick may be used, with or without small wheels in the base of the derrick legs. Many kinds of machines may be used, but m ■order to make this discussion concrete, the tollowmg account has reference to the device shown m Plate XLIII. Other successful moving operations are shown in Pigs. 2547, 2548. . x.i * YTTTTfhn For operating the mover shown m Plate XLUl, tne tree, of say 14-26 in. diameter of trunk, is dug by starting a circular trench with a diameter of 30-40 tt. An under cut is made beneath the roots with a light prospecting pick, and the soil picked out and caved .Sowi with a spading fork or picking rod, the points of which are rounded to avoid cutting off the roots. The loose dirt is shoveled out of the bottom of the trench. The roots, as uncovered, are tied in bundles with lath yarn and bent up, out of the way of the diggers. See Fig. 2549. If the roots are to be out of the ground over one day in dry weather the bundles may be wrapped in clay mud, damp moss and straw, or burlap. When the digging has progressed to within 4 to 8 ft. of the center, the tree is slightly tipped over to loosen the central iball, which cleaves from the subsoil near the extremi- ties of the downward roots. On sand or hard-pan sub- soil this is at a depth of 2 to 5 feet. In deep soil it may be necessary to cut some downward roots. A ball of earth is left in the center from 5 to 12 ft. in diameter, or as heavy as can be drawn by four to eight horses. This ball is not essential with deciduous trees, but it is easier to leave it than to remove and replace the soil. With fine-rooted trees like the red maple, it is difiicult to pick out the soil, while with coarse-rooted trees, like che beech, in gravelly soil, the ball drops to pieces. For loading, the cradle which is pivoted above or back of the axle is swung over to the tree, the trunk having first been wrapped with cushions and slats. The trunk is clamped to the cradle by chains and screws without injuring the bark. By means of a screw 9 ft. long operated by a ratchet lever or hand-brake wheel, the cradle lifts the tree from the hole and swings it over in a horizontal position. Pulling in the same direc- tion, by tackle fastened in the top of the tree, aids the work of the screw. After the tree is loaded, the roots on the under side of the axle are tied up to the perches. The front wheels are on pivots, therefore the roots are not broken by the swinging of the axle. The roots are drawn aside to put in the pole and driver's seat. Planks are placed under the wheels, and the mover is pulled out of the hole by tackle. The hole. to receive the ti-ee is prepared with a layer of soft mud in the bottom, which partly fills the crev- ices as the tree is lowered into it. The weight of the tree is not allowed to rest upon and crush the down- ward roots, but is supported by the mover until fine earth is packed in. Soil is worked down between the roots in the form of mud by means of a stream of water and packing sticks. One man shoveling, two or three with packing sticks, and one with hose is the right operation until the center is made solid. The packing sticks are 2 in. in diameter, 6 ft. long, and pointed at one end and round at the other. The side roots are next unwrapped and covered at their natural depth. J547. A laree tree removed from its place. The roots are now to be wound in burlaps or other material. While the tree is horizontal, it may be most conven- iently pruned. Th outside should be cut back 1 to 3 ft., cutting to a crotch or bud, and the remaining twigs thinned out about one-third. Hardwood trees and trees with few roots need the most severe pruning. TRANSPLANTING TRANSPLANTING 1831 The soil should be friable loam, not baking clay nor sterile sand, and it should be made fertile. The surface should be covered with a soil or straw mulch 3 inches deep and the earth kept moist by watering once a week or less frequently, as required. The roots may be dam- 2548. The roots wrapped, and the tree being moved on skids. aged by too thick mulch, deep planting, excess of water or lack of drainage, all of which exclude the air. De- caying manure and caustic fertilizers in direct contact with the roots are injurious. The tree may be secured by guy wires. Anchor posts are set slanting, 4K ft. in the ground, with a cross- piece just below the surface. Two to six strands of No. 11 galvaoized steel wire are used. The wire is run from the post, through a piece of hose around the tree, and back to the post. It is twisted tight, with two sticks turning in the same direction and moving toward each other. To prevent the sun from drying out the bark on the south side of the tree, the trunk should be wrapped with straw, especially thin-barked trees, like beech and silver maple. The best trees for moving are those with abundant small roots. These have fibers branching -from them which take In the water and plant-food. The large roots in the center of the root-system are conduits for the sap, and braces for the tree. Trees which transplant successfully are the maple, horsechestnut, elm, catalpa, ash, linden, willow, poplar and pin oak. Trees with few fine roots and hard wood, as the hickory and white oak, are difflcult to transplant with good results, as well as the tender-rooted trees like magnolia and tulip. Trees grown in the open are much better for moving than those in the woods. The roots are more numerous, and not mixed with the roots of other trees, the bark is thicker and does not dry out so quickly, the branches and twigs are closer and better developed to stand ex- posure, and may be thinned out without destroying the beauty of the tree, and more plant-food is stored for the new growth of leaves and roots. A young tree of large size is better to move than an old tree. In friable loam the roots are straighter and tougher and less liable to injury in digging, than in hard or rocky soil. The popular prejudice that moving large trees is an ultimate failure, or that small trees quickly overtake them, arises from moving trees 1 to 2 feet in diameter with G to 8 feet diameter of roots. As this mass of roots is mainly the large roots, and from 70-90 per cent of the feeding roots are lost, the tree, after send- ing out the leaves with its stored plant-food, fails to support all the foliage and bark. In successive seasons its branches die, or the growth is short and yellow and the bark dies on the south side. For moving large coniferous ever- greens, it is usually considered neces- " ■ sary to keep a ball of earth intact. The foliage is constantly transpiring, and if the roots become dry, the sap does not flow again. As it is not generally feasible to move balls of over 12 feet diameter and 3 feet in depth, the size of evergreens which it is practicable to transplant is smaller than of deciduous trees. The digging is started as in Fig. 2550. The flexible roots are wrapped against the ball by twisting them with a cord, and the large, stiff roots are cut off. The ball may be held by frost, or by upright staves, iron bands, or irons in the form of a pot split in halves and held by bolts or clamps. The best method is the use of a can- vas band, wider than the depth of the ball, cut to fit. It has draw ropes operated by levers which firmly com- press the earth, without damaging the small roots wrapped against the ball. A hammock, consisting of several ropes to distribute the pressure, is attached to a windlass. A platform is placed with a chisel edge in the under cut. By means of the windlass, the ball is cut off from the subsoil and the platform, with the tree, loaded upon a truck. In planting, the hammock is reversed and holds the ball, while the platform is pulled out by the windlass, leaving the tree in the hole. By this method, trees 20-40 feet high and 6-12 inches in diameter may be moved. Trees grown in fertile clay loam are best for trans- planting, but with care the canvas will hold balls of sand or gravel. Root-pruning, one or more years pre- 2549. Diaeram to illustrate the operations in the removal of a laree tree for transplantine. 1832 TRANSPLANTING Vious to moving, all or part way around the tree at a diameter less than the size of the ball to be moved, is beneficial. With very large balls, freezing aids in keep- ' ing the soil solid, although it destroys the fine roots outside the ball. Evergreens may be moved any month in the year. In June and July, the new growth is likely to wilt more than in August, after it has hardened. It is well to pro- tect from deep freezing and drying winds in winter. Henry Hicks. Another View ol Transplanting Large Trees. -The modern demand for immediate effect in landscape work has been met by the successful transplanting of large trees. The method employed about Chicago differs somewhat from that In vogue in the east. This is due to a considerable degree to the condition of the soil in which the trees are found. traveler's JQY near the apex. The fruit is about % in. across and has 4 spinescent angles. It is roasted and eaten in some parts of Europe like the common chestnut. The Indian species, T. bispinosa, is said to yield very large and sweet nuts which are commonly sold in the East under the name of Singhara Nut. The name Trapa is abbre- viated from calcUrapa, which is the same as caltrops, an instrument of war used to impede the progress of mounted warriors. It had i spine-like projections, like the fruit of the Water Caltrops. Generic characters: fls. small, axillary, solitary, short-peduncled : calyx 4-parted, the segments persist- ent, sometimes spinescent; petals and stamens 4; ovary 2-loculed; ovules solitary, long, pendulous, af- fixed to the septum: fr. top-shaped, leathery or some- what bony, 1-loculed, 1-seeded. About 5 species, native to the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere. 2550. Diagram to show how and where the digging is begun. Select a shapely tree with well-balanced crown and which has stood in the open so that all its branches are equally thrifty. A bushy top is preferred that the necessary amount of trimming can be done by thinning out whole branches and not disturbing the terminal shoots, thus preserving the original outline of the tree. Crowded forest trees are too tall and it is difficult to get the sap to carry to the top. A light sandy soil often produces fibrous roots spread- ing over a large area, but this generally slips off in transplanting and, if frozen, cracks badly when the ball is rolled. When resetting a tree, care must be taken to sift in new soil between the fine hair-roots and get it in direct contact with each rootlet, because if crowded to- gether the roots are likely to rot. When practicable, it is undoubtedly best to move the roots in their native soil. A hard ball can be rolled at will and easily supports the weight of the trunk, which otherwise would crush the roots when rolled or handled. The prevailing soil about Chicago is two feet of rich black loam and a subsoil of clay. This is ideal for giving plenty of fibrous roots near the trunk, and a body to the ball of earth encasing the roots, without waiting for the ground to freeze. This allows a longer planting season and makes it easy to have loose soil to tamp around the tree. After the tree has been dug loose, rock back and forth, filling under it each time with soil, until the whole ball is standing flush with the surface. It de- pends upon the weight of the load what style of a wagon is to be used. A hardwood tree of thirty inches in diameter weighs, with proper ball, about fifteen tons. This is tlie limit of practical construction for a low-hung stone truck. Simply pull the tree over and rest it on the high support over the rear axle and with block and tackle roll the ball on the wagon. When at the desired location roll off again, letting the ball rest on the ground before dropping into the hole. A counter check should be maintained to keep the tree always under control. Straighten up and thoroughly tamp so as to anchor it well and the work is complete. ^u. A. Peterson. TEAPA (name explained below). Onagr&cew. Trapa natans, the Water Chestnut or Water Caltrops, is an interesting plant for the aquarium. It has two kinds of leaves. The submerged ones are root-like, long, slender and feathery. The floating Ivs. form a loose rosette. The leaf-stalks are swollen and spongy n&tans, Linn. Water Chestnut. Water Caltrops. Jesuit's Nut. Petiole of floating Ivs. 2-4 in. long, nearly glabrous: blade rhombic-orbicular, dentate in upper half, slightly villous along the nerves beneath : fr. 4-spined, but the 2 lateral ones shorter. Eu., Orient. Gn. 24, p. 557. G.C. II. 10:212. B.R. 3:259. Mspindsa, Roxb. Singhara Nut. Petiole of floating Ivs. 4-6 in. long, woolly: blade 2x3 in., slightly crenate in the upper half, very villous beneath: fr. K in. thick, with 2 of the spines sometimes absent. India, Ceylon. W. M. Trapa natans is one of the daintiest aquatics in cultivation. It is perfectly hardy and very desirable for aquaria, pools, ponds or tub culture. Its beautifully mottled or variegated foliage is very attractive. The flowers are white, small and inconspicuous. The fruits are very large in comparison with the flowers and leaves, but they are hidden beneath the foliage until they ripen, when they drop off. They are good to eat raw, like chestnuts, and are sweeter and more palatable before the shell becomes hard. The nut is not likely to become of commercial importance in America. The seeds drop from the plant and remain in the pond all winter. ^jj. Thicker. TEAUTVETTfiBIA (Trautvetter, aRussian botanist). Ranunculaoece, A genus of but two species of North America and eastern Asia. Tall, erect, perennial herbs: Ivs. broad, palmately lobed : fls. white, small, corymbose- paniculate; sepals 3 to 5, caducous; petals none; carpels many, forming 1-seeded akenes. Very hardy, thriving in ordinary or rich soil. Propagated by division of roots. Offered by dealers in native plants. Carolin^nsis, Vail. {Bydrdstis Carolininsis, Walt. T. palmclta, Fisch. & Mey.j. Stems 2-3 feet high: Ivs. alternate, reticulated, radical ones very large, with lobes much toothed and cut. July. Pa. , south and west. B.M. 1630 (as Cimicifuga palmata). grindis, Nutt. (AelTea palm&ta, Hook. A. grdndis, Dietr.). Much like the above species. Lvs. membran- aceous, more deeply lobed, often to the base, thin, sparsely hairy beneath along the ribs; reticulations less distinct: styles longer and somewhat curled. Wash., Idaho, Brit. Col. k. C. Davis. TEAVELEE'S JOY. Clematis vllalba. traveleb's tree TREES 183a TBAV£L£B'S TREE. See Bavenala. TREASURE VINE. Name proposed by J. L. ChiWs for Bidalgoa Wereklei or Ohildsia Wercklei. TREE. Candelabrum, or Chandelier T., Pandanus Candelabrum. TREE OF HEAVEN. See Ailanthus. TREES. Plate XLIV. Figs. 2551-2566. What is a tree ! is a question to which it is not easy to give a short and well-defined answer. The same species may assume a tree-like habit or remain shrubby, according to the climatic conditions, soil and other circumstances. Usually a tree is defined as a woody plant rising from more. The Sequoias are of more majestic and gigantic appearance than the Eucalyptus on account of its mas- sive trunk (see Sequoia, p. 1660). Pseudotsuga Douglasi and Pmus Lambertiana occasionally attain 300 feet. A number of other conifers, chiefly American, grow to a height of 150 to 300 feet. Some deciduous trees, as Pla- tanus occidentalis, several species of oak and Lirioden- dron Tulipifera exceed 150 feet in height. The jequitibA of Southern Brazil {Couratari legalis, one of the Myr- tacese) is also a gigantic tree (see Bot. Gaz. 31, p. 352). The greatest diameter has been observed in Castanea vesca, of which a tree with a partly decayed trunk at the foot of Mt. Etna in Sicily measures more than 60- feet in diameter. After this the greatest diameter ob- served is in Taxodium mncronatum, about 40 feet, and in Platanus orientalis about the same, in Sequoia 2551. A pasture elm. the ground under normal conditions with a single stem and attaining a certain height, flxed by some at 20, by others at 15 feet, or even less. A more exact definition has been given by B. B. Pernow: "Trees are woody plants the seed of which has the inherent capacity of producing naturally within their native limits one main erect axis continuing to grow for a number of years more vigorously than the lateral axes and the lower branches dying off in time." Trees are the most prominent feature of the vegetable world and surpass all other organic beings in height, magnitude and longevity. The greatest height known has been reached by JEucalyptus amygdalina of Aus- tralia, of which trees have been observed that were 470 feet high. In length, but not in body and longevity, even this tree is surpassed by some giant floating algse said to attain the length of 900 feet, and by some climb- ing palms of Java attaining, sometimes, 600 feet. Fol- lowing ilucalyptus amygdalina is probably Sequoia sempervirens , which attains 325 feet and occasionally gigantea 35 feet, in Taxodium, distichum 30 feet, and somewhat less in Adansonia digiiata. The age attributed to many of the tallest trees is based more or less on speculation, and opinions often differ widely. Dracmna Draco is believed to reach 6,000 years of age, Adansonia diqitata 5,000, Taxodium mu- cronatnm and Platanus 4,000, Gupressus sempernrens and Taxnn baccata 3,000, Castanea sativa, Quercus pedunculata, Sequoia giganlea and Cedrus Libani more than 2,000 years. Although the trees are the most conspicuous features of the vegetable kingdom, they represent only a small percentage of it as regards rhe number of species. In the United States, where about 550 trees occur, they represent only about 3K per cent of the whole phanero"- gamic flora, in Europe even less. As a rule, towards the tropics the number of tree-like species increases, towards the arctic regions it decreases . Remarkably rich in trees is the flora of Japan, where the proportion of trees to the whole phanerogamic flora is more than 10 1834 TREES TREES per cent, which percentage surpasses by far that of any other country in the temperate regions. Trees belong to many different natural orders, but of the orders of monocotyledonous plants only a few con- tain trees and none of them is hardy north. None of the larger orders contains trees only, but there are some which consist exclusively of woody plants and include a large proportion of trees, as Coniferse, Cupuliferae, ' Salicaceae, Juglandacese, Magnoliaceas, Sapindaceae, ElseagnacesB, Ulmaceae, Hamamelidacese, Lauracese, Anacardiaceae, Ebenaceae, Styracacese and others. The uses of trees are manifold, and a country from which the forests have been destroyed becomes almost uninhabitable and worthless to mankind. The forests furnish wood and timber, exercise beneficial influences on the climate, act as regulators of the waterflow, pre- self, the trees and shrubs do not need his perpetual care and usually grow without his aid and interference. To the landscape gardener a thorough knowledge of trees is absolutely essential. He ought to know the or- namental properties of the trees, their rate and mode of growth, their peculiarities in regard to soil, situation and climate. As the trees are, after the surface of the ground, the most permanent element of the landscape, they ought to be planted with careful deliberation as to the intended artistic effect and their fitness to the soil and climatic conditions, for mistakes in planting of trees are afterwards not easily corrected and rarely without injury to the original artistic design. The available number of trees from which selection may be made is large. There are in American and European nurseries and gardens more than 600 species in caltiva- . fc,Af 2552. A eroup of old suerar maples, with Irreeular and broken heads. vent erosion and also the removal of soil by the wind. Besides furnishing wood and timber, many trees yield other products, of great economic importance, especially the numerous kinds bearing fruits. The esthetic value also of the tree must not be underrated, though it can- not be counted in money. The science of trees and shrubs is dendrology. The art of growing trees is arboriculture, of which sylvi- culture is a branch and deals with the rearing and main- taining of forests and the producing of wood crops. Orchard culture is a branch of arboriculture or of hor- ticulture and deals with the cultivation of fruit trees; it is usually included under pomology, which comprises both the science and practice of fruit-growing. As or- namental subjects, trees are more permanent, easier of cultivation and cheaper in the long run than herbs. It is curious to note how little attention the average gar- dener who has the care of a park or garden gives to the most prominent feature of his domain. He usually knows fairly well the greenhouse plants and his herbaceous perennials, which cost most in time and money, but the trees and shrubs he often hardly deigns to look at. This is apparently due to the fact that after being once planted, and often not by him- tion which are hardy in the northern and middle states, About 240 of them are American, almost 200 from eastern Asia, about 100 from Europe and 70 from western and central Asia. About 40 natural orders are represented, of which the most important are the Coniferse, Cupu- liferae, Salicaceae, Rosaeeae, Leguminosae, Juglandaceae, Sapindaceae, Urticacese, Magnoliacese and Oleaceaa. . The number of all the cultivated varieties and garden forma is, of course, considerably larger than that of the botani- cal species and may be estimated at about 3,000. Com- paratively few horticultural varieties are found in American nurseries as compared with European, but this need not be regretted, as horticultural varieties are mostly merely curious or monstrous forms. In plant- ing, one must rely chiefly on the types and use the horti- cultural varieties sparingly, for restfulness should be the prevailing character of the masses and groups of trees. The fundamental purposes of trees in landscape gardening are to furnish the great masses of foliage which frame and divide and partly constitute the views and landscape pictures, to emphasize the elevations of the ground, to vary the sky-line, to screen or block out unsightly objects, to enhance the beauty of buildings. TREES and to furmsh shade and shelter. The enjoyment the trees give by beautiful flowers, various foliage, splendid autumnal tints, and ornamental fruit is more incidental, though of great value and worthy of careful considera- tion. The trees should be selected for planting in ac- cordance with the natural and intended character of the scenery and not be taken indiscriminately because they happen to be handy and easy to procure. It is essential that the trees should be well adapted to the climate and soil, and in this respect a careful observation of the natural tree growth of the locality Will give many good hints. Other considerations are the height the trees attain, the character of growth, color and effect of foliage, flowers and fruits, autumnal tints and winter effects. Concerning the general rules which govern the selection of trees for planting and which are principally the same as in herbs and shrubs, much other information may also be found in the articles on JJandscape Gardening, Park, Shrubbery and Herbs. Selections of Trees for Special Purposes.— The follow- ing lists include trees of proved hardiness and are not Intended to be complete but merely suggestive, and chiefly for the northeastern states. 1. Trees with Showy Flowers. A. Blooming in early spring before or with the leaves. Acer rubrum (fls. blood-red). Amelanchier Canadensis (fls. white). Cereis Canadensis (fls. rosy pink). Comus fiorida (fls. white, also pink). Cornns Mas (fls. yellow). Magnolia Ynlan (fls. white). Magnolia Soulangeana {fls. white to purple). Pruuus Avium and other cherries (fls. whitej. Prunus Americana and other plums (fls. white). Prunus Davidiana (fls. pink, also white, the earliest of all Prunus). Prunus pendula (fls. pinkish, branches pendulous). Prunus Pseudocerasus (fls. white to pink). Pyrus haccata and other species (fls. white to pink). Salix (staminate plants with yellow catkins). AA. Blooming late in spring after the leaves. .^sculus Hippocastanum and other species (fls. white or red) . Catalpa speciosa (fls. white). Cladrastis tinctoria (fls. white). Gornus Kousa (fls. white). Crataegus (fls. white). Fraxinus Ornus (fls. white). Laburnum (fls. yellow). Magnolia hypoleuca (fls. white). Pterostyrax (fls. white). Robinia (fls. white or light pink). Syringa vulgaris (fls. white to purple). Tamarix parviflora (pink). AAA. Blooming in summer and autumn. Aralia Chinensis and spinosa (fls. Aug. and Sept.). Castanea Americana (fls. white; July). Gordonia pubescens (fls, white; Sept., Oct.). Koelreuteria paniculata (fls. yellow; July, Aug.). Oxydendrum arboreum (fls. white; July, Aug.) Rhus semialata (fls. white; Aug., Sept.). Robinia Neomexicana (fls. light pink; Aug.). Sophora Japonica (fls. white; Aug.). Syringa Japonica (fls. white; July). Tamarix G-alliea (fls. pink; Aug., Sept., if severely cut back) . 2. Trees with Showy Fruits. Acer rubrum (fr. bright red in May and June). Ailanthus glandulosa var. erythrocarpa (fr, red). Comus florida (fr. scarlet). CratfBgus coceinea and others (fr. scarlet or red). Hippophae rhamnoides (fr. yellow). Ilex opaca (fr. red). Magnolia hypoleuca (fr. scarlet). Magnolia tripetala (fr. pink). Pyrus baecata and allied species (fr. yellow or scar- let). Rhus Cotinus (ample feathery panicles). Rhus typhina (fr, scarlet). Sassafras officinalis (fr, dark blue with red stems). Sorhus Americana and Aucuparia (fr. red). Taxus baecata (fr. scarlet). TREES 1835 3. Trees Valued for Foliage Effects. (See also Section 5, Evergreens, below. ) A. With colored foliage. Acer Negundo, var. argenteo - variegatum (the most effective of hardy variegated trees). Acer Negundo, var, aureo marginatum (Ivs. yellow). Acer palmatum, var. atropurpureum (Ivs. purple), Acer platanoides, var. Reitenbachi (Ivs. becoming dark red in summer). Acer platanoides, var. Sehwedleri (Ivs, bright red m spring) . Acer Pseudoplatanus Worleei (Ivs. yellowish). Betula alba, var. purpurea (Ivs. purple), Pagus sylvatica, var. purpurea (Ivs. purple). PopxUus alba, var. nivea (Ivs. white beneath). Populus deltoides, var. aurea (one of the best yellow- leaved trees ) . . Quercus peduneulata, var. atropurpurea (Ivs, pur- plish). Quercus peduneulata, var. Concordia (Ivs. yellow- ish). ■ ^. . Salix alba, var. argeutea (Ivs. silvery white). Tilia tomentosa (Iv^. white beneath). Ulmus eampestris, var. argenteo -variegata (Ivs whitish) . AA, With large, bold foliage. Acer insigne. Acer maerophyllum. Aralia Chinensis and spinosa. Asimina triloba. Catalpa speciosa. Magnolia macrophylla. Magnolia tripetala. Paulownia imperialis. Quercus deutata* AAA. With small narrow or finely cut foliage. Acer palmatum, var. dissectum. Acer platanoides, var, Lorbergi, Acer saceharinum, var. Wieri, Alnus glutinosa, var, imperialis, Betula alba (cut-leaved). Elseagnus angustifolia. Fagus sylvatica, var, asplenifolia. Gleditschia triaeanthos. Gymnocladus Canadensis. Hippophae rhamnoides. Juglans regia, var. laciniata. Quercus peduneulata, var. fllieifolia. Salix nigra. Sambucus nigra, var. laciniata. Tamarix Gallica. etc. Taxodium distichum. 4. Trees with Brilliant Autumnal Tints. Acer rubrum (scarlet), Acer saecharum (scarlet and orange). Cornus florida (scarlet). Cercidiphyllum (yellow and purple). Crataegus (mostly scarlet and orange). Fraxinus Americana (yellow or violet-purple). Liauidambar (scarlet). Liriodendron (bright yellow). Nyssa sylvatica (scarlet). Oxydendrum arboreum. Quercus alba (vinous purple), Quercus coceinea, palustris (scarlet). Rhus (mostly scarlet). Sassafras (orange and scarlet). 5. Evergreen Trees A. Conifers (see also Vol. 1, p. 358). Abies, Chamaecyparis. Juniperus Virginiana. Picea, Pinus. Pseudotsuga. Thuya, Tsuga. ' AA. Broad-leaved evergreens (only Ilex opaca and Rhododendron hardy north) . Ilex opaca. Magnolia glauca (not fully evergreen as far north aa it is hardy). Magnolia grandiflora. Persea Carolinensis. Prunus Caroliniana. Prunus Lusiranica. Quercus Virginiana. Rhododendron maximum. 1836 TREES TitEES 6. Deciduous Trees Valued for Their Winter Eppeots. Acer Negundo (branches light green). Acer Pennsylvanicum (striped bark). Betula nigra (flaky reddish brown, bark). Betula papyracea (smooth, silvery white bark). GratsBgus viridis (red fruit). Fagus sylvatiea (keeps its dead leaves). Gleditschia (large, flat pods). Hiupophae rhamnoides (yellow berries). Liquidambar (corky branches). Pyrus pmnifolia (scarlet or yellow fruit), Quereus alba, pedunculata and tinctoria (keep their leaves). Quereus raacrocarpa (corky branches). Rhus typhina (scarlet fruit). Salix vitelllna (yellow branches). Sorbus Americana and Aucuparia (scarlet fruit). 7. Very Tall Trees. Glelitschia triacanthos. Juglans nigra. Liriodendron Tulipifera. Picea excelsa. Pinus Strobus. Platanus occidentalis. Populus balsamifera. Populus deltoides. Quereus macrocarpa. Quereus palustris. Quereus rubra. Quereus velutina. Taxodium distichum. Ulmus Americana. 8. Columnar or Narrow Pyramidal Trees. Abies (most species). Acer nigrum, var. monuraentale. Betula alba, var. fastigiata. Carpinus Betulus, var. fastigiata, Ohamseeyparis Lawsoniana, Chamsecyparls Nutkaensis. Juniperus communis, var. Sueciea. Juniperus Virginiana (especially var. pyramidalis). Liriodendron Tulipifera, var. pyramidalis. Picea (most species). Populus alba, var. BoUeana. Populus nigra, var. Italica. Queruus pedunculata, var. pyramidalis. Taxodium distichum (especially var. imbricarium). Taxus baecata, var. fastigiata. Thuya. Ulmus eampestris, var. monumentalis. Uimus scabra, var. fastigiata. 9. Weeping Trees. Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri. Betula alba, var. pendula. Fagus sylvatiea, var. pendula. Fraxinus excelsior, var. pendula. Fraxinus parvifolia, var. pendula. Prunus pendula. Prunus serotina, var. pendula. Quereus pedunculata, var. Dauvessei. Salix vitellina, var. pendula. Salix Babylonica. Salix blanda. Sorbus Aucuparia, var. pendula. Tilia petjolaris. Ulmus scabra, var. pendula. 10. City Trees (See also No. 11). Ailanthus glandulosa (pistillate tree). Carpinus. OratsBgus Oxyacantha. Fraxinus Americana. Fraxinus excelsior. Ginkgo biloba. Gleditschia triacanthos. Platanus orientalis. Populus deltoides. Populus nigra, var. Italica. I (often attacked by r borers). Prunus serotina. ■, ■, -u -l. \ Robina Pseudacacia (often attacked by borersj . Sophora Japonica. Ulmus Amerieana- Uimns eampestris. Tilia ulmifolia. 11. Shade and Avenue Trees. Besides the trees enumerated under city trees, No. 10 (which are to be recommended as street trees in the cities;, the fol- lowing trees are good avenue subjects: Acer platanoides. Acer rubrum. Acer saccharinum. Acer saceharum. .^s cuius carnea. jiEsculus Hippocastanum. Catalpa speciosa. Celtis occidentalis. Fagus ferruginea and P. sylvatiea. Liquidambar styraciflua. Liriodendron Tulipifera. Quereus alba. Quereus coccinea. Quereus imbricaria. Quereus palustris. Quereus Phellos. Quereus rubra. Tilin Americana. Tilia dasystyla. Tilia ulmifolia. 12. Trees for Seaside Planting. Ailanthus glandulosa. Crataegus Oxyacantha. Elseagnus angustifolia. Hippophae rhamnoides. Juniperus Virginiana. Picea alba. Pinus Laricio. Pinus rigida. Pinus sylvestris. Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis. Populus tremuioides. Quereus rubra. Salix alba. Salix Caprea. Sassafras officinale. Tamarix. iS. Trees for Dry Situations and Dry Climates. Acer campestre. A'*er Ginnala. Alnus rugosa. Betula alba. Cornus Mas. Elseagnus angustifolia. Fraxinus pubescens. Phellodendron Amurense. Pinus divaricata. Pinus rigida. Pinus sylvestris. Quereus coccinea. Quereus rubra. Quereus Prinus. Quereus velutina. U Imus effusa. 14. Trees for Wet Soil. Acer rubrum. Acer saccharinum, Almus glutinosa. Almus maritima. Betula alba. Betula nigra. ChamsBcyparis sphseroidea. Hicoria laciniosa. Nyssa sylvatiea. Picea alba. Picea nigra. Pinus rigida. Populus (most species). Quereus alba. Quereus bicolor. Quereus palustris. Quereus Pliellos, Salix (most species). Taxodium distichum. Alfred Rehder. Ornamental Trees for the Middle Souttiem States. I. Deciduous Trees. Acer saccharinum (A.dasycar- pum) and A. ])/egnndo,the latter extensively used for street planting. — Bronssonetia papyrifera, formerly planted along streets, but objectionable because of the many suckers which they produce, as is also B. Kazinoki. — Oercis Canadensis. Valuable as an early spring-flow- ering tree.— Ceifis Bungeana. One of the most distinct trees: anexeellent shade tree. — Oaia?;?a. Seldom planted TREES TREES 1837 south as an oruamental tree, because of the repeated at- tacks of caterpillars. The latter are frequently used for flsh bait. — Vladmstis tinctoria. Very desirable as a flow- ering lawn tree. — Uonms floridn. The white-flowering species is among the most attractive of our early spring- blooming trees and is largely used in landscape work. The pink- and red-flowering forms are exceedingly beautiful. — OratejfHS. Taking into account the various shapes, the foliage and the bright colored fruit in fall and winter, the best are: C. cordata or Washington Thorn, O. arborescenn, O, spathutata and G. cestivalis or Apple Sa.vf. — Ohilopsis saligna, known as O. linearis, is one of the best for dry soils. The typical species pro- duces lilac-colored flowers, but several forms have lately been produced with flowers ranging from light lilac to lilnc-purple with yellow stripes inside. A pure white- flowering form is very striking but is of more dwarf huhit. — Diospyros Virginiana. Sometimes planted for shade or for its fruit. Adapts itself to nearly all soils. There are many forms varying both in the foliage and size and shape of fruit.— ii'ai^MS ferruginea is frequently used for street planting in sandy soils. The red-leaved forms of the European species are of little value south, the purple tint of the foliage fading to a dull green at the approach of warm weather.— Fraxinus acuminata ■and J*^. pubescens. Both thrive best in rich soils and are very desirable for street planting, being seldom attacked by iuaeeta. — Ginkgo or Salisburia is sometimes used for avenues and street planting where a rigid pyramidal tree is required. The foliage is one of its attractions, being shaped like the Maidenhair tern. — Gleditsehia triacanthos. The fertile tree is sometimes planted for its large falcate pods, which are relished by many for the saccharine acidulated pulp. The finely pinnate foli- age is very ornamental.— JTaiesia tetraptera. In the middle sections of the South and in rich, dry soils it grows to a small tree, but in the mountain districts in rich soils along the water-courses, trees 40 to 50 feet high are frequently found. Valuable for landscape planting. —iTicoWa or Carya. The pecan is the best southern nut tree and is very largely planted for its nuts. It is often planted in avenues for its beauty.— JETicoria myristicwformls is scarce, but its foliage is more attractive than that of any other species.— ffovenia duleis. The foliage and the fleshy red peduncles in autumn make it an excellent shade and ornamental tree. — Idesia polycarpa. A handsome tree when grown in partial shade; the bark blisters in full suit.— Jug- lans. J. nigra is one of the most valuable ornamental period during February. J. Sieboldiana is a very orna- mental tree and very productive at an early age. J. cinerea is suited only to the mountain regions of the Sonth.—Koelreuteria panioulata. Very desirable for its pinnate foliage and panicles of yellow flowers, which 2553. A pasture maple, in autumn, showing the strong framework. and economic trees and is extensively planted for avenues. The Persian or English walnut and its many forms are being more largely planted than of old, but are often injured by late spring frosts following a warm ^^S:^!^*;^:':' 2554. A tree gro'wingr in the open, with iull rounded head. are succeeded by bladder-like traits.— Lagerstroemia Indica. The Crape Myrtle is one of the most character- istic features of southern homes. It has become almost naturalized south. If trained to a single stem it will form a tree 25 to 30 feet high ; otherwise it affects the bush form. It is conspicuous for its shining brown bark and the profusion of its beautifully crimped and fringed flowers, which are produced from April until August. The colors vary from a pale to a dark pink, purplish red, pure white and glowing crimson. No other flower- ing tree can surpass it in beauty, and by a judicious selection of the various colored flowers a grand effect is produced in landscape wor^.— Liriodendron Tulipif- era. One of the most valuable and rapid-growing shade and ornamental trees; thrives best in rich soil. Trees taken from woods transplant badly. They should be grown in nursery and occasionally transplanted until sufSciently large for using in street pinTnting.- lAqnid- ambar. A most symmetrical shaped tree; adapts itself to all soil; valuable for street planting. Some trees as- sume a deep purple or crimson tint in the foliage dur- ing autumn, others a golden yellow.— Magnolia. Of the native deciduous species, M. acuminata is the most desirable for street and avenue planting. AH the spe- cies are voracious feeders and thrive best in rich soils. M. macrophylla, or Umbrella Magnolia, seldom grows beyond 25 feet, but is conspicuous for the length and size of its leaves. This tree is called Umbrella Tree south, whereas this name applies to M. tripeiala at the North. M. Fraseri, Ear-leaved Magnolia or Wahoo of the western North Carolina mountaineers, is also a very ornamental tree. M. tripetala is objectionable in gar- dens owing to the unpleasant odor of its flowers. Few Chinese species, with the exception of M. hypolevca, attain the size of a tree. M. Vulan and M. Soulange- ana can be trained to a single stem and made to attain a height of 15 feet. All the other varieties may be classed as shrubs. The flowers are often injured by late spring frosts. — ilie Ha Asedaraeh (Pride of India, Chinaberry). Almost naturalized south. It is of very rapid growth and begins to flower at an early stage. The flowers are delightfully fragrant with the perfume 1838 TREES of the lilac. Extensively planted for shade trees. The ■ umbrella form, known as Texas Umbrella, assumes a dense, spreading head with drooping foliage. It is of unique appearance and can be used with great effect in landscape work. — Morus. M. rubra is frequently planted for shade; it is valuable for its wood, which is of great durability for posts. M. alba is naturalized in many sections. A form of M. rubra discovered in middle Georgia some years ago and called Stubbs from the discoverer, produces enormous crops of large, rich vinous fruit. This and the Hicks and Multicaulis (latter of Chinese type)are often planted for feeding poultry and hogs. They should not be planted near dwellings, owing to the dropping of the fruit.— JV^asa sylvatica. Only desirable in landscape work for the brilliant red tint of its autumn tohage. — Oxydendrum 2555. Apple, one of our most picturesque trees. arboreiim. Desirable for its flowers and highly colored autumn fo\iB,ge.—Parkinsonia aculeata. Retoma or Horse bean of southern Texas. A small tree with green bark, feathery foliage and yellow flowers. Valuable for shrrabheries. — Paulotvnia imperialis. Rapid-growing. Almost naturalized in some sections of the South. The foliage in young trees is very large. Flowers pale violet, very fragrant, in long panicles; they open before the leaves appear. —P«acfe. There are many ornamental varieties which are exceedingly handsome while in bloom, especially the double-flowering crimson, white and pink; others are desirable for their peculiar growth, as Pyramidalis, which is as erect as a Lombardy poplar. Weeping, willow-leaved and golden-leaved varieties are interesting. —Pr«»MS. Hortulana or Chicasaw plums are sometimes planted for ornament, though commonly for fruit. P, Virginiana is abundant everywhere but not valued owing to being usually infested with tent caterpillars. Prunus Pissardi is the best purple-leaved tree for the South, as it retains its color during sum- mer. —Pi«citm«i/a pubens. This very ornamental small tree is seldom seen under cultivation, as it grows natur- ally in wet and boggy soils.— Pt/r«s coronaria. The crab apple, a small tree with very fragrant flowers in spring, is excellent for shrubberies.— Piatantts oeci- dentalis. One of the most desirable trees for street, planting.— Po»«Zii.?. The variety which is of greatest value for street planting is P. deltoides or monolifera, TREES commonly known south as cottonwood. It is of rapid growth and grows in nearly all soils that are not too arid. All southern nurserymen catalogue the Carolina Poplar, but the stock is not always true to name.— Pterocarya fraxinifotia, or Caucasian Wing -fruited Walnut, is a very rapid^growing tree, with spreading branches and pinnate foliage. Very ornamental when covered with pendulous racemes of small winged nuts, which, however, are of no economic value. — Quercus. Nearly all the species of the middle and eastern states. are found more or less abundant in the middle South, but the most valuable purely southern species are as follows: Q. Phellos, or Willow Oak, with lanceolate leaves; Q. aquatica, or Water Oak, with leaves almost perennial, oblong and obtusely lobed. Both are largely planted for streets and shade, as they grow very rapidly and in almost any soil. Q. falcata, Q. laurifolia, Q. Phellos Sind Q. Muhlenberg i are deaiiahle. Q. Virginiana, or Live Oak, is a very large tree, seldom exceeding 50 feet in height but covering a large circumference. It is native along the seacoast and adapts itself to inland sections, where it does not attain the great size of the coast region. There is no southern tree, except Mag- nolia grandtflora, that is more admired, especially when planted, in avenues. — Sapindus marginatus. The glo- bose yellow berries are retained during winter. Berries when boiled produce a saponaceous fluid. — Stillingia sebifera. Naturalized on the coast of Georgia and South Carolina. The acuminate rhomboidal leaves give the tree a unique appearance. Requires rich soil and is valuable in landscape yvork. — Symplocos tinctoria. Not common. Could be available for shrubberies. — TiKa pfibescens. A large tree occasionally found in rich soils along the seacoast. Differs little in general from T. Americana, but seems to be better suited to the middle South. Very desirable for street planting or shade.— Toxylon, or Madura, is naturalized in many sections of the middle South. Grows to a height of 30 feet and the fertile trees are very ornamental when laden with their large, globular fruit. The wood is very lasting when used for posts and takes a beautiful polish. — fZm?(S Americana is perhaps more largely planted for streets and avenues than any other deciduous tree.— Viburnum prunifoUum (Black Haw or Possum Haw). In very rich soils sometimes attains a height of 15 to 20 feet. The dark blue berries are retained during winter. Desirable for shrubberies. II. Beoad-Leaved Evergreen Trees. Camellia Japonica. Although these magnificent plants are usu- ally seen in bush form, they can be trained to single stems and attain a height of 20 or more feet in the coast region, where they have found a congenial soil and cli- mate. The typical single red variety, a tree of which is growing at Charleston, S. C, and planted in 1808, being the first introduced, is now upwards of 20 feet high. The double-flowering sorts, while usually of vigorous growth, do not attain the size of the single reA. — Cinna- momum Gamphora. In southern Louisiana and middle Florida trees grow to a height of 50 feet; in the middle South they affect the bush form or when trained to single stems seldom exceed 15 to 20 feet. For the ex- treme South it is recommended for street planting.— Oyriila racemiflora. Specimens are occasionally found on shady banks of streams, where the soil is very rich, that' wiil grow 20 feet high, but the tree form must be secured by pruning. The foliage assumes a bright red or bronze tint in vimtev. — jErioboirya Japonica. Flowers produced in January, and if not frost-killed are followed by a golden yellow plum-like fruit of good flavor. Reaches a height of 20 or more feet in the coast belt. — Gordonia Lasianthus. A stately tree found only in shallow swamps or turfy soils. The roots spread al- most entirely near or upon the surface of the ground, which makes it difficult to transplant trees taken from the woods. Trees grown from seed in pots are best for planting, but a rich moist soil is necessary to their growth. — r/ea:. /. opaca and /. Dahoon are among the most valuable evergreen trees, the former being the best where a large tree is desired. Specimens taken from the woods should not exceed one foot in height, as larger sizes almost always fail in transplanting.— Ligustrnm. L. Jnponicum often forms a tree 25 feet high. Berries blue-black, retained during winter.—. TREES TREES 183? Magnolia. M. grandiflora is justly considered the glory of southern broad-leaved evergreen trees. There are many forms, based on the size and shape of the leaves and the flowers. The superb white flowers, which are seen from May until August and occasionally upon some trees as late as October, vary from 4 to 12 inches in diameter. Thrives as far north as Washington, D. C. M. glauca has white flowers 2 to 3 inches in diameter and delightfully tiagrant. — Osmanthus fragrans, var. ruber and 0. Aquifolium,YSir. ilicifolins, can be trained to single stem. The flowers of the first are delicately fragrant and produced twice a year. — Persea Caroli- nensis. Planted for shade in rich soils in the coast belt. — Photinia serrulata, or Chinese Evergreen Thorn, has white flowers and dark red autumn foliage.— Pruniis arolinen sis . Known south as Carolina Cherry, Carolina Laurel, Mock Orange, etc. One of the most ornamental south- ern tree^. — Q^iercus Suber. Acorns were distributed by the U. S. Patent Oifice in 1860 and many large trees are now found in several sections of the South, where they have fruited. Some small plantations are made for the purpose of produc- ing cork. It grows well in comparatively poor and stony soils. — Sabal Pal- metto is now freely used for street and avenue planting on the coast. It is conspic- uous for its tropical appear- ance. It is not successful further than 40 miles from the seashore. III. CoNiFEKS OR Nar- row - LEAVED Evergreens. —Abies. Of this section few specimens are found -below the Piedmont region. Oc- casionally the Norway spruce grows to a moderate size. — Cedrus Deodara. An admirable tree and of rapid growth, 40 to 50 feet. C. Atlantica. 25 to 30 feet. — Cunnlnghamia Sinensis. Foliage resembles an Arau- caria. — CwpressMS. G.sem- pervirens has many forms, from the compact, spiral or shaft-like shape to more spreading habit. O. Imsitanica or Cypress of Goa, has numerous forms with foliage of an ashy green and pendulous branches, to others of a more dark tint and rigid form. Of Ghamwcyparis Lawsoniana there are endless forms, from a compact, erect habit and vivid green foliage to those of open or pendulous shape and with glaucous or golden foliage. G. twnebris has varied less in its seedlings.— J«mpen«s. The Irish Juniper is of fine pyramidal form, and reaches a height of 15 feet. J. excelsa, Ghinensis and thurifera differ in the tint of their foliage and are all of tall growth. —Ziibocedrus deeurrens. The California arbor-vitse, with its graceful feathery foliage and conical shape, is one of the most ornamental of conifers.— Pintts. Pew of the exotic species are suitable to the South. Pinus excelsa, or Bhotan Pine, is undoubtedly the best adapted to the middle South of all ]iinAs.—Iietinispora is a valuable group of Japanese Cypress, but with the ex- ception of a, obtusa, Fullerii, plumosa and sguarrosa Veitchii, all are of dwarf habit. — T/iMj/a. The Asiatic section is better adapted to the middle South than the American species. Of the former the best forms are known to nurseries as Biota pyramidalis and var. aurea, reaching a height of 15 to 18 feet. B. Japoniea, Tar. tiliformis (Thuya orientalis) is a remarkable va- 116 riety, with thread-like foliage and compact habit to 10 to 12 feet. In the foregoing list of Coniferse no mention is made of species or varieties of low or shrub-like growth, such as Podocarpus, Cephalotaxus, Thuyopsis, and Sciado- pitys, of which there are many good specimens in various parts of the south. Araucarias are also omitted, owing to their liability of failure from ex- treme heat or other unfavorable climatic conditions. This applies also to Sequoia, and Prenelas (properly Callitris); these frequently make an extraordinarily 2556. Picturesque old apple trees. rapid growth until late in autumn, and are often injured by a cold wave early in winter. p. j. Berokmans. Trees on the Great Plains. — The Plains are not abso- lutely treeless, as strangers often suppose, but the whole vast area is dotted here and there with small groves, or narrow belts which fringe the borders of the streams. The number of native species, however, is much smaller than in the rich tree flora of the northeastern United States. The number of species cultivated for shade and ornament, for a long time, at least, must be relatively small owing to climatic and other causes. In general the people of the Plains are necessarily more interested at present in planting trees for profit than for pleasure, but in the older parts are already to be found many fine public parks and private grounds. To a large extent, however, their point of view is that of forestry rather than horticulture. In studying the forest trees of the Great Plains of central North America we find that most of the species have migrated out upon the Plains from the great for- est body of the Mississippi valley. These trees found their way upon the Plains by way of the forests which border the Missouri river and its tributaries. As we pass down the river, along the eastern edge of the Plains, the forest belt becomes larger and larger, until 1840 TREES it eventually merges into the great body of forest trees lying on the easterly side of the Mississippi valley. The principal trees which have come upon the Plains by this route are the common red cedar, papaw, half a dozen willows, one Cottonwood, basswood, two or three •elms, hackberry, mulberry, three ashes, wild apple, lour species of hawthorns, Juneberry, wild cherry, choke cherry, wild plum, coffee bean, honey locust, red- bud, sycamore, two species of buckthorns, buckeye, one maple, box-elder, sumach, two species of walnuts, five or six hickories, nine or ten oaks, ironwood, blue beech, and one birch. But ten species of trees have come from the Kocky Mountain forests, and these have made much less impression upon the forests of the Plains than those which came from the eastern forests. In this list are the bull-pine, the western red cedar, four species of cottonwoods, the buffalo berry, a maple, and two birches. Although the present forest area of the Plains is not relatively great, it is large enough to be seriously con- sidered in regard to its preservation. There is danger that with the habits acquired by our people in the thickly wooded portions of the United States of cutting down forest trees wherever found, much of this small forest arci will be destroyed. It is much easier to preserve an area of forest land than to create it anew. First, all forest fires must be kept down. Where a mass of wo od 1 an d ad,ioins the open prairie, fire guards should be made so that the fires will not sweep into the forest growth. The greatest d e - stroyer of the forests of the Plains in the past has been fire, as it swept over the prairies into woud land. Second, it is ab solutely necessary to keep out certain kinds of stock. Swine, if herded in large numbers, will inevitably destroy the trees. They prevent the growth of small trees, and eventu- ally destroy those of larger growth 2557. Cattle, in large numbers, are equally destructive. In fact, where the attempt is made to preserve uninjured the trees in a forest it is necessary to keep out stock of all kinds, excepting possibly during limited portions of the year. Third, it is necessary to cut out the trees for use with very great care. A forest should be a permanent crop, and the cuttings should be so made that the forest as a whole is not in,iured. Trees should be cut here and there in such a way that the young trees which are left have an opportunity for growing into usable timber. Care should be taken to encourage the tendency to spreading which is so strong in nearly all parts of the Plains. With a little care every present living forest area mav be made to extend itself spontaneously, or nearly so. The forest should be effectually inclosed by a fence placed at some distance from its outer border, leaving a belt of unoccupied land between the trees and the fence. This will grow up with weeds, and mmgled with these will be the seedling trees springing from the seeds blown or carried from the forest area. In this way the border of the forest will be gradually extended. This can be helped by plowing up these inclosed belts TREES of land, giving better opportunity for the starting of seedling trees. With the weeds and little trees will spring up low shrubs of various kinds. These need give no trouble, for this is merely nature's way of taking possession of the soil. Little if any cultivation need be given to such a nursery belt, as the weeds which spring up, while unsightly, will serve the useful purpose of sheltering the little trees, and eventually the trees will rise above, and choke them out. Grass, however, form- ing a tough sod, is harmful to the little trees, far more so than the ordinary weeds. There are many places where actual planting must be resorted to. In looking about for a site for the new for- est plantation, we must remember that the best condi- tions for tree growth are usually to be found near the natural forests. Where there are natural forests the planting should be around their bordersj so as to extend them in much the same way as indicated in the preced- ing paragraph in regard to natural spreading. Where there are no natural forests at all it is nec- essary to select the more favorable places for planting. Since the nat- ural forests on the Plains oc- cup3' the depressions rather than the hill-tops or the lopes, this should give us a hint as to what we must do. Wher- ever the land slopes into a depression one may find favorable condi- tions for grow- ing trees. These depres- sions, gener- ally called "draws," may be filled with trees, and when once a growth of a few acres is secured it will not he difficult to extend the forest far up the hillside slopes. On the western portions of the Plains simi- lar positions should be taken under the irrigation ditches. In the selection of trees for the formation of for- st areas we should also take a hint from nature. The rule, which is a very excellent one for the plainsman to follow, is to plant on his farm the kinds which he finds in the nearest forest, and to give his planted trees as nearly as possible the same conditions as those un- der which they grew in the native forest. On the east ern third of the Plains, the walnut, white oak, shell bark hickory, white elm, red elm, hackberry, white ash. wild cherry, catalpa and honey locust are recommended for planting. On the extreme eastern portions border ing the Missouri river, many more kinds can be planted, but as we pass westward toward the borders of the Sand Hill region the list grows smaller. On the cen- tral Plains the list is reduced, and also somewhat changed in species. The two elms may be planted, as also the hackberry, the green ash in place of the white ash, wild cherry, honey locust, and in many places the bull-pine. On the western Plains, especially that por- tion lying west of the main body of the Sand Hills, and having an elevation above the sea of from 3,000 to 4,000 feet, the list is still smaller. The white elm is still included, also the hackberry, the bull-pine, and in many places the red cedar. The trees mentioned are of the more durable and profitable kinds. But on all parts of the Plains people Avenue of live oaks in Audubon Park, New Orleans. TEEES TREES 1841 must often have quick-growing trees whicli soon pro- duce fuel, but whicli have little, if any, value for other purposes. In the eastern part of the Plains the black willow, almond willow, common Cottonwood, silver maple, and box elder are useful trees for this purpose. We should not condemn 4he use of these easily grown soft-wooded trees. A forest is a crop, and there is no reason why a farmer may not plant a more quickly growing crop If he wishes, but he should at the same time plant the more enduring kinds given in the preced- ing lists. On the central Plains the quickly-grown trees may include the same willows and Cottonwood and also the box elder. The silver maple will not do well in the greater part of this central region. On the western Plains the list is essentially the same as for the central portion: namely, the willows, Cottonwood, and the box elder, to which may be added, here and there, one or more of the western species of Cottonwood. Now for the horticultural point of view. About the country homes the first trees are usually Cottonwood, silver maple and box elder, followed later by green ash and white elm. Very commonly the red cedar is planted with the first mentioned species, and often Scotch and Austrian pines are soon added. It must be remembered that the settler's house on the Plains stands in the open instead of being hemmed in by forest trees, as in the eastern portions of the American continent. The settler's problem is to surround his house with trees, not to clear the trees away. In towns and cities the Cottonwood, silver maple and box elder are generally the pioneer trees, since they produce a shade sooner than any others, and later these are gradually replaced by green ash and white elm. Hackberry, black walnut and buttonwood are occasionally planted with good success. The species which are most largely used for wind-breaks for orchards and other plantations are com- mon Cottonwood, willow (a variety of Salix alba), sil- ver maple and box elder. The first mentioned, because of its easy propagation, rapid growth and extreme har- diness, is the favorite tree for this purpose. Where landscape gardening is attempted, the Scotch and 2558. A tree eroup dominated by a leanine: oak, which is a remnant of the forest. Austrian pines, Norway spruce and red cedar are gen- erally used, and to these are often added one or more species of the Rooky Mountain spruces. The most generally used deciduous tree for this purpose is the white elm (which here attains to a singular beauty of form and foliage), to which are occasionally added bur oak, black walnut and Russian olive (Elseagnus), and in proper situations, the white willow. The coniferous trees of greatest value for ornamental purposes on the Plains are the Austrian pine, Scotch pine and red cedar. With proper care these may be grown on all parts of the Plains where water enough to main- tain life may be ob- tained. On the extreme eastern border the Nor- way spruce and even the balsam fir have proved valuable. Among decid- uous trees the white elm holds first place, fol- lowed by the hackberry (whicli is not as much planted as it deserves) and the green ash. C. E. Bessey. Trees Grown for Shade and Ornament in Cali- fornia. — The mild and equable climate of Cali- fornia allows a wide range of available spe- cies from which to se- lect trees for shade, or- nament and shelter. On account of the long rainy season, the low humid- ity of the atmosphere, and the relatively high mean, and freedom from low winter minima in temperatures, the trees 2559. which thrive best in mid- dle California are those Indigenous to the arid and semi-arid warm-temperate regions of the globe, e. g., southern Australia, the Medi- terranean region. South Africa, northern Mexico and Chile. Many trees of the temperate humid regions also thrive in this state, particularly in the relatively humid climate of the coast, and are offered by our nurserymen. Several of the species mentioned in this list are not described in this Cyclopedia, as they did not appear to be in the general trade when the pages were written. I. The Species Most Extensively Planted. — The three following are the trees most frequently met with as shade and ornamental trees in middle California: 1. Eucalyptus Globulus. 2. Cupressus macrocarpa. 3. Pinus radiata. The relative abundance of the succeeding species is only approximately indicated by their sequence. 4. Eobinia Psendacacia, probably more widely distributed and occurring in more remote and out-of-the-way places than any other species (except, perhaps, Eucalyptus Globulus). The seeds may have been brouEht across the Plains by the earliest settlers at the mines. 5. Melia Azedarach.var. umbraeuliformis. 6. Phoenix Canariensis. 7. Sehinns MoUe. 8. Acacia melanoxylon. 9. Acacia molUssinia. 10. Magnolia grandiflora. 11. Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis. 12. Washingtouia robnsta. 13. Cordyline australis and other species. 14. Araucaria Bidwillii. 15. Araucaria excelsa. 16- Grevillea rohusta. 17. Juglans Californica and spp. 18. Ulmus racemosa and spp. 19. Acer Negundo and var. Califomicum. 20. Salix Babylonioa. Two types of conifers — pine and spruces. 1842 TREES 21. Eiiealyptiis robusta. 25. Pittosporum spp. 22. Eucalyptus viminalis. 26. Washingtonia filifera. 23. Eucalyptus rostrata. 27. Betula alba. 24. Acer saecharinum. 28. Cedrus Deodara. II. Trees Being Most Extensively Planted at the Present Time. — The following list, arranged in sequence according to the actual number of sales made during the planting season of 1900-1901, is compiled from data furnished by John Rock, of the California Nursery Com- pany, at Niles. The percentages refer only to the seventeen species here enumerated, and not to the total number of trees sold by the nursery, which has a large and varied assortment of species many of which are more suitable and more effective than those for which there is, at present, the greatest demand. Per cent. 1. Eucalyptus Globulus 35.24 2. Cupressus macrocarpa 26.43 3. Eucalyptus viminalis 15.00 4. Pinus radiata 4.07 5. Melia Azedarach, var. umbraculiformis 2.75 6. Phoenix Canariensis \Fig. 2565) 2.71 7. Acacia melanoxylon 2.20 8. Acacia moUissima 1.76 9. Robinia Pseudaeacia 1^65 10. Magnolia grandirtora 1.65 11 . Acer sacchariniim 1.43 12. Juglans Californica 1.14 33. Acer Negundo, var. Californicum 89 14. Populus deltoides CaroHnensis 81 15. Ulmus Americana 81 16. Betula alba 81 17. Washingtonia filifera 65 100.00 III. Selections for Special Purposes.— The diver- sity of choice, rendered possible by the extent of desira- ble material that is available, makes it somewhat difficult 2560. PicturesQue field pine, remnant of a forest. to readily select the most suitable species for various specific purposes. The following classified lists are intended as suggestions to aid in making a suitable selection ; they are almost entirely restricted to species TREES offered in the Californian trade, and are intended to be suggestive only, and not by any means complete. New species and varieties are constantly being added to the nursery stocks, some of which will be found particularly well adapted to certain conditions of climate and soil, and will doubtless replace others now in use. 2561. Leanine: tree in a clearing, showing its effort to regain itself by producing upright branches. 1. For Subtropical JEJf feet. — That there is in California strong appreciation of subtropical effects in gardening is shown lij the great demand for dracsenas and such large-leaved plants as palms, magnolias, bananas and rubber-trees. That the effect produced by the planting- of such trees so often fails to be satisfactory is largely due to one or both of two causes, — either unsuitable^ location of the specimens or choice and association of unsuitable species. To prevent a repetition of the first- named error, the prospective tree-planter is recom- mended to consult the article on Landscape Gardening in Volume II; and to avoid the second, a selection from the following list is suggested, with the addition of such large-leaved herbaceous plants as cannas, colocasia, cynaras, funkias, Gufinera scabra, pampas grass, ver- atrums, agaves, yuccas, aloes, Woodwardia radicans and Modgersia podophylla, together with such shrubby plants as bamboos, giant reed, the choicer varieties of castor-bean, Se.necio qrandifoiius , Polygonum Sachali- nense and P. Sieboldi. A. Small Trees or Tall Shrubs. Acanthopanax ricinifolium, Aralia Chinensis, AraUa Chinensis, var. Mandshurica, Aralia spine sa, Anindinaria falcata, rham^rops humilis, DicksoTiia antarctica, Eriobotrya Japoniea, A A. Larger Catalpa bignonioides, Oatalpa ovata. Catalpa speciosa, Cordyline australis, Cordyline Banksii, Cordyline indivisa, Cordyline strieta, Corynocarpus Iseviga, Erythea edulis, Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus fieifolia, Ficus Carica, Ficus macrophylla, (xymnocladus Canadensis. Erythea armata, Fatsia Japoniea, Fatsia papyrifera, Musa Ensete, Prunus Laurocerasus, Ricinus Cambodgensis, Ricinus macrophylhis, Riciniis sanguineus. Ricinus Zanzibarensis, Trees. Jubasa spectabilis, Livistona australis, Magnolia grandiflora, Paulownia imperialis, Phoenix Canariensis, Phoenix dactylifera, Phoenix recUnata, Phoenix sylvestris, Phytolacca dioica, Trachycarpus excelsus, Tristania conferta, Washingtonia filifera, Washingtonia robusta. Eucalyptus Globulus can also be used effectively if cut djown periodically when the falcate leaves begin to appear; it will continue to shoot up vigorously from the same root for several years. Eucalyptus robusta is useful for screen purposes if cut out before it becomes straggling. TREES TREES 1843 2. Trees with Ot'namental Flowers. — In making the following grouping, arranged according to relative hardiness, it has been impossible to give precise in- formation as to the exact degree of frost-tolerance of the several species, as we can find but meager published data on the subject. A. Susceptible to liglit frost. The following would probably succumb to a tempera- ture of 28° Fahr. : Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus ficifolia, Jacaranda ovalif olia. AA. Susceptible to heavy frost. The following are not likely to stand a temperature, of 20° Pahr. Some of them may succumb at 25° Fahr., particularly while young: Acacia Baileyana, Bursaria spinosa, Acacia cyanophylla, Eucalyptus cornuta, Acacia elata, Eucalyptus corymbosa, Acacia faleata, Eucalyptus polyanthema, Acacia longifolia, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. Acacia niollissima, pallens, Acacia neriifolia, Hymenosporum flavum. Acacia pendula, Pittosporum undulatum. Acacia salicina, etc. AAA. Hardy. Acacia pycnantha, ^sculus earnea, jEseulus Hippocastauum, Albizzia Julibrissin, Catalpa blgnonioides, Catalpa ovata, Catalpa speciosa, Oercis Canadensis, Cercis Siliquastrum, Crataegus mollis, Magnolia Soulaugeaua, Magnolia stellata, Paulowuia imperialis, Pruuus Armeniaca fdouble- fld.), Pruuus cerasifera, var. atro- purpurea, Pruuus Japoniea, Pruuus Persica (white - fld., double red -fld., dark -fld., Crataegus niouogyna (vars. etc.), PauU, punicea, alba plena, Pruuus spinosa (double-fld.), etc.), Pynis Halliana, ■Koelreuteria paniculata, Pyrus Ioensis(Bechtel'sdouble Laburnum vulgare, crab), Liriodendron Tulipifera, Robiuia hispida, Magnolia aeuminata, Robinia Pseudacacia, Magnolia grandiflora, Sophora Japoniea, Magnolia Kobus, Sorbus Aucuparia. 3. Trees with Colored Foliage, A. Glaucous, a. Susceptible to frost [20° Fahr. and perhaps less). Acacia Baileyana, Eucalyptus polyanthema. Acacia dealbata. Eucalyptus Risdoni, Acacia glaucescens, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. Acacia salicina, pallens, Erythea armata, Leueadendron argenteum, Eucalyptus Globulus(pollarded Phoenix dactylifera, to produce suckers), Washingtonia Sonorse. BB. Hardy. Cedrus Atlantica, var. glauca, Plcea pungens, var. glauca, Cedrus Deodara, var. glauca. Sequoia sempervirens, var. Plcea puugens, var. coerulea, glauca. AA. Purple or bronze. B. Susceptible to 25° Fahr. Ricinus Cambodgensis, Eicinus communis, var. Gib- sonll. BB. Hardy. Acer platanoides, var. Reiteu- Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea bachi, Riversl, Acer platanoides, var. Schwed- Pruuus cerasifera, var. atro- leri, purpurea, Betula alba, var. atropurpurea, Prunus Persica var. Pagus sylvatica, var. purpurea, 4. Wide-spreading Trees for Shade, Mostly with Hounded Ou tline . — It frequently happens that the owner of a garden desires a wide-spreading tree in the back or one corner of his domain, under which to swing a hammock on a hot day; such trees are also useful in the school yard, affording welcome shade in which the children can eat their lunch. A. Deciduous, all hardy. B. Gh'owth rapid or medium. c. Suckers likely to be troublesome. Populus alba, Ulmus Americana, Bobinia Pseudacacia, Ulmus racemosa. cc. Suckers not troublesome. D. Hequiring a great deal of water. Salix Babylonlea. DD. Requiring not much water. Acer maerophyllum, Acer saecharinum, Acer Negundo, Acer saecharinum, var. Acer Negundo, var. Californi- Wierl, cum, Carya olivseformis, Acer platanoides, Eraxinus Americana, Acer platanoides, var. Reiteu- Fraxinus velutina, bachi, Quercus lobata, Acer platanoides, var. Schwed- Quercus pedunculata, leri, Ulmus campestris. Acer Pseudo-platanus, BB. Growth someivhat slow. Acer campestre, Platanus orientalls, iEsculus earnea, Quercus coccinea, .iEsculus Hippoeastanum, Quercus Kelloggii, Carpinua Betulus, Quercus lobata, Castanea satlva, Quercus macrocarpa, Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea, Quercus rubra, Juglans Sieboldiana, vSophora Japoniea, Liriodendron Tulipifera, Tilia Americana, Melia Azedarach, var. um- Tilia Europasa, braculiformis, Ulmus campestris, AA. Fvergreen. B. Growth rapid: trees susceptible to S5° Fahr Acacia moUissima. BB. Growth somewhat slow: trees hardy. Arbutus Menziesil, Pinus Plnea, Ficus Carica, Quercus agrifolia, Olea Europsea, Schinus MoUe, 5. Ornamental Trees affording but Little Shade. A. Outline oblong or nearly columnar. B. Deciduous. Populus nigra, var. Italica. BB. Evergreen. Cupressus sempervirens, Cupressus sempervirens, var. fastigiata, Juniperus communis, var. Hibernica, Taxus baccata, var. fastigiata. AA. Outline conical or spiral, usually pointed. B. Ooniferce, with mostly narrow leaves. C. Deciduous: hardy. Larix decidua, Larix leptolepls. Taxodlum distichum. cc. Fvergreen. D. Susceptible to severe frost [probably about 20° Fahr.). Agathis robusta, Araucaria Cunuinghamii, Araucaria Bidwillii, Araucaria excelsa, Araucaria Braziliana, Araucaria imbricata, Araucaria Cookii, Pinus Canariensis. DD. Hardy. Abies balsamea, Plcea excelsa, Abies Cephalonica, Plcea nigra.var. Doumetti, Abies concolor, Plcea polita, Abies nobilis, Picea pungens, Abies Nordmanniaua, Pinus Laricio, var. Austri- Abies Pinsapo, aca, Cedrus Atlantica, Pinus contorta, Cedrus Deodara, Pinus Coulteri, Cedrus Libani, Pluus denslflora, Cephalotaxus drupacea, Pluus monophylla, Cephalotaxus Fortunel, Pinus Pinaster, Chamrecyparis Lawsoniana, Pinus radiata, Cryptomerla Japoniea, Pinus Sabinlana, Cryptomeria Japoniea, var. Pinus sylvestris, elegans, Podocarpus Totara, Cunuinghamia Sinensis, Pseudotsuga Douglasii. Cupressus Goveniana, Sciadopitys verticillata. Cupressus macrocarpa, Sequoia gigantea, Cupressus macrocarpa, var. Sequoia sempervirens, Guadalupensis, Taxus baccata, Libocedrus Chilensis, Thuja gigantea, Libocedrus decurrens, Thuja orientalis, Picea Ajanensis, Thujopsls dolabrata, Picea alba, Torreya Californica, Picea Engelmanni, Torreya nucifera. BB. Foliage broad. c. Deciduous; hardy. Betula alba, Ginkgo biloba, Betula lenta, Quercus Cerris Betula lutea, Quercus nigra, Betula papyrifera. Sorbus Aucuparia. Betula popullfolia. 1844 TREES TREES cc. Evergreen. D. Susceptible to severe frost {probably 20° Fahr, and even less). Cirniamomum Camphora, Grevillea robusta, Corynocai-pus Isevigatas, Sterculia diversifolia, Cryptoearya Miersii, Tristania conferta. DD. Hardy. Acacia melanoxylon, Laurus nobilis, Cerasus Lusitanica, Pittosporura crassifolium, Ilex Aquifolium, Quercus Suber, Laguuaria Patersonii, Umbellularia Californica. AAA. Outline more or less rounded, but trees not as wide-spreading nor as shade-giving as in class 4. B. Deciduous. c. Susceptible to frost [25° Fahr.). Phytolacca dioica. CC. Hardy. ^sculus glabra, Juglans Californica, Fraxinus Americana, Juglans nigra, Fraxinus excelsior, Koelreuteria panicnlata, j?'raxinus Omus, Paulownia imperialis, Gymnocladus Canadensis, Eobinia Pseudacacia. BB. Evergreen, C. Probably susceptible to severe frost {20° Fahr\ or Acacia eyanophylla, Aleetryon excelsum, Bnrsaria spinosa. Eucalyptus ealophylla. Eucalyptus eornuta. Eucalyptus eorymbosa. Eucalyptus corynocalyx, Acacia pycnantha, Eucalyptus amygdalina, Euealyptus'G-unnii, Eucalyptus leucoxylon, Eucalyptus obliqua, Eucalyptus rostrata, Eucalyptus rudis. Eucalyptus viminalis. Eucalyptus fieifolia, Eucalyptus Globulus, Eucalyptus maculata, var. citriodora , Eucalyptus robusta, Hymenosporum fiavum, Maytenus Boaria. Hardy. Jubsea spectabilis, Pboenix Canariensis, Phoenix reelinata, Phoenix sylvestris, Pittosporum eugenioides, Pittosporum tenuifolium, Pittosporum undulatum. AAAA. Drooping trees. B, Deciduous. Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri Morus alba (Teas' Weeping), Populus grandidentata, var. pendula, Prunus frutieosa,var. pendula, Quercus lobata, Salix Babyloniea, Salix Babyloniea. var. Liekii, Sophora Japoniea pendula, Sorbus Aueuparia, var. pen- dula, Tilia Americana, var. pendula, Tilia Europiea, var. pendula, Ulmus Americana, var. pen- dula, Ulmus campestris, var. pen- dula, Ulmus glabra, var pendula. Ulmus montana, var. pendula. EB. Evergreen. Schinus MoUe. laciniatum . Betula alba, var. pendula ele- gans, Betula alba, var. pendula la- ciniata, Betula alba, var. pendula Youngi, CratEegus monogyna, var. pen- dula, Fagus sylvatica.var. pendula, Fraxinus excelsior, var. aurea pendula, Fraxinus excelsior, var. pen- dula, Juglans regia, var. pendula. Laburnum vulgare, var. pen- dulum, Cupressus funebris, 6. Trees for Streets , Avenues and Roadsides . — The number of tree species suitable for street planting is limited by the necessarily heavy restrictions, as to height, spread, sewer-penetration and sidewalk-raising, imposed by municipal street departments. In European ^^-^a^^e:^' 2562. Weepine elm, type of a erotesque horticultural variety. Ulmus scabra var. horizontalis. 2563. Cordyline australis. Often called Dracaena Palm. California. cities the first-named objections are overcome by means of frequent and systematic pruning to a uniform stand- ard; where this necessity can be obviated by the selec- tion of trees which naturally keep within the desired bounds, the labor of maintaining them in a sightly con- dition is minimized and the result much more pleasing. For town streets not more than 60 feet in width, it is important to have trees that will not give too much shade and prevent the rapid drying of the roadway after showers, nor be so tall nor wide-spreading as to obstruct the view and shut out sunshine, rendering the adjacent houses dark, cold and damp. On this account trees with narrow or pyramidal outline are in many cases preferable to those with wide -spreading habit, and, generally speaking, deciduous trees are more suit- able than evergreen, although at the time of losing their leaves they make more litter. Exception may be made in favor of such evergreen species as certain palms and cordylines, some acacias and a few other species mentioned below. It is not wise to use trees of very rapid growth on town streets; they soon become too large and require frequent trimming, which is usually equivalent to muti- lation, and are likely to interfere with sewers. It cannot be said that street planting in California towns has, in most cases, been satisfactory. In spite of the much larger variety of suitable material than is available in most of the states, there are few examples of good street-planting to be met with. In most of our towns the eye is greeted with a few straggling trees, of which perhaps not more than two are of one kind, re- calling Professor Waugh's apt simile of "nine mon- ' strously different buttons in a row down the front of a Prince Albert coat," There are many pleasing exceptions, however, although few are entirely satisfactory. The re- peated attempts to improve the appearance of a town by planting trees along the streets should be encouraged on every occasion, and the object of this article is to rend er TREES 1845 JJlW/'AI* 2564. Abies venusta, one of the California firs. assistance by pointing out how some of the mistakes may be avoided. The unsatisfactory results of street-plant- ing, so often met with, can generally be traced to one or all of three causes : 1. Selection of unsuitable species. 2. The mixing of several species on the same block and even in front of the same lot. 3. Crowding the trees. This last-mentioned source of trouble is perhaps -.the cause of more failure than the first. When trees are once growing, few persons have the heart to thin out the specimens to the proper distance apart; finally a newcomer, without personal feeling in the matter and noting only that there is too much shade and too little light, cuts down the whole row and a gap is left in what may have been a fairly uniform block. Spreading avenue trees of large size should not stand closer than 50 ft. apart; smaller trees, on narrower streets should have 40 or at the very least 30 ft., unless they are slen- der species such as cordy lines or washingtoniafi, when 1846 TREES TREES 20 ft. may be sufl&cient. As a rule, three small trees to a 50-foot lot will be found ample, and the center one of these three should be taken out when they begin to meet at the sides; if the whole street is planted uni- formly with the same species, and at this same dis- tance, the result will be much more pleasing than if four or five trees are planted in front of every house. A. For city and town streets. B. Small trees suitable for streets 60 ft. wide or less. c. Deciduous. D. Growth rapid or moderate. Betula alba, Betula lutea, Betula papyrifera, Betula populifolia, Catalpa bignonioides, Catalpa ovata. Catalpa speciosa, DD. Crataegus mollis, Cratsegus monogyna, Kcelreuteria paniculata, Melia Azedarach, var. um- braculiformis, Paulownla imperialis, Rhus typhina, Sorbus Aucuparia. Growth slow. Ginkgo biloba. cc. Evergreen. D. Growth rapid or moderate. E. Palms and arborescent Idliacece. Cordyliue australis(Fig. 2563), Livistona australis, Cordyline Banksil, Traehycarpus excelsus, Cordyline indivisa, Washingtonia filifera, Cordyline strlcta, Washingtonia robusta. Erythea edulis, EE. Evergreen trees other than palms and arhoresce Liliacece. Acacia Baileyana, Acacia cyanophylla, Acacia falcata, Acacia lineata, Acacia longifolia, Acacia neriifolia, Myoporum IsBtum, PittospoiTim eugenioides, Pittosporum teTiuifolium, Sterculia diversifolia. DD. Growth slow. Alectryon excelsum, Bursaria spinosa, Cinnamomum Camphora, Eucalyptus ficifolia, Ilex Aquifolium, Lagunaria Patersonii, Ligustrum lucid um. Magnolia grandifloi*a, Maytenus Boaria, Olea Buropasa, Pittosporum crassifolium, Tristania conferta. EB. Larger trees for streets, avenues and boulevards 80 to 100 ft. wide. c. Decidtious. D. Growth rapid or moderate. Acer saecharinum, Platanus orientalis, Fraxinus Americana, Quercus peduneulata, Fraxinus velutina, Robinia Pseudaeacia, Gymnocladus Canadensis, Ulmus campestris. Hieoria Pecan, Growth slow. DD. Gleditschia triacanthos, Liriodendron Tulipifera, Sophora Japoniea, Tilia Ameiicana, Tilia Europtea. CC. Evergreen. D. Palms and bananas Erythea edulis, Livistona australis, Musa Ensete, Trachycarpns excelsus, Washingtonia filifera, Washingtonia robusta. DD. Evergreen trees other Acacia elata, Acacia melanoxylon. Acacia pyenantha, Angophora intermedia, Angophora subvelutina, Eucalyptus amygdalina,var, angustifolia. Eucalyptus calophylla, Eucalyptus corymbosa, than palms and bananas. Eucalyptus ficifolia. Eucalyptus polyanthema, Eucalyptus rudis, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. pallens, Ficus macropbylla, Synearpia laurifolia, Tristania conferta. Umbellularia Californica, BBB. For avenues and boulevards witho%it sidewalks or with wide spaces between sidewalk and driveway. For this purpose almost any of the larger and more ornamental species enumerated in the other lists maybe selected. Spreading coniferous trees, with broad bases (such as Sequoia gigantea, etc.) can often be used to advantage, as well as the wide-spreading feather-palms (Phoenix and Jubsea). AA. For country roads. B. Deciduous. Acer campestre, Acer macrophyllum, Acer Negundo, Acer Negundo, var. Cali- fornioum, Acer platanoides, Acer saecharinum, ^sculus carnea, ^sculus Hippocastaniim, Ginkgo biloba, Hieoria Peean, Juglans Californica, juglans nigra, Juglans Sieboldiana, Liriodendron Tulipifera , Paulownia imperialis, Phytolacca dioica, Populus nigra,var. Italica, Quercus lobata, Quercus peduneulata, Robinia Pseudaeacia, Sophora Japoniea, Taxodium distichum, Tilia Americana, Tilia Europsea, TJlmus Americana, Ulmus campestris, Ulmus racemosa. BB. Evergreen. Acacia melanoxylon, Acacia mollissima, Arbutus Menziesli, Cinnamomum Camphora, Cryptomeria Japoniea, Eucalyptus botryoides, Eucalyptus calophylla. Eucalyptus capitellata, Eucalyptus cornuta. Eucalyptus diversicolor. Eucalyptus leucoxylon. Eucalyptus rostrata (Fig. 2566), Eucalyptus rudis, Eucalyptus viminalis, Ficus macropbylla, Olea Europsea, Pinus radiata. Quercus Suber, Schinus Molle, Sequoia gigantea, Sequoia serapervirens, Sterculia diversifolia, Tristania conferta. Umbellularia Californica, 7. Trees which have been tried but have proved un- satisfactory.— 'Sphere are many species which have failed to give satisfaction in some localities because of local peculiarities of climate or soil; there are some, also, which have proven unsatisfactory on account of habit, etc. ; from among these may be mentioned : Eucalyptus robusta, a species which is exceedingly handsome as a young tree and has been extensively planted along roadsides and streets in the warmer parts of the state; when mature it becomes straggling and exceedingly brittle, breaking up in an unsightly manner. 2565. Phoenix Canariensis, one of the best palms for outdoor planting. Berkeley, California. Eucalyptus corynocalyx also becomes straggling and unsightly with age. Schinus Molle should be avoided in the Citrous belt, as it is found to harbor and become a nursery for scale insects. As a street tree it is also unsatisfactory, be- coming too large and straggling and requires too much pruning to keep it within bounds; its large surface roots often break cement and asphalt sidewalks. TREES TREES 1847 Melia Azedarach, var. umbracuUformis , is found un- satisfactory in tlie immediate vicinity of tlie coast ; as a sidewalk tree it is exceedingly untidy when losing its leaves, and is also much subject to scale insects. Acacia melanoxylon is generally debarred from the Citrous belt, as a breeder of scale; when mature it is said to suffer quickly from the effects of drought. In the moister climate of the immediate vicinity of the coast, near San Francisco, however, it proves entirely satisfactory. Populns ana, Sobitiia Pseudacacia and JJlmus racemosa are exceedingly troublesome when used as sidewalk trees on narrow streets; their surface roots often break the cement or asphalt sidewalks, and the suckers come up in the midst of lawns several yards away from the parent tree. I'icus macrophylla is another tree injuri- ous to sidewalks. Eucalyptus Globu- lus, and in fact almost all species of the ge- nus, are frequently debarred by town ordi- nance from growth within 60 or even 70 feet of a sewer, on ac- count of the remarka- ble length and pene- trating power of their roots. Paulownia imperi- alls is sometimes ob- jected to on account of the somewhat un- tidy appearance of the persistent seed -pods, which require no little labor if all are to be removed after flower- ing. Grevillea robust a has brittle wood and is usually much broken in heavy winds, but can be used with satisfac- tion if kept well cut back. The species of Phoe- nix and Jubsea should be avoided on account of ■ their low, wide- spreading habit, ex- cept for avenues and boulevards where there is no sidewalk or where there is from 20 to 30 feet space between sidewalk and drive- way. Ailanthus glandu- losa has a bad reputa- tion on account of its disagreeable odor, but as this is only found in the stami- nate trees, it can be avoided by planting the pistillate (fruit-bearing) trees only. 8. Trees for Alkali Soils. — There are many places in those parts of the state that enjoy a high temperature and low rainfall, where the percentage of alkali salts in the soil is too great for the cultivation of most of our ornamental trees, and where it is very important that some shade-producing species be grown. A. Tolerant of strong "black" alkali {Sodium car- bonate ) . The most alkali-tolerant tree of those yet tested is Ktelreuteria paniculata, a small species 15 to 30 feet high, with feathery, pinnate leaves and ornamental yellow blossoms. AA. Tolerant of medium alkali (chiefly "white" salts). Acacia melanoxylon, Ailautus glandulosa, Albizzia lophantha, Casuarina eQuisetifolia, Eucalyptus amygdaliua, var. angrustifolia (appa- rently the least sensi- tive of the Eucalypts), Eucalyptus rostrata (Fif. 2566), Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var. rosea, Phoenix dactylifera, Platanus orientalis, Populus Frenionti, Quereus lobata, Boblnia Pseudacacia. AAA. Only fairly tolerant. Acer maerophyllum, Acer Negundo, var. Cali- fornicum, Cinnamomum Camphora, Gleditschia triaeanthos, Ulmus spp. Washingtonia filifera. AAAA. Tested and found unsuitable. Most of those trees of the humid regions, e. g., the eastern states and N. Europe, which have been tried on al- kali soils, have been found to suffer and to remain dwarf and stunted. This is par- ticularly true of Idri- odendron Tulipifera, Quereus pedttnculata and species of Tilia. Since writing the above, the following additional information on the alkali tolerance of ornamental trees has been brought to light through the in- vestigations of Dr. R. H. Loughridge of the Agricultural Experi- ment Station at Berke- ley, and has courte- ously been placed at my disposal. Total amount of salts actually found in the upper four feet of soil in which the following trees were growing, ex- pressed in tons per acre : r^^^^ ^^y ^^^^ ^^ depth of 4 feet. Koelreuteria pani- culata 32 Platanus orientalis 2lK Eucalyptus amyg- dalina 20 Eucalyptus angus- tif olia 20 'Washingtonia( spe- cies not stated) . . 7% Phoenix dactylifera 5 Cinnam omum Gampbora 33*^ Jos. BuBTT Davy. 2566. One of the gum trees— Eucalyptus rostrata. Eleven years planted; 86 feet high. California. IV. Trees foe Southern Cali- fornia.— oi=r,»rrnwandreflexed. as long as the blade or even longer (blade 3-5 in petals narrow and erect, the sepals narrow and retlexea. as g ^^^^^ ^_^ .^ ^^^ ^_^^^^ Woods, Ga. to Mmn., Miss and Ark. Sceolate, the sepals'^ erect. Idaho, Ore., and Wash. th:-gCl'r^s\S:ell.?rtonTntJr^?wTtLr:_ Little known in cult. TRILLIUM TRIPHASIA 1855 BE. Flowers stalked. C. Pedicel longer than the flower: Ivs. nearly or quite sessile. 7. grandifldnim, Salisb. Figs. 851 (Vol. II), 2573, 2574. Stout, 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. broad-ovate or rhombic-ovate, narrowed to both ends, often wavy: fls. erect or nearly so, pure white, changing to rosy pink as they fade, 2-3 in. long, the petals broadly oblanceolate and sprbading and much longer than the sepals. Quebec to Minn., Pla. and Mo. B.M. 855 (as T. erythrocarpum) . L.B.C. 14:1349. Gn. 29. p. 257; 36, p. 394; 40:821. G.M. 33:131. Mn. 4:17. A. G. 17:243. Gng. 4:305; 6:161.- 2575. Trillium erectum (X M). Sporting forms are not uncommon. Sometimes forms occur with petiolate Ivs. A. G. 1892:206. T. grandiflo- rum is the best and handsomest species for cultivation. 8. ov4tum, Pursh. Much like T. grandiflorum, but the petals narrow-lanceolate or narrow ovate, the sepals usually nearly as long as the petals: plants 1 ft. or less high: Ivs. ovate to nearly orbicular, often somewhat rhombic. Calif, to B. C— The Pacific coast representa- tive of T. grandiflorum. 9. erectum, Linn. (T. pendulum, Willd. T. purpii- reum, Kinn. T. fdtidum, Salisb.). Figs. 2575, 2576. Stout, 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. broadly rhombic-ovate: pedicel usually bent over or inclined but sometimes erect: fls. brown-purple to greenish purple, the petals usually about 1 in. long, ovate to lanceolate, not much if any exceeding the sepals. Nova Scotia to Manitoba, N Car.andMo. B.M. 470. L.B.C. 19:1838. F.S.10:990. Mn. 2:49. G.C. II. 19:605. The fls. of T. erectum are ill-smelling. Var. Album, Lodd., has white fls. B.M. 1027. L.B.C. 19:1850. Var. viridiJldrum, Hook. Fls. greenish. B.M. 3250. Not known to be in the trade. cc. Pedicel generally not exceeding and usually shorter than the flower. D. Fl. declinate under the Ivs. 10. c^muum, Linn. Plant 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. very broadly rhombic - ovate, nearly or quite sessile: fls. white, the petals 1 in. or less long, ovate-lanceolate, wide-spreading or reflexed, undulate, equaling or ex- ceeding the sepals. Newfoundland to Ga. and Mo. B.M. 954. Mn. 10:49. 11. styldsum, Nutt. (T. nervosum and T. Gdtesbcei, Ell.). Slender, 12-18 in. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, narrow at each end, short-stalked: fls. rose-color, the petals oblong, obtuse or acute, curved, undulate, some- times 2 m. long. N. C. to Fla. 117 DD. Flower erect. 12. pusillum, Michx. Small, usually not 1 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse, sessile: fls. pale flesh color, less than 1 in. long, on a short erect pedicel, the petals lanceolate and exceeding the obtuse sepals. T. Govenianum, Wall. A species of temperate Himalaya, little known and described by Hooker as foUows: "Lvs. shortly petioled, ovate or ovate-cordate, acute; sepals sub- equal, narrowly linear."— T. obovdtum, Pursh. Founded on a Canadian plant, which has been referred to T. erectum. Maxi- mowiez keeps it distinct, however, extending its range to Kamtschatka and Japan. It is the T. erectum, var. Japonicum, Gray. According to Watson, the Japanese plant "is distin- guished by a somewhat produced connective [between the an- ther-cellsj and very short stigmas." Maximowicz says that the plant differs from T. erectum in the petals being broader and more obtuse and longer than the calyx, the fls. nodding from the first, and the lvs. broader than long, sessile, not attenuate at the base.— T. Sm&llii, Maxim. One of the T. erectum series (T. erectum, var. Japonicum flore pleno, Grrayl, of Japan. Fls. smaller than those of T. obovatum (2 in. across), deep tawny red, the petals not exceeding the sepals, nearly orbicu- lar or obovate.-T. rscAon(5sfcii, Maxim. About 1 ft. tall: lvs. sessile, broad-ovate or orbicular, somewhat rhombic, acumi- nate: fis. dull purple, 1 in. or less across, thb petals oblong- laneeolate. According to Hooker, this differs from T. erectum chiefly in the longer filaments." Himalaya to Japan. L. H. B. TBIOSTEUM (name shortened by Linnaeus from Tri- osteospermum, which is from Greek for three bony seeds). GaprifoliAcece. Fevbrwobt. Hokse Gentian. A genus of 3 species of coarse perennial herbs, of which 2 are American and 1 Himalayan. Stems simple: lvs. rather large, pinnately veined, entire or sinuate: fls. dull-colored, sessile, solitary or in small clusters in the leaf -axils, followed by orange or reddish fruits. perfoli&tum, Linn. Stem 2-4 ft. high, stout: lvs. ovate, shortly acuminate, narrowed below into connate- perfoliate or simply connate base: corolla dull brown- purple. Rich soil. New England and Canada to 111. and Ala. B.B. 3:234.— Is occasionally ofCered by collectors. It is a weedy plant of very easy cultivation. F. W. Bakclay. TBIFHASIA (triple; alluding to the make-up of the flowers). Hutdcete. A small spiny shrub grown for hedges and for ornament, and sometimes for its small berries, which are used for preserves : lvs. alternate, sessile, dark, evergreen, trifoliolate, with small ovate lateral leaflets and much larger obovate central leaflet : thorns slender, about }i in. long, one or two in the axil of each leaf: fls. white, about % in. long, solitary, or in 3-fld. cymes, axillary; calyx cupulate, 3-4-lobed; petals 3-4, linear- oblong, free, imbricate; stamens 6, free, inserted around a fleshy disk: ovary ovoid, 3-loculed: fr. a small 1-3-seeded berry: seeds oblong, exalbuminous, im- mersed in mucilage; testa coriaceous, embryo often with unequal plano-convex cotyledons. Only one species. 2576. Trillium erectum. auiantlola. Lour. {T, tritoliAta, DC). Bergamot Limb or Lime Bbrby. Fig. 2577. A glabrous spiny shrub with straggling evergreen branches and leaves. Hindostan.— Cultivated in many tropical countries and 1856 TRIPHASIA in greenhouses. Produces an abundance of elliptical or nearly globular, gland-dotted red berries about %-% in. across. They are sweet and agreeable and are said to be delicious when preserved. In trade catalogues the 2577. Triohasia aurantiola (X }^). names Triphasia aurantiola and T. trifoliata are sometimes erroneously applied to the hardy trifoliolate orange (Citrus trifoliata) . In the U. S., little known except in S. Fla. It withstands some frost. H. J. Webbek. TBtPSACUM (Greek, iW6o, to rub or thresh; probably alluding to the ease with which the fertile spike can be broken up). Gramlnem. Species 2 or 3, of the warmer parts of North America, one extending north to central U. S. and in many places furnishing considerable na- tive fodder. Fls. monoecious, in the same spike, the staminate above; spikes terminal and axillary; stami- nate spikelets 2-fld., in pairs at each joint; pistillate single, 1-fld., imbedded in each joint of the rachis, so that the smooth cartilaginous axis and the outer glume form a nearly cylindrical mass. At maturity the pistil- late spikes separate into the joints. dactyloldes, Linn. [T. violAceum and T. Ddctylis of the trade). Gama Grass. Sesame Grass. Culms in bunches, 4-7 ft. : spikelets 2-3 at summit and often single from the upper axils. Moist soil. Conn., 111., Kans. and south- ward.— A wild fodder grass, sometimes cultivated for the same purpose and also In gardens as a curiosity. Raised from seed, or more certainly from cuttings of the rootstocks. A. S. Hitchcock. TEISTAGMA (Greek, three drops; alluding to the three nectar glands of the ovary). Including Stepha- noUrion. Lili&cem. A genus of 3 species of bulbous plants from Chile. Radical Ivs. few, narrowly linear; scape naked, bearing rather numerous salver-shaped pedicellate fls. in an umbel: perianth -tube cylindrical, sometimes with a crown in the throat; lobes 6, spread- ing, nearly equal; stamens 6: ovary sessile, 3-loculed, ovoid. Fall-blooming bulbs. niv41e, Poepp. (Milla nivctlis, Baker). Lvs. 6-9 in. long, about 2 lines wide ; scape slender, about 1 ft. long : fls. 1 in. long, 2-8 in an umbel, the segments linear and greenish; crown none. — Offered by Dutch bulb growers. T. nardssoldes, Benth. & Hook., does not appear to be in the TRITELEIA Amer. trade. It is 1 ft. or more high, with short narrow-linear lvs., and white fls. bearing a bright orauge narcissus - like crown of 3-6 broad unequal more or less connate scales, P. W. Barclay. TEISTANIA (in honor of Jules M. C. Tristan, 1776- 1861, a French botanist). Myrtdcece. A small genus of subtropical evergreen Australasian trees or small shrubs. Lvs. alternate or rarely opposite, somewhat whorled: fls. axillary, pedunculate, oymose, often fra- grant; bracts obovate or caducous ; calyx -tube turbin- ate-campanulate, lobes 5; petals 5, spreading; stamens numerous, united in bundles opposite the petals ; cap- sule 3-loculed, many-seeded, partly exserted or inclosed : seeds numerous, wingless, usually linear-euneate. Cul- tivated as greenhouse shrubs in N. Europe; hardy in Calif, north to San Francisco, also in Fla. Propagated by halt-ripened cuttings in sand under glass, or by con{6rta, R. Br. [LopJiostlmon arhoriseens, Schott. ). Brisbane Box. Pig. 2578. An umbrageous tree attain- ing 150 ft. : young shoots and calyx hoary-pubescent : lvs. 3-6 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, usually crowded at the ends of the branches and apparently verticillate : fls. mostly on the branches well below the lvs.; petals about K in. long, white and spotted, fringed. Queensland. B.R. 22:1839 (as T. macro- phyUa).—A handsome evergreen shade tree, valuable for avenues in hot, dry regions, as it withstands great drought; it also produces timber valued for strength and durability. Much grown in New South Wales as a boulevard tree. Hardy in middle California, with- standing an exceptional temperature of 26° Fahr. at Berkeley. Joseph Buktt Davy. TBITELEIA {three and complete; referring to the 3- merousfls. ). Lili&cem. Triteleia has been referred to Milla and Brodiaea; but when the group is restricted to the South American species, it seems to be advisable to keep it distinct. In Brodisea proper the pedicels are articulated at the apex; in Miila and Triteleia they are not articulated. In Milla the stamens are inserted in one series in the throat of the perianth; in Triteleia they are distinctly in two series in the tube of the peri- anth. See Brodiaa and Milla. About 16 Triteleias are known (see Baker, G.C. III. 20, p. 459). These are of two series,— those with peri- anth-tube usually as long as the segments, and those with tube shorter than segments. To the former sec- tion belongs the common T, uniflora, the only species in general cultivation. The species are native to the Andes and Argentina as far east as Buenos Ayres. They are all low grass-leaved bulbous plants, hardy or 2578. Tristania conferta (X Ya). half-hardy, useful for planting in the border or for spring blooming in pots. Sometimes the odor is un- pleasant. nnifl6ra, Lindl. (Milla unifldra, Grab. Brodiwa uni- flbra, Baker). Spring Star-flower. Fig. 2579. Lvs. TBITELEIA TBITONIA 1857 narrow-linear, 1 ft. or less long: scapes 8 in. or less tall, bearing a bract-like spathe towards the top: fl. 1 (rarely 2), l-i;>^ in. across, pale lilac or pale blue, with pointed segments violet-streaked through the center. Argentina. B.B. 23:1921. B.M. 3327. E.H. 1859, pp. 350, 351. Gng. 2:i59. -Hardy in most of the northern states, although it does not persist long. Grown chiefly as a pot-plant for spring bloom. Var. csBTiklea, Hort., has porcelain-blue flowers. There are other horticul- tural forms. T. violacea, with "delicate violet flowers," is probably a form of this species rather than the T. violacea, Kunth, a Chilean species. ij_ ji. b. TBITHBIHAX (apparently triple Thrinax; applica- tion not obvious ) . PalmAcece. Four species of South American fan palms, one of which was offered for cult, in Fla. in 1889 and is now advertised in southern Cali- fornia. The genus belongs to the Corypha tribe and is distinguished from allied genera chiefly by the follow- ing characters: fls. hermaphrodite; petals imbricate; filaments connate into a tube: carpels distinct; styles long, distinct, terminal in fruit. T. Brasiliensis is a little-known palm. It seems to have been confused in the trade with Thrinax Chuco, which is referred in this work to Acanthorhisa Chuco. The leaf-segments of the former are bifid; of the latter apparently not. Andr^ says the species described be- low is unique by reason of its sheaths at the base of the leaves. These, he says, "are composed of fibers which are at first parallel and longitudinal, then obliquely in- tercrossed and finally plaited at right angles like the mats of pandanus in which the coffee of the Antilles and Bourbon is exported. At the summit these narrow strips unite and form a series of very long, robust, re- curved spines which are evidently designed to protect the fls. and fruits against climbing animals." Brasiliensis, Mart. Trunk slender, 6-10 ft. high, 2-3 in. thick: leaf - segments 22-27, linear, free for two- thirds their whole length, bifid. Brazil. I.H. 22:202. W. M. TBlTICVM (old Latin name for wheat). Graminece- The genus as now limited comprises two sections, .Sgilops, with 12 species of southern Europe and Asia, one of which is thought by some to be the original of our cultivated wheats ; and Triticum proper, which in- cludes our cultivated wheats and spelts, that are re- ferred by Hackel to 3 species. Annual grasses with flowers in a terminal spike. Spikelets 2-5-fld. placed flat-wise, singly on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis; empty glumes ovate, 3-many-nerved, these and the fl. glumes more or less awned: grain free. The three species of our cultivated wheats are : monoc6ccnm, Linn. One-grained Wheat. Spikes compact, the joints readily separating at maturity; spikelets with one awn and usually maturing but one fruit. — The wild form occurs in southern Eu- rope. Cultivated from prehistoric times but now only to a limited extent, and mostly for mush and '"cracked wheat," and for fodder. Fol6nicum, Linn. Polish Wheat. Spikes very large, compressed, mostly blue-green. — Original form unknown. It is thought to be a true species because it rarely produces fertile crosses with T. sativum, as is also the case with T. monococcum, while the races of T. sativum among themselves produce fertile crosses. Cultivated in Spain, but not extensively elsewhere. sativum, Lam. Wheat and Spelt. Hackel divides the numerous varieties into 3 races: (a) Spelts {T. spUta, Linn.). Spikes loose, 4-sided: rachis articu- late at maturity. (This race and the next are easily distinguished by the fact that the grain does not fall out when threshed.) One of the oldest of the cultivated grains, the culture of which has decreased till now it is grown only to a limited extent In a few countries in southern Europe. (6) Emmeks (T. dicdccum, Schrank). Spike very dense, laterally compressed, rachis articu- late at maturity. This species has a history similar to Spelt and its cultivation is now confined to certain countries of S. Europe, where it is used chiefly for mush and in making starch. Both of these races are being tested in this country by the Department of Ag- riculture, and they may prove valuable in the drier regions, (c) Wheats. Kaohis not articulate at maturity. Grain easily falling out when threshed. There are 4 more or less well-marked sub -races. (1) English Wheat (T. tHrgidum, Linn.). Empty glumes sharply 2579. Triteleia uniflora (X M), keeled at base; grain broadly truncate above; leaves usually velvety ; flour poor in gluten. To this belong the Mikacle or Ebyptian Wheats (T. comp6situm, Linn.), having branched spikes, which originated as a sport. (2) Hakd or Flint Wheats, Maoaboni Wheats (T.dunim, Desf. ). Empty glumes sharply keeled at base; grain narrow and tapering, very hard ; awns long and bristly like barley, in some varieties black. Culti- vated in Mediterranean countries, especially for making macaroni and similar products, and in Russia, where it is used for making bread, when it is mixed with 10-25 per cent of soft red wheat. (3) Dwakf and Hedgehog Wheats. Empty glumes keeled only in upper half. Spikes short and dense, only 3-4 times longer than broad : culms rigid. Grown in mountainous regions of Europe, Chile and Abyssinia. The awned kinds are called Hedgehog wheat. (4) Common Wheat (T. vulgAre, Vill.). Glumes as in preceding, but spikes longer and looser. There are many varieties grown in this country, — some naked or awnless ("smooth"), others awned or bearded, some with glumes smooth, others with glumes pubescent ("velvet chaff"). Spring wheats are planted in the spring and winter wheats in the fall, the former group of varieties being grown in the more northerly regions. a. S. Hitchcock. TElTOMA. See Kniphofia. TKITONIA (name explained as follows by Ker-Gawler, its author: "Name derived from Triton, in the signifi- cation of a vane or weathercock; in allusion to the variable direction in the stamens of the different spe- cies"). Including MontbrHia. Iridclcece. Blazing Star. A genus of South African bulbs (plants really cormous), allied to Crocosmia, Acidanthera, Sparaxis and Gladiolus. Baker admits 31 species (Handbook of the Irideas, 1892). Few of them are in general cultiva- tion, although many of the species have been introduced at one time or another. Those of the Montbretia class are showy, hardy summer-flowering 'bulbs, to be handled like Gladioli ; or they may be left in the ground perma 1858 TRITONIA TEOLLIUS nently if given protection of mulch in cold climates. As far north as New York and Mass., however, they are usu- ally best wintered in damp (not wet) earth indoors. The best known kinds are T. crocosmmflora and 2". Pottsii. Mostof the Latin names in catalogues belong to these, as sulphurea, Tigridia pyramidalis, grandiflora, elegans, floribunda. To gardeners, Tritonias are usually known as Montbretias. Garden Tri- tonias grow 1 ft. or more tall, pro- ducing several to many showy flow- ers of a yellow, orange or red color, and bearing several stiffish linear or sword-shaped /-. ^„ leaves. Corms ^^ small, covered with strongly r e t icu lated sheaths or tu- nics. The peri- anth is tubular, with a spread- 2581. Tritonla ciocosmsflora (X Yt), ing limb of obovate or oblong, nearly equal segments. The stamens are 3, inserted in the perianth-tube, with mostly ver- satile anthers and filiform fila- ments. The pistil has a 3- loculed ovary, filiform 3- branched style, ripening into a 3-valved capsule. A. Perianth-segments ohovate. croc&ta, Ker-Gawl. Slender, simple or branched from near the base, bearing few fls. in loose 1-sided racemes : fl. about 2 in. across, tawny yel- low or orange-red, the stamens one - third the length of the perianth-limb. Cape Colony. B.M. 184 fas Ixia crocata). Gn. 54: 1181.- Var. miniata, Baker (T. min- iate, Ker-Gawl.), has light red fls. B.M. 609. There are color varieties, as purpiurea, cocclnea, aurantlaca. These plants are usually treated as greenhouse bulbs in the North. AA. Perianth-segments oblong. rdsea, Klatt. Tall and branched, with short linear Ivs. and loose 6-15-fld. racemes: fl. bright red, with oblong segments (the three lower ones yellow blotched at the base) as long as the tube and anthers just protruding from the tube. Cape Colony. B.M. 7280. -Can be left in the open as far north as Mass., if well protected, but are usually safer if taken up. P6ttsii, Benth. (Montbritia PSttsii, Baker). Fig. 2580. Strong, branching plant 2-4 ft. tall, with several lax ra- cemes, and few or several firm narrow Ivs. : fl. about 1 in. long, bright yellow tinged red, the tube broadly funnelform and twice longer than the oblong unequal ascending segments, the stamens about half the height of the limb. Natal, Transvaal, etc. B.M. 6722. G.C. III. 7:301, showing how the corms form one above the ■ other. ciocosmsefldia, Lemoine {T. Pottsii x pollen of Gro- cosmia aurea [Fig. 582, Vol. I]). Fig. 2581. Slender, much branching, erect plant 3-4 ft. high, with several or many sword-shaped Ivs., and loose, more or less dis- tichous racemes: fls. 2 in. across, orange-crimson, with a slender curved tube nearly or quite equaling the ob- long spreading segments. E.H. 1882:124. Gn. 25, p. 363; 31:598. G.M. 36:484. — Crocosma aurea was introduced into England) in 1847, and Tritonia Pottsii (into Scot- land) in 1877 by G. H. Potts. Victor Lemoine, Nancy, France, hybridized the two, and the product, T. crocos- mmflora, bloomed in 1880. This hybrid is now the most popular of Tritonias (or Montbretias). T. aitrea, Pappe. See Crocosmia aurea.— T. crispa, Ker- Gawl. ri. whitish or pale pink, with oblong obtuse segments, and with crisped Ivs. B.M. 678.— T. deiista.'Kei- Gawl. Differs from T. crocata in having a purple- black blotch on the claw of the 3 outer segments. B.M. 622.— T. fldva, Ker-Gawl. Fls. bright yellow, the segments oblong and the 3 lower ones with a callus in the throat: Ivs. very short. B.E. 9:747.- T. hyalina. Baker. Differs from T. crocata in hav- ing the perianth-segments narrowed at the lower part into a claw with hyaline margin. B.M. 704, as T. fenestralis.— T. lineata, Ker-Gawl. Fls. white or pink, with short oblong segments and protrud- ing anthers, of the shape of gladiolus flowers. B. M. 487 (as Gladiolus lineatus).— T. sciUaria, Baker. Small and slender: fls. pink, with wide-flaring nar- row segments, ixia-like. B.M. 629 (as Ixia poly- steehya). — T. securigera, Ker-Gawl. Lvs. short: fls. red or copper -colored, the 3 lower segments with a callus on the claw. B.M. 383 (as Gladiolus seeuriger). — T. undulata, Baker. Lvs. short and narrow, much crisped: fls. pink, with oblong equal segments. B.M. 599 (as Ixia crispa).— T. viridis. Ker-(Jawl. Lvs. plane or crisped, linear: fls. green, with nearly equal oblanceolate segments. B.M. 1275. — T. Wilsnni, Baker. Lvs. very narrow linear: racemes simple or forked, lax, few-fld. : fls. white, tinged with purple, the segments obovate-euspidate. L. H. B. TBOLLITJS (old German trol, something round; in allusion to the shape of the flow- ers. ) Sanunculdcem. Globe Flowek. A group of neat, hardy, herbaceous perennials of about 10 species, mostly found in marshy places, of the north temperate zone. Roots fibrous, thickened: lvs. palmately divided or lobed: fls. large, solitary, yellowish or pur- plish; petals 5 to many, small, unguiculate, with a nectariferous pit at the base of the blade: stamens many: carpels 5 to many, sbst ■ sile, many-ovuled: follicles in a head. Plants of this genus grow freely in a mixture of sandy loam and peat, and in rather damp situations. They may be increased either by seeds, or by dividing the old plants; but the young plants grow slowly at first, and will not flower before the second season from seed. A. True petals shorter than the stamens. B. Plant with true stem, % to ^ ft. high.. 1. laxuB BB. Plant with scapes or scape-like stems seldom over S or 4 in. high 2. acaulis AA. True petals longer than the stamens. B. Lvs. only 5-parted: Ifts. someivhat lobed, cleft and toothed: sepals hardly spreading 3. EuTopaeus BE. I/vs. smaller, brome-green ; Ifts. more finely lobed, cleft.and toothed: sepals spreading .-...4. Asiaticus l&za8, Salisb. Slender, weak stems, K-2 ft. long, somewhat ascending: radical and lower stem lvs. long- er short-petioled : all the lvs. 5-7-parted; Ifts. cuneate and much cleft and toothed: fls. usually solitary, 1 to 2 in. across; sepals 5-7, entire or toothed at the end, more spreading than the other species; petals many, much shorter than the stamens : follicles K in. long, straight TROLLIUS TEOP^OLUM 1859 Deak one-fourth as long: head of fruit % in. across. Bogs and damp places, Mich, to New Eng. and Del. May-July or Aug. B.M. 1988. B.C. 56 (both as T. Americanui), Var. albifldrus, Gray. ( T. AmencAnus, Hook. ) Much like the type but usually lower, more slender: Ifts. usually 5: fls. pale or white: petals nearly equaling the stamens. Mountain tops, Colo., northward and west- ward. aoaMis, Lindl. Plant only 3 or 4 in, high: Ivs. as in the above, or only 5-parted: fls. lemon-yellow, spreading, on stems hardly reaching from the ground; sepals 9, nearly lanceolate, acute, sometimes toothed; petals spatulate, shorter than the staiuens. Northern India. B.R. 29:32. EuropsBUS, Linn. {T. globdstis. Lam.). Stems erect, 15 in. or more high, often branching; lower Ivs. petioled, others sessile; Ifts. only 5-parted, lobed, cleft and toothed, those of the root-leaves on short petioles; fls. of a lemon -yellow color, solitary or in tyos, 1-2 in. across, globular in form; sepals 10-15, ovate; petals spatulate, often longer than the stamens: fr. much as in 2'. laxus. Wet upland meadows of N. Eu. May-July. Gn. 40:816.— Var. L6ddigesii, Hort., has deep yellow fls. Asi&ticus, Linn. Fig. 2582. Plant much like T. JEuropceus , often taller, the smaller bronze-green Ivs. more finely lobed and cleft, fls. a rich orange color with sepals spreading. May. Siberia. B.M. 235.— The blos- soms of this are well suited for out-flower purposes. The plants thrive best and produce richest colors if partially exposed to the sun. T. gigantius, found in garden lists, is a very tall form of this species. T. Japdnicus, Hort., with large orange fls. in early spring, is by some referred to this species. k. c. Davis. growing herbs, mostly climbing, of South America, chiefly of the cooler parts of Peru and Chile. They are grown for their showy odd flowers. The common species, T. minus and T. majus, are also grown for their young pods and seeds, which are made into pickles. The peppery-tasting leaves are sometimes used like cress, in salads, whence the name "Indian cress " in England. In America this use of the plant is little known. Certain kinds, par- ticularly T. tuberocum, pro- duce edible sub- terranean tu- bers. The flow- ers of Tropaeo- lum are very irregular : se- pals 5, connate at the base, the posterior one produced into a long slender spur : petals 5 (sometimes fewer by abor- tion). usually narrowed into distinct claws, the two upper ones smaller or otherwise dissimilar and inserted in the mouth of the spur; stamens 8, unequal, with declined usually curving filaments; pis- til with one style and a 3-lobed ovary, which ripens into 3 1-seeded indehiscent carpels (the carpels constitute the "seed" of commerce). The flowers yellow or orange, rarely blue or pur- leaves are alternate and usually though often deeply lobed or even usually peltate; stipules none or very species climb by means of the coil- oles. For references to recent botanical literature on TropsBOlum, see P. Buchenau in Englers Bot. Jahrb. 26, p. 580. TropsBolums thrive in any warm, sunny, fairly moist place. The tops are tender to frost. For early effects, seeds may be started indoors in pots or boxes. The common climbing species are T. majtis and T. Lob- bianum, both of which are very useful for window boxes, balconies, for covering banks and walls, and for growing amongst shrubbery. The common dwarf species, T. minus, is earlier and usually more floriferous, and is very useful for the front row in the border. T. peregriniim, the Canary-bird Flower, is grown either indoors or in the open. Probably most species are per- ennial. Many of them are tuberous and withstand some frost at the root; but the half-hardy species are little known in this country. are usually pie. The simple, al- dissected, small. The ing peti- atropurpureuniy 12. atrosanguinewm, 12. azureum, 1. brachyceras, 4. Canariense, 9. fimbriatum, 11. INDEX. Jarrattii, 3. Leiclitlini, 8. Lobbianum, 11. majus, 12. minus, 13. peutaphyllum, 6. A. Flowers blue. peregrinum, 9. polyphyllum, 7. speciosum, 5. tricolor, 2. tricoJorum, 2, tuberosum, 10, 2582. Trollius Asiaticus (X Ji), TEOPa;OIUM (from Greek word for trophy: the leaves are shield-shaped and the flowers helmet-shaped). Gerani&eeos. Nasturtium. About 40 sf>ecies of soft- 1. azdreum, Miers. Very slender glasshouse climber: Ivs. peltate, 5-parted nearly or quite to the base, into narrow-obovate or oblanceolate divisions : fls. small, the calyx and short spur green, the wide-spreading corolla azure-blue, the petals 2-lobed or emarginate. Chile. 1860 TROPiEOLUM B.E. 28:65. R.H. 1843:300. P.S. 2:110. P.M. 9:247. R.B. 20:157. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., has larger fls. P.S. 11:1160. I.H. 3:85. AA. I'ls. red or yellow. B. Petals small, protruding from the constricted mouth of the calyx. 2, tiicoldrum, Sweet (T. tricolor, Lindl.). Fig. 2583. Perennial from a fleshy or tuberous root, half-hardy, climbing: Ivs. peltate, orbicular, divided into 6 oblong villous leaflets: fls. about 1 in. long, somewhat cornu- copia-shaped, the calyx being the conspicuous part; main part of the calyx vermilion, the short lobes pur- plish, the small petals yellow. Chile. B.M. 3169. B.R. 23:1935. F.S. 4:369. P.M. 2:123.-Very choice half- hardy plant and probably the best known in this coun- try of the tuberous-rooted kinds. Usually grown in- doors. Its growth is very delicate. 3. Jirrattii, Paxt. Much like T. tricolorum, but more robust, the fls. larger, more brilliant in color, the upper part of the calyx with bright spots of yellow, the two upper petals penciled with brown. Chile. P.M. 5:29. BB. Petals conspicuous and mostly wide-spreading, c. Spur not as long as the calyx-loies . i. biach^'ceras. Hook. & Am. A very slender climber, resembling T. tricolorum in habit: Ivs. peltate, nearly orbicular, deeply parted into 6 or 7 oblong or obovate obtuse lobes: fls. small, on short pedicels, the calyx green and very short-spurred, the corolla with spread- ing yellow petals. Chile. B.M. 3851. B.R. 23:1926. F.S. 4:368. P.M. 4: 55. -Half-hardy perennial. CO. Spur much longer than calyx-lobes. D. Lvs. parted nearly or quite to the base, or distinctly E. Blossoms essentially red. 5. specidBUiu, Poepp. & Endl. Half-hardy slender climbing vine: lvs. peltate at the base, short-petioled, parted to the base into 6 obovate-oblong obtuse divisions or leaflets: pedicels very slender, red, fls. shaped much like those of T. majiis, but smaller, vermilion-red. TROP^OLUM showy. Chile. B.M. 4323. P.S. 3:281. P.M. 14:173. Gn. 37, pp. 253, 545.— A perennial fleshy-rooted plant, hardy in England. J584. Tropaolum peregrinum— the Canary-bird Flower {X%). 2585. Tropeeoluin inajus, the common Chmbing Nasturtium.. 6. pentaph^Uum, Lam. Slender climber, the glabrous colored stems arising from a tuberous root: lvs. di- vided to the base into 5 oblong or obovate segments or leaflets; fls. small (about 1% in. long), the large red spur being the conspicuous part, the lobes green, and the 2 small petals red. Argentina. B.M. 3190. B.H. 22:73.— A half-hardy species, showy because of the great number of bright small flowers. EE. Blossoms yellow. 7. polyph^llum, Cav. Perennial, half-hardy: 'stem succulent, prostrate or climbing: lvs. peltate, orbicular, out beyond the center into 7-9 narrow divisions: fls. much like T. majus in shape, but smaller; spur slender but rather short, the calyx-lobes triangular; petals unguiculate, yellow, wavy or emarginate, the 2 upper ones streaked with red. Chile. B.M. 4042. P.M. 10:175. F.S. 20:2066. G.C. II. 20:241. Gn. 45, p. 158.— It is a tuberous-rooted species, the stem naturally prostrate. 8. Lelchtlini, Hort. Hybrid of T. polyphyllum and T. edule (see suppl. list), raised by Max Leichtlin^ Baden-Baden. Much like T. polyphyllum, but the fls. of brighter color, and the lvs. larger. DD. Lvs. lobed, the divisions usually not extending much, if any, beyond the middle, and the si- nuses usually broad. E. Petals fringed. 9. peregrinum, Linn. {T. Canariinse, Hort.). Ca- NAKY-BiED FLOWER. Fig. 2584. Annual, tall-climbing; glabrous: lvs. peltate near the margin, cordate-orbicu- lar, divided to about the middle into 5 lobes, which are mostly apiculate: fls. canary -yellow, odd and very ir- regular; spur green, hooked; 2 upper petals erect and large, obovate-clawed, much fringed: 3 lower petals small and narrow and ciliate. Colombia. B.M. 1351. B.R. 9:718.— An excellent quick-growing vine, althoughi the fls. can scarcely be called showy. TROPiEOLUM TROPICAL FRUITS 1861 EE. Petals entire. 10. tuberdBum, Ruiz. & Pav. Root producing a pyri- form irregular tuber 2-3 in. long: stem climbing, gla- brous; Ivs. peltate near the base, cordate-orbicular, 5- lobed nearly or quite to the middle: fls. rather small, the calyx and long spur red, the petals yellow, small and nearly erect and little exceeding the calyx. Peru. B.M. 3714. F.S. 5:452. P.M. 5:49. R.H. 1853:341 (tubers). J.H. III. 30:385.-Plant stands some frost. In Peru, the tubers are eaten, and the plant is some- times cult, in Europe for the tubers. It appears in the Amer. catalogues of European dealers. The tubers are usually boiled. DDE. Zivs. entire or only undulate. E. Plant pilose. 11. Lobbi&num, Veitch. Annual, climbing, hairy all over except the under parts of the Ivs. and the petals: Ivs. very long-stalked, peltate, nearly orbicular, undu- late and with points on the margin: fls. large, long- spurred, orange-red, the two upper petals large, broad and entire, the three lower ones small and clawed and coarsely toothed and also fringed on the claws. Colom- bia. B.M. 4097. F.S. 2:67. P.M. 11:271. Var. limbri- &tum, Hort., has all the petals toothed or fringed. R.H. 1856:101. — Seldom seen in its pure state. EE. Plant glabrous. 12. mijus, Linn. Figs. 2585, 2586. Strong-growingi somewhat succulent climbing annual : Ivs. peltate, nearly orbicular and undulate-angled: fls. large, mostly in shades of yellow or orange, with straight spur, the 2 upper petals entire or undulate (not apiculate), the 3 lower ones narrower and fringes on the claws. Peru. B.M. 23:3375 (tsxt atrosanguineum) . F.S. 12:1286 (var. atropwrpureum nanum). P.M. 1:176 (var. atrosangui- neum). There are double-fld. foi-ms. G.C. II. 11:665. These appear to have been introduced into this country about 1885 or 6. There are also dwarf forms.— This spe- cies has been in cult, in Europe since 1684. It is the foundation of the common climbing Nasturtiums. Some of these garden forms are probably the offspring of hy- bridization with T. Jjothianunt B.M. 98.— Very likely blended with T. majus by hybridi- zation, in garden forms. T. digititum,Ka,TSt. Climber, with root fibrous: Ivs. peltate, 5-7-lobed: fls. yellow, 1 in. in diam., the spur long and red, the petals fimbriate. Venezuela.- T. idule, Paxt. Climber; Ivs. orbicular, witli 5 or 6 narrow Ifts. : fls. in shape like those of T, tnajus, taut smaller, yellow. Pro- duces tuberous edible roots. Chile. P.M. 9:127.-"T. hederce- folia " is offered by A. Blanc in 1901.— T. lAndeni, G. Wall. Beau- tiful climber with large, peltate, undulate-lobed Ivs. that are pur- plish beneath and beautifully- veined with white above: fls. ou- long pedicels, the long tube red and the calyx-lobes green. Co- lombia. l.H. 41:267. L. H. B. 2587. Flower of TropEEO- lum minus (X %). One of the lower petals shown at a. 2586. Tropasolum maius. 13. minus, Linn. Fig. 2587. Dwarf annual, not climb- ing, smaller in all its parts: Ivs. apiculate at the ends of the veins: fls. with narrow apiculate petals. Peru. TROPICAL FRUITS. Trav- elers hailing from the temper- ate zone are generally sur- prised and delighted, at first,, with the fruits they find in tropical markets. This is due to the fact that such things are for the most part new to them. They taste everything they see and not infrequently publish their ex- periences in language where praise is not stinted. Some, on the other hand, view nearly every tropical fruit with prej- udice and disdain and cannot be persuaded to taste, and if eventually persuaded, only to condemn with aversion. Under such circumstances it is not to be wondered at that in some quarters tropical fruits should be held in bigh esteem, and in others be considered of doubtful value. That good tropical fruits do really exist cannot he disputed, although on careful examination they are found to be few in number, and some kinds far from common even in the local markets. True tropical fruits may be described as those requiring a temperature from 16° to 32° centigrade or 60° to 90° Fahr. Among the subtropical fruits there are some which appear to thrive in the tropics as well as in their native place, but whether this is really so may be questioned. Any differences in the conditions of the fruits on reaching the ripening stage will account for difliculties often met with in preparing them for export. Such is the orange, for instance; it thrives well under tropical conditions and gives (when the class of plant grown has been well selected) fruit excellent in appearance, large in size, and possessing a iine flavor. If such fruit is grown for export, it must of necessity be packed at seasons of the year when our tropical atmosphere is charged with hu- midity to within 15 per cent of the saturation point, and this fact constitutes an important dUficulty often over- looked by beginners in the export trade. Such difficul- ties can, however, be overcome by careful methods of packing and preparation, and by selecting fruit which ripens in the " dry season " when packing facilities are as good as those of a temperate climate. It is very doubtful, however, whether subtropical fruits grown in a humid climate can ever equal in their keeping qualities those produced in a lower temperature and drier cli- mate. It has been proved that fruit can be safely trans- ported to long distances if properly handled, but the treatment to be undergone differs considerably from that which the fruits of temperate climates require. Many tropical fruits are nothing more than what should be called wayside morsels, that is to say, although edi- ble, they are seldom of a quality suitable for dessert, and are consumed mostly by children and wayfarers. By selection and cross-breeding these same fruits are being much improved, and strains will probably be pro- duced which in the future will be largely sought for, as there are good indications of success in varieties which have already appeared. This is work which must be systematically adopted to sustain a regular export trade in tropical fruits, and a good start has been made from several points ,- _, 1862 TROPICAL FRUITS The fact is that tropical fruits with but few exceptions, have until very recently been almost exclusively grown from seed, with the natural result that variety in the quality, form, size, and color of the fruit is the univer- sal rule ; and although there are seedling strains of well- marked types, buyers know that no reliance can in the main be placed upon securing fruits of uniform quality and flavor. In the case of the orange, the class of fruit raised in some districts is good as a whole, but in others the produce is of a low grade and even in the best dis- tricts inferior fruit is allowed to develop which often spoils the better samples. This is being rapidly remedied by the planting of grafted kinds. The same variation ob- tains with all kinds of fruit without exception. In no fruit is this feature more clearly apparent than in the mango, Mangifera Indicu. Fig. 2589. Kinds exist which are 2588. Flower of the Rose Apple or Jambos, one of the minor Tropical Fruits. Natural size. (See p. 557.) fit for the table of a king, but at the same time there are fruits grown which the poorest beggar would refuse. The variety is almost endless, and little dependence can be placed upon quality, except those produced by trees grafted from selected kinds. These are now becoming more common, but as yet there are no large orchards planted with selected kinds, and consequently no regu- larity can as yet be expected in the quality and character of the fruit available for export. The mango, like the orange, easily yields to grafting; it grows rapidly and there is no reason why large quantities of this excellent fruit should not be placed upon the markets. The botani- cal departments of the British colonies, and elsewhere, have many selected kinds under cultivation and great eifort is being made to induce the people to plant se- lected kinds, instead of the worthless seedlings. Man- goes have been shipped with success from the West Indies, and there would appear to be nothing of impor- tance to prevent their being regularly placed upon the markets of Europe and America. All that is needed is to select fine strains, known both for their keepmg qualities and good flavor, and to grow them in quanti- ties that would pay. The mango, as a rule, ta,kes many years to establish if grown from seed; but if grafted plants are cultivated, fruit is obtained m four or hve TROPICAL FRUITS years. The Julie, Divine, No. 11 Martin, Malda, Gordon, Peters, Pfere Louis, and Mango d'Or are varieties which are worthy of the table of the richest, and would be well suited for extensive cultivation for purposes of export. The people are slow to recognize the value of the art of budding and grafting, but education in this direction is rapidly extending under the auspices oE the Depart- ments of Agriculture and Education in the West Indies. Many fruits practically unknown in northern latitudes are readily available here in small quantities, but insuf- ficient to maintain a paying export trade. If they were grown in larger quantity and in uniform quality, there is no serious obstacle to their being regularly placed upon the northern market. The system of transportation now in use is not thoroughly efficient, but would soon adapt itself to the circumstances of a profitable trade. The success of the banana as an export fruit has long been a recognized fact; and the trade is yearly increas- ing. In this case the propagation is carried on by suck- ers, and there is no variation in the quality of the pro- duce; the market always gets the same quality, hence the success. Among the best of all tropical fruits is the Mango- steen, ff arct'nia Mangostana, native of the Straits Settle- ments. This has been fruited in Jamaica and Trinidad, and the fruit has been sent in good order to the English market. It is, however, slow-growing, and as yet only very few trees of it are in existence in the West Indies. It has grown well in Trinidad, and has produced excel- lent crops of fruit of the finest flavor and there can be no doubt that many of the islands in the West Indies are quite capable of growing this fruit to perfection; and there is no doubt that it could be carried to market without serious loss in transit. Writings upon tropical fruits are much scattered and there is as yet no book dealing solely with the subject. The most important tropical fruits are detailed in the order of their local value in the following list (see the various entries in this Cyclopedia) : Tropical Fruits of the West Indies and Centrau America : 1. Banana, Miisa species. Figs. 187-8. 2. Cocoanut, Cocos nucifera. Pigs. 506-7, 1497. 3. Pineapple, Anavas sativus. Figs. 8.S, 1810-11. 4. Mango, Mangifera Indica. Figs. 2589, 1360-1. 5. Mangosteen, Garcinia Mangostana. Fig. 893. 6. Sapodilla, Achras Sapota. Fig.-2249. 7. Pear (Alligator Pear), Persea ^ra^issjma. Fig. 1724. 8. Sugar Apple, Anona squamosa. Fig. 94. 9. Custard Apple, Anona reticulata. 10. Sour-sop, Anona muricata. 11. Governor's Plum, Flacourtia jRamontchi. P. 589. 12. Akee, Cupania sapida, 13. Cashew, Anacardium occidentaU. P. 60. 14. Guava, Psidium Guajava. Pig. 2008. 15. Pomme Cythfere, Spondias dulcis. 16. Granadilla, Passiflora maerocarpa. 17. Water Lemon, Passiflora laurifolia. 18. Star Apple, Chrysophyllum Cainito. Fig. 409. 19. Genip, Melicocea bijuga. Fig. 1388. Of this list probably not more than half the number are cultivated in selected varieties, and some are mere wayside fruits, as the guava, genip and cashew. The banana, cocoanut and pineapple are largely exported. The mango is capable of being grown to any extent for export to temperate climates. The mangosteen is a fruit the cultivation of which should be largely ex- tended. The sapodilla if grown from the finest selected varieties is one of the choicest of tropical fruits. It is tender when ripe but carries well when "full," a West- Indian term for maturity. The pear (Persea) is a fruit which also carries well when mature. It is what should be called a salad fruit and is eaten with pepper and salt. In the East it is often served with sherry and sugar as fruit at dessert. The anonas, Nos. 8, 9 and 10, are good additions to the dessert when well grown from selected kinds. The last, or sour-sop, is particularly well suited for flavor- ing ices, it being considered by many as the best of all the fruit flavors for this purpose. It could be easily TROPICAL FRUITS exported in ice. The akee might be exported if pre- served. The part used is the large arillus attached to the seed, and it is served as a relish with meat dishes. The governor's plum is a fruit the size of a green-gage and makes flue jellies. The casbew is useful when pre- served, but is too tender for export. The large seeds, roasted and bottled for preservation, form one of the best table nuts known. The guava can only be exported in the form of the well-known guava jelly. When a good variety is to hand the Pomme Cyth^re is an excel- lent and well-flavored table fruit. The granadilla makes excellent ices, and the water lemon is much used as dessert, having the appearance and flavor of a huge ripe gooseberry, though generally somewhat sweeter. Meli- cocoa bijuga, or the genip, is a children's fruit, and is seldom seen at table. Like all similar fruits there has practically been no selection, and a large amount of variation appears. This is very prominent in the genip. Some are very acid, while others are deliciously sweet. This variation, as shown in seedlings, is fully sufficient to account for the diverse opinions as to the qualities of tropical fruits. The citrous tribes are, of course, sub-tropical fruits, but it is possible to grow them to great perfection in the tropics. When grown upon the sour orange stock, the trees are capable of reaching a large size, and will afford regular crops. An excellent start has been made in many West Indian islands in the cultivation of grafted plants of the best kinds. Trees in the tropics usually have their regular season of fruiting, but many trees, such as the mango and the orange, produce fruit out of season, or in the coolest season of the year. Trees which fruit at such a season are generally the most inferior kinds. Most visitors to the tropics choose this season for making their tour, and in consequence never have the opportunity of seeing or tasting the best qualities of the fruit produced, and only get inferior kinds, which the regular resident would not trouble to eat. When a mango is de.4cribed as "all tow and turpentine," the writers were writing truly of the ordinary "out of season" mango, but all-the-year-round residents know that these kinds are as difEerent from the selected varie- ties as is the quince from a jargonelle or a pear or a crab apple from a Ribston pippin. j_ jj_ Hart. Another View oJ Tropical Fruits. — The fruits most grown for export from the West Indies are bananas, oranges, grape fruit or pomelo, pineapples and cocoa- nuts. Others that are prized, but not exported to any extent, are mangoes, grapes, star-apples, naseberry or sapodilla, avocado pear, granadilla, cherimoya, sweet sop and mangosteen. banana.— There are between 20 and 30 different va- rieties of banana, and about half as many of the plan- tain, which is the form of banana used as a vegetable. The enormous export of over 8,000,000 ounches of ba- nanas annually from Jamaica is almost entirely of one particular variety, which goes under various names,— "Jamaica," "Martinique," "Gros Michel," etc. A small quantity of a red - skinned variety is occasionally ex- ported. It is prized rather for its color and effective- ness in a dish of fruit than for its quality. There are others, such as "Lady's Finger," which are superior in flavor to the Jamaica, and are destined to obtain in time special prices in the markets. These superior varieties have mostly been collected by the Roj'al Gardens, Kew, from India, Java, Straits Settlements, etc., and have been sent out from time to time to the Botanic Gardens of the West Indies. The soil most suitable for banana culture is a deep loam with a large proportion of humus. Good drainage is essential. Bananas grow well under irrigation, but the application of the water must be carefully watched. The only disease that is known is a species of Maras- mius, a fungus which attacks the petiole of the leaf. It has not done much harm, and in fact has not attracted any notice except in Trinidad. Insects do not interfere with plant or fruit. Nematode worms are known in other countries to have caused great destruction, but no cases are reported from any part of tropical America. Citrons Fruits (more properly sub-tropical).— Until a few years ago no attention was paid to the cultivation TROPICAL FRUITS 1863 of any of the citrous fruits: they simply grew wild,— seeds were dropped by birds, and wherever the soil was suitable trees sprung up. Naturally many hybrids and inferior kinds exist, but the great mass of the trees have come true, and the fruit is of excellent quality. Since Florida, has suffered so much in its orange-groves, cultivation in the West Indies has become general, and all the best kinds of Citrus have been imported from Florida, California and Englandl In Jamaica the navel orange was introduced direct from Bahia many years ago, and there is good evidence that it occurs spontan- eously in the island at the most favorable elevation for the orange, — about 2,300 feet. A natural hybrid between the sweet orange and the tangierineis also known in the same district. The general excellence of the orange in Jamaica is partly due to the large numbers of grafted St. Michaels that were distributed from the Botanic Gar- 2S89. Fruits of the Mango, Maneifera Indica (X 1-5) . See also Mangitera, Vol. II. dens at Castleton. A limestone soil seems to suit the orange best. At low elevations both the orange and the grape fruit are rather sweet, but this fault gradually disappears and the flavor improves the higher the ele- vation,— the limit in Jamaica being somewhere about 4,000 feet for the orange, and 3,000 feet for the grape fruit. The diseases and insect pests that attack the citrous tribe in other countries are known in the West Indies, and the roots of trees are also attacked by the grub of a beetle, a species of Prsepodes. Trees that have grown wild are not subject to disease or insect pests. Pinea^i^ies. — Pineapples are indigenous in tropical America, and although it is scarcely possible to say whether they are truly native in any of the West In- dian islands, they are spoken of as being grown not very long after the discovery by Columbus. Joseph Acosta, in his "Naturall andMorall Historie of the East and West Indies" (London, 1604), says : "The first Spaniards named many things at the Indies with such Spanish names as they did most resemble, as Pines . . . although they be very different fruits to those which are so-called in Spaine . . . The best [pines] are those of the Islands of Barlovente [Greater Antilles]." The Botanic Gardens in Jamaica are making experiments in crossing different varieties. The Ripley is the general favorite in Jamaica for its exquisite flavor, but the Smooth Cayenne is being cultivated largely for export, as its finer appearance ensures a higher price in the 1864 TROPICAL PEUITS markets. Mealy bug attacks the cultivated pine-apple, and blight and tangle-foot occur as in Florida, but in suitable situations it grows wild without any cultivation quite free from disease. Cocoanuts.— There is a large export of cocoanuts in the shell from the W. Indies, and in Jamaica there is a factory for making cocoanut oil. The palms are sub- ject in some districts to a disease which attacks the terminal bud. So far as can be judged, it is of a bacterial nature, and probably infection is caused by beetles and other insects. In the West Indies cocoanuts flourish even in the interior of the islands and at a con- siderable elevation— 2,000 feet. They require an abund- ance of water at their roots. Mangoes were introduced into the West Indies towards the end of the eighteenth century, and to-day they are the commonest trees— the reason being that the seeds germinate readily and at once take root in almost any soil. The trees will grow even at elevations of 5,000 feet, but they do not bear fruit above 3,500 feet, nor do they bear at all in wet districts. There are numerous varieties, most of them being somewhat fibrous, even the esteemed "No. 11" containing some thread-like fiber. In the year 1869 several of the best grafted varieties of India were imported from Bombay for the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica; these are of superior excellence and without fiber. The seedlings of these Bombay mangoes do not come true, but the majority of them bear good fruit. Grafted plants are distributed from the various botanic gardens of the West Indies. Experi- ments in budding are being carried on with a view to bud the numerous inferior kinds. Even the coarse mangoes which are worthless as fruit, if picked before ripe, make excellent tarts, preserves, pickles, etc., and there is a wide field for enterprise in utilizing such fruit in various ways. The pineapple, cashew, ginep, naseberry or sapodilla, sweet sop, sour sop, custard apple, avocado pear, cherimoya, Spanish plum (Spondias), Barbados cherry, papaw, Pig. 2590, cocoa -plum, star apple, granadilla, .•.,,-^:^»M**'!rv;i^i^fe'VU-«.. J590. Papaw tree — Carica Papaya. A tropical fruit of secondary importance. (See also p. 246.) This picture shows a specimen grown in the open in southern Florida; Fie. 363 shows one grown in a northern greenhouse. sweet cup, pomme d'or, guava, mammee and mammee sapota are all natives of tropical or subtropical America ' or the West Indies, or are indigenous on both the main- land and some of the islands. TROXIMON The banana, citrous fruits, cocoanut, raangosteen, carambola, bilimbi, Nilgiri blackberry, tamarind, pome- granate, grape, akee, bread-fruit, and jack-fruit are introduced from other countries. The akee, bread-fruit, jack-fruit, cho-cho (Sechium edule, Pig. 2281), ochra and avocado pear are fruits used as vegetables. Great improvements have lately been made in the mode of packing fruits for export. The Government of Jamaica is about to appoint inspectors of fruit for export, who will stamp all packages that pass as well- graded, well-packed, etc., with the Government mark. It will be optional for exporters to take advantage of such inspection. The Imperial Department of Agriculture in the Lesser Antilles, and the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica, Trinidad, and British Guiana are devoting a considerable amount of attention to fruit with gratifying results. The inauguration in January, 1901, of a new line of steamers, with a subsidy of $200,000 annually, specially built for the fruit trade, and sailing direct from Jamaica to England, has already had a great effect in increasing the area under cultivation. This is only the first step in a regular and systematic export of fruit from the West Indies to Europe, and the development of the trade to an enormous extent is confidently anticipated. Wm. Fawcett. Botany oJ Tropical Fruits. All the tropical fruits mentioned above are described in this work at their proper places, with the exception of some of the follow- ing: Barbadoes Cherry is Malpighia glabra, which see. Nilgiri Blackberry is Hubus racemosus. Ochra is another spelling for Okra. Pomme Cythfere is Spondias dulcis, described below. Pomme d'Or is Passiflora laurifolia. Spanish Plum. Consult Spondias ptirpurea, below. Sweet Cup is Passiflora edulis and P. maliformis. The genus Sp6ndias of the family Anacardidcem takes its name from an old Greek word used by Theophrastus for some kind of plum. It contains about 8 species of tropical trees with alternate odd-pinnate Ivs., numer- ous opposite Ifts., minute whitish fls. and yellow fruits as large as common plums. Botanically the fruit is a fieshy drupe with a 1-5-loculed bony endocarp. The ge- nus is distinguished by the following characters: ovary 3-5-loculed ; ovule pendulous : Ivs. pinnate : fls. polyga- mous ; stamens 8-10 : styles 4-5, free at apex. The fol- lowing are widely cult, in the tropics. A. Locules of file echinate nut distant, connected only by the common base. dulcis, Forst. Pomme Cythbre. Sweet Otaheite Apple. Froit de Cythere. Hevi. Wi Frdit, in Ta- hite. Height 50 ft. : Ifts. 11-13, oval-oblong, acuminate, serrate : fr. golden yellow, tastes something like a pine- apple. Society Islands. AA. Locules of the smoothish nut contiguous and more or less adnate. B. Racemes panicled, often exceeding the Ivs.: fls. yellowish white. liktea, Linn., (S. MSmbin, Jacq., not Linn.). Golden Apple. Jamaica Plum. Tall tree: Ifts. 7-17, ovate-lan- ceolate or lanceolate, subentire or serrulate : panicle M-1 ft. long: fr. ovoid, 2 in. long, yellow. Cosmopoli- tan in tropics. BB. Racemes unbranched, few-fid., much shorter than Ivs.; fls. ptirplish. purpurea, Linn. ( 5. M6mbin, Linn. , not Jacq. ) . Span- ish Plum. Low tree: Ivs. deciduous: Ifts. 16-21, ellip- tic-oblong, bluntish, usually serrate: fr. obovoid, 1 in. long, yellow or tinged purple. American Tropics. TB6XIIIII0N (Greek, edible; which does not apply). Compisitce. A genus of 15 species of mostly perennial, nearly stemless herbs native of North America except possibly 2 species which are South American. The spe- TROXIMON TSUGA 1865 cies are generally low-growing hardy plants with clus- ters of sessile, radical leaves and simple scapes bearing a head of yellow or purple flowers in summer. cuspid&tum, Pursh, Root thick: Ivs. entire, linear- lanceolate, thickish, 4-10 in. long; scape about 1 ft, high: fls. yellow: akene not beaked. Prairies of 111. and Wis. to Dakota. B.B. 3:278. — Cultivation easy in any good border. Not unattractive. It has rather larg dandelion-like heads of flowers in late summer. Offered by collectors. P. -yp. Barolat. TEUE LOVE. Paris quadrlfolia. TRUrFLES. iSee Vol. II, p. 1045. TRUMPET CREEPER. Tecoma, especially T. radi- cans. TRUMPET FLOWER. Consult Bignonia. TRUMPET HONEYSUCKLE. Lonicera semper- virens. TRUMPET VINE. Tecoma radicans. TStTGA (its Japanese name). Coniferm. Hemlock. Hemlock Spruce. Ornamental evergreen trees of pyramidal habit, with spreading, irregularly whorled, much ramified branches clothed with small, linear, usually 2-ranked leaves and small cones which are usually freely produced. The cones are only about 1 in. long except in one species, which has cones two or three times as large. T Canadensis is quite hardy north and the Japanese species and T. Caro- liniana have proved hardy as far north as Ontario. T. Hookeriana is almost as hardy. T, Mertensiana and T. JBrunoniana are more tender. There are probably no more beautiful hardy conifers than the Hemlocks, and they must be ranked among the most ornamental and useful trees for park planting. They do not have the stiff, formal appearance of many of the conifers, but are graceful and stately at the same time. T. Mer tensiana is the most vigorous species and is more graceful than the Canadian Hemlock, but tenderer. T, Hookeriana is noticeable for its light bluish green foli- age and the more narrow pyramidal habit. The Japanese species have very handsome dark green glossy foliage, but are of slow growth. T. Canadensis bears pruning well and is well suited for tall hedges (see Gng. 2:289). The other species will probably bear pruning well. The Hemlocks are not very particular as to the soil, provided it contains a sufficient amount of constant moisture. Tsugas are not difiicult to transplant. Prop, by seeds sown in spring and by grafting on T. Canadensis. The varieties and the Japanese species are also raised from cuttings. See also Conifers, Abies and Picea for cultivation. The genus contains 7 species, natives of N. America, E. Asia and the Himalayas. Tsuga is closely allied to Abies and Picea and differs little in the structure of the fls. ; the cones are very similar to those of the larch, but the Ivs., though much like those of Abies in their out- ward appearance, are very different in their internal structure from all allied genera, since they have a solitary resih-duct situated in the middle of the leaf below the fibro-vascular bundle. The light, soft, brittle and coarse-grained wood Is not durable and not much valued except that of T. Mertensiana, which is harder and more durable, and that of T. Sieboldi, which is esteemed in Japan for its durability. The bark is rich in tannin and that of T. Canadensis is extensively used for tanning leather. Tsuga Canadensis should be called "Hemlock Spruce," but in common speech it is usually alluded to as "Hem- lock." The " Hemlock " of the ancients is a poisonous umbelliferous herb described in this work as Conium maciilatum. albo-spica, 4. Araragi, 1. argentea, 6. Canadensis, 4. Oaroliniana, 3. compacta, 4. diversifolia, 2. globosa, 4. ODEX. globularis, 4. gracilis, 4. heterophylla, 5. Hookeriana, 6. Mertensiana, 5, 6. mierophylla, 4. nana, 1, 4. parvifolia, 4. J:*attoniftna, 6. pendula, 4. JHcezUi, 6. Sargenti, 4. Sargentiana, 4. Sieboldi, 1. A. Ik's, with 2 white lines beneath, grooved above, much flattened, distinctly 2-ranked: cones K-J% in. long. E. Margin of Ivs. entire: apex of Ivs. usually emarginate, some- times obtuse. u. Scales of cones suborbicular. D. Branchle ts yellowish brown, glabrous 1. Sieboldi DD. Branchlets reddish brown, pubescent 2. diyersifolia cc. Scales of cones oblong : Ivs. often obtuse 3. Caroliniana BE. Marginoflvs. finely denticulate, at least towards the apex: apex of Ivs. obtu.te or acuiish. 0. Cones peduncled : scales al-- most orbicular, glabrous. 4. Canadensis cc. Cones sessile: scales oval, slightly p^iberulous outside. 5. Mertensiana AA. IjVS. stomatiferous on both sides, flat or convex above, spirally ar- ranged: cones $-3 in. long (Bes- peropeuee ) 6. Hookeriana 2591. A spray ol Hemlock Spruce (X%). 1. Sieboldi, Carr. (2*. ArarAgi, Koehne). Tree, at- taining 90 f t. , with spreading slender branches : branch- lets pale yellowish brown, somewhat glossy, with red- dish leaf -cushions : Ivs. linear, usually broadest at the apex, emarginate, grooved and glossy dark green above, with 2 whitish lines beneath, H-% in. long: cone ovate, 1-lK in. long, the peduncle exceeding the bud-scales : bracts bifid. Japan. G.P. 10:492. — Var. n4na. Endl. Dwarf bushy form, with short branchlets and very short crowded leaves. 2. diversifdlia, Mast. {Abies diversifdlia, Maxim.). Tree, very similar to the preceding, chiefiy distin- guished by the reddish brown pubescent branches : Ivs. linear, emarginate or obtuse, shorter and narrower, broadest at the middle or toward the base : cone smaller, K-% in. long: peduncle not exceeding the bud-scales; bracts truncate, crenulate, not or slightly bifid. Japan. (i.F. 6:495; 10:493. 3. Caroliniana, Engelm. Carolina Hemlock. Tree, attaining 70 ft., of more compact habit and with darker green foliage than the following : young branchlets light reddish brown, finely pubescent or almost gla- brous : Ivs, linear, obtuse or emarginate, dark green 1866 TSUGA TULIPA. and glossy above, with 2 whitish lines beneath, %-% in. long: cones oblong, 1-1 K in. long, peduncled; scales oblong. Va. to S. C. S.S. 10:604. G.C. II. 26:780. O.F. 2:269. -More graceful than the next. 4. Canadensis, Carr. {Aiies Canadensis, Michx.). Common Hemlock. Fig. 2591. Tree, attaining 70 and occasionally 100 ft. : young branchlets yellowish brown, pubescent: Ivs. linear, obtuse or acutish, darii green and obscurely grooved above, with 2 whitish lines be- neath, ii-% in. long: cones ovoid, i^-% in. long, pe- tluncled; scales almost orbicular. New Brunswicls and Wis., south to Ala. S.S. 10:603. -The Hemlock Spruce yields the lumber most commonly used in the East for framing and clapboarding of buildings. It is not used for finishing lumber. A number of garden forms have been raised ; the following are the most important: Var. &lbo-splca, Nichols. Tips of the young branchlets creamy white. Var. comp&cta, S^n^cl. (var. compdcfa ndna , Beissn. ) . Dwarf conical pyramid with numerous short branchlets clothed with small leaves. Var. glo- bbsa, Beissn. (var. globuldris erScta, Kunkler). Dense, globose, much branched form with numerous upright branches nodding at the ends. Var. gricilis, Gord. (var. microphytla, Hort.). Slow-growing form with slender sparingly ramiflied branches, spreading and more or less drooping at the ends: Ivs. very small, about K in. long. Var. n&na, Carr. Dwarf and de- pressed form with spreading branches and short branchlets. Var. parvifdlia, Veitch. Lvs. very small, % in. long or shorter: branchlets closely set and nu- merous. Var. p^ndula, Parsons (var. Sdrgenti p4ndula, Hort., var. Sargenti&na , Kent.). Flat-topped form with spreading branches and drooping branchlets. Gn. 32, p. 363; 39, p. 81. M.D.G. 1900:367, 368, 491. Very dis- tinct and desirable form. 5. Uertensi&na, Carr. {T. heterophi)Ua, Sarg. T. Al- bertictna, Sen^cl.j. Tree, attaining 200 ft., with short slender usually pendulous branches forming a rather narrow pyramidal head in older, but rather broad in young trees: young branchlets pale yellowish brown, pubescent : lvs. linear, obtuse or acutish, distinctly grooved and dark green above, with 2 white lines below, %-% in. long: cones oblong-ovoid, sessile, %-l in. long; scales oval, slightly puberulous outside. Alaska to Calif., west to Mont. S.S. 10:605. G.C. III. 12:11. 6. Hookeri&na, Carr. {T. MeHensi&na, Sarg.,^ no* Carr. T. PaHoKidna, S^n^cl. T. Bcezlii, Ca.Tr. Abies Williamsoni, Newb. Hesperopeiice Pattonidna, Lemm.). Tree, attaining 100 and occasionally 150 ft., with slender pendent branches usually forming an open pyramid: young branchlets light reddish brown, pubes- cent, usually short and upright: lvs. spirally arranged around the branches, linear, usually curved, acutish, mostly rounded or keeled, rarely slightly grooved above, light bluish green or pale bluish white, with whitish lines on both sides, K-1 in. long: cones cylindrio-ob- long, usually violet - purple before maturity, brown when ripe, 2-3 in. long: scales obovate, puberulous out- side. Brit. Col. to Calif., west to Mont. S.S. 10:606. G.C. HI. 12:10; 13:659; 21:150,151. G.F. 4:380; 10: 6, 7. K.H. 1870, p. 21. Var. arg6ntea, Beissn. Foliage bluish white. T. Brunonidna, Carr. (T. dnmosa, Sarg.). Tree, attaining 120 ft.: lvs. narrowly linear, acutish, %-Vii in. long, with sil- very white lines beneath: cone 1 in. long. _ Himal. G.C. II. 26:73, 501.— 2". DoHglasil, Carr.=PseudotsTiea Douelasii. Alfred Rehder. ITTBEBOSE. Consult PoUanthes. TUCKEB, LUTHEE (Plate XLI), bom at Brandon, Vt., May 7, 1802, was the founder of "The Horti- culturist " and the proprietor of that valuable and unique magazine during the period of its greatest glory-from July 1846, until the autumn of 1852. The statement, on page 501 of this Cyclopedia, that the younger Downing "founded 'The Horticulturist,'" is inexact, he having been the salaried editor, ■ while the enterprise was Tucker's alone. To Downing, nevertheless, belongs all the credit for the great and distinguished interest and value of the magazine, as he conducted it according to his own ideas, with which the proprietor never inter- fered, the latter having indeed enough to do in putting it before the public with enterprise and vigor. It was issued simultaneously in Albany, Boston, New York and Philadelphia, with 22 special agencies at other points, including what was then the distant western town of Cleveland, Ohio, as well as Hamilton and Cobourg in "Canada West." Luther Tucker also founded, at Eoch- ester, N. Y., October 27, 1826, the first daily paper pub- lished west of New York, "'The Advertiser," which is still, under a slightly extended name, an influentiaf journal; also at Rochester, January 1, 1831, "The Gene- see Farmer," a weekly, the first agricultural periodical in the world written directly from the standpoint of prac- tical experience. It has undergone some changes in name, as its scope extended far beyond the Genesee valley, and has been published in Albany since January, 1840, being now called "The Country Gentleman." This is one of the ten American agricultural periodicals that were started before 1850 and outlived the nineteenth century, the others being these: "Maine (Kennebec) Farmer," 1839; "American (Boston) Cultivator," 1839, "Southern Planter," 1840; "Massachusetts Plowman," 1841; "Prairie Farmer, "1841; "American Agriculturist," 1842; "Southern Cultivator," 1843; "Indiana Farmer," 1843; "Rural World," 1848; "Ohio Farmer," 1848. It is now (1901) published by a son and a grandson of the founder. Mr. Tucker was the descendant of a long line of landowners. The first of the name of whom any- thing is known was granted arms, and it is believed estates, by William the Conqueror, and his descendants in the direct line down to the subject of this note were uniformly, both in England and in the American colo- nies and states, country gentlemen and cultivators of the soil. Strong rural tastes came to Luther Tucker as an inheritance, and his conception of a happy and well- spent life was a life as much as possible in the open air and devoted to the advancement of agriculture and its allied arts and the amelioration and refinement of the condition of all classes of country residents, from the proprietor to the humblest laborer. It was, therefore, natural that he should be deeply interested in the New York State Agricultural Society, which he found at a low ebb on his coming to Albany, and of which, only a year later, he was the chief reorganizer, getting on foot the long series of annual fairs beginning in 1841 and still continued. He served the society without any compensation or even reimbursement for his own ex- penses, for eleven years. The society then presented him with a handsome table service of silver, and adopted resolutions (afterwards reenacted at the time of his death) to the effect that the great success of the early fairs, paving the way for those that followed, was chiefly due to his unremitting exertions. He died at Albany, after a short illness, January 26, 1873. Gilbert M. Tucker. TULIP. See TuUpa. T©LIPA(originally from Persian io!J6fflm, turban; which the inverted flower resembles). Lilldcem. Tulip. Plate XLV. Bulb tunicated, the outer tunic often hairy or woolly on the inner face: stem 3-30 in. high,*usually 1-fld., rarely 2- 3- or 4-fld.: lvs. linear or broad: fls. erect, rarely nodding, showy; perianth deciduous, cam- panulate or slightly funnel-shaped; segments distinct, often spotted or blotched at base, without pitted necta- ries; stamens 6, hypogynous, shorter than perianth- segments; filaments longer or shorter than anthers, attenuate or filiform ; anthers dehiscing laterally : ovary sometimes narrowed at collar, rarely into a distinct style; stigmas adnate: seeds numerous, fliat. Differs from Pritillaria in the absence of nectariferous pits and usually erect (never pendulous) fls., and from Erythro- nium in its erect, broader perianth-segments, erect fts., and usually 1-fld. stems. Native of Oriental countries, Siberia, Asia Minor, China and Japan, and naturalized in the Mediterranean countries of Europe. The genus now includes 83 species, only about half of which are in cultivation at present. The latest monograph is Baker, in "Gardeners Chronicle," for 1883. Solms-Lau- bach is the leading authority on the history of the gar- den Tulips (.see his "Weizen und Tulpe, und deren Ge- schichte," Leipzig, 1899). See Burbridge, Gn. Sept. 22, 1900. Plate XLV. The Modern Garden Tulip. TULIPA TULIPA 3867 Cultivation.— The pToAnction of large, perfect flowers depends entirely upon a large supply of fibrous roots. Size of bulbs is not nearly so important: a large bulb cannot offset a deficiency of roots. For outdoor cultivation the bulbs should be set in September to November in New York. They should be planted before hard freezing weather comes. The soil should be a sandy loam, well worked to a depth of at least 12 Inches, and enriched with leaf-mold and well- rotted cow manure. Fresh manure of any kind should never be used near bulbs of any sort. On heavier soils Tulips can be successfully raised if extra care is given to insure perfect drainage. Drainage is important under all conditions. The bulbs will never prove satisfactory in low, wet situations, and if there is danger from standing water it is best to raise the beds several inches above the surrounding ground. Plant the bulbs 4 inches deep (to the bottom of the bulbs) and from 4 to 5 inches apart, depending upon the size of the plants. A handful of sand under each bulb is recommended in soils that do not already possess a preponderance of this material. The cushion of sand allows the water to drain away rapidly and at the same time insures the presence of an easily penetrable me- dium for the young roots. Care should be exercised to place all the bulbs at the same depth, as otherwise they will not all bloom at the same time. When the ground begins to freeze, cover the beds to a depth of several inches with leaves, dry forest litter or other light ma- terial. After danger of heavy frosts is past in spring the beds should be uncovered, and if the work of prep- aration and planting has been well done the Tulips will require little or no further care. In England many of the beds of choice and delicate varieties of Tulips are protected when in flower from heavy rains and hot sun by means of light cloth screens, and are thus kept in good condition for some time. For pot culture, a mixture of fine garden loam, two parts to one of well-rotted manure (cow manure com- posted for two years is best), mixed with enough clean sand to make the mass easily friable, is most suitable. If no loam is obtainable and a heavier garden soil must be used, one part of the latter will be sufficient, in which case the addition of an equal proportion of leaf- mold will be advantageous. Prom 3 to 5 bulbs, accord- ing to size, to a 5-inch pot are effective. Fill the pots lightly and press the bulbs into the soil, thus bringing the base in close contact with the soil particles. Cover the bulbs to the tip and press the soil firmly all around. Water once freely and cover the pots entirely with soil, leaves or litter, so that they will be out of reach of frost, or place them in a dark cold (not freezing) cellar or room until the bulbs have become well rooted, which under ordinary conditions will require five or six weeks. When the pots have become well filled with roots— ine more the better— they are ready to be brought into the house. For the first few days at least the tempera- ture should be moderate and even, and the atmosphere not too dry. Water freely but not to excess. Some of the varieties— especially the white thin-petailed ones- are said to resent over-watering very quickly. If raised in living rooms greater care is necessary, as the atmos- phere of a living room is drier than that of a green- house. On cold nights the plants should be removed from exposed places where they are liable to freeze, and when the flowers appear they should not be allowed to stand in the direct rays of the sun shining through a window. Many of the handsomest flowers are thus easily burned and wilted. Practically all of the early single varieties are adapted to pot culture, especially the Due van Thols when well rooted; otherwise they are extremely unsatisfactory. For a succession, pot every week or 10 days from September to December or pot early and bring into the house at fortnightly intervals. In potting avoid caking soil beneath the bulbs. Many of the early single varieties are adapted to water culture. For this purpose use ordinary " hyacinth " glasses and select only well-formed, solid, perfect bulbs of fair size. Use rain water, and put in a little char- coal to keep it pure. The bulbs must be placed so that the base is just in contact with the water— not immersed in it. Place them in a dark, closet for 10 days or a fortnight until the bulbs have become; well rooted, then give them plenty of light and air. Avoid gaslight as much as possible, and in cold weather protect them from freezing. Propagation.— TuUpa may be increased by the side offsets, but these are not as constant as new bulbs produced within the outer tunics by means of cut- ting the old bulbs. Fig. 2592 shows a section of a bulb with new inner bulb and outer offset in place. The new bulb is completely inclosed in a sac which afterwards becomes the outer dry, membranous tunic. The pubescence, if any, may be found on the inside 2592. Three leafy bulb-scales from young bulb, exhibit- ing the homology of leaves and bulb-scales (X %). At the right an old Tulip bulb, showing formation of new bulb within the old, and flo^ver stem at- tached directly to root-crown. of this sac even in the earliest stages of growth. The new bulb is attached to the base of the flower- stem, immediately above the root-crown from which the former proceeds directly upward. Each new bulb-tunic (including the outer sac) is provided with a growing tip, which often extends above ground into a leaf, each one coming up within the other. Fig. 2592 shows the separated leafy bulb-scales, and indicates the homology of tunics and leaves. Sports among the offsets are at present mainly depended upon for the production of new varieties. These have been found susceptible to the " breaking " process, though perhaps slower to respond than the seedlings. Seed production is now practiced only in exceptional cases. The production of hybrid- ized varieties by crossing the old forms with some of the newly introduced species is very likely a probability of the near future. The Original Tulip.— The origin of the garden Tulip seems to be lost beyond recovery. It is often said that our garden Tulips are derived from Tulipa Gesneriana, but this is an explanation which does not explain. It merely means that in 1753, the year which is usually but arbitrarily taken as the beginning of systematic botany, Linnaeus grouped all the garden Tulips he knew under the name of Tulipa Gesneriana, But the Tulips of that day had been cultivated for two centuries by Europeans, and previously for an indefinite period by the Turks, from whom, of course, we have no exact records. Pig. 2593. One might study wild Tulips in their native places and compare them with descriptions without being certain of the original form which the Turks brought from the wild, simply because of the lack of records at the beginning. It is necessary to have some scientific name for the garden Tulips.. The most one dare say is that the garden Tulips are chiefly refer- able to T. Gesneriana and T. suaveolens, with the dis- tinct understanding that these names do not represent an original wild stock. Tulipa suaveolens requires explanation. This name, which dates from 1797, stands for a kind of Tulip dis- covered growing wild in southern Europe long before that date. There is no proof that it was native ; the proba- bility is that it had escaped from gardens and run wild. In 1799, it was distinguished from the other Tulips then known by the fragrance of the flowers, the earliness of bloom, slightly greater size and pubescent scape. From the early records it appears that there were fragrant, early-blooming flowers among the first Tulips received 1868 TULIPA TUUPA from Turkey. This is one of the main reasous for believing that T. suaveolens is not native to southern Europe. At all events it is clear that T. suaveolens has played an important part in the evolution of the garden Tulip, the Due van Thol class being generally credited to this source. The distinctions between T. suaveolens and T. Gesneriana given below are those of Baker, but they do not hold at the present day. It is impossible to refer any given variety with satisfaction to either type. Some writers have said that the leaves of T. suaveolens are shorter and broader than those of 2'. Gesneriana. This char- acter also fails. All grades of pubescence are present. Some pubescent plants have long leaves and odor- less flowers. Others have short, glabrous leaves and fragrant flowers. For practical purposes it may be said that most of the common garden Tu- lips, at least the late-flow- ering ones, are T. Gesner- iana, while many of the early-flowering kinds, e.g., the Due van Thol class, are supposed to be derived from T. suaveolens. It is impossible to press much nearer the truth, as botany is not an exact science and the prototypes of the old garden favorites cannot be known completely and pre- cisely. Early History. — The first Tulip seeds planted by Europeans were sent or brought to Vienna in 1554 by Busbequius, the Aus- trian ambassador before the Sultan of Turkey. Busbequius reported that he first saw the flowers in a garden near Constanti- nople, and that he had to pay dearly for them. After the introduction of seed to Vienna the Tulip became rapidly disseminated over Europe, both by home- grown seed and by new importations from Turkey. In 1559 Gesner first saw the flower at Augsburg, and it is mainly upon his descriptions and pictures that the species T. Ges- neriana was founded. One of the earliest enthusiasts was the herbalist Olusius, who propagated Tulips on a rather large scale. Pig. 2593. He did not introduce the Tulip into Holland, but the appearance of his specimens in 1591 did much to stimulate the in- terest in the flower in that countiy. The best of Clusius' plants were stolen from him, as the admirers of the Tulip were unwilling to pay the high prices he demanded. After this theft the prop- agation of the Tulip proceeded rapidly in Holland and the flower soon became a great favorite. The production of new varieties became a craze throughout the Nether- lands, culminating in the celebrated "tulipomania" which began in 1634. The excitement continued for four years. Thirteen thousand florins were paid for a single hulb of Semper Augustus. Governmental interference was necessary in order to end the ruinous speculation. After the craze subsided, the production of varieties continued upon a normal basis, and has persisted throughout the centuries in Holland, making that country the center of the bulb-growing industry of the world down to the present day. The introduction of the Tulip into England is credited to Clusius, about the year 1577. Tulips reigned supreme in English gardens until the beginning of the eighteenth century, when they were neglected by the rich for the many new plants from America. For a while the Tulip was considered more or less of a poor man's flower, though it has at no time been without many staunch admirers among the upper classes. With the Turks the nar- row acuminate flower-seg- ments were in favor, while western taste preferred the rounded forms (Fig. 2595). The Turks seem to have been satisfied with a preponderance of the reds and yellows, for in the first sowings of Turkish seeds the majority of the resulting blooms were of those colors. It thus came about that fiowers so col- ored were considered com- mon and undesirable in the European gardens and all effort was directed to the production of the rarer white- grounded va- rieties with finely and dis- tinctly marked stripes, those with a sharp bright red being the favorites. Indisputable evidence of this is seen in the old Holland "still-life" paint- ings of that time, where one finds none but the rarer forms represented (Solms-Laubach). All the early Tulips of direct Turkish origin had acute more or less narrow and reflexed segments. In- deed, among all the old engravings, including those of Pena and Lobel, 1570, Clusius, 1576, Do- doens, 1578, and Besler, 1613, no round - petaled forms are found. Besler's work, "Hortus Eystetten- sis," contains magnificent copper plates, the first in any book on plants. In some copies the plates are beautifully colored by hand. The 53 figures of Tulips in this grand work show how widely diversi- fied was this flower even at that early date. In this and in Parkinson's "Para- disus Terrestris," 1629, many are figured with in- ner segments rounded and outer acute, but none vice versa (so far as could be seen), though that form is mentioned in the descrip- tions. The broad, rounded, erect-petaled forms were developed later, apparently first by the Dutch growers previous to and during the tulipomania, and produced wholly by selection. This ideal has prevailed down to the present time, for the narrow-petaled varieties are practically unknown among our common garden forms ; so much so that the extreme typical one has been re- ferred to a separate species (T. acuminata, Fig. 2602). In the Dutch fields they are now known as "thieves, and are destroyed as soon as they make their appearance. Parrot Tulips became known towards the end of the seventeenth century. They were oftentimes considered 2593. A sixteenth-century Tulip. From the work of Clusius ptiblished in 1576. One of the oldest pictures of Tulips. Same size as original plate. TULIPA TULIPA 1869 to be monstrositi.es, and were pictured as such. Accord- ing to Solms-Lau'bach, no traces of tiiem are to be found in the old Dutch books. They were evidently developed by the French, who did not disdain the yellow and red forms, to which these belong, to such an extent as did the Hollanders. At one time they were made a separate species, T. Turcica, and later said to be hybrids, by one author, between T. acuminata and sylvestris (E. S. Rand, Jr., 1873), by another between T. Gesneriana and suaveolens (Mrs. Loudon, 1841). That the Parrot Tulips are hybrids is perhaps true, but to state with certainty the parents seems impossible, for as early as 1613, among the figures in Hortus Eystettensis, there is one which shows laciniation of the petals to a marked degree; sufficiently so, in fact, to be the original form from which this strain could bedeveloped. Besides, many of our garden varieties of to-day exhibit more or less laciniation, so that it is probable that " Parrot " strains might be developed from them by simple selec- tion. Double Tulips seem to have made their appearance at an early date. In Hortus Eystettensis (1613), there are four forms figured, one of which, at least, seems to have been almost wholly made up of bracts, as it is shown entirely green and is described as being "wholly herbaceous and green." The other three there figured are: one red, one yellow, and the other white with maroon borders. Solms- Laubach places the advent of double Tulips at a much later date, 16()o, and gives as the first authentic record the account of " Tulipa Intea centifoUa, le monstre jaune double." Flowers with as many as 200 petals are men- tioned. A double form of " T. serotina" was known in 1701, and at the beginning of the nineteenth century a double form of T. sylves- tris was described. Arnold V. Stubbnkauch. Tulip Bulb Culture in America.— From a com- mercial point of view the Tulip in this country has received but little consid- •eration, which is due to the fact that its cultivation has not been considered of suf- ficient financial importance to warrant the undertaking, and also to the very general opinion that the industry could not be made profitable excepting in Holland and by the Dutch. There is a common notion that Dutch soil alone is adapted to the perfect development of the bulb, and that there is some secret process possessed by the Dutch alone which they will not under any cir- cumstances reveal. Nevertheless some of our early horticulturists and florists showed conclusively that the Tulip bulbs could be grown in America even better than in Holland. The late David Thomas, of Greatfield, near Aurora, Cayuga county, N. Y., grew from seed some of the finest Tulips, both as regards size, colors and markings, ever shown in this or any other country at that early date, which was nearly sixty years ago. The writer re- members well seeing them on exhibition at the Aurora 2594. The common contemporaneous garden Tulip. Horticultural Society and the favor with which they were received by as critical and intelligent an audience as ever gathered around an exhibition table. The late Isaac Buchanan propagated the Tulip very successfully from oiifsets at his nursery in Astoria, L. 1., at about the same period, and exhibited the flowers at the first spring exhibition of the first New York Horti- cultural Society, carrying off the highest honors. Eecent attempts in cultivating the Tulip in various parts of the country, particularly in the West, as an industry, have been quite successful, and the work only needs to be taken up systematically and energetically to insure success. (See Washington.) The Tulip is not at all particular as regards soil. It will thrive in either sand or clay, but it can be prof- itably grown only on a light sandy soil, as in such the bulbs increase more rapidly and are larger and more at- tractive in appearance, the skin being of a lovely red- dish brown, while those grown in a heavy soil are smaller and of a dirty brown color. Nearly all the soil on the Atlantic coast from Maine to Florida is admir- ably adapted to commercial Tulip cultivation, as is much of the upland soil from Vir- ginia southward, the light sand being almost identical with that of Holland, where the Tulip is almost exclu- sively grown. While the Tulip loves moisture, perfect drainage is requisite to success. The best results are obtained when the soil has been made very rich for a pre- vious crop; it matters but little what, — some root crop being preferable. The best manure is that from the cow-stall, which must be thoroughly rotted and evenly incorporated in the soil. Even though the soil be light and fine, it must be thoroughly worked before the bulbs are planted, which should be by the i5th of September. Plant the bulbs 4 inches below the surface in beds 4 feet in width, the rows 6 inches apart and the larger or stock - bulbs 6 inches apart in the rows. For propagation the largest and finest bulbs are always used, and selected by the dealers before filling orders. The sets can be planted 2 inches apart in the rows, the space to be increased according to the size of the bulb. Upon the approach of wiater the beds should be given a light mulch to prevent the ground freezing be- low the bulb. Not that the Tulip will not endure as much frost as any hardy perennial— for it will— but nearly all bulbs make certain preparations for spring fiowers in winter, and when the soil around them is hard frozen this preparation cannot go on; consequently when growth starts in early spring it will be premature and feeble, and the result will be inferior flowers and a smaller increase. Upon the approach of spring remove the mulch ; this is all the work thai will be required, other than to keep the surface of the soil frequently stirred with a fine rake to keep down the weeds and prevent evaporation until the flowers appear. The beginning of bloom is the 1870 TULIPA all-important and critical period of the season's work, when the florist's arcana must be practiced but not re- vealed. The great secret in Tulip propagation is now open to the world, though not popularly understood. Propagation is effected by offsets, from the fact that varieties will not reproduce themselves from seed. The seed produces only " self s " or Mother Tulips, which only break into variegated forms at long and uncertain peri- ods. Consequently the flowers must be cut away as 2535. Rjund-petaled Tulips in a five-inch pot (XJi). soon as they appear; if not, nearly the whole of the plant's energies would go to the development of the seed,— nature's method of reproduction,— and the bulbs produced would be small and with but few or no offsets. From nature's standpoint the bulb is of consequence as a means of reproduction or perpetuation of the species only in case of failure of seed production. By cutting the flower-stems as soon as the flowers are sufiiciently developed to show, there is no mistake as to variety, and the plant's energies are wholly directed to reproduction by offsets which, from large bulbs, are freely produced. There is a great difference in varieties in this respect. The increase is not far from tenfold an- nually ; that is, the parent bulb will produce that num- ber of offsets, which must be grown at least three years before they can be sold as first class. By the cutting of the flower-stems the plant's period of development is materially shortened. The bulbs will mature at least four weeks earlier than the seeds would if permitted to mature. On Long Island the bulbs can be safely taken up and dried off within two weeks from the time the stems are cut. When the flowers are cut it will not do to leave them on the beds; they must be carried to some place where bulbs are not to be grown. If left upon the beds they will, as the Dutch say, "make the soil sick," and sound,. healthy bulbs cannot again be produced on it until after a succession of grain and grasses. Tulips must not be returned to the same soil annually, a rotation of at least two other crops being necessary to the production of sound, vigorous bulbs. A hundred thousand salable bulbs can be grown on a single acre. They require three years from the sets. The first year double that number can be grown. The average yield or output will be 66,000 bulbs to the acre. In this country where land admirably adapted to the cultivation of Tulip bulbs can be had at not more than fifty dollars per acre, in comparison with land in Hol- land worth $.5,000 per acre, the industry could be made a profitable one. C. L. Allen. TULIPA It is a matter of great regret that the key used be- low is based upon a technical botanical character of no interest to the horticulturist, but it seems to be impos- sible to group the species according to the color and shape of the fiowers. Shmmaey op Groups. I. Outer iun-tunie glairous inside... Si^peaies 1-2 II. Outer hulb-timic with a few appressed hairs inside towards the top Species 3-12 III. Outer butb-tunic with scattering appressed hairs all over inside Species 13-20 IV. Outer bulb-tunic pubescent inside, densely 'so at apex Species 21-23 V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose inside Species 24-26 VI. Outer bulb-tunic woolly at base inside. Species 27-30 VII. Outer bulb-tunic everyivhere woolly inside, Species 31-32 VIII. Outer bulb-tunic always hairy at base in- side around root crown, and usually with a few scattering hairs above but sometimes without them Species 37-42 INDEX. acutifoUa, 20. fulgens, 40. roontana, 29. acuminata, 21. Gesneriana, 42. Oeulus-solis, 34, alba, 20. Greigi, 3. Ostrowskiana, 11. albo-maculata, 42. Hageri, 2. Persica, s. L. Aleppica, 34. Kaufmanniana, 18. planifolia, 20. Armena, 24. Kesselringi, 15. platystigma, 25. australis, 38. Kolpakowskiaua, 5. praecox, 35. Batalini, 30. Korolkowi, 17. pulchella, 6. Biebersteiniana, 33. Julia, 29. retroiiexa, 22. biHora, 31. lanata, s. l. saxatilis, 16. Billietiana, 19. Leichtlini, 36. spathulata, 42. carinata, 8. linifolia, 28. Sprengeri, 12. Glusiana, 32. Lorteti, .S4. Strangewaysiana, Dammanni, 23. Lownei, 27. 42. Didieri, 20. lutescens, 20. suaveolens, 37. Dracontia, 42. Lycic.%, 34, sylvestris, 10, Eiehleri, 4, macrospeila, 41, violacea, 7. elegans, 13, maculata, 14. viridiflora. 39. flava, s. 1.. Maiiriana, 20. vitellina, 9. fragrans, 1. Maximowiczii, 26. Group I. Outer bulb-tunic glabrous inside. A. Perianth yellow, flushed with green outside 1. Sragrans AA. Perianth crif/ison tinged with yellow outside 2. Hageri 1. fr&grans, Munby. Heig:ht 6-12 in. : proper Ivs. 3, crowded at middle of stem, linear or lorate: fls. yellow, greenish outside ; peri- anth funnelform" - cam- panulate, 1-1^ in. long, /i*"'"lfV^ ;fj 3 in. across, slightly fra- ^■"S^IJv :i. V grant; segments all acute ; filaments bearded at base: ovary slightly ''Sii^^^^nH'i, narrowed at collar; stig- mas small. Algeria. Gn. ifi^^^^^ 45:905. -Allied to 'T. lakX sylvestris, differing in 1^^0^^.fjl position of the leaves ^^^^sSSf and segments uniformly <^^^^^M wide. ^^Sfe.^v'"^ 2. Hageri, Held. ^i^^^i««Bl Height 6 in.: Ivs. 4-5, (/fc ,,„ lorate acute, not undu- s^.©* late : fis. chiefly red, about 2 in. across; peri- anth broad-campanulate. IJi in., inodorous; seg- WIM^M ments acute, red, with a large, green or purple- blauk basal blotch mar- gined with yellow ; sta- mens purple-black ; fila- ments linear, bearded at base : ovary narrowed at collar; stigmas small. Hills of Parnes range in Attica. B.M. 6242. P. 2596. The open spreadine torm 1877:169. of Tulip (XK). TULIPA TULIPA 1871 Group II. Outer bulb-tunic with a few oppressed hairs inside towards the top. A. Stem pubescent. B. Xiifs. blotched with linear chestnul-brown spots: fila- ments not bearded at baset 3. Greigi BE. Lvs. not blotched: filaments bearded at base 4. Eichleri AA. Stem glabrous {T. Kolpakow- sTiiayui sometimes obscurely pubescent). B. Lvs. ovate or broadly lanceo- late. c. Filaments bearded at base CO. Filaments not bearded. 5. Eolpakowskiana 6. pulchella 7. violacea 8. cariuata 9. vitellma BB. Lvs. linear or linear-lanceo- late. c. Filaments bearded at base. 10. sylvestris cc. Filaments not bearded 11. OstrowBkiana 12. Sprengeri 3. Greigi, Kegel. Height 2-8 in. : lvs. usually 4, obscurely downy, much undulate toward cartilaginous border: perianth campanulate, 3-3K in. long, 5 in. across, spreading abruptly from about the middle, bright crimson with a large darls basal blotch, margined with yellow; segments uniform, oboToid, cus- pidate or emarginate ; anthers yellow ; fil- aments black, glabrous: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas yellow, twice as broad as neck of ovary, reflexed. Turkestan. B.M. 6177. F.S. 21:2261. P. 1876:217. - Early-blooming. i. Eichleri, Kegel. Height 6 In. : lvs. 12-15 in. long, lanceolate acuminate, mar- gins plane and smooth : peri- anth broadly campanulate, 2- J^-3X in. across, deep scarlet with a broad, cuneate, dark violet - blue ba- sal blotch mar- gined with yel- low; segments rounded at top with a mucro; anthers violet- brown ; fila- ments black; stigmas very thick, undulate, pale yellow. Georgia in Asia. B.M. 6191. P. 1877:169. -Allied to T. Greigi. 5. Eolpakowskiitna, Kegel. Height 12 in.: lvs. 3-4, ob- scurely ciliate on margin: bud nodding: perianth cam- panulate, 2-2J^ in. long, 4K in. across, faintly scented, varying from bright scarlet to bright yellow, typically red with a faint yellow -black blotch at base; segments ob- long, acute, the outer spread- ing away from the inner as the flower expands; anthers dark purple : ovary large, stout: stigmas large, crisped. Turkestan and Central Asia, 1877. B.M. 6710. Gn. 60, p. 182.— A near ally of T, Gesneriann, which it bids fair to rival in beauty and variability under cultivation. 6. pulchella, Penzl. Height 4 in. : lvs. 2-3, crowded and spreading close to the surface of the ground, chan- neled, obscurely ciliate on edges : perianth funnelform, erect, 1-13^ in. long, 2% in. across, bright mauve-red 118 2599. A Parrot Tulip — Tulipa Gesneriana, var« Diacontia (XJ^). 2598. 2597. A Darwin Turnip (XJi). See No. 42. above, passing downward into a slaty lilac without any dark-colored blotch, but bright yellow at base; segments all acute, densely pilose at base; filaments linear: ovary clavate: stigmas less than ovary-diameter. Alpine re- gion of Cilician Taurus, 1877. B.M. 6304. — A dwarf species near to T. Hageri. 7. vioiaoea, Boiss. & Buhse. Less than 12 in. high: lvs. 3-5, crowded: perianth campanulate with a contracted base, 13^ in. long, 2 in. wide, fragrant, typi- cally bright mauve-red or rosy crimson flushed with purple, varying to white with a slight | flush of red outside, with a large brown or black basal blotch, usually bordered with white; segments uniformly ob- long, subacute; stamens black or purple; stigmas small, Per- sia. Int. to cult. 1890. B.M. 7440. G.M. 39:390. -Allied tor. Hageri and pulchella. oarinSita, Hort. Krelage. IjVS. 3, not crowd- ed, as long as fl.- stalk, slightly un- dulate, slightly ciliate on edge near base; peri- anth open-campa- nulate, 3 in. long, dark scarlet, tinged with green just above and blending into a bright yellow ba- sal blotch; segments acute, cuspidate ; stamens yellow: ovary prismatic: stig- mas white, not undulated. Habitat un- known. Vars. rilbra and vlol&cea, Hort., are offered. 9. vitellina, Hort. Lvs. 4, not crowded, as long as il. -stalk, not undulated, thinly ciliate on edge : peduncle slightly tinged with red near fl. : perianth campanulate, 2 in. long, sulfur-yellow, no basal blotch ; inner segments rounded, outer acute; filaments yellowish white; stigmas not undulated. — Said to be "hybrids be- tween T. suaveolens and 2'. Gesneriana." It is one of the "Cottage Garden" Tulips, a class of old-fashioned Tulips which have been preserved from oblivion in the gardens of the poor. Attempts have been made recently to restore them to popular favor. Well worth attention. 10. sylvestris, Linn. Pig. 2601. Height 9-15 in. : lvs. usually 3, at base of scape, ohanueled, linear-lorate : peduncle sometimes 2-fld. in cultivation: bud nodding; perianth funnelform-campanulate, lJ^-2 in. long, yel- low; segments all acute, innernarrower: ovary bladder- form (narrowed at collar) : stigmas smaller than ovary- diameter, yellow. Said to be native in England and widely so in Europe.— In cultivation as T. Florentina and T. Florentina, var. odorata, 11. Ostrowskiina, Kegel. Height 12 in.: lvs. 3, flat, ciliate on edge : perianth open-campanulate, 2-3 in. across, non-odorous, scarlet with small brown basal spot, margined with yellow at top; segments tapering at base and top; filaments dark wine-red: ovary pris- matic, white striped with green, red near top : stigmas equal to ovary-diameter, scarlet. Introduced from Turkestan in 1881. B.M. 6895. Qn. 45:965. -Allied to T. Oculus-solis, 12. Sprengeri, Baker. Height 10-18 in.: lvs. 4, close together, long, linear-lanceolate, stiff: peduncle wiry, tinged with deep red under fl. : perianth open-campanii- late (star-shaped), 2 in. long, bright scarlet with a somewhat dull brown basal blotch margined all around with dull orange-yellow, all blending into one another; Acute-petaled style of Tulip (XM). 1872 TULIPA segments all oblong-ovate and cuspidate; filaments red- dish brown: ovary pyramidal, reddish: stigmas equal to narrow collar. Hab. (?). Imported by Dammann & Co., of Naples, in 1894. Gn. 56:1251. Gt. 44:1411. Gkoup III. Outer bulb-funie with scattering oppressed hairs all over inside. A. Stem pubescent {T. maculata finely so and sometimes gla- brous ) . B. Perianth usually bright red with a yellow basal blotch.. .IZ. elegans BE. Perianth orange-scarlet or red, with a dark brown, purplish or bluish black basal blotch. li. maculata AA. Stem glabrous. B. Lower Ivs. lorate or linear- lanceolate 15. Kesseliingi BB, Lower Ivs. lanceolate or broadly so. c. Filaments bearded at base.. 16. saxatilis 00. Filaments not bearded. D. The perianth segments all rounded at top 17. Eorolkowi DD. The perianth segments all acute at top 18. Eaufmanniana DDD. The inner perianth seg- ments rounded : outer acute at top 19. Billietiana 20. Sidieri 13. Elegans, Hort. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, below middle of stem, lorate - lanceolate, finely ciliate upon upper face: perianth campanulate, 3-3K in. long: seg- ments uniform, narrowed gradually to a very acute 2600, A pan of Murillo Tulips, one of the few double varieties that are really desirable (X3=^). ■point; anthers violet ; filaments glabrous ; stigmas larger than ovary-diameter, yellowish.— Known in gar- dens only, Krelage catalogues a variety as "Cottage elegans picotee," which has larger Ivs. and white flowers edged with rose, and without basal blotch. "Frobably a hybrid between T. acuminata and suaveolens." 14. maculata, Hort. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, lorate- lanceolate: perianth campanulate, 2-2>^ in.; segments obovate, cuspidate, very wide beyond middle; anthers purple; filaments glabrous; stigmas small.— "A well- marked garden race" {Saker). 15. E^sselringi, Regel. Lvs. 4-5, crowded at base of stem, lorate-lanceolate, channeled : peduncle some- times obscurely puberulent: perianth campanulate, 1^-2 in. long, bright yellow, flushed with red and green out- side; inner segments snbobtuse, outer acute; stamens bright yellow; filaments glabrous; stigmas not equal to ovary-diameter. Turkestan. B.M. 6754. 16. saxAtilis, Sleber. Height 12 in. or more: stem usually branched low down and bearing 2 fls.: Ivs. TULIPA usually 3, sometimes lowest 12 in. long: perianth ob- long - funnelform, 2-2K in. long, 3 in. across, light mauve-purple, at base bright yellow; segments pubes- cent at base, inner obovate, outer oblong ; anthers blackish ; filaments bright yellow : ovary prismatic: stigmas small. Crete, 1878. B.M. 6374. Gn. 56:1234. 17. Korolkdwi, Begel. Height 6-9 in. : lvs. 2-3, fal- cate, margin crisped: perianth campanulate, red, with a distinct black basal blotch ; inner segments oblong, outer obovate ; filaments lanceolate; stigmas small. Turkestan, 1875. 18. Kaufmanniana, Regel. Less than 12 in. high: lvs. 2-3; perianth subcampanulate, 2-3 in. long, 2K-4 in. across, bright yellow in original form, tinged with red outside, without basal blotch ; in cultivation very vari- ble in color and nearly always with a deep yellow ba- sal blotch ; anthers lemon-yellow, linear ; filaments bright orange, linear flattened: ovary pyramidal: stig- mas small in cultivated form, but described as large. Turkestan, 1877. B.M. 6887. 19. Billietiana, Jord. & Four. Lvs. 3-4, undulate, not ciliate on edge: perianth open-campanulate, 2 in. long, 3% in. across, inodorous, bright yellow, flushed with scarlet -pink, especially outside, with obscure basal blotch striated with blue-black lines ; anthers dark gray or blackish; filaments yellow, with dark striations : ovary narrowed at collar : stigmas light yellow, very large and crisped. Savoy, Italy. B.M. 7253. G.M. 38:311. -One of the late Tulips. 20. Didiferi, Jord. Height 12-18 in. : lvs. 3-4, undulate, acuminate: perianth campanulate, 2-2K in. long, 4K in. across, bright crimson, with purple basal blotch margined with yellow or yellowish white ; outer segments reflexed ; stamens same color as basal blotch: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas larger than collar - diameter, white. Savoy, Italy and Alps. B.M. 6639. — Var. MauriAna, Jord. Lvs. narrower, slightly undulate: perianth brilliant red, with wide yellow blotch. Var. planifAlia, Jord. Stem slender: lvs. narrow, not undulated : perianth deep red, faintly marked with yellowish red or blackish blotch. Var. acutiidlia, DC. A cultivated form: peduncle 5-8 in. long: lvs. oblong -lanceolate. Var. aiha, Krelage. Peduncle stiff, mottled with red : perianth light lemon- yellow, or white tinged green outside, basal blotch lim- ited to a few dark striations ; filaments same color as flower. Var. lut^scens, Krelage. Lvs. 3, slightly fal- cate: perianth light yellowish white streaked with red, with a bluish violet, dark basal blotch ; filaments col- ored like spot. Group IV. Outer bnlb-tunic pubescent inside, densely so at apex. A. Perianth segments very long, linear and acuminate 21. acuminata AA. Perianth segments oblong, all uni- form and acuminate 22. retrofleza AAA. Perianth segments all narrowly ob- long; inner acute, outer rounded at top 23. Dammanni 21. acuminata, Vahl. Figs. 2602, 2603. Height 12-18 in. : lvs. 4, lowest lanceolate, all undulated at margins : peduncle shining: perianth very open, light yellow splotched with red lines; segments sometimes iH in. long, less than X in. wide, with edges rolled in; sta- mens yellow; filaments flattened, glabrous: ovary pris- matic: stigmas very large, yellow, not undulated. Turkey (?). 22. retrofleza, Hort. Lvs. long-lanceolate, sometimes linear-lanceolate, slightly ciliate on edge, otherwise glabrous: peduncle somewhat shining: bud nodding; perianth open funnelform-campanulate, yellow, a shade darker at base— a trace of a very obscure basal blotch; segments uniform in width, linear-lanceolate acumi- nate, twisted, with undulated edges; stamens yellow; filaments flattened, glabrous.— A supposed garden hy- brid between T. Gesneriana and acuminata. 23. Dammanni, Begel. Height 6 in.: lvs. 4, placed whorl-like at middle of stem, linear-lanceolate, recurved, obscurely bristly, ciliate on margin, otherwise glabrous: peduncle glabrous: perianth spreading, star-shaped, purplish or reddish with an oblong-lanceolate black TULIPA TULIPA 1873 3601.TuUpasylvestris,known also as T. Florentina, var. odorata (XM)- blotch without yellow border; segments narrowly ob- long; illaments filiform, glabrous; stigmas broader than ovary-diameter. Mt. Lebanon, 1889. Gt. 38:1300. —Allied to T, Unifolia and Maximowiczii. Group V. Obiter bulh-tunic pilose inside. A. Lower Ivs. lanceolate. B. Lvs. slightly or not at all un- dulated 24. Armena BB. Iivs. very much undulated 25. platystiirma AA. Lower lvs. linear 26. Maximowiczii 24 Armena, Boiss. Lvs. 5, crowded at base of stem, falcate, glaucous and glabrous, slightly undulated, long, ciliate on edge all around, longer than fl. -stalk: pedun- cle glabrous, finely dotted, perianth open campanulate, slightly sweet-scented, 2 in. long, dark scarlet with black basal blotch margined all around with yellow; inner segments rounded, outer acute; anthers purple; fila- ments flattened, black, not bearded. — This species is referred by Baker without hesitation to T. Gesneriana, but the plants in the trade as T. Armena differ as indi- cated. above. 2 5 . platy stigma, J o r d . Height 18 in. : stem slen- der, glabrous : lvs. 3-4, very much undulated: peduncle glabrous: perianth campan- ulate, 2 in. long, violet- scented, magenta-red; seg- ments obovate-oblong ; claw blue tinted with a yellow spot in the middle ; filaments not bearded : anthers violet- colored: ovary prismatic: stigmas very large and undulated. France. 26. Maximowiczii, Regel. Lvs. erect: peduncle gla- brous: perianth crimson, with a black basal blotch; segments obtuse, ending in a short, sharp point; an- thers light purple; filaments linear, not bearded. East- ern Bokhara, 1889. Closely allied to T. Unifolia, from which it differs in having outer bulb-tunic hairy at apex (not woolly), erect lvs. and sharp-pointed perianth-seg- ments. Gt. 38:1307. G.C. HI. 19:757. Group VI. Outer bulh-tunic woolly at apex inside. A. Filaments bearded at base 27. Lownei AA. Filaments not bearded. B. Perianth crimson or scarlet, with a distinct basal blotch 28. linifolia 29. montana BB. Perianth yellow,withoutbasalblotch.30. Batalini 27. L6wnei, Baker. Height 2-4 in.: stem glabrous, sometimes 2-headed: lvs. 2, lanceolate, acuminate, fal- cate, glabrous : peduncle slender, glabrous : bud slightly nodding; perianth funnelform, small, white with a bright yellow basal blotch, tinged outside with light pur- ple or purplish pink, inner segments wider; stamens yellow: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas very small. Mts. of Syria and Palestine, 1874. 28. liniidlia, Regel. Stem somewhat shining, some- times 2-headed: lvs. 7, linear and grass-like, spirally arranged, spreading, glabrous: perianth open-campanu- late, small, bright scarlet; basal blotch bluish black; inner segments oblanceolate, outer ovate and slightly wider; anthers pinkish; pollen gray; filaments bluish black : ovary pyramidal : stigmas very small, yellowish white. Bokhara. 29. mont4na, Lindl. Height 4-8 in. : lower lvs. ob- long-lanceolate, acuminate, undulated, very glaucous: peduncle glabrous : perianth campanulate, l%-2 in. long, 2 in. across, deep crimson, paler outside; segments ovate or oblong, flat, acute, the inner often obovate ob- tuse; filaments purplish: ovary prismatic: stigmas small. Mts. of Persia. B.R. 13:1106.— Var. JMia, K.Koch. Dwarf, from Caucasus. Not more than 3-4 in. tall: fls. bright red, 1 in. or less long; all 6 segments obovate and obtuse. 30. Batalini, Regel. Height 5 in.: stem glabrous: lvs. 5, crowded into a sort of whorl just below middle of stem, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, slightly undulated: perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform; segments oblong-ovate, obtuse, sometimes deeply incised on the edge near the top; filaments linear, terete, yellow: ovary elliptic-oblong, compressed, trigonous: stigmas coroniform. Eastern Bokhara, 1889. Gt. 38:1307. G.C. III. 19:759. -One of the early Tulips. 2602. One of the acuminate-petaled forms — the old Turkish-garden ideal (X ^). No. 21. Group VII. Outer bulb-tunic everywhere woolly inside. A. Filaments bearded at base. B. The filaments flattened 31. biflora BB. The filaments cylindric 32. Clusiana AA. Filaments not bearded. B. Perianth bright yellow, with obscure basal blotch or none. 33. Biebersteiniana BB. Perianth bright scarlet, with a distinct hlach or purplish basal blotch margined with yellow 34. Oculus-soliB^ 35. preecoz BBB. Perianth with outer segments rich, bright purple or pur- plish red broadly margined with white: inner segments white 36. LeichtUill 1874 TULIPA TULIPA 31. biildra, Linn. Height 3-6 in.: stem glabrous or slightly pilose, usually 2- or 3-fld., rarely 1- or 5-fld.: Its. often 2, sometimes 3, linear, long: perianth fun- nelform-campanulate, 1 in. long, 2 in. across, pale yellow or white inside, tinged with green or red or even pur- plish outside; segments acute; filaments flattened, ciliated at base: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas small. Mts. of Central Siberia and the Caucasus. B.R. 7:535. B.M. 6518. 32. Clusiina, Vent. Height 12-18 in. : stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 4-5, very long and narrow and folded double, linear-acuminate, pendent: peduncle slender, tinged with brown directly under fl. : perianth small, when open 2 in. across, funnelform-campauulate, very fragrant, bright lemon-yellow tinged with green out- side, or white flushed with red; segments acute; claw hirsute on edge; stamens yellow; filaments cylindric, densely bearded at base: ovary pyramidal: stigmas small, tinged with red . Portugal, through Mediterranean region to Greece and Persia. B.M. 1390. 2603. Tulipa acuminata (X%). 33. Biebersteiniana, Schult. f. Height 6 in.: stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 2-4, crowded together, long, channeled, glabrous, slightly ciliated on edge; bud slightly nodding; perianth open-campanulate, 214 m. long, brfght yellow tinged with scarlet-pink on edges and sometimes green outside; at base a brownish yellow discoloration; inner segments obtuse, outer acute; anthers gray; pollen yellow; filaments yellow: ovary prismatic : stigmas yellow, undulated. Asia Mmor. 34. 6ciilus-s61is, St. Aman. Height, 12-18 in.: stem slender, glabrous: Ivs. 3-4, lorate-lanceolate, acute, glabrous: perianth funnelfortn-campanulate, 2J^-3 in. long i% in. across, scentless, erect; segments very acute, the inner ones often less so; anthers yellow; filaments purple: ovary prismatic. South of Prance, Italy and Switzerland. B.R. 5:380 (as T. Gesnertana). -Var. Lorteti, Baker. A slight variety, the basal spot oblanceolate and black. Marseilles. Var. L^cica, Baker. Stem 6-8 in. long: Ivs. crowded: perianth-segments all acute, inner oblanceolate-oblong; apex subdeltoid; blotch black; anthers and filaments dark purple. Lyeia, Asia Minor. Var. A16ppica, Baker. A form with fls. con- siderably smaller than W. European type, with a smaller black basal blotch. Asia Minor, Syria and Palestine. 35. prseox, Tenore. Height, 12-18 in. : stem slender glabrous: Ivs. 3-5, lorate-lanceolate, acute, undulated It margin: perianth campanulate, 2-3 in. ]?\S' fj^- across, erect, scentless: basal blotch purplish black, margined with yellow; segments widely imbricated, outel sliehtly longer, acute, puberulent at apex; inner shorter fbtusely ^cuspidate ; 'anthers yellow; fi aments long, dark purple, glabrous: ovary prismatic: stigmas pubescent, reddish. Italy and Southern France; alsa Algeria, Greece, Syria, Palestine and Persia. Very closely allied to last, and figured as such in B.R. 3:204; 14:1143; 17:1419. — One of the oldest known species. 36. Lelchtlini, Regel. Height 9-18 in. : stem glabrous : lower Ivs. linear-lanceolate : perianth between campanu- late and funnelform, outer segments narrow and acute, inner much shorter and obtuse at apex. Kashmir. Gn. 40:819. Group VIII. Outer bulb-tunie always hairy at iase inside around root crown, and usually furnished with a few scattering hairs above, hut sometimes with- out them. A. Stem and Ivs. pubescent 37. suaveolens AA. Stem and Ivs. glabrous. B. Leafy only at base of stem. c. Lvs. lanceolate 38. australis CO. Lvs. linear or lorate 39. viridiilora BB. Leafy to middle of stem or above. 0. Perianth uniformly dark scar- let with a bright yellow basal blotch 40. fulgens CC. Perianth uniformly with a blackish basal blotch, bordered with bright yellow 41. macrospeila ccc. Perianth variable, but rarely with a bordered dark basal blotch 42. Gesneriana 37. suaveolens, Roth. Early Garden Tulips. Height 3-6 in. : lvs. 3-4, mostly at base of stem, lowest lorate- lanceolate and broad: perianth campanulate, 1-2% in. long, erect, fragrant, bright red or yellow or variegated : segments all acute; filaments glabrous; anthers yellow: ovary prismatic: stigmas very large. Southern Russia and Southern Europe, but possibly only a naturalized form of old introduced Turkish garden varieties. F.S. 12:1223. B.M. 839. 38. austrWia, Link. Height 12-18 in. : stem slender : lvs. 2-3, crowded together at lower portion of scape, channeled: bud nodding; perianth IK in. across, funnel- form-campauulate, yellow, outside reddish; segments oblanceolate-oblong acute, at apex slightly puberulent ; anthers yellow; filaments flattened, bearded at base: ovary narrowed at collar. Savoy, France, Spain, Portugal and Algeria. B.M. 7171. Gn. 45:965. 39. viridifl4ra, Hort. (?). Outer bulb tunic glabrous except around root-crown, where there is a dense fringe: stem glabrous and glaucous : lvs. lorate-lanceolate, un- dulated, glabrous, glaucous, edges slightly ciliated near base: fl. large, soft green, edged with yellow or white, Gn. 32:625.— Garden form. Bears some resemblance to a Parrot Tulip. 40. Klgens, Hort. Garden form. Height 8-18 in.: lvs. 3, lanceolate or ovate, very wavy: perianth - seg^ ments all oblong ovate, acute; anthers yellow; pollen yellow; filaments white, flattened, glabrous : ovary prismatic : stigmas small, not wavy. 41. maciospella, Baker. A supposed hybrid of un- known origin: height 10-18 in.: lvs. 3-4, long and nar- row, lowest long - lanceolate, flat, pendent : peduncle wiry: perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform, emit- ting a heavy, sweetish, unpleasant odor, bright crimson to cerise or cherry red, with a distinct, nearly black cuneate basal blotch broadly margined with yellow or yellowish white at top; segments obtuse or outer some- times acute, outer reflexed, inner erect; filaments di- lated, white at base, black, violet or striated above, glabrous: ovary prismatic, creamy white: stigmas same color, large, slightly undulated. 42. Gesneriina, Linn. Common Garden or Late Tu- lips. Pigs. 2594-2600. Height 0-24 in. : stem erect: lvs. 3-4 or more, lower lorate-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, often undulated, glaucous, pubescence variable : pe- duncle erect: perianth campanulate, 1-2K in. long, in- odorous, bright red or vari-colored, when bright red, with only an obscure basal blotch, which is usually yel- low, but may be dark or even blackish or mixed, some- times white; segments all obovate - oblong, obtuse, broadly rounded at apex, often with a small cusp in the Plate XLVI. Flat Turnips and Rutabaeas. »■ * t, i,o^« shnwiiiE in front and on the left. The Rutabagas (Braisica The T..nips ^Brassioa --^^-j'^r-^retpTape-d tuhe., with »an. root. TULIPA TURNIP 1875 "eenter; filaments glabrous, flattened: ovary prismatic: Stigmas large and usually crisped. Origin uncertain. Introduced from the Turkish gardens in 1554. Long since hybridized and cultivated out of all semblance to anywild forms. Supposed original form (Baker) InB.M. 6439 (as T. Schrenhi). Darwin tulips (Fig. 2597) are a s-eoent strain of long-stemmed, late, self-colored tulips. 2614. Tunica Saxifraga, Flower about natural size. Var. Siacbntia, Baker (Fig. 2599). Parrot Tulip. Similar in habit : perianth usually yellow and red striped and splotched; segments deeply cleft and la- clniately dentate. f.S. 21:2211 (as T. Turcica). Var. spathuiata ( r. spathul&ta, Bertol.). This differs from ihe type in its larger fls. of a brilliant red color, with a large purplish black blotch at the base of each of the segments. Italy. — Probably the largest of the wild Tulips. Catalogued by many bulb growers as " T. G. vera." Var. Strangewiysiana, Eeboul. Very large, brilliant, dar.k scarlet flowers, with a handsome dark basal blotch. One of the naturalized Tulips found without disposi- tion to vary in fields near Florence, Italy. F. 1880:65. Var. 41bo-ooul4ta, Krelage. Deep campanulate fl., with a slight sweetish mawkish odor, bright red, with a distinct white basal blotch ; inner segments obtuse, outer acute; filaments white. T. fldva, Hort., Krelage, is "often confused with vitellina in gardens, though perfectly distinct. Flava is yellow, very ro- bust, tall, and at least a fortnight later in blooming. Vitellina is almost white when old " Imperfectly known.— r. lanata, Regel. Dwarf: tls. large, goblet-shaped, rich vermilion, with a large black spot at the base of each of the segments. Imper- fectly known.— T. Persica, Willd., is a synonym of T. patens, Agardh, a Siberian species not known tp the trade. It has fls. about 3 in. across, greenish outside.whitish inside, with a yellow eye. Theoutersegmentsarenarrower. It is figured inB.M. 3887 as T. tricolor. T. Persica of the trade has been confused by the Dutch with T. Breyniana. Linn., the proper name of which is BsBometra Columellaris, Salisb. Bseometra is a monotypic genus native to South Africa. There are no true Tulips in South Africa. The important generic distinctior between Bseometra and Tulipa lies in the dehiscence of the capsule; that of the , former is septicidal, of the latter loculicidal. Bseometra is figured in B.M. 767 as Melanthium uniflorum. It is a dwarf plant 4-6 in. high with funnel-shaped fls. about 1 in. across, yellow within, tinged with deep brownish red outside. The segments are oblong and snbeQual. Although a native of the Cape, the plant is supposed to be hardy. Arnold V. St0benrauoh. TUIIP, BUTTERFLY. Calochortus. Tulip Poppy. ffunnemannia. Tulip Tree, Liriodendron. TUNA. Opuntia Tuna. TftNICA (Latin, a tunic or coat, from the imbricated involucre). Garyophylldcece. Small slender herbs with linear opposite leaves, with habit of Gypsophila, but botanlcally more nearly allied to Dianthus. From Di- anthus they differ in smallness, the central flower of the cluster not bracteate, the calyx top-shaped or cylin- drical rather than short-tubular and 5- or 15-ribbed, the calyx-teeth obtuse; petals 5 and styles 2. There are about 10 species in Southern Europe and in Asia. T. Saxifraga, Scop. (Pig. 2604), apparently the only spe- cies in cultivation in this country, is a tufted spreading hardy species suitable for rockwork and blooming in summer and fall (see bottom p. 737). It is a wiry- stemmed perennial, growing 6-10 i^. high: fls. small, with rosy white, lilac or pale purple notclied petals, A recent novelty is a double flowered variety. It is more compact and dwarf than the type, and the fls. last longer. Tunicas are propagated by seeds or division. T. Saxifraga has become adventive in some parts of the east, l^ ^^ g_ TtlPA. See Lobelia. TUPELO. See Nyssa. TURK'S HEAD. Melocaetus communis. TURNIP (Plate XL VI) is a name somewhat loosely applied to two species of vegetables. In this country, and apparently properly, it is applied to vegetables characterized by thick light-fleshed roots that are usu- ally more or less flattened or at least not greatly elon- gated, with leaves that are hairy and not glaucous. These vegetables belong to the species Brassica Rapa (see page 178). In the term is sometimes included the Swedish Turnip or Rutabaga, a plant that is character- ized by having a more uniformly elongated-oval yellow- fleshed tuber with roots springing from its lower portion, a thick elongated leafy neck, and glaucous-blue leaves that are not hairy. This plant, however, is considered to be Brassica campestris. Whether these two species exist separately in wild nature is not positively known, but they appear to be well defined under cultivation. Both species tend to run wild in old fields and to lose their thickened roots. They are then sometimes, though erroneously, known as charlock. The nativity of these species is unknown, but they are almost certainly 2605. Turnip— Brassica Rapa. 2606. Rutabaga— Brassica campestris. European or Asian in origin. Characteristic tubers of these two plants are contrasted in Figs. 2605 and 2606. The former is commonly known here as "flat turnip" and the latter as rutabaga or merely "baga." According to Vilmorin, the plant that we know as Rutabaga is known to the French as chou-navet and in England as Swedish Turnip and tumip-rooted cabbage. 1876 TURNIP The culture of Turnips and Rutabagas is very simi- lar, except that the Rutabaga requires a longer season in which to grow. The Rutabaga is'nearly always grown as a main -season crop, whereas the Turnip may be sown very late for winter use or very early for late spring or summer use. Usually the flat Turnip is not grown during the hot weather of summer. In the north- ern states it is sown from the middle of July to the mid- dle of August for late crop, or on the first approach of spring in order that tubers may be had for the early vegetable market. The late or winter crop is ordinarily used for storing in cellars and also for feeding, where- as the early crop is often sold in bunches in the open market, and later by the basket or bushel. The Turnips and Rutabagas are hardy; that is, the young plants can withstand some frost. They are cold weather plants and demand loose, moist soil. Usually the seeds are sown in drills which stand from 10 to 20 inches apart. In the drills the plants are thinned until they stand from 6 to 10 inches apart, depending on the variety that is to be grown. For general field operations the rows are sometimes placed as far as 30 inches apart, in order to allow horse tillage. Sometimes the late or winter crop is raised from seed sown broadcast, but this method gives good results only when the -soil is well supplied with moisture, very thoroughly tilled beforehand and is free from weeds, since subsequent tillage is impossible. The seeds of Turnips and Ruta- bagas are of similar size, two or three pounds being required for broadcasting to the acre. When sown in drills one-half or one-third this amount may be suftt- cient. The yields will sometimes reach 1,000 bushels to the acre, although the average is much less than this. The Turnip needs no special care as to cultivation. The greatest difficulties are the root maggot, which is the larva of a small fly, and the flea beetle. The mag- got may be killed by injecting bisulfide of carbon into the soil about the roots before the grubs have burrowed deeply into the tissues. In general field operations, however, this treatment is impracticable and one must rely on growing the crop in fields which are not in- fested with the maggot; that is, rotation is the chief recourse. The flea beetle may be kept in check by spraying the plants with Bordeaux mixture, or perhaps better by sprinkling them with Paris green diluted with landplaster (one part by bulk of Paris green to 50 of plaster). Rutabagas have firmer and richer flesh than the Tur- nips. They are usually more prized for consumption in winter, and Turnips are usually more popular in the spring and early fall markets. Rutabagas are also more prized for stock-feeding. They yield heavily, are rich and succulent and keep well in any ordinary cellar. Rutabagas started in the middle or last of June in the northern states will reach their full growth by October. They are usually not harvested until heavy frosts have come. The roots of Rutabagas and Turnips sometimes persist through the winter, even though they have been solidly frozen, and send up flower-stalks in the spring; but uulike salsify and parsnips the roots should not be left in the ground to freeze if they are to be used. L. H. B TTJEBTIP, INDIAN. Arisama triphylla. TURNIP- ROOTED CELERY. See Celeriac. TURPENTINE TREE. Synearpia Iritifnlin. TUEPINIA (Pierre J. P. Turpin, a French botanist and author). Celastracece. About 8 species of trees or shrubs from the tropical regions of the world, with opposite abruptly pinnate or rarely simple leaves and small white flowers in spreading terminal or axillary panicles. Fls. hermaphrodite, regular; calyx 5-cut, per- sistent; petals 5, roundish, sessile; stamens 5: ovary sessile, 3-Iobed, 3-loculed: fr. subglobose indehiscent. argrdta, Seem. A tender shrub: Ivs. simple, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, serrate: fls. white, becoming yellowish. China. B.R. 21:1819.-Advertised in S. Calif. P. W. Baeclat. TWISTED STALK TUBR^A (Turra, 1607-1688, botanistof Padua, Italy). MelidcecB. About 30 widely scattered species of tropical trees and shrubs with alternate, stalked, entire or lobed Ivs. and long white fls. in axillary clusters. Calyx 4-5- toothed or parted; petals 4-5, long and free; staminal tube 4-5-toothed; disk none: ovary 5-, 10- or 20-loouled: ovules 2 in each locule, superposed, if. heterophylla, in- troduced to S. Florida by Reasoner Bros., is probably not in cultivation. It was said to be a native of Natal. The plant described as T, heterophylla in Flora Capen- sis was probably imperfectly diagnosed and should be known as T. floribunda, as explained in the Flora of Tropical Africa. A. Fls. solitary or in pairs, axillary. heteroph;^lIa, Sm., not Sender. Lvs. more or less obovate-cuneate, 3-lobed above, varying to subentire: fls. %-% in. long. Upper Guinea. B.R. 30:4 (as 2*. Zo6oto).— Not cult. AA. Fls. clustered at ends of branches. {loribTmda, Hochst. {heterophylla, Sond.). Shrub: foliage falls away before flowering season: lvs. ovate, acute or produced into a short obtuse point, undivided or 3-lobed: fls. clustered at ends of branches: peduncles and calicos silky tomentose. Natal. Tf^_ jj TURTLE-HEAD. Species of Chelone. TUSSILAGO (Latin, tussis, cough, and ago; referring to the medicinal use of the lvs.). Compdsitce. Here be- longs the Coltsfoot, the flowers of which look much like the dandelion. It resembles the dandelion in having scapes bearing solitary yellow flower-heads composed of rays, but the scapes are scaly and the heads are smaller, lighter colored and borne in early spring before the "main crop" of dandelions. Also the flowers close up in the hot sunshine towards noon, contrary to the custom of dandelions. When the fruit is mature, they hang their heads prettily. The Coltsfoot has a downy head of fruit, but it is not as large, round and attrac- tive as a dandelion's. After the flowers have lost their beauty, the leaves appear. They are heart-shaped and rounded at first, but as they grow they become more and more angled. They are covered with a soft cottony matting which diminishes toward the end of the season. The Coltsfoot is generally considered rather coarse and plebeian, and it is rarely offered for sale, except by collectors of wild plants. It spreads too fast to be a denizen of the flower garden, but it is desirable for wild gardening operations. It grows naturally in moist places and thrives on steep raw banks in the stiffest clay. A mass of its soft, cot- tony foliage is a pleasant and restful sight in early summer. The variegated form is more commonly culti- vated than the type. Tussilago fragrans, the "Winter Heliotrope," is a Petasites, which see. The leaves of the Coltsfoot are said to be used in making cigars which are smoked in cases of asthma. Tussilago is a genus of one species. It is more closely related to Petasites than to Taraxacum. For generic description, see Gray's Manual and Brittonand Brown's Illustrated Flora. Fdrfara, Linn. CoLTsrooT. Described above. Spreads rapidly by underground stems. Fls. in March. Native to Europe, India and northwestern Asia. Naturalized in America. Gn. 23, p. 113. Var. variegita, Hort., has lvs. margined and more or less blotched with white or yellow. Gn. 37, p. 435, Lowe 56. \\r. M TUTSAN. Hypericum Androscetnum. TWAYBLADE. Liparis UUifoUm. TWIN ELOWEE. Ziinnma iorealis. TWIN LEAF. Jeffersonia. TWISTED STALE. Streptopus. TYD^A TYPHA 1877 TYDaiA. Now included in Isoloma. T'S'PHA (ancient name). Typh&ceoe . Cat-tail. Reed Mace. A genus of about 10 species of marsh plants with creeping rootstoeks and erect, round stems, with long, linear sheathing leaves and monoecious flowers in densely crowded, terminal spikes which are subtended by a fugacious bract. The following are hardy aquatic or bog perennial herbs of easy culture in wet soil or in water. They spread rapidly and are likely to become too plentiful unless care is taken to pull such of them up as are not wished before they become firmly established. Forms Intermediate between the following two species some- times occur. A. Staminate and pistillate spikes contiguous. latifdlia, Linn. Fig. 2607. Stem stout, 4-8 ft. high : Ivs. wider than in the following species, usually 1 in. wide: pistillate spikes becoming about 1 in. in diam. June, July. N. Amer., Eu., Asia. B.B. 1:62. K.B. 20:196. V. 2:197. AA. Staminate and pistillate spikes separated. anguBtifdlia, Linn. Stem more slender than T. lati- folia, 5-10 ft. high: Ivs. usually less than % in. wide: spikes usually longer than in T. latitolia and much nar- rower, being about K in. in diam. June, July. N. Amer., especially in the east and also Eu. and Asia. B.B. 1:63. G.M. 32:779. p. W. Bakclat. 2607. Cat-tail — Typha latiiolia. u tt^LEX (ancient Latin name of tiiis or a similar plant). I/egumindsce. Fukze. Goese. Whin. Orna- mental, much-branched shrubs with dark green spiny branches, usually almost leafless, and showy yellow, papilionaceous flowers which are axillary and often crowded at the ends of 'the branches. The Furzes are shrubs of various regions and not hardy north, but un- der protection they survive the winters in New England. They are valuable for covering dry sandy banks and also well suited for seaside planting. On account of their dark green branches they have the appearance of evergreen plants and they are very showy when cov- ered with their yellow flowers. They are also sometimes used for low hedges. They prefer sandy or gravelly porous soil and a sunny position, and should be sown where they are to stand, as they do not bear transplant- ing well. Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by green- wood cuttings under glass; vars. and rarer kinds also by grafting in spring in the greenhouse on U. HuropcBus. A genus of about 20 species, native of W. and S. Europe and N. Africa, closely allied to Cytisus and chiefly distinguished by the deeply 2-lipped calyx. Very spiny shrubs: Ivs. mostly reduced to scales, only vigorous shoots near the ground bearing fully developed Ivs. : fls. axillary at the end of the EuropSBUS, Linn. Furze. Gobse. Fig. 2608. Much- branched, very spiny and rigid shrub, 2-4 ft. high; branchlets striped, villous when young: Ivs. scale-like or narrow lanceolate, pubescent: fls. axillary, 1-3, crowded at the end of the branches and forming ra- cemes; corolla bright yellow, about M in. long, fra- grant; calyx yellow, pubescent: pod oblong, % in. long, villous, dark brown. April, June and often again in Sept., Oct.; in Calif, almost the whole year. W. and S. Eu. F.S. 5, p. 441 h. — There is a variety with double flowers. None of the other species, which are all more tender, seems to be in the trade in this country. Alfred Rehdek. ULUABIA (derived from Ulmus; alluding to the re- semblance of the foliage of the common European spe- cies to that of the elm). Syn., Filipindula. Bos&cece. Meadow Sweet. Hardy herbaceous perennials with rather large pinnate or palmately lobed leaves and white, pink orpurple flowers in showy terminal corymbs, borne on erect leafy stems rising 1-10 ft. from a rosette of radical leaves. They bloom in early summer or midsummer and are very handsome border plants. Most of them delight in a rather moist and rich soil and are especially decorative if planted on the borders of ponds and brooklets, but U, Fili~ pendula prefers drier situations and likes full sun, while most of the others also thrive well in partly shaded positions. U. purpurea should be mulched during the winter in the North. Prop- by seeds sown in fall in pans or boxes and kept in the cool greenhouse, or sown in spring; also by division of older plants. Nine species in N. Asia and Himalayas, N. Amer- ica and Europe. Perennials with fibrous or tuberous rootstock: Ivs. stipulate, inter- ruptedly odd - pinnate, the terminal 1ft. often much larger and palmately lobed: fls. in cymose corymbs ; calyx - lobes and petals usually 5; stamens 20-40, with the filaments narrowed toward the base; car- pels distinct, 5-15, 1-seeded, indehiscent. Ulmaria has usually been united with Spi- raea, but is very distinct in its herbaceous habit, pinnate, stipulate Ivs. and indehis- cent 1-seeded akenes. INDEX. (Including names under Spirsea. s. L.— Supplementary list). alba, 5. albicans, 2. angustifolia, s. L. aurea, 6. Camtschatiea, 4. digitatay S, elegans, 5. Filipendnla, 1. flore-pleno, 1, 6. gigantea, 4. hexapetala, 1. lohaia, 2. palmata, 2, 3, 5. palustris, 6, pentapetala, 6. purpurea, 5. rubra, 2. TRinarid, 6. venusta, 2. vestita, s. l. 2608, Furze — Ulex Europaeus (X %). branches; pods small, usually few-seeded. The Furze is sometimes cult, as a winter fodder plant in Europe, the green sprigs of one year's growth being eaten. The fls. yield a yellow dye. A. Lfts. numerous, almost alike, small, pinnately lobed. 1. YiMs^n&ais.t'H.iW, (Spiraea FiUpind%ila,lAnn. Fili- vindula hexapitala, GiJib.). Meadow Sweet. Drop- WOKT. Pig. 2609. One to 3 ft. high, with tuberous root- stock, glabrous: radical Ivs. 6-20 in. long; lfts. sessile, oblong, pinnately lobed and serrate, 1 in. long: fls. in a loose corymb, white, about % in. across, with usually '6 petals: akenes about 12, pubescent, semi-cordate. June, July. Europe, W. Asia and Siberia. — Var. Jldre pl^no has double flowers, and is common. (1878) ULMARIA ULMUS 1879 AA. Ltts. few, the terminal one much larger and pal- mately S-9-lobed. B. Lateral Ifts. S-5-lobed. 2. riibTa, Hill {Spircea lob&ta, Gronov. Spircea pal- »id/a, Linn. Filipindula Zo6dto, Maxim.). Queen op THE Prairie. Height 2-8 ft., glabrous: terminal 1ft. large, 7-9-parted, with oblong, acuminate incisely ser- rate lobes; lateral Ifts. smaller, 3-5-lobed, on the upper Its. missing, green on both sides, only pubescent on the veins beneath : fls. pink, in a rather large paniculate cyme: akenes 6-10, glabrous. June, July. Pa. to Ga., ■west to Mich, and Ky. Mn. 2:115. -Beautiful. Var. venilsta, Hort. Fls. deep pink or carmine. Var. dlbicans, Hort. Pis. light pink, or almost white. R.B. 3:169. \fe^ ^m^^ ^'""^ '^ft. m=: 2609. Ulmaria Filipendula (plant about 2 feet high). Commonly known as Spircea Filipendula. One of the plants called Meadow Sweet. 3. palma,ta, Pocke {Spircea palmdia, Pall. Filipin- diUce palmdta, Max. Spirma digitdta, Willd.). Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. whitish tomentose beneath or glabrous; terminal Ift.s. 7-9-parted; stipules large, serai-cordate: fls. pale pink at first, changing to white: akenes 5-8. July. Siberia, Kamschatka and Sacchalin.— This spe- cies is but rarely cult. ; the plant common under the name Spircea palmata belongs to F. purpurea. EB. Lateral Ifts. none, or few and ovate. i. CamtscMtica, Rehd. {Spircea CamtscTidtica, Pall. Spircea gigantea, Hort. Filipindula Gamschdtica, Maxim.). Height 5-10 ft.: Ivs. glabrous or villous be- neath, often with rufous veins; terminal 1ft. very large cordate, 3-5-lobed, with broadly ovate, doubly serrate lobes, lateral Ifts. usually none; stipules large, semi- cordate: fls. white : akenes usually 5, ciliate. July. Manchuria, Kamschatka. 5. purptirea, Rehd. {Spircea palmAta, Thunb. Fili- pendula purpiirea, Maxim.). Height 2-4 ft., glabrous: terminal 1ft. very large, cordate, 5-7-lobed, with oblong, acuminate, doubly serrate lobes; lateral Ifts. none or few, oblong -ovate; stipules narrow: fls. carmine or deep pink, in large paniculate cymes with crimson pe- duncles and stems : akenes usually 5, ciliate. June- Aug. Japan. B.M. 5726. I.H. 15:577. P.S. 18:1851. Gn. 17:36. — This is undoubtedly the finest species of this genus. It is also sometimes grown in pots and forced. Var. &lba, Hort., has white fls. and var. 61e- gans, Hort., white fls., with red stamens and usually several lateral Ifts. ; the latter is said to be a hybrid. R.B. 4:7. 6. pentap^tala, Gilib. ( U. paliistris, Moench. Fili- pindula UlmAria, Maxim. Spircea Ulmdria, Linn.). Queen of the Meadows. Height 2-6 ft. : Ivs. glabrous and green on both sides or whitish tomentose beneath ; terminal Ifts. 3-5-lobed, 2-4 in. long, laterallfts. smaller, ovate, coarsely doubly serrate: fls. white, in rather dense paniculate cymes : akenes about 10, semi-cordate, almost glabrous, twisted. June-Aug. Europe, W. Asia to Mongolia; naturalized in some places in the eastern states. B.B. 2:224. — Var, aflrea varieg4ta, Hort., has the Ivs. variegated with yellow. Var. fldre pUno, Pis. double. 77. angustifblia, Eehd. CSpirsea angustifolia, Turcz. Filipen- dula angustifolia, Maxim.). Similar to F. lobata: fls. white: Ivs. glabrous or whitish tomentose beneath. Dahuria, Man- churia.— f". vestUa, Eehd. (Filipendula vestita, Maxim. Spi- raea vestita, Wall,). Similar to P. Camtschatica, but only 1 ft. high and Ivs. grayish tomentose beneath: fls. white. Hima- layas. B.E. 27:4 (as S. Kamschatica, var. Himalensis). Alfred Rehder. ^LMUS (ancient Latin name of the Elm). Vrtiedcece, tribe PZmecB. Elm. Ornamental deciduous, rarely half- evergreen trees, sometimes shrubby, with alternate, short-petioled, serrate Ivs. and with inconspicuous, gen- erally greenish brown flowers appearing mostly before the leaves. Most of the' cultivated species are hardy north, but U. erassifolia and alata are tender ; U, parvifoUa and U. serotina are of doubtful hardiness, although they have persisted near Boston. The Elms are mostly tall and long-lived trees and very valu- able for park planting and for avenue trees, espe- cially U. Americana, which is the favorite tree for street planting and as a shade tree for dwelling houses in the northeastern states. It is the most characteristic tree of this region and one of the most beautiful. Its habit is at once majestic and graceful, and the wide- spreading head, borne usually at a considerable height on a straight and shapely trunk, affords ample shade and shelter. Besides the American Elm several other species are used as avenue trees, as Ulmus fulva, ra- cemosa and the European U. caynpestris and scahra. Of 47. campesWs, thevars. Glemm,eri, Gornubiensis and vegeta are among the best for street planting; of U. scabra, the vars. Belgica, Dovcei and Pitteursi. In the southern states U. serotina, erassifolia and alata are sometimes used as avenue trees. There are several vars. of striking and peculiar habit, as U. scabra, var. fastigiata and 17. campestris, var. monumentalis, with narrow columnar head; U. scabra, var. horizontalis, with horizontal limbs forming wjdespreading tiers ; U. scabra, v&T. pendula, with long, pendulous branches. IT. campestris, var. umbraculifera, with a dense, glo- bose and rather small head, may be used as an avenue tree for formal gardens. Several species and vars. are interesting in winter on account of their branches being 2610. Flowers of Amer- ican Elm — U 1 m u s Americana (X /i). 2611. Fruit of Ulmus Americana. (X2.) furnished with broad corky wings. The foliage of most species turns pale yellow in fall, but that of the Eu- ropean species remains green much longer. Unfortunately many insects and fungi prey upon the Elm, especially on the American Elm. One of the most destructive is the elm leaf-beetle, Galleruca xantTio- melmna, which devours the foliage. To keep it from the trees, band the trunks a few feet above the ground with 1880 ULMUS ULMUS cloth covered with a sticky substance, which prevents the ascent of the wingless female. Spray. A borer, Saperda tridentata, sometimes does considerable dam- age to the wood. The Elms grow best in rich and rather moist soil, and the American Elm especially requires such a soil to attain its full beauty, but some species, as LT. racemosa and O'. alata, do well in drier situations. Elm trees are not dif&oult to transplant, and rather large trees may be moved successfully if the work is done carefully. They bear pruning well, but generally do not need much attention of this kind. Propagated by seeds ripening usually in May or June and sown at once. Most of the seeds will germinate after a few days, but some remain dormant until the following spring. Increased also by layers, which are usually put down in autumn and are fit to be removed in one year. A moist and rather light soil is best for this method. Trees raised from layers are said to bear seed less early and less profusely and are therefore espe- cially recommended for street trees, as the foliage of trees that fruit slightly or not at all is larger and more abundant. Dwarf forms of U. campestris and also C. parvifolia and pumila may be raised from greenwood cuttings under glass, the cuttings growing most readily if taken from forced plants, [f. campestris and some of its vars. are also propagated by suckers. In nurseries most of the vars. are propagated by grafting, either by budding in summer or by whip- or splice-grafting in spring outdoors or on potted stock in the greenhouse. U. Americana, campestris and scabra are used for stocks. About 18 species of Ulmus are known, distributed through the colder and temperate regions of the north- ern hemisphere, in North America south to southern Mex- ico, but none west of the Rocky Mts., and in Asia south to the Himalayas. Trees with watery juice: Ivs. short- petioled, usually unequal at the base, with caducous stipules: fls. perfect or rarely polygamous, apetalous, in axillary clusters or racemes; calyx campanulate, 4-9- lobed, with an equal number of stamens (Fig. 2610): ovary superior, with a 2-lobed style, usually 1-loculed and with 1 ovule: fr. a slightly compressed dry nutlet, with a broad, rarely narrow membranous wing all around. Figs. 2611-16. The wood is heavy, hard and tough and often difficult to split. It is especially useful in the manufacture of wagon-wheels, agricultural im- plements and for boat-building. The inner mucilaginous bark of the branches of U. fulva is used medicinally and that of some Chinese species is made into meal and used for food. The tough inner bark of some species furnishes a kind of bass which is sometimes woven into a coarse cloth, especially that of U. campestris , var. laciniata, in Japan. al.ita, 4. alba, 1. American, 1. Americaaa. 1. Antarctica, 7. argenteo - variegata, 7. asplenifolia, 6. atropurpurea, 6. aurea, 1. Belgica, 6. ■ Berardi, 7. Camperdowni, 6, campestris, 7. carpinifolia, 7. Cedar, 10. Chinensis, 9. ciliata, 2. Clemmeri, 7. concavcefolia, 7. Corky barked, 1, 7. Cornish, 7. Comubiensis, 7. corylifolia, 7. crassifolia, 10. crispa. 6. cueuUata, 7. Dampieri, 6. DovEei, 6. etiusa, 2. elliptica, 5, ExfmiensiSt 6. fastigiata, 6, 7. Feathered, 1. fulva, 5, glabra, 6, 7. Ghiernsey, 7. Heyderi, 5. horizontalis, 6. Japouica, 7. Koojymanni, 7. laciniata, 6. Isevis, 2, 7. latifolia, 7. Louis Van Houtte, 7, major, 7. mierophyUa, 7, 8. Ttlinor, 7. montana, 6, 7. Monumentalj 7. monumentalis, 7. myrtifolia, 7. nana, 16. nitenit, 7. parvifolia, 8. 9. pedunculata, 2. pendula, 1, 6, 7, 8, pinnata-ramosa, 8, Pitteursi, 6. pumila, 8. purpurea, 6. pyramidalis, 6. racemosa, 2, 3. Red. 5. Rock, 3. Rosseelsii, 7. rubra, 5. RueppeUii, 7. Sa,miensi8, 7. sativa, 7. scabra, 6. Scotch, 6. serotina, 11. Slippery, 5. Sibirica, 5, 8. stricta, 7- suberosa, 7. superba, 6. surculosa, 7. tricuspis, 6. tridens, 6. trlserrata, 6. Turkestanica, 7, umbraculifera, 7. vegeta, 7. viminalis, 7. vulgaris, 7. Wahoo, 4. Water, 1. Webbiana, 7. Wheatleyi, 7. White, 1. Winged, 4. Wredei, 6. Wych, 5. A. Slooming in spring, before the Ivs.: calyx not divided below the middle, B. Fls. on slender pedicels, droop- ing: fr. ciliate. c. Fr. glabrous except the ciliate m,argin: branches without corky wings CO. Fr. pubescent : branches often with corky wings BB. Fls. short - pediceled in dense clusters, not pendulous . c. Buds covered with rusty hairs, obtuse: fr. pubescent in the middle oc. Buds glabrous or pale pubes- cent: fr. quite glabrous. D. Jjvs. doubly serrate, very un- equal at base DD. I/vs. simply serrate, small, almost equal at the base . . . AA. Blooming in the axils of this year's Ivs. in summer or fall: calyx di- vided betoiv the yniddle. B. Lvs. simply serrate, STnall: fr. glabrous BB. Ijvs, doubly serrate: fr. pubescent. Americana pedunculata racemosa alata 5. fulva scabra campestris pumila parvifolia crassifolia serotina 1. Americ&na, Linn. {U. dtba, Bafln.). White Elm. Water Elm. Amekioan Elm. Figs. 2010, 2611, 2617, 2618. Tall, wide-spreading tree, attaining 120 ft., usually with high, light gray trunk, limbs gradually outward- curving with pendulous branches: branohlets pubescent when young, glabrous in fall: buds acute, glabrous: lvs. obovate-oblohg, very unequal at the base, acumi- nate, doubly serrate, pubescent when young, at length glabrous and rough above, pubescent or almost glabrous beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. in many-fld. clusters; stamens 7-8, exserted: fr. oval or elliptic, veined, deeply notched, incision reaching to the nutlet. Newfoundland to Fla., west to the base of the Rooky Mts. S.S. 7:311. Em. 2:322. G.F. 3:443, 467; 6:175. Mn. 7, p. 125; 8, p. 71. V. 14:79; 20:10. M.D.G. 1900:392-394.-One of the fa- vorite avenue trees in the northeastern stales. The Elm varies considerably in habit, and the following forms have been distinguished. The "> vase form " : the main trunk separates at 15 to 30 ft. into several almost equal branches, which diverge at first slightly and gradually, but at the height of 50-70 ft. sweep boldly outwards and form a broad, flat head, with the branches drooping at the extremities. This is the most beautiful and also the commonest form. Pig. 2617. The "plume form" is much like the foregoing, but the trunk is less divided and the limbs form few feathery plumes or rarely one. The "weeping-willow form" usually has a rather short trunk with limbs curving outward more rapidly and with long and very slender pendulous branches, forming usually a broad and round head. The "oak-tree form" is distinguished by its limbs spreading abruptly and in sharp turns and the branches being usually less pendu- lous. The name "Feathery" or "Fringed" Elm is ap- plied to trees which have the limbs and the main trunk clothed with short, somewhat pendent branchlets thrown out usually in clusters at short intervals. This may ap- pear inany of the forms named, but is most conspicuous in trees of the plume form. Fig. 2618. There are a few named varieties in nurseries: Var. atirea, Temple, with yellow foliage, found in Vermont by F. L. Temple; var. nina, Hort., a dwarf, compact form, which may perhaps not belong to this species, and var. p6ndula, Ait., with slender pendulous branches. 2. pedunculata, Foug. { U. Icevis, Pall. U. effusa, Willd. U. ciUdta, Ehrh. U. racemdsa, Borkh., not Thomas). Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches, forming a broad open head: branchlets pu- bescent, usually until the second year: buds glabrous, acute: lvs. oval or obovate, very unequal at base, acu- minate, sharply doubly serrate, usually glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. slender-pediceled; calyx with 6-8 exserted stamens : fr. ovate, notched, the ULMUS ULMUS 1881 2612. Ulxnus racemosa> (X2.) incision not reaching the nutlet. Middle Europe to western Asia.— Rarely cultivated and with less valuable wood. The trunk and the limbs are, as in the Ameri- can Elm, often clothed with short branchlets. 3. racemdsa, Thomas, not Borkh. Cork Elm. Rook Elm. Pig. 2612. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with short spreading branches, forming an oblong round-topped head: branchlets pubescent usually until the second year and mostly ir- regularly corky winged when older: buds acute, pubescent: Ivs. oval to ob- long - obovate, unequal at the base, shortly acumi- nate, sharply and doubly serrate, glabrous or some- what rough above, pubes- cent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. in slender pendulous racemes ; calyx with 5-8 exserted stamens: fr. oval or obovate, with a shallow notch at the apex, pale, pubescent, K-/4 in. long. Quebec to Tennessee, west to Nebraska. S.S. 7:312. 4. ald,ta, Michx. Wahoo or Winged Elm. Pig. 2013. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with spreading branches forming an oblong, round-topped or rather open head : branches usually with 2 opposite very broad wings; branchlets almost glabrous: buds acute, glabrous: Ivs. ovate-ob- long to oblong-lanceolate, often falcate, acute or acumi- nate, doubly serrate, subcoriaceous, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 1}^-2K in. long: fls. in short, few- fld. racemes; stamens usually 5 : fr. elliptic-ovate, with narrow wing and with 2 incurved horns at the apex, villous, % in. across. Va. to Pla., west to 111. and Tex. S.S. 7:313.— Handsome round-headed- tree, sometimes used as an avenue tree in the southern states; not hardy north. 5. fulva, Michx. {U. rtibra, Michx.). Slippery Elm. Red Elm. Pigs. 2614, 2615. Tree, attaining 70 tt., with spreading branches, forming usually a broad, open, flat-topped head : branchlets pubescent : Ivs. obovate to oblong, very unequal at base, long-acuminate, doubly serrate, of firm texture, very rough above, pubescent beneath, 4-7 in. long: fls. in dense clusters; stamens 5-9: fr. orbicular-oval, little notched at the apex, K in. across. Quebec to Fla. , west to Dakotas and Tex. S.S. 7:314. Em. 2:334. —The reddish brown pubescence of the bud-scales is very conspicuous In spring, when the buds are unfolding. An allied species similar in foliage and fr. is TJ. elliptica, Koch ( U. ffe^deri, Spath. 17. Sibirica, Hort. ), a native of western Siberia, Turkes- tan and Persia, with longer and larger Ivs. and grayish pubescent buds. 2614. Fruit of Slippery Elm— Ulmus fulva (X/i). 6. Bcibra, Mill. ( U. montdna, "With. CT. gl&bra, Huds.). Wyoh Elm. Scotch Elm. Pig. 2616. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an oblong or broad round-topped head ; without suckers: branchlets pubescent: buds pubescent, rather obtuse: Ivs. very short-petioled and unequal at base, broadly obovate to oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate or some- times 3-lobed at the apex, sharply and doubly serrate, rough above, pubescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. clus- tered; stamens 5-6, little exserted: fr. oval or roundish obovate, little notched at the apex, with the seed in the middle, %-l in. long. Europe to Japan.— A variable species of which many forms are cultivated ; the follow- ing are some of the most important: Var. atropurpiirea, Spath. With dark purple foliage. Var. B6Igica, Hort. Of vigorous growth, forming a broad pyramidal head; Ivs. dark green. Var. crispa. Loud. ( CT asplenifdlia, Hort. ) . A rather slow-growing form with narrow ob- long curved Ivs. incisely serrate with twisted teeth, giving the margin a fringed appearance. Var. Dam- pi^ri, Koch. Similar to var. fastigiata, but with slen- der branches, smaller and lighter foliage. Var. Dam- pifiri Wr^dei, Hort. Differs from the foregoing by its yellow young leaves. M.D.G. 1898:160. Var. SovSei, Hort. Of vigorous growth and upright pyramidal habit. Var. fastigiata. Loud. ( d. pyramid&lis, Hort. (J. Uxo- niinsis, Hort.). Of columnar habit with strictly up- right branches and somewhat twisted, broad dark green leaves. Var. horizontEllis, Kirchn. With horizontally spreading limbs and more or less drooping branches. Gn. 17, p.539. M.D.G. 1901:163. Var. lacini^ta, Trautv. Lvs. broadly obovate, 3- or sometimes 5-lobed at the wide apex, large, light green: branches little pubescent, light - col- ored. E. Asia. Var. nana, Hort. Dwarf form. Var. pSndula, Loud. {U. C dmp er- downi, Hort. ) . Cam- PERDOWN Elm. Pig. 2619. With long pendu- lous branches, the limbs often spreading horizontally. Gn. 40, p. 158. Var. Pitteiirsi, Hort. Pyramidal tree of vigoroiis growth with deeply serrate lvs. often purplish when unfolding. Var. purpttrea, Koch. Lvs. purple when young, chang- ing to dark green. Var. sup^rba, Hort. Of vigorous growth, with large and long, dark green leaves. Var. trictispia, Koch. { U. triserr&ta or tridens, Hort.). Lvs. obovate, 3-lobed at the apex. 7. camp^stris, Smith {CT. siiberdsa, Willd., U. sureu- Idsa, Stokes). English Elm. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an oblong round- topped or sometimes open head, usually producing suckers: branches little pubescent when young or gla- brous, sometimes becoming corky: buds acute, pubes- cent or glabrous: lvs. distinctly petioled, broadly ovate to ovate-oblong, unequal at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, usually glabrous and smooth above at length, pubescent or glabrous beneath, l%-5 in. long: fls. short-pediceled; stamens 4-6: fr. obovate, with the nutlet much above the middle, reaching almost the incision at the apex. Middle Europe and northern Africa to Japan. Em. 2:336. M.D.G. 1900:577. - This tree is often planted as an avenue tree; it succeeds very well and fine old trees may be occasionally seen in the northeastern states. The foliage remains green several weeks longer than that of the American Elm. (J. campestris is still more variable than the fore- going species and four vars., very distinct in their ex- treme forms and sometimes considered distinct species, can be distinguished. Var. vulgaris. Planch. {U. suberdsa, Ehrh. U. mi- nor, Mill.). " " ■ branches: Iv 2615. Ulmus fulva. (X2.) 2616. Ulmus scabra. (X2,) 2617. One of many nat- ural forms of the American Elm — the vase-form type. BuxAo, X it,.u\;ii. y u , saunrusa, ujurn. u . ml' ). Small tree or shrub, with often corky lvs. broad'-.' <^v.\ or rhombic obovate, rough 1882 ULMUS above, pubescent beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. with 5-6 stamens: fr. obovate to oblong-obovate. Var. m^jor, Planch. ( CT. mdjor. Smith, not Reiohb. U. sattva, Mill. U. latlfblia, Hort.). Large tree: Ivs. rather long-petioled, ovate to ovate- or obovate-ob- long, usually glabrous and smooth or sometimes slightly- rough above, pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. with Tisually i stamens; fr. broadly obovate. 2618. A Feathered Elm— Ulmus Americana. Var. Isevis, Spach (U. nUens, Monoh. U. gl&bra, Mill., not Huds. V. cai-pinifdlia, hindl.). Tree with- out suckers: branches spreading, sometimes pendulous, not corky : Ivs. ovate or obovate to obovate-oblong, gla- brous and smooth above, glabrous or pubescent only at the veins beneath, 2-i in. long: fls. distinctly petioled, with 5-6 exserted stamens: fr. obovate. Var. Jap6nica, Sarg. in herb. Tree, attaining 80 ft. : branches light yellowish gray, covered with short pu- bescence when young: petioles densely pubescent, % in. long: Ivs. oblong-obovate, glabrous above, grayish pu bescent beneath, 4-6 in. long: fls. almost sessile. Japan. G.P. 6:327.— This form very much resembles the Ameri- can Elm in habit, foliage and pubescence, but the fls. and fr. are like those of d. campestris ; it may prove to be a distinct species. The following are the most important horticultural forms : Var. Antarctica, Arb. Kew. IShrub or small tree, with slender often pendulous branches: Ivs. slen- der-petioled, obovate, incisely doubly serrate, some- what curled, 1-2K in. long. Var. AntArctica atirea, Hort. { U. ca7np4stHs aurea, Morr. U . Sdsseelsii, Hort.). Similar to the preceding but with yellow Ivs. Var. Ber&rdi, Sim. -Louis. Bushy shrub, with slender, upright branches: Ivs. oblong to narrow-oblong, with few coarse teeth, K-1 in. long; it belongs, perhaps, to Zelkowa. Var. Ckmmeri, Hort. Narrow pyramidal tree with spreading short branches and oval, somewhat rough Ivs. Var. Comubitasis, Loud. (var. SarnUnsis, Loud. U. Wheatleyi, Hort. U. stricta, Lindl.). Guernsey Elm. Cornish Elm. Tree, with short as- cending branches forming a dense, narrow pyramid: Ivs. rather small, broad, dark green, obtusely serrate. Var. corylifdlia purpurea, Hort. Lvs. large, purplish when unfolding, becoming bright green with reddish petioles, slightly rough above, pubescent beneath. Var. cacuU&ta, Loud. (Var. concavcefdlia,hond. ) . Lvs. curled, somewhat like a hood. Var. microph^-lla p^ndula, Hort. With small lvs. and pendulous branches. Var. monu- mentMls, Rinz {U. fastigicUa, Hort.). Monumental Elm. Of columnar habit: lvs. rather short-petioled, with broad often almost simple teeth somewhat rough above. Var. myrtifdlia purpurea, Hort., with small broad lvs. purplish when young, dark green later, sharply serrate and somewhat rough above. Var. p6n- dula, Hort. With pendulous branches. Var. Biieppellii, Hort. Of compact habit, with corky branches and small foliage. Var. suberdsa, Loud. Enolish Cokky-barked ULMUS Elm. Branches corky: lvs. rather small and rough above. Var. suberdsa al4ta, Hort., has very broad corky wings and var. suberdsa pdndula, Hort., has corky pendulous branches. M.D.Q. 1901:166. Var. umbracu- lifera, Spath. Shrub or tree, with slender branches forming a dense, round head: lvs. small, obtusely ser- rate, rather smooth. M.D.G. 1900:579. Similar forms are U. Turkestdnica, Hort., and U. Kobpmanni, Hort. Var. vegdta, Dipp. (XJ. montdna, var. vegUa, Loud.). Of vigorous growth, with bright green, large, oblong- obovate lvs., somewhat rough above. Supposed to be a hybrid of [J. cam-pestris, var. Imvis and U. scaira, and has more the habit of the latter. Var. viminaiig, Loud. (CT. se&bra,Ya.T. vimiudlis, Koch. U, stricta, Sort.). Small tree, with slender spreading branches: lvs. elliptic to oblong, incisely serrate, 2-3 in. long. Var. Webbi&na, Hort. Lvs. small and broad, somewhat curled, dark green. There are also several variegated vars., of which var. argenteo-variegita, with the lvs. striped and spotted white, and var. Louis van Houtte, with yel- low foliage, sometimes spotted green, are the most cul- tivated. ■ 8. ptiinila, Linn. (U. microphylla, Pers. U. Sibirica, Hort.). Small tree or shrub, with slender pubescent, sometimes pendulous branches: lvs. oval-elliptic to el- liptic-lanceolate, short-petioled, acute, firm, dark green and smooth above, pubescent when young beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. short-pediceled; stamens 4-5. with violet anthers: fr. obovate, with the nutlet somewhat above the middle, incision at the apex reaching about half way to the nutlet. Turkestan to Siberia and N. China. — A graceful small hardy tree. Var. pdndula, Hort. ( U. par- vifblia pindula, Hort. Pldnera ripens, Hort.), has slender, more pendulous branches. U.pinnato-rnmdsa, Dieck, with the slender branches very regularly pin- nately branched, is probably only a form of this species. 9. paTviSdlia, Jacq. (LT. Chininsis, Pers.). Chinese Elm. Half-evergreen small tree or shrub, with spread- ing pubescent branches : lvs. ovate to obovate or oblong, very short-petioled and little unequal at base, acute or obtusish, subcoriaceous, glabrous and glossy above, pu- bescent beneath when young, usually glabrous at length, %-2 in. long: fls. short-pediceled in clusters;, stamens 4-5, much exserted: fr. oval to elliptic, notched at the apex, with the seed in the middle, ^-K in. long, July-Sept. N. China, Japan.— Has proved hardy near Boston. 10. crassifdiia, Nutt. Cedar Elm. Tree, attaining 80 ft., with spreading limbs and slender, often pendulous branches, often furnished when older with 2 opposite corky wings: lvs. short-petioled, ovate to ovate-oblong, 2619. Camperdown Elm— Ulmus scabra. var. pendula. usually very unequal at the base, obtuse or acute, doubly and obtusely, sometimes almost simply serrate, subcoriaceous, somewhat rough and lustrous above, pu- bescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. very short racemes; stamens 5-8, little exserted: fr. oval-elliptie, pubescent, notched, % in. long. Aug. Miss, to Ark. and Tex. S.S. 7:315. -Tender north. 11. ser6tina, Sarg. Tree, with short spreading and pendulous branches, often furnished with irregular corky wings: lvs. oblong to obovate, unequal at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, glabrous and lustrous above, pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. ULMtS URARIA 1883 in 14-1 in. long pendulous raceTues; calyx 5-6-parted to the base: fr. elliptic, deeply notched, densely ciliate, y^ in. long. Sept. Tenn. to Ga. ; sometimes planted in avenues in Ga. ; has proved hardy at the Arnold Ar- boretum, Boston. 17. Eiaki, Sieb.=Zelkova Keakl.— U. Terschaffeltii. Hort.= Zelkova Japoniea, var. Verschaft'eltii, Alpked Rehder. UMBELLULABIA (from hsitm umbella, a, sunshade; having reference to the form of the inflorescence). XiaurdcecE. California Laurel. A monotypic genus, comprising a single Pacilic coast tree with alternate, simple, exsfipulate Ivs. : fls. small, greenish, in simple pedunculate iimbels, which in the bud are surrounded "with an involucre of G caducous bracts ; petals none , stamens 9; filaments with an orange-colored gland at base; anthers opening by uplifted valves: fr, a sub globose or ovoid drupe with hard endocarp. Propufcated by seeds. 2620. California Laurel— UmbeUulana Californica (XK). CaliJ6mica, Nutt. {Oreoddphne Calif6mica, Nees). Pig. 2620. Handsome evergreen tree, 20 to 30 or even 80 to 90 ft. high, with erect or suberect slender branches, conical outline and dense foliage: Ivs. containing a highly aromatic and volatile essential oil, and burning vigorously in the camp fire, even while green : fls. fra- grant : drupes at first yellowish green, becoming purple when ripe. Dec. to May. — One of the most abundant and characteristic of Californian trees, common in moist places, particularly along streams in the Coast Range foothills and mountains, and attaining its greatest size in the cool, fog -moistened alluvial valleys of the coast of northern California and southern Oregon; it is but rarely seen in the drier interior valleys of the state. It often crowns the highest points of the c'oast range hills, up to about 2,500 feet altitude and far from the nearest spring or other visible sign of moisture, but In such cases the rock strata are nearly vertical and easily penetrated by. the long roots which are able thus to reach hidden supplies of water. In such places it usu- ally forms dense clumps or thickets of shrubs or small trees which are frequently shorn by the cutting ocean winds as though by a gardener's shears, suggesting its adaptability for clipped -hedge and wind-break work. The wood takes a beautiful polish and is considered "the most valuable wood produced in the forests of Pacific North America, for the interior finish of houses and furniture," for which purposes it is extensively used. It is also used in boat-building for jaws, bits, cleats, cross-trees, etc. The branches are occasionally used for poles for chicken -roosts, as the strong odor, pervading wood and bark as well as leaves, is said to keep away lice. The leaves are used for flavoring soups and blancmanges but are too strong to give as agreeable a flavor as those of Laurus nobilis or Prunus Lmiro- cerasus. The tree is sometimes cultivated for ornament in south European parks and gardens. Professor Sar- gent describes it as "one of the stateliest and most beautiful inhabitants of the North American forests, and no evergreen' tree of temperate regions surpasses it in the beauty of its dark dense crown of lustrous foliage and in the massiveness of habit which make it one of the most striking features of the California, landscape and fit it to stand in any park or garden." Joseph Buett Davy. UMBRELLA LEAF. See Diphylleia . UMBRELLA PINE. Sciadopitys. UMBRELLA PLANT or UMBRELLA PALM. Gy- perus alternifolins . UNGNADIA (Baron Ungnad, am- bassador of Emperor Rudolph II to the Ottoman Porte, who in the year 1576 introduced the common horse chestnut to western Europe by send- ing seeds to Clusius at Vienna). Sapindclcece, A genus of one species, the Mexican Buckeye, a small tree closely related to the horse chestnut but with foliage like a hickory, the IVs. being alternate and pinnate, and rose-colored fls. which are borne in small lateral clusters or simple corymbs, appearing with the Ivs. in early spring. The seed, or "bean," has a sweet taste, but is considered emetic and poisonous. The fruit does not have a prickly husk like the horse chestnut: it is a smooth, leathery capsule and strongly 3- lobed. The fls. are about % of an inch across, polygamous, 4-petaled, and the staminate ones have 8 stamens. For fuller account, see Sargent's Silva. specidsa, E n d 1. Spanish or Mexican Buckeye. Commonly a slender deciduous shrub, 5-10 ft. high or- sometimes a small tree: wood brittle: Ivs. alternate, odd - pinnate ; Ifts. 5-7, ovate - lanceolate, acuminate. Common in southwest Texas ; winter-kills in northern Texas at a temperature of zero. S.S. 2:73. P.S. 10:1039. Gn. 19, p. 309. -Int. by P. J. Berckmans. W. M. UNICORN PLANT. Martynia proboseidea. UNtOLA (an ancient Latin name of some unknown plant, derived from tmus, one, and said to have been applied by Linnseus to this genus on account of the union of the glumes). Graminem, Perennials with creeping rootstocks. Species 5, all American. Spike- lets broad and very flat, in loose panicles, several fld., with some of tte lower glumes empty; glumes keeled, nerved, pointed, but awnless. Cultivated for the orna- mental panicles, which are suitable for dry bouquets. latifdUa, Michx. Spike-gkass. Pig. 2621. Culms 2-4 ft. : Ivs. broad and flat, often 1 in. wide: spikelets large and thin, at maturity drooping on slender pedicels, forming a very graceful and ornamental panicle. Pa. to Kan. and southward. — Often grown in hardy borders. One of the best of our hardy native, perennial grasses. panicuUta, Linn. Sea Oats. Culm taller, 4-8 ft.: Ivs. narrow and convolute: spikelets narrower, upright on short pedicels, forming an elongated panicle. Sand- hills along the seashore of the southern states. A. S. Hitchcock. URARIA (Greek oura, tail, referring to bracts). Legnmindsce. Eight species of perennial herbs with woody bases, all of which are accounted for in the Flora of British India. They have 1-9 Ifts. and very numer- ous, small or minute fls. in racemes. Standard broad: wings adhering to the obtuse keel; stamens diadel- phous: ovary sessile or short-stalked, few-ovuled: style inflexed : pod of 2-6 small, turgid, 1-seeded, indehiscent joints, often placed face to face. The following species is the most desirable of the genus. It grows about 5 ft. high and is crowned by a single terminal raceme sometimes 2 ft. long, densely 1884 URABIA URCEOLINA crowded with 200 or more pea-shaped fls. each K in. long. In the Flora of British India this plant is erro- neously said to ascend the Himalayas to an altitude of 9,000 ft. A corrected account of this plant is found in B M. 7377, from which source one infers that the plant is not hardy. The first plants flowered in Europe bloomed in September and the annual stems then died down to the base. Seeds of this plant have been im- ported by a northern amateur who has a winter home in Florida. crinita, Dear. Erect, little - branched, subshrubby perennial, 3-6 ft. high, distinguished from other species by having its upper Ivs. composed of 3-7 oblong Ifts. and pedicels clothed with long bristles. Lfts. 4-6xlK-2 in.: racemes dense, 1 ft. long, 1-lK in. thick; standard ovate, violet-purple within, pale blue outside: wings pinkish. Bengal to Assam, eastward through Burma to China, south to Malacca and the Malay Islands to Timor Laut, but not Australia and not Indigenous in Ceylon. B.M. 7377. yn, M. 2621. Uniola latifolia (X H). {See page 1883.) hybrid, introduced about 1892, between UrceoUna pen- dnla and Euoharis grandiflora, or in gardener's lan- guage UrceoUna aurea and Eucharis Amazonica, A flower of the hybrid and of each of its parents Is shown in Pig. 2622. The hybrid gets its white color from Eu- charis, the flowers of UrceoUna being yellow. The shape of its flower is so singular a mixture of the two as to be very different in appearance from either. The hybrid lacks the beautiful staminal cup of Eucharis, and has a distinctly bell-shaped perianth. The showy part ol UrceoUna is the urn-shaped portion of the flower, the spreading tips being very short. The perianth of Eucharis is funnelform, the spreading portion being large and showy. The perianth-tube and ovary of the hybrid are like those of UrceoUna, the ovary being deeply 3-lobed instead of globose as in Eucharis. The pedicels are ascending, as in Eucharis, not pendulous as in UrceoUna. The appendages at the base of the stamens are more distinctly marked than in either of the parents. The parents of Urceoeharis belong to the Pancratium tribe, characterized by having the stamens appendaged toward the base and often united into a distinct cup. Twelve of the 17 genera in this tribe are from the An- des and 8 of these, including Eucharis and UrceoUna, have broad and petioled Ivs. and the ovules are super- posed. Eucharis and UrceoUna have a long, slender tube which is suddenly swollen above. The flowers of Eucharis are white and those of UrceoUna colored, but the essential difference between the two genera lies in the stamens, which are minutely appendaged in Urceo- Una, while in Eucharis they are quadrate and sometimes united to make a cup. This bigeneric hybrid was introduced to the trade under the name of JSueharis Glibravi, but the changes wrought in the structure of the flower by the cross are so great that Dr. Masters was justifled in giving the plant a new genus. Clihrani, Mast. (Miteharis Cnbrani, Hort.). Tender bulbous hybrid of UrceoUna pendula and Eucharis grandiflora, with petioled Ivs. IxlJ^ ft. and umbels of white bell-shaped 6-lobed fls. each 2 in. across and a dozen in an umbel. Anthers depauperate. Blooms in early winter. For 'culture, see UrceoUna. G.C. III. 12:215; 26:251. Gn. 44, p. 459. G.M. 35:790.-Int. about 1892 by Messrs. Clibran, Oldfleld Nurseries, Al- trincham, England. W. M. TTBCEOltXA (Latin, pitcher; alluding to the pitcher- or urn-shaped flowers). AmaryUidAcew. A genus of 3 species of South American bulbous herbs, with thin ob- long to long-lanceolate, petioled leaves and a naked scape bearing an umbel of pendulous red or yellow flowers. Perianth-tube often narrow and often some- what stem-like at the base, suddenly dilated; stamens inserted at or below the throat of the tube, indistinctly appendiculate at the base. The species of UrceoUna are attractive plants and easily grown, flowering every year, but for some reason they are rather scarce. The bulbs are about 3 in. across and during the growing season have 1 or 2 Ivs. The plants flower in December. After flowering the bulbs may be removed from the stove to the intermediate house and placed in a spot where they will be kept dry. Just before growth begins in the spring the bulbs shoilld be taken out of the pots and the exhausted soil removed. The bulbs may then be replaced, one bulb in a 5-in. pot, using clean pots, plenty of drainage material and a rich, light, porous soil. Place the top of the bulb level with the soil. Remove the pots to the stove, and as soon as growth begins water freely. In the fall when the Ivs. turn yellow, water sparingly and finally with- hold water altogether. The flower scapes appear a few weeks after the Ivs. disappear. UBCEOCHABIS (hybrid name, suggesting that the nlant is a hybrid between UrceoUna and Eucharis). AmaryllidAee